|
|
Motivating Learner Participation Without the Use of Traditional Escape Extinction With the Seven Steps to Earning Instructional Control |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Robert Schramm, M.A. |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Knospe-ABA; Meridian Rehab; Robert Schramm Consulting) |
Description: Through the principles and considerations of the Verbal Behavior approach to ABA, learn an invaluable seven step procedure for earning motivated learning from even the most unwilling participants without the use of forced physical prompts or escape extinction. Although this seven step format was originally developed for use by parents and therapists involved with "in-Home" interventions for non-verbal children with autism, the "Seven Steps to Earning Instructional Control" can be remarkably functional in all forms of school, clinic, and public settings for intermediate and advanced learners as well. Content has obtained credibility, as demonstrated by the involvement of the broader practice, education, and science communities in studying or applying the findings, procedures, practices, or theoretical concepts and has been a very popular workshop at ABAI for several years. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will learn to: (1) value the importance of learner assent in home, clinic and education settings. (2) use creative and practical methods for controlling the access to reinforcement in the environment as a tool for earning Instructional Control. (3) prioritize the value and process of Pairing oneself with reinforcement in the eyes of the learner as a tool for Instructional Control. (4) prioritize the value and process of being meticulously contingent with words and actions as a tool for earning Instructional Control. (5) value the differences between positive and negative reinforcement and why one is desired over the other in earning instructional control with an unmotivated or unwilling learner. (6) effectively use a Variable Ratio of Reinforcement and how to increase that ratio over time as a tool for earning Instructional Control. (7) prioritize learning objectives "on the fly" and use differential reinforcment effectively as a tool for earning Instructional Control. (8) best use Extinction and Negative Punishment procedures as a tool for earning instructional control while preparing for and protecting against the extinction burst. |
Activities: Lecture, Discussion, Question and Answer, Video demonstration |
Audience: Pre-requisite skills would be an understanding of the basic principles of behavior and some experience implementing instructional control or compliance training techniques with an unmotivated or otherwise challenging learner. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): 7 Steps, Compliance Training, Cooperation, Instructional Control |
|
|
|
Enhancing School-Based Behavior Analytic Services Through Collaboration With Mental Health Professionals In-Person and via Telehealth |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Whitney L. Kleinert, Ph.D. |
WHITNEY L. KLEINERT (May Institute), SARAH LEVINE (May Institute) |
Description: As school-based clinicians, many of our students require services that are outside our competence. For instance, these students have or need mental health supports while concurrently engaging in challenging behaviors requiring support from behavioral staff (e.g., staff providing services rooted in Applied Behavior Analysis; ABA). These private events contributing to challenges in school may not be within our purview, but still necessitate services in the school setting. For example, students may have a developmental disability in conjunction with anxiety or depression. Additionally, students may have significant trauma histories that impact how they respond to different features of treatments grounded in applied behavior analysis (e.g., full-physical prompting). The purpose of this presentation is to explore different evidence-based strategies that behavioral staff and mental health clinicians (e.g., School Psychologists, Counselors) can collaborate to meet students’ needs effectively and efficiently and operate within their respective areas of expertise. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Following this presentation, participants will be able to DESCRIBE how Mental Health and behavioral needs may be intertwined and the implications of solely addressing one or the other. 2. Following this presentation, participants will IDENTIFY ways to collaborate with staff providing Mental Health services and staff providing services rooted in Applied Behavior Analysis. 3. Following this presentation, participants will DESCRIBE specific ways to incorporate Mental Health and ABA components into each of these service areas to increase the likelihood of better outcomes for students. |
Activities: The instructional strategies are adaptable based on the online platform used for the conference. Instructional strategies will include a combination of: lecture/presentation with supporting visuals (e.g., PowerPoint slides), video clips, case illustrations / examples, polling questions, multiple ways to provide responses (e.g., thumbs up/down, chat box), Behavioral Skills Training (BST; instructions, model, role-plays, feedback), and break-out room activities for small groups with subsequent whole-group discussion. |
Audience: Experience working within school settings and/or collaborating with service providers within school settings preferred (e.g., Psychologists, Counselors, SLPs, OTs, PTs). |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Consultation, Mental Health, School-based, Telehealth |
|
|
|
Skills, Teaching Procedures, and Measurement Practices for Children and Adults With Moderate-to-Severe Disabilities |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Patrick E. McGreevy, Ph.D. |
PATRICK E. MCGREEVY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates), TROY ANTHONY FRY (Patrick McGreevy, Ph.D., P.A. and Associates) |
Description: For the past few decades, selecting skills for instruction with children with mild-to-severe disabilities, has been based on either milestones of typical child development or national academic standards. These selection criteria may be appropriate for a small number of young children with autism or language delays for whom ‘catching up to their typically-developing peers’ is a reasonable expectation. For most children with moderate-to-severe disabilities and limited skill repertoires, including many with autism, this is not a reasonable expectation. The authors propose a new paradigm of skill selection for these children and adults referenced to B. F. Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior and a high quality of life, along with an array of behavior analytic teaching procedures and measurement practices, the goal of which is simply stated: to teach functional skills, in required contexts, to fluency. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to describe five examples of functional skills for learners with moderate-to-severe disabilities 2. Participants will be able to describe the importance of context for learners with moderate-to-severe disabilities 3. Participants will be able to describe the importance of fluency for learners with moderate-to-severe disabilities |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met through lecture, video observation, and group discussion. |
Audience: Participants should be well-grounded in basic behavioral principles, including but not limited to those impacting skill acquisition, fluency, generalization, and maintenance over time. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Exploring the Systematic Use of Self-Monitoring as a Behavioral Intervention: The Self & Match System |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Katharine M. Croce, Ed.D. |
KATHARINE M. CROCE (Felician University), JAMIE SIDEN SALTER (Self & Match Educational Consultation) |
Description: This INTERACTIVE and HANDS-ON workshop will provide an excellent opportunity for individuals to learn a well-defined, systematic self-monitoring intervention and motivational system. Participants attending this workshop will leave with a comprehensive tool in hand to implement immediately. This session will explore peer-reviewed research that supports the implementation of self-monitoring systems for students of various ages and developmental levels. A discussion of self-monitoring procedures incorporating a "match" component will be presented, with specific focus on the Self & Match System, a user-friendly, easy to implement, empirically-supported system. Participants in this training will acquire a systematic guide to planning self-monitoring systems, as well as a Self & Match manual with substantial training materials. Participants will strengthen their knowledge of necessary considerations prior to implementing any self-monitoring or motivational system. Additionally, participants gain an understanding of implementing Self & Match in a General Education classroom. The Self & Match System has been used internationally to support individuals with emotional behavior disorders, autism, learning disabilities, and unidentified students in general education. Self & Match can be incorporated into individualized behavior systems, class-wide, and school-wide management procedures as a part of SWPBIS and has been successfully implemented in a variety of settings; including (but not limited to): public and private schools, clinics, homes, and recreational settings. Great workshop for individuals and/or teams! Participants will receive mailed hard copy materials as well as access to digital materials. |
Learning Objectives: *Identify the research-based benefits of self-monitoring *Effectively apply, individualize, and monitor progress of a self-monitoring system *Identify the necessary components of an effective motivational system *Identify the importance of pre-treatment planning on the effectiveness of intervention *Identify the basic components of the Self & Match System *Understand the implementation Self & Match System in a variety of settings including a General Education Setting, Home Setting, and Special Education Setting *Systematically individualize an intervention based on collaborative and critical thinking *Create a Self & Match self-monitoring system to implement in their workplace *Systematically consider function in the development of self-monitoring interventions and reinforcement opportunities |
Activities: During the course of this hands-on workshop, participants will strengthen the skills needed to effectively develop self-monitoring interventions incorporating a match component. This workshop will review the purpose/rationale of self-monitoring, the benefits of self-monitoring, the Self & Match system, and consider the role of technology in supporting this behavioral intervention. Additionally, participants will interactively complete a systematic considerations guide prior to implementation to lead them on their way to creating their own Self & Match System. The format combines lecture, small group collaboration, whole group responding utilizing interactive digital polling software, and discussion. Core content will be taught through a combination of lecture, video examples, data analysis, and guided practice. |
Audience: Participants will engage in active learning to increase their knowledge of implementing self-monitoring as a behavioral intervention. Workshop attendees will acquire a systematic guide to planning self-monitoring systems, Self & Match manual with substantial training materials, and access to Self & Match Maker, an online Self & Match form creator. This workshop is designed for behavior analysts, consultants, school psychologists, autism specialists, special educators, teachers, administrators, parents, and/or others who support individuals from pre-K to 21 in school, home, or clinic settings as well as adults that are interested in increasing appropriate behaviors. Great workshop for individuals and/or teams! |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, behavior intervention, Self-monitoring, SelfandMatch |
|
|
|
Functional Assessment Consultation Support in Schools |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Edward J. Daly, Ph.D. |
EDWARD J. DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Description: This workshop will present a model for conducting school-based consultation which embeds functional assessment into the process. The consultation model incorporates innovations not commonly used in functional assessment (direct academic assessment, observations of active responding, reinforcer validation, performance-deficit analysis, brief experimental analysis). The model follows a sequence of problem validation, treatment validation, and treatment evaluation. Protocols for the consultative interviews and the assessments will be shared with participants. The assessments involve curriculum-based measures, classroom observations of active responding, preference assessment, reinforcer validation, and brief experimental analysis. Guidance will be given in terms of how to conceptualize, structure, and interpret the results to present the consultee with evidence-based treatment options for classroom application. Research and case examples will be presented to illustrate each step of the process. |
Learning Objectives: This session will help participants (1) integrate interview, observational data, basic skill assessment data, work samples, preference assessments, performance-deficit analyses, and brief functional analyses into the consultation process; (2) guide consultees in a strategic and structured decision-making process that prioritizes improving academic performance; (3) support teacher implementation of empirically derived treatments through antecedent control strategies and performance feedback; and (4) evaluate the results within cases to produce recommendations for future programming and across cases to examine the effectiveness of their own consultative services. |
Activities: The format combines lecture, guided practice with skill objectives, and group discussion. |
Audience: This workshop is intended for an intermediate-level audience; that is, individuals who have skills in identifying principles of behavior, functional assessment (including descriptive assessment, preference assessment, and functional analysis), and who wish to learn how to apply them efficiently in the schools in a way that meets the typical concerns and priorities of school-based professionals. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Engineering Schools and Clinics for Student and Client Success: Part 1 |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Description: Do you work as a program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, or director of an agency that provides services to clients with learning difficulties? Are you satisfied with your clients' progress? Behavior analysis developed a powerful technology for helping people, but too many clients don't receive the benefits. Why not? The easy answer is that employees don't do what they are told. But the employees’ performance, just like their clients’ performance, is a product of their environment. Do employees have the resources, training, and management necessary to help their clients achieve their goals? What about their supervisors? What about their directors? Organizations are groups of individuals who must work together to provide their clients with the outcomes they want. The failure of clients to make adequate progress is not usually an individual employee performance problem, but a performance problem at the system process, and individual levels of the organization. This workshop will provide you with a set of tools to pinpoint organizational performance problems, analyze their causes, recommend the best solutions, solve the problems by designing and implementing solutions that might include more efficient resources, training, and management practices, and evaluate their effectiveness, efficiency, and return on investment. Please note: attendees must register for both part 1 and part 2 of this workshop. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Define desired client results and necessary performance, then measure and evaluate current client results, performance, and progress, using measures of frequency, celeration and celeration efficiency; (2) Define desired staff performance at the system, process, and individual levels, measure and evaluate current staff performance at each level; (3) Perform a data based analysis of staff performance problems to identify their causes; (4) Recommend solutions to performance problems with the best return on investment; (5) Design and implement those solutions, which may include staff resources, training and management; (6) Evaluate the effectiveness, efficiency, and return on investment of those solutions. |
Activities: This workshop provides a variety of training aids including case studies, practice cards, practice exercises, project worksheets, job aids, and computer-based charting software. |
Audience: Do you work as a program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, or director of an agency that provides services to clients with learning difficulties? Are you satisfied with your clients’ progress? This workshop will teach you how to improve the performance of your organization so that every client will make efficient progress. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Conversations: The Only OBM Intervention You Will Ever Need |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D. |
NICOLE GRAVINA (University of Florida), JOHN AUSTIN (Reaching Results) |
Description: In this interactive workshop, attendees will learn how to effectively lead and manage employees through regular conversations. In short conversations, leaders have the opportunity to develop rapport, agree on expectations, sample work, assess, and deliver feedback and reinforcement. Getting better at having effective and strategic conversations can reduce the need for add-on intervention plans. During the workshop, attendees will explore the facets of effective conversations and how they enable behavior change and employee development. Research and case study data will be shared to support each facet. Attendees should bring one business result they wish to change. Attendees will leave with an action plan for having better conversations with employees and for improving their selected business result. |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe the facets of effective conversations
Attendees will be able to describe the OBM intervention elements that can be embedded into short conversations
Attendees will develop an action plan for improving their conversations with employees
Attendees will develop an action plan for influencing a business result |
Activities: Lecture, activities, chat box |
Audience: This workshop would be most appropriate for leaders in organizations who want to improve their leadership skills. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Leadership, OBM, Supervision |
|
|
|
On Behavior Technician Turnover: Current Research, Practical Solutions, and Focused Sustainability |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jana M. Sarno, M.A. |
SYDNEY NICOLE LAFLEUR (Autism in Motion Clinics), JANA M. SARNO (Autism in Motion Clinics), GEORGE BOGHOS (Autism in Motion Clinics) |
Description: Turnover is defined as permanent separation of an employee, voluntary or involuntary, from an organization. Over the years, turnover has been extensively studied in helping professions with nurses (De Simone, Planta, & Cicotto, 2018), teachers (Gilmour & Wehby, 2020), and mental health professionals (Yanchus, Periard, & Osatuke, 2016), among others. To date, only a few studies that have sought to better understand predictors of turnover, prevalence, and direct/indirect impacts of turnover in applied behavior analytic (ABA) service delivery organizations. High turnover can have significant impacts on the organization, staff, and clients. Specifically, turnover may hinder effective and efficient service delivery to consumers, constrict financial resources, negatively impact morale of fellow team members, and erode trust with stakeholders (Kazemi, Shapiro, & Kavner, 2015). The workshop will begin with a detailed review of the literature on behavior technician turnover. Specific attention will be focused on predictors of turnover and organizational efforts to guard against turnover. Time will be spent on the delivery of supervisory support, comprehensive competency-based training, a defined career path and trajectory, work schedule, and employee benefits. To illustrate key concepts, the workshop presenters will share case examples, metrics, and initiatives to maintain low turnover and high-quality services at their organization. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participations will be able to: (1) describe three findings from research on turnover and predictors of turnover, (2) state at least two impacts of high turnover for clients, organizations, or staff members, (3) identify compassionate, data-driven, and antecdent strategies to decrease turnover, and (4) operationally describe steps to implement these strategies in their own work/organization. |
Activities: Instructional strategies for this workshop will include lecture, small group breakout discussion, whole group discussion, and active participant responding. Supplemental material will also be provided to further learning outside of the context of this workshop as participants return to their own organizations to affect meaningful change. |
Audience: Intermediate. Prerequisite skills include (1) experience in service delivery organizations such as in clinics, homes, and/or community settings and (2) experience/interest with advocacy, organizational change, and supervisory relationships. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Burnout, Technician, Training, Turnover |
|
|
|
Creating Professional Graphs in Microsoft Excel |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Erick M. Dubuque, Ph.D. |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Louisville) |
Description: Behavior analysts rely on visual displays of graphic data to make treatment decisions. It is therefore critical that behavior analysts know how to create graphical displays that are flexible and easy to interpret. During this workshop, attendees will learn how to generate multiple types of professional graphs using the latest versions of Microsoft Excel for PC and Mac. This will be accomplished by reviewing graphing conventions that produce sharp looking graphs fit for publication, professional reports, and presentations. To get the most out of this training, attendees are strongly encouraged to bring their own laptops loaded with the most recent version of Microsoft Excel for PC or Mac. At the conclusion of the workshop, attendees should be able to do the following: |
Learning Objectives: 1. Generate multiple professional-looking visual displays, including; withdrawal, alternative treatment, changing criterion, and multiple-baseline design graphs. 2. Incorporate phase change lines and labels directly into graphic displays. 3. Create graphing templates to support consistency and efficiency when generating visual displays. 4. Transfer visual displays into other applications for reports or professional presentations. |
Activities: The workshop presenter will use behavioral skills training by (a) instructing the attendees on the conventions used to generate professional looking graphical displays in the Microsoft Excel, (b) modeling those conventions by demonstrating the steps involved in creating various graphical displays, (c) asking attendees to practice the skills being modeled on their own laptops, and (d) providing feedback on attendee performance by checking their work during rehearsal. |
Audience: This intermediate workshop is appropriate for pre-professionals, students, or behavior analysts who are unfamiliar or uncomfortable with generating their own graphical displays in Microsoft Excel for PC or Mac. The content is especially useful for any attendee interested in generating graphical displays for publication, professional reports, or presentations. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Help for BCBAs With Challenging Ethical Dilemmas: Avoiding Multiple Relationships, Confidentiality, and Limits to Confidentiality |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Description: Similar to psychologists and other helping professionals, BCBAs have several ethical responsibilities including: avoiding multiple relationships, confidentiality and limits to confidentiality when someone is at-risk for hurting themselves or others or being hurt by others. Although BCBAs may be aware of what these ethical responsibilities are, they may not have had the training to deal with these complicated and sometimes threatening situations. The workshop presenter is a licensed psychologist in addition to a BCBA-D and has had much experience supervising professionals, including BCBAs, who are faced with these daunting situations. This workshop will provide BCBAs and other professionals knowledge of and practice with handling these situations. Workshop participants can bring real or hypothetical ethical dilemmas to process, as well as hear about case scenarios and participate in roleplay situations. Participants will be provided with specific tools that might be helpful in solving challenging ethical dilemmas (problem solving model, safety assessment form) and given information on how to use these tools. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the reasons why ethical dilemmas of avoiding multiple relationships, confidentiality and limits to confidentiality when someone is at-risk for hurting themselves or others or being hurt by others are so challenging 2. Describe the problem-solving process for dealing with challenging ethical dilemmas and how it was used in specific case scenarios 4. Describe the use of specific tools that might be helpful in solving challenging ethical dilemmas (problem solving model, safety assessment form) |
Activities: Role-play, modeling, rehearsal and feedback will aid participants in becoming more skilled and confident in handling specific challenging ethical dilemmas. |
Audience: Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, counselors, and social workers. Participants should be familiar with terms including: discriminative stimuli, establishing and abolishing operations, positive reinforcement and negative reinforcement, and have experience and examples dealing with those terms. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Confidentiality, Ethical Dilemmas, Muliple Relationships |
|
|
|
How to Stop Talking and Start Communicating With Motivational Interviewing |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Monica Gilbert, Psy.D. |
MONICA GILBERT (Crystal Minds New Beginning) |
Description: We walk the walk, but do we talk the talk? As clinicians, do we speak with parents or to them? Is it effective in motivating them to adhere to interventions or do you find that sometimes they inhale and exhale at the sight/sound of parent training sessions? Although Behavior Analysts offer empirically validated strategies and successfully change behaviors, it can be difficult for parents to adhere to treatment. Resistance is evoked by an antecedent stimulus (clinician's confrontational language), which is reinforced by escape of the aversive stimuli. Motivating Operations have a behavior/value altering effect in that they make "escaping" the stimuli (clinician) by engaging in resistant behaviors more or less reinforcing. Motivational Interviewing (MI) is an empirically proven intervention that has shown substantial success in the literature in changing addictive behaviors in substance abusers, medication adherence and developmental disabilities. In this workshop, we will present the proven strategies of MI to decrease resistance and increase cooperation between parents and clinicians. The Transtheoretical model (stages of readiness) which helps identify parent’s level of resistance will also be introduced. Attendees will build skills in assessing parents’ level of resistance and learn to use change talk procedures to successfully decrease their resistance. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Assess parent's motivation based on the trans-theoretical model and using different proven measures; (2) Provide examples of effective change talk strategies to develop and build collaborative relationships with parents; (3) Describe motivation using private events; (4) Identify traps that can harm clinician-parental relationships; (5) Describe key features of effective MI strategies; (6) Measure change talk vs. counter-change talk; (7) Identify key features necessary for cooperative relationships between caregivers and clinicians. |
Activities: Workshop activities will include didactic instruction, active student responses, and video/audio role play discussion. |
Audience: BCaBA, BCBA, graduate students, and licensed psychologists. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
Teaching Multiply Controlled Verbal Behavior: Theory and Application |
Thursday, May 27, 2021 |
4:00 PM–7:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
OLGA MELESHKEVICH (ABA Consulting; Simmons University), JUDAH B. AXE (Simmons University) |
Description: With early learners, behavior analysts often teach the basic verbal behavior operants, such as mands, tacts, echoics, and simple intraverbals. Once these repertoires are developed, programming should incorporate multiply controlled verbal behavior where more than one antecedent evokes a response. In this workshop, we will define concepts related to multiply controlled verbal behavior, including “verbal conditional discrimination,” joint control, and autoclitic frames. We will describe and illustrate research-based strategies to overcome restricted stimulus control when teaching three types of multiply controlled verbal behavior: (1) listener responding in which a selection response is evoked by a verbal stimulus and a nonverbal stimulus, (2) “intraverbal-tacts” in which a verbal response is evoked by a question about a picture, and (3) multiply controlled intraverbals in which a verbal response is evoked by a multi-part question (e.g., “What do you eat that is yellow?”). Throughout the workshop, we will discuss the roles of echoic behavior and autoclitic frames on shaping generalized verbal behavior repertoires. |
Learning Objectives: • Define multiple control in verbal behavior and “verbal conditional discrimination.” • Explain the concepts of “restricted stimulus control” and “overselectivity.” • Describe research-based strategies for teaching verbal conditional discriminations. • Explain how procedures based on analysis of multiple control facilitate generalization within verbal operants. |
Activities: lecture, video demonstrations, small-group activities |
Audience: behavior analysts, speech-language pathologists, researchers, graduate students, special education teachers |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Augmentative and Alternative Communication Intervention Considerations for Individuals With Autism |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Joseph Novak, Ed.D. |
JOSEPH NOVAK (REED Academy; Kean University; Endicott College) |
Description: AAC is reviewed for its benefits for expressive and receptive language. Research-based information is provided as it relates to how vocal speech development is affected by AAC. Communication modes, the range of communication systems, and brief information related to assessment is given. Research on the efficacy of SGDs for supporting communication needs of individuals with autism will be highlighted. Information regarding recommended prompts/prompt-fading procedures will be shared. AAC modeling techniques are reviewed in detail. Navigating AAC needs and vocal speech is discussed and a sample protocol is shared. Specific skill acquisition programs to target skills such as communicative repair will be shared. Common challenges faced when trying to develop more advanced language for AAC users are explored. The tendency for AAC devices to becoming “manding machines” is discussed and several possible explanations are provided. Recommendations for how to develop advanced language skills are provided and sample SGD layouts are given. Ethical considerations regarding authenticity of the communicative message are discussed. Potential areas of challenge related to collaboration between behavior analysts and SLPs will be reviewed with implications and possible resolutions given. The importance of collaboration between the two disciplines in order to ensure effective AAC intervention practice will be emphasized. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the research to date on the use of speech-generating devices for individuals with autism. 2) Participants will be able to accurately describe various instructional strategies including language modeling and direct prompting. 3) Identify ethical challenges related to AAC implementation including issues regarding authenticity when using phrase-based icons on AAC devices 4) Identify strategies for AAC implementation when effective collaboration is unavailable, ineffective, or a work-in-progress. 5) Discuss several possible reasons why devices may become manding machines |
Activities: Instructional strategies include: lecture, discussion - Workshop objectives will be met through a presentation of lecture and group discussion. - Core content will be taught through lecture and video demonstrations of strategies will be provided as appropriate. - Supplemental materials for will be provided in order to support participant learning. - The format combines lecture and group discussion. |
Audience: The target audience consists of BCBAs who may only have entry-level competence in the area of augmentative and alternative communication. It is important that BCBAs has a better understanding of evidence-based intervention strategies for individuals with autism who use AAC and also have the tools to collaborate effectively with SLPs on AAC interventions. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AAC, aided modeling, augmentative, SGD |
|
|
|
ABA Parent Training: Essential Tools for ABA Providers |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Lilyan Willemijn Johanna Campbell, M.S. |
LILYAN WILLEMIJN JOHANNA CAMPBELL (ABA Works; ABA Courses; ABA Center International) |
Description: In this workshop, you will learn the Essential Tools for ABA Parent Training. You can dramatically increase the impact on many individuals by using these super-duper essential tools for ABA Parent training. Behavior Technicians and Behavior Analysts can benefit from this workshop. Developing and implementing a Behavior Intervention Plan (BIP) is crucial for the success of the learner’s progress. Many studies have shown, that if caregivers and parents are well-trained in the steps of the BIP, generalization takes place and the opportunities for progress are more readily available. In addition, research shows when parents and caregivers are trained in the essential basics of ABA, such as prompting and reinforcement procedures, learners can have much more opportunities for growth. This can have a major effect on their progress. In many countries and states, there is not enough funding and/or opportunities for ABA services. By teaching ABA-providers the most essential tools to make ABA Parent Training work, you can make a significant change. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the effects of parent training (2) Explain why parent training is important (3) Describe and demonstrate how to motivate parents/caregivers to engage in parent training (4) Identify and apply the essential tools for ABA parent training related to the Behavior Intervention Plan and related to the ABA basic strategies |
Activities: Lecture through PPT • Group Discussion • Questions (testing, interaction) • Polls • Chat • Video clips/Demonstrations • Small group breakout: Case Studies • Behavior Skills Training (BST) and role-play |
Audience: Prerequisite skills and competencies are the basics in ABA (prompting, reinforcement) |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, challenging behaviors, parent training, teaching parents, tools parents |
|
|
|
Writing Programs for the Advanced Learner: Programming Beyond Assessments |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Shayna Gaunt, M.A. |
SHAYNA GAUNT (How to ABA), SHIRA KARPEL (How to ABA) |
Description: The advanced learner has a nearly full assessment, but still struggles with language and comprehension. In practice, we see learners who talk in sentences, but still do not answer wh-questions fluently or carry a conversation.
Has your learner outgrown the boxes of your usual assessments? How do you program for someone who is more complex than what you were taught during your BCBA supervision?
In this workshop, we will provide you with a road map for the advanced learner, including assessment, practical programs, data sheets, and materials. We will share our tips and tricks for advanced programming (gained from 20+ years of experience) and show you how to teach across operants so that your students’ skills are fluent and dynamic. Program individualization will be also be discussed. Instead of programming to an assessment, watch your learner soar!
Content has obtained credibility, as demonstrated by 20+ years of involvement in the practice and application of ABA within the autism community.
At How to ABA, we provide practical support and resources for ABA professionals. We help BCBA’s create dynamic, individualized programs by providing easy to access programs, materials and CEUs so that you can feel confident and master what you love. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the 3 areas of need for an advanced learner after completing an assessment; (2) Demonstrate knowledge of program planning based on the profile of an advanced learner; (3) Write at least 3 dynamic skill acquisition programs for the advanced learner with ease and efficiency; (4) Develop corresponding data sheets tailored towards advanced learners that teach across operants. |
Activities: The format combines lecture and small group activities. Workshop objectives will be met through a balanced presentation of lecture, video observation, discussion, small group break out, and guided practice. Supplemental materials for will be provided in order to support participant learning. |
Audience: This workshop is intended for newly-minted behavior analysts providing language and social skills interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Standardized competencies (e.g., BCBA) are suggested but not required. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): advanced learner, curriculum development, HowtoABA, program writing |
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis of Seizures |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: BPN/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: John C. Neill, Ph.D. |
JOHN C. NEILL (Long Island University) |
Description: Up to 50% of individuals with severe developmental disabilities have epilepsy. Remarkably, behavior analysts are often unaware how epilepsy impairs their client's ability to learn and remember contingencies of reinforcement. Individuals with epilepsy often have behavior disorders which can be exacerbated by seizures. These seizures could be better controlled, and important new skills could be acquired, if the behavior analyst understands epilepsy. A brief review of neuroanatomy, neurophysiology, and molecular events responsible for seizures and seizure-induced impairments in learning and behavior will be provided. The etiology, genetics, and classification of common seizure disorders will be briefly reviewed. Behavioral research on several animal models of seizures will be covered. Clients with developmental disabilitesare often improperly monitored and over-medicated for seizures. These issues can be avoided with EEG (electroencephalography), which is a crucial test for accurate diagnosis of epilepsy. Workshop participants will learn how to prepare a client for cooperating with the EEGwithout sedation or anesthesia. Participants will learn how epileptic seizures change an individual's ability to operate on their environment. Conversely, the environment often modulates seizures. Behavior analysts will benefit their clients who have epilepsy by learning about how to describe, measure, and control these relationships in an ethical manner. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, each participant will be able to: 1. Define an epileptic seizure. 2. Describe some of the developmental and neurological events responsible for epileptic seizures. 3. Recognize the importance of measuring the effects of seizures on learning and behavior. 4. Objectively describe, count and time seizures in relation to environmental conditions. 5. Recognize the importance of reviewing a client's history to determine etiology, and its particular impact on behavioral progress. 6. Recognize the effects of the environment on epileptic seizures. 7. Know how to prepare a client for cooperating with EEG tests, without sedation or anesthesia. 8. Discriminate pseudoepileptic versus epileptic seizures. 8. Manage learning and behavior disorders effectively in clients with epilepsy. 9. Explain some recent research on epilepsy and behavior analysis. 10. Explain how the environment can decrease abnormal brain activity and seizures. |
Activities: The workshop activities will include lecture, group discussion, video observation, and interactive activities to test knowledge (using Kahoot). Students will have access to videos, peer reviewed articles and chapters on Research Gate before the conference. Research Gate link: https://www.researchgate.net/profile/John_Neill |
Audience: Clinical behavior analysts and experimental analysts with an interest in learning effective methods for analyzing seizures and their immediate and long term effects on intellectual functioning, everyday behavior and behavior disorders. |
Content Area: Methodology |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Empirically Supported Behavioral Parent Training and Functional-Based Assessment and Treatment: Behavior Analysts Collaborating With Medical and Mental Health Professionals |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Andrew W. Gardner, Ph.D. |
ANDREW W. GARDNER (University of Arizona - College of Medicine - Department of Psychiatry), CHELSEA E. CARR (The University of Arizona - Disability and Psychoeducational Studies
) |
Description: Parent and care provider training has been an integral part of Behavior Analysis for diverse reasons (e.g. training, maintenance, and generalization of skills). Many Behavior Analysts are not aware of the Parent Training Programs: Insight for Practitioners (2009) study published by the Center for Disease Control and Prevention identifying empirically supported training programs and effective components for parent training. These empirically supported training programs can go hand in hand with function-based assessment and treatment to address family accommodation to challenging behavior, as well as secondary gains (i.e. function of behavior). There are a number of empirically supported Behavioral Parent Training programs (e.g. PMT, PCIT, etc.) acknowledged by diverse medical and mental health professionals (e.g. psychiatry, pediatrics, etc.). Behavior Analysis has 30+ years of research on function-based assessment and treatment. The merging of these two areas to collaborate with other professionals and build bridges is the focus of the current workshop. |
Learning Objectives: • At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: o Identify empirically supported Behavioral Parent Training programs o Learn specific skills related to Parent Management Training (PMT) and Parent Child Interaction Therapy (PCIT) o Identify the differences between indirect and direct function-based assessment tools for challenging behavior (e.g. screening tools, functional analyses, etc.) o Learn how these tools can be used in practice to collaborate with medical and mental health professionals |
Activities: The workshop format will include lecture, video observation, modeling, small group activities, and guided practice. |
Audience: identification of function of challenging behavior; functional-based treatment; parent training; collaboration with medical/mental health professionals |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, FBA Treatment, Interprofessional Collaboration, Parent/Family Training |
|
|
|
Do No Harm: Sex Ed You Can Implement Right Now |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Barbara Gross, M.Ed. |
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Special School District of St Louis County), WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates) |
Description: Behavior Analysts who work with people may often be called upon to provide support in the area or sex education and sexual behavior analysis, however for many this work is outside their scope of experience. Additionally, because sexual behavior, and interlocking contingencies of sexual behavior, are complex, there is potential to do harm to a client by attempting to work outside of one’s scope. There are, however, many behavior supports within the scope of behavior analysts which can empower clients to build prerequisite skills for healthy relationships and healthy sexual self expression. This workshop will empower practitioners to implement supports which have minimal risk and high levels of beneficence, and which center client dignity, autonomy, and self-determination. This workshop will additionally empower practitioners to better write related treatment plan goals which demonstrate meeting medically necessary criteria for behavior analytic intervention. Empirically supported research will be shared as applicable and content limitations and risks of practice will be discussed. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Analyze the "Extended Permission" and "Limited Information" components of the Ex-PLISSIT model (Taylor, 2006) for sex therapy as it pertains to behavior analytic practice 2. Describe at least 4 program areas across at least 8 learning channels for prerequisite skills for healthy relationship behavior and sexual behavior 3. Select an appropriate learning channel and program slice for implementation in each program area when given a client scenario 4. Demonstrate implementation of at least 1 specific support program for prerequisite skills for healthy relationship behavior and sexual behavior in group practice 5. Identify example program goals which do and do not likely meet criteria for a medically necessary treatment plan. |
Activities: Workshop activities will utilize a BST model and include brief lecture covering potential harms in sexual behavior analysis, program areas with low risk for harm and high beneficence, and learning channels for teaching. Following this, the workshop will include practice scenarios for assessment, modeling of program implementation, breakout practice for implementation, feedback, and opportunity to implement feedback. |
Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): consent, sex education, sexual behavior, Sexuality |
|
|
|
Environmental Barriers in the Classroom Setting Impacting Effective ABA Treatment and Solutions for Success |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Melinda Docter, Ed.D. |
MELINDA DOCTER (Northcentral University) |
Description: Individuals with Disabilities Act (IDEA) requires that states provide a free and appropriate public education (FAPE) to all students whose disabilities impact access to their education programs. The Individualized Educational Program (IEP) is the vehicle for providing FAPE. Parents of children with autism spectrum disorders are encouraged by scientific literature supporting the use of Applied Behavior Analysis and will often request this treatment more frequently than other models of teaching used by many school districts. However, IDEA does not identify specific treatment/methodology; it permits the school district to choose the intervention. Parents often resort to the legal process for access to ABA therapy; and they often have to prove that not only is ABA therapy more effective for their child, but other methodologies are less effective for their child. Therefore, it is imperative that when ABA treatment is provided in the school setting, it is effective. There are often environmental barriers that impede the effectiveness of ABA in a classroom setting (e.g., staff turnover, lack of training, inconsistent data collection, lack of knowledge and lack of teacher/administrative support). This workshop will identify barriers to ABA treatment in the classroom setting, resolutions for those barriers, and strategies for effective treatment. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify environmental variables in a classroom setting that may impede effective ABA treatment for the client. (2) Identify specific strategies that can be used to either bypass environmental barriers or coexist with environmental barriers to ensure the most effective treatment for the client. (3) Choose and apply the most appropriate strategy to either bypass environmental barriers or coexist with environmental barriers to ensure the most effective treatment for the client. |
Activities: Instructional strategies will include: *Lecture to present information *Analysis of scenarios for environmental barriers *Small group discussion to review environmental barriers *Small group activities to include the following: -Identification of environmental barriers through scenario analysis -Identification of solutions to address environmental barriers to ensure effective treatment implementation in the classroom setting -Data collection with environmental barriers in the classroom setting -Treatment implementation with environmental variables in the classroom setting -IEP review for information relevant to ABA treatment in the classroom setting -Small group guided practice for behavior analytic intervention within the classroom setting |
Audience: Basic Intermediate - No prerequisites necessary as this workshop will identify and describe familiar classroom settings and scenarios regarding environmental barriers impacting effective ABA treatment. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA Implementation, BTP, School-based ABA, Treatment Integrity |
|
|
|
Designing and Measuring Organizational Clinical Outcome Data |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Christina Barosky, M.A. |
CHRISTINA BAROSKY (Bierman ABA; Simmons University), ASHLEY E. BENNETT (Bierman ABA), ASHLEY AHLERS (Bierman ABA) |
Description: Organizational outcomes have become a topic of increased interest for providers and insurance companies. This increased push for more data often leaves organizations struggling to determine what data to analyze, how to gather that information and how it can be best represented. The ability to analyze client outcome data can improve current and future client outcomes as well as help your organization develop trainings to improve both the behavior analysts and client performance. This is especially true for early intervention providers who need to maximize client outcomes in that highly crucial time of their development. This workshop will walk you through some examples of client outcome data at both the micro and macro level, methods for collecting and storing the data, and take the opportunity to brainstorm outcomes data that would work well for your agency and client demographic. This workshop is designed for key stakeholders and leaders of ABA agencies. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will identify preliminary key measures of client success in their organization. Participants will identify preliminary key measures of staff performance related to client success. Participants will brainstorm data collection methods for key measures that are feasible for their organization. Participants will formulate an action plan for piloting data collection and analysis of key outcomes. |
Activities: Lecture regarding the importance of measuring client outcome data at micro and macro levels. Lecture and model of examples of what can be measured and how the data can be displayed for analysis. Small group activities to brainstorm current ways the participants organizations collect data on outcomes, then guided practice as small groups to develop methods to measure new outcomes data. Guided practice exercises on how to analyze outcomes data and how to create interventions to increase staff performance and client success. |
Audience: Leaders or clinical directors of ABA companies. Members of the audience should have knowledge of how staff and client success is currently measured in their agency. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Data analysis, Outcomes |
|
|
|
Putting the SUPER in Supervision: Evidence Based Strategies |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–12:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D. |
JEREMY H. GREENBERG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Description: This three-hour intensive workshop will include evidence-based teaching, learning, and supervision strategies ad tactics from the Applied Behavior Analysis research literature. The content is aimed at behavior analysts and supervisors who are charged with the supervision of RBTs, Board Certified Assisitant Behavior Analysis, and BCBAs working with students having various special education needs. |
Learning Objectives: Introduction to Supervision [Strategies & Tactics for Supervisors] The Learn Unit Data-Based Decision Making The TPRA (Ingham & Greer, 1992) |
Activities: Participants will become literate in the The Learn Unit and supporting literature through Active Student Responding (ASR). Participants will learn the rules included in the Data Decision Protocol (Keohane, 1997; Greer, 2002; Greenberg, 2007) through hands-on presentation and exercises Participants will learn about the TPRA procedure, supporting research, and practice data collection and IOA using video models. |
Audience: Supervisors of RBT, Board Certified Assisitant Behavior Analysts, and Board Certified Behavior Analysts, or other practitioners or therapists working with students with special education needs. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
|
Severe Problem Behavior: From Research to Evidence-Based Practice |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Joshua Jessel, Ph.D. |
JOSHUA JESSEL (Queens College, City University of New York), PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
Description: Severe problem behavior is a debilitating and chronic repertoire that can significantly impact an individual’s quality of life. Although a multitude of different behavioral interventions have been developed to reduce problem behavior, there is rarely a comprehensive demonstration of a successful program from beginning (intake of client) to end (reintegration into classroom and home) of clinical services. In this workshop we will start with an introduction to a practical functional assessment and skill-based treatment model. We will describe the research that has led to the development of the model and how it has been applied to school, home, and outpatient settings. In addition, we will provide a guide to conducting the practical functional assessment and how to use those results to build caregiver-informed communication skills, tolerance skills, and cooperation skills. Considering that the goal of the entire assessment and treatment process is to effect more global changes in the functional repertoires of individuals who exhibit problem behavior, we will spend the second half of the workshop describing how to maintain treatment effects once the individual is returned to the home or school environment by training staff members and caregivers and programming for generalization of outcomes. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will describe evidence-based approaches to 1. conducting a safe and practical functional assessment of problem behavior 2. teaching function-based skills to replace problem behavior 3. training caregivers using behavior skills training 4. programming generalization of caregiver training 5. managing restraint and restrictive behavior management practices 6. managing treatment integrity and relapse. |
Activities: The workshop will include lectures, case presentations, and problem solving exercises. |
Audience: Participants should have an understanding of common behavioral concepts as described in Cooper et al. (2020) and some experience and basic knowledge of ABA applied to severe problem behavior. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Caregiver Training, Functional Analysis, Problem Behavior |
|
|
|
Preparing Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder for Kindergarten |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sonja R. de Boer, Ph.D. |
SONJA R. DE BOER (Spring Harbor Hospital-Maine Behavior Health; North Haven Community School) |
Description: A common goal for educators and behavior analysts is for young children to enter Kindergarten with the skills that allow them to LEARN NEW SKILLS and CONCEPTS IN A LARGE GROUP with other children of the same age. Children also need to enter Kindergarten being able to INDEPENDENTLY demonstrate and use the skills they need to learn and participate in academic, social, play, adaptive behavior, and self-help activities. This means that educators and behavior analysts working with children with Autism Spectrum Disorder ages 0-5 need to focus on teaching these children LEARNING TO LEARN SKILLS. The proactive and preventative early intervention ABA teaching methods utilized with young children with autism have been proven over and over to improve academic, behavior, adaptive and social skills. In spite of drastic improvements in these skill areas, many children with autism enter Kindergarten unable to successfully participate and learn in a typical Kindergarten. This workshop will provide educators and behavior analysts with information on and teaching strategies for the specific areas of learning to learn skills (early, intermediate and advanced learners) that need to be developed for children with autism to enter and be successful in a general education Kindergarten. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) list and explain four overall proactive and preventative early intervention ABA teaching and behavior intervention methods to utilize with with young children with autism to increase the quality and quantity of their academic, behavior, adaptive and social skills; (2) list and explain specific learning to learn skills that need to be developed for young children with autism to enter and be successful in a general education Kindergarten classes; (3) explain how to set up an early childhood environment that has clear routines and boundaries which motivates child with autism to learn and behave appropriately. |
Activities: The workshop objectives will be met through the use of lecture, group discussions, question and answer, video demonstrations and practice using forms and data sheets. |
Audience: In order for this workshop to benefit participants, they need a basic understanding of ABA early intervention strategies with young children with autism, as well as experience working in early childhood and Kindergarten settings with children with autism (mild, moderate and/or severe). |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, early childhood, early intervention, inclusion |
|
|
|
Trauma-Informed ABA |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Saundra Bishop, M.S. |
SAUNDRA BISHOP (BASICS ABA Therapy, LLC) |
Description: Best practices around Trauma Informed Care have been difficult for our field to adopt and, as a result, have made it difficult to fully support our clients who have experienced trauma events. By looking at trauma events as a setting event, we can create interventions that are Trauma Informed and can better support our clients who may be in foster care, in family preservation programs, or who have experienced other trauma situations. By doing so, we meet our ethical obligations to ensure we are treating the true function of the client's behavior when trauma events are involved. We will also explore how this can be applied to our clients in the COVID-19 world. BASICS ABA Therapy, LLC has been using this model for 7 years and has been giving trainings on it for 5. In this advanced workshop, we will learn to recognize what a trauma event is, how trauma events can function as a setting event, and what interventions can be put in place to address these events. |
Learning Objectives: Objectives At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Attendees will be able to recognize and define a trauma event (2) Attendees will be able to define how trauma events can function as a setting event (3) Attendees will be able to apply interventions to create Trauma Informed antecedent and consequence interventions (4) Attendees will be able to teach replacement behaviors that target the unique functions that maintain behavior for people who have experienced trauma events. (5) Attendees will apply the knowledge in the workshop to real cases to develop an intervention for one behavior |
Activities: This workshop is a combination of lecture, small group "pair and shares", videos, handouts, guided practice, and case studies. |
Audience: Who is this for? -BCBAs working or interested in working with populations that have had exposure to trauma events (example: co-morbid diagnosis of PTSD, children in foster care or family preservation programs, children who have experienced medical trauma) Prerequisite skills: Firm grasp on setting events and antecedent interventions addressing setting events. Firm grasp on replacement and alternative behaviors addressing setting events |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): abuse, foster care, PTSD, trauma informed |
|
|
|
BITES®: A Behavioral InTEgrated With Speech Approach to Feeding Therapy |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Laura J. Seiverling, Ph.D. |
LAURA J. SEIVERLING (Ball State University), ELISE JUSKO (Bites Feeding Therapy, LLC) |
Description: Pediatric feeding problems are complex and often require a multi-disciplinary approach to assessment and treatment. The Behavioral InTEgrated with Speech approach, known as BITES®, focuses specifically on how speech-language pathologists (SLPS) and Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) can work together to assess feeding problems and develop interventions for them. With over 30 years of combined experience in the field of pediatric feeding disorders, Laura Seiverling, Psychologist and BCBA-D, and Elise Jusko, CCC-SLP, will draw from their own experiences working on a multidisciplinary feeding team together and will provide an overview of how cross-discipline collaboration between SLPs and BCBAs can look when it comes to both assessment and treatment of food selectivity, chewing, packing, rapid eating, tongue thrusts, dysphagia, food overstuffing, choking phobias, and self-feeding difficulties. Case examples will be provided for each of the feeding problems discussed. In addition, the presenters will review the various factors that may lead to a feeding problem and will provide an overview of typical feeding development. Content has peer reviewed, published support beyond those publications and other types of communications devoted primarily to the promotion of the approach. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe typical feeding development 2. Identify the role of various disciplines involved in multidisciplinary feeding evaluations. 3. Identify common medical and environmental factors that may lead to a feeding problem. 4. Understand the role of both SLPs and BCBAs in the assessment and intervention of pediatric feeding disorders. 5. Collect baseline data and determine a starting point for feeding interventions. They will also learn how to collect data on various mealtime behaviors, graph child mealtime behavior, and how to write task-analyzed feeding protocols. 6. Use behavioral skills training to teach caregivers and others to implement feeding interventions. |
Activities: Instructional strategies include: Lecture, video, small group activities, case examples, discussion, and role-play. |
Audience: Attendees should have a basic understanding of pediatric feeding problems and some experience implementing feeding interventions. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders, interdisciplinary collaboration |
|
|
|
Special Education Law and Ethical Issues for Practicing Behavior Analysts |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
Description: This day long workshop will focus on the U.S. Individuals with Disabilities Education Improvement Act (IDEIA) and the many ethical issues that practicing behavior analyst should be apprised of. Participants will learn about federal legal requirements for conducting functional behavioral assessments, writing behavior intervention plans, understanding the term positive behavior supports as used in the IDEIA, and the requirements for independent educational evaluations including FBAs. Participants will learn how state law applies at the local level. Information will be provided in lecture format with case studies as examples. The legal and ethical responsibilities of a behavior analyst will be discussed. Time will be allotted for extensive question and answer. Detailed handouts will be provided. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify the major components of US special education law, IDEIA, which protects the majority of clients served by a behavior analyst. 2. Identify the procedural areas of IDEIA that could result in ethical dilemmas for the practicing behavior analyst. 3. Identify the legal and ethical requirements of an Independent Educational Evaluation completed by a behavior analyst. 4. Identify when a behavior analyst must complete an FBA vs when they should complete one under the IDEIA. 5. Identify when a BIP must be developed by a behavior analysts under the IDEIA 6. Identify what type of data must be collected under the IDEIA 7. Describe the difference between a procedural and substantive error and how ethical blunders could create these types of errors. |
Activities: The format combines: Lecture, Discussion, Case Study Analysis, Online Responding, & Question and Answer |
Audience: Practicing Behavior Analysts Supervisors of Practicing Behavior Analysts School Administrators |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Engineering Schools and Clinics for Student and Client Success: Part 2 |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
9:00 AM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Description: Do you work as a program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, or director of an agency that provides services to clients with learning difficulties? Are you satisfied with your clients' progress? Behavior analysis developed a powerful technology for helping people, but too many clients don't receive the benefits. Why not? The easy answer is that employees don't do what they are told. But the employees’ performance, just like their clients’ performance, is a product of their environment. Do employees have the resources, training, and management necessary to help their clients achieve their goals? What about their supervisors? What about their directors? Organizations are groups of individuals who must work together to provide their clients with the outcomes they want. The failure of clients to make adequate progress is not usually an individual employee performance problem, but a performance problem at the system process, and individual levels of the organization. This workshop will provide you with a set of tools to pinpoint organizational performance problems, analyze their causes, recommend the best solutions, solve the problems by designing and implementing solutions that might include more efficient resources, training, and management practices, and evaluate their effectiveness, efficiency, and return on investment. Please note: attendees must register for both part 1 and part 2 of this workshop. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) Define desired client results and necessary performance, then measure and evaluate current client results, performance, and progress, using measures of frequency, celeration and celeration efficiency; (2) Define desired staff performance at the system, process, and individual levels, measure and evaluate current staff performance at each level; (3) Perform a data based analysis of staff performance problems to identify their causes; (4) Recommend solutions to performance problems with the best return on investment; (5) Design and implement those solutions, which may include staff resources, training and management; (6) Evaluate the effectiveness, efficiency, and return on investment of those solutions. |
Activities: This workshop provides a variety of training aids including case studies, practice cards, practice exercises, project worksheets, job aids, and computer-based charting software. |
Audience: Do you work as a program designer, staff trainer, supervisor, or director of an agency that provides services to clients with learning difficulties? Are you satisfied with your clients’ progress? This workshop will teach you how to improve the performance of your organization so that every client will make efficient progress. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Outcome-Based Management of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Through Dynamic Programming at the Lovaas Institute Midwest |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Eric V. Larsson, Ph.D. |
ERIC V. LARSSON (Lovaas Institute Midwest; University of Minnesota) |
Description: The Lovaas Institute Midwest has delivered all of its EIBI services utilizing a comprehensive dynamic programming model for 18 years. The main goals of the model are: to ensure that each family is receiving the most appropriate level of individualized intervention at any given point in time; and to monitor each clinician's daily performance in a manner that contributes to continuous quality improvement. In dynamic programming, the interventions are continuously adjusted to produce accelerating progress, rather than to maintain static performance. The workshop will present the methods of managing the performance of all team members, parents, and supervisors through daily, weekly, six-month, and overall outcome measures. Dynamic measures focus on generative responding, acceleration toward single-trial mastery, recombinative generalization in matrix training, contingency management, and naturalization. Cost-effective staff training and management is also a fundamental concern, and so the system utilizes a data collection system that enables timely decision making, to both increase effectiveness when individual acquisition is challenging, and reduce the use of artificial training parameters as quickly as possible without impairing generalization or maintenance. Comprehensive program evaluation data will be presented on a substantial body of accumulated measures for 246 children served over 18 years. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participant will be able to describe: 1) the specific system for evaluating child response to treatment. 2) the specific clinical management system. 3) the results of the comprehensive research program. |
Activities: The main format will be didactic presentation of the model, using actual programming materials and data, with frequent pauses to engage in questions and commentary by the participants. Various programming materials will be distributed to the attendees. |
Audience: The attendees will be best able to attain the workshop objectives if they have working knowledge and experience with any EIBI program. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): curriculum management, individualization, outcomes, short-term objectives |
|
|
|
Providing Internet-Based Consultation Services to Teach Parents of Children With Autism to Effectively Assess Skills and Implement Evidence-Based Teaching Interventions |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: James W. Partington, Ph.D. |
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.) |
Description: This workshop is designed to help consultants to remotely provide effective assessment, program development, and consultation services. This workshop will focus on the many factors that must be considered both when initiating and conducting internet-based consultation including: clearly establishing the expectations and roles of both the parent and the consultant, determining the parents’ knowledge of critical distinctions in the various types of language skills, their motivation and ability to participate in and follow through with specific teaching activities. In order to obtain and maintain the parents’ active participation, it is necessary to select the initial teaching activities that will help the parent quickly develop instructional control. Once the parents have obtained reinforcement from the observing the child’s performance, parents are more likely to maintain their motivation participation to extend the child’s existing skills, and develop new skills and repertoires. Therefore, consultants need to know and be able to teach parents about the peer-reviewed research involving patterns of typical child development so as to determine appropriate learning objectives that will allow the child to more readily learn from their everyday interactions with others (Partington, Bailey & Partington, 2018). |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1. state four strategies that will increase successful parent participation in teaching skills to their child when provided with internet-based consultation services; 2. state steps to ensure that parents establish instructional control during their initial teaching interactions with their child; 3. state the steps to effectively teach parents how to teach skills to their child; 4. compare the existing skill levels of a child with an autism spectrum disorder to the age-equivalent skills of typically developing children; 5. state at least two strategies to maintain a parent’s motivation to teach when provided with remote consultation services; 6. state internet-based resources that are available to parents and consultants to facilitate the documentation of skill development and increase data-based communications when delivering remote consultation services. |
Activities: Instructional activities will mainly be in a lecture and demonstration format due to the workshop being conducted remotely. However, extensive efforts will be made to have interaction with the participants through frequent question and answer periods. |
Audience: Participants should be BACB level consultants who have obtained training in criterion-referenced assessments and have had direct experience implementing educational programs with children with autism or other developmental disabilities. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Curriculum planning, Parent training, Skills assessment, Telehealth |
|
|
|
Working With Adults With Severe Problem Behavior: Ethical Considerations and Strategies |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Naomi Spence, M.A. |
NAOMI SPENCE (Pyles and Associates), SHAI MAOR (Pyles and Associates) |
Description: Severe problem behaviors can manifest into a variety of topographical behaviors but typically consists of aggression, self-injury, and/or property destruction. Unfortunately, this also means a decrease in opportunities for individuals who engage in this type of severe problem behavior because of the damage that these individuals can inflict. As legislature continues to push for community placements and the imminent closure of non-community-based placement opportunities for adults who display the aforementioned behaviors, the need for community supports that can safely, ethically, and successfully manage these individuals has significantly increased. Due to biological factors (e.g. height and weight) of these individuals, intervention strategies that are/were effective with children are not typically effective with these types of adults. Being an adult comes with an increase in freedom of choice (depending on conservatorship) that can make navigating support for these types of individuals extremely complex. Furthermore, at times an increased number of support services can provide a challenge in collaborating how to best support the individual. These support services include, but are not limited to psychiatrists, medical doctor’s, mental health therapy services, behavioral services, day programs and regional centers. |
Learning Objectives: After attending this workshop, attendees will be able to (1) describe programmatic, ethical, and collaborative considerations for working with adults with severe problem behavior, (2) identify clinical situations that necessitate different approaches and (3) demonstrate understanding of information provided by creating a preliminary plan for an individual they serve. |
Activities: This workshop includes presentation of information through lecture, presentation of evidenced based interventions, and guided group activities. |
Audience: The target audience for this workshop is anyone working with adults. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Children With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders in Home and at School: Broadening the Lens |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Description: Traditional counselors view aberrant behaviors as symptoms of underlying constructs that are the reason for these behaviors, while behaviorists view these behaviors as serving an environmental function. FBA identifies the function of aberrant behaviors and acceptable replacement behaviors that serve the same function. Components that are often missing in the analysis of aberrant behaviors include: 1) motivating operations in the form of private events (thoughts and feelings); and 2) learning history with specific Sds for reinforcement or punishment. This workshop will deal with the following: disturbed attachment, callousness and lack of emotionality, oppositional and defiant behaviors, and anxiety and depression. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: 1. Describe the symptoms of emotional/behavioral disorders as behaviors serving an environmental function 2. Describe the process of conducting FBAs with children with emotional/behavioral disorders 3. Describe the role of learning history in treating with children with emotional/behavioral disorders 4. Describe the role of motivating operations and discriminative stimuli in treating children with emotional/behavioral disorders 5. Describe how to develop and implement function-based treatments for children with emotional/behavioral disorders |
Activities: Workshop objectives will be met using lecture, role-play, case presentations, discussion and small-group interaction. |
Audience: Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, psychologists, psychiatrists, nurses, counselors, and social workers. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavioral problems, diversity issues, emotional problems |
|
|
|
Dealing With Uncertainty: An Ethical Decision-Making Model and Its Application to Providing Telehealth-Based Behavioral Services |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Weihe Huang, Ph.D. |
WEIHE HUANG (Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum; Florida Institute of Technology), KARRE WILLIAMS (CBEM) |
Description: Ethical dilemmas always challenge practitioners of applied behavior analysis (ABA) because ABA service delivery is a complicated process and behavior analysts may encounter clinical and moral uncertainties. During the COVID-19 pandemic, behavior analysts move rapidly into the telehealth model of delivering ABA services. As a result, ABA providers are more likely than before to find themselves in uncertain situations where an ethical dilemma could arise. This workshop is designed to increase participants’ ability to deal with ethical uncertainties by defining ethical principles valued by behavior analysts, describing the characteristics of ethical dilemmas, introducing an ethical decision-making model, and demonstrating how this model can be applied to solve ethical dilemmas in providing ABA service via telehealth. This approach incorporates codes of ethics for behavior analysts and ethical reasoning strategies. In so doing, the instructors provide participants with a framework that emphasizes teaching the process of making ethical decisions rather than just offering simple answers. These principles and strategies are based on the clinical and teaching experiences of the instructors, their relevant publications, and the available literature in the field of ABA and other disciplines. The instructors will discuss the limitations of this model and offer various examples of applying the model. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least five core ethical principles valued in the field of applied behavior analysis; (2) identify most common ethical dilemmas by discriminating among ethical dilemmas, clinical problems, and administrative issues; (3) explain six steps in the decision-making model; and (4) apply the decision-making model to solve ethical dilemmas stemming from telehealth-based ABA services by completing relevant case scenarios provided by the instructors. |
Activities: Core content will be taught through lecture and case illustrations. In group discussions, participants will be encouraged to (1) recognize ethical dilemmas based on personal experience in the field of ABA; and (2) apply standards in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts and six steps specified in the decision-making model to address ethical uncertainties in general and to solve ethical dilemmas in providing telehealth-based ABA service in particular. Supplemental materials will be provided in order to support participant learning. |
Audience: Participants in this workshop should have some working knowledge of common ethical standards such as those specified in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Designing Instruction That Honors Client Assent Withdrawal, Promotes Self-Advocacy, and Minimizes Harm |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Worner Leland, M.S. |
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates; Sex Ed Continuing Ed) |
Description: Unpublished Justice Department data suggest that individuals with intellectual and learning disabilities are at least seven times more likely to experience sexual assault than their neurotypical peers, and that 86% of these assaults are committed by a non-stranger (Shapiro, Anderson, Benincasa, & Van Woerkom, 2018). Because of this, behavior analysts and other helping professionals have a crucial role in supporting client development of self-advocacy skills, which involve giving and removing of assent. Behavior analysts also have a responsibility to help create environments in which client autonomy, self-determination, and preferences are centered and consistently respected. This workshop reviews the BACB ethical codes relevant to client autonomy and assent and outlines ways to address these skills from an instructional design perspective. This workshop also addresses writing assent withdrawal program goals which demonstrate medical necessity of behavioral intervention. Empirically supported literature and data will be presented where applicable and available, and questions and discussion will be welcomed throughout the training. Practice activities will be provided to encourage application of the content, presenters will facilitate a discussion of several clinical scenarios, and attendees will have the opportunity to explore how these strategies can best be implemented with the client populations they serve. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, participants will be able to: 1) Select examples of both vocal and non-vocal responses indicating assent and removal of assent across multiple clients. 2) Identify the ways in which training over-compliance can be harmful for clients. 3) Select the key elements of writing assent withdrawal instructional program. 4) Identify assent withdrawal goals that meet the criteria for a medically necessary treatment plan. 5) Given a scenario, select a response in line with BACB ethical codes and promotes client autonomy and choice. |
Activities: This workshop will utilize lecture, whole group sharing, and active practice opportunities for crafting assent withdrawal program exemplars, graphing assent withdrawal data exemplars, and writing assent withdrawal treatment goal exemplars which meet criteria for medically necessary intervention. |
Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): assent withdrawal, harm reduction, self advocacy |
|
|
|
Improving Classwide Behavior Support Through the Application of Applied Behavior Analytical Practices |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
CE Instructor: Robert F. Putnam, Ph.D. |
ROBERT F. PUTNAM (May Institute), ERIK MAKI (May Institute), SACHA KG SHAW (Endicott College) |
Description: This workshop will provide behavior analysts with an evidence-based approach to designing effective classroom interventions. It includes a functional assessment to systematically evaluate the classroom environment to design, implement, and assess effective classroom-wide behavioral support practices. Once the environment is assessed, the model incorporates indirect (i.e., lecture, written training materials) and direct (i.e., modeling, performance feedback) instruction. Finally, participants will learn how teachers participate in a data-based decision-making process to establish more effective practices, procedures, and interactions with students. Data will be presented, supporting the need for a comprehensive training method that includes both indirect and direct instruction for teachers to adequately implement classroom-wide behavior support practices. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will learn how to: 1) apply functional assessment strategies to the selection and implementation of effective classroom-wide practices; 2) use evidence-based methods used to train teachers in classroom-wide behavior support practices; 3) use a data-based decision process used with teachers to modify classroom behavior support practices, and; 4) use instructional and behavior support practices that establish more effective interactions between teachers and students and increase on-task behavior. |
Activities: Participants will have an opportunity to engage in discussions with other behavior analysts, analyze sample data, draw conclusions about relevant classroom-wide interventions and role play providing effective performance feedback to educational staff |
Audience: The necessary prerequisite skills and competencies the audience should have should be 1) knowledge of the ecology of general and special education classroom, and 2) the ability to use data to make data-based decisions. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
|
|
Effective, Ethical, and Expanded Practices for BCBAs in Schools: Essential Skills and Overcoming School Barriers |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Noor Syed, Ph.D. |
IMAD ZAHEER (St. John's University; Nurturing Environments Institute), NOOR SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
Description: Schools are a primary context in which many BCBAs currently provide services and where, arguably, their skill sets are most needed. Even if the BCBA is not working in schools, if they are working with children, they are likely to have some interactions with schools and school systems. Despite this central position that schools play in the work of many BCBAs, there is little training provided to successfully navigate the school context and systems that are essential to navigate for success for our clients. Moreover, BCBAs are faced with many challenges from ethical dilemmas to systems level barriers that prevent them from practicing effectively. This workshop will cover how to successfully navigate effective and ethical practices, and discuss how BCBAs can evolve and expand their roles in schools using Multi-tiered Systems of Support (MTSS). Focus will be placed on the application of behavior analysis to schooling, understanding and navigating common ethical challenges, importance of contextual fit of interventions, and ways to gain social influence and stakeholder buy-in to increase sustainability. This session will consist of a brief review of relevant literature with a strong focus on behavior analytic strategies that are essential for working in schools, review of ethical challenges, and how to overcome common barriers to gain buy-in towards systems change. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) identify key barriers and challenges faced by BCBAs in schools; 2) describe appropriate ethical practice for BCBAs in schools; 3) identify strategies for individual cases as well as systems level practice to enhance school-based ABA practice. |
Activities: The workshop will include brief didactics for introduction and overview, followed by small group breakouts. Practical activities will include exploration of the application of behavior analysis to schooling via practice of adapting academic and behavioral interventions to a school-based context. Attendees will review ethical scenarios and case studies. Supplemental material will be provided for in-session activities as well as resources for future application. |
Audience: Participants should have a working knowledge of the practical application of behavior analysis with clients and should have at least minimal experiences working with school systems. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ethics, schools, social influence, sustainability |
|
|
|
Efficient and Effective Training and Supervision for RBTs In-Person or Virtually: Challenges and Strategies |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Laura Kenneally, Ed.D. |
LAURA KENNEALLY (Advance Learning Center) |
Description: RBT’s are in high demand to provide needed ABA services in person or virtual therapy to individuals with developmental disabilities, Unfortunately, BCBAs who train and supervise RBTs are time-challenged to assist the RBT to acquire and maintain the essential skills to be successful implementing data-based practices. In addition, RBTs working in non-clinical settings require additional support and training, as current ABA terminology and technology may not be supported in those environments. Participants will receivea study guide for the RBT exam and a detailed step-by-step curriculum download for BCBAs or RBT supervisors to use to teach required vocabulary and skills for the Competency Assessment. |
Learning Objectives: The participants will be able to individualize additional instruction for the RBTs. The participants will be able to collect data and evaluate success using data-based strategies. The participants will be able to monitor the client’s progress and treatment integrity. The participants will be able to use self-management strategies. The participants will be able to use data-based decisions to determine the need for additional training and support. |
Activities: The format combines lecture, video examples, small group hands on activities and guided practice. |
Audience: BCBAs who train and supervise RBTs. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
Discriminative and Motivational and Multiple Control, Oh My! |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
1:00 PM–4:00 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Megan Pyles, M.A. |
MEGAN PYLES (Pyles & Associates), BRITTANY MACIAS (Pyles & Associates) |
Description: To be a fly on the head of any student in a Verbal Behavior class, you’d likely hear bickering about which verbal operant is occurring in a given situation. While charting verbal operants within the ABC contingency is helpful at rudimentary levels, this rarely accounts for the variables that evoke and maintain most verbal behavior in the natural setting. In most instances, verbal behavior is multiply controlled by both motivational and discriminative variables. Each skill taught requires that a unique set of variables be considered. Further, the unique structuring of teaching sets can make or break a learner’s success when contacting complex stimuli, as is often found in the natural environment. This workshop seeks to provide an overview of procedures to account for the multiple control of verbal behavior. Attendees will be provided flow charts on which to map functional relations of different types of verbal behavior, from mands and tacts to intraverbals, all the way up to humorous exchanges (i.e., jokes). As a group, we will outline and develop webs to visually depict the multiple control of verbal behavior and practice translating these into lessons for clients. |
Learning Objectives: Learning Objective 1: Outline and chart the controlling variables of complex mands (e.g., mands for information) Learning Objective 2: Outline and develop treatment plans based on methods to teach conditional discriminations Learning Objective 3: Outline stimulus control of jokes and develop teaching procedures to teach joke comprehension. |
Activities: Information related to the topics addressed will be provided via lecture, and active participation will be encouraged. Throughout the training we will break out into groups to practice mapping out functional relations of verbal operants, develop teaching procedures, and practice teaching skills. |
Audience: The target audience for this workshop is for intermediate to advanced behavior analysts. Attendees should be familiar with verbal operants and have a basic knowledge of stimulus control. |
Content Area: Practice |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Humor, Mands, Stimulus control |
|
|
|
SABA Awards and Opening Event |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:30 PM EDT |
Online |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
|
SABA Award for Distinguished Service to Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: If this tiny talk could have a theme it would be connections. My checkered academic career has largely been driven by opportunities for making connections between several domains, as well as people—colleagues and students. As with most anyone who lives long enough, the course of my career is marked by many turns into new avenues, some quite unanticipated. I sketch some of these turns—the pivotal role of Georgia Tech, UNC Chapel Hill where I first become a behavior analyst, Harvard Medical School—behavior pharmacology and the big time, Georgia Tech again, running a behavior pharmacology lab and forays into electromagnetics, EAB and Zoo Atlanta, behavior dynamics, conceptual/philosophical concerns, instructional design and engineering education, and my roles and adventures in ABAI where I have repeatedly emphasized that, as a field, we should look outward, not inward. |
|
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech) |
|
M. Jackson (Jack) Marr received the B.S. degree in 1961 from Georgia Tech where he studied mathematics, physics, engineering, and psychology. He received a Ph.D. in experimental psychology with a minor in physiology from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill in 1966. He is Professor Emeritus of Psychology at Georgia Tech. He is one of five founding Fellows of the Association for Behavior Analysis, a Fellow of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) and Division 3 (Experimental Psychology) of the American Psychological Association (APA), a Fellow of the Psychonomic Society, and a Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences Honoree. He was elected twice (the last in 2015) to President of the Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI), and was President of Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) of APA and the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis (SEABA). He was also APA Council member representing Division 25. He is the past Editor of Behavior and Philosophy and continues to serve on its editorial board. He also serves as Review Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, a position he has held since 1998. He served as the Co-Editor of Revista Mexicana de Análisis de la Conducta and was an Associate Editor of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and The Behavior Analyst. He was Experimental Representative to the Executive Council of the Association for Behavior Analysis, served on the Board of Directors of The Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior (SQAB), and currently serves on the Board of Trustees the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He has been particularly active in the international support and development of behavior analysis in Great Britain, Europe, Mexico, Brazil, China, and the Middle East. He was a Research Fellow in Pharmacology at Harvard Medical School, a visiting professor at the Universidad National Autonoma de Mexico, and was invited to Jacksonville State University with an Eminent Scholar award. He was a Navy contractor for Project Sanguine and an AIEE Senior Fellow at the Naval Aerospace Medical Research Laboratory. For over 20 years (1991-2012) he was involved through NSF grants and other support in the assessment and improvement of engineering education. This work included design of instructional systems to teach calculus-based engineering physics. Current scholarly interests include dynamical systems theory, the quantitative analysis of behavior, creativity, and theoretical/conceptual issues in behavioral analysis. |
|
SABA Award for Scientific Translation |
Abstract: The emergence of a new species, according to Darwin's theory of natural selection, depends on a baseline of variable attributes (or phenotypes). A parallel exists for learned behaviors: the shaping of operant responses depends on variations in ongoing behavior. Darwin described many examples of selection from variations. He also described selection of variation, i.e., variability that was maintained because a variable species was more likely to survive than one with limited attributes. Here, too, a behavioral parallel exists: the variability of operant responses is itself sensitive to reinforcing consequences. Thus, as shown by both evolutionary biology and behavioral psychology, successful selection-by-consequences depends on baseline variations and successful variation depends (in part) on selection-by-consequences. In support, I will show that levels of response variability -- from repetitions to random-like responding -- can be reinforced. I will also briefly indicate that reinforcement of variability facilitates acquisition of difficult-to-learn behaviors; that "varied practice" enhances skilled performance; that reinforcement of variable interactions increases the enriching effects of novel objects; and that reinforcement of variability can contribute to therapies for abnormally shy, inhibited, or stereotypy-generating individuals, as in those with autism spectrum disorder. |
|
ALLEN NEURINGER (Reed College) |
|
Allen Neuringer graduated from Far Rockaway High School in 1958, received a B.A., summa cum laude, from Columbia College in1962, and Ph.D. from Harvard University in 1967. His thesis advisor was Richard Herrnstein; most important were fellow students Howie Rachlin, Billy Baum, Bruce Schneider, Phil Hineline, Peter Killeen, Ed Fantino, Richard Schuster, and Martha DiNardo Neuringer. He was a professor at Reed College in Portland, Oregon, from 1970 until his retirement as MacArthur Professor of Psychology in 2008, but continued to guide research and teach an upper-division course, "Functional Variability," until this year. Allen and his students have shown that response variability can be reinforced, much like response topography, force, and speed. Together with his student, Neal Miller, he published the first demonstration that response variability in individuals with autism can be increased and maintained by reinforcers contingent upon that variability. He also published articles on self-control, responding for food when food is otherwise freely available, music discrimination in pigeons and self-experimentation. He recently gave the plenary address at the International Quantified Self Conference. Allen lives in a forest in a house he built (from the ground up) with Martha, his partner in love, and Reed students. |
|
SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: Teaching verbal behavior to children with disabilities was the first functional aim on my trip as a behavior analyst. It produced a horizon of light. Then, the combination of application along with teaching and researching, looking for the conditions responsible for generating behavior, were all very inspiring experiences. Then, jumping in other areas of research that were starting in the field focused on the analysis of complex behaviors as problems solving, rule governed behavior and self-knowledge. In this track, equivalence and derived relational responding emerged and enlightened even more the functional horizon. It was the onset for understanding and generating the emergence of novel behavior, of novel and untrained functions based on stimuli relations. It was as if the tree of the functional perspective was growing up and growing up. And more research continued in areas still obscure as the formation of the self as those rules about oneself whose function dominates and controls other behaviors. In a nutshell, it has been, and still is, an exciting and creative experience for me to navigate and extend with many others along the functional tree either when teaching, doing research, or in the huge application the latter has permitted. |
|
CARMEN LUCIANO (University of Almería; Madrid Institute Contextual Psychology, MICPSY) |
|
Carmen Luciano received her Ph. D. from the Complutense University of Madrid in 1984. She was professor of psychology at the University of Granada from 1979 to 1993 and been professor of psychology at the University of Almeria since 1994. Her research dedication began on the experimental analysis of language. Her post-doc Fulbright research stay in Boston University and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies was centered in studying problem-solving behavior with Skinner’s supervision. This was a critical point in her career as basic researcher. She was involved in equivalence research, rule-governed behavior and, shortly after, in RFT and ACT research. Her research lab conducts basic creative experimental-applied RFT designs for the analysis of: analogies; coherence; deictic and hierarchical framing in the context of identifying core components of metaphors; false memories; experiential avoidance; values; defusion; self and responding to one’s own behavior. Additionally, the lab designs brief ACT protocols and teaches ACT-focused analysis of the conditions under which emotions, thoughts, and valued motivation are brought to the present to build flexibility responding.
Dr. Luciano has been the Director of the Experimental and Applied Analysis of Behavior Research Group since 1986, where she has supervised over thirty doctoral theses--some of her students are running their own labs nowadays. She is also Director of the Functional Analysis in Clinical Contexts Doctoral Program at the University of Almeria and Director of the Master Program in Contextual Therapies at the Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology. Her research has been funded by international, national, and regional public funds. She has collaborated with research groups from different countries and she has spread the functional analysis perspective with meetings, courses, research presentations, and publications. She is known for her vibrating and creative style while teaching, working with clients, and doing research. |
|
SABA Award for Effective Presentation of Behavior Analysis in the Mass Media |
Abstract: Prof. Hart will discuss some of the lessons he’s learned from studying psychoactive substances in people for more than 20 years. He will briefly describe the neurobiological, socio-environmental, and political forces that influence substance use and experiences. Particular attention will be paid to racial biases ingrained in today’s communities. As such, he will urge attendees to stand up on behalf of those who may use psychoactive substances in their pursuit of happiness. |
|
CARL HART (Columbia University) |
|
Carl Hart is the Dirk Ziff Professor of Psychology in the Departments of Psychology and Psychiatry at Columbia University. Prof. Hart has published extensively in the area of neuropsychopharmacology. He is an award-winning author. His most recent book is entitled Drug Use for Grown-ups: Chasing Liberty in the Land of Fear. Prof. Hart has lectured around the world and has appeared on multiple national television and radio shows, as well as podcasts. In 2016, the city of Miami issued a proclamation declaring February 1 “Dr. Carl Hart Day.” |
|
SABA Award for Enduring Programmatic Contributions in Behavior Analysis |
Abstract: The Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) was founded in 1990 by Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D., BCBA-D, at the suggestion of O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D., who wanted the participants in his groundbreaking study to have an ABA program to attend when they aged out of his UCLA research. What began as a one-woman practice in Westwood, California, grew into the largest ABA provider in the world with more than 260 clinic locations in 33 states. Having practiced, researched, and advocated for ABA for over 40 years, Dr. Granpeesheh provides a view of the earliest years of behavioral applications to the treatment of autism, and speaks of the ways in which access to ABA has grown, largely as a result of the onset of health insurance funding. Dr. Granpeesheh shares the lessons learned in the field, describes how data-driven decisions continue to shape behavior analysis, and shares her insights on future directions. |
|
DOREEN GRANPEESHEH (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
|
Dr. Doreen Granpeesheh is the Founder and CEO of the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) and the Founder and President of the Board of Autism Care and Treatment Today (ACT Today). Dr. Granpeesheh received her Ph.D. in Psychology from UCLA under the mentorship of Professor Ivar Lovaas. She is licensed by the Medical Board of California and the Colorado, Texas, Arizona, Virginia, Michigan and Oregon State Boards of Psychologists. Dr. Granpeesheh holds a Certificate of Professional Qualification in Psychology from the Association of State and Provincial Psychology Boards, is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, doctoral level, and has been providing behavioral therapy for individuals with autism since 1979. She has been a member of numerous scientific and advisory boards including the US Autism and Asperger's Association, the Autism File journal, Autism 360/medigenesis, the 4-A Healing Foundation, and the Defeat Autism Now coalition. In addition, Dr. Granpeesheh has served on the National Board of Directors of the Autism Society of America, the practice board of ABAI, as well as the Autism Human Rights and Discrimination Initiative Steering Committee, the Early Intervention Taskforce of the Senate Select Committee on Autism and Related Disorders, and the Oversight Committee of the Department of Developmental Disabilities.
Dr. Granpeesheh has co-authored the book Evidence-Based Treatment for Children with Autism and numerous peer reviewed publications on issues concerning the diagnosis and treatment of Autism. She was awarded the George Winoker Clinical Research Award from the American Academy of Clinical Psychiatrists for her publication titled: Retrospective analysis of clinical records in 38 cases of recovery from autism. Together with her colleagues at CARD, Dr. Granpeesheh created Skills® for Autism, a web-based software tool that creates comprehensive treatment plans for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder, and founded the Institute for Behavioral Training, an online platform for training professionals and families on the principles of ABA. |
|
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Science Communication and Sensemaking Amidst Crisis |
Friday, May 28, 2021 |
6:30 PM–7:20 PM EDT |
Online |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University) |
CE Instructor: Erin B. Rasmussen, Ph.D. |
|
Presidential Scholar Address: Science Communication and Sensemaking Amidst Crisis |
Abstract: The attendees of the 2021 ABAI share a professional identity as behavioral analysts. Yet we simultaneously inhabit a diversity of overlapping identities and social roles. Partners and parents, patients and caregivers, we are all community-members and survivors of an ongoing global pandemic. COVID-19 continues to raise deeply personal challenges in interpreting, navigating, and guiding our communities through what has been titled an "omni-crisis." In short, how do we make sense of this past year? Where do we go from here? How do we cope with the profound inequities exacerbated by this particular event, much less those to come? This keynote will draw from literatures on uncertainty and risk communication, misinformation, psychology, narrative identity, and sensemaking to explore the communication challenges and responsibilities of experts and educators. |
|
LIZ NEELEY (Liminal Creations) |
|
Liz Neeley is the founder of Liminal Creations, a design and consulting firm focused on sense-making and science engagement. She is also a lecturer at Yale, where she collaborates with the National Neuroscience Curriculum Initiative. Her career began in ocean conservation and is inspired by more than a decade of work in storytelling and science communication. Neeley currently sits on the AAAS Committee on Science and Technology Engagement with the Public (CoSTEP) and the advisory board for the Aspen Institute Science & Society Program. From 2015 to 2020, she was the executive director of The Story Collider. She has an ongoing fascination with personal knowledge management systems and would love to hear about your favorite tools and practices. Find her on twitter at @LizNeeley. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) discuss the limitations of the information deficit model of science communication; (2) identify the components of a sensemaking approach to crisis communications; (3) develop an initial formulation of how to apply a sensemaking perspective in their own work. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of a Brief Delay/Denial Tolerance Training Delivered via Telehealth |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:25 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Kaitlin M Gould (May Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kaitlin M Gould, Ph.D. |
|
Evaluation of a Brief Delay/Denial Tolerance Training Delivered via Telehealth |
Domain: Applied Research |
KAITLIN M GOULD (University of Massachusetts Boston), Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Susan K. Perkins-Parks (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
|
Abstract: The literature on treatment packages for challenging behavior suggests that programs targeting deficits in tolerating frustration and delay to gratification may be highly effective (Dixon & Cummings, 2001). In addition, teaching children with challenging behavior to appropriately communicate their needs and tolerate delays to reinforcement may be the most crucial component of any behavior modification program (Hanley, 2014). However, the literature on the systematic application of these treatment components is limited to specific delivery models (i.e. in-person discrete teaching) and particular settings (i.e. highly controlled and/or intensive treatment programs). The purpose of the current study is to extend previous research the use of synthesized contingency analyses (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014) and delay/denial tolerance training taught systematically via a Telehealth service delivery model. Results indicate high rates of skill acquisition and reduced rates of problem behavior across participants. Implications for continued use of Telehealth as a primary means of service delivery are discussed. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with functional analysis and assessment. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the benefit of utilizing a synthesized contingency analysis; (2) discuss the utility of this intervention for teaching clients to tolerate distress. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lessons Learned from Telehealth Direct Therapy and Implications for Practice |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed. |
Abstract: With the implementation of stay at home orders related to the COVID-19 pandemic, the occurrence of telehealth direct therapy sessions dramatically increased. While these services were largely provided to fulfill a specific need during the pandemic, clear benefits to telehealth direct therapy have emerged that indicate this method of service delivery should continue to be explored and provided outside of pandemic-related situations. As direct services continue to be provided via telehealth, it is critical to examine them further, in order to ensure that they are of high quality as limited research has been conducted to date on direct services provided via telehealth. In the first talk, a literature review on strategies for rapport and implications for telehealth direct therapy sessions will be discussed. Next, the results from a study demonstrating the effectiveness of telehealth direct therapy will be shared. Finally, a measure to assess treatment integrity of telehealth direct therapy sessions will be described. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): engagement, rapport, telehealth, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: The target audience include a variety of levels of ABA practitioners, including BCBAs and BCaBAs. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to identify at least 3 strategies to build rapport during a telehealth direct therapy session.
2. Participants will be able to summarize the evidence surrounding effectiveness of telehealth direct therapy.
3. Participants will be able to identify 7 critical components for assessing treatment integrity of telehealth direct therapy sessions. |
|
Importance of Rapport in Telehealth Direct Therapy |
(Theory) |
CHRISTOPHER MIYAKE (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: The delivery of telehealth direct therapy to individuals with autism spectrum disorder provides many benefits but also introduces potential hurdles. Whether delivered in-person or via telehealth direct sessions, patient engagement and assent are critical components of any therapy session. However, telehealth direct sessions have placed an increased role on establishing rapport between clinicians and patients as patients can more easily escape interactions with clinicians by simply closing an application or leaving an area. Thus, a clinician must rely on techniques and procedures that increase social approach and a patient's desire to engage with them during sessions. Research has shown that taking the time to build rapport can increase social approach and decrease challenging behavior during the implementation of in-person therapy sessions. While more research needs to be done on the effects of rapport building on telehealth sessions, this review examines the current research on techniques and procedures and provides suggestions on how they can be utilized in the context of telehealth direct sessions. |
|
Effectiveness of Telehealth Direct Therapy for Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
LEAH HIRSCHFELD (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Casey Brown Bradford (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: In order to maintain ethical obligations, behavior analysts must ensure the treatment they provide to patients is effective. While research has demonstrated that applied behavior analysis (ABA) therapy provided over telehealth modalities is effective for clinical supervision and caregiver consultation, there is limited research on the effectiveness of ABA over telehealth directly to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This study utilized natural environment teaching and discrete trial training procedures provided over a videoconferencing platform to teach new skills directly to eight individuals, between 4 and 16 years old, with a primary diagnosis of ASD. Skills were taught directly to each individual solely over the videoconferencing platform in a multiple baseline research design. Skills taught were in the language, adaptive, and social domains. All eight individuals acquired mastery for all targets. Additionally, generalization was assessed to caregivers for some targets and findings are discussed. Results suggest that ABA provided over telehealth directly to the patient is a modality that is effective and can be considered for all patients when assessing the appropriate location of treatment. |
|
Ensuring Telehealth Direct Therapy is Provided With Integrity |
(Service Delivery) |
KAREN NOHELTY (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Leah Hirschfeld (Center for Autism and Related Disorders), Christopher Miyake (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
Abstract: As telehealth direct therapy is increasingly provided to individuals with autism spectrum disorder, it is critical to ensure that the intervention is provided with integrity. Not only is this central in ensuring services are of a high quality; measuring integrity is also a necessary part of meeting ethical practice requirements. The telehealth therapy treatment integrity measure (TTTIM) includes seven sections that address various aspects of a telehealth direct therapy session: 1) caregiver engagement and support, 2) planning, 3) patient engagement, 4) downtime, 5) behavior intervention plan, 6) skill acquisition, and 7) data collection. Each section includes items that specify critical behaviors the behavior technician (BT) should implement. Items specify behaviors that are telehealth specific as well as behaviors that require generalization of an existing BT skill set to the videoconferencing platform. A description of the TTTIM and strategies for implementation will be discussed. The TTTIM provides an initial definition of behaviors a BT should implement during a telehealth direct therapy session in order to ensure they are providing quality services within their scope of competence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Implementing Functional Analysis and Function-Based Interventions With Considerations for Ecological Validity |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catharine Lory (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, M.S. |
Abstract: As variations of functional analysis (FA) continue to be studied and expanded, the feasibility and acceptability of implementing FAs in applied settings have increased. However, there remain gaps in the literature in terms of limitations in ecological validity, such as using natural settings, involving indigenous implementers, having normative comparisons, and maximizing the usefulness of FA results in guiding intervention selection. This symposium will present two single-case design studies on adaptations of FA procedures to address these issues and one systematic review that examined the ecological validity of function-based interventions (FBIs). The first paper identifies appropriate communication and play skills in typically developing children using a modified trial-based functional analysis and provides a normative sample for comparison with children who are targeting the acquisition of appropriate skills to replace problem behavior. The second paper examines potential sub-functions of automatically reinforced stereotypy in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) through a practitioner-implemented modified FA to determine if stereotypic behaviors are influenced by varying levels of environmental stimulation. The third paper examines existing FBIs for children with ASD in schools to identify strengths and weaknesses related to ecological validity. Recommendations for improving the ecological validity of FAs and FBIs will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): ecological validity, function-based interventions, functional analysis, problem behavior |
Target Audience: Researchers, BCBAs, graduate students in applied behavior analysis or special education. Prerequisite skills include knowledge or experience in implementing functional analyses and function-based interventions. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how a trial-based functional analysis may be implemented with typically developing children 2. Determine potential sub-functions of automatic reinforcement based on functional analysis data 3. Identify factors that impact ecological validity of functional analyses and function-based interventions |
|
Appropriate Behavior Occurring in Functional Analysis Conditions in Typically Developing Preschoolers |
CHRISTINA WARNER (California State university Northridge), Monica Montalvo (California State University Northridge), Alyssa Rojas (University of South Florida), Saba Mahmoudi (Utah State University), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Functional analyses are commonly used to classify problem behavior. However, they also could be used to identify the presence of functional replacements to problem behavior. In the current study, 27 typically developing preschool children participated in a modified trial-based functional analysis. Groups of three children were put in play situations and exposed to three common FA conditions (attention, tangible, and escape) in which thirteen appropriate behaviors (e.g. communication, play, social skills) were scored across five sessions per participant. The purpose of this brief assessment was to identify what appropriate skills were exhibited by typically developing preschoolers with minimal problem behavior when attention, escape, and tangibles were withheld. Appropriate behaviors seen most across all participants were functional play, sharing independently with adults, statements of disinterest, and compliance. Behaviors that were seen the least were imaginative play, joint play, and polite statements (e.g. thank you). We also analyzed the relation between functional requests and problem behavior in our sample. Our results may be used as a point of comparison to other populations (e.g. ASD), to identify skills to be taught at the preschool levels, and potentially to identify skill deficits that could lead to the development of more severe problem behavior. |
|
Examining Sub-Functions of Automatically Maintained Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through a Modified Functional Analysis |
CATHARINE LORY (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University), Ben A Mason (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Prior research has established that automatic reinforcement is the most prevalent function of stereotypic behavior, which is typically determined through a functional analysis (FA). However, difficulty in accessing and manipulating the contingencies that automatically maintain stereotypic behaviors restricts the ability to determine potential sub-functions of automatic function (i.e., automatic positive reinforcement or automatic negative reinforcement), which may lead to limitations in designing function-based interventions that specifically address variables that maintain stereotypic behavior. Identifying potential sub-functions of automatically maintained stereotypic behavior may help practitioners determine if an individual engages in stereotypic behavior to access or escape stimulation. We conducted a modified functional assessment across three young children with ASD including a brief interview, a screener FA with an alone condition, and a pairwise FA consisting of high-stimulation alone and low-stimulation alone conditions. FA results show that one participant engaged in diminishing levels of stereotypic behavior across both high- and low-stimulation conditions, indicating that the behavior had a social function. Two participants engaged in higher levels of stereotypic behavior in the low-stimulation alone condition, indicating that their stereotypies were primarily maintained by automatic positive reinforcement. Our findings offer practical implications for environmental modification to address stereotypic behavior in children with ASD. |
|
The Ecological Validity of Function-Based Interventions in Research and Practice |
LAURA C. CHEZAN (Old Dominion University), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: The importance of evaluating the ecological validity of interventions examined in applied research studies and the need for developing instruments to measure this construct have been highlighted in the literature. We conducted a systematic review to determine the extent to which ecological validity was demonstrated and assessed in single-case experimental design (SCED) studies examining the effectiveness of function-based interventions (FBIs) for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) within schools. First, we examined the extent to which researchers provide a detailed description of the procedures implemented in a study. Second, we evaluated aspects of ecological validity, such as setting, implementer, schedule, type of activity, and number of individuals required to implement the intervention. Third, we examined whether ecological validity was assessed by researchers and the instruments used to assess it. Results indicated that approximately half of the FBIs were conducted by teachers in classrooms. Approximately 50% of the FBIs were implemented within the context of isolated sessions and required multiple implementers. Ecological validity was assessed in seven of the 55 studies reviewed. A complete description of implementation procedures was provided for approximately half of the FBIs. Implications for researchers and practitioners are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Imitation Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Mathew C Luehring (Children’s Hospital Colorado) |
CE Instructor: Mathew C Luehring, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have deficits in imitation skills. Imitation skills are prerequisites to acquiring more complex behaviors. Often these deficits are debilitating as individuals move into adulthood and need to imitate the skills of peers, teachers, and colleagues. Baer et al. (1967) defined imitation as any behavior that temporally follows a behavior emitted by the model, and the imitative behavior’s topography is functionally controlled by the model’s behavior topography. Thus, the model becomes a critical aspect to teaching individuals to imitate. In this symposium, we discuss methods in which imitation skills were taught to children with ASD. In the first presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which modeling and prompting procedures were used to teach Syrian children with ASD imitation skills including eye contact. In the second presentation, the presenter will describe a study in which the effectiveness of two methods of prompting were compared. Based on the outcome, the most effective prompting procedure was used to teach imitation skills using a mirror to children with ASD. The symposium will conclude with remarks from a discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): generalized imitation, imitation teaching |
Target Audience: The target audience includes practitioners delivering services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities. Attendees should have basic understanding of terminology related to imitation, generalization, and single-case research design. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to assess prompting procedures to meet clients' idiosyncratic needs; (2) describe how to conduct imitation teaching; (3) describe how to conduct imitation teaching using a mirrored model; (4) describe how to increase skill generalization. |
|
Acquisition of Nonvocal Imitation Through Idiosyncratic Prompting and Measuring Technologies |
TRISTAN T. LYLE (Arizona State University; InBloom), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Some children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) do not acquire imitation skills in their natural environments and may require direct instruction. Furthermore, some children with ASD may have some imitation skills within their repertoire, but fail to show generalized imitation skills (i.e., imitating a novel behavior never previously taught). In this presentation, we will describe how concurrent interventions idiosyncratic to the participants were used, such as identifying which measurement best reflects the participants performance, as well as the type of response prompt guiding skill acquisition. Additionally, we will describe the extent to which the use of a mirror facilitated imitation acquisition via additional visual feedback or whether the type of prompting itself guided the acquisition. Finally, novel object-imitation probe outcomes related imitation generalized as a result of the correct prompting and measurement methods will be described. |
|
Using Modeling and Prompting to Teach Imitation Skills to Syrian Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Wissam Mounzer (Stockholm university), Donald M. Stenhoff (Arizona State University), ELAINA POSTHUMUS (InBloom) |
Abstract: In this presentation we will describe the effects of prompting and modeling on imitation skills and eye contact of three Arabic-speaking children with autism spectrum disorder. A multiple baseline design with a withdrawal component was used to evaluate the effects in a clinical setting and in follow up sessions conducted in the participants’ homes. All participants’ imitative responding increased when modeling and prompting was used. Additionally, participants’ percentages of the targeted imitation skills maintained at a high correct percentage at the two- and five-week follow-up. Finally, participants’ percentage of eye contact increased during the modeling and prompting conditions and maintained at follow-up will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
On Antiracist Actions in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University ) |
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Not engaging in racist behaviors is often erroneously thought of as the opposite of engaging in racist behaviors. However, merely avoiding overtly racist behaviors does not counteract racism because existing racist policies continue to perpetuate inequalities if they do not encounter active resistance. As a result, inaction on the part of society only continues to promote and sustain oppressive systems. Therefore, to move towards abolishing racist systems, all members of a society must engage in anti-racist behaviors. Engaging in anti-racist behaviors involves taking actions toward dismantling racist systems and policies to create more equitable systems. The purpose of this symposium is to review and discuss specific anti-racist behaviors that behavior analysts can engage in to contribute to combating racism in our field and our communities. The first presentation will focus on evaluating risk factors related to client mistreatment in applied settings; the second presentation will focus on creating solidarity of non-black people of color in creating racial equity; and the third talk will focus on behavior analyst’s role in combatting microaggressions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): antiracist, diversity, equity, systemic racism |
Target Audience: This talk will be appropriate for BCBAs. There is no prior knowledge needed to benefit from his talk. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify risk-factors of client-mistreatment; (2) describe important antiracist actions necessary for creating racial equity in the field and beyond; (3) define microaggressions behaviorally. |
|
On the Uncanny Similarities Between Police Brutality and Client Mistreatment |
NICOLE HOLLINS (Western Michigan University), Cody Morris (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Direct-care staff are responsible for carrying out behavior-analytic services in a culture that perpetuates systemic racism and other problematic systems that can lead to the mistreatment of clients. Limited data exists on factors that influence the mistreatment of clients, so behavior analysts must look to better-studied comparison contexts as a way to identify risk-factors. Police brutality is one context where problematic systems are apparent. Therefore, examining variables known to affect police brutality offers one way to identify aspects of direct-care staff implementation of behavior-analytic treatment that may harbor similar systems. The purpose of this presentation is to examine variables associated with police brutality as risk-factors for the mistreatment of clients in direct-care settings. The primary risk-factors discussed include racial-bias, warrior mentality, lack of transparency and accountability, and ineffective intervention. This paper concludes that the field of behavior analysis needs sensitive data collection methods and systematic evaluation of risk-factors to better protect clients from mistreatment. |
|
Solidarity: The Role of Non-Black People of Color in Promoting Racial Equity |
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Multicultural behavior analysts must stand together to address the issues of systemic racism collectively, show solidarity, and support Black lives. This paper discusses the role of culturally and linguistically diverse behavior analysts, mechanisms underlying barriers and incompatible behaviors in showing solidarity, and mechanisms required for cultural evolution to promote a compassionate and nurturing approach to racial equity. It is critical that non-Black people of color actively participate in antiracist advocacy to show solidarity to the Black Lives Matter movement. Both allyship and contributors to systemic racism, especially in the context of injustice and mistreatment of Black people, are not limited to white individuals. The purpose of this paper is to invoke introspection and promote solidarity-aligned behaviors for non-Black ethnic and racial people of color within the field of applied behavior analysis, discuss the individual and metacontingencies involved, and facilitate a cultural evolution to reduce racism and prejudice towards Black individuals. |
|
Understanding Microaggressions: Implications for Using a Science of Behavior to Promote and Support Anti-Racist Teaching |
DENICE RIOS MOJICA (Georgia Southern University), Marlesha Bell (University of South Florida), Lorraine A Becerra (University of Missouri), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: Microaggressions are defined as daily verbal and non-verbal assaults directed toward people from historically marginalized and stigmatized groups. When compared with overt acts of racism, microaggressions can cause just as much, if not more, psychological damage. Over the last 10 years, social psychologists have done a lot of work to research the effects of microaggressions and have evaluated ways to address them in many different contexts. Often diversity and inclusion trainings use this body of literature to educate and bring awareness to the concept. However, research on these types of trainings show mixed results in terms of their effectiveness. Behavior analysts often stay away from subjective definitions and focus on function and environmental effects. Additionally, behavior analysts have a large body of literature in instructional design and concept teaching that is often used to successfully teach difficult concepts. As such, behavior analysts might be in a good position to redesign instruction and trainings around microaggressions to bring more objectivity to the definition, reduce subjective interpretations, and ensure successful learning of the concept. In this presentation, we will outline examples on how we can use the research in concept teaching and learning to successfully teach the concept of microaggressions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Marrying ABA and the Medical System: Multi-Disciplinary Treatment Systems and Novel Approaches for Challenging Behaviors in Youth With Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MATTHEW SIEGEL (Maine Behavioral Healthcare) |
Abstract: Up to two-thirds of youth with autism spectrum disorder develop challenging behaviors, which are the most common cause for referral to behavioral health services in this population. While progress in treatment in this area has been made, many youth remain treatment refractory or unresponsive to the work of a single discipline. Specialized acute inpatient psychiatry units can be utilized to bring together the strengths of applied behavior analysis and other disciplines to assess and treat complex challenging behaviors. The service landscape, approach, and treatment evidence for these settings will be reviewed, and emerging novel approaches utilizing detection of physiologic signals in relation to challenging behaviors will be presented. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts, administrators of ABA programs, clinical researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the frequency and topography of challenging behaviors in youth with ASD; (2) identify the program elements and evidence for specialized acute psychiatry units targeting this population; (3) articulate the proposed relationship between physiological arousal and challenging behaviors. |
|
MATTHEW SIEGEL (Maine Behavioral Healthcare) |
 Dr. Siegel is an Associate Professor of Psychiatry and Pediatrics of Tufts University School of Medicine, Vice President of Medical Affairs, Developmental Disorders Service of Maine Behavioral Healthcare, and Faculty Scientist II at Maine Medical Center Research Institute. He has developed a nationally recognized continuum of treatment and research for individuals with autism, intellectual disability and co-occurring mental illness and challenging behaviors.
Dr. Siegel attended Amherst College, Stanford Medical School and trained at Brown University in child psychiatry, psychiatry, and pediatrics. He is the Principal Investigator of the Autism and Developmental Disorders Inpatient Research Collaborative (ADDIRC), a network of specialized child psychiatry units performing studies of children severely affected by autism and intellectual disability. Dr. Siegel is nationally recognized for his expertise in inpatient care and the treatment of serious challenging behaviors. He served on the Autism and Intellectual Disability Committee of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry for a decade and is a co-author of the Academy’s Practice Parameter on the Assessment and Treatment of Children and Adolescents with Autism Spectrum Disorder and the Parameter for the Assessment and Treatment of Psychiatric Disorders in Children and Adolescents with Intellectual Disability. |
|
|
|
|
|
0 to 60: Establishing Conditioned Reinforcers and Inducing Observing Responses |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Presenting Authors: : LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: This talk will discuss how to induce observing responses for children who are pre-observers. These children typically don’t orient to other’s faces, listen to other’s voices, or attend to educational materials presented in pictures or objects. Without these foundational observing responses, everything else will fall short. It would be extremely challenging to teach them visual match-to-sample, conditional discrimination, let alone derived relations. Traditionally, these students rely heavily on prompts from their teachers and caregivers. They also require substantially more trials to reach their learning objectives. Our CABAS® research labs, which are affiliated with Teachers College Columbia University, have identified a sequence of verbal behavior cusps and developed the intervention protocols for those who are missing any of these cusps. This talk will focus on the recent advances in the study of observing responses and intervention protocols. These protocols are shown to be effective in establishing the conditioned reinforcement and increasing the children’s general awareness of their surroundings. In particular, children learn to select out people’s faces and voices as well as pictures and objects as discriminative stimuli from their environment. In consequence, they require fewer prompts during instruction and their learning rates also increase dramatically. Once these foundational cusps for verbal behavior are established, children will be ready to learn things they are not able to before (e.g., see-do, hear-do, bidirectional naming). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board-certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe observing responses and why are they important; (2) name three intervention protocols that are effective in inducing observing responses; (3) discuss what children learn to do after they have acquired observing responses. |
|
LIN DU (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
 Dr. Lin Du received her first MA in sociology from Nanjing University, China. She then earned her MA and Ph.D. in applied behavior analysis from Teachers College, Columbia University. She is a CABAS® senior behavior analyst, associate research scientist, New York State Licensed behavior analyst, and BCBA-D. Dr Du is a research scientist and program supervisor at the Fred S. Keller school (a R&D lab for master and doctoral candidates in ABA and school psychology programs at Teachers College, Columbia University). She is also an adjunct assistant professor of behavior analysis at Teachers College, Columbia University. Her primary research interests are verbal behavior development of children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). She has published two books, several book chapters and many peer-reviewed papers in the behavior analytic journals, including the Psychological Record, Journal of Béhavioral and Brain Science, Behavior Development Bulletin, Behavior Analysis in Practice, European Journal of Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, and International Journal of Behavior Analysis and Autism Disorder. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions to Behavior Analysis in Higher Education: Emailing, Study Skills, and the Effects of Quizzes |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kathryn Glodowski (Penn State - Harrisburg) |
CE Instructor: Kathryn Glodowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated behavior-analytic principles can be applied in higher education settings with college students. The three presentations in this symposium exemplify such research. Thomas Farnsworth will describe the effects of a computer-based email training on undergraduate students’ email formatting and etiquette during the first presentation. During the second presentation, Kathryn Glodowski will provide an overview of the influence of quiz length on student behavior in an undergraduate psychology class. The final presentation, given by Sarah Kong, will review the impact of a study training package on undergraduate students’ studying skills. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): College Students, Professionalism, Studying |
Target Audience: Instructors |
Learning Objectives: 1. The participant will be able to describe a computer-based training that improves email writing for undergraduate students.
2. The participant will be able to describe the effects of quiz length on quiz efficacy for college student behavior.
3. The participant will be able to describe a training that improves study skills for undergraduate students. |
|
Computer-Based Email Training for Undergraduates |
THOMAS FARNSWORTH (Western New England University; Western Connecticut State University), Rachel H. Thompson (Western New England University), Sabrina Minic (Western New England University), Joseph Van Allen (Western New England University) |
Abstract: Email is the primary form of communication between undergraduates and instructors outside the classroom. Past research suggests that undergraduate email writing needs improvement. The purpose of the present study was to extend research by Aguilar-Roca et al. (2009) and Elbeck and Song (2011) by evaluating the effects of a computer-based email training on undergraduate adherence with basic formatting and etiquette guidelines, assessing the social validity of that training, and evaluating the generality of its effects across contexts. The email training package consisted of written instructions and an online quiz with self-monitoring prompts. We measured adherence with basic formatting and etiquette guidelines by scoring emails from a weekly assignment using a checklist. We demonstrated experimental control of mean checklist scores using a multiple baseline design across two sections of introductory psychology. We demonstrated the generality of email training effects across contexts using an embedded multiple probe design. The results of social validity assessments suggest that, overall, the goals and procedures of the email training were viewed favorably by participants and career-development professionals and that, in some cases, the training produced meaningful improvement in email writing. Computer-based email training is feasible, scalable, and could supplement or replace other training methods. |
|
An Evaluation of Quiz Length on College Student Behavior |
KATHRYN GLODOWSKI (Penn State - Harrisburg), Yusuke Hayashi (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton) |
Abstract: The overall success of higher education remains a national interest and incorporating active learning techniques may be one way to promote student success in higher education. Quizzes can be considered one form of active learning, and many researchers demonstrated quizzes improve college students’ behavior in and out of the classroom. Despite the evidence to support the use of quizzes in higher education to improve student success, some instructors may choose to not administer quizzes due to time constraints. One way to reduce class time spent on quizzes is to administer relatively brief quizzes (e.g., 5 questions). The current project included an evaluation of quiz length (i.e., no quiz vs. 5-question quiz vs. 10-question quiz) on college student behavior for students in an undergraduate psychology course. Results demonstrate short and long quizzes improve attendance and student participation compared to no quizzes; brief quizzes may be sufficient to improve student success in higher education. |
|
Teaching Study Skills to College Students Using Checklist Training and Feedback |
SARAH KONG (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific), Sindhu Vatikuti (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Deficits in the study skills of college students can lead to lower academic performance or even disqualification. Although behavior analytic research has evaluated methods for teaching, structuring in-class notes, increasing attendance, and improving participation, no studies have evaluated methods for independent studying outside of the classroom. We evaluated the effects of a study skills training package using a multiple probe design across skills with college students. Sessions took place in a room arranged to emulate the typical study space found in a dorm or library. During sessions, participants were given a 3–6 page reading from a textbook on research methods and statistics. We modified the readings to equate the number of headings, subheadings, paragraphs, and bolded terms. Using a combination of a checklist with picture models and performance feedback, we taught college students how to set up their study environments, take notes, and study their notes by writing answers to study questions. As a supplemental measure, we probed quiz performance during baseline and after a participant mastered each skill. To date, results have shown improvement in targeted study skills for one participant, and data collection is ongoing for two participants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Behavioral Safety to New Areas |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christoph F. Bördlein (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt) |
CE Instructor: Christoph F. Bördlein, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral Safety is not only relevant to “classical” physical work in plants. It’s also important in social service organizations and other environments that are not typically in focus, when thinking about workplace safety. This symposium highlights several developments in behavioral safety. One is the application of the well-established procedures to work environments previously not being targeted much by behavior analysis. The first talk is about the use of the Performance-Diagnostic Checklist – Safety (PDC-S) to enhance safety in two social service institutions. The other presentations in this symposium describe the collaborative effort of machinery safety experts and behavior analysts to include the knowledge of behavior analysis into international standards of workplace safety like the International Standard Organization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). Behavior analysis introduces it’s measurement and assessment strategies to machinery safety, to make the human factor – once thought of as a “soft” factor – more controllable and manageable. Perspecitves for future developments are discussed. |
|
Using the PDC-Safety and the PDC-Human Services to Facilitate Safety in Social Service Institutions |
CHRISTOPH F. BÖRDLEIN (University of Applied Sciences Würzburg-Schweinfurt) |
Abstract: Employees in social service institutions, e.g. those providing day care for mentally and / or physically impaired adults or social work assistance for endangered youths face a variety of safety hazards. Those hazards origin not only from the physical environment but also from the behavior of the people taken care of. To analyze the contingencies influencing the safety of employees in organizations, Martinez-Onstott, Wilder, and Sigurdsson (2016) developed the Performance Diagnosis Checklist Safety (PDC-S). The PDC-HS (Human Services; Carr, Wilder, Majdalany, Mathisen & Strain, 2013) addresses performance problems including safety issues in human service organizations. We present two applications of these checklists to analyze the contingencies underlying safety issues in an intermediate home for children with various behavior problems and in a sheltered workshop for adults with multiple mental and physical disabilities. Results were used to develop safety checklists for behavioral self-monitoring of employees and safety observations of the work environment and the behavior of the people looked after. |
|
Experiments in Behavioral Safety in Machinery Safety in Japan |
RIEKO HOJO (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Shoken Shimizu (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University) |
Abstract: The author reports about her attempts to introduce behavior analysis to the machinery safety field in Japan. Behavior analysts and machinery safety experts sometimes work together for experiments and in the applied setting, and the results are applied to safety measure at industrial worksite. Among these activities in the machinery safety field, the most characteristic one is participation to international standards, such as International Standard Organization (ISO) and/or International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). ISO develops and publishes International Standards. It creates documents that provide requirements, specifications, guidelines or characteristics that can be used consistently to ensure that materials, products, processes and services are fit for their purpose. On the other hand, the IEC is the world’s leading organization that prepares and publishes International Standards for all electrical, electronic and related technologies. The principles of human behavior are an element of the current collaborative safety, required by machinery safety and it contributes to establish these standards. We show several examples of this new approach and discuss the new development intiated by this collaboration. |
|
The Safety Management System as a New Achievement Place for Behavior Analysis |
SHOKEN SHIMIZU (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health, Japan), Rieko Hojo (National Institute of Occupational Safety and Health), Kyoko Hamajima (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Shigeo Umezaki (National Institute of Occupational Health, Japan), Koichi Ono (Komazawa University) |
Abstract: These days an enormous change in the society system, called the Industrial Revolution has been appeared all over the world, such as Industry 4.0, and Connected Industries and/or Society 5.0 in Japan. In such situation, man-machine collaboration is quite important because machines and humans at workplace are connected by Internet of Things (IoT) or/and Information and Communications Technology (ICT) devices. All these industrial revolutions refer to productivity. A way of thinking and measures about safety which is adopted to such society should be established now. So far, safety at workplace has been protected and maintained by specialists from the machinery safety field, mainly focusing on the hardware side. On the other hand, human factors have not been sufficiently considered in the machinery safety field so far. Therefore, rational measurements, analysis and evaluation of human behavior is now important for collaborative safety. Specialists in machinery safety found that behavior analysis is one of the most applicable sciences for the novel safety measure, because it measures human behavior objectively, quantitatively and directly. In this presentation, we propose some approaches for collaborative activity with specialists from the field of behavior analysis to manage safety in machinery safety field together. Those are participating to international standards, quantitative evaluation of machinery systems and analysis of risk assessment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Systemic Behavior Analysis: A Therapeutic Approach for Optimizing Best Practices for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder and Their Families |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA |
Chair: Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Kadiant) |
CE Instructor: Angeliki Gena, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece) |
Abstract: This presentation will address the question of effective practices for the treatment of individuals with autism spectrum disorder, from both an epistemological and a therapeutic perspective, and suggest the importance of a synthesis of two paradigms—behavior analysis and general systems theory—as a means of optimizing our assessment of the needs and the services provided to people with disabilities. Despite the development and the use of a wide array of behavior analytic practices that help all children with ASD to reach their full potential, a question that remains under-researched has to do with the effort expected from the child and his/her family and whether this effort can be somehow lessened without compromising the benefits. The answer to that question led to investigating the properties of another epistemological paradigm—general systems theory—its merits, its compatibility, and its complementarity to the discipline of behavior analysis. This presentation aims to demonstrate that the two paradigms are compatible and complementary and that their combination may lead to optimizing the therapeutic and pedagogical outcomes of behavior analytic practices. If we are to adapt a systemic perspective, according to which the joining of two or more systems leads to an outcome that exceeds by far the additive effects of those systems, it will be interesting to assess the potential emergent benefits of the synthesis of two compatible and complementary epistemological paradigms and how those translate into therapeutic outcomes. |
Target Audience: Researchers and therapists in the field of autism spectrum disorder. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation the participants will be able to: (1) utilize the main principles of Systemic Behavior Analysis to evaluate a treatment program for people with ASD; (2) assess whether the breath of a Systemic Behavior Analytic treatment program is feasible and appropriate for the population of people with ASD of his/her interest; (3) plan for changes in the development of a behavior analytic intervention that incorporate systemic elements. |
|
ANGELIKI GENA (University of Athens, Greece) |
Angeliki Gena is Professor at the School of Philosophy, Department of Philosopsy-Pedagogy-Psychology at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens, Greece (EKPA). She received her BA in Psychology and Sociology, her Master’s Degree in Clinical Psychology and her Ph.D. from the “Learning Processes” program of the Psychology Department of the City University of New York. She conducted her Doctoral Dissertation at the Princeton Child Development Institute, in Princeton, New Jersey. She worked in various institutes in the USA and became the director of the Alpine Learning Group, a prominent center for children with autism in Alpine, New Jersey. She also taught as an adjunct professor at the City University of New York. In Greece she started her teaching career at the University of Thessaly, was elected at the University of the Aegean, and since 1998 teaches at the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. Her research is predominantly in the area of Behavior Analysis and its applications for early intervention in children with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Was general secretary of the Association of Behavioral Research for 11 years, is an associate of the Institute of Behavioral Research and Therapy, and a founding member and current president of the Institute of Systemic Behavior Analysis. She has served as an elected member of the Senate of EKPA, since 2016 she is a member of the board of trustees of IKY – National Organization of Scholarships, Greece – has been appointed to national committees of the Greek Ministry of Education, and has served on the board of various non-for-profit organizations. She has received several scholarships and awards for distinguished research and clinical practices addressing children with autism and grands from the European Commission and various Greek organizations. She has published numerous books, empirical and theoretical articles in peer-reviewed journals, as well as book chapters. The main focus of her research is in systemic behavior analysis and its applications for children with ASD and their families. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Using Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian Greer, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Presenting Authors: : BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) has strong empirical support for its use when treating socially reinforced problem behavior. However, treatment effects often deteriorate when FCT procedures are challenged, leading to the recurrence of problem behavior, decreased use of the functional communication response, or both. Recent prevalence estimates suggest that treatment relapse is common in the clinic. Researchers have accordingly described a number of strategies for improving the long-term effectiveness of differential-reinforcement-based procedures (e.g., FCT), and quantitative theories of relapse (i.e., Behavioral Momentum Theory, Resurgence as Choice) provide falsifiable predications regarding modifications for mitigating treatment relapse. In this presentation, I share recent research on the prevalence of treatment relapse during routine, clinical service delivery and discuss our work on applying quantitative models of relapse to improve treatment durability. Future steps for advancing promising relapse-mitigations strategies will also be discussed, as will clinical considerations that limit the practicality of otherwise effective mitigation procedures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs, applied and basic researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain FCT and describe its efficacy; (2) describe at least one common challenge to FCT treatment effects; (3) describe at least two specific strategies for mitigating relapse of problem behavior following FCT. |
|
BRIAN GREER (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Brian D. Greer is the founding director of the Severe Behavior Program within the Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services. He is an assistant professor in the Department of Pediatrics and a core member of the Brain Health Institute. He received a Bachelor of Science in psychology from the University of Florida in 2008, a Master of Arts in applied behavioral science in 2011 and a Ph.D. in behavioral psychology in 2013, both from the University of Kansas. He later completed a postdoctoral fellowship at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He has served on the board of editors and as a guest associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is the 2013 recipient of the Baer, Wolf, and Risley Outstanding Graduate Student Award and the 2019 recipient of the B. F. Skinner Foundation New Researcher Award in the area of applied research. Dr. Greer is the Executive Director of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and he currently supervises three R01 grants from the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development on preventing relapse of destructive behavior using Behavioral Momentum Theory and Resurgence as Choice. He has helped to acquire and carry out over $10 million in federal grant funding. |
|
|
|
|
|
An International Cultural Perspective on Interprofessional Collaboration |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Lina Slim-Topdjian, Ph.D. |
Chair: Tracie L. Lindblad (First Bridge Centre, London, UK; Tracie Lindblad Consulting) |
LINA SLIM-TOPDJIAN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology – ABA Online Program; ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC) |
MICHELLE P. KELLY (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)) |
KAROLA DILLENBURGER (Centre for Behaviour Analysis, Queen's University Belfast, Northern Ireland) |
Abstract: One effective component that leads to better health and educational outcomes is Interprofessional Education and Collaborative Practice (IPEC) (WHO, 2016) and another is developing culturally aware practices. This panel facilitates discussions regarding the initial establishment of interprofessional collaborations, ways to bridge cultures and create partnerships, challenges to collaboration from an international perspective, and the roles of cultural competencies and cultural humility in fostering effective collaborative and therapeutic relationships. Case examples will be presented from the United Arab Emirates, Europe, Canada and the United States, reflecting challenges and successes in fostering positive collaborative relationships with various stakeholders, including government. Panelists will also discuss suggestions for how to effectively resolve conflicts to improve health and education outcomes for all clients and raise a call to action for the field of behavior analysis to develop education and training systems/programs that foster building culturally aware practices and cultural humility, and promote the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis across international borders. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and professionals from other disciplines that have more than 1 year practical working experience with individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Students enrolled in an ABA master's program. University Professors of ABA programs. Clinical supervisor of ABA services. Parents who are members of ABA advocacy groups. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify core interprofessional education and collaborative competencies 2. Describe cultural considerations for effective training and treatment delivery 3. Identify components of culturally aware practices and dissemination |
|
|
|
|
|
ABA in the Kingdom: Shaping the Field |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
CE Instructor: Lamis Baowaidan, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Dar Al-Hekma University) |
Abstract: Over the past 10 years, as the prevalence rate of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) increased, applied behavior analysis (ABA) has become the topic of interest in Saudi Arabia. It has drawn the attention of medical professionals, teachers, clinicians, stakeholders, and legislators alike. ABA is increasingly being recognized as the leading evidence-based intervention for individuals with ASD, and with this rising recognition, there is a growing demand for accountability and provision of state-of-the-art services. To respond to this demand, we have established the first verified course sequences in the Middle East on both undergraduate and graduate levels, as well as provided collaborations with schools and clinics. In this presentation, I describe the dissemination efforts made through training behavior analysts, implementation of positive behavior support in schools, and advocating for services and the establishment of a local legislative body. Furthermore, the significant growth in the number of certificants, clinics using ABA, ABA training programs, as well as the current challenges and the future of ABA in Saudi Arabia are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the status of the field of ABA in Saudi Arabia; (2) describe the actions taken to advocate for the establishment of a local legislative body in the country; (3) identify challenges and potential solutions in disseminating the science of ABA and regulating its practice. |
|
LAMIS BAOWAIDAN (Dar Al-Hekma University) |
 Dr. Baowaidan is the department chair of the Master of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis and assistant professor of special education at Dar Al-Hekma University, Saudi Arabia. She launched the first graduate program in ABA in the Middle East. In 2016, she became the first Saudi to hold a Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with doctoral designation (BCBA-Dâ). She earned her MA and Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis from Columbia University under the direction of professor R. Douglas Greer. She has extensive teaching experience with children with and without special needs under the CABAS® model of schooling at the Fred S Keller School, where she also acted as a program supervisor and served as a clinical professor to many graduate students. |
|
|
|
|
|
Higher-Order Social Interactions Among Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Faris Rashad Kronfli (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University ) |
CE Instructor: Faris Rashad Kronfli, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium will focus on research in the area of higher-order social interactions among individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The first presenter will discuss differences in participant behavior when engaged in preferred and nonpreferred conversation topics. The second presenter will discuss the effect of utilizing preferred conversation topics as reinforcers to improve appropriate speech. The third presenter will describe an assessment to identify sensitivity to disinterested behavior among conversational partners. The fourth presenter will provide a literature review of greetings and their importance within interactions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, conversations, social skills |
Target Audience: Audience members should be actively acquiring (or have acquired) an RBT or BCBA certificate. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion fo the presentation, participants will be able to 1) describe procedures to evaluate potential skill deficits among individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder, 2) identify procedures to utilize conversation topics as putative reinforcers, and 3) describe effective strategies and future directions in the area of teaching greeting skills. |
|
Comparing Participation During Conversations Using Preferred and Nonpreferred Topics |
FARIS RASHAD KRONFLI (Rutgers University), Courtney Butler (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) might struggle to participate in conversations if the topic is nonpreferred. However, it is beneficial for all individuals to participate in conversations across a variety of topics as they provide opportunities to learn more about their peers. We measured how often college students participated in a conversation across multiple topographies when the topic was preferred or nonpreferred. Then, we taught individuals with lower levels of participation during nonpreferred topics skills to increase their participation during these conversations. Results suggest that participation in a conversation was oftentimes related to the individual’s preference for the topic, but responding improved after teaching participation skills. |
|
A Hierarchical Assessment of Response to Conversational Cues of Disinterest Conducted via Telehealth |
CATHERINE KISHEL (The University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in social interaction and communication. Kronfli, Vollmer, Parks, & Hack (in prep) developed an in-person assessment to identify participant response to social cues indicating disinterest in a conversation. The current study sought to extend these procedures to the identification and remediation of deficits in conversation skills via telehealth given the ongoing global pandemic. Participants progressed through a hierarchy of social cues of disinterest, ranging in salience from one-word responses to a clear verbal statement of disinterest. For those individuals for whom a deficit was identified, behavioral skills training (BST) was conducted to teach them how to identify and respond appropriately to cues of disinterest exhibited by a conversation partner. Initial results support the utility of using a hierarchical assessment model to identify specific conversation skill deficits and to inform subsequent individualized treatment. |
|
Further Comparison of Preference for Intervention With and Without Restricted Topics |
MEG ROHIT PATEL (University of the Pacific), Corey S. Stocco (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: Previous research has shown that individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may dwell on restricted topics of interest during conversations (Mercier et al., 2000; Smerbeck, 2019). Stocco et al. (in press) found that individuals may prefer a conversational-skill intervention that includes access to restricted topics over an intervention that only provides high-quality attention for speech about experimenter-led topics. We replicated and extended Stocco et al. in two ways. First, we evaluated if speech about restricted topics (a) occurred at high levels and (b) was sensitive to interested responses from a listener. Second, we experimentally evaluated the additive effects of using restricted topics as reinforcement on participant preference for intervention. Finally, we sought to evaluate the reliability and generality of previous findings by conducting this study using telehealth. All participants spoke about restricted topics at high levels, and their speech was sensitive to different qualities of attention. Additionally, two out of three participants preferred an intervention with access to restricted topics, compared to an intervention that only included differential attention. These outcomes may have implications for practitioners who are asked to conduct virtual assessments or interventions for clients who engage in speech about restricted topics. |
|
Greeting Skills: A Systematic Review of the Literature |
CARLEANA HICKEY (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Eileen Mary Milata (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities often demonstrate difficulty in social communication skills such as greetings. Studies have shown that deficits in greetings may negatively affect social interactions and vocational opportunities. Therefore, previous research has evaluated a variety of teaching procedures to increase greetings for individuals with disabilities with varying efficacy. This review of the literature provides an overview of the identified studies to date in which greetings were taught to individuals with intellectual disabilities. A variety of teaching procedures were identified and the implications of those procedures are discussed. Results suggest that multiple teaching procedures may be effective; however, component analyses, further replication, and modified generalization procedures are necessary. Implications for future researchers include providing technological descriptions of teaching procedures, identifying a technological definition of greetings and identifying functionally equivalent social skill response classes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparisons of Procedural Variations to Teach Verbal Behavior to Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Haven Sierra Niland (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Haven Sierra Niland, M.S. |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may exhibit deficits in language and social communication; therefore, behavioral intervention needs to ameliorate deficits in verbal behavior and expand relevant repertoires. Continuous refinement of procedures to assess and teach these skills is needed to promote efficacious and efficient intervention strategies, which should produce meaningful outcomes for clients. This symposium will present empirical data from research projects aimed at identifying efficacious and efficient procedures to teach and expand the verbal repertoires of children with ASD. Jones et al. will report on a comparison of procedures to teach multiply-controlled verbal behavior, short story recall. Livingston et al. will present on a comparison of methods used to condition echoic behavior as reinforcers to increase vocalizations. Niland et al. will describe the results of a comparison of isolated and compound stimulus presentations to teach auditory tacts. Finally, Scott et al. will describe the results of a comparison of different antecedent verbal stimuli on the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbals. Presentations will be followed by a discussion of applied implications and future directions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, emergent learning, verbal behavior |
|
Teaching Children With Autism to Recall Short Stories: A Replication and Extension |
ERICA JONES (Florida Autism Center), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), Lisa Guerrero (Rutgers University), Cindy Cahill (Florida Autism Center), Tina Smith-Bonahue (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Reading comprehension is an important early academic skill that may pose challenges for some children with autism. Prior research (Valentino, Conine, Delfs, & Furlow 2015) has reported effective methods for teaching children with autism to retell short stories that were previously read to them, as a possible first step in establishing a reading comprehension repertoire. We replicated and extended this prior work with three school-aged children with autism using a multiple baseline across stories and a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants. Participants were exposed to an initial baseline, a reading with reinforcement condition (treatment 1), and a backward chaining with textual prompts condition (treatment 2). All three participants emitted mastery-level recall of stories more rapidly and under less complex intervention procedures than in prior research. Improvements in story recall were associated with increases in correct answers to basic comprehension questions, and intervention also resulted in generalized improvements in recall across multiple stories. We also conducted standardized reading assessments with all participants before and after completion of the study. These data have important implications for behavior analysts and educators providing reading intervention to children with autism, and suggest several possible avenues for future research on reading comprehension and recall. |
|
Conditioning Vocalizations as Reinforcer: A Comparison of Observational Conditioning and Response-Contingent Pairing |
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of North Florida), Sydni Chance (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Children with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often display impairments in communication. More specifically, children with ASD may have difficulty developing language skills, for e.g., delay in verbal behavior, limited echoic skills, and/or lack of functional communication. A common way to combat this deficit is by increasing vocalizations in these children. Previous research has used various procedures to attempt to condition vocalizations as reinforcers, such as stimulus-stimulus pairing, response-contingent pairing (RCP), and operant discrimination training. Another procedure for conditioning stimuli is observational conditioning (OC), which is a type of observational learning. However, OC has not been assessed as a procedure for conditioning echoics as reinforcers. As such, the current compared the effects of two conditioning procedures, RCP and OC, to determine their efficacy in conditioning vocalizations as reinforcer and their effect on rate of vocalizations of children with autism. Three children, age 5-10 years old, participated in this study. For two participants, both procedures resulted in an increase in vocalizations, however, a conditioning effect was only observed for one of the participants. |
|
Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Tact Auditory Stimuli: A Comparison of Isolated and Compound Stimulus Presentations |
HAVEN SIERRA NILAND (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Valeria Laddaga Gavidia (University of North Texas), Maria Jose Otero (University of North Texas), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Tacts are verbal operants evoked by some object, event, or stimulus feature, and tacts should occur in the presence of stimuli across all five senses. An example of an auditory tact is saying “siren” upon hearing the high-pitched noise of an ambulance. We replicated and extended a study by Hanney, Carr, and LeBlanc (2019) by examining the efficacy and efficiency of three different stimulus-presentation conditions including: (a) isolated, (b) compound with known visual stimulus, and (c) compound with unknown visual stimulus. We evaluated the acquisition of auditory tacts with an adapted alternating treatments design embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple-baseline design across sets with two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). All three conditions were efficacious with at least one set of stimuli for each participant. However, the compound conditions were more likely to lead to mastery in the least amount of time. In transfer probes, isolated stimuli were presented as compound stimuli and compound stimuli were presented in isolation; correct auditory tacts emitted during probes indicated appropriate control of auditory stimuli persisted. Implications for future applied research and application to practice will be discussed. |
|
The Use of Intraverbal Chains on the Emergence of Reverse Intraverbals |
ALYSSA P. SCOTT (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Intraverbal behavior plays an important role in day-to-day interactions while providing the foundation for advanced communication skills. Previous researchers have suggested it is important to identify teaching procedures that result in efficient acquisition as well as emergent verbal responses (e.g., Allan, Vladescu, Kisamore, Reeve, & Sidener, 2015). The purpose of the present investigation was to evaluate the acquisition and emergence of bidirectional intraverbal relations by using varied lengths of antecedent verbal stimuli to children with autism spectrum disorder. A nonconcurrent multiple baseline across sets with an embedded adapted alternating treatment design was used for each of the two participants. Three conditions were compared; intraverbal chains (e.g., “What do you do with a [target]?”), no intraverbal chains (i.e., a one-word antecedent verbal stimulus), and a control condition. Ongoing results suggest that the use of intraverbal chains lead to slightly quicker acquisition and greater emergence. However, minimal emergence was observed across both conditions Our discussion will analyze, (a) the possibility of client specific history to trial arrangements, (b) the consideration of echoic repertories, and (c) how to set-up learning trials to design future interventions that promote generalization to untrained verbal relations while increasing intraverbal skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluation of Telehealth Services: Parent-Implemented Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Discussant: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
CE Instructor: Leslie Neely, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analytic interventions delivered via telehealth have undergone a number of experimental evaluations with evidence supporting the use of telehealth to reduce problem behavior and increase functional communication. This symposium presents the results of four studies, conducted across three different research labs, evaluating innovations in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior via telehealth with a focus on parent-implemented assessments and interventions. The symposium will begin with a brief literature review focused on the evidence supporting functional assessment and function-based treatment delivered via telehealth (Talk 1). Researchers will then present advances in assessment including results from a brief functional analysis delivered via telehealth (Talk 2) and telehealth-mediated functional communication training conducted internationally with families in Asia (Talk 3). Author(s) also demonstrate the generalizability of functional communication training beyond training contexts (Talk 4). Finally, as a leader in this area of behavior analysis, Dr. Jennifer McComas, will discuss the studies, findings, and implications for research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional assessment, functional-communication training, telehealth |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state at least 1 consideration when implementing a brief functional analysis via telehealth; (2) state the evidence supporting the relative effects of an FA versus brief observations when conducting FCT via telehealth; (3) state the evidence regarding the acceptability of the telehealth modality when extended to families in Asia; (3) state 2 practices for promoting generalization of skill via telehealth modality; (4) state 2 considerations for including telehealth as part of the continuum of ABA services; (5) state 2 considerations for future telehealth research. |
|
Functional Assessment and Function-Based Treatment Delivered via Telehealth: A Brief Summary |
(Service Delivery) |
KELLY M. SCHIELTZ (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: As the world continues to navigate the COVID-19 health crisis, behavior analysts are considering how best to support families while maintaining services and ensuring the health and safety of everyone involved. Telehealth is one service delivery option that provides families with access to care in their own communities and homes. This presentation will review the findings of Schieltz and Wacker (2020) by providing a brief review of the behavior analytic telehealth literature in applied behavior analysis that provided coaching and training to families for individuals who displayed challenging behavior. These studies targeted functional assessment and function-based treatment for challenging behavior. Specifically, we will briefly summarize what is known relative to the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior via telehealth, place these results within a descriptive context of the decisions made by our research team, and discuss what we, as behavior analysts, should consider next to advance our understanding and practice of telehealth. |
|
Conducting Brief Functional Analysis via Telehealth Technology |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE GEROW (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Jacqueline Zambrano (Baylor University), Suzannah Avery (Baylor University), David Sottile (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Many children have do not have access to ABA services due to geographic distance from a provider. Telehealth technology can increase children’s access to effective interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of parent-implemented brief functional analysis and additional assessments as needed, with coaching delivered via telehealth. Seven children with autism, age 3 to 11 years old, and their parents participated in the study. Parents conducted a brief functional analysis, followed by additional assessments as needed, with coaching provided by a researcher via telehealth. Following the functional analysis, the parent implemented a function-based intervention. The efficacy of the function-based intervention was evaluated using a reversal design for four participants. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Coaching Parents in Asian Countries to Implement Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training |
(Applied Research) |
DIEU TRUONG (University of Houston), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Interventions combining functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) are effective in mitigating socially maintained problem behaviors. Recent studies evaluating the effectiveness of using telehealth to train caregivers across large geographical distances in the United States (Wacker et al., 2016) and internationally (Tsami & Lerman, 2019) indicate that this modality can increase families’ accessibility to evidence-based interventions for problem behavior, such as FCT. Additionally, the telehealth model reduces service costs while maintaining caregiver procedural integrity (Ferguson et al., 2018). Providing these services to international families might decrease barriers to effective treatment and promote parental well- being (e.g., reduce stress and depression; Frantz et al., 2018). In this study, practitioners and interpreters in the United States remotely coached six caregivers of children with autism residing in two countries in Asia (i.e., Pakistan and Vietnam) to implement FA and FCT. All children reached the 90% reduction of problem behavior criterion and acquired the communicative response. Additionally, all caregivers indicated that the procedures were acceptable. The impact of training on levels of parenting stress, psychological distress, and self- efficacy also will be discussed. Overall, our findings suggest telehealth is a feasible modality for service delivery in Asia. |
|
The Generalized Effects of Functional Communication Training for Young Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Nicole Hendrix (Emory University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston Clear Lake), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is a well-established treatment for problem behavior in young children with autism (National Autism Center, 2015; Wong et al., 2014). Parent-mediated FCT delivered in the home, but facilitated by therapists through telehealth is an effective approach that extends the treatment model into a natural context (Lindgren et al., 2016). Despite an extensive literature base supporting FCT, little is known about the generalized effects of FCT outside of the training context. In this study, generalization of treatment effects were evaluated as part of a large multi-site study on parent-delivered FCT for children with autism using telehealth. To meet this purpose, data were collected from pre- and post-treatment parent ratings of targeted and non-targeted problem behavior in settings and contexts outside of the training conditions. Results suggest that the effects of FCT may extend beyond the behaviors and contexts targeted for treatment. Possible reasons for successful generalization, implications for practice, and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in Academic and Behavioral Interventions in the Classroom |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kayla Crook (University of Mississippi) |
Discussant: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kayla Crook, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Preschool and elementary years are some of the most formative years in school and in child development. During these years, children learn and develop both academic and social skills that are imperative for continuing on in secondary education and adolescence. Behavior analysts offer strategies that teachers can use in the classroom to help facilitate the growth of these important academic and social skills. This symposium addresses just a few of these strategies. The first presentation compares the effects of embedded pictures and kinesthetic movement flashcard interventions on letter-sound correspondence with preschoolers. The second presentation discusses the effects of combined and single mnemonics on literacy skills with preschoolers. The third presentation evaluates the efficacy of the good behavior game with preschoolers. It also investigates whether components of the good behavior game can be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Finally, the fourth presentation, compares differing reinforcement magnitudes within the good behavior game to determine if this parameter of reinforcement has an impact of the good behavior game with elementary school classrooms. The presenters discuss their results within the context of the preschool and elementary school literature and discuss future research directions related to both academic and behavior interventions in the classroom. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Classroom Management, Early Intervention, Embedded Pictures, Mnemonics |
Target Audience: Classroom teachers and behavior analysts working in school districts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) discuss the importance of letter-sound correspondence and provide rationale for using different flashcard interventions, 2) discuss the difference between combined kinesthetic movements and embedded pictures and single kinesthetic movements, 3) discuss ways in which the good behavior game can be implemented with students across age ranges such as preschool and elementary ages. |
|
The Effects of Kinesthetic Movement, Embedded Pictures, and Traditional Drill Flashcard Interventions on Preschooler Literacy Skills |
ALISON RUBY (Louisiana State University), Erica Lozy (Louisiana State University), Sarah Holmes (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Fluency in letter-sound correspondence, as well as letter discrimination and letter name identification, are the best predictors for future success in reading. Reading difficulties in childhood increase the probability of unemployment, poverty, and crime in adulthood. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects of embedded pictures (EP) and kinesthetic movement (KM) flashcard interventions on letter-sound correspondence with six preschoolers. Traditional drill (TD) flashcard interventions were investigated with three of those participants. This study also investigated maintenance, preference, and generalization to un-taught reading skills (e.g., nonsense word recognition) for these interventions. All the interventions lead to increases in letter-sound correspondence compared to the probe only control. Four of the six completed evaluations mastered the stimulus set in the KM condition before the EP condition. The letters in the EP condition had to be switched to KM to reach mastery for three participants. A higher number of correct responses occurred in maintenance for the EP intervention. There was no differentiation in preference for two participants. Two participants preferred the EP intervention, and one preferred TD. The generalization effects were highest for the KM intervention. These results indicate the utility of these interventions in increasing letter-sound correspondence in preschoolers. |
|
The Effects of Combined and Single Mnemonics on Literacy Skills With Preschoolers |
ERICA LOZY (Louisiana State University), Sarah Holmes (Louisiana State University), Alison Ruby (Louisiana State University), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Students who fail to acquire foundational literacy skills during preschool are likely to read below grade level average in elementary school and beyond and are at a heightened risk for future school failure and poverty. The purpose of this study was to compare the effects, maintenance of, and preference for a combined kinesthetic movements and embedded pictures (CM) flashcard intervention and a single kinesthetic movements (KM) flashcard intervention on letter-sound correspondence with 3 preschoolers who were not in school at the time of the study. Another purpose was to evaluate the generalization of interventions to un-taught reading skills (e.g., nonsense word recognition). In 3 of 4 evaluations, participants mastered the KM set in substantially fewer intervention sessions than the CM set. In 1 of 4 evaluations, the participant mastered the KM and CM sets with little differentiation between the number of sessions. Maintenance data demonstrate a higher number of correct responses for the KM condition across all weeks, however, generalization effects were greatest for the CM condition. Preference varied across participants and was not always consistent with the more effective intervention. Findings demonstrate the utility of pairing kinesthetic movements with flashcard interventions to teach letter-sound correspondence to preschoolers. |
|
The Good Behavior Game: Maintenance and Side Effects in Preschoolers |
ELIZABETH FOLEY (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Rachel Jess (University of Kansas), Kathleen Holehan (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an effective intervention used to change a variety of behaviors, across populations, and in various settings (see Tingstrom, Sterling-Turner, & Wilczynski, 2006, for a review). There is limited research on the intervention with preschoolers (Foley et al., 2019; Wiskow et al., 2019), the efficacy of the intervention when the GBG is faded or removed (Dadakhodjaeve et al, 2019; Ruiz-Olivares et al., 2010), and the potential side-effects associated with the GBG (Groves & Austin, 2019). We evaluated the efficacy of the GBG with preschoolers and determined whether effortful components of the GBG could be faded while maintaining treatment effects. Furthermore, we conducted a systematic analysis of peer interactions as a potential side effect of the GBG. Results suggest the GBG is an effective intervention for reducing the disruptive behavior of preschoolers and treatment effects maintained as we faded components. Finally, the side-effect analysis showed the GBG was associated with an increase in peer interactions and specific variables (e.g., delivery of reward) were associated with specific types of peer interactions. |
|
An Evaluation of Different Magnitudes of Reinforcement Within the Context of the Good Behavior Game |
KAYLA CROOK (University of Mississippi), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Kadijah Quinland (University of Georgia), Dan Rowland Mangum (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game (GBG) is an evidence-based practice used in classrooms to reduce disruptive classroom behavior. The GBG has been implemented and demonstrated effectiveness across grade levels, disruptive behaviors, and teachers report that it is an easy classroom management strategy to implement. In the current study, magnitude of reinforcement was manipulated to determine if this parameter of reinforcement had an impact on the effectiveness of the GBG. Appropriate classroom behavior increased across three elementary classrooms. The impact of magnitude of reinforcement was idiosyncratic across the three
classrooms. Reasons why magnitude of reinforcement may not have impacted the effectiveness of the GBG are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Interteaching Online: Research and Practice |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University) |
Discussant: James L. Soldner (University of Massachusetts Boston) |
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Studies on interteaching have shown that it leads to higher exam scores, more positive course evaluations, and increased levels of student participation in class. Most interteaching research has been conducted in traditional face-to-face classes, thus there is a need to demonstrate the efficacy of this approach in online learning environments. The first presenter will acquaint the audience with interteaching and discuss results of a literature review summarizing the published research that has evaluated interteaching in an online environment. The second presenter will describe results of a study which evaluated the effect of adding cumulative exams to the interteaching method in an online asynchronous class. The third presenter will highlight the findings of a study on the effect of instructor presence on student engagement during online synchronous interteaching discussions. The final presenter will review the interteaching literature related to the effect of different components of interteaching on student outcome, and include a tutorial on how to implement components of interteaching in an online classroom. Together, these four presentations illustrate current online interteaching research and practice in higher education. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): higher education, interteaching, online, pedagogy |
Target Audience: Academics, supervisors, and teachers. |
Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching; 2) Describe the few studies that have evaluated interteaching in an online format; 3) Summarize the main findings of a study investigating adding frequent cumulative exams to interteaching; 4) Summarize the main findings of a study evaluating instructor interaction during interteaching discussions; 4) Explain how to implement components of interteaching in an online classroom |
|
Interteaching on the ‘Net: A Review of Research on the Viability and Effectiveness of Interteach in Online University Instruction |
(Basic Research) |
JENNIFER LYNN HILTON (Endicott College), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Jessika Tucker (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: With the world pivoting to remote/online instruction, effective teaching is more important than ever. A behavioral analysis of teaching and learning has revealed principles and strategies that are causally related to effective instruction. One behavioral instructional package is Interteach, a set of procedures employed to promote student interaction, exposure to the material, and cooperative learning. This strategy has been used at the undergraduate and graduate level, and across content area. Robust research literature exists showing Interteach causally related to improved learning outcomes. The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature published using Interteach in college-level remote online classes to evaluate the extent to which the application of Interteach met the components of the Interteach method originally described by Boyce and Hineline (2002). A literature search was conducted to identify studies in peer reviewed journals. Only experimental studies were reviewed and rated against the list of components of the original Interteach method. Results showed that the original Interteach methodology has rarely been used by researchers evaluating the Interteach approach. Results will be discussed in terms of the validity of the Interteach method, the potential flexibility of this approach, and recommendations for researching Interteach in the future. |
|
Improving Interteaching by Adding Frequent Cumulative Exams |
(Applied Research) |
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown), Stephany Hammock (Troy University), Sherwhonda Taylor (Troy University) |
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using cumulative versus noncumulative exams in two nine-week online asynchronous classes. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in one of two sections of a psychology of learning course (N = 77). The study used a group design, in which one section of the course used cumulative weekly exams, whereas the second section of the course used weekly chapter exams. Results showed that cumulative final exam scores were significantly higher after students had been taking cumulative exams all term, which suggests that combining cumulative exams with interteaching improves long-term retention of information. Students in the noncumulative section of the course reported higher ratings when asked if they crammed for the final exam and they rated the overall quality of interteaching components lower. Overall, the present findings suggest that cumulative weekly exams can increase the effectiveness of interteaching. |
|
Does Instructor Presence Facilitate or Hinder Discussion During Online Synchronous Interteaching Sessions? |
(Applied Research) |
CHRISTINE HOFFNER BARTHOLD (George Mason University), Julie Shank (George Mason University), Wejdan Al-Samawi (George Mason University), Engie Martin (George Mason University), Katrina Woods (George Mason University) |
Abstract: The present study is an extension of the previous study presented at ABAI International in 2019. The investigators looked at the effects of instructor presence on student engagement in an online graduate behavior analysis class. Student engagement and instructor presence were evaluated in an interteaching environment. Interteaching is an approach which incorporates engagement between at least two students and/or student with faculty to improve learning and increase fluency of definitions and class material (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). In this study, participants were assigned to groups based on availability and given weekly preparation guides, composed by the instructor, to answer collaboratively and subsequently submit for further clarification. Student engagement and instructor presence were recorded using partial-interval recording and a modified alternating treatments design. |
|
“Now What?!” Adaptations of Interteaching to Online Settings: A Tutorial and Ideas for Research |
(Basic Research) |
CAMILO HURTADO PARRADO (Troy University & Konrad Lorenz Fundación Universitaria), Lucia Medina (Fundacion Universitaria Konrad Lorenz, Colombia.), Julian Cifuentes (School of Psychology, University of Birmingham, United Kingdom.), Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Interteaching is a behavioral instruction method that departs from the traditional lecture format in College settings (Boyce & Hineline, 2002). Though previous research has consistently supported its effectiveness (Querol et al., 2015; Saville et al., 2011; Sturmey et al., 2015), a recent meta-analysis (Hurtado-Parrado et al., under review) found that less than 5% of published studies reported implementation of interteaching in online settings (synchronous or asynchronous). The dramatic increase in remote teaching due to the COVID-19 pandemic has required instructors to adjust their methods accordingly, including those implementing in-person interteaching. The experience of adapting interteaching to synchronous and asynchronous online instruction will be described. While doing so, data related to different components of interteaching and their relation to students’ performance will be discussed, with an emphasis on the relationship between Preparatory Guides (10-15 questions of varying complexity based on the course readings) and Discussions (students peer review the Preparatory Guides of other students). Preliminary data show that scores on Preparatory Guides and Discussions significantly predict 44% of the variance in Quiz scores. A related mediation analysis (Hayes, 2013 - Model 4) indicates that the relationship between Preparatory Guides and Quiz scores is significantly mediated by Discussions (95% CI [.1038, 1.3795]). |
|
|
|
|
|
COVID-19 Pandemic and Digital Divide in Older Adults Living in Assisted Living Facilities |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Parsla Vintere (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center) |
CE Instructor: Parsla Vintere, Ph.D. |
|
COVID-19 Pandemic and Digital Divide in Older Adults Living in Assisted Living Facilities |
Domain: Theory |
PARSLA VINTERE (CHE Senior Psycholgical Services; Elaine Kaufman Cultural Center) |
|
Abstract: Initial reports on COVID-19 indicated first in China and Italy and later in the United States that the highest risk group for health complications and mortality is older adults. In response to pandemic to contain the coronavirus outbreak, social distancing and “stay-at-home” orders were implemented. Due to the health and safety measures, restrictions in the social relations were implemented in the assisted living facilities, rehabilitation centers and nursing homes raising concern of increased isolation and feelings of loneliness in their residents. Therefore, technology became increasingly important during pandemic in keeping social connections - staying in touch with family and friends and health care providers. However, many of the older adults were not able to benefit from the use of technology. This paper examines the effects of digital divide on older adults residing in assisted living facilities during pandemic and behavioral health pandemic response. The paper will focus on (a) reviewing literature on digital divide in older adults; (b) presenting case examples of responses of older adults as it relates to technology; and (c) discussing potential research directions with the emphasis on the behavioral approach. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the major contributing factors of digital divide and its consequences among older adults; (2) apply behavioral techniques in teaching functional digital literacy skills to older adults. |
|
|
|
|
|
Replicability of Principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis in Kenya: A Long-Term Study |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:25 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies) |
CE Instructor: Pooja Panesar, M.Ed. |
|
Replicability of Principles of Applied Behaviour Analysis in Kenya: A Long-Term Study |
Domain: Service Delivery |
POOJA PANESAR (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies), Korey Taylor (Global Autism Project) |
|
Abstract: Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) is recognized by the World Health Organization as a growing global concern affecting 1 in 160 children worldwide; yet the majority of our understanding comes from North America and Western Europe. Given the prevalence of research coming out of these regions, there is an inherent Westernized model of understanding Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and the corresponding health care (Fong et al., 2016). However, the methodologies and principles of the science have proven to be successful when applied in culturally relevant ways.
This presentation will cover how ABA can be culturally relevant in Africa by demonstrating the success Kaizora has shown with staff, students, and parent trainings.
We have compiled VB-MAPP scores across milestones, barriers, echoics and barriers for over 10 students (ages 4 to 14) over the course of 5 years (2014-2019) all diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. All sessions took place in a one-on-one setting at Kaizora in Karen, Kenya. Therapists implemented evidence-based interventions including, but not limited to, token economies, behavioral momentum, error correction, fluency training, Direct Instruction, discrete trial teaching, incidental teaching and schedules of reinforcement.
With the implementation of evidence-based interventions all students showed an improvement in all areas of the VB-MAPP scores over a period of time (multiple assessments conducted). Cultural factors will be discussed along with training efficacy. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize the generalizability of the VB-MAPP; (2) identify how to use the VB-MAPP as a tool of measurement in other countries. |
|
|
|
|
|
Disseminating to Increase Diversity Within Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Heather Cooper, M.Ed. |
Chair: Heather Cooper (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
ANIKA COSTA (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
MAY CHRISELINE BEAUBRUN (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
PIERRE D. LOUIS (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Abstract: In recent years, the demands for behavior analysis to serve consumers with diverse cultural backgrounds have significantly increased. Though the field is in great need of culturally competent behavior analysts to support the needs of an increasingly diverse population, there are very few people of color represented. Especially African Americans. African Americans and other minorities within the field understand the feelings associated with walking into a large conference and finding it all but impossible to witness a black presenter, and seeing very few African American women or men attending.This panel is intended to explore the topic of increasing diversity and improving cultural sensitivity within the field through dissemination. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Treatments for Epilepsy in Developing Nations |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
Abstract: Access to low-cost, easily implemented behavioral treatments for a range of socially important health issues is severely limited in developing nations. As a case in point, most citizens in developing countries have no access to behavioral treatments for epilepsy. In behavior medicine, epilepsy is defined as the combination of a tendency to seize together with internal and external factors which increase the probability of reacting with a seizure reaction. In this model, epileptic seizures, like any behavior, is amenable to respondent and operant conditioning; thus, it is possible to effect and change the outcome of the seizure process using a behavior analysis and subsequent interventions. This paper aims to present a summary of the main points of clinical research in the behavioral treatment of epilepsy during the past 50 years and show the author's own recent studies done in South Africa and India. A presentation of two such RCT studies of behavioral treatment in the form of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy show promising results. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
|
JOANNE DAHL (University of Uppsala, Sweden) |
 JoAnne is a native North American who has lived her whole adult life in Sweden. She has her clinical psychology degree, psychotherapy degree, Ph.D. och Docent from Uppsala University in Sweden where she also held a position of full professor of psychology prior to her retirement last year. JoAnne has specialized in behavior medicine and has focused on applying learning theory in practice for many chronic illnesses such as epilepsy, constipation, asthma, obesity, and chronic pain. She is the author and or coauthor of five professional books applying ACT and RFT to both chronic illness as well as Love relationships as well as publishing over 60 scientific studies in these areas. JoAnne is a peer reviewed ACT trainer and an ACBS fellow. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behaving Ethically Takes More Than Learning the Rules: Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The likelihood of engaging in ethical behavior when confronted with a moral dilemma often involves the presence competing contingencies: behaving for the good of oneself versus the good of the commonwealth. The BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts is a set of standards that serves as a guide for decision-making that impacts consumers, the practitioner, and other certificants. However, familiarity with these standards alone may not impact the behavior of a practitioner when confronted with an ethical problem. Phylogeny and ontogeny prepare individuals to act in their personal, short-term self-interest, but ethical matters require behaving with respect to the needs of the group. In ethically challenging scenarios, direct control exerted by the immediate contingencies is likely to be stronger than the control exerted by a person's history of rule-adherence, especially when doing so would disadvantage them. In this talk, we propose that influencing ethical behavior requires programing environmental contingencies at the cultural level of selection. Ethical conduct guidelines specify general precepts, but groups applying these precepts must actively and ongoingly discuss situations in which they are to be applied, scaled, abandoned, or synthesized. Additionally, we suggest that groups consider the cultural function of ethical conduct rules in adversely controlling the behavior of minority and intersectionally marginalized individuals within their ranks. In short, attention must be afforded to balancing the needs of the individual and those of several concentric levels of the collective in order to assure ethical behavior in any given instance. A comprehensive, naturalistic analysis of the conditions under which cooperative behaviors are selected may be crucial to the design of organizations and communities that produce reinforcement for behaving for the good of all. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA, BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state three controlling variables that predict and control ethical/unethical behavior; (2) identify ways in which rules promote or weaken ethical behavior; (3) articulate the selection processes in phylogeny and ontogeny that account for ethical behavior in groups, organizations, and cultures. |
|
I’ve Memorized the Ethical Conduct Code. Why Can’t I Behave Ethically? Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training #1 |
DIANA M. DELGADO (University of Memphis) |
Abstract: Enhancing compliance with ethical guidelines is one of the ways in which we can help disseminate our field as one that is fundamentally oriented towards the well-being of others. While we are committed to adhere to these guidelines, data show that ethics violations may be occurring more often than desired. One of the reasons for this is that an ethical dilemma is a circumstance where variables other than a history of rule following are likely to be at play. In this context, behaving ethically is analyzed as a choice made in the presence of competing contingencies of reinforcement, which involve behaving for the good of oneself regardless of the potential harmful effects for others, or behaving for the good of all while forgoing immediate individual benefits. Points of convergence between the literature on cooperative behavior, evolutionary sociobiology and the Prosocial approach suggest that focusing on the group as a unit of selection, may be a key component in the design of environments that value behaving for the good of all. |
|
I’ve Memorized the Ethical Conduct Code. Why Can’t I Behave Ethically? Toward a Selectionist Account of Ethical Training #2 |
THOMAS G. SZABO (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Skinner (1956) conceptualized ethical conduct as that which furthers the survival of the group, not that which is “good” or “right.” He identified ways in which contingencies at times favor cooperation in a group but more often support behavior that helps the individual to the detriment of the group. The most common practices groups use to control ethical conduct are aversive and, in the end, do more harm than good. In this talk, I present data from outside the field of behavior analysis that support Skinner’s multilevel selectionist account of group design. These data suggest that bringing group members together to construct rules and evaluate competing contingencies improves ethical conduct. This account is consistent with Skinner’s suggestion that using positive reinforcement is superior to negative reinforcement and punishment when teaching others how to be ethical. The approach, known as Prosocial, combines “flat management” training and organizational behavior management to balance the needs of the individual and the group in order to promote ethical conduct. In short, a comprehensive, naturalistic analysis of the conditions under which cooperative behaviors are selected may be crucial to the design of organizations and communities that produce reinforcement for behaving for the good of all. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in the Analysis of Precursors |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Joseph D. Dracobly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The development and refinement of the functional analytic approach to severe behavior disorders has led to substantial advancements in effective intervention. Over the past 40 years, one area of focus has been methods to reduce risk during functional analysis. The identification and analysis of precursors may be one of the most effective approaches to reduce risk while maintaining a robust analysis. This approach, however, is predicated on accurately identifying a precursor, as without accurate identification, direct analysis of problem behavior may be required. Therefore, researchers have focused on improving methods for both quickly and accurately identifying precursors. In this symposium, three presenters will discuss several of these improvements. The first presentation will discuss using a lag-sequential analysis to identify antecedent behavior related to problem behavior. The second presentation will discuss the use of a structured checklist and video training to increase caregiver accuracy in identifying precursors. The final presentation will discuss a method to increase the frequency of precursors prior to functional analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): antecedent, caregiver report, precursor, problem behavior |
Target Audience: Attendees should have experience with conducting functional analyses of severe problem behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Describe how lag-sequential analyses can be used to clarify antecedent behavior-problem behavior relationships,
2. Describe how video training can be used to increase the accuracy of precursor identification, and
3. Describe how reinforcing different responses can increase the prevalence of less severe responses prior to functional analysis. |
|
Examining the Temporal Relation Between Antecedent and Problem Behaviors |
GRIFFIN ROOKER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University), Elissa Spinks (Maryland Applied Behavior Analysis), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Intervening on a precursor to problem behavior (hereafter: precursor) appears to be a promising treatment strategy. However, the assessment of precursors is not routinely conducted in clinical practice. The relative inattention to precursors could be related to these behaviors being rare, the under identification of these behaviors, or both. However, there is good reason to believe that precursors are relatively common, but under identified. For example, Fritz et al. (2013) found that at least one antecedent behavior had a temporal relation with problem behavior for 16 individuals. Fritz et al. then conducted a subsequent analysis with 8 of those 16 individuals and determined that the antecedent behavior was a precursor in seven of eight cases. In the current study, a lag sequential analysis was conducted with 17 individuals who received assessment of problem behavior. Subsequent probability analysis indicated an antecedent behavior with a temporal relation to problem behavior was found for approximately 70% of individuals. Results suggest that antecedent behaviors commonly enter into temporal relations with problem behavior. Implications of this finding will be discussed. |
|
Improving Caregiver Report of Precursors to Severe Problem Behavior |
MEGAN SKRBEC (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Previous studies that provide information regarding precursor behaviors have shown that caregiver reports of precursor behaviors are not always accurate. In this study, caregivers initially could not identify any potential precursors to their child’s problem behavior and reported that the severe problem behavior occurred “out of the blue” or “randomly.” We used a structured precursor checklist and video-trainings to assist each caregiver in reporting more accurate precursor behaviors for their child. This study was conducted via HIPAA-compliant videoconferencing software. Results showed that a checklist of potential precursor behaviors somewhat improved caregiver report, but there was a significant increase in correct number of accurate precursor behaviors identified post video-training when caregivers scored videos of their child’s precursors and problem behavior. |
|
A Preliminary Evaluation of Increasing Precursors Prior to Functional Analysis |
AUDREY H. NEWKIRK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Carla M. Smith (University of North Texas), Katy Atcheson (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Previous research on precursor identification has focused on quantitative methods to identify the precursor-problem behavior relation. This requires substantial co-occurrence of the precursor and problem behavior. However, in some environments, reinforcement of problem behavior may occur at higher rates than reinforcement of a putative precursor. This presents a barrier to determining which response is, in fact, a precursor. Therefore, we arranged a differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) contingency to clarify the relation between responses. We found that altering the DRO requirements produced a decrease in the most severe forms of behavior and an increase in the least severe forms of behavior. Additionally, we determined that when more severe problem behavior occurred, it was reliably preceded by less severe forms of problem behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Function as a Critical Educational Objective |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University ) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Weber, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms create independent learners driven by the “need to know” and a love of learning. This symposium will present three papers focused on the pedagogy and curriculum utilized in our CABAS® AIL classrooms. We will discuss instruction that focuses on teaching functional objectives for reading, writing, and math within inclusion and general education settings. In the first paper, we provide an overview of how we arrange instruction that focuses on critical prerequisites for students to be successful in inclusion and general education, such as establishing critical verbal developmental cusps and conditioned reinforcement for academics. The second paper will describe more recent research-based protocols and curricular objectives to teach the function of reading and writing (i.e., writing to affect the behavior of a reader). The third paper will discuss recent scientific procedures and curricular objectives to teach functional math and problem-solving repertoires. Collectively these papers emphasize the importance of designing instruction that teaches the function, which results in better academic outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): functional objectives, verbal development |
Target Audience: N/A- Basic Instruction Level |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the verbal development prerequisites for students to acquire academic repertoires (2) identify reading and writing functional curricular objectives and (3) identify how to arrange math instruction to focus on the function and math as a verbal repertoire. |
|
Prerequisite Verbal Developmental Cusps and Capabilities for the Accelerated Independent Learner |
TANYA BAJWA (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University) |
Abstract: Within our Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) classrooms, we arrange instruction based on the students' verbal development. How we teach (pedagogy) is based on the students' verbal development. This arrangement of instruction is critical for students to acquire foundational repertoires and master instructional objectives. The students' verbal development also plays a crucial role in ensuring students have the prerequisite repertoires to learn in inclusion and general education settings. While verbal development informs us how to arrange instruction, research has also identified the significance of the acquisition of conditioned reinforcement for academic stimuli as a prerequisite for students to acquire more advance academic repertoires. The CABAS® model has found scientifically-based protocols used to establish missing verbal development cusps and conditioned reinforcers when data demonstrate that these cusps are missing from a students' repertoire. This paper aims to explain the verbal development cusps that are prerequisites for students to transition into general education or inclusion settings and the role of conditioned reinforcement for student academic learning. |
|
Reading and Writing as a Functional Educational Objective |
Ruby Gibson (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (PENDING) |
Abstract: One of the biggest challenges in education is the shift from learning to read (foundational reading) to reading to learn (reading for function). Students learn to read to understand information, read to follow instructions, and read to access reinforcement. How we arrange instruction is crucial for students to acquire the function of reading. This is most effectively taught through the arrangement of reading instruction that focuses on functional reading objectives. Writing instruction is also arranged to teach the functional effects of writing or writing to affect the behavior of a reader or a targeted audience. Teaching the function of reading and writing allows this to become a verbal repertoire, which in turn, creates a social exchange between the reader and writer. Research out of the Comprehensive Applied Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) classrooms have identified teaching procedures and how to arrange instruction to focus on teaching the function to students as educational objectives. In this paper, we will describe scientifically based procedures to teach the function of reading and writing within public schools. |
|
Teaching Math as a Verbal Repertoire |
MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: When teaching the functional application of mathematics, we want the students not only to understand how to solve a complex equation, but why they complete each step and its function. Furthermore, we want the students to become their own teachers in that they are able to explain step by step how to solve a problem so that another student could follow their directions. We arrange math instruction where we are teaching functional math repertoires where the speaker or writer affects the problem solving of a reader or listener. We also teach functional math repertoires within building classroom contingencies as it relates to various academic and performance contingencies within the classroom. When teaching national and state standards, the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model makes math a verbal repertoire by setting up curricular objectives that teach the function of math by writing math algorithms to affect the behavior of a reader. In this paper, we will discuss scientifically based procedures that have been translated into functional curricular math objectives utilized within our AIL inclusion classrooms. |
|
|
|
|
|
Project ECHO: Implementing Family Support Using a State-of-the-Art Teleheath Service Delivery Model |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Katherine Bateman (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The ECHO- Education: Autism model utilizes videoconferencing technology to simultaneously connect parents, caregivers, and family members (known as the ‘spokes’) to an inter-disciplinary panel of university-based specialists (known as the ‘hub’) in regularly scheduled sessions. These professional learning opportunities are grounded in the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis and family support, seeking to provide families with the support necessary to decrease child engagement in challenging behavior, while increasing access to systems of care. This model seeks to increase collaboration and support among caregivers across the country, especially in areas that may have limited access to these resources. Measures of efficacy of the implementation of the ECHO model include positive child and caregiver outcomes, as well as development of a community of support for caregivers navigating similar experiences. This symposium will discuss three different ECHO networks focused on providing caregiver coaching and support for families of children with autism and other related disabilities. Further, implementation of this model at the University of Washington, the University of Virginia, and University of Wyoming will be presented and discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Challenging Behavior, Family Support, Parent Coaching, Teleheath |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts providing parent coaching and caregiver/family support to families of children diagnosed with disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the Project ECHO service delivery model, understand the importance of family and caregiver support for challenging behavior, and clearly identify variables that affect sustainable family support in delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis. |
|
University of Washington ECHO for Families |
(Service Delivery) |
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington), Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are identified as one of the primary concerns for home, early intervention, school, and community settings for children with disabilities. Children who demonstrate challenging behavior in preschool and early elementary years are more likely to later develop social and academic issues and have limited access to education in the Least Restrictive Environment. To address challenging behavior in children with intellectual and developmental disabilities, effective and sustainable interventions are needed. One approach to increasing access to intervention is teaching parents and caregivers to serve as implementers of interventions developed to decrease challenging behaviors at home. Parents are key stakeholders of intervention, as they are a consistent presence in their child’s life. This presentation shares a coordinated parent education and support program to aide in implementation of strategies rooted in Applied Behavior Analysis to address children’s challenging behavior. Results demonstrated a reduction in challenging behavior and increase in prosocial behavior. Additionally, data indicated positive associated outcomes related to reductions of parent stress levels, as well as improved family quality of life, and development of a strong community of support. |
|
University of Virginia ECHO for Caregivers |
(Applied Research) |
ROSE NEVILL (University of Virginia), Gail Lovette (University of Virginia), Katherine Bateman (University of Washington), Genevieve Bohac (University of Virginia), Karen Orlando (University of Virginia), Keith Page (University of Virginia) |
Abstract: Children with developmental delays (DD) are particularly vulnerable to negative outcomes associated with social distancing (Eshraghi et al., 2020) and isolation required in order to curb the spread of coronavirus (COVID-19) (CDC, 2020). The caregivers, educators, and behavioral therapists of children with DD are also vulnerable to compounded negative effects associated with supporting their children during school closures while also navigating new, untested methods of receiving virtual services and support. The purpose of this project is to implement and evaluate an innovative, virtual, and no-cost collaboration and learning model, ECHO in Education, to improve the ability of caregivers and school-based personnel to support students with DD who are currently experiencing difficulty accessing and providing educational and intervention supports during the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic. Participants are primary caregivers and educators of children with developmental delays from across the United States. Caregivers and educators were delivered a combination of case-based problem solving and workshops through separate networks. Data collection was comprised of pre- and post test measures of participants’ behavioral knowledge, self-efficacy, beliefs about behavior, empowerment, and emotional reactions to challenging behavior, on average. Post-test social validity measures will also be shared. Below are average pre-test scores for our first cohort. |
|
University of Wyoming ECHO for Families |
(Service Delivery) |
ERIC MOODY (University of Wyoming), Wendy Warren (University of Wyoming), Canyon Hardesty (University of Wyoming), Rachel Freedman (University of Wyoming) |
Abstract: Wyoming is a large western state with pervasive healthcare shortages, including a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). As of October 2020, there are only 22 BCBAs in Wyoming, and many families reside in frontier communities where in-person Applied Behavior Analysis services are not available. Given these barriers to accessing services, it is imperative to develop innovative solutions to support children with autism. The University of Wyoming ECHO for Families network was developed in 2018. This network teaches parents to navigate systems of education and healthcare while maximizing their child’s progress. Each session includes a brief didactic training and a case presentation delivered via teleconferencing technology. Initial data suggest that participation in the ECHO for Families increases parents’ implementation of evidence-based practices, which promotes the development of adaptive skills. Further, due to the delivery model, ECHO is able to reach even the most remote communities. Data on the first two years of implementation will be discussed, noting the large geographic reach, increase in participant knowledge, and satisfaction with the model. Therefore, ECHO for Families is a highly effective tool to improve access to best practices for increasing adaptive skills and effective behavior management for families in remote areas. |
|
|
|
|
|
Digitizing Large Scale Behavior Change |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Laura L. Methot (Performance Ally) |
CE Instructor: Lori H. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Companies are not effectively harnessing the tremendous power of human performance. Employees consistently report lacking the basic things needed to drive performance and feel good about their contributions (Gallup, 2020). According to Gallup, high performing, high engagement organizations put the focus on concrete, real-time performance management activities such as clarifying work expectations, collaboratively setting goals, getting people what they need to do their work, and providing ongoing, meaningful coaching conversations. The old-style command and control management style in companies is not working. The one-on-one OBM consultant approach is not scalable or sustainable. In today’s fast-paced modern workplace, a grassroots, digitally-enabled approach is needed to engage everyone real-time in addressing these needs to optimize human performance and help people succeed. This presentation will demonstrate how Performance Ally is addressing these issues and bringing OBM to the mainstream through the use of technology. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Anyone who works in an organization interested in OBM |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the OBM approach to behavior change to get results 2) Conduct a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis in your organization to identify barriers to achieving results 3) Describe the importance of the Behavior Software Architect role in developing software that creates behavior change |
|
Making OBM Easier by Digitally Enabling Large-Scale Behavior Change |
JULIE SMITH (Performance Ally) |
Abstract: Only a tiny fraction of behavior analysts specializes in Organizational Behavior Management. Why is that? Because it is really hard to scale up the methods of individual behavior change to achieve meaningful results across an organization. Julie has spent her entire career figuring out how to do that reliably. She will showcase the internationally-recognized, behavior-based management system that she and her colleagues developed over the last 30 years. Then she will share how her team at Performance Ally is embedding that management system into Ally Assist™, enterprise software that will make it easier for customers, associates, and leaders to: Rapidly align around performance expectations, artfully give and receive individualized feedback on Vital Behaviors, bust through human performance barriers, and use performance dashboards to continuously improve.
Julie will demonstrate the key features and functions of this software. She will describe how this transformational software will not only establish OBM as a must-have management system in organizations of all types, but also make possible a rewarding career in OBM for behavior analysts who are interested in bringing about large-scale change. |
|
Conduct a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis to Identify Barriers to Achieving Results |
LORI H. LUDWIG (Performance Ally) |
Abstract: A Behavior Systems Analysis aligns three levels of performers within an organization (i.e., Senior Leaders, Front Line Leaders, and Front Line Associates) to produce desired results through coordinated human actions. This alignment must include proactive and timely communication about anything getting in way of a performer achieving their goals. There are two ways to address barriers: Work teams can resolve their local issues, or when a barrier is caused or can only be addressed by the larger system, it needs to be escalated to senior leaders. When a barrier identification/removal process is missing or takes too long, valuable time, energy, and resources bleed out of an organization and cause stress. There is a great opportunity to streamline Behavior Systems Analysis methodology to make it easy to use and help organizations quickly pinpoint barriers. An example of a Rapid Behavior Systems Analysis conducted in a Human Service setting will be shared that demonstrates how to sift through organizational complexity and identify barriers to human performance so they can be addressed strategically. |
|
Why a Behavior Software Architect is Key to Building Software that Reliably Changes Behavior |
TOM E. DONALDSON (Performance Ally) |
Abstract: This presentation will describe traditional roles on a software development team and where and why a Behavior Software Architect is needed. The Ally Assist project will be used to bring the role to life and discuss the necessity of this role for a useful software application. The UI/UX design and implementation as well as the functional modeling of the system must align which requires understanding behavior analysis concepts such as functional analysis, response cost, stimulus control, and temporal contiguity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Quantitative Theories of Relapse to Improve Functional Communication Training: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D. |
Panelists: ANDREW CRAIG (State University of New York Upstate Medical University), JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), TIMOTHY SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Brian Greer’s SQAB Tutorial on using quantitative theories of relapse to improve FCT. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis. |
ANDREW CRAIG (State University of New York Upstate Medical University) |
Dr. Andrew Craig earned his Ph.D. in Psychology with an emphasis in experimental analyses of behavior from Utah State University. He completed postdoctoral training at the University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute, where he gained experience applying behavior-analytic principles to the assessment and treatment of severe behavior disorders in children and adolescents with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Dr. Craig currently is a postdoctoral research associate in the Family Behavior Analysis program at Upstate Medical University and coordinator of the Behavior Analysis Murine laboratory.
Dr. Craig’s research focuses on understanding why behavior persists when faced with challenges that deter it and why behavior comes back (or “relapses”) after it has been eliminated. He is particularly interested in bi-directional translational research, wherein novel approaches to intervention are developed in controlled laboratory settings, assessed in clinical applications, and further refined in the laboratory to maximize treatment efficacy and minimize barriers to treatment. Dr. Craig has published over 20 articles and book chapters on these and other topics, with several other manuscripts under review or in development. He currently serves on the board of editors for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behaviorand has served as an ad hoc reviewer for The American Journal of Additions Behavioral Neuroscience, Behavioural Processes, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Perspectives of Behavioral Science. |
JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia) |
Joel Ringdahl is an associate professor in the department of communication sciences and special education at the University of Georgia. His research interests include functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior problems, stimulus preference assessments, functional communication training and translational research in the areas of behavioral momentum theory and behavioral economics. He is the editor of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. |
TIMOTHY SHAHAN (Utah State University) |
Dr. Shahan received his Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University in 1998. He was a post-doctoral research fellow at the University of Vermont, and then a Research Assistant Professor at the University of New Hampshire until 2003. Dr. Shahan was the 2006 recipient of the B.F. Skinner Young Researcher Award from Division 25 of APA. He is presently a Professor in the Psychology Department at Utah State. Dr. Shahan's research focuses on resurgence, behavioral momentum, choice, conditioned reinforcement, and drug self-administration. Since 2000, his research has been funded by a variety of NIH Institutes including the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism, National Institute of Mental Health, and the National Institute of Child Health and Human Development. He is a Fellow of ABAI and has served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, president of the Society of the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior, and chair of the Biobehavioral Regulation, Learning and Ethology study section at NIH. |
|
|
|
|
|
ACoLE/BARR: Behavioral Assessment of Reading and Writing: Analyzing Student's Skills and Establishing Teaching Goals |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell) |
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
Abstract: Reading and writing skills can be conceived as a network of equivalence relations between stimuli (e.g., printed words, dictated words, pictures, objects) and between stimuli and responses (e.g., picture naming, textual behavior, transcription, dictation-taking). We have been using this conceptual framework as a foundation for the development of assessment tools and teaching procedures. In this presentation I will describe an instrument for the assessment of basic repertoires involving S-S and R-S relations which characterize the skills of beginning readers. The instrument comprises 15 tasks, organized in blocks of 15 trials each. Some tasks measure identity matching-to-sample (picture identity, printed word identity), arbitrary auditory-visual MTS (picture recognition, printed word recognition), and visual-visual matching-to-sample MTS (picture <--> printed word correspondence). Other tasks measure discriminated operants for which the discriminative stimuli are pictures (picture naming), printed words (copying, textual behavior ["reading'']), and spoken words (dictation-taking). The child performance in these tasks allows the identification of basic perceptual skills (does the student see and hear?), vocal skills (does the student articulate the sounds with accuracy and in the correct sequence?), and the main discriminations required to read and write accurately. Failures in some of these tasks (or in all of them) provide important information about the student's current repertoire and the gaps that need to be developed. The instrument was applied to approximately 2300 students (6 to 12 years old). Individual results allowed the evaluation of selection-based responses (listening and seeing behavior) and topography-based responses (verbal operants in vocal or written modes) and to define a profile of the student's repertoire. Averaged data showed that the matching skills were significantly correlated with textual behavior and dictation-taking. An "integration" index taking into account all the scores showed that, as predicted by the stimulus equivalence paradigm, the interdependence of the operants increased as the entire repertoire developed. The integration index may be a useful tool for the prediction and evaluation of the effects of teaching programs for establishing the target repertoire in non-readers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in basic (initial) reading and writing repertoires: assessment and teaching procedures |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the elements of the network of stimulus-stimulus and stimulus-response relations which characterize an integrated repertoire of reading and writing skills in beginning readers; (2) conduct a functional analysis of the verbal operants involved in reading and writing (identifying the three-term contingencies and the behavioral function of each operant); (3) justify the relevance of selection-based responding as requisites for the acquisition of the operants: textual, copying and dictation-taking; (4) describe the graphics and Interpret the scores of individual students obtained with the application of the BARR Instrument; (5) derive behavioral objectives to promote the target repertoires based on the student's skills profile and the identification of skill gaps. |
|
DEISY DE SOUZA (Universidade Federal de São Carlos) |
 Deisy de Souza is Full Professor at the Psychology Department, Universidade Federal de São Carlos (UFSCar), Brazil, where she teaches behavior analysis in graduate and undergraduate courses in Psychology, and in Special Education. She obtained her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Universidade de São Paulo (USP), under the direction of Carolina Bori, and held a post-doctoral position at the University of Maryland Baltimore County, working with Charlie Catania. She has published articles and book chapters on non-human and human relational learning, including studies applying the stimulus equivalence paradigm to investigate the acquisition of symbolic relations involved in reading and writing, and in developing curricula to teach those skills. She is past-Editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis (BJBA), past-Associate Editor of Acta Comportamentalia, and she is currently a member of the Board of Editors of JEAB. She received the 2015 Distinguished Contributions to the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Award from the Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior Special Interest Group (EAHB SIG); she was elected ABAI Fellow (2018); and she is currently the International Representative in the ABAI Council. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Systematic Approach to Pre-Session Pairing and Rapport Building in Programming for Individuals Receiving ABA Therapy |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Amy Rachel Bukszpan (Butterfly Effects) |
CE Instructor: Amy Rachel Bukszpan, M.S. |
|
A Systematic Approach to Pre-Session Pairing and Rapport Building in Programming for Individuals Receiving ABA Therapy |
Domain: Service Delivery |
AMY RACHEL BUKSZPAN (Butterfly Effects), Molly Ann McGinnis (Butterfly Effects) |
|
Abstract: Empirical evidence supports that pre-session pairing or rapport building, between a clinician and client, can increase clinical outcomes in ABA services. Kelly, Axe, Allen, and Maguire noted the effects of pre-session pairing on decreasing challenging behaviors in 2015 while Shillingsburg, Hansen, and Wright (2018) delineated 9 steps in the pairing process to best support children with Autism for in seat, at a table, discrete trial instruction. Furthermore, Lugo, King, Lamphere, and McArdle (2017) sought to operationally define the behaviors characteristic of pre-session pairing to then train staff to better implement these skills. This presentation explores the systematic approach to training BCBA supervisors and technicians in pre-session pairing and the addition of a “Rapport Building” curriculum to a client’s individualized learning program. The presenters will describe the training of clinicians across skills, review the development of a systematic pre-session pairing program, and compare clinical outcomes between clients whose programs include a systematic approach to pairing and those without. Finally, the presenters will examine the social validity from parents, payers, and technicians to support the pre-session pairing program. |
|
Target Audience: The audience should be competent in basic principles of behavior analysis, running center or home-based programming, writing, running, and supervising behavior analytic programming. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) integrate pairing procedures to increase a client's motivation and assent throughout programming; (2) translate pairing and rapport building procedures into socially significant outcomes for parents and caregivers |
|
|
|
|
|
Decision Making in a Pandemic: Outcomes and Discussion of Utilizing a Crisis Decision Model to Provide Essential ABA Services During a Pandemic |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
10:30 AM–10:55 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA) |
CE Instructor: Benjamin Thomas Heimann, M.S. |
|
Decision-Making in a Pandemic: Outcomes and Discussion of Utilizing a Crisis Decision Model to Provide Essential ABA Services During a Pandemic |
Domain: Service Delivery |
BENJAMIN THOMAS HEIMANN (CABA), Richard Colombo (CABA), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
|
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has prompted a vigorous discussion on how to apply essential Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services (APBA, April 10, 2020) safely and effectively (Cox, Plavnick, & Broadhead, 2020; LeBlanc, et al. 2020). One possible format, telehealth, demonstrates promise as a means to continued care while reducing risks of infection across treatment modalities and treatment settings (Rodriguez, 2020). The current analysis represents an extension of essential service delivery model for ABA providers during a crisis described by Colombo, Wallace, and Taylor (2020). The decision model evaluates several factors (e.g. immediate needs, vulnerability of clients, and the competency of service providers) as a means of assessing the best means of mitigating the effects of the current crisis on the on the progress of ABA consumers. The current paper will describe the effects and outcomes of applying this delivery model across four individuals who receive ABA services to address severe challenging behavior. Data reflecting treatment effects on target problem behavior will be evaluated across initial baseline, pre-COVID, telehealth, and withdrawal (e.g., in-person, mixed, etc.). Results, barriers, and potential extensions will be discussed. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the advantages and limitations which must be considered before identifying a safe but effective service delivery model; (2) demonstrate actionable steps to initiate and sustain effective services via direct, telehealth, or blended services. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Effects of Time Framing on Compliance to Hypothetical Social-Distancing Policies Related to COVID-19 |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Mike Harman (Briar Cliff University) |
CE Instructor: Mike Harman, Ph.D. |
|
The Effects of Time Framing on Compliance to Hypothetical Social-Distancing Policies Related to COVID-19 |
Domain: Applied Research |
MIKE HARMAN (Briar Cliff University) |
|
Abstract: The current study analyzed the effects of two frames for durations of time – calendar unit and calendar date – on measures of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies related to the COVID-19 pandemic. Participants reported the extent to which they would comply with hypothetical social-distancing polices lasting different durations of time. Durations of time were framed as calendar units (e.g., days, weeks, months, years) and calendar dates (i.e., specific dates the policies would extent to). Levels of compliance across durations of time were used to calculate the area under curve (AuC) for each condition. Social-distancing policies framed in calendar dates yielded significantly greater AuC values compared to social-distancing policies framed in calendar units. Participants’ self-reported political party affiliation yielded a significant main effect: Conservative participants’ AuC values were significantly lower than liberal participants’ AuC values. The framing of the duration of time was a significant variable in controlling rates of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies. |
|
Target Audience: Audience members should be able to: (a) Define delay discounting, (b) Identify and describe mechanisms controlling measures of delay discounting; (c) Interpret area under curve (AuC) as a measure of delay discounting; (d) Comprehend the use of a delay-discounting framework to explain a variety of behavioral phenomena |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (a) Define framing in the context of delay discounting; (b) Describe the effects of time framing on measures of compliance to hypothetical social-distancing policies; (c) Explain the use of the delay discounting framework to describe a variety of behavioral phenomena. |
|
|
|
|
|
Quality and Quantity is Related to Outcome of Early Intensive Beahvioral Intervention for Children With Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Sigmund Eldevik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For the past thirty years Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention (EIBI) has been implemented in Norway and other European countries. In most countries it has been a challenge to deliver EIBI according to suggested minimum standards. The most common challenges have been to have properly trained staff implement the intervention, to get parents involved, and to provide intensive intervention (a minimum of 20 hours per week). As a result of this, outcomes have generally been moderate. However, outcomes of EIBI have been much better than “treatment as usual”. We will present two-year outcome data from a group of 30 children that were provided 10 hours a week and a group of 30 children that were provided 20 hours a week. We will also present data from another site were user satisfaction was evaluated in a reversal design across seven cases that received video-based supervision. |
Target Audience: BCBAs, supervisors in EIBI programs. |
Learning Objectives: Explain how weekly intervention hours affects outcome of EIBI Discuss measures of EIBI quality Explain pros and cons of videobased supervision |
|
Measuring Quality of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention |
SIGMUND ELDEVIK (Oslo Metropolitan University), Silje Nikolaisen (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Christine Lie (Center for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Hanne Skau (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Astri Valmo (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway), Roy Tonnesen (Autism Team, Bergen, Norway) |
Abstract: We have developed a quality standard based on the logic of the Periodic Service Review to evaluate and improve quality of individual EIBI programs. The programs are provided through in the two largest cities in Norway, Bergen and Oslo. Based on the core elements of EIBI we have made a 36-item checklist that we consider to represent an optimal EIBI program. Some of the items are given a higher weight (such as intensity of intervention and therapist training). The standards have measurable targets (done/not done) for all involved parties (supervisors, therapists, parents, community staff). We report quality data from 60 individual programs collected over a two year period and discuss what we have found to be the most common challenges we face in providing EIBI of high quality. |
|
Community Implementation of Early Beahvioral Intervention: Higher Intensity and Quality Gives Better Outcome |
HEGE AARLIE (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University), Roy Tonnesen (Autism Team Bergen, Norway), Kristine Berg Titlestad (Western Norway University of Applied Sciences), Silje Nikolaisen (Centre for Early Intervention, Oslo, Norway) |
Abstract: We evaluated outcome of early behavioral intervention for children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) as it was provided through public service providers in Norway. One group of children received lower intensity and therefore lower quality intervention (10 weekly hours). A second group received higher intensity and and higher quality intervention (20 weekly hours). We compared outcomes on adaptive behavior, ASD severity, aberrant behaviors and intellectual functioning across the groups after two years of intervention. The higher quality group did better on all outcome measures than the lower quality group. Confirming a dose-response relationship between important variables such as weekly intervention hours and gains made. We discuss the pros and cons of the publicly funded behavioral intervention model. |
|
Video-Based Supervision of Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention Programs: Perceived Quality, Time Saved, and Implications for Caseload |
AINA HAY-HANSSON (Oslo Metropolitan University), Sigmund Eldevik (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: We compared the use videoconference with on site supervision of EIBI cases in a reversal design. Supervision was provided either on site or using video conference every second week. Questionnaires were developed to evaluate to what degree videoconference influenced the perceived quality of supervision. The questionnaires consisted of 12 items that were scored on Likert scales and measured program supervision, registrations/data collection, preparedness, and technical quality. Both the supervisor and the supervisees evaluated their experiences across the supervision modes. We discuss our findings in terms of the perceived quality of supervision, potential for saving travel time saved and implications for caseload capacity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Approaches to Training Behavior Analytic Assessments and Interventions Across Professionals |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ciobha Anne McKeown (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Ciobha Anne McKeown, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium features three studies on training undergraduate students and service providers to implement behavior analytic assessments and interventions. First, Karie John will present on the use of video modeling to teach undergraduate students to conduct trial-based functional analyses, and the results suggest the use of video models produced high treatment fidelity and social validity ratings. Second, James Maraventano will present on a pyramidal training model to teach job skills to staff supporting adults with autism in a community setting, and the results suggest improved performance observed during behavioral skills training generalized to in situ probes with clients. Finally, Kerri Peters will present on teaching behavior analysts and occupational therapists to conduct a structured mealtime assessment using behavioral skills training, and the results suggest improved protocol integrity posttraining across all participants. All three studies improve our understanding of efficient and efficacious training procedures that maximize impact. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding, functional analysis, pyramidal training, training |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of behavior analytic principles and components of behavioral skills training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: 1) Describe the utility of video models during functional analysis training 2) Understand the structure and benefits of a pyramidal training approach 3) Explain the components of a structured mealtime assessment |
|
Training Undergraduate Students to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analysis Through Video Modeling |
KARIE JOHN (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida), Breana Pauline (University of South Florida), Anna Garcia (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific) |
Abstract: The trial-based functional analysis (trial-based FA) was adapted from traditional functional analysis (FA) to make FA methodology more feasible to conduct in less controlled environments. Additionally, teachers and paraprofessionals have been trained to conduct trial-based FAs with high fidelity (Kunnavatana et al., 2013). Video modeling may be used to train behavior analysts to conduct trial-based FAs remotely, which could lead to greater dissemination of this approach to behavioral assessment of problem behavior. Thus, the purpose of this study is to use video modeling to train nine individuals to conduct the trial-based FA with high treatment fidelity. Results showed that video modeling increased procedural fidelity. No participants needed video feedback in order to reach 100% procedural fidelity. Social validity results showed that participants enjoyed the use of video models and felt more confident in their skills after the intervention. |
|
Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training for Staff Providing ABA Services to Adults With Autism |
JAMES MARAVENTANO (Rutgers University), Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick (Rutgers University), Ian Philip Bober (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The training of human services staff in behavior change methods is often a labor-intensive function of the supervising behavior analyst. The pyramidal application of behavioral skills training (BST) has been demonstrated an effective means for promoting the acquisition of skills related to behavior analytic treatment, while increasing the efficiency of the individual behavior analyst’s training efforts. As BST has potential for broad application, we extended a pyramidal BST approach toward job skills training for service recipients enrolled in a program providing support for adults with autism in the community setting. During pre-training assessments, 10 staff members were instructed to role-play BST using given task analyses. Following BST-based instruction in the application of BST (a pyramidal paradigm), participants demonstrated improved performance of BST component skills in the role-play setting, relative to baseline levels. High performance levels were also observed during subsequent on-the-job assessments of staff conducting BST with service recipients in the generalization setting. |
|
Teaching Professionals to Conduct a Structured Mealtime Assessment |
Vivian F Ibanez (Children's Specialized Hospital, Rutgers University), KERRI P. PETERS (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Lindsay Lloveras (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display feeding problems such as consumption of a limited variety of foods (Schreck, Williams, & Smith, 2004). It is also common for these children to be enrolled in early and intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) services for comprehensive treatment (Roane, Fisher, & Carr, 2016). Combined, these factors make it possible that behavior analysts will have a role in a child’s clinical care related to feeding. In addition, children with ASD are often attending regular appointments for occupational therapy (OT) and on occasion those providers are targeting feeding problems. However, given that the etiology of pediatric feeding disorders is complex and multifactorial (Peterson & Ibanez, 2018), OT providers and BCBAs should ensure they have sufficient training and a setting that is appropriate for assessment and treatment. Therefore, we evaluated the effects of a training package, including instructions, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback, for training BCBAs in an EIBI setting and OT providers to conduct a structured mealtime assessment. Training resulted in increases in their integrity of protocol implementation, and we observed replication of these effects for all participants |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Barriers to Treatment With Stakeholder Driven Research: Giving BCBAs a Seat at the Table |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University) |
CE Instructor: Krista M. Clancy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts know that getting children with ASD enrolled into ABA treatment at the earliest possible age is important to achieving the best outcome. To resolve barriers that both parents and providers encounter and reduce delays to ABA service, Behavior Analysts need to collaborate with other providers in this service system. Parents typically start by talking to their pediatrician, then their insurance provider, a diagnostician, then get referred to ABA and other therapeutic/educational services. This complex process is difficult to navigate for all stakeholders, resulting in delays to service. Because other stakeholders within the system of care have earlier contacts with families, it is important for Behavior Analysts to collaborate with these stakeholders to develop ways to reduce delays in starting ABA. This presentation provides a review of barriers identified, including targeting marginalized populations, and proposed solutions created by a community-based research team made up of parents, providers at each access point, payors, community group leaders, and governmental leaders, who are currently targeting this issue. Barriers identified and discussed will include parent engagement, the referral process, coordination of care, provider and family education, equitability of services, and simplification of workflow for providers distributing resources and educational materials to families. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): care coordination, equity, service access, Treatment barriers |
Target Audience: Intermediate - Audience members should have a basic understanding of ABA principles and procedures related to the care of individuals with ASD and their family. Audience members should also have the ability to complete a basic cost benefit analysis assessing variables associate with successful outcomes and the ability to evaluate individual client and family barriers that might impact treatment outcome. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1). identify ways to connect and collaboration with stakeholders in the community to improve the dissemination of accurate information about ABA and how to improve access for clients and their families. (2). identify barriers for families to gain access to treatment and provide permanent product solutions to improving access to behavioral services. (3). recognize differences between the beliefs and values of different cultures related to diagnosis and treatment of ASD and use that information to develop educational materials and treatment for clients and their families. |
|
Identifying Gaps and Barriers and Inviting the Right Stakeholders to the Table |
KRISTA M. CLANCY (Wayne State University), Tasha Kelly-Stiles (Michigan Public Health Institute), Julia Heany (Michigan Public Health Institute), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute) |
Abstract: Systems of care for individuals with ASD and their families is very complicated. It can be difficulty to navigate and there are many professionals that are involved between the time that the parents have their initial concerns regarding their child’s development and getting their child enrolled in ABA services. As behavioral analysts, we know that children need to get access to ABA services by the time that they are 2-3 years of age in order to have the best outcomes in treatment. However, one of our biggest barriers to improving access is that we do not have contact with families until they have been screened and evaluated for ASD. There are many other professionals with differing opinions and knowledge gaps in what is needed to obtain ABA services that families encounter before behavior analysts have the opportunity to discuss services with families. The Michigan Innovations in Care Coordination project brought together all the stakeholders involved in this complicated system of care including parents; pediatric, diagnostic and ABA providers; payors; researchers; and community leaders to evaluate the gaps and barriers in access to develop an improved system of care that considers barriers that each stakeholder encounters along the way. Survey data collected and discussions amongst the stakeholders allowed this team to pilot changes targeting systemic improvement in Wayne County Michigan focused on parent engagement, parent and provider education, and coordination of care using technology supports to better communicate between providers and patients and to improve the referral process. This presentation will review the process of bringing this group together, keeping the stakeholders engaged in the project, and what barriers were identified by the team. |
|
Identifying Accessibility Barriers to Behavioral Services |
ADRIENNE BRADLEY (Behavioral Frontiers), Michelle Madison (Starfish Family Services), Fatima Othman (Behavior Frontiers), Jill Idicula (University Pediatricians Autism Center), Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute) |
Abstract: In order to enable more equitable access to care for underserved families, providers must work to identify barriers to access behavioral services. A team of stakeholders participated in the development of products and strategies targeting access, using a collaborative community-based approach to evaluate experiences of providers and families within the Wayne County Michigan Medicaid state funded system. Both parents and providers expressed concerns about the complex processes to gain access to ABA treatment. Additional concerns were identified by the group related to ensuring equity in access for underserved families. Barriers identified included limited resources for families and providers designed to understand the system of care, knowledge on the steps to gain access to behavioral services, and what choices amongst service providers are available for families. Permanent product solutions were developed to address equitability and inclusion barriers for families and providers. A variety of surveys, media, and documents were developed through this process for use by service providers, both within and outside of the ABA community, to achieve equitable access to behavioral services. This presentation will also review recommendations about ways to facilitate collaborative work within a local healthcare system to increase awareness of barriers and urge more intervention research to explore the means for removing them. |
|
Incorporating Cultural Competency Within Autism Spectrum Disorder Diagnosis, Assessment and Treatment: What Do We Need to Consider? |
JILL IDICULA (University Pedestrians Autism Center), Fatima Othman (Behavior Frontiers), Adrienne Bradley (Behavioral Frontiers), Krista M. Clancy (Wayne State University), Mat Edick (Michigan Public Health Institute) |
Abstract: Individuality of treatment has always been a primary focus in the field of ASD and ABA. Factors such as trauma, age, and family barriers have guided Behavior Analyst’s individualization of portions of treatment including teaching procedures, reinforcers, goals, and behavior intervention plans. However, in order to ensure true individuality of care for all clients, all stakeholders involved should be culturally competent. Cultural competence involves learning and understanding the views and practices of different cultures. Our cultural beliefs and traditions influence our thoughts and actions, and therefore, should be considered as early as screening and diagnosis. Parents have interactions with a variety of stakeholders including pediatricians, diagnosticians, schools, ABA and other therapeutic services. Starting at screening and ending at treatment implementation, each client’s cultural beliefs should be a consideration in the way stakeholders communicate with families regarding diagnosis, what assessment is chosen, what goals are chosen, what materials are used in programming, and much more. This presentation will include discussions and recommendations for how to modify treatment when encountering language barriers, stigma involving diagnosis, lack of support and understanding from support communities, and differing beliefs on the roles for men and women coming from different back grounds. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Video Modeling Interventions to Teach Daily Living Skills |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will include three data-based presentations on using video modeling interventions to teach daily living skills to a variety of populations. The first study compared the effects of chaining, video-modeling, and video-modeling plus chaining on three different 20-step daily living skills with twin boys with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). For both participants, the combined video-modeling plus chaining procedure was most effective under both variables. The second study used a treatment package with video prompting to teach water flossing to children with ASD and those of typical development. The treatment package included backward chaining, video prompting, and reinforcement conducted via telehealth. Results indicated that the intervention package was effective in teaching all participants to independently floss their teeth with a water flosser. The third study evaluated the effects of a video prompting teaching package on leg shaving skills with three women ages 22 to 56, each with a different diagnosis (i.e., paraplegia, Down Syndrome, and cognitive impairment with Schizoaffective Disorder). The Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ shaver was selected because a) it can be used without water or shaving cream, b) it does not cut or knick, c) it is rechargeable and does not require batteries, and d) individuals with fine motor deficits can use the device. Participants learned to shave their legs at the mastery criterion of 100% independent, correct steps within a mean of 7.3 teaching sessions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): chain, daily living, video modeling |
Target Audience: practitioners, graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Describe how to evaluate interventions for behavioral chains using video modeling, chaining, and a combination of both.
2) Describe how to teaching water flossing to children.
3) Describe how to teach leg shaving to individuals with disabilities. |
|
A Comparison of Video Modeling, Chaining, and Video-Modeling-Plus-Chaining on Teaching Complex Daily Living Skills to Twin Boys With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
FINLEY WREN AAVATSMARK (Middle Tennessee State University), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno), Sean Ganus (Middle Tennessee State University) |
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities often struggle to learn independent daily living skills requiring complex behavior chains. Applied behavior analysis has identified both chaining and video-modeling as effective training procedures for teaching such complex behaviors. The present study compared the effects of chaining, video-modeling, and video-modeling plus chaining to examine the most effective teaching method for twin boys with Autism Spectrum Disorder. We created a task analysis for three skills of equal difficulty level and randomly assigned each twenty-step chain to a teaching procedure. We examined both the percentage of steps completed in the correct order during probes and the number of steps completed independently regardless of order. For both participants, the combined video-modeling plus chaining procedure was most effective under both variables. The video modeling-alone conditions were the least effective for both participants under the total number of steps completed variable. The chaining-alone condition was the least effective for the first participant under the percentage of steps completed independently variable, and the video-modeling alone was the least effective for the other participant under the same variable. |
|
Teaching Water Flossing to Children |
KANDACE SOMERS (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Heather Pane (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Oral hygiene is an important self-care skill that some children may lack, especially children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Although some studies have evaluated procedures for teaching toothbrushing, no previous studies have demonstrated procedures for teaching flossing, which is essential for oral hygiene. This study used evidence-based procedures to teach water flossing to children with ASD and those of typical development. The treatment package included a backward chain, video prompting, and reinforcement conducted via telehealth. Behavioral Skills Training (BST) was used to train caregivers prior to implementation of the study. Results indicated that the intervention package was effective in teaching all participants to independently floss their teeth with a water flosser. Effects maintained for all participants 1-week after completion of teaching. |
|
Teaching Leg Shaving With Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ to Women With Disabilities |
Natalie Folgia (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), NICOLE PANTANO (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Teaching independence with shaving can provide individuals with privacy and comfort, increase quality of life, and reduce effort of caregivers. Unfortunately, no previous studies have provided clinicians with procedures for teaching leg shaving. The current study evaluated the effects of a video prompting teaching package on leg shaving skills using a concurrent multiple baseline design across participants. Participants included three women ages 22 to 56, each with a different diagnosis (i.e., paraplegia, Down Syndrome, and cognitive impairment with Schizoaffective Disorder). The Finishing Touch Flawless Legs™ shaver was selected because a) it can be used without water or shaving cream, b) individuals with fine motor deficits can handle the device, c) the device will not cut or knick the user, and d) it is rechargeable and does not require batteries. Participants learned to shave their legs at the mastery criterion of 100% independent, correct steps within a mean of 7.3 teaching sessions. These levels were maintained at 2-week probes and during generalization probes. On the Treatment Acceptability Rating Form - Revised, scores indicated high social validity of the procedures of this treatment package. |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: How Advanced Computer Technology can Advance Research and Practice in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Ellie Kazemi, Ph.D. |
Chair: David Roth (B. F. Skinner Foundation; Tuscarora Intermediate Unit 11 (TIU-11)
) |
Presenting Authors: : ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The rapid growth in computer technology means that nearly anything imaginable is either possible or will soon become possible. Behavior analysts, as specialists in learning and behavior, are uniquely trained to become strong collaborators on multidisciplinary teams focusing on projects to advance machine learning, simulation-based experiences, and much more. In this tutorial, I will discuss how we currently leverage such technology in my lab and integrate robotics, virtual reality (VR), and artificial intelligence (AI) in our behavior analytic research. I will share the outcomes of some of our current research projects as well as my collaborative efforts on the Federal Emergency Management Agency (FEMA) and National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) grants. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how advanced computer-technology can be utilized in experimental analysis of human behavior; (2) discuss how computer-technology can be utilized to increase accessibility and efficiency of behavior skills training through simulation-based trainings; (3) explain how integration of computer-technology in behavior analytic research and practice can help extend the reach of behavior analysis. |
|
ELLIE KAZEMI (California State University, Northridge) |
Dr. Kazemi is a Professor at California State University, Northridge (CSUN) where she has developed and teaches undergraduate and graduate coursework in behavior analysis for the past 10 years. She founded the Masters of Science Program in Applied Behavior Analysis in 2010 and has collaborated with the CSUN community to provide graduate students high quality supervision experiences. She currently has two different lines of research. Her applied research interests involve identification of efficient, effective strategies for practical training, supervision, and leadership. Her laboratory research involves leveraging technology (e.g., robotics, virtual or augmented reality) for efficient training and feedback using simulations. She is currently working on several nationwide large projects (e.g., with FEMA and NASA) with a focus on effective training and behavioral outcomes. She has received several mentorship awards including the ABAI Best Mentor Award, the Outstanding Faculty Award, the Outstanding Teaching Award, and the Outstanding Service Award. She has published articles and book chapters on a variety of topics including training, staff turnover, and the use of technology in behavior analysis. She is the leading author of a handbook written for both supervisors and supervisees that is titled, Supervision and Practicum in Behavior Analysis: A Handbook for Supervisees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Designing Skill Acquisition Programs: Considerations and Recommendations |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Designing skill acquisition programs requires careful consideration of variables that can affect the speed of learning. For example, the number and type of stimuli to include in an instructional set, sequencing of stimuli during instruction, the number of practice opportunities to arrange, and the selection of mastery criteria are important considerations when designing programs for learners. In this presentation, Dr. Kodak will synthesize research on these topics and provide recommendations for practitioners who are responsible for designing instructional programs. In addition, areas of additional research that can help improve the design and outcomes of skill-acquisition programs will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation is designed for an audience of RBTs with several years of experience in early intervention, BCBAs who have at least some familiarity with skill-acquisition programming, and students and faculty members who conduct research on skill acquisition. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate between stimuli included in early versus later skill-acquisition programs; (2) consider how different stimulus set sizes can affect acquisition; (3) identify different ways to structure practice opportunities for learners; (4) select mastery criteria based on the goals of intervention. |
|
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University) |
 Dr. Kodak is an Associate Professor in the Behavior Analysis program at Marquette University. She is a licensed psychologist, licensed behavior analyst, and Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She has worked with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder more than 25 years. Dr. Kodak obtained her Ph.D. in School Psychology from Louisiana State University. She formerly served as an Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and Learning and Motivation. She currently serves on several editorial boards including the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and Learning and Motivation. Her research interests in the area of early intervention for children with autism spectrum disorder include increasing the efficiency of skill acquisition, treatment integrity, assessment-based instruction, verbal behavior, conditional discriminations, parent training, and computer-assisted instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cultural Biases in Assessment, Treatment, and Access to ABA Services |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
Discussant: Elizabeth Hughes Fong (Pepperdine University) |
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Though the principles of behavior are universal, the specific behaviors, stimuli, and social contingencies impacting our clients are rooted in the cultures in which they live. As behavior analysis grows around the world, the inherent biases and assumptions of our technology becomes more apparent. Assessment instruments need translation, revision, and validation; interventions need to be adapted to ensure social validity and relevance; and the ways in which behavior analysts provide services need to expand to ensure that they are accessible to all clients in need. This symposium will present strategies for behavior analysts to identify biases in their professional practices, minimize such biases when they arise, and learn to practice cultural humility. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe applicability of diversity, equity, and inclusion and analyze their own self-bias as related to cultural differences; (2) engage in ethical problem-solving frameworks as related to culturally humble and responsive behaviors; (3) identify the topography of culturally humble behaviors in our research and practice; (4) describe ways to engage in institutional accountability and systems change towards increasing diversity, equity, and inclusion through the engagement of culturally humble behaviors; (5) describe values procedures for increasing their own behaviors oriented toward social justice; (6) identify specific behaviors they could do more of in their own lives that may strengthen their work as accomplices for social justice; (7) describe how to use self-monitoring plans to increase their own behaviors oriented toward social justice; (8) discuss the role that culture plays in behavior analytic interactions; (9) list barriers for international dissemination of behavior analysis; (10) desribe two existing models for the documentation of cultural adaptations made to interventions. |
|
The Role of Culture for the Global Dissemination of Behavior Analysis |
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University, Belgium; Tendrils Centre for Autism, India), Tara A. Fahmie (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: The cultural and linguistic diversity that characterizes the world remains a seminal barrier for the global uptake of applied behavior analysis (ABA). Although North America accounts for only 4.7% of the world’s population, more than 95% of BCBAs live in the United States and Canada. While behavioral principles may be universally applicable, this talk will argue for why understanding cultural diversity and avoiding prejudice is important. We will discuss specific challenges for the global dissemination of ABA, with India as an example, and suggest potential training strategies with which to overcome such barriers. Our training protocol may serve as an initial framework for practitioners and researchers to achieve buy-in and positive outcomes internationally. In addition, we will highlight existing frameworks to define and describe cultural adaptations and list previously used adaptations in ABA-based treatments for individuals outside of North America. Finally, we will advocate for a behavior analytic perspective for organizing and reporting potentially relevant variables for the global success of ABA services. |
Maithri Sivaraman is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst with a Masters in Psychology from the University of Madras and holds a Graduate Certificate in ABA from the University of North Texas. She is currently enrolled as a doctoral student in Psychology at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2016, Sivaraman established the Tendrils Centre for Autism Research and Intervention in Chennai, India to make behavior analytic services more accessible to families with children with developmental disabilities. With Dr. Tara Fahmie, she is the co-recipient of a dissemination grant from the Behavior Analysis Certification Board’s (BACB) Committee of Philanthropy to train caregivers in function-based assessments and interventions for problem behavior in India. Her research focusses on social and verbal behavior interventions for children with disabilities, and cultural considerations in the dissemination of behavior analysis. She has served as Guest Reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis since 2018, and is the International Dissemination Coordinator of the Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT). |
|
Lessons Learned From Behavior Analysts of Color on How to Become Stronger Accomplices |
JONATHAN TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Brandon Whitfield (Autism Therapies), Jacqueline Ramirez (University of Southern California ; Positive Behavioral Supports Corporation) |
Abstract: Since the rise of the #MeToo and #BlackLivesMatter movements, and especially since the murder of George Floyd, the field of behavior analysis is experiencing tremendous growth in action toward social justice. This growth of action and activism within our field is exciting but many have concerns over how much of this change is actually structural, versus performative, and therefore whether or not it will persist over time. From the perspective of a white man in a position of substantial privilege and power within the field of behavior analysis, I will stand next to and amplify the voices of behavior analysts of color who have offered powerful and practical resources to all of us to create and sustain our roles as accomplices in furthering social justice. This presentation will amplify recent publications by behavior analysts of color on practical strategies for enacting social justice within our own personal lives, within the service provision agencies where we work, and within our graduate programs, among others. In particular, practical strategies from behavioral approaches to self-management, including acceptance and commitment training, will be shared. |
 Dr. Jonathan Tarbox is the Program Director of the Master of Science in Applied Behavior Analysis program at the University of Southern California, as well as Director of Research at FirstSteps for Kids. Dr. Tarbox is the past Editor-in-Chief of the journal Behavior Analysis in Practice, a Board Member of the ABA Task Force to Eradicate Social Injustice, and a member of the Advisory Board of the Women in Behavior Analysis (WIBA) conference. He has published five books on applied behavior analysis and autism treatment, is the Series Editor of the Elsevier book series Critical Specialties in Treating Autism and Other Behavioral Challenges, and an author of over 90 peer-reviewed journal articles and chapters in scientific texts. His research focuses on behavioral interventions for teaching complex skills to individuals with autism, Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT), and applications of applied behavior analysis to issues of diversity and social justice. |
|
DEI, Bias, and Cultural Humility: Putting It All Together for Social Justice Change |
NASIAH CIRINCIONE-ULEZI (ULEZI, LLC; Pivot 2 Inclusion; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Capella University), NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
Abstract: The pressing need to engage in compassionate, culturally humble behavior as a field became apparent following the needless deaths of those such as Mr. George Floyd; the world at large recognized the importance of social justice and, as behavior analysts, we are uniquely poised to engage in systems change and create levels of institutional accountability throughout all aspects of our work. This dialogue will discuss culture as a dynamic metacontingency and will focus on understanding diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI) as related to all cultures. We will analyze our own self-bias and will describe ethical problem-solving frameworks designed to increase DEI through the engagement of culturally humble behaviors as practitioners and researchers. Finally, we will review ways to implement measures of institutional accountability to assess whether we are meeting our goals of DEI. We will end by inviting questions from the audience to promote thoughtful considerations intended to further our understanding of the topography of culturally humble behaviors and how we can begin immediately to engage in social justice change. |
 Nasiah is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst, with a Doctorate degree in Education from Loyola University of Chicago. She holds a Master’s degree in Special Education from the University of Illinois at Chicago, and a Master's degree in Educational Leadership from the American College of Education. She is a graduate of the Infant Studies Specialist program at Erikson Institute of Chicago. In addition to her BCBA credential, she is an Illinois licensed special education teacher and an Illinois Early Intervention provider and State evaluator. Professionally, she has served as a special educator, clinician, educational administrator, and professor of special education. Her clinical experience spans infancy through adulthood. Currently, she is the CEO & Founder of ULEZI, LLC, Co-Founder of Pivot 2 Inclusion and serves as a court appointed special advocate, for children in the Illinois foster care system. She is also an Advisory Board member for Black Applied Behavior Analysts and a Board member for the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis. She has assisted school districts in the State of Illinois in developing meaningful educational programs to meet the needs of students with autism. Her research interests include supervision, mentoring, leadership, and culturally humble practice within the field of ABA. She is a champion for diversity, equity and inclusion and is deeply committed to using her skills and experiences, paired with the science of applied behavior analysis, to empower the lives of the people she supports and serves, in positive and meaningful ways. |
 Noor Syed, Ph.D., BCBA-D, LBA/LBS, (she/her) is an Assistant Professor of Applied Behavior Analysis, Clinical Coordinator, and founding Director of the Center for Autism Inclusivity (Research, Education, and Services) with SUNY Empire State College. She is also a Senior International Program Director with Anderson Center International, an Adjunct Professor Advisor in ABA with Endicott College, and Research Coordinator for the Global Autism Project. She is a certified general and special education teacher in New York, U.S., birth through grade six. Over the past 15 years, Dr. Syed has worked with individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and developmental disabilities from early intervention through adulthood in school and center-based settings as a teacher, therapist, consultant, and administrator. Dr. Syed has consulted for autism clinics around the world, including in Uganda, Antigua and Barbuda, and the Czech Republic, and currently serves as the international and school-based expert on ABAEthicsHotline.com with Dr. Jon Bailey. She assisted in building Lehigh University Autism Services and its corresponding practicum, which is an insurance and university-based program offering services in the home, community, and clinic. Dr. Syed’s interests lie in compassionate care, cultural humility, ethical practices, supervision, the practice of school-based BCBAs, and diversity. She received her undergraduate degree in ABA under Dr. Raymond G. Romanczyk in the Institute of Child Development at Binghamton University and completed her PhD in ABA with Dr. R. Douglas Greer at Teachers College, Columbia University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Preference and Reinforcer Assessments in Domestic and Captive Animals |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mindy Waite (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee) |
Discussant: Christy A. Alligood (Disney's Animal Kingdom and University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Domesticated or captive wild animals often require behavioral interventions to address problem behaviors or acquire skills to thrive in their human-derived environments. These behavioral interventions typically include reinforcement procedures in order to meet ethical guidelines and also maximize procedure efficacy. Use of reinforcement procedures requires identifying appropriate and efficacious reinforcers, yet the efficacy of specific consequences may be unique across species and even across individuals within a species. Therefore, preference and reinforcer assessments should be performed across different species, settings, and individuals. However, these assessments have been tested across relatively few species and contexts. The studies in this symposium sought to develop and test preference and reinforcer assessments across various species. The first two studies tested whether preference assessments can inform environmental enrichment programs for loggerhead sea turtles and Bengal tigers. The third study tested a simple, owner-implemented food preference assessment for companion canines. The fourth study tested whether the efficacy of reinforcers for dogs in the form of petting is a function of reinforcer duration. The applications for animal welfare will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): animals, choice, individual preferences, preference assessment |
Target Audience: The audience should already have a basic understanding of behavior principles and behavior analytic applications. This will assist them in understanding the importance of preference and reinforcer assessments, as well as the methodology itself. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the importance of preference and reinforcer assessments for animal behavior modification practice; (2) identify how preference assessments can be applied to various species and different putative reinforcers; (3) identify how reinforcer assessments can be applied to dogs and petting as a putative reinforcer. |
|
Exploring the Effects of Preference Assessment Outcomes on Environmental Enrichment Devices With Loggerhead Sea Turtles (Caretta caretta) |
(Applied Research) |
ANDREW BULLA (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Erin Frick (Eckard College) |
Abstract: Being confined with inadequacy to explore may cause animals housed in managed-care facilities to engage in stereotypic behaviors. Stereotypic behaviors often include pacing, random motor behaviors, or any repetitive behavior without any apparent goal. Enrichment devices prove to be one solution that may help increase the quality of life for animals in managed care. Environmental enrichment provides non-human organisms opportunities to engage in adaptive behaviors and may improve their well-being, however the exposure and enrichment animals receive in the wild can be difficult to replicate. In the current study, we used the results of food and color preference assessments to create individualized enrichment devices. Researchers used highly preferred food in enrichment devices based on the most and least preferred colors of the loggerhead seat turtle. An alternating treatment design was used to assess the effects of each device on stereotypic and adaptive behaviors. Results and implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
Making a Tiger’s Day: Free-Operant Assessment and Environmental Enrichment to Improve the Daily Lives of Captive Bengal Tigers (Panthera tigris tigris) |
(Applied Research) |
Trista Shrock (Missouri State University), MICHAEL C. CLAYTON (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: There are more captive tigers in the United States than there are wild tigers in the entire world. Many animals under human care engage in problem behaviors such as excessive grooming and aggression, although the origin of these behaviors is typically unknown. Environmental enrichment may mitigate these issues in captive animals of all kinds. In order to individualize enrichment experiences, the current study used a free-operant assessment procedure to establish a menu of most preferred play items and scents among seven Bengal tigers (Panthera tigris tigris) housed at a sanctuary in southwest Missouri. Each tiger was tested three times with scents (cinnamon and Calvin Klein Obsession perfume) and play items (boxes, balls, leaves, and pumpkins). The importance of rigorous assessment of presumed reinforcers among captive wild animals, as well as the difficulty of effectively assessing tigers while ensuring the safety of both the participants and researchers, is discussed. |
|
Simple Food Preference Assessments for Companion Dogs |
(Applied Research) |
MINDY WAITE (University of Wisconsin - Milwaukee), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Preference assessments determine relative rankings among a variety of putative reinforcers. As a result, preference assessments are often used with humans to identify highly preferred items to include in behavioral interventions. Although many owners of companion dogs program food as a reinforcer during training, few determine their selection of putative reinforcers from formal preference assessments, potentially because existing preference assessments for dogs may be too complex or problematic for the typical owner. The purpose of this study was to test the validity, duration, and owner integrity of a simple, owner-implemented paired-stimulus preference assessment for companion dogs. Results suggest the paired-stimulus preference assessment protocol was able to establish relative rankings across various foods for individual dogs. The relative reinforcing efficacy of items identified from the paired-stimulus preference assessment was supported by secondary comparisons of the high- and low-ranked foods using a progressive ratio schedule. Further, owners were able to implement the protocol after a brief virtual demonstration, suggesting the protocol may be simple enough to be widely applied by dog owners and professionals. |
|
A Parametric Analysis of the Duration of Petting as a Reinforcer for Shelter Dog Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
ARIELLE BRIANNA HEGR (California State University - Fresno), Steven W. Payne (California State University, Fresno), Dolly Mizner Stiles (California State University, Fresno) |
Abstract: Previous research has indicated that petting dogs in the absence of food reinforcers can be effective for teaching new skills. However, the most effective duration of petting is not clear. It is important for animal shelter staff to be aware of the most efficient duration of petting to increase desirable behavior in dogs because 1) petting dogs is more cost effective than using edible reinforcers and 2) dogs may be more likely to be adopted if they exhibit desirable behaviors. Using a reversal design, eight dogs of varying breeds and ages at a local animal shelter served as subjects in which the efficacy of different durations of petting as reinforcers for a simple operant response were compared. Following baseline, the conditions included petting for durations of 5 s, 20 s, and 1 min for each response. Overall, results indicate that there may be individual preferences for dogs when receiving different lengths of attention. However, all dogs responded more frequently during all attention conditions relative to baseline, suggesting that even low durations of petting may serve as reinforcers for low-effort behaviors. Implications of these results will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficacy and Efficiency in Skill Acquisition: Novel Approaches to Measurement and Procedural Refinement |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University) |
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Daniel E Conine, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A wide variety of principles and teaching strategies exist for establishing new skills in the repertoires of children with autism. Each of the studies in this symposium extends previous research in this area with a focus on improving the overall efficacy and efficiency of intervention through the use of novel measurement strategies or through the refinement of specific procedural variables. Topics investigated include the use of continuous (all trials) versus discontinuous (probe) data collection, evaluating prompt dependence when teaching behavior chains, the role of task interspersal in error correction procedures, and the use of a screening condition to predict treatment efficacy when teaching response to name. Findings from these studies have implications for clinical practice and future research in the area of skill acquisition for children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): error correction, probe data, skill acquisition, task analysis |
Target Audience: Clinicians, researchers, students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to describe: 1) the potential impacts of using mastery criteria according to continuous or discontinuous data collection when teaching skills, 2) ways to assess prompt dependence when teaching behavior chains, 3) the impact of task interspersal during error correction, and 4) procedures to teaching response to name to children with autism. |
|
A Comparison of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection in Discrete Trial Teaching |
LISA PABST WILLIAMS (Florida Autism Center), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Daniel E Conine (Georgia State University), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Previous studies comparing continuous and discontinuous measurement have reported different outcomes regarding the effects of each type on sessions to acquisition and maintenance of skills. Specifically, some studies have found that skills mastered using a mastery criterion based on discontinuous data were acquired in fewer sessions than those based on continuous data, but were less likely to be maintained, whereas other studies have found no difference. This may be due to procedural differences such as the percent correct required for mastery or variations in prompts or target selection. Mastery criteria in previous studies were based on a single target rather than a set of targets. The purpose of the current study is to extend previous research in this area by comparing the effects of continuous and discontinuous measurement by when mastery criteria are based on correct responding across all three targets as a set rather than with individual teaching targets. In the preliminary results, there has been a considerable difference in rate of acquisition in 1 out of 3 participants and almost no difference in 2 of the 3 participants. Levels of maintenance have been variable across all 3 participants. |
|
An Evaluation of Prompting Procedures on Prompt Dependence and Task Mastery |
EMMA GRAUERHOLZ-FISHER (Salve Regina University), Jonathan K Fernand (Aurora University), Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida), Haleh Amanieh (West Virginia University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Horner and Keilitz (1975) demonstrated that individuals with intellectual disabilities could learn a very complex self-care task with targeted training and established the least-to-most prompt sequence as an effective procedure for teaching chained responses. However, Horner and Keilitz considered a step to have been completed with “no help,” and thus differentially reinforced, independent responses and responses that occurred after the general prompt. Because true independent responding was not differentially reinforced, prompt dependence could have emerged at the general prompt. The purpose of this study is to evaluate whether there is a temporal difference between when a subject masters a daily living skill at the general prompt level versus at the independent level and whether prompt dependence at the general prompt can emerge under the reinforcement contingencies used by Horner and Keilitz. Initial results from six children with autism show that a majority of tasks were mastered at the general prompt before the independent level. Of the tasks that were mastered in the general prompt first, the average number of sessions between mastery at the general prompt and mastery at the independent level was 13.50. One subject was found to be prompt dependent at the general prompt for one task. |
|
The Efficacy and Efficiency of Error-Correction: An Examination of Dependent Measures During Instruction |
JESSI REIDY (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (Marquette University), Lauren Debertin (Marquette University), Alyssa P. Scott (Marquette University), Courtney Lyn Meyerhofer (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Various error correction procedures have proven to be effective across individuals when correcting learner errors. However, there are still inconsistent results concerning which error correction procedures lead to more efficacious and efficient acquisition (McGhan and Lerman, 2013). This may be due to the possibility of multiple sources of stimulus control present during error correction trials (Carroll, Joachim, St. Peter, & Robinson, 2015). Literature has shown that overt repeated responses between trials may inhibit learning, as the learner may be rehearsing the target response (Kodak, Campbell, Bergmann, LeBlanc, & Kurtz-Nelson, 2016). To prevent this rehearsal, tasks could be interspersed between trials; however, there is minimal empirical evidence on the efficacy of interspersed tasks between error-correction trials. Therefore, the goal of the current study was to compare the efficacy and efficiency of three commonly-used error correction procedures as compared to a control. Results indicated that the interspersal of either nonverbal, or verbal, tasks between error correction trials led to more efficacious and efficient acquisition for participants across both sets. However, the overt repeated responses and responses given without attending indicated mixed results. Future research could use different verbal operants and further investigate the relationship between overt repeated responses and independent correct responses. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Response to Name in Children With Autism |
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Molly A Barlow (Dartmouth College), Cynthia Dela Rosa (Florida Autism Center), Abigail Petronelli (Florida Institute of Technology), Emma Grauerholz-Fisher (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Response to name (RTN) is an early developmental milestone, deficits in which are associated with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The current study extends previous research on this target behavior by evaluating an abbreviated assessment and treatment model for RTN with thirteen children with ASD. In phase one, a naturalistic social baseline was conducted with all participants. In phase two, a series of treatment conditions involving the use of tangible reinforcement was evaluated with all children for whom RTN did not meet mastery criteria in phase one. In phase three, treatment components were removed, schedules of tangible reinforcement were thinned, and generalization to other people was assessed. Results indicate that tangible reinforcement procedures can produce rapid increases in discriminated response to name, sometimes without the addition of response prompts. The total number of trials to mastery was reduced in the current study relative to previous research. This study also investigates whether baseline patterns of RTN from phase one could be used to predict the treatment that was ultimately necessary in phase two. Results provide preliminary evidence to suggest that using this sort of baseline as a screening to predict treatment effects could further reduce trials to mastery. |
|
|
|
|
|
Emergent Responding: Recent Advances and Future Directions |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Maria Clara Cordeiro (Marquette University) |
Discussant: Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento) |
CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current symposium provides a discussion of research studies aimed at producing generative responding, including evaluations of multiple exemplar training, instructive feedback, and matrix training. The first paper will present a study that compared the efficacy and efficiency of serial multiple exemplar training, concurrent multiple exemplar training, and instructive feedback for producing the generalization of tacts of various stimuli types with individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The second paper will present a study that assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate students during matrix training. The third paper will present a study that taught who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts using matrix training and evaluated the efficacy of matrix training, and evaluated the efficacy of matrix training across two matrices. The fourth paper will present a study that evaluated the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder to label objects and adjectives. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Generative Responding, Instructive Feedback, Matrix Training, Multiple Exemplars |
Target Audience: The target audience is professionals and researchers in behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe a variety of methods for producing generative responding. Attendees will be able to: (1) describe how to use matrix training to produce emergent responding; (2) describe how to use multiple exemplar training to produce emergent responding; (3) describe how to use instructive feedback to produce emergent responding. |
|
Comparing the Efficacy and Efficiency of Tact Training Procedures for Generalization With Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
GABRIELLA RACHAL VAN DEN ELZEN (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Abstract: Programming for generalization is a critical component of applied behavior analysis. Previous research has evaluated several procedures for achieving stimulus generalization in the context of tact training with children with autism spectrum disorder, including serial multiple exemplar training (S-MET), concurrent multiple exemplar training (C-MET), and instructive feedback (IF). Although previous research has compared some or all of these procedures, results have been mixed. In the present study, we used an adapted alternating treatments design to directly compare the efficacy and efficiency of S-MET, C-MET, and IF for producing generalization of tacts of various types of stimuli (e.g., color photographs, black and white outlines, colored drawings) with four males with autism spectrum disorder. For most participants, C-MET led to generalization in the fewest training sessions, followed by IF. These results suggest that S-MET is unlikely to lead to generalization more efficiently than other conditions, but that the ideal training arrangement may be idiosyncratic. |
|
The Effects of Varying Matrix Training Arrangements on Recombinative Generalization |
(Basic Research) |
Rebecca Durham (University of North Texas), Samantha Bergmann (University of North Texas), Karen A. Toussaint (University of North Texas), MARCUS DANIEL STRUM (University of North Texas), Chelsea Christina Elwood (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Recombinative generalization is a stimulus control process that involves responding to novel stimulus combinations, and it can be facilitated through an instructional approach, matrix training. A learner’s history with constituent stimuli and the arrangement of combination stimuli within the instructional matrix may affect the likelihood of recombinative generalization. To investigate this further, the current project assessed recombinative generalization with novel combinations of abstract stimuli by programming specific training histories for undergraduate student participants. The matrix training conditions were: (a) overlap with known (i.e., previously acquired) constituents, (b) overlap with unknown (i.e., not previously acquired) constituents, (c) nonoverlap with known constituents, and (d) nonoverlap with unknown constituents. We evaluated whether and the extent to which recombinative generalization occurred in each matrix training condition in comparison to a condition that included teaching the constituents and providing a word-order rule. Finally, we compared the total training trials to a condition in which we directly trained all constituents and combinations. The results suggested both overlap conditions and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition produced recombinative generalization, and the nonoverlap with known constituents condition was the most efficient. These results could inform the training order and stimulus arrangements practitioners employ to program for recombinative generalization. |
|
Teaching Who, What, and Where Using Matrix Training |
(Applied Research) |
MARIA CLARA CORDEIRO (Marquette University), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University) |
Abstract: Teaching alternating Wh- questions consists of training conditional discriminations under multiple sources of control which may lead to response errors (Sundberg & Sundberg, 2011). The purpose of the current study was to teach who, what, and where intraverbal-tacts in the presence of 2D stimuli. Additionally, we wanted to determine the efficacy of matrix training across two 5x5x5 matrices. Matrix training consists of teaching two or more responses in the presence of a single stimulus comprised of multiple stimulus components (Pauwels, Ahearn, & Cohen, 2015). Two children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) first learned to tact individual components (e.g., “towel” in the presence of a towel on a white background). We then implemented non-overlap training of diagonal 1 from Matrix 1. After training, participant one demonstrated stimulus generalization in Matrix 1 and stimulus generalization to novel stimuli in Matrix 2. The second participant is still in data collection. Results suggest that training who, what, and where in the presence of compound stimuli from one diagonal in one matrix (i.e., 15 intraverbal-tacts) may to lead to intraverbal-tacts across novel stimuli combinations (i.e., recombinative generalization) and in the presence of entirely novel stimuli (i.e., response generalization). |
|
Matrix Training With and Without Instructive Feedback |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXANDRA MARIE CAMPANARO (Caldwell University), Bryan Rickoski (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Danielle L. Gureghian (Garden Academy) |
Abstract: The current study examined the efficacy and efficiency of incorporating the use of instructive feedback within matrix training to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to label common objects and adjectives. The study was conducted in a private school providing educational services to students with ASD based on the principles of applied behavior analysis. We taught one set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix, a second set of responses using an overlapping matrix, and a third set of responses using a non-overlapping matrix along with secondary targets to three individuals with ASD. The results demonstrated that all teaching methods were effective and all trained and untrained responses were acquired. Additionally, results will be discussed across different measures of efficiency, including training sessions and training time to mastery. Our findings will be discussed in light of the extant matrix training and instructive feedback literatures. Additionally, we will provide directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Research Trends, Practical Considerations, and Future Directions in Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Valdeep Saini (Brock University) |
Discussant: Caitlin A. Kirkwood (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health) |
CE Instructor: Caitlin A. Kirkwood, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders (also termed avoidant/restrictive food intake disorders) are characterized by food refusal or extreme food selectivity by type, texture, brand, shape, or color. Some children develop feeding problems due to a medical condition such as reflux or a severe illness. Some have poor oral motor skills and have difficulty chewing and swallowing, which impacts their diet. This symposium will explore issues related to the assessment and treatment of feeding disorders and provide overviews of recent advances in the area of behavioral interventions for children who engage in food refusal, food selectivity, or inappropriate mealtime behavior. Topics such as treating liquid expulsion, interpreting functional assessment results, multidisciplinary approaches to feeding tube dependence, and indices of child happiness and unhappiness during treatment will be explored. This symposium will be suitable for researchers and practitioners alike and will be valuable for those new to the area of pediatric feeding disorders as well as experts in the field. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): feeding disorders |
Target Audience: Beginner |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify the difference between re-presentation and modified chin prompt when treating liquid expulsion; (2) describe reasons for why children become tube dependent; (3) state what ongoing visual inspection is and how it relates to interpreting functional analysis; (4) describe how environmental enrichment affects child happiness during treatment of a feeding disorder. |
|
An Evaluation of Environmental Enrichment on Indices of Happiness and Unhappiness During Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders |
LAURA E PHIPPS (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center), Kathryn M. Peterson (Rutgers University and Children's Specialized Hospital), Cathleen C. Piazza (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Caregivers may discount the clinical benefits of an effective intervention if it does not appear to lead to positive changes in their child’s affective behavior (Dillon & Carr, 2007). Some researchers suggest that when children appear to enjoy teaching procedures, caregivers may be more likely to seek out the treatment for their child and adhere to implementing the procedures (Green et al., 2005; Kazdin, 1980). Escape extinction, an empirically supported intervention for the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders, is often necessary to improve consumption of healthy, targeted foods for children with feeding disorders. However, extinction may occasionally be associated with undesirable side effects (e.g., bursts, increased emotional responding) (Bachmeyer, 2009; Woods & Borrerro, 2019). In the current study, we evaluated the effects of environmental enrichment (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement) combined with escape and attention extinction procedures on treatment effectiveness and behavioral indices of happiness and unhappiness in the treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. We will discuss these findings and address future directions of the study in terms of intervening on child happiness or unhappiness during treatment. |
|
Intensive Multidisciplinary Intervention for Patients With Feeding Tube Dependence: An Electronic Medical Record Review |
ADDAM J WAWRZONEK (The Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine; Michigan State University), William G. Sharp (The Marcus Autism Center), Valerie M. Volkert (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Rashelle Berry (Marcus Autism Center), Kathryn Holman Stubbs (Marcus Institute), Carla Luevano (Marcus Institute), Courtney McCracken (Marcus Institute), Lawrence Scahill (Marcus Institute) |
Abstract: The extant literature on pediatric feeding disorders indicates intensive, multidisciplinary treatment holds benefits for children with severe feeding difficulties, such as patients relying on enteral nutrition (e.g., gastrostomy tube). The most common methodology documenting outcomes for these programs are Nonrandomized Studies (NRS). Although NRS represents a valuable tool for providing insight to intervention, prior research utilizing NRS included potential bias concerning data abstraction. Additionally, there is a lack of standardization across studies regarding uniformity of outcome measures, and description of patient characteristics and treatment protocols. The purpose of the present study was to examine the clinical presentations, intervention characteristics, and treatment outcomes in a sample of children receiving intensive, multidisciplinary intervention for feeding tube dependence. This study followed the Strengthening the Reporting of Observational Studies in Epidemiology (STROBE) criteria to plan the study, guide data abstraction and structure the study’s methodology. We conducted a retrospective electronic medical review to gather outcome data for patients admitted to an intensive day treatment feeding program. The review included 81 individuals dependent on enteral nutrition. We will describe treatment setting and protocols and outcome measures including demographics, anthropometrics, meal-time behaviors, oral/enteral intake and caregiver satisfaction at admission, discharge and follow-up. |
|
|
|
|
|
Culture, Race, and Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Discussant: Shahla Susan Ala'i (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Shahla Susan Ala'i, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will address three questions through four presentations related to race, culture, and behavior analysis. The first presentation will address the question of how preferences for behavior-analytic treatment strategies align across caregivers and providers of different races, and then address the implications misalignments across racial groups might have for best practice. The second and third presentations will conceptually address the question of how behavior analysts can assess for and build multicultural and antiracist education, practice, and research. Examples of an assessment tool for research and recommendations for graduate training programs in behavior analysis will be provided. The final presentation will conceptually address the question of how behavior analysis can be applied to larger cultural and race-based issues by reviewing police use-of-force reform. A discussion of these presentations will follow and focus on how behavior analysts can contribute to improvements in cultural humility and competence. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Culture, Education, Policing, Race |
Target Audience: The target audience for this workshop includes college students, early-career researchers, BACB certificants in-training (e.g., RBTs), behavior analysts (BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds), and behavioral health aides or direct care workers with a working knowledge of the principles of behavior and basic behavior analytic procedures (e.g., antecedent strategies, differential reinforcement, etc.). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify at least one implication misalignments across racial groups might have for best practice; (2) describe one possible tool for assessing cultural sensitivity in behavior analytic research; (3) identify at least one recommendation to promote antiracist and multicultural graduate training programs in behavior analysis; and (4) identify at least one way behavior analysts might improve the assessment and efficacy of police use-of-force reform. |
|
Assessing Correspondence Between Caregiver and Provider Treatment Preference in Alaska |
(Applied Research) |
KRISTIN RIALL (University of Alaska Anchorage), Katelynn Marie Mobley (University of Alaska Anchorage), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Research shows that social validity is a key component of effective behavior analytic treatment and that treatment fidelity is crucial to success. This study expands upon Kawari et al.’s 2017 research on caregiver preferences by conducting a between-groups analysis to determine preferences for behavioral treatments, and how these preferences aligned between BCBAs and Alaska Native and non-indigenous caregivers in Alaska. Participants completed a web-based questionnaire including four scenarios describing problem behavior and selected how they would prefer to respond. Responses were compared across groups to identify potential differences. Results showed discrepancies in treatment preference across groups. These differences could have implications for treatment fidelity in the absence of additional strategies by providers working with Alaska Native caregivers. This research lays the groundwork for community-based research and improved theory centering on the needs of indigenous caregivers in Alaska who support an individual with Autism. |
|
A Look at Using Culturally Responsive Research Practices in the Field of Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
SHERI KINGSDORF (Masaryk University), Karel Pancocha (Masaryk University) |
Abstract: Culturally competent practices are materializing in the clinical work of behavior analysts. This growth may be the result of added components to coursework, continuing education training, and client-focused curricular materials. However, applied behavior analysis (ABA) research has been slower to see these changes. With ABA research guiding the work of new and seasoned practitioners, it is imperative that it strongly reinforces components of cultural responsiveness. Researchers outside the field of ABA, Dr. Bal and Dr. Trainor, have recognized the importance of research demonstrating cultural competence. Resultantly, they developed the Culturally Responsive Research Rubric for evaluating studies. The 15-item rubric is built upon existing tools for assessing research quality, but is not aimed at commonly accepted indicators (e.g., experimental design). Rather, the focus is on a set of culturally responsive criteria (e.g., how culture guided design). To bridge gaps in ABA research and cultural competence, two behavior analysts aim to introduce the rubric, discuss its applicability to the field of ABA, give examples of rubric components that align with the work of behavior analysts, and present a review of the behavioral research on pyramidal parent training through the lens of the rubric. |
|
Towards the Development of Antiracist and Multicultural Graduate Training Programs in Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
Adel Najdowski (Pepperdine University), LUSINEH GHARAPETIAN (Pepperdine University), Victorya Jewett (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Racist policies and inequity are prevalent in society; this includes higher education institutions. Many behavior analytic training programs have been complicit in omitting cultural humility and antiracist ideas in their curricula and institutional practices. As societal demands for allyship and transformational change increase, programs must rise to the challenge and act as agents of change in our clinical, professional, and personal communities. The current paper offers a multitude of strategies for institutions to develop an antiracist and multicultural approach. These recommendations encompass policies that may be promoted on the following levels: (a) organizational infrastructure and leadership, (b) curriculum and pedagogy, (c) research, and (d) with faculty, students, and staff. |
|
A Behavioral Analysis of Two Strategies to Eliminate Racial Bias in Police Use-of-Force |
(Theory) |
ASHLEY MARIE LUGO (Florida Institute of Technology), Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
Abstract: Structural racism is rooted in American social systems that were supposedly designed to promote our right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness. Social systems like policing, for example, are built on a foundation of discriminatory practices designed to disenfranchise Black, Indigenous, and people of color (BIPOC). One of the most recent visible examples of racially-biased policing is the excessive use-of-force by officers toward BIPOC. In response, advocates, policy makers, and researchers have sought solutions. Police use-of-force reforms such as Body-Worn Cameras (BWCs) and Implicit Bias Training (IBT) have become popular and are currently being applied in many police departments across the country. However, evidence supporting the effectiveness of these reform strategies to reduce use-of-force is mixed, and further evaluations are needed to understand why these strategies are purported to be an effective solution. The purpose of the current review is to ignite future empirical evaluations of use-of-force reform. Following a summary of the research conducted to date on BWCs and IBT, we will conclude with a brief discussion of how behavior analysts might improve and foster strategies that are efficacious. |
|
|
|
|
|
Automatic or Undifferentiated Functional Analysis Results for Individuals With Challenging Behavior: Expanding Our Understanding and Effectiveness |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University) |
Discussant: David R Donnelly (In Private Practice) |
CE Instructor: David R Donnelly, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Since first published (Iwata et al., 1982), the process of Functional Analysis (FA) has profoundly changed the process and effectiveness of Applied Behavior Analytical (ABA) treatment for individuals with challenging behaviors. Across ages and diagnoses, ABA has provided empirically validated evidence based treatment for behaviors maintained by attention, escape from demand, or tangibles. Yet in the years that have followed, the identification of automatic (assumed to be sensory) or undifferentiated findings has not kept pace, and this has left Behavior Analysts without a clear approach to treatment. This often results in needing to rely on default technologies that are often controversial, and less effective. In this symposium, we will discuss the potential significance of medical issues on understanding the individual’s idiosyncratic function(s) of behavior; Looking at neuro-biological variables as potential motivating operations in further clarification of the function(s) of behavior; and working toward awareness of environmentally mediated variables informed by fine grained analysis of automatic reinforcement maintaining the behavior. Practical suggestions regarding more effective practice and research to address challenging behavior will be included. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ASD/DD, Biological MOs, Undifferentiated/Automatic FA |
Target Audience: This symposium is intended for intermediate behavior analysts engaged in research and application of applied behavior analysis in treatment of challenging behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: 1) Identify potential biological influences/motivating operations in the assessment and treatment of challenging behavior 2) identify biological measurement associated with anxiety, and evidence of habituation; 3) Demonstrate awareness of the application of Matching Law in the treatment of automatically reinforced behavior |
|
Toward a Biological Analysis of Automatic Functions of Challenging Behavior |
(Theory) |
ELIZABETH ANDRESEN (Autism Learning Partners), David R Donnelly (In Private Practice; Webster University) |
Abstract: The field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has greatly progressed since Iwata and colleagues (1982/1994) established a method to analyze and understand challenging behavior with the standard functional analysis (FA). However, behavior analysts continue to face difficulty when analyzing and treating complex behaviors; particularly self-injurious behavior (SIB) maintained by automatic reinforcement. Automatic reinforcement as we know it is defined by the absence of social reinforcement; however, does this really indicate full understanding? Recent data suggest that treatment for automatic reinforcement, especially when indicated by an undifferentiated FA pattern, is significantly less effective than treatments for socially mediated behaviors (Hagopian, Rooker, & Zarcone, 2015). Additionally, despite a significant literature base supporting biological components of these complex behaviors, little research has been done in this area since the late 20th century, and little has been incorporated into functional analysis methodologies. This presentation will serve as a critical review of the literature analyzing behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement, indicated through functional analysis, citing data from behavior analytic and neurobiological journals. All in all, this presentation will strongly suggest a synthesis of biological and environmental variables when analyzing behavior to promote the most effective treatment. |
|
Automatic Reinforcement and Anxiety: Measuring Physiological Responses |
(Applied Research) |
SHAWN E. HAPPE (Harmony Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: Nearly 40% of individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) have at least one comorbid anxiety disorder (van Steensel, 2011). Behaviors associated with anxiety have shown greater differences in heart rate range (Chock & Koesler, 2013). Additionally, some individuals with ASD manifest hyper- or hypo-reactivity to sensory input (Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition [DSM-V], 2013). Due to this, physiological measures that require contact with the skin may present problems for individuals with atypical responses to tactile stimulation. In order to address this concern, a habituation protocol was used to assess participants’ tolerance to wearing a vest for the collection of physiological measures. Specifically, a repeated presentation procedure was conducted to decrease possible sensitivity to a vest (Thompson & Spencer, 1966). The results indicated that all six participants in this study successfully completed the habituation protocol and none required a lengthy fade in protocol for wearing the vest. Based on these results, apparatus using these types of physiological measures are feasible for conducting research. These findings should encourage other researchers interested in assessing physiological responses in individuals with possible sensory sensitivities. |
|
Physiological Measures and Matching Treatment: Examining the Relationship Between Physiological Responses and Challenging Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
NANCY I. SALINAS (Harmony Behavioral Health) |
Abstract: The diagnostic severity of ASD is partly based on restrictive and repetitive patterns of behaviors, interests, and activities (APA, 2013). Automatic reinforcement function accounts for 16.9% of restrictive and repetitive behaviors and 25% of self-injurious behaviors (SIB) based on functional analyses (Beavers, Iwata, and Lerman, 2013; Hagopian, 2015). The types of behaviors within this category include 1) stereotyped or restrictive motor movements or vocalizations, 2) insistence in sameness, inflexibilities with routines, ritualized vocal or non-vocal behavior, 3) highly restricted/fixated interests, and 4) hyper-/hypo- reactivity to sensory factors (APA, 2013; CDC, 2013). Due to the nature of automatically reinforced behaviors, it is recommended that physiological assessments be used to determine relationships between physiological events and behavior (Romanczyk and Gillis, 2006). Tools that are sensitive to biological activity may help to discern sources of automatic reinforcement. The current investigation is a continuation of the utilization of functional analysis, treatment analysis, and physiological measures to investigate the role that positive and negative automatic reinforcement play in the treatment of problem behaviors. The results show an association between non-socially mediated behaviors and physiological events and adds to the empirical basis for differentiating operant psychology principles for operant and respondent conditioning. |
|
Rethinking Automatic Reinforcement: Matching Law Contribution to Developing Effective Treatment |
(Theory) |
ZHICHUN ZHOU (Webster University) |
Abstract: The lack of immediate external socially-mediated consequences has led people to use cognitive structures or other mental processes in explaining complex behavior (e.g., self-injurious behavior, pica, rumination) observed in clinics, schools and/or homes. But how can behavior analysts not be compelled to accept hypothetical constructs as explanations? B.F. Skinner’s extensive use of automatic reinforcement and the perplexing undifferentiated result derived from functional analysis (FA) have provided good enough justifications for us to take a closer look at the concept of automatic reinforcement. Indeed, the concept of automatic reinforcement can provide us a parsimonious explanation to complex behavior. The current presentation discusses the parsimony featured in automatic reinforcement from an angle that has not yet been explored in the field of applied behavior analysis. That is, the matching law. More specifically, the presentation provides a nuanced understanding of the concept of matching law and explores how it can be integrated to the development of interventions for behavior that is maintained by automatic reinforcement. The presentation further examines how to program the schedule of socially-mediated reinforcement to compete and wane the effects of the schedule of automatic reinforcement produced by certain behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Extending the Renewal Literature Through Basic and Translational Research |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Madeleine Keevy (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Children's Specialized Hospital - Rutgers University Center for Autism Research, Education, and Services) |
Discussant: Michael Kelley (University of Scranton) |
CE Instructor: Madeleine Keevy, M.S. |
Abstract: Although behavior-analytic treatments are often effective in achieving initial reductions in a target behavior, target behavior may relapse due to changes in reinforcement or stimulus conditions. Renewal occurs when changes in the stimulus context following treatment produce relapse of extinguished behavior. Researchers typically examine renewal using a three-phase arrangement. After reinforcement of target behavior in Context A followed by extinction in Context B, the organism transitions to Context A (ABA renewal) or a new context (ABC renewal), and extinction continues. This symposium presents four basic and translational renewal studies that demonstrate the varied applications of the renewal paradigm. Our first presenter will present a study conducted with rats that compared ABA renewal after extinction or omission training in Phase B. The second presenter will describe two studies conducted with rats: the first using an ABC renewal preparation, and the second examining the effects of discriminative training on ABC renewal. The third presentation details a series of translational studies modeling renewal of problem behavior in dual-language homes and by multilingual individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. The final presenter will speak about a translational renewal study conducted in an analog organizational setting. |
Target Audience: Researchers interested in the experimental analysis of behavior, translational research, and relapse research will be an appropriate target audience. Practitioners interested in understanding the behavioral mechanisms of relapse of undesirable behavior may also be appropriate. |
|
ABA Renewal After Response Elimination With an Extinction or an Omission Contingency |
CATALINA REY (University of Vermont), Eric A. Thrailkill (University of Vermont), Kate Goldberg (University of Vermont), Mark E. Bouton (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: Insights from extinction research have been useful to researchers and clinicians in the domain of applied behavior analysis. Behavioral treatments are effective for producing initial reductions in problem behavior; however, relapse after treatment is common and a major barrier to treatment efficacy. It is possible that relapse might be influenced by the specific response elimination technique and that different treatments for problem behavior might be differentially susceptible to relapse. The present study compared ABA renewal after responding was eliminated by extinction or omission training in rats. In this experiment, lever pressing was reinforced with food pellets in Context A and then eliminated with either extinction or omission training in Context B. The response was then tested in Contexts A and B in either the presence or absence of free food pellets delivered on a random time schedule. All rats showed higher responding when tested in Context A than Context B, and there was little evidence that omission training attenuated this ABA renewal effect. Also, noncontingent pellets increased responding after extinction but not after omission training. The results provide new information about factors creating relapse after omission training. |
|
Context-Discrimination Training During Treatment May Reduce ABC Renewal |
WILLIAM SULLIVAN (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kaitlyn Browning (Utah State University), Nicole DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Craig, Sullivan, and Roane (2019) showed that intermittently re-exposing rats to reinforcement for lever pressing in a training (A) context while eliminating lever pressing in a second (B) context increased ABA renewal of lever pressing relative to rats that experienced only Context B during response elimination. Experiment 1 replicated their procedure while assessing renewal in the presence of a novel context (i.e., ABC renewal). Unlike in Craig and colleagues’ experiment, renewal was reduced in the group that experienced re-exposure to Context A during lever-press elimination relative to rats that experienced only Context B. In Experiment 2, rats pressed levers in a two-component multiple schedule. For one group, reinforcement was delivered at the same rate in both components. For the other, lever pressing was reinforced in one component but not in the other. Overall reinforcer rates were controlled between groups. In a test where a novel discriminative context was introduced under extinction, rats in the group that experienced discriminative training lever pressed less than rats that experienced non-discriminative training. Together, data from both experiments suggest discriminative training reduces the probability that organisms will respond in novel contexts. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple Languages on Renewal of Responding |
FABIOLA VARGAS LONDONO (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Ashley Bagwell (The University of Texas at Austin), Andrea Ramirez-Cristoforo (The University of Texas at Austin), Monique Barnett (The University of Texas at Austin), Travis Wong (The University of Texas at Austin), Henry S. Roane (Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Renewal is a type of relapse that involves the recurrence of responding during changes in stimulus context. Renewal is typically characterized by a sequence of phases in which baseline reinforcement of responding is following by conditions in which responding is eliminated. Renewal in the form of recurrence of responding can occur when changes in stimulus context occur while response-elimination contingencies remain unchanged. Neely et al. (2019) demonstrated that language can impact the recurrence of problem behavior in the form of resurgence. We will present the results of an experiment in which we focused on the effects of language as stimulus context on the recurrence of responding in the form of renewal. Specifically, we will present data from a series of translational experimental preparations including arrangements with (a) non-clinical responses with non-clinical multilingual individuals that served as analogues to clinical situations in which there may be a risk of renewal of problem behavior in dual-language homes and (b) renewal of non-clinical responses exhibited by multilingual individuals with autism and other developmental disabilities. Results will be discussed both in terms of potential clinical implications as well as possible future directions in translational and applied research contexts. |
|
Operant Renewal of Desirable Behavior in a Simulated Workplace: A Translational Model |
MATTHEW NOVAK (University of Kansas), Abigail Blackman (University of Kansas), Tyler Erath (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Relapse may be a particularly relevant framework for understanding the ways in which stimuli influence employee responding, given that organizational settings are replete with changing stimulus contexts and contingencies. The purpose of this use-inspired basic study was to develop a translational model to evaluate workplace contexts within a renewal framework that focused on the renewal of desirable employee behavior. Adults without a diagnosiscompleted a computerized check processing task in a simulated workplace environment in which color-correlated stimuli served as contextual changes across phases. Findings demonstrated renewal of desirable behavior across all six participants. The current study and its findings extend the human operant literature on renewal by demonstrating one type of translational model that may bring together operant renewal and organizational behavior management. Implications of these findings as they apply to performance management of staff and future research will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Adaptations of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction to Online and Other Alternative Learning Environments |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Wertalik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Due to the Covid-19 pandemic, Morningside Academy and colleagues who implement the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction have been forced to adapt their practices to unique learning environments, including fully online, remote instruction and live instruction in student living quarters at a residential special education school. First, Morningside teacher Nicole Erickson will describe the process of assessment, selection, and subsequent instruction of learning, organization, and technology skills necessary for students to learn reading, writing, and math in an online environment. Second, Morningside teacher Hannah Jenkins will describe how mathetics-based instruction facilitates meaningful active student responding during online learning. Then, Judge Rotenberg Center Special Education Director Justin Halton will describe how MMGI was adapted to deliver instruction in the living and dining rooms of on campus student residences. Finally, Georgia Southern University - Armstrong professor Dr. Andrew Bulla will present best practices in instructional design strategies for teaching behavior analysis to college students preparing for the BCaBA exam. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Basic Skills, Instruction, Online-learning |
Target Audience: The audience should be aware of basic principles of behavioral education, and be familiar with terms such as fluency, Precision Teaching, and direct instruction. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define three behaviors categorized as learning skills.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to discriminate instances of meaningful active student responding from instances of active student responding that are not meaningful.
At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe how one effective instructional strategy can be modified to online learning platforms. |
|
Assessing and Teaching Learning Skills in Online Environments With the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction |
(Service Delivery) |
NICOLE ERICKSON (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: A central component of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction is teaching students specific repertoires, called “learning skills”, that allow them to more effective and more confident learners in the classroom. Online learning created many challenges for teachers and students, particularly in the area of learning skills instruction. Morningside teachers had to assess, then teach, not only the specific skills needed to effectively learn in the remote setting, but also those that would be necessary for in-person setting. This presentation will focus on that assessment, instruction, and measurement process. With the students working at home, amidst several distractions, online learning created a unique opportunity to teach the students to advocate for themselves and to take control of their own learning. To develop these independent learning repertoires, students were taught to identify when they were confused, what part of the instruction confused them, and how to ask specific questions to get the information necessary to be successful. Students were then coached to track these behaviors using Morningside’s Daily Support Card and the Standard Celeration Chart, to set goals to decrease the amount of time between activities and the number of prompts given in each instructional period. |
|
Creating Meaningful Student Responding, Errorless Learning, and Immediate Feedback With Generative Instruction in Online Environments |
(Service Delivery) |
HANNAH JENKINS (Morningside Academy), Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: As the world of remote learning unfolds, old habits and patterns must be adjusted for technological advances. Markle describes good instructional design as having meaningful active responding, errorless learning, and immediate feedback. Donald Cook observed, “...the principles of active response and low error rate were widely cited, but they were often misunderstood and misapplied.” Often overlooked is the word meaningful; being active is not enough. Responding that is a function of prompting, copying, or echoing, are all active, yet all should be avoided when teaching cognitive tasks. When Morningside Academy moved to online learning, faculty had to stay true to the model. The author will provide examples of response requests that require active responding, how a mathetics approach limits errors and facilitates an error analysis, and new ways to to provide immediate feedback. |
|
High Rate Responding and Academic Performance With Morningside’s Generative Instruction Model During a Pandemic |
(Service Delivery) |
JUSTIN HALTON (Judge Rotenberg Center) |
Abstract: Learning at the Judge Rotenberg Center shifted from the school buildings to individual residences. Dining rooms and living areas became classrooms and teachers were tasked with instructing a new group of students organized by residential assignment to accommodate the school health and safety plan. High rate responding activities during ELA instruction occurred at the school daily before moving to in-person instruction from the residences. From March-June, students continued to engage in high rate responding activities during ELA instruction, from their residence opposed to the structure of the classroom. This presentation aims to share data from one classroom/residential group of students diagnosed with severe disabilities and between the ages of 15-19, before, during, and after initial pandemic response adaptations to learning environments within the Judge Rotenberg Center. This Presentation will also detail steps taken to deliver in-person instruction from the residential environment. Data presented was collected using the IReady Assessment tool for both Reading and Math for each student. |
|
Applying Instructional Design Principles and Evidence-Based Teaching Strategies to the Online Classroom |
(Service Delivery) |
JENNIFER WERTALIK (Georgia Southern University), Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis offers a variety of instructional technologies to teach all types of students a variety of skills. Many college-level instructors have incorporated behavior analytic techniques to the college classroom successfully to improve learning outcomes across subject areas. While there are a plethora of data available on the effectiveness of these techniques in face-to-face classroom, several issues arise regarding the practicality of these techniques in an online classroom. The current presentation highlights the literature on instructional design and evidence-based instructional strategies as it applies to virtual learning. Additionally, the presenters offer practical recommendations with associated examples on how to extend additional strategies to meet the demand of virtual learning. |
|
|
|
|
|
International Task Force on Education in Behavior Science and Application |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D. |
Panelists: JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International), SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), KANAKO OTSUI (Kindai University), INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
Abstract: The ABAI International Task Force on Education was formed in 2020. It includes representatives from ten countries. The goal of the task force is to develop a model of education that can meet the needs of constituents around the world. The task force generated a model of education that has been reviewed and supported by the ABAI Accreditation and VCS Boards, and the ABAI Executive Council. Constituents from India, Japan, and Norway will provide an update on the on the task force’s progress. We welcome attendance of all those interested in this effort. |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India) |
KANAKO OTSUI (Kindai University) |
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet) |
|
|
|
|
|
Caregiver Training: An Integral Component of Behavior-Analytic Service Delivery |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
CE Instructor: William Sullivan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In order for behavior-analytic treatments to be maximally effective, caregiver training (e.g., parents, teachers) is necessary. This symposium will describe four studies examining methods for assessing variables related to poor caregiver performance and strategies for training caregivers to implement behavioral interventions. The first study describes an evaluation of the psychometric properties of the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services, designed to assess the environmental determinants of poor staff performance. The second study will present data examining the utility of a self-instructional manual for training special-education teachers and graduate students in behavior analysis to select appropriate prompting strategies. The third presentation describes a study evaluating methods for training staff to implement task analyses with high levels of fidelity. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a randomized controlled trial assessing the effects of a manualized parent-training program targeting high-frequency challenging behaviors displayed by children with autism spectrum disorder. Training caregivers to become effective treatment agents is an integral part of behavior-analytic service delivery and each presentation will provide thoughtful insights on the topic. To end, the discussant will review the collective findings and provide directions for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, staff training, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in caregiver training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the clinical and social significance of caregiver training; (2) describe environmental variables related poor staff performance; (3) summarize at least one research-based strategy for training caregivers. |
|
Further Evaluation of the Reliability and Validity of a Staff Performance Assessment Tool |
(Applied Research) |
Daniel J Cymbal (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachel Thomas (Florida Institute of Technology), HALLIE MARIE ERTEL (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have recently developed informant-based tools to assess the variables responsible for poor staff performance. One such tool, the Performance Diagnostic Checklist-Human Services (PDC-HS), has been shown to be useful. However, empirical evaluation of the tool’s reliability and validity has been limited. Wilder, Lipschultz, Gehrman, Ertel, & Hodges (2019) found that the PDC-HS was largely valid and reliable when participants scored assessment-based videos depicting a staff performance problem. However, one limitation of this study was the degree to which the staff performance problem depicted in the video accurately represented the complexity of real-world staff problems. The present study extends Wilder et al., utilizing the same experimental framework but with performance problem scripts drawn from actual answers given by supervisors in the field. We collected data from 21 staff participants at varying levels of education and experience working at behavior-analytic therapy sites. Each participant scored three different videos with varying performance problems twice, and these responses provided the basis for calculations of validity, interrater reliability and test-retest reliability. Results suggest that the tool was generally valid and reliable, but differences between the results of Wilder et al. and the current study are apparent. Recommendations for future research are provided. |
|
Development and Evaluation of a Decision-Making Tool for Evaluating and Selecting Prompting Strategies |
(Applied Research) |
LANDON COWAN (Marquette University), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), KALLY M LUCK (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Amber Prell (University of Houston- Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: An extensive literature has demonstrated the successful application of various response prompts and prompt-fading procedures for teaching students with developmental and intellectual disabilities. However, few practical resources exist to guide special-education teachers and clinicians in the evaluation and selection of a prompting strategy for a given student and a targeted skill. Across three experiments, we used a multiple baseline across participants design to develop and evaluate the efficacy of a self-instructional manual to train 11 special-education teachers and 8 graduate students to evaluate and select appropriate prompting strategies to use with students across a variety of skills. The graduate students also implemented their selected prompting strategy in brief teaching sessions. Results indicated that the self-instructional manual was effective for improving their evaluation, selection, and implementation of appropriate prompting strategies. Social validity data collected from all participants suggested that they found the manual helpful. Results contribute to the literature on the development of decision-making tools to guide teachers and clinicians in the selection of interventions to use with their students. |
|
Increasing and Maintaining Procedural Integrity Using a Brief Video Model |
(Applied Research) |
BRANDI TODARO (Western New England University), William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children) |
Abstract: Treatment integrity is an important variable in delivering effective ABA services. Common components of caregiver training include didactic instruction, video modeling, and role play. Mueller et al. (2003) conducted a study in which different training packages were used to train parents to implement feeding protocols. They suggest that little research has been conducted with people who are naïve to the field. The current study sought to examine ways of effectively training new staff to implement a task analysis with a high degree of treatment integrity. Participants were recruited among new hires to the New England Center for Children. A multiple baseline design across a dyad of teachers was used to examine the effects of implementing two types of training procedures, didactic instruction and video modeling. One training procedure was implemented for six training sessions and then the other for an additional six training sessions. Data have been collected for a total of four dyads. Both methods improved integrity and exposure to a second training method further improved integrity. Interobserver agreement data were collected on treatment integrity in a minimum of 33% of each condition and total agreement averaged above 85%. |
|
Developing a Behavioral Parent-Training Program Specific to High-Frequency Maladaptive Behaviors in Autism Spectrum Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
EMILY L. BAXTER (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Avery Albert (Syracuse University), Nicole M. DeRosa (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kevin Antshel (Syracuse University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: Manualized parent-training protocols (e.g., the Incredible Years) are available to parents whose children engage in problematic behaviors. These protocols typically utilize an eclectic range of therapeutic strategies. To date, however, there has not been a manualized parent-training protocol that exclusively utilizes behavior analytic-based techniques to address problematic behaviors common among children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). We examined the efficacy of a 6-week, focused parent training intervention across 38 parents of children with ASD. Parents were randomized into either a behavioral parent training or an active control intervention. A variety of outcome measures were used to examine the effects of the intervention at baseline, the conclusion of treatment, and at a 6-month follow-up. The primary outcome measure was the Clinical Global Impression-Improvement (CGI-I) scale administered by an Independent Evaluator (IE) who was unaware of treatment assignment. The CGI-I scale score reflected the IE’s assessment of overall improvement from baseline to endpoint. Differences in improvement were found between groups. In the control group, 22.2% of families improved significantly, compared to the treatment group, of which 62% of families improved significantly. Results will be discussed in relation to other manualized parent-training protocols, and directions for future research will be presented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities / Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Tanya Hough (PENDING) |
CE Instructor: Tanya Hough, M.S. |
|
Evaluation of Residential Services for Older Adults With Intellectual Disabilities/Developmental Disabilities Residing in the Community |
Domain: Service Delivery |
TANYA HOUGH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
|
Abstract: People with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities in the United States are living longer in recent decades. People 65 and older are in better health than previous decades due to more awareness of the beneficial effects of a healthy diet, preventative medical care, and physical exercise. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities are living longer as well. However, this presents challenges in meeting the needs of this population. This paper details the results of a survey developed to assess several areas of services, including social engagement, health-related services, group home environment, and staff training and development, were evaluated to identify areas in need of improvement. Participants consisted of 95 direct care staff working for a not-for-profit agency providing residential services to adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities. The results of the survey indicate that need for improving social engagement opportunities for older adults residing in the community and more training on working with older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities for direct care staff in a residential setting. The goal of the current study was to examine residential services through the eyes of direct care staff to see if the increasing needs of older adults with intellectual disabilities/developmental disabilities are being met. |
|
Target Audience: Target audience is intermediate, including junior BCBAs working within the first 5 years of their certifications and practitioners and/or supervisors working with older adults with ASD/ID/DD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use assessment to evaluate the effectiveness and quality of their services provided to older adults with ASD/ID/DD; (2) use assessment to identify areas in their organization that need to be address to enhance the quality of services provided to older adults with ASD/ID/DD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis Was Never Clear About "Slope" in Graphed Data |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Chad Kinney (Florida Tech) |
CE Instructor: Chad Kinney, Ph.D. |
|
Behavior Analysis Was Never Clear About "Slope" in Graphed Data |
Domain: Applied Research |
CHAD KINNEY (Florida Tech) |
|
Abstract: Behavior analysts (and mathematicians alike) have struggled with accurate and reliable quantification of geometric slope on non-homogenous and non-standard graphs. Virtually all graphs in behavior analysis are non-homogenous (i.e., scale values/distances are unequal between axes), and most are non-standard. However, this presentation does NOT advocate increased use of standard displays. Instead, newly discovered mathematical equations will demonstrate that a standard semi-log display is no longer necessary to quickly achieve reliable and accurate quantification of geometric slope—even if data are plotted across various custom-made non-standard graphs with linear axes. This presentation will demonstrate how the new equations clarify the relation between algebraic and geometric slope, and reveal applications that will be used to improve interrater agreement of visual inspection (and more) in the future. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees should have basic understanding of algebraic slope, angles of inclination, and ratios. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe the difference between algebraic and geometric slope, and (2) describe how altering the new equation of graphic induced variability (i.e., the Graphic Variability Quotient [GVQ]) measurably alters the appearance of slope and variability on any time-series graph. |
|
|
|
|
|
Some Extensions and Additions to Video Modeling Practices: Advances in Intervention and Training |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Christopher M. Rosado (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Christopher M. Rosado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Video modeling has been used widely in behavior analysis. The literature has cited its use as a consumer teaching procedure (e.g., teaching children with Autisms perspective-taking skills, play skills, etc), as well as a method of staff training (e.g., preference assessments, functional analysis, discrete trial training). Video models afford learners access to a well-produced model, which may increase the over quality of the model, as well as provide opportunities to display and highlight specific features of the modeled behavior. This symposium will discuss several applied studies that attempt to extend the current literature. The reviewed studies will discuss advances in digital technology for the delivery of video models, and conceptual extensions of commonly used procedures which may provide clarity on best practices. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Behavior Analyst, Licensed Psychologist, Graduate Students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how video models can increase the likelihood of response acquisition during staff training; (2) describe at least three technological advancements pertaining to the use of video models in treatment and training; (3) Describe at least two methods of using video models during the treatment of individuals with Autism. |
|
The Effectiveness of Behavior Skills Training and Multiple Video Exemplar Training in Teaching Children With Autism to Identify Interested and Disinterested Behavior of a Listener |
BRANDON GANN (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Teresa Cardon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: A concurrent multiple baseline design, across participants, was implemented to investigate the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on the identification of interest and disinterest of a conversational listener. In addition to BST, pre-recorded video exemplars were created and used to model the target behaviors in tandem with lag reinforcement schedules. During baseline, all participants were shown three video-exemplars with no feedback. The mean accuracy score for all participants during baseline was 12.2%. During the training condition, BST, multiple-video exemplar training and lag reinforcement was used to teach participants how to identify if a conversational listener is either interested or disinterested in what the speaker is saying. All participants researched a 100% mastery criterion with an average maintenance criterion of 98.7%. From baseline to training, all participants had a non-overlapping data score of 96.7%, acquiring the skills needed to identify the interest and disinterest of a conversational listener. Additionally, all participants generalized skills with family and friends’ post-study, with all families observing participants attempts to re-engage the disinterested conversational partner. |
|
The Use of Immersive Video Modeling as a Method of Staff Training in Therapeutic Staff |
CHRISTOPHER M. ROSADO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Dorothy Xuan Zhang (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jack Spear (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: High procedural integrity is essential for the implementation of behavior analytic procedures. Procedural integrity can vary across staff; however, evidence-based training procedures can increase the likelihood interventions are implemented in the manner they were designed. Despite the availability of evidence-based training procedures, organizations continue to rely on didactic based trainings. This may be because many training procedures require a trainer to provide feedback. Video modeling is a training procedure that can be used without the use of performance feedback. The literature is mixed regarding the success of video model trainings without the use of feedback. Therefore, the purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of a video model training procedure, in which participants viewed content through a head mounted device to eliminate the need for performance feedback. The data for three participants were evaluated using a multiple-probe design across target skills. By the end of intervention, all participants met mastery criteria for each target behavior without the need of performance feedback. One participant required video models with voiceover instructions to master each target skill. Two participants met mastery criteria for a portion of targets skills with video models alone. The results of this study suggest that video models delivered through a head-mounted device, also known as immersive video modeling, can train direct care staff in common behavior analytic procedures without the need for performance feedback. |
|
Analysis of Live-Modeling Without Prompting and Video-Modeling Without Prompts for Teaching Imitation to Children With Autism |
TRACY CAPOTE-SANCHEZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Teresa Cardon (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Previous studies indicate that video-modeling is a more effective intervention method to teach children on the autism spectrum how to imitate actions or activities. However, McDowell, Gutierrez, and Bennett (2015) conducted an alternating treatment design in which they compared live-modeling with prompts to video-modeling without prompts and found that live-modeling was a more effective intervention method. The purpose of the current study was to compare whether video-modeling without prompts and live-modeling without prompts is a more effective intervention for increasing imitation in children diagnosed with autism. The results were inconclusive, however the results of one participant suggest that video-modeling without prompts is a more effective intervention treatment for children on the autism spectrum with some prerequisite imitative skills. Implications related to this finding are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in Applying Behavioral Skills Training in Contemporary Services |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sarah Davis (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Lindsay Maffei-Almodovar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Today, training staff and family members takes place in many different service contexts outside of the university-based laboratory or demonstration project. Although Behavioral Skills Training is a well established evidence-based practice for caregivers in autism and developmental disabilities services, we still need more demonstrations from the field of applications and related issues. This symposium will illustrate those issues with three empirical papers. The first illustrates the application of telehealth. The second addresses organizational issues in ABA organizations. The second addresses large-scale application of behavioral skills training over several years. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Caregiver training, Staff turnover, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Audience members should have basic graduate level skills and knowledge in behavior analysis, such as knowledge of staff training methods, evidence-based practices, basic teaching strategies and behavior analytic concepts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Describe the use of telehealth methods to train parents to teach adaptive behavior skills to older children and adolescents with autism;
(2) Describe factors, including independent variables that could be manipulated to influence staff turn over; and (3) Describe the strategies used to implement large scale application of behavioral skills training over extended periods of time. |
|
Parent-Implemented Behavior Interventions via Telehealth for Older Children and Adolescents |
(Applied Research) |
CHRISTINE DREW (Auburn University), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: This study used independent ABAB withdrawal designs to determine whether BPT increased parent fidelity of implementation of function-based intervention which then resulted in decreasing rates of child challenging behavior while increasing rates of appropriate replacement behavior. Four participants aged 8-17 were included in the study with their parents serving as interventionists. The routines of concern were mealtime, toothbrushing, and room cleaning with various topographies of challenging behavior impacting the quality of these family routines. Each parent achieved high treatment fidelity with one session of BPT and bug-in-ear coaching. Three participants had an immediate decrease in challenging behavior upon the introduction of the intervention. Three participants showed reliable reversals to their challenging behavior with the withdrawal of the intervention and corresponding decreases in challenging behavior when the intervention was reintroduced. All parents reported high acceptability, ease of use, and contextual fit pre- and post-intervention. Results and implications for practice and future research were discussed. |
|
An Examination of Variables That Predict Turnover, Staff and Caregiver Satisfaction in Behavior-Analytic Organizations |
(Applied Research) |
DANIEL J CYMBAL (Florida Tech), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Gary Burns (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Staff turnover can pose a significant problem for human service organizations. For Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) service providers, turnover may be particularly problematic due to the resources required for training. Accreditation organizations such as the Behavioral Health Center for Excellence® (BHCOE®) collect large amounts of organizational data that can point to trends in ABA organizations and provide a basis for problem identification and intervention. In this study, we evaluated BHCOE® data to examine potential predictors of staff turnover as well as staff and caregiver satisfaction in ABA organizations. Results of multiple regression analyses suggest that high rates of turnover among job classes (i.e., technicians and supervisors) correlate with each other’s turnover. Behavior Technicians are also more likely to turnover when wages are lower and caregiver satisfaction wanes. Staff satisfaction was not a significant turnover predictor but was generally predicted by caregiver satisfaction. These findings suggest that turnover and satisfaction are multi-faceted processes worthy of examination; we provide broad recommendations for improvement and avenues for further study. |
|
Pyramidal Behavioral Skills Training, Productivity Monitoring, Goal Setting, Feedback and Teacher Incentives Across Three Schools: Six Years of Data |
(Service Delivery) |
LINDSAY MAFFEI-ALMODOVAR (Quality Services for the Autism Community (QSAC)), Cynthia E. Martinez (Quality Services for the Autism Community), Lillian Rothmaler (QSAC), Peter Sturmey (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York) |
Abstract: Adequate training productivity is an important goal for schools serving students with autism due to frequent staff turnover and a need for newly hired staff to implement behavior analytic protocols correctly soon after being hired. The presenting author monitored the weekly and cumulative number of behavior analytic skills trained to staff by clinical coordinators and classroom teachers across three schools over six years. Weekly permanent product counts before and after the implementation of pyramidal behavioral skills training, public posting, goal setting and feedback, and teacher incentives indicated that these practices may have contributed to an increased proportion of weekly training completed by teachers over time and increased overall training productivity from year to year. Variables including staff and trainer turnover, staffing additions and shortages, differing numbers of students and behavioral support needs in classrooms, and new or different job responsibilities assigned to clinical coordinators or teachers made training productivity an important aspect of service delivery to monitor, but also interfered with isolating responsible factors when increased productivity occurred. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Emirates College for Advanced Education ) |
CE Instructor: Sarah C. Mead Jasperse, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Different variations of functional analyses have been evaluated in the literature to identify the variables that maintain challenging behavior in order to guide treatment development. In this symposium, presenters will offer recent research on the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior in individuals with autism or developmental disabilities. The presentations will be on the use of noncontingent reinforcement as a treatment for severe automatically maintained self-injury, the use of a latency-based functional analysis to assess and develop a function-based treatment for elopement, and the assessment of problem behavior when consequences are delivered for the emission of appropriate requests as well as challenging behavior during functional analyses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, functional assessment |
Target Audience: intermediate - some experience on the assessment and treatment of problem behavior |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn how latency functional analyses may be used to assess elopement and identify a function-based treatment
2. Participants will learn how noncontingent reinforcement may be used as a treatment for automatically maintained problem behavior
3. Participants will learn how placing contingencies on appropriate and inappropriate behavior may be used to identify the function of problem behavior using functional analyses. |
|
Some Effects of Noncontingent Delivery of Competing Stimuli on Automatically Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior and Compliance With Mastered Tasks |
MATTHEW LEAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Laura Wilcke (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Automatically reinforced problem behavior may be difficult to treat due to practitioners’ inability to manipulate the establishing operations or functional reinforcers. Noncontingent reinforcement is one of the common interventions used to treat automatically maintained self-injury because the noncontingent delivery of the stimuli competes with engaging in the problem behavior. Although this intervention is effective, it might be difficult to implement in settings in which individuals are expected to engage in functional activities (e.g., schoolwork, daily living tasks) without engaging in problem behavior. Thus, the purpose of this study was to further evaluate the effects of noncontingent delivery of competing stimuli on automatically maintained self-injury and compliance for mastered tasks. Two children with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe self-injurious behavior participated in this study. |
|
Assessment and Function-Based Treatment of Elopement in Children With Autism |
MARISSA E. KAMLOWSKY (University of Kansas), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ansley Catherine Hodges (Nemours Children's Hospital & Florida Institute of Technology), Hallie Marie Ertel (Florida Institute of Technology), Laurel Esther Domino (Florida Institute of Technology), Natalia Colon (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Elopement is a dangerous behavior exhibited by some individuals with autism, and accurately identifying the function of elopement is important to develop successful treatments. Functional analyses for elopement have been developed to mimic contingencies appearing in the natural environment; however, some of these analyses are limited by the required retrieval component. The current study replicated previous research which used a latency-based functional analysis that eliminates the retrieval component in order to safely and more precisely identify the function of elopement. In addition, we extended previous latency-based research by evaluating a treatment to reduce elopement. Specifically, we evaluated latency-based functional analyses to assess elopement exhibited by three children with autism. We then implemented function-based treatment packages for both children. Results showed that the treatment packages were effective to reduce elopement. |
|
An Evaluation of a Functional Analysis for Appropriate Behavior |
Heather Hancock (Aurora University; Little City Foundation), SARAH C. MEAD JASPERSE (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Caritina Cervantes (Aurora University; Little City Foundation), Maria Vander Pluym (Little City Foundation), Arlette Ramos (Aurora University; Little City Foundation) |
Abstract: To some degree, standard function-based intervention model in behavioral assessment is based on the assumption that there is a skill deficit and the client should be the focus of the intervention. An alternative explanation exists that challenging behavior could be occurring because caregivers are not responding to appropriate requests. Three adolescent males diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and a history of engaging in challenging behavior participated. With each participant, a functional analysis (FA) was conducted, but consequences were delivered for the emission of appropriate requests as well as challenging behavior. For two participants, challenging behavior did not occur and appropriate requests occurred more in one of the test conditions relative to the others. For the third participant, appropriate requests rarely occurred and challenging behavior occurred more often in two of the test conditions relative to the others. The results tentatively suggest that FA methodology could be modified to assess the existence of appropriate requests in an individual’s repertoire prior to moving to the intervention phase, which could inform the selection of the most appropriate intervention target. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Road Less Traveled: Revolutionizing Applied Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Samantha Fuesy (Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC (ATBx)) |
CE Instructor: Samantha Fuesy, M.A. |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) has historically been implemented and carried out most commonly in clinical settings with adults and children diagnosed with autism and developmental disabilities. Within recent years, the field of ABA has been disseminating its implementation of services and interventions to other settings and populations. Behavior analysts at Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC have been providing ABA services within juvenile detention and residential facilities in multiple states within the past 4 years. The company has been one of the firsts within the country to have detention staff be credentialed as registered behavior technicians and implement ABA services facility-wide. The presentations included in this symposium will provide a closer look at the effectiveness of the application of ABA with youth involved in juvenile/criminal justice systems. Additionally, the presenters will discuss barriers to youth accessing treatment, current misconceptions and need for additional research to assist in correcting systemic issues with commonly used treatments that are leading to potentially dangerous outcomes for this vulnerable population. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Criminal Justice, Facility-Wide PBIS, Juvenile Justice, Youth |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include; basic understanding of behavior analysis, Behavior Analysts, Students, Crime and Delinquency, PBIS, trauma |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Implement a pyramidal staff training protocol; (2) evaluate most effective ways to implement facility wide interventions; (3) pinpoint specific needs for future research in this area. |
|
Diversifying ABA to New Places Using Behavior Skills Training and Feedback to Increase Proficiency Within Detention Staff |
SARA HORDGES (Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC) |
Abstract: The application of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) in the juvenile justice settings is a fairly new area of research for ABA. Recently Adapt & Transform Behavior, LLC behavior analysts have trained detention center administrators, supervisors and staff to become credentialed as registered behavior technicians (RBTs). The introduction of RBTs to this setting was hypothesized to increase the effectiveness of facility wide interventions put in place by the Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and aid in the fidelity of staff compliance with mandated facility operating procedures. The purpose of the case studies to be presented were to evaluate the effects of evidence-based interventions in the implementation and proficiency of daily detention roles and responsibilities. Pyramidal training (BCBA ? RBT? Detention staff) was used to train detention officers using behavior skills training on conducting effective and proficient searches on youth. Secondarily, a multicomponent intervention was implemented by RBTs to increase level card proficiencies. |
|
Using High Density ABA to Increase Effectiveness and Efficiency of Facility-Wide Interventions in the Juvenile Residential Facility |
EMILY KIEFFER (Adapt & Transform Behavior LLC) |
Abstract: As research shows, high intensity Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for individualized interventions is a successful approach. However, in many cases the density of services is minimized by institutions in the name of cost savings. This presentation will review a case study demonstrating the ability of highly effective FW-PBIS systems to be put in place at a quicker pace with high fidelity when high intensity Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) interventions are implemented by Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Prior to the introduction of high doses of ABA, the facility was experiencing high rates of self injury, property destruction, fighting and noncompliance that resulted in multiple escapes, arrests and hospitalizations of youth alongside high rates of staff turnover and terminations. These issues resulted in financial consequences (in the form of fines, hospitalizations, freezes and on boarding) for the program that outweighed the cost of attempting to bypass the use of BCBAs. The results of this case study show that both facility wide and individualized interventions were effectively put in place within three months and services were systematically faded and maintained at a lower level over the next year. |
|
When Helping Hurts |
SAMANTHA FUESY (Adapt & Transform Behavior) |
Abstract: Interventions used in treatment facilities/programs for youth involved juvenile justice systems typically include a range of mental health interventions from psychotherapy, CBT, group therapy, psychotropic medications, etc. combined with religious interventions, mentors and punitive consequences. The introduction of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has begun but at a much slower pace due to many roadblocks and systemic issues within the current service delivery models. Because of a lack of research and behavior analytic presence at the policy level many youth are denied access to ABA services who need them. As a result unproven and, in many cases, potentially harmful treatments are being implemented with these vulnerable populations instead. Our data will show this is especially true in cases involving youth who engage in self injurious behaviors and/or severe aggression. One intervention in particular, the “Baker Act”, when used incorrectly has resulted in shaping up more severe and dangerous behaviors, a phenomenon that has been observed across multiple states. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Barriers to Climate Sustainability: A Challenge to Our Field |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Susan M. Schneider, Ph.D. |
Chair: Susan M. Schneider (Root Solutions) |
KATHERINE MARTINI (Bell’s Brewery) |
CRISS WILHITE (California State University Fresno) |
BRIAN JADRO (New England Behavior Analysts for Sustainability) |
Abstract: The climate crisis challenges all of us to step up our sustainability efforts as soon as possible: The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change warns that global greenhouse gas emissions must be cut by nearly 50% by 2030. How can we help accomplish the necessary changes using behavior-analytic principles? A high-profile study by the American Psychological Association found that two of the major behavioral barriers to more individual climate action are a sense of futility, and the difficulty of transitioning to new green habits (see the 2009 report from the APA Task Force on the Interface Between Psychology and Global Climate Change). Both of these - motivation and habits - are areas where behavior analysis offers major contributions. How can we build on what we have already accomplished in climate action? How can we transfer what has worked in our related areas of strength? Each of the panelists is experienced in behavioral sustainability, and will offer a few suggestions. Opening the floor to the audience, we will attempt to put together a plan of action. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: All behavior analysts concerned about climate change and environmental sustainability |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will be able to describe examples of behavior analytic research on sustainability 2. Attendees will be able to describe how behavior analysis methods can be employed to help motivate sustainable behaviors. 3. Attendees will be able to describe how behavior analysis methods can facilitate the transition from carbon-heavy to green habits. |
Keyword(s): barriers, Climate change,, habits, sustainability |
|
|
|
|
|
Toward an Inclusive and Diverse Behavior Analysis: Advantages and Barriers to International Collaboration |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Zhihui Yi, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is expanding and diversifying to include analysts from multiple and diverse backgrounds, from Western and non-Western countries, and who speak many different languages. Fostering internationalization and diversity in our field is not only necessary to achieve optimal growth as a field but represents a strategy of turning science inward to improve the way that we operate behavior analysis as a unified and diverse field. The first talk will explore potential advantages that bilingual behavior analysts may have in areas of derived relational responding and psychological flexibility that can translate to work with clients. The second talk will discuss several barriers that international students face when completing graduate training and work within the United States. Addressing these barriers may ultimately confer several advantages not only to practitioners, but this work can also serve to improve the overall quality and scope of our evolving field. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Bilingual, Diversity, International students, Relational Frames |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify strengths in derived relational responding that are related to biligualism; (2) Identify the relationship between diversity and psychological flexibility; (3) Identify barriers for international students in US behavior analysis programs |
|
The Effect of Bilingual Experience on Derived Relational Responding and Psychological Flexibility |
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The behavior of translation is conceptualized by Skinner as a special case of intraverbal behavior where the stimuli are in one language, and the response is in another. However, as Skinner pointed out, it is somewhat difficult to account for the interchangeability in responses among bilingual speakers where they may produce two different languages or use them in the same sentence when presented with the same stimuli. Stimulus equivalence, and subsequently, Relational Frame Theory (RFT), seems to account for this phenomenon where two different languages can be viewed as two relational networks connected by the same stimuli or constructs they are related to. By repeatedly engaging in relational framing and the derivation of equivalent and non-equivalent relationships between two different verbal operants, bilingual speakers are able to produce novel verbal behavior in a new language. To test this hypothesis, the current study compared the differences in derived relational responding between bilingual and English-only speakers. Forty participants participated in the study. Preliminary evidence suggests that bilingual speakers were able to engage in derived relational responding more fluently than English-only speakers. We also examined the differences in psychological flexibility after controlling for anxiety and depressive symptoms. |
|
Barriers and Considerations for International Students in Behavior Analytic Graduate Programs |
Sidhant Sehgal (The Chicago School), Rocco G Catrone (SIU-Carbondale), Manish K. Goyal (Southern Illinois University), Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University), Danielle Wilhelmina Kennedy (The Chicago School), SOMCHART SAKULKOO (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: There are over 38 thousand BCBAs worldwide with roughly 2 thousand residing outside of North America (BACB, n.d.). With behavior analytic work being highly sought after and needed (Carr and Nosik, 2017), the 103 institutions outside of north America that have a verified course sequences (VCS; ABAI, n.d.) serve as the educational hubs abroad before the BACB decisions to pull back certification to only USA and Canadian certificants. Many students, however, come from around the world to the USA in order to complete these courses sequences in hopes of becoming a BCBA. There is a surprising lack of data regarding international students engaged in this coursework in addition to outcomes of individuals who have graduated from USA-based institutions. International students also experience more barriers and hurdles to overcome during their time than local students (Mallinckrodt, et al. 1992; Sawir, 2005; Lian & Wallace, 2020) making the education/learning experience received, as well as future job prospects, inequitable. Given this lack of data and concerns regarding access to resources, this manuscript will be addressing the various barriers that inhibit the training experience and overall comfort of these students while completing their graduate education in behavior analytic programs. These barriers will be broken down into administrative, structural, and cultural barriers being behaviorally defined, identification of what is included within that barrier, and author lived experiences with each. Suggestions for policy change as well as future research will be suggested in order to create a more equitable model of support for international students. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Evaluation of Procedures to Increase Acquisition or Independence for Individuals With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities Across the Lifespan |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: J Turner Butler Braren (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Mandel, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium presents three papers that evaluate procedures to increase skill acquisition or independence for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) across the life span. The first paper by Mandel et al. evaluated the effect of different stimulus modalities on the efficacy and efficiency of tact of actions acquisition in young participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The second paper by Braren et al. evaluated the predictive validity of a brief error-correction assessment when using Discrete Trial Instruction to teach adult participants with IDD to build LEGO® structures. The third paper by Budge et al. evaluated the effects of staff proximity on the performance of adults with ASD in completing vocational tasks at job sites. Audiences can expect to learn more about current research targeting the improved efficacy and efficiency of skill acquisition procedures, as well as research on procedures to increase skill acquisition or independence in adults with IDD. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): adults, IDD, independence, skill acquisition |
Target Audience: Attendees should have experience with DTT methodology; experience in implementing multi-component procedures with fidelity (e.g., model, error correction); experience with using multiple baseline, alternating treatments, multi-element designs; experience with verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)identify multiple types of error-correction procedures; (2) identify multiple stimulus modes used to teach tacts; (3) describe procedure to systematically fade behavioral interventions (e.g., staff proximity) while maintaining high levels of vocational task completion in for adults with IDD. |
|
An Evaluation of the Impact of Stimulus Mode on Acquisition, Maintenance, and Generalization of Tacts of Actions |
NATALIE MANDEL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta (University of South Florida), Jeff Schram (AchieveAbility Therapy) |
Abstract: Individuals with an autism spectrum disorder or communication delay may experience deficits in tacting. Furthermore, children with and without language impairments display a gap in acquisition of tacting actions as compared to objects, suggesting actions are more difficult to learn (e.g., Sheng & McGregor, 2010). One variable that may impact acquisition of tacts of actions is the type of stimulus (e.g., picture of the action; video of the action) used during training. This study compared acquisition of tacts of actions taught using pictures, videos, and in-vivo models. Data were also collected on generalization and maintenance of the acquired tacts as well as participant preference towards the stimulus mode used during tact training. All three participants acquired all tacts, independent of the stimulus mode used during training. However, tacts of actions taught using an in-vivo model were acquired in fewer sessions and had greater generalization and maintenance outcomes. In addition, preference for a specific stimulus mode was idiosyncratic across participants. |
|
Extending Brief Error-Correction Assessments to Adults With Intellectual or Developmental Disabilities |
J TURNER BUTLER BRAREN (University of South Florida), Andrew L. Samaha (University of South Florida), Karie John (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: We extended Carroll et al. (2018) by evaluating the predictive validity of a brief error-correction assessment (brief assessment) in adults with intellectual or developmental disabilities using leisure skills. One brief assessment and one validation assessment were conducted for each participant. During Phase 1, we evaluated acquisition during both assessments, and evaluated correspondence using a decision-making model similar to Carroll et al. During Phase 2, we developed an empirical decision-making model to identify the most relevant and predictive dependent measures related to efficiency and intrusiveness. Then, we applied our model to identify a target error-correction procedure (ECP) for efficiency and a target ECP for intrusiveness. During Phase 3, we evaluated overall correspondence across a range of dependent variables. Overall, low correspondence was obtained when applying a decision-making model to identify target ECPs (Phases 1 and 2), but overall correspondence between measures taken during both assessments was high (Phase 3). Finally, we discussed clinical implications for these results. |
|
Evaluating the Role of Staff Proximity During Vocational Tasks for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
JENNA BUDGE (Rutgers University), James Maraventano (Rutgers University), Meghan Hoffmann (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: As school-age students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) transition into adult services, resources can diminish significantly. Adults with ASD may still require substantial supports and supervision to achieve successful outcomes. However, drastic reductions in financial resources upon turning 21 can have significant adverse effects on the ability to provide adequate staffing. While employment in the competitive workforce is the preferred outcome, lower levels of staff oversight may hinder the ability to procure employment for adults on the spectrum with significant support needs. Perceptions of potential employers on adult workers with ASD include a lack of productivity and the higher level of supervision that may be required (Morgan & Alexander, 2005). In order to be successful in an integrated work setting, adults with ASD must display the ability to perform work tasks thoroughly and independently. The purpose of the present study was to assess the role of staff proximity on the quality of vocational tasks in adults on the spectrum. Permanent products of completed tasks were measured at the employment setting of two participants. Assessment results indicated a negative correlation between staff proximity and task completion. The quality of work decreased as the instructor’s proximity from the participant increased. After achieving this outcome, intervention options will be examined to improve the quality of work performed in the absence of an instructor. Further, implications will be discussed for the importance of fading behavioral intervention plans as children age out of school-based placements. |
|
|
|
|
|
Child Development: Recent Advancements in Theory and Basic and Applied Research |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Nicole Luke (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Genevieve M. DeBernardis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts need to understand the process of child development in order to understand the development of atypical behavior. Behavior analysis has increasingly focused on treatment of problem behavior but seldom examines the process of development itself. Behavioral systems theory (BST) is a fundamentally behavioral approach to understanding the developmental process. BST combines dynamic systems and developmental systems theories with the principles of behavior analysis. This symposium identifies recent developments in the field of behavioral development since the publication of Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Approach by Novak and Pelaez. The talks will review the principles of behavioral systems theory and identify new trends in behavior analysis that have emerged in recent years. The first paper will outline BST’s principles. It will present some new concepts that have emerged in both behavior analysis and developmental psychology relevant to BST. The second paper will examine basic areas of research in child development, including cognitive, social learning, communication and language development and present relevant new research in these areas. The final paper will present a behavioral systems application to problem behaviors such as Autism Spectrum Disorder and ADHD. A review of research literature relevant to these areas will be covered. |
Target Audience: Educators, practitioners, and researchers interested in the area of child development. |
|
Behavioral Systems Theory: A Contextual Behavioral Model of Development |
GARY D. NOVAK (California State University Stanislaus) |
Abstract: In creating Child and Adolescent Development: A Behavioral Systems Theory, Novak and Pelaez fashioned a theory of child development that looked at traditional concepts in developmental psychology, such as cognition, language, social-emotional development, family dynamics, and education, but analyzed them from a contextual behavioral framework. To do this required the melding of behavioral principles with a compatible developmental perspective, which was found in dynamic systems theory and a contextualistic behavioral viewpoint that was emerging. We have called this approach Behavioral Systems Theory (BST).
This paper will provide an overview of BST as it has emerged over the past 25 years. Concepts such as multiple determination, equifinality, nonlinearity, coalescent organization, behavioral cusps, and emergence will be presented. The role of ontogenetic and phylogenetic contingencies will be discussed. As will the behavioral significance of the unravelling of the human genome. Dynamic cascades, stimulus equivalence, relational framing, and the four-term contingency will be introduced as new extensions to BST. |
|
Basic Research in Understanding Child Development Phenomena |
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University) |
Abstract: Pelaez examines various areas of basic behavioral research in early child development. The phenomena studied and discussed in her textbook (with Novak) from a behavior systems approach (BST) include: the development of attachment patterns between caregiver and child and the emergence of separation “anxiety”; the acquisition of young children’s fears, including fear of the dark and fear of strangers; operant-learning procedures and conjugate/synchronized reinforcement in the study of infant perception and memory; the early development of infant vocalizations via contingent motherese speech and adult vocal imitation; tacting and manding as early verbal operants required for later language development; rule-governed behavior as higher order skill that explains child’s moral development. The main focus of this presentation will be on examining the developmental progression of basic early social communication skills that include: eye contact, joint attention, social referencing, naming, and perspective taking. In this effort, the presenter will discuss the relation between the emergence of these skills and stimulus-class formation and derived-relational responding in young children. |
|
A Behavioral Systems Theory Approach to the Treatment of Childhood Behavior Disorders |
GENEVIEVE M. DEBERNARDIS (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: This paper examines the emerging areas of application in child development and the critical role of a behavioral systems theory approach toward the comprehensive treatment of childhood behavior disorders. From this standpoint, behavior disorders are the result of the same developmental process as other behaviors, where genetic-constitutional, historical, physiological, environmental, and behavior dynamical interactions must be considered. In particular, common childhood behavior disorders including Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder will be discussed, with emphasis on the importance of initial diagnosis and early behavioral interventions in preventing further maladaptive behavior patterns. The relationship between the person-environment interactions and efficacy of treatment will be outlined. A review of relevant research in these areas will be covered, highlighting the critical role of certain treatments such as social skills training and early language interventions. Further, implications and opportunities to incorporate behavioral systems theory within areas of applied child development will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Computer Technology and the Future of Behavior Analysis: A Panel With Discussion |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Jonathan W. Pinkston (Western New England University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Panelists: CASEY CLAY (University of Missouri), DARLENE CRONE-TODD (Salem State University), AARON FISCHER (University of Utah) |
Abstract: This panel will be a discussion of Dr. Ellie Kazemi’s SQAB Tutorial on the utility of computer technologies in behavior analysis. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe contemporary applications of computer technologies in behavior analysis; (2) describe the research questions to be addressed by computer technologies; (3) describe resources to leverage computer technologies in behavior analysis. |
CASEY CLAY (University of Missouri) |
Dr. Casey Clay is an Assistant Professor in the Department of Special Education at the University of Missouri. He is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and Licensed Behavior Analyst (LBA) in the state of Missouri. He received a Master of Science degree from Northeastern University in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and a Ph.D. from Utah State University in Disability Disciplines. After his Ph.D. program he completed a Post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Missouri. He has over 10 years of clinical experience designing and implementing ABA programs with individuals with disabilities including working at the ASSERT preschool and Behavior Support Clinic in Logan, UT; the New England Center for Children in Boston, MA; and the MU Thompson Center for Autism and Neurodevelopmental disabilities in Columbia, MO. He also has published his research in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA), Behavior Analysis in Practice, Research in Developmental Disabilities, and Learning and Motivation. He has also served as a guest reviewer for JABA, Journal of Behavioral Education, Behavioral Interventions, and The Behavior Analyst. His research focuses on evaluation of preference for and reinforcing efficacy of novel stimuli (e.g., social interactions, therapy animals), reduction of severe problem behavior, and methodologies to increase efficiency of skills training for clinicians and pre-service behavior analysts. |
DARLENE CRONE-TODD (Salem State University) |
Darlene E. Crone-Todd (University of Manitoba, 2002) is a Full Professor in Psychology at Salem State University. She designed and coordinates the graduate program in Behavior Analysis, and has presented in over 50 symposiums at conferences worldwide, including time spent researching and presenting in Brazil. She has published research in peer-reviewed journals including, The Behavior Analyst Today, The Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Substance Use and Misuse. Dr. Crone-Todd completed a post-doc at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine in Behavior Pharmacology in 2003. Her current research interests include human choice behavior, computer-mediated learning environments, higher-order thinking, basic and applied research in behavioral pharmacology, and shaping behavior. Ongoing projects involve behavioral interventions related to wellness, and to facilitating student success. |
AARON FISCHER (University of Utah) |
Dr. Fischer has been working with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD), and individuals with social-emotional and behavioral problems, and their families, for over 15 years. He graduated from the University of Miami, where he earned a bachelor’s degree in psychology and worked as a research coordinator at the Center for Autism and Related Disabilities. Dr. Fischer completed his master’s and doctoral degree in school psychology at Louisiana State University. Before arriving at the University of Utah in 2014, he completed his predoctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Institute in Massachusetts. His internship and graduate work focused on providing evidence-based practices in schools, hospitals, and mental health clinics to children with disabilities and their families. Specifically, Dr. Fischer’s clinical interests concentrate on the assessment and treatment of children and adolescents with ASD and related disorders, as well as providing support and training to their families. Additionally, he has extensive experience in the assessment and treatment of problem behavior, as well as the acquisition of adaptive skills, in individuals with ASD and developmental disabilities. As such, his scholarship is considerably influenced by his applied work in those areas. Currently, Dr. Fischer is the Dee Endowed Professor of school psychology, an adjunct assistant professor of psychiatry, and director of the Huntsman Mental health Institute HOME program interdisciplinary pediatric feeding disorders clinic at the University of Utah. Additionally, Dr. Fischer is a Licensed Psychologist and Licensed Board Certified Behavior Analyst. |
|
|
|
|
|
Values and Choice: Contemporary Experimental Research on Bias |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Experimental behavior analysis has produced a robust literature on the role of bias in matching and choice. Despite its beginnings in the laboratory, this work has extended far beyond simple choice models and operant responses to address how bias impacts social responding. This symposium will present contemporary research on the assessment of implicit bias, translational models of choice, and the ways in which bias can impact the choices researchers make within the laboratory. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe in broad terms how the IRAP has been used to study implicit bias; (2) explain how recent experimental analyses of the IRAP have refined the RFT view of implicit bias; (3) discuss the relationship between delay disounting and bias; (4) describe how bias has impacted women in research; (5) describe how bias has impacted the inclusion of female laboratory animals in research; (6) describe potential harm from the exclusion of women and female laboratory animals in research. |
|
The Study of Implicit Bias in Behavior Analysis: A Cautionary Tale |
(Service Delivery) |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University) |
Abstract: The study of implicit bias in behavior analysis has been dominated by one particular method, the implicit relational assessment procedure (IRAP). The IRAP could be considered quite unusual as a method for studying implicit bias because it targets verbal relations as defined within relational frame theory (RFT). In contrast, implicit bias in the non-behavior-analytic “mainstream” literature is often interpreted as reflecting the strength of associative links in a mental realm (e.g., a memory store). Despite this conceptual difference, research on implicit bias using the IRAP could be seen as relatively successful, at least in terms of number of published studies and the results of a meta-analysis of IRAP studies. On balance, until relatively recently IRAP research tended to focus on the method as a measure of implicit bias without conducting experimental analyses of the multiple variables, from an RFT perspective, that are brought into play when participants complete an IRAP. Conducting these more recent experimental analyses has served to produce an increasingly sophisticated and complex understanding of exactly what so called “implicit bias” involves from an RFT and a behavior-analytic perspective. The current paper will provide an overview of this research story. |
Dr. Dermot Barnes-Holmes graduated from the University of Ulster in 1985 with a B.Sc. in Psychology and in 1990 with a D.Phil. in behavior analysis. His first tenured position was in the Department of Applied Psychology at University College Cork, where he founded and led the Behavior Analysis and Cognitive Science unit. In 1999 he accepted the foundation professorship in psychology and head-of-department position at the National University of Ireland Maynooth. In 2015 he accepted a life-time senior professorship at Ghent University in Belgium. In 2020 he returned to his alma mater on a fractional contract as a full professor at Ulster University. Dr. Barnes-Holmes is known internationally for the analysis of human language and cognition through the development of Relational Frame Theory with Steven C. Hayes, and its application in various psychological settings. He was the world's most prolific author in the experimental analysis of human behavior between the years 1980 and 1999. He was awarded the Don Hake Translational Research Award in 2012 by the American Psychological Association, is a past president and fellow of the Association for Contextual Behavioral Science, is a recipient of the Quad-L Lecture Award from the University of New Mexico and became an Odysseus laureate in 2015 when he received an Odysseus Type 1 award from the Flemish Science Foundation in Belgium. |
|
The Role of Delay Discounting in Explicit and Implicit Racial Bias |
(Service Delivery) |
D. PEREZ (University of Utah), Melanie Domenech-Rodriguez (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Delay discounting measures a facet of impulsivity and is related to various socially significant behaviors. Researchers suggest that altruism and impulsivity arise from the same underlying mechanism; thus, individuals are less altruistic towards people that are different from themselves (e.g., a different race or ethnicity). However, researchers have yet to analyze the relation between delay discounting and implicit and explicit racial bias. In the present study, participants will complete a delay discounting procedure and several Likert scale surveys: the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), the Color-Blind Racial Attitudes Scale (CoBRAS), and the Scale of Ethnocultural Empathy (SEE). The delay discounting task will assess discounting for two delayed magnitudes (i.e., $100 & $1000) using an adjusting amount procedure. The IRAP measures implicit racial bias by having participants categorize stimuli based on either pro-Latino stereotypes or pro-White stereotypes; the difference in the length of time required to categorize stimuli that are consistent or inconsistent with the stereotypes measures bias. To examine explicit racial bias, we will use the total scores on the CoBRAS and the SEE. We expect participants who steeply discount delayed rewards will be more implicitly and explicitly racially biased toward members of a different race or ethnicity. |
D. Perez is a doctoral student in the Experimental Behavior Analysis Program at Utah State University. D completed her Bachelor's degree in Psychology at California State University Northridge. Her research interests are racial bias, social discounting, delay discounting, impulsivity, and incorporating multicultural psychology into behavior analysis. In her free time, she enjoys photography, hiking, kayaking, and spending time with her dog, Luna. |
|
Mouse-ogyny: Bias Against Female Laboratory Animals |
(Service Delivery) |
AMY ODUM (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Historically, women have experienced bias in science. This bias has affected women as participants in research, as well as women as conductors of research. Although little recognized, another form of bias extends to female laboratory animals. Female laboratory animals, particularly rodents, have long been regarded as more variable in their behavior and other dependent measures and therefore were excluded from experiments. I will describe the inclusion of female laboratory animals in the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. I will describe trends over time in the inclusion of female laboratory animals for different types of animals (e.g., pigeons and rats). For studies involving both sexes and in which animals are identified by sex, I will examine the level of variability in the behavior of male and female animals. Finally, I will review published data describing the variability in a wide variety of dependent measures for both male and female laboratory animals. These data show that female laboratory animals have been excluded from research based on bias rather than fact. The exclusion of female laboratory animals precludes learning about genuine sex differences with important health implications and is no longer allowed in NIH-funded research. |
Amy Odum is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Utah State University. Her research interests are in basic behavioral phenomena, such as response persistence, sensitivity to delayed outcomes, conditional discriminations, and environmental influences on drug effects. She is committed to increasing diversity and inclusion in behavior analysis. Her work has been funded by the National Institute on Drug Abuse and the National Institute of Mental Health. She completed a post-doctoral fellowship at the University of Vermont’s Human Behavioral Pharmacology Laboratory after earning her Ph.D. and M.A. in Psychology, specializing in Behavior Analysis, from West Virginia University. She received a B.S. in Psychology from the University of Florida. Dr. Odum has served as President of the Society for the Experimental Analysis of Behavior and Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. She is a Fellow of ABAI and was Editor in Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding the Influence of Behavior-Analytic Contributions to Great Animal Welfare |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Terri M. Bright (MSPCA Angell) |
CE Instructor: Terri M. Bright, M.S. |
Abstract: Over the past decade, animal welfare has become a focal point for laboratory, equine, companion, and zoological animals. This presents a unique expansion opportunity for the behavior analytic community. In 2001, the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis published its first applied animal behavior (AAB) article. Since then, AAB research has continued to gain momentum and demonstrated effectiveness with species ranging from rats, dogs, horses, birds, big cats, non-human primates, and killer whales. Previous research has improved animal welfare by utilizing discrete trial training, functional analysis, extinction, noncontingent reinforcement, and differential reinforcement procedures. This symposium highlights efforts being made to continue the reach of AAB by furthering research to puppy guide dogs, domestic cats, penguins, Asian elephants, and birds of prey. Attendees can expect to learn about descriptive functional behavioral assessments, behavior skills training, procedural fidelity, and how effective data-based decisions have been used with animals, their caretakers, and successfully improved animal welfare. The symposium will shed light the challenges practitioners face with zoological research, the necessity of collaborative diverse teams and innovative approaches, along with the impact and adaptations zoological research required due to Covid-19. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
|
Implementing Functional Behavior Assessment of Undesired Puppy Behavior in a Guide Dog Training Organization |
JANIE A FUNK (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Guide dogs are an important resource for the community with visual impairment. Puppies begin training for a career of a guide dog as early as eight weeks old until they are upwards of two years old. Despite the many resources allocated towards preparing the dogs for their guide dog career, a leading guide dog training organization reports over half of dogs in the training program fail to meet behavioral standards. Guide dogs are trained in a complex system making it difficult to pinpoint the primary contributor(s) to poor training outcomes. However, the puppy-raising period has been identified as a period during which puppies begin to engage in behaviors that threaten their suitability as a guide dog. The present research evaluated the treatment utility of a descriptive functional behavior assessment for puppy raisers’ management of undesired puppy behavior. The assessment informed a successful function-based intervention for three of the four participants. Results suggest utility of functional assessment of puppy behavior and assessing puppy raisers’ compliance to organizational training protocols. Implementation of assessment-informed behavioral intervention is an important step towards data-based decisions regarding the puppies’ best interest when it comes to continuing the career path of a guide dog. |
|
Improving Rescued Bird-of-Prey Welfare With Behavior Skills Training |
MEGAN ELISE MACKELLAR (SeaWorld Orlando) |
Abstract: Animal welfare has become a leading discussion within the zoological community. Several accrediting organizations require zoos to have management positions that oversee animal training/behavior, enrichment, and animal welfare. The Five Freedoms, Five Domains Model, and the Opportunities to Thrive are animal welfare models that zoos adapt to assess animals in their care. In many cases, the skill of the animal trainer (trainer), animal-trainer dynamic, and the frequency or quality of animal-trainer interactions are not considered in these models. At SeaWorld Orlando, we assessed the frequency of off-perch trainer interactions (OPTI) with four rescued birds of prey (BOP). Behavior Skills Training (BST) was implemented to teach five critical BOP-trainer interaction skills across four novice dyads. BST criteria was set at five consecutive trials at 100% fidelity, one test trial per day. Trial-by-trial interobserver agreement was 98% across 50% of BST intervention and 97% across 33% of maintenance trials. Results demonstrated a total increase of OPTI at 128% from baseline to maintenance phases. This presentation will discuss our method and results, how we addressed an instructional limitation from our killer whale study, suggestions for future zoological welfare research, and will address the challenges and adaptations the study encountered due to Covid-19. |
|
Enhancing Captive Animal Welfare: Behavior Analysis Can’t Do It Alone |
KATHRYN L. KALAFUT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Applied animal behavior is a fast-growing area of behavior analysis. Many of its practitioners operate in captive animal environments such as animal shelters, sanctuaries, zoos, and aquariums. These environments provide considerable challenges for research. For example, staff often have limited time to collect behavioral data and require significant study to understand each species’ natural histories. Moreover, staff must carefully consider the widely different physical and mental capabilities of the species being studied. To address these challenges, practitioners must look outside our field to identify creative solutions. This presentation will discuss four studies now being conducted at The Cincinnati Zoo & Botanical Garden. The subjects include Asian elephants, little blue penguins, African penguins, and domestic cats. Each study seeks to better understand these animals’ behavior and enhance their welfare. In addition, the presentation will examine each study’s unique challenges and setbacks. Finally, the presentation will explain the development of these studies and describe the diverse team needed to conduct this research. The unique data presented here illustrate the need for novel approaches when studying captive animal welfare as well as the immense benefits of a diverse collaborative team. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building a Framework of Resources, Training, and Data Analysis Regarding Prior Authorization and Claims Denials for Health-Insurance-Funded Applied Behavior Analysis Services: Preliminary Results |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Hannah Stauffer, M.A. |
Chair: Hannah Stauffer (Kadiant) |
DIANA M. DAVIS WILSON (Aspen Behavioral Consulting; Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis) |
TORI BEJAR (Kadiant) |
ALLISON BERNSTEIN (Kadiant) |
Abstract: As of 2019, all 50 states in the continental United States have taken action to require state-regulated health plans to provide meaningful coverage for the treatment of autism. Although the need for insurance-funded applied behavior analysis services is exponentially growing, Board Certified Behavior Analysts and related support teams often have little to no formal training in working with these payers. Simultaneously, insurance companies are establishing increasingly complex internal review processes that may or may not be informed by members of our field, resulting in increased opportunities for denials based on medical necessity. The current panel serves to provide both the conceptualization and implementation of an internal framework that organizations could adopt to assist with clinicians and administrative support teams in decreasing the likelihood of preauthorization and claims denials, as well as to equip clinicians to effectively advocate for appropriate levels of care when services are denied. The panel will also discuss how internal metadata can be developed and maintained cross-functionally to pinpoint areas for needed training, updating resources, or engaging in dialogues with payers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Introductory understanding of working with health plans. Awareness of prior authorization processes. Working knowledge of CPT codes. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify contributing factors leading to prior authorization insurance denials; (2) analyze and prioritize antecedent strategies to decrease the likelihood of insurance denials, and (3) describe a system to develop on internal metadata system to analyze denials trends. |
Keyword(s): Appeal, CPT, denials, insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
Incorporating Multiculturalism and Antiracism in Behavior Analysis |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Fong, Ph.D. |
Chair: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University) |
ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University) |
SHAWN CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC) |
LAUREN BEAULIEU (Newton Public Schools) |
Abstract: The profound effects of social injustice have been become undeniable and the systemic challenges affect the work of behavior analysts. For many, including culture in behavior analytic work may feel completely incompatible with our science. For those seeking to learn more, it can be overwhelming to dive into this area and it may clash with a lifetime of personal learning history. Behavior analysts unsure how to incorporate multiculturalism, diversity, and antiracism into their behavior analytic work, how to reconcile this with our science, and where to begin to learn about this topic are invited to this panel discussion. In this event, panelists with varying perspectives and levels of expertise will discuss existing resources within and outside the field of behavior analysis, how we can understand antiracism from a behavioral perspective, how to utilize behavioral tools to support culturally competent practice and supervision, and make recommendations for the training of culturally competent behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Target audience include graduate students, practitioners, and faculty. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Attendees will be able to define cultural competency, (2) Attendees will be able to identify the importance of cultural competency in behavior analysis, and (3) Attendees will be able identify how cultural competency can be embedded in their current training or practice of behavior analysis. |
Keyword(s): antiracism, diversity, ethics, multiculturalism |
|
|
|
|
|
Freedom or Exploitation: The Integration of Behavior Analysis in a Capitalistic System |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Joshua Garner, Ph.D. |
Chair: Adam Peal (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative ) |
DON TOGADE (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Brown College, Toronto, Canada) |
JENNIFER KLAPATCH TOTSCH (Envision Unlimited) |
JOSHUA GARNER (Behavioral Education Research Initiative) |
Abstract: The concept of freedom is analyzed in reference to the negative consequences of a capitalist system. Specifically, the contingencies that interfere with clinical and educational quality will be addressed. These contingencies include the exploitation of the labor force by private equity firms and universities, as well as the restrictions of for-profit health insurance. Each contingency highlighted may seem like a system in which we are free to behave as clinicians or educators. However, we hope to point out the restrictive and arguably unethical contingencies that capitalism produces, as these contingencies interfere with our ability to provide high-quality services. Furthermore, we provide solutions to these issues as well as the challenges we will likely encounter in pursuit of changing the system. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This content is intermediate to advanced. The prerequisite skills should include knowing the BCBA codes of ethics as well as an understanding of meta-contingencies. |
Learning Objectives: Objective 1: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define capitalism and exploitation. Objective 2: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to apply various forms of exploitation to the labor of professors, BCBAs, and RBTs. Objective 3: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to define freedom based on Skinner, Goldiamond, Baum, and Marx. Objective 4: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to engage in philosophical doubt regarding the nature of capitalism and their own work place, particularly the contingencies that interfere with their ability to provide high quality services. Objective 5: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to define solutions to these issues. |
Keyword(s): ABA, Capitalism, Freedom, Theory |
|
|
|
|
|
Treating Complex Clients into Adulthood: Incorporating Mental Health and Behavioral Health Services |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Laurie Tarter, Psy.D. |
Chair: Laurie Tarter (Encompass Behavioral Health, Community Research Foundation, Advance North) |
TIERRA AIRMET (Community Research Foundation, Advance North) |
JEAN JANSSEN (Community Research Foundation, Advance North) |
NILOFAR SEDIQI (Community Research Foundation, Advance North) |
Abstract: Adults with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities often face complex issues when addressing their mental and behavioral health needs. Frequently, co-occurring issues within mental health diagnosis and Intellectual Disabilities/Developmental Disabilities (ID/DD), go over looked and are underserved. Examples include clients with co-occurring diagnoses such as Schizophrenia, Bipolar Disorders, Anxiety, Depression, and Substance use Issues in conjunction with an ID/DD diagnosis.
This panel will present a collaborative treatment approach for adults with ID/DD and a mental health diagnosis. The focus is on bridging the gap between mental health issues and behavioral health issues. The panel will identify signs that the client may need mental health and possibly substance use treatment, in addition to Applied Behavior Analysis services. The treatment team includes mental health, behavioral health, substance use treatment, and nursing providers.
The model being presented incorporates mental health treatment approaches such as Dialectical Behavioral Therapy special skills, Cognitive Behavior Therapy, and Motivational Interviewing, in conjunction with ABA services. They will address how an interdisciplinary team can work with a client and other supporting providers to treat the whole person. This presentation can provide a model for an underserved adult population with co-occurring disorders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBA, Mental Health Providers |
Learning Objectives: (1) Methods to bridge the gap between mental health issues and behavioral health issues. The panel will identify signs that the client may need mental health and possibly substance use treatment, in addition to Applied Behavior Analysis services.
(2) How to incorporate mental health treatment approaches such as Dialectical Behavioral Therapy special skills, Cognitive Behavior Therapy, and Motivational Interviewing, in conjunction with ABA services.
(3) How an interdisciplinary team can work with a client and other supporting providers to treat an underserved adult population with co-occurring disorders. |
Keyword(s): Adults, Co-Occuring Disrders, ID/DD, Mental Health |
|
|
|
|
|
Facilitating Derived Responding of Educationally and Socially Relevant Skills for Children With Autism and Other Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lina Gilic (SUNY Old Westbury) |
CE Instructor: Gabrielle T. Lee, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we introduce instructional strategies developed based on the relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, and the naming theory. In the first study, we taught relational responding of symbolic play, tacting pretend stimulus properties, in the play context to three children with autism. The second study used an equivalence-based instruction to facilitate the emergence of untaught relations of Chinese words for two elementary-aged students with intellectual disability. The third study involved using intensive tact instruction to establish naming for young children with autism who lacked this important capacity for advanced learning. The implications of the results will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): derived responding, naming, relational frame, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: The audience needs to have a basic understanding of the relational frame theory, stimulus equivalence, and naming theory. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe an instructional strategy to improve relational responding in symbolic play (tacting pretend properties) 2. Describe an equivalence-based instructional strategy to increase novel behavior 3. Describe the intensive tact procedure to establish naming |
|
Improving Pretend Play for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder Through Experiencing Sensory Properties of Real Objects |
GABRIELLE T. LEE (Western University), Xiaoyi Hu (Education and Research Center for Children with Autism, Faculty of Education, Beijing Normal University), yanhong liu (Beijing Normal University), ZiJin Yang (Long Yuan School, China) |
Abstract: Symbolic play is important in child development. Children with autism spectrum disorder often lack symbolic play skills. Attribution of pretend properties (APP) is one type of symbolic play in which a child tacts pretend properties of an object (e.g., smelling a toy flower and saying, “It smells like a rose!”) in the play context. The purpose of the study was to increase APP in children who lacked such play skills. The intervention involved having the child experience and tact sensory properties (see, hear, smell, taste, touch) of actual objects (e.g., an actual apple). The test objects, including mock objects (e.g., a toy apple) and arbitrary objects (e.g., a ping pong ball), were used to evaluate whether tact response for sensory properties were transferred to non-actual objects. Three Chinese boys (5-6 years of age) with ASD served as participants. A multiple probe across five objects design was used. Results indicated that the intervention effectively increased APP for mock and arbitrary objects and maintained for 7 or 10 weeks. Non-target properties for test objects also occurred for two children. |
|
The Effectiveness of Equivalence-Based Instruction on the Emergence of Symmetry and Transitivity in Chinese Vocabulary for Two Students With Intellectual Disability in Taiwan |
Hsin-chuan Tsai (National Changhua University of Education), HUA FENG (National ChangHua University of Education) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to investigate the effect of equivalence-based instruction on symmetry and transitivity of Chinese vocabulary. Two elementary-aged students with intellectual disability participated in the study. A multiple probe across behaviors design was used. Three types of stimuli included textual words (A), pictures (B), and utterances of object names (C). The participants had acquired tacting the pictures (B = C) before the study. The results indicated that when the equivalence relation of textual words and corresponding pictures (A = B) were taught, the symmetrical relation (B = A) and the transitive relations (A = C and C = A) emerged without direct training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts and Public Schools: Creating and Maintaining a Collaborative and Ethical Partnership |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Selena J Layden, Ph.D. |
Chair: Selena J Layden (Old Dominion University) |
LAUREN MARIE VETERE (Virginia Commonwealth University) |
DANIEL J. IRWIN (Virginia Department of Education) |
HAYLEY FLYNN MULLINS (Campbell County Public Schools) |
Abstract: Public school districts are recognizing the impact behavior analysts can have with students both with and without disabilities. Behavior analysts are serving in a broadening role within public schools, including individual and classroom service delivery, staff training, and systemic change initiatives. However, establishing and maintaining a collaborative and ethical partnership can be challenging. Schools often have limited knowledge regarding the skills of behavior analysts as well as our ethical code. This panel presentation will bring together behavior analysts who have a wide variety of experiences working in and with multiple public school districts to discuss strategies and considerations for successful collaboration as both a school district employee or a contracted behavior analyst. The discussion will focus on practical and ethical recommendations to foster an effective and long-term relationship that will benefit both the behavior analyst and the school district. The panelists will discuss considerations for guiding resolutions to ethical issues within the public school setting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: BCBAs or BCBA-Ds who are currently or wish to practice in public school settings. Participants should have some experience within a public school setting and be fluent on the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify at least 5 challenges to establishing and maintaining a collaborative partnership with public school districts based on the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
2. Describe at least 3 resolutions to issues identified in the presentation with support from the Professional and Ethics Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
3. Formulate and describe at least 3 guiding considerations for resolving ethical challenges within a public school setting. |
Keyword(s): Collaborative partnerships, Ethical practice, Public education, Public schools |
|
|
|
|
|
SQAB Tutorial: Back to the Lab: Human Behavioral Pharmacology Methods, Outcomes and Meanings |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Basic Research |
BACB/PSY/QABA CE Offered. CE Instructor: William Stoops, Ph.D. |
Chair: Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Presenting Authors: : WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: Human behavioral pharmacology methods have been used to rigorously evaluate the effects of a range of centrally acting drugs in human beings under controlled conditions. Methods like drug self-administration and drug-discrimination have been adapted from non-human laboratory animal models. Because humans have the capacity to communicate verbally, self-report methods are also commonly used to understand drug effects. This presentation will provide an overview of these traditional human behavioral pharmacology methods, as well as more novel measures that have been introduced to the field. Representative data will be shared and the benefits, challenges and translational relevance of each method will be discussed. This session will cover guiding principles in the design of human behavioral pharmacology studies (e.g., using placebo controls, testing multiple doses) along with ethical (e.g., avoiding enrollment of individuals seeking treatment, determining capacity to consent) and safety (e.g., dose selection, pre-screening of participants for exclusionary health problems) that must be addressed when conducting these types of studies. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand basic methods used in human behavioral pharmacology research; (2) know how ethical and safety issues are addressed in human behavioral pharmacology studies; (3) appreciate the clinical relevance of human behavioral pharmacology findings. |
|
WILLIAM STOOPS (University of Kentucky) |
Dr. William W. Stoops, a Professor in the Departments of Behavioral Science, Psychiatry and Psychology at the University of Kentucky, earned his Bachelor’s degree in Psychology from Davidson College in Davidson, NC and his Master’s degree and Ph.D. in Psychology from the University of Kentucky. His research evaluates the behavioral and pharmacological factors that contribute to drug use disorders, focusing primarily on stimulant drugs. Dr. Stoops’ research contributions resulted in receipt of the 2016 Psychologist of the Year Award from the Kentucky Psychological Association, the 2013 Joseph Cochin Young Investigator Award from the College on Problems of Drug Dependence and the 2008 Wyeth Young Psychopharmacologist Award from Division 28 (Psychopharmacology and Substance Abuse) of the American Psychological Association (APA). Dr. Stoops currently serves on the College on Problems of Drug Dependence Board of Directors and is Editor of Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Peering Behind the Curtain: ABAI Journal Editors Discuss the Peer Review Process |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Tiffany Kodak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University) |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago) |
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University) |
Abstract: The peer-review process may seem mystifying and frightening to students who have not had experience in publishing and reviewing papers. After a brief overview of the peer review process in general and ethical concerns in peer review, Editors of ABAI journals Behavior & Social Issues, Behavior Analysis in Practice, Education & Treatment of Children and The Analysis of Verbal Behavior will discuss how peer review operates in their respective journals, what an author should expect in the peer review process, and how to respond to reviewers. Each editors’ presentation will be brief to allow for questions and discussion with the audience. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The target audience is graduate students in the field who are interested in or actively submitting manuscripts for peer-review. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: 1) understand how manuscripts move through the peer-review process, 2) describe ethical concerns editors must consider, and 3) learn how to respond to reviews for their own manuscripts. |
Keyword(s): Peer Review, Students |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessment Beyond Diagnosis: Meaningful Measurement of Behavior to Advance Clinical Practice and Research in Neurodevelopmental Disorders |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Lin Du, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SOMER BISHOP (University of California, San Francisco) |
Abstract: Researchers in the field of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have made significant progress in assessment of social-communication and other ASD-related impairments. However, there is still a great deal to be learned about profiles of ability and disability characteristic of individuals with different neurodevelopmental disorders (NDDs), and about the ways in which particular abnormalities manifest at different points in development. Dr. Bishop will present information about behavioral dimensions that are most relevant to assessment and differential diagnosis of ASD and other NDDs. She will also discuss the importance of considering individual factors such as age, sex, IQ, and language level when interpreting scores from standardized measures for diagnostic or other purposes. Integrated assessment across multiple behavioral domains is not only needed to ensure valid diagnostic practices, but more importantly, to generate individualized and meaningful treatment plans. Improved coordination between diagnostic and treatment providers is essential for increasing efficiency and utility of current assessment practices. Additionally, there is a need for increased coordination of measurement strategies across disciplines, in order to ensure appropriate selection of short-and long-term goals and corresponding measures of change. Ultimately, we must toward more coordinated and goal-directed assessment practices that do not place such a premium on diagnostic labels, but instead focus on generating information that directly facilitates treatment for a given individual at a particular moment in time. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Clinicians and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss individual-level factors that affect manifestation and measurement of social-communication deficits and restricted and repetitive behaviors; (2) identify subtypes of social-communication deficits; (3) identify range of domains relevant for assessment and treatment of neurodevelopmental disorders across the lifespan; (4) discuss how to apply assessment results across domains to develop individualized treatment plans and optimize strategies for measuring change in response to treatment. |
|
SOMER BISHOP (University of California, San Francisco) |
Somer Bishop is a clinical psychologist and Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Health and the Weill Institute for Neurosciences at the University of California, San Francisco. Dr. Bishop’s research and clinical interests focus on the assessment of social-communication and restricted and repetitive behaviors characteristic of autism spectrum disorders (ASD), and how these symptom dimensions are affected by individual and contextual factors across the lifespan.
At UCSF, Dr. Bishop’s lab is focused on identifying and refining dimensional measures of ASD-related behavior that can be used to delineate phenotypic and etiologic similarities and differences between ASD and other developmental disorders, taking into account individual factors such as age, sex, IQ, and language level. She is interested in developing trans-diagnostic tools that can be used in both clinical and research settings to assess profiles of social-communicative and other behavioral strengths and challenges across development in varied clinical populations (e.g., ASD, intellectual disability, ADHD). Her work has been funded by NICHD, HRSA, DoD, and the Autism Science Foundation. She has co-authored more than 70 peer-reviewed publications and serves on multiple journal editorial boards.
At the UCSF Center for ASDs and NDDs, Dr. Bishop participates in comprehensive, multi-disciplinary assessment and treatment of children and adults with ASD and related disorders. She directs the diagnostic training program, conducting multiple-day trainings on widely used autism diagnostic tools and best diagnostic practices for professionals from all over the world. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bidirectional Naming and Problem Solving |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC |
Chair: Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
CE Instructor: Caio Miguel, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: We often solve problems by engaging in mediating strategies such as talking to ourselves. In order to accurately use and respond to these strategies, we must understand what we are saying. The term bidirectional naming (BiN) has been used to describe the integration of both listener and speaker behaviors that leads to speaking with understanding. In this talk, I will describe a series of studies showing that in the absence of either speaker or listener behaviors, participants often fail to solve problems in the form of matching-to-sample and categorization tasks. These results suggest that to solve complex tasks participants must be verbal. Thus, I will propose that the BiN repertoire is one of the most important skills learned during language development and must be prioritized in early intensive behavioral intervention. |
Target Audience: Basic and applied researchers, clinicians. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between tasting and naming; (2) explain how bidirectional naming is developed through typical child-caregiver interaction; (3) discuss how derived stimulus relations research conducted with adults may be influenced by BiN. |
|
CAIO MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento) |
Dr. Caio Miguel is a professor of psychology and director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He holds adjunct appointments at Endicott College, MA., and at the University of São Paulo, Brazil. He is the past-editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and past-Associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis Dr. Miguel's research focuses on the study of verbal and verbally-mediated behaviors. He has given hundreds of professional presentations in North America, South America and Europe, and has had over 70 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013-2014 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences and Interdisciplinary Studies at Sacramento State, the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by the Student Committee of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI), the 2019 Award for Excellence in Teaching Verbal Behavior from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group of ABAI, and the 2019 Alumni Achievement Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances on the Sequence of Discrimination Training and Variables That Affect Acquisition |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
Discussant: Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: Mary Halbur, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of the present symposium is to provide an overview of research advances on variables that impact the efficiency of language acquisition interventions. Two presentations will discuss the role of stimulus disparity within conditional discrimination training and two presentations will evaluate the efficiency of instructional sequences on acquisition of targets. In the first study, Halbur and colleagues compared the acquisition of high-disparate sounds, low-disparate sounds, and words as sample stimuli during conditional discrimination training for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). In the second study, Wu and colleagues manipulated stimulus disparity of color saturation and conducted analyses to identify error patterns during conditional discrimination training. In the third study, Martin, Lechago, and Romo investigated acquisition of listener skills when the instructional sequences (i.e., English-Spanish, Spanish-English, mixed language) were varied for bilingual children with ASD. In the fourth study, Devine, Cox, and Petursdottir conducted multiple experiments that evaluated the impact of tact instruction on the establishment of bidirectional intraverbals and other relations. Following the four presentations, our discussant will summarize, provide clinical recommendations for efficient teaching procedures, and suggest areas for future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditional discriminations, emergence, instructional sequencing, stimulus disparity |
Target Audience: behavior analysts, graduate students, researchers |
Learning Objectives: Following the symposium attendees will be able to: 1. Describe recent research that evaluates the efficiency of behavioral interventions 2. Consider procedures to analyze error patterns during conditional discrimination training 3. Identify areas for future research on instructional sequences and stimulus disparity during discrimination training. |
|
Comparison of Sounds and Words as Sample Stimuli for Discrimination Training |
(Applied Research) |
MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Xi'an Maya Williams (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Chris Halbur (University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often have difficulty acquiring
conditional discriminations. However, previous researchers have suggested that
the discrimination of nonverbal auditory stimuli may be acquired more
efficiently (Eikeseth & Hayward, 2009; Uwer, Albrecht, Suchodoletz, 2002). For
example, a child may learn to touch a picture of a piano after hearing the
musical instrument more quickly than the word, ‘piano’. The purpose of the
present study was to extend previous research by assessing acquisition of
automated spoken words to environmental sounds. We compared sets of
stimuli comprised of words, high-disparity sounds, and low-disparity sounds for
children with ASD in a multiple baseline design. Results suggested that sounds were acquired rather than words or more efficiently than words. However, the similarity and overlap between sounds should be considered. Clinical applications and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
Quantitative Analysis of Parametric Changes in Sample Disparity With Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Basic Research) |
WEIZHI WU (INGCare), Tiara Putri (Florida Institute of Technology), Carolyn Ritchey (Auburn University), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Conditional discrimination skills are foundational in teaching many functional skills in children diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). Antecedent- and consequence-based intervention are commonly used without the understanding of patterns comprising these errors. A framework based in behavioral-choice and signal-detection theory can quantify error patterns due to (1) biases for certain stimuli or locations and (2) discriminability of stimuli within the conditional discrimination. Three children diagnosed with ASD responded in delayed matching-to-sample procedure. We manipulated sample disparity through changes in relative color saturation between samples on a touchscreen across four experimental conditions. Sample-disparity differences were high, low, zero, and a return to high disparity. Decreases in sample disparity primarily produced corresponding decreases in discriminability without systematic changes in stimulus or location biases. These findings demonstrate the use of these analyses to identify error patterns during conditional-discrimination performance in a clinically relevant population under laboratory conditions. Further development of this framework could result in the development of technologies for categorizing errors during clinically relevant conditional-discrimination performance with the goal of individualizing interventions to match learner-specific error patterns. |
|
Effects of English-Spanish Instructional Sequences and Language Preference
on the Acquisition of Conditional Discriminations |
(Applied Research) |
ARABELLE MARTIN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Christine Romo (Texana) |
Abstract: There is limited research evaluating how teaching multiple languages and
identifying preferred language of instruction affect acquisition of verbal
behavior for bilingual children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD).
Speaking both the familial native language and the language predominantly
spoken in the community is socially, educationally, and culturally relevant. The
purpose of this study was to examine the effects of instructional sequences
and language preference on the rate of acquisition of a receptive identincation
task targeting English and Spanish nouns with two Spanish-English bilingual
children with ASD. An adapted alternating treatments design was employed to
compare three instructional sequences: 1) English-Spanish, 2) Spanish-English,
and 3) mixed language (both English and Spanish at same time). Results for
one participant showed the mixed language training sequence to be the most
efficient training sequence and the Spanish-English training sequence to be the
most efficient for the other participant. Results suggest that language
preference may not impact the rate of acquisition of receptive identification
targets in both languages. The results of this study provide empirical support
for teaching both the familial and the dominant culture to bilingual children with
ASD. Data will be collected for a third participant. |
|
Tact Instruction as a First Step Toward Establishing Intraverbals |
(Applied Research) |
Bailey Devine (Behavior Experts of Texas), ANNA PETURSDOTTIR (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Two experiments were conducted with typically developing children (5-9 years) as participants to evaluate the effects of tact instruction on the establishment of intraverbal relations between the names of U.S. states and their respective state birds and jowers. In Experiment 1 (4 participants) we compared the eMciency of two instructional sequences; tact-before-intraverbal and listenerbefore- intraverbal, using an adapted alternating-treatments design combined with a multiple-baseline design across participants. After tact instruction, all participants performed at mastery in probes for bidirectional intraverbals and other derived relations, so intraverbal instruction was not necessary. By contrast, only one participant demonstrated intraverbals at mastery after listener instruction. The remaining three went on to receive intraverbal instruction, but the listener-before-intraverbal sequence resulted in a greater number of trials before intraverbals were established than did tact instruction alone. In Experiment 2 (3 participants), tact-only instruction was compared with intraverbal-only instruction without a preliminary step. Tact instruction established bidirectional intraverbals for all participants, whereas unidirectional intraverbal instruction did so for 2 of 3 participants. Tact instruction took fewer trials than intraverbal instruction for 2 participants, whereas intraverbal instruction took fewer trials for 1 participant. The process of building intraverbal repertoires may be achieved most efficiently through tact instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Implementing Evidence-Based Practices for Students With Autism in School Settings |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rachel García (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Jeffrey Michael Chan (Northern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Jeffrey Michael Chan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The majority of evidence-based practices for students with autism are based in the concepts and principles of behavior analysis. Furthermore, research indicates that access to evidence-based practices has a positive effect on educational outcomes of students with autism. Most children with autism receive the majority of their education in public school settings; however, many barriers to accurate and sustained implementation of evidence-based practices in schools exist. To ensure more children with autism benefit from access to evidence-based practices, it is critical to evaluate and address barriers to implementation in school settings. This symposium consists of the presentation of four projects addressing implementation of evidence-based practices in school setting. The first presentation will report findings on special educators’ use of a variety of evidence-based practices. The second presentation will report an evaluation of a collaborative framework to facilitate school professionals to implement evidence-based practices. Next, an evaluation of a technology-based self-management intervention in school settings will be presented. Finally, the results of a systematic literature review of functional analyses conducted in school settings will be shared. The final discussion will summarize these studies, highlight the applied value of the results, and discuss future research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): autism, evidence-based practices, school |
Target Audience: The target audience is "basic" and includes graduate students, practicing BCBAs, and researchers. The target audience would have a specific interest in working in school settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the most commonly utilized evidence-based practices in school settings. 2. Describe the Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools. 3. Describe strategies associated iwth a team-based framework for implementing evidence-based strategies in school settings. 4. Describe how to implement I-Connect, a technology-based self-management interventions 5. Identify functional analysis methodologies that have been evaluated in school settings. |
|
Use of Evidence-Based Practices for Autism in Schools: A Survey of Public-School Special Educators |
Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), PROVIDENCE LIVELY (Baylor University), Tracey Sulak (Baylor University), Julia M Hrabal (Baylor University), Kathleen Hine (Baylor University), MacKenzie Raye Wicker (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The educational progress of students with autism is dependent on frequent, intense exposure to evidence based practices delivered with a high degree of fidelity. In 2020, the National Clearinghouse on Autism Evidence & Practice identified 28 evidence-based practices for children with autism, many of which are based on the concepts and principles of applied behavior analysis (Steinbrenner et al., 2020). The majority of students with autism receive educational services in public schools; therefore, it is critical that evidence-based practices are implemented in this context. We surveyed 84 special educators who work with students with autism in public schools about their implementation of these 28 evidence-based practices. Results indicated variability in the frequency with which educators report implementing each of the 28 practices. We evaluated potential moderating variables such as grade level taught, instructional setting, and years of experience. The results of this study further indicate that additional efforts are required to promote consistent implementation of evidence-based practices in public education. Practical implications and recommendations for future research will be discussed. |
|
A Modular Approach for Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS): Virtual Adaptation to a Pilot Study |
ROSE IOVANNONE (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Suzannah J. Iadarola (University of Rochester) |
Abstract: Although there are established evidence-based interventions for students with autism, they are often not implemented as intended in school settings. Multiple factors impact school implementation including lack of resources, inadequate training, and transfer of research-based interventions to classrooms. Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a collaborative, team-based framework that guides school teams to select and implement evidence-based interventions, utilizing a modular approach that customizes specific interventions to best address individual student needs. Results from a pilot study, using an underpowered randomized controlled trial (RCT), showed that MAAPS is feasible and acceptable for school implementation and has promise of improving academic, social, and behavioral outcomes of elementary students with autism. MAAPS is currently undergoing a large, 4-year RCT across three states. Due to the pandemic we adapted delivery of the research and intervention activities from in-vivo to 100% virtual. Virtual adaptations were made based upon best practices, as well as emphasis on implementation factors related to buy-in and uptake. Data will show that virtual delivery of intervention research, such as MAAPS that includes ongoing coaching support to teachers, is feasible and effective. |
|
I-Connect: Evidence for a Technology-Based Self-Management Intervention |
GRETCHEN SCHEIBEL (University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project) |
Abstract: Independent assessment, adjustment and maintenance of behavior is a valuable skill for students receiving special education and a critical skill for individuals with disabilities later in life. I-Connect is a technology-based self-management intervention which has demonstrated positive effects in 14 cases across 6 peer-reviewed studies, resulting positive outcomes in academic and behavioral outcomes in elementary and middle school classrooms. This session will present an overview of using I-Connect to target prosocial behavior in schools and a meta-analysis of the existing literature base yielding, with strong confidence, a large omnibus effect size and similar effect sizes for popular I-Connect treatment packages and population. Additionally, the session will review evidence-based quality indicators determining I-Connect is an evidence-based practice to be used in special education environments along with resources for implementing I-Connect to support students with disabilities. The session will summarize the evidence that supports the use of a simple, cost-effective self-management intervention to target academic and behavioral outcomes. |
|
A Systematic Review of Functional Analysis in Public Schools |
ROSS NESSELRODE (The University of Texas at Austin), Terry S. Falcomata (The University of Texas at Austin), Lauren Wright (The University of Texas at Austin) |
Abstract: Experimental functional analysis (FA) is often used in clinical settings to identify maintaining variables of behavior but may not used as part of functional behavior assessments (FBA) in public schools. Barriers such as time, staff training, and effective current practice have limited the use of FA in public school FBA. Recent literature has shown effective variations of FA that can be used to appropriately address these barriers and effectively train school staff on the procedure. The purpose of the current study was to review the literature pertaining to FA in schools focusing on method, topographies, and results of problem behavior. Results of this review showed that analogue functional analysis (AFA) are conducted most often in school settings; but recent trends show that use of adapted formats (e.g., trial-based FA and brief FA) are increasing. Analysis of FA results identified most frequent topographies and maintaining variables of problem behavior in the reviewed studies. Trends in teacher-implemented FA are discussed, as well as discrepancies surrounding the terminology of FA in the literature base. Implications for further research, such as social validity of FA in public schools and use of multiple targeted topographies within school-based FA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Accountability Through Data Collection: Narrowing the Bridge Between Science and Practice |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Matthew L. Edelstein (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Discussant: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology ) |
CE Instructor: Matthew L. Edelstein, Psy.D. |
Abstract: Distinguishing it from other service-delivery fields, behavior analysis places strong emphasis on accountability through ongoing data collection and objective progress monitoring. As part of this model, behavior analysts are expected to use data to guide their clinical decision-making. However, these decisions are only meaningful when the data they are based on are reliable and valid. In this symposium, we address issues related to data collection in the practice of behavior analysis. In the first presentation, Dr. Morris will review data collection practices reported by Board Certified Behavior Analysts and their relation to data integrity. In the second, Ms. Snyder will discuss barriers to reliable and accurate data collection by group home staff. In the third, Dr. Becraft will present data on the validity of parent report of severe problem behavior. In the fourth, Dr. Edelstein will discuss the validity of parent report via telehealth. Collectively, these studies further our understanding of factors impacting data collection in behavior analytic practice, which is critical to evaluating and improving outcomes for recipients of behavioral services. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Data Collection, Parent Report |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, licensed psychologists, clinicians |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to discuss methods to ensure data collection is reliable and valid 2. Participants will be able to identify best practices in data collection 3. Participants will be able to describe environmental variables that may impact valid data collection |
|
Toward an Understanding of Data Collection Integrity |
(Service Delivery) |
CODY MORRIS (Salve Regina University) |
Abstract: Data collection is essential to the effective practice of behavior analysis. Behavior analysts are even obligated to collect and use data to inform treatment decisions according to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014). However, it is unclear how trustworthy data collected in applied settings are when behavior analysts are not themselves recording the data. In fact, numerous research studies have reported issues with data collection integrity when supervisors did not directly intervene to ensure compliance with data collection requirements. The first purpose of this talk is to review survey data focused on data collection practices for monitoring problem behavior in applied settings. The reports from the survey will be shared and include information related to reporting requirements, training and monitoring practices, profile of data collectors, modality of collection, etc. The second purpose of this talk is to discuss the relation of commonly reported practices and data collection integrity. |
|
A Descriptive Analysis of Baseline Conditions Affecting Data Collection in a Group Home |
(Service Delivery) |
DAPHNE SNYDER (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Although the importance of data collection is widely accepted in the field of behavior analysis, there has been limited to no research to date on the naturalistic variables affecting data collection in applied settings. Madsen and colleagues (2016) speculated on barriers present in the group home setting that may affect data collection, but no descriptive research has been conducted on the correspondence between the present barriers and the quality of data collected. Therefore, the purposes of this study were to: (a) evaluate the accuracy and reliability of data collected by group home staff under conditions and over a period of time that are more naturalistic than has been evaluated in past research, and (b) record the presence or absence of environmental variables hypothesized by Madsen and colleagues (2016) to be related to issues in staff data collection. A tool was developed to identify the presence of these variables and accuracy of staff data collection was measured. Data from a case study indicate that many of the speculated variables are present in the group home setting and may affect the accuracy of data collected by staff. |
|
The Validity of Parent Report for Evaluating Clinical Endpoints for Severe Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA L BECRAFT (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Usai Bah (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael F. Cataldo (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: In practice, behavior analysts or a similarly trained professional typically determine the effectiveness of treatment for child problem behavior. However, parents’ evaluation of treatment effects is critical because parents initiate treatment services, are expected to implement treatment protocols, are responsible for paying for services, determine when treatment is no longer required, and serve as advocates and marketers for services. We compared parent to data collected by trained observers on severe problem behavior in two studies. In the first study, parents reported data on their child’s behavior in baseline and treatment sessions. In the second study, parents scored the level of problem behavior in pre- and post-treatment videos of other children. Results indicate correspondence with trained observers on both a molecular (session-by-session) and molar (overall treatment efficacy) level. These studies suggest parents can accurately detect meaningful clinical endpoints, which can be used to evaluate maintenance and generalization of treatment and justify services to third party payers. |
|
Examining the Utility of Parent Report in the Age of Telehealth |
(Applied Research) |
MATTHEW L. EDELSTEIN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lesley A. Shawler (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Alicia Sullivan (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Sherika Harley (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: The ability to use gold-standard behavior data collection by trained observers is limited in large outpatient settings. Establishing parent observation as a reliable and valid alternative is imperative to the continued application of best practice behavioral intervention in these settings, particularly following the move to telehealth service provision as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. The current study assessed the validity of parent data on child problem behavior during virtual sessions at an outpatient clinic. Specifically, parent report was compared to trained observers’ frequency data. Results suggest that parents can accurately report clinically significant changes in target behavior. Specifically, a strong correspondence was noted between parent observation and trained observers when parents are asked to report rates more generally. These reports appear sensitive enough to determine the magnitude of change between high and low rates of problem behavior. Implications for the continued use of parent report in virtual service provision are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advancements in Training Procedures to Teach Safety Skills |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Alexandra Marie Campanaro (Caldwell University ) |
Discussant: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
CE Instructor: Alexandra Marie Campanaro, M.A. |
Abstract: The current symposium includes four papers broadly focused on teaching safety skills. The first paper will present on the use of interactive computerized training to teach educators how to respond during an active shooter event. They found that after the interactive computerized training, all participants met treatment fidelity criterion, which maintained after a 2-week follow up. The second paper will present comparing in-person behavior skills training, computer-based training, and video modeling to teach safety skills to sidewalkers at equine-assisted therapies. They found participants in the in-vivo BST and interactive computer training conditions completed more steps correctly in a post-training role-play than the participants in the video model condition. The third paper will present using behavior skills training to teach generalized responding of safe sleeping positions of infants to adults. They found behavior skills training significantly improved appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants. The final paper will present using behavior skills training to teach swim skills to children with autism. They found behavior skills training showed some improvements in learning swim skills. |
Target Audience: BCBA's, BCBA-D's |
Learning Objectives: Attendees will be able to describe how to implement behavior skills training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe the use of interactive computerized training to produce emergent responding. Attendees will be able to describe how to teach safety skills to individuals with developmental disabilities to produce emergent responding. |
|
Sleeping Beauties: Teaching Adults to Arrange Safe Infant Sleep Environments |
JACQUELINE CARROW (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College) |
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention state that there are approximately 3,607 sleep related infant deaths each year in the United States. Attempts to teach medical personnel and parents safe infant sleep practices in the infant sleep training literature have demonstrated mixed results. Thus, strategies to teach arrangements of safe infant sleep environments warrants further investigation. Behavioral skills training is an evidenced-based teaching strategy shown to successfully teach various safety skills to children and adults. Additionally, the use of behavioral skills training in training practices have also shown more robust outcomes compared to traditional educational approaches. The current study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills training to teach safe infant sleep practices to adults of typical development. Specifically, differential responding was assessed across multiple environmental arrangements typical to contexts parents may be exposed to when putting an infant to sleep. Results demonstrated behavioral skills training to significantly improve appropriate arrangement of a safe sleep environment for infants for all eight participants. |
|
Teaching Water Safety Skills to Children With Autism Using a Train-the-Trainer Model |
YOUNG HEE BYUN (University of Virginia), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), Einar T. Ingvarsson (Virginia Institute of Autism), Rehan Mairajuddin (University of Virginia), Amber Hardin (University of Virginia), Emily M. Istvan (University of Virginia), Lauren Haskins (Virginia Institute of Autism) |
Abstract: Drowning is a leading cause of death in individuals with autism (Guan & Li, 2017a, Guan & Li, 2017b). In this study, swim instructors were instructed in behavioral skills training as a method for teaching water safety to children with autism. Targeted skills were a) safely exiting a body of water; b) rolling from front to back while in water; and c) floating while yelling for help. This study is an extension of Tucker & Ingvarsson (2017), in which three children with autism were taught the same skills by a swim instructor who also had background in behavior analysis. We aimed to evaluate whether swim instructors with no background in behavior analysis could be trained to effectively teach water safety to children to a larger sample. Data from our first three participants (males, ages 6, 8, 10) showed variable improvement in skills in the behavioral skills training phase for all skills. We will present the model of training, outcome data across participants, and data from generalization and maintenance probes. Conclusions regarding the utility of this training protocol, the social acceptability to parents, and recommendations for future water safety training programs will be shared. |
|
An Interactive Computerized Training to Teach Educators How to Respond During an Active Shooter Situation |
LORRAINE A BECERRA (University of Missouri), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University), Annie Galizio (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Kassidy Reinert (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Educators are in a unique position during active shooter events as they must decide to prioritize actions that will protect their students. Depending on the situation, the educator should engage in a Run, Hide, or Fight response. Issues related to a student’s disability may create barriers to these already challenging emergency situations. Interactive computerized training is a successful training method to teach educators to implement instruction to individuals with autism spectrum disorder. The purpose of this study was to extend the literature on interactive computerized training by investigating its effects on teaching educators how to respond during an active shooter event. After completing the interactive computerized training, all participants met criterion of 90% fidelity within the Run and Hide checklists. Participants met criterion at a 2-week follow up. Furthermore, all participants indicated that they enjoyed the interactive computerized training materials. Potential limitations and future directions related to interactive computerized training and safety skills training are discussed. |
|
Comparing Behavioral Skills Training, Video Modeling, and Interactive Computer Training to Teach Sidewalker Safety Skills |
SARAH BRADTKE (West Virginia University), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University), Emily K. Hull (West Virginia University), Natalie Ruth Shuler (West Virginia University), Stephanie Jones (West Virginia University), Sijin Wen (West Virginia University), Bethany Smiley (On Eagles' Wings), Carol Petitto (On Eagles' Wings) |
Abstract: Few studies have investigated effective and efficient volunteer training methods, despite the importance of volunteers in many human-service organizations. Effective training procedures are particularly critical for organizations whose volunteers are responsible for safety. For example, sidewalker volunteers at equine-assisted activities and therapies facilities help to maintain the safety of mounted riders with disabilities. It is thus imperative that sidewalkers acquire safety skills and perform them proficiently. The current practice of using in-person behavioral skills training, although effective, limits the number of sidewalkers who can be trained because of constraints on trainer time and resources. Therefore, we compared two efficient training methods, a standard video model (in which participants watched a video without responding to questions) and interactive computer training (in which participants watched the same videos in modules, with embedded active responding questions), to in-person training (behavioral skills training) in the context of training new volunteers at an equine-assisted activities and therapies facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theories, Models, and Their Uses in Behavior Science |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Theory |
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Discussant: Lewis A. Bizo (University of Technology Sydney) |
CE Instructor: M. Christopher Newland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Orderly, precise data invite models, such as Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR). From first principles, MPR derives equations describing how biophysical properties of responding, the retroactive actions of reinforcement contingencies, and reinforcer quality can predict response rate under many schedules. The memory-as-discrimination model places forgetting in a framework of temporal generalization and makes surprising predictions about “forgetting” at short intervals. Presenters will examine theory and its utility in understanding otherwise incomprehensible results. A tutorial on MPR will be provided by its originator, Peter Killeen. Federico Sanabria will describe an extension that incorporates probabilistic, response-by-response modeling. Chris Newland will show that MPR’s parameters are independent and reveal important information about such interventions as chemical exposure or genetic differences. Forgetting and attending are shown by Dalisa Kendricks to comprise separable processes, including temporal generalization and choice. Finally, Lewis Bizo will discuss the how and why of the insights that quantitative models provide into hidden structures and forces on behavior in ways that purely descriptive and inductive methodologies cannot, and their realized and potential applications. Together, these presentations will show the importance of theory in understanding behavior and how it responds to powerful interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): MPR, Quantitative Models, Remembering, Sustained Attention |
Target Audience: The target audiences are basic researchers interested in quantitative theories of behavior and all investigators in how these theories can be extended to understand disparate phenomena. In goth cases, the target audience is advanced. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain why a principled approach to theory construction is valuable. 2. Describe the original, molor, implementation of MPR and its extension to a response-by-response analysis. 3. Understand how MPR is helpful in other applications. 4. Explain a behavioral definition of attending, its independence from memory, and how the discrimination model of remembering is supported. |
|
Tutorial Introduction to the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement |
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Behavior on schedules of reinforcement is some of the most orderly in the field of psychology as a whole. According to the first modern scientist Galileo, the ideal language for such replicable data is mathematics. Accordingly, I generated a mathematical model of reinforcement schedules ages ago. For transparency, it is predicated on three principles, or axioms stated general enough to be uncontroversial (e.g., reinforcers direct behavior). I note their relationship to Baum’s multimodal model, and Catania’s reflex reserve model. I generated mathematical models for each principle, and for their interaction. Unlike the principles, the models were specific enough to be tested, and expected to eventually fail and be replaced by better models, or models that extended them into new domains. I discuss one or two of the models of basic schedules to give a sense of the machinery; and note how the theory has been extended into those new domains, including adjunctive behaviors, contrast, and behavioral momentum. Finally, I introduce the model for progressive ratio schedules, which will be used by subsequent panelists.
In this presentation the subjects were animals; the procedures were exposure to various schedules of reinforcement; the data showed general conformity to the principles and models. |
|
Can Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement Inform Us About Chemical and Genetic Effects on Behavior? |
M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University) |
Abstract: Drugs and environmental contaminants can have long-lasting, sometimes irreversible, behavioral effects and mouse strains are well-known for their behavior profiles. Characterizing these in ways that are behaviorally meaningful, that is, linking them to behavioral mechanisms and neural corelates often proves challenging. Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR), a theoretical framework built from first principles, claims that three independent parameters are uniquely linked to specific behavioral mechanisms. To be useful, these parameters should reveal specific and independent information about chemical interventions or genetic differences in behavioral profiles. Here, I summarize how MPR has been used to characterize the impact of cocaine, d-amphetamine, and methylmercury during adolescence in rodent models as well as how these parameters differ across three mouse strains. Adolescent exposure to methylmercury is related to an increased in the saturation rate in two studies and minimum response time in one. Adolescent cocaine exposure increased saturation rate and steepened discounting in the same animals. In a comparison of different mouse strains, higher saturation rates in BALB/c mice, as compared with C57Bl/6 mice, as well as higher discounting rates were observed. The MPR parameters are sensitive to a variety of interventions and unmask the determinants of differing behavioral profiles. |
|
Theory, Models, and Scientific Progress: The Case of Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement 2.0 |
FEDERICO SANABRIA (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Scientific progress is an upward spiral that cycles between problem identification, hypothesis formulation, model specification, and empirical evaluation. This process is partially self-contained (empirical failures lead to new problems, and so on) and partially feeds from external factors (new empirical and analytical techniques). An example of upward-spiral progress in behavior analysis is the Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (MPR): It originates with the problem of schedule control over aggregated performance, it formulates principles that govern such performance, and it specifies the mathematical properties of those principles, motivating empirical research on those properties. Self-contained progress is reflected on refinements in model specification. Developments in the microstructure of motivated behavior constitute external factors that may contribute to the evolution of MPR. These developments suggest new problems (e.g., how does the organization of behavior in bouts emerge?) and new data (e.g., response-by-response changes in inter-response times) that may be incorporated into the scope and models of MPR 2.0. For MPR 2.0 to address these new problems and leverage these new data, it must specify not only the central tendency of model parameters but also their distribution and sequential dependency. Examples and simulations of such specifications are presented and contrasted against extant behavioral data. |
|
Distracted Recall and Choosing to Ignore: Differentiable Determinants of Forgetting and Sustained Attending |
DALISA KENDRICKS (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University) |
Abstract: White’s quantitative model of remembering holds that delay-related errors are due to both forgetting and temporal generalization deficits, and that this becomes noticeable when training is conducted with delays longer than 0s. Accuracy is theorized to peak close to the trained delay and decrease at longer and, remarkably, shorter delays. The construct of sustained attention may also emerge from processes like forgetting, generalization, and choice. Can these processes be isolated? In rodent (mouse and rat) models, both attending and forgetting were assessed simultaneously in a single preparation. Forgetting (errors after long delays) and temporal generalization (errors after short delays) were uniquely affected by changing testing and training delays, interventions that did not affect detection at a 0 sec delay (termed sustained attention). Attending was uniquely affected by concurrently available reinforcers and changing the duration of the stimulus to be detected but not by adding visual distractors. What is referred to as sustained attention may emerge from behavioral processes of generalization and choice and can be distinguished from forgetting and temporal generalization. Understanding the determinants of these phenomena is important in interpreting drug and neurotoxicant effects. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in the Application of Evidence-Based Training Procedures |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robert LaRue (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Richard G. Smith, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have an ethical responsibility to use evidence-based procedures for the purpose of training staff to implement programming. Behavioral skills training (BST) is a well-established procedure used by behavior analysts for the purpose of training parents and staff members. While BST has strong empirical support and is commonly used in applied settings, the COVID-19 pandemic has presented unique challenges to the provision of effective training. These training challenges can have detrimental effects on parents, staff, and the individuals they are trying to help. The purpose of the current symposium is to share some recent advances in the delivery of behavioral skills training. Symposium topics will include: using computer-based training to train teachers to develop token-based reinforcement systems, using remote training to teach staff to write skill acquisition programs, using virtual platforms to train staff to implement functional analyses, and to train staff to select appropriate data collection procedures. The symposium will conclude with a discussion about best practices regarding training. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, telehealth |
Target Audience: intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify the key components of effective training. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify constraints to training procedures when trainers cannot be physically present in the training environment with trainees. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify strategies for improving the quality of training via telehealth. |
|
Virtual Evaluation of Computer-Based Instruction for Preparing Teachers to Establish Token-Based Reinforcement Systems |
SAMANTHA JEAN BOYLE (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Ning Chen (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelsey Leadingham (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has increased the need to evaluate the effectiveness of virtual training models. Although many teachers use token-based reinforcement systems in classrooms, few receive specialized training in how to establish them. In this study, six teachers received computer-based training that included lectures, written materials, and video models on how to establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers and how to thin the token exchange schedule. The experimenter used a multiple baseline design across teachers to evaluate the effects of the training on teacher's implementation of the treatment components. Pre- and post-training sessions were conducted via virtual role plays with confederate students. Four of six teachers met the mastery criterion with computer-based training alone, and the remaining two participants did so after the experimenter prompted them to review the written training materials. The experimenter evaluated generalization to in-person role play for three of the teachers. All three teachers continued to perform at mastery criterion levels when implementing the procedures with a family or friend who acted as a confederate student. Results suggest the efficacy of virtual training models for providing remote instruction and for evaluating training outcomes. |
|
Training Behavior Analysts to Conduct Functional Analyses Using a Remote Group Behavioral Skills Training Package |
LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Savannah Tate (University of Florida), Kerri P. Peters (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is a well-established procedure often used to train individuals how to perform a variety of complex skills. Previous research has used BST to train parents, teachers, and clinicians how to conduct a variety of clinical procedures, including functional analysis (FA) of problem behavior. Although this procedure has been demonstrated to be very effective, it can be time consuming and resource intensive. In the present study, 13 behavior analysts were trained to conduct functional analyses of problem behavior and 6 behavior analysts were trained to disseminate the training throughout the company (i.e., how to train others). All participants were employees of a multi-state early intervention clinic. The training was conducted 100% remotely, and trainers acted as child role-play partners. Participants experienced baseline, an instruction/discussion component, a post-instruction probe, group BST, and a post-BST probe. For some participants, in-situ probes were also conducted. All participants achieved mastery, and in-situ errors were low. |
|
Training ABA Providers to Develop Skill Acquisition Protocols From Research Articles |
ALLISON PARKER (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: According to the Behavior Analyst Certification Board, services commonly provided by behavior analysts include writing and revising protocols for teaching new skills. Such protocols are often based on in-house or commercially available templates or pre-existing protocols, sometimes lacking individualization or recent research considerations. To our knowledge, there are currently no published, peer-reviewed articles on developing skill acquisition protocols. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of computer-based instruction (CBI) and on acquisition of skills related to writing an individualized protocol based on a research article. Fourteen students enrolled in a university behavior analysis program participated in a matched-subjects group experimental design. The training was separated into three modules on protocol components, identifying important information in a research article, and individualizing the protocol for a learner. Following training, the mean score for the CBI group increased by 40%, and the mean score for the manual group increased by 16%, a statistically significant difference in group means. This study contributes to the literature by applying CBI training procedures to a complex skill, as well as evaluating training in the absence of a trainer, and provides a technology for clinicians to effectively and efficiently learn to write a technological, individualized, and empirically-based protocol. |
|
Training Graduate Students to Select Measurement Methods |
EMILY WHITE (Western New England University), Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this series of studies was to explore necessary and sufficient conditions for ABA trainees to select appropriate measurement methods in a variety of trained and untrained contexts. In Study 1, we taught students of behavior analysis who were also employed as behavior technicians to select among seven measurement methods in response to trial-unique written scenarios. In Study 2, we evaluated a package to teach discriminated responding between complete measurement scenarios and scenarios that omitted critical contextual variables (i.e., problem scenarios). Performance was assessed via written exams as well as staged, naturalistic probes with confederates. Results for Study 1 and Study 2 indicate that training was efficacious for participants to perform accurately on scenario-based exams including complete and problem scenarios with some evidence of transfer to staged assessments for participants in Study 2 (i.e., accurate performance on at least 1 of 2 probe types for 4 of 4 participants). |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring Publication Bias in Behavior Analysis Research |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Domain: Theory |
Chair: Matthew Tincani (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Matthew Tincani, Ph.D. |
Panelists: MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia), JASON TRAVERS (Temple University) |
Abstract: Publication bias is the disproportionate representation of studies with certain characteristics, such as strong experimental effect, in the published research literature. Publication bias skews the body of scientific knowledge by overrepresenting studies with specific methodologies, analytic techniques, and data, which distorts the scientific literature and, ultimately, foments public distrust in science. Scholars in psychology and education have documented the presence of publication bias within these broad bodies of research. However, to date, behavior analysts have focused little attention on the possibility of publication bias in basic and applied behavior analysis research. Participants in this panel will reflect on their experiences as researchers, journal editors, and manuscript reviewers regarding issues of publication bias in behavior analysis. Their discussion will explore whether publication bias is a problem in behavior analysis research; how publication bias might manifest uniquely in our work; the potential impact of publication bias on the corpus of scientific knowledge in basic behavior analysis, applied behavior analysis, and on consumers of behavior analytic interventions; and potential strategies for reducing publication bias. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state the definition of publication bias and describe examples of publication bias within scientific research; (2) describe how publication bias could manifest in basic and applied behavior analytic research; (3) discuss possible ways of reducing publication bias in basic and applied behavior analysis research. |
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
 Dr. Galizio received his BA from Kent State University and his PhD from the University of Wisconsin- Milwaukee where he worked with Dr. Alan Baron. In 1976, he joined the faculty at the University of North Carolina Wilmington where he is currently Professor of Psychology. His research interests include behavioral pharmacology, stimulus control/concept learning, aversive control, and human operant behavior. He has published two books, more than 100 articles and his research has been supported by NIDA, NSF and NICHD. He is a Fellow of ABAI and four APA divisions and is a past-president of APA Division 25 (Behavior Analysis) and of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis and served as an At-Large member of the ABAI Executive Council. He has served on numerous NIH study sections and chaired two of them. He is currently Editor-in-Chief of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
JOEL RINGDAHL (University of Georgia) |
Joel Ringdahl is an associate professor in the department of communication sciences and special education at the University of Georgia. His research interests include functional analysis and treatment of severe behavior problems, stimulus preference assessments, functional communication training and translational research in the areas of behavioral momentum theory and behavioral economics. He is the editor of Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice. |
JASON TRAVERS (Temple University) |
Jason Travers, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is an associate professor in the college of education and human development at Temple University. He serves on the editorial board of several journals, including Journal of Special Education Technology, TEACHING Exceptional Children, and Journal of Disability Policy Studies. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Advances in the Assessment of Problem Behavior |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brandon C. Perez (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Brandon C. Perez, M.S. |
Abstract: Functional analyses have long been the standard for identifying the environmental variables maintaining problematic behavior. Furthermore, there have been many modifications to the original functional analyses procedures described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994). This symposium will discuss three recent advances in the assessment of problem behavior. The first presentation will discuss the use of a no-interaction condition to predict behavioral function and to inform a subsequent treatment analysis. The second presentation will discuss an assessment procedure for determining if response blocking serves as a reinforcer for problem behavior. The final talk will discuss the use of a preference assessment as a potential screening tool for problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, problem behavior |
Target Audience: Understanding of functional analysis procedures |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) use information gathered from a no-interaction condition to inform behavioral function and subsequent treatment recommendations (2) determine the function of response blocking for an individual with problem behavior (3) use a preference assessment to gather information on problem behavior which can inform a subsequent functional analysis |
|
Using an Extended No-Interaction Condition to Inform Treatment Analysis |
SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), Janelle Kirstie Bacotti (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Crystal M. Slanzi (University of Florida) |
Abstract: The extended no-interaction condition of an FA has been used to identify whether problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement or by socially mediated reinforcement (Querim et al., 2013). More recently, the condition has been used to predict whether various topographies of problem behavior are maintained by access to tangibles, access to attention, or escape from aversive stimuli (e.g., demands) for individuals with ASD. We extended this work by conducting subsequent treatment analyses following the FA method. In the majority of participants, the extended no-interaction condition successfully predicted behavioral function and informed the treatment analyses such that lower rates of problem behavior occurred. |
|
Preliminary Outcomes from a Response Blocking Reinforcer Assessment |
CARA L. PHILLIPS (May Institute), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Jennifer R. Zarcone (The May Institute) |
Abstract: Response blocking involves physically preventing a behavior from occurring or from having a potentially dangerous impact. Research has shown that blocking can produce decreases in a variety of problem behaviors (e.g., self-injurious behavior; Jennett et all., 2011; pica; Hagopian & Adelinis, 2001; motor stereotypy; Giles et al., 2012) via punishment or extinction effects (Lerman & Iwata, 1996; Smith, et al, 2013). However, blocking may, at times, have counter-therapeutic effects and produce increases in behavior rather than decreases. The purpose of the current study was to assess whether response blocking may function as a positive reinforcer for children diagnosed with ASD. In brief sessions, an arbitrary response was blocked, then blocking was discontinued mid-way through the session, and a second arbitrary response was blocked. We targeted arbitrary responses to minimize the potential side-effects associated with blocking a response with a strong reinforcement history. An analysis of within-session patterns of responding suggested that for some participants, blocking did serve as a positive reinforcer. Results for other participants suggested that blocking may function as a neutral stimulus or as a punisher. The clinical implications of our findings will be discussed. |
|
Problem Behavior During Preference Assessments: A Tangible Function Screening |
BRANDON C. PEREZ (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Several studies have examined problem behavior occurring during preference assessments. Roane et al., 1998 found that the free-operant (FO) preference assessment generally resulted in less problem behavior than multiple-stimulus-without-replacement (MSWO) and paired-stimulus (PS) preference assessments. This is potentially due to the fact that subjects are given free access to engage with any or all of stimuli in a FO preference assessment and these stimuli are not removed during the session. Whereas, in MSWO and PS arrangements, the stimuli are removed after a period of access and the next array presented. This repeated removal and representation in PS and MSWO may be responsible for elevated problem behavior in these assessments. Furthermore, Kang et al., 2010 and Tung et al., 2017 have replicated and extended Roane et al., 1998 to individuals with problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. The current study will evaluate the extent to which individuals who engage in problem behavior during preference assessments is indicative of problem behavior maintained by access to tangible items. |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting Local Development of Sustainable Applied Behavior Analysis and Telehealth Practices in Australia and Europe |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sheri Kingsdorf, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sheri Kingsdorf (Masaryk University ) |
KAREL PANCOCHA (Masaryk University) |
LAUREN COWLED (Great Start Behaviour Services) |
ANA MARÍA FORTES FORTES BARRAL (Inercia Digital) |
Abstract: This panel will focus on the strategies used by local professionals to support the advancement of the science of behavior and telehealth practices in underserved areas of Australia, the Czech Republic, and Spain. The panelists will share their, and their teams’, experiences of, and recommendations for, practicing in these places. Practitioners from these communities, fluent in the native languages and cultures, will share their trials and tribulations in working to grow applied behavior analysis (ABA) in a sustainable way. Some specific challenges, such as access to resources, aftermath of previous "banking models" of dissemination from overseas, and the need to simultaneously establish a community of practice across all modalities (i.e., in-person, remote, parent-led, therapist-led, etc..) will be explored. Emphasis will be placed on the emergent need for telepractice and its intersection with convincing stakeholders to fund a novel science and method of use. The panel will encourage attendees to share their experiences. Ideally, participants will come away with strategies for success that can be used in their own efforts to establish ABA and telepractice in the underserved areas of the world in which they live and work. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The intermediate audience should already:
1. Have completed formal education in the subject area of behavior analysis.
2. Be working in the field as a behavior analyst.
3. Have at least some experience in program development and management. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to:
1. Identify challenges that might be faced when growing behavior analysis in communities that are under-resourced and underserved.
2. State actions that should be avoided when working with stakeholders in efforts to expand ABA and telehealth practices.
3. Outline steps that can be taken to establish sustainable telehealth practices in an emergent behavior analytic market. |
Keyword(s): Australia, Establishing ABA, Europe, Telehealth |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Worker Health®: An Invitation to Join In! |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Gravina, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: RYAN OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Abstract: We draw artificial boundaries between our lives at home and at work, and between our waking and sleeping hours. Each person is living a whole life where all of their environments, relationships, behaviors, and physiological states interact. The body we take with us to work is the one we had with us at home, and both work and home environments (resources, physical environment, psychosocial environment, responsibilities/demands) impact our physical health.
Total Worker Health® (TWH) is an approach initiated by the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) in 2003 developed to address such interactions, and to advance science and practice for protecting workers’ safety, health, and well-being. The TWH approach represents an expansion of traditional occupational safety and health research and practice, with strong safety protections for workers as its foundation. NIOSH defines TWH as “…policies, programs, and practices that integrate protection from work-related safety and health hazards with promotion of injury and illness prevention efforts to advance worker well-being” (Tamers et al., 2019). TWH recognizes that work is a social determinant of health and therefore takes a holistic approach to worker safety, health, and well-being by acknowledging the interdependence between worker well-being and their success at work. As an extension of traditional occupational safety and controls, the TWH approach prioritizes addressing and removing occupational exposures that threaten the safety and well-being of workers, and prescribes that such hazard reduction is accompanied by efforts to improve the overall health status of workers as well.
This is a very exciting time for occupational science and practice. From a TWH perspective, the “action is in the interactions” between safety, health, and well-being. This includes interactions between work and life exposures and each person’s genes, biology, and daily behaviors. This reciprocol and interactive perspective is highly consistent with Skinnerian and other approaches to behavioral science, as well as organizational systems analysis approaches. Skinner (1957) wrote that “[People] act upon the world, and change it, and are changed in turn by the consequences of their action” (p. 1). Similarly, Bandura (1978) proposed a triadic form of reciprocal determinism, focused on interactions among a person’s environment, traits, and behaviors. At both individual and organizational levels of analysis, systems approaches (Brethower, 1982; Rummler & Brache, 2012) highlight the adaptive importance of reciprocal internal and external feedback processes, as well as sustaining and interactive relationships between each system (person, organization) and its host environment (organization, economy). With its Skinnerian and systems analysis roots, and associated historical emphasis on environmental conditions and interventions, the Organizational Behavior Management community can make great and important contributions in the TWH domain. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: PENDING |
|
RYAN OLSON (Oregon Health & Science University) |
Dr. Olson earned his bachelor’s degree in Psychology at Utah State University, and advanced degrees in Industrial and Organizational Psychology (MA) and Applied Behavior Analysis (Ph.D.) at Western Michigan University. He was a member of the Psychology Department at Santa Clara University prior to joining the Oregon Institute of Occupational Health Sciences at Oregon Health & Science University. His research program has focused on occupational fatality surveillance and prevention, and safety and health interventions for isolated workers in demanding occupations (e.g., commercial drivers, home care workers). He has expertise in occupational safety, intervention design, and integrating safety into employee health programs. Dr. Olson is a founding investigator and current Co-Director of the Oregon Healthy Workforce Center - one of six Centers of Excellence in Total Worker Health® funded by CDC/NIOSH). He has led two prior intervention research projects in the Center, including the COMmunity of Practice And Safety Support (COMPASS) trial with home care workers, and the current Tech4Rest study to evaluate interventions to improve sleep and reduce fatigue among truck driving teams (anti-vibration driver’s seat, therapeutic mattress, behavioral sleep intervention). In addition to his work within the Center, Dr. Olson serves as the multiple PI for Oregon’s expanded occupational health surveillance program (CDC/NIOSH), and leads an internationally recognized safety and health intervention research program with commercial drivers funded by NHLBI. Dr. Olson is a past President of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and a charter member of the Society for Occupational Health Psychology, and serves on the editorial boards for several journals in these fields. |
|
|
|
|
|
PDS: Success in Academia: Developing Teaching and Service Repertoires |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Jonathan A. Schulz, M.A. |
Chair: Jonathan A. Schulz (University of Kansas) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast) |
Abstract: Success in academia is measured by accomplishments in three domains: research, teaching, and service. Theoretically, doctoral programs are designed to prepare students to succeed in all three domains; however, the prevailing contingencies of the doctoral graduation requirements may not always reflect this goal. Often, the emphasis in student development is on research. Students are typically required to successfully propose and defend a dissertation, present research at conferences, and publish in peer reviewed journals. In contrast, teaching and service requirements may be considered less stringent. Students might only be required to be the instructor of record for one course or be the primary instructor for a few instructional sessions to meet teaching requirements. As for service, requirements are virtually nonexistent. Therefore, students may need to seek additional opportunities to ensure they are prepared to succeed in teaching and service. This professional development series event brings together three leaders in teaching and service to discuss ways in which students can prepare themselves to be master teachers and engage in meaningful service. Panelists will share methods they use to ensure their teaching is effective, discuss service opportunities, provide their perspectives on ways research, teaching, and service can be integrated, and answer audience questions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the panel, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to use evidence-based teaching procedures to instruct undergraduate and graduate students; (2) identify service opportunities to engage in that will further the field; and (3) list the personal and professional benefits of developing teaching and service repertoires. |
Keyword(s): Professional Development, Service, Teaching |
|
|
|
|
|
Can Behavioral and Developmental Science Live Happily Ever After? An Overview of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Melanie Pellecchia (University of Pennsylvania) |
Discussant: Sophia R D'Agostino (Hope College) |
CE Instructor: Melanie Pellecchia, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder is historically rooted within two distinct theoretical foundations: behavioral and developmental sciences. Proponents of each discipline have traditionally held opposing views toward treatment, with little collaboration. A recent shift in autism intervention has led to the emergence of a group of interventions that incorporate elements from both developmental and behavioral science. These naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBI) have been used effectively in a variety of settings. This symposium includes a series of presentations describing the application of NDBI across a range of settings, with a focus on describing the integration of developmental and behavioral science. The first presentation will provide a broad overview of NDBI, including a description of its core components. The second will describe the implementation of NDBI in a hospital-based clinic setting, including data related to the characteristics of children enrolled in the program. The third will describe outcomes from a group-based delivery of NDBI for preschool-aged children. The final presentation will shed light on the actual use of NDBI strategies by describing the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral strategies from a large sample of applied behavior analysis providers. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): early intervention, NDBI |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the differences between developmental and behavioral approaches to autism intervention. 2) Describe core strategies used within naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions. 3) Discuss how naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions are used in a variety of practice settings. |
|
Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention: The Next Frontier for Early Autism Treatment |
(Service Delivery) |
MELANIE PELLECCHIA (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: A recent trend in early intervention for young children with autism spectrum disorder is the development of interventions that bridge both developmental and behavioral sciences. This new breed of interventions, Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBI), merge best practices in these two previously opposing approaches to intervention. NDBI integrate behavioral learning theory and developmentally-focused strategies within natural environments. Several efficacious NDBI treatment models have been successfully implemented across a variety of settings with improved child and family outcomes. Yet, this approach has yet to be disseminated widely among behavior analysts. This presentation will provide an in-depth overview of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions, with an emphasis on how this approach can be incorporated into existing applied behavior analysis programs for young children with autism spectrum disorders. The presentation will include: a description of the theoretical background underlying the approach, the core components of NDBI, and examples illustrating its application. A summary of the evidence supporting the effectiveness of NDBI and recommendations for incorporating NDBI strategies into existing programs will be provided. |
|
The Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions in a Hospital-Based Autism Center |
(Service Delivery) |
Ashley Dubin (Nemours/AI duPont Hospital for Children), EMILY BERNABE (Nemours/Alfred I duPont Hospital for Children), Meena Khowaja (Nemours/ Alfred I. Dupont Hospital for Children), Erin Machemer (Nemours/ Alfred I. Dupont Hospital for Children) |
Abstract: This presentation describes the clinical implementation of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) in a hospital-based autism center. Parents of young children recently diagnosed with autism are coached on strategies to promote social communication. Different service delivery models (e.g., telehealth) and the strategies comprising the parent-mediated NDBIs will be discussed. Data will be presented about characteristics of the parents and children referred for, enrolled in, and who have completed one of the center’s NDBI programs. As enrollment in NDBIs is ongoing, we anticipate including additional data related to child social communication and other behaviors over time, and other factors potentially related to enrollment and completion of NDBI programs. Important considerations for implementation of parent-mediated NDBIs in a hospital-based clinic setting will be discussed, including advantages, possible barriers, need for modifications, and future directions for research and practice. |
|
Follow the Children: A Group-Based Application of Naturalistic Developmental Behavioral Intervention for Preschool Children With Autism |
(Service Delivery) |
MEGHAN KANE (University of Pennsylvania), Julia Waldman (University of Pennsylvania), David Mandell (University of Pennsylvania) |
Abstract: Group-learning models for young children with autism provide environments rich with opportunities for teaching social communication and interaction skills. Comprehensive preschool programs that incorporate naturalistic developmental behavioral intervention (NDBI) strategies have produced improvements in children’s social communication skills, social engagement, and core ASD symptoms (Stahmer & Ingersoll, 2004; Strain & Bovey, 2011). This presentation will provide an overview of an NDBI treatment model delivered within a group program for preschool-aged children with autism. A description of the treatment model and subsequent changes in children’s social communication skills for 20 preschool-aged children enrolled in the program will be discussed. Staff fidelity was measured using a direct observation fidelity tool designed to measure the core components of a group-based NDBI model. Fidelity was high and averaged over 87% accuracy across all NDBI components. Changes in children’s social communication were measured at baseline and following six months of intervention using the Social Communication Checklist, a curriculum-based measure of social communication. Improvements were observed across all domains, with significant improvements in the group’s overall social communication score (p < .05), social engagement (p <.01), and play skills (p <.05). Implications for research and practice incorporating NDBI into group-based treatment programs will be discussed. |
|
Self-Reported Utilization of Developmental and Behavioral Intervention Techniques by Applied Behavior Analysis Providers |
(Service Delivery) |
KYLE M FROST (Michigan State University), Brooke Ingersoll (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Naturalistic developmental behavioral interventions (NDBIs; Schreibman et al., 2015) are a class of early interventions for autism spectrum disorder with growing empirical support, however, their similarity to Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) as delivered in the community is unknown. This online survey-based study characterized the self-reported utilization of developmental and behavioral intervention techniques in a large sample of ABA providers (n=368) and explored what aspects of provider background predict utilization. Respondents rated the extent to which they used each of a number of intervention techniques in a recent session with a specific child. ABA providers self-reported less use of developmental techniques than behavioral techniques, t(356)=-26.35, p<0.001. Providers with greater self-reported competency in NDBIs reported more frequent use of developmental techniques (Table 1); NDBI competency was not related to use of behavioral techniques, which were reported at high levels across providers. Point-biserial correlations indicated some trending relationships with training background such that providers with a background in psychology reported greater use of developmental techniques and those with backgrounds in ABA and special education reported less use (Table 1). Results suggest that further research on the similarities and differences between NDBIs and ABA delivered in the community is warranted. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Mask-Wearing in Individuals With Developmental Disabilities: We've Got You Covered! |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Timothy Nipe (Bancroft) |
Discussant: Art Dowdy (Temple University) |
CE Instructor: Art Dowdy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The impact of the pandemic caused by Coronavirus (COVID-19) cannot be overstated. One of the only reliable defenses against COVID-19 transmission is the use of facial coverings and masks (CDC, 2020). Unfortunately for many individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) or other intellectual disabilities (ID), donning a mask may be difficult or occasion refusal and other challenging behaviors. On an individual level, refusal to wear a mask can restrict an individual’s access to community supports, and more globally can contribute to an ever-worsening public health crisis. This symposium explores several different approaches to increase the appropriate donning of masks across a number of residential and community settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Differential Reinforcement, Mask Wearing, PPE |
Target Audience: This symposium targets BCBA's and other professionals working with individuals with developmental disabilities across a wide-range of settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define the importance of wearing masks for individuals with developmental disabilities and the potential impact of not wearing a mask; (2) how to conduct assessments to guide the treatment of refusal to don personal protective equipment (PPE); (3) how to evaluate the effectiveness of potential treatments designed to increase the wearing of a mask or other PPE; and (4) identify some previously successful treatment protocols that have increased mask-wearing with individuals with developmental disabilities across multiple settings. |
|
Anyone Can Do It: A Basic Methodology to Increase Mask Tolerance in the Age of COVID-19 |
BRYAN FIRLEIN (Bancroft Neurohealth), Alyssa Chalow (Bancroft) |
Abstract: Concerns related to a dearth of opportunities for community access for adults diagnosed with developmental disabilities has increased exponentially amidst restrictions related to Coronavirus. This population is less likely to tolerate mask-wearing, and subsequently less likely to be able to access the community in the age of social distancing. It is important that these individuals are supported through increasing their tolerance to mask-wearing, such that they can engage in functional and enjoyable community activities. In addition, some basic services require mask-wearing without exception, such as some doctors’ offices, so increased mask tolerance is important to overall health and well-being. The present study utilized a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to examine the effectiveness of the use of edible reinforcement to increase mask tolerance across participants. All participants resided in a campus-based residential center for adults, which primarily supports individuals diagnosed with Autism. Analyses of data indicated that participants were likely to tolerate increasing durations of mask-wearing when preferred edible items were delivered contingent upon meeting predetermined criteria. For all four participants, the treatment reliably increased tolerance over time. |
|
Teaching Two Children With Autism to Wear a Mask Using a Tolerating Treatment Package |
CHRISTINA BAROSKY (Bierman ABA), Katie Laurent (Bierman ABA), Shelby Brand (Bierman ABA) |
Abstract: The Covid-19 Pandemic has escalated the priority of children with autisms ability to tolerate various medical procedures. The Center for Disease Control and Prevention recommendations that any child over the age of 2 wear a mask to limit the spread of Covid-19. The inability to tolerate wearing a mask can limit the child’s ability to go into a public place and have a negative impact on family life. The present study evaluated the use of tolerating programming using shaping of the duration of mask exposure and pairing of preferred stimuli on two children diagnosed with autism. The use of systematic increases in the duration of time that the mask was in place paired with preferred activities resulted in the children wearing masks without the occurrence of challenging behavior for up to an 8-hour therapy day with built in breaks for one child and 15 minute time intervals for the second child. The tolerating behavior was shaped within a 30-day time frame and shown to generalize outside of the therapeutic setting. |
|
Evaluation of a Treatment Package to Increase Mask Compliance Within a Residential Treatment Facility |
KELLY TRUCKSESS (Bancroft), Timothy Nipe (Bancroft), Gabriel Lopergolo (Bancroft), Adrianna Whitman (Bancroft) |
Abstract: The current COVID-19 pandemic has had a significant impact on the daily behavior of people across the globe. In an effort to limit the proliferation of this global pandemic, the World Health Organization and Centers for Disease Control and Prevention have recommended the use of masks or facial coverings when in public settings. Individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) may be less likely than others to tolerate personal protective equipment (PPE). Challenges with compliance with mask-wearing could limit individuals with ASD and/or ID’s access to education, medical and other community-based resources. This study investigates the effectiveness of treatment components including non-contingent reinforcement, response blocking and response cost to increase compliance with mask-wearing and decrease refusal behavior in 9 individuals with IDD living in a residential treatment facility. The results of this study indicate that NCR effectively increased mask wearing for 3 participants. Response cost was needed to increase mask wearing for 4 participants while the remaining 2 participants required the addition of response blocking. These findings extend the research reporting the effectiveness of these treatment components in increasing the wearing of medically-necessary prostheses (Deleon et al., 2008; Nipe et al., 2018; Richling et al., 2011) to medically-necessary PPE. |
|
|
|
|
|
Treatment Variations for Problem Behavior in Children With Developmental Disabilities |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Colin S. Muething, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral treatments are significantly effective in reducing problem behavior in individuals with developmental disabilities (Campbell, 2003). Common treatment components following a functional assessment such as a functional analysis include: extinction, functional communication training, differential reinforcement or noncontingent reinforcement. These components are well studied and empirically supported. However, some problem behavior is maintained by idiosyncratic functions or require variations to common treatment components. This symposium will present recent research on variations to treatments for problem behavior. Extinction, while common, may present an ethical dilemma or may not be feasible depending on a variety of factors. Some treatment components may be included that increase the feasibility of the intervention such as a variable momentary differential reinforcement procedure of other behavior procedure. Finally, treatments for idiosyncratic functions such as social avoidance may require variations in order to successfully reduce problem behavior. Taken together, the results of these studies present important variations for idiosyncratic presentations of problem behavior that may increase success of the intervention and fidelity of implementation. |
Target Audience: RBTs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
|
Differential Reinforcement Without Extinction: An Assessment of Sensitivity to and Effects of Reinforcer Parameter Manipulations |
HANNAH LYNN MACNAUL (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Individuals with an Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in problem behavior (Horner, Carr, Strain et al., 2002) that may limit access to traditional social and education settings, impact their health, and pose a risk to their safety and the safety of others. One of the most common interventions used to treat problem behavior is differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA), which is often used in combination with extinction (Shirley, Iwata, Kahng, Mazaleski, & Lerman, 1997). Implementation of extinction may pose an ethical dilemma and may not be feasible depending on the setting, topography of problem behavior, and/or size of the client. Therefore, we identified participant’s relative sensitivities to reinforcer parameters (i.e., quality, magnitude, delay) and used results to inform a functional communication training (FCT) intervention to treat problem behavior for four individuals with ASD. Results showed that both FCT conditions were effective at decreasing problem behavior and increasing communicative responses, but treatment effects were more robust when the most sensitive reinforcer parameter was manipulated. |
|
Functional Communication Training Without Extinction to Decrease Self-Injurious Behavior With Subtype-1 Automatic Maintained Behavior |
JORDAN WIMBERLEY (Autism Treatment Center), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington) |
Abstract: Functional communication training with extinction is a common intervention to treat problem behavior. However, there are some instances when an extinction component may not be recommended (e.g. intensity of behavior, safety of program staff, etc.). The purpose of this study was to evaluate an FCT intervention without an extinction component for a child who engaged in stereotype behavior and self-injurious behavior. Researchers conducted a functional analysis that identified the child’s stereotypical behavior was automatically maintained (subtype 1). A second functional analysis identified the self-injurious behavior was evoked when access to the stereotype behavior was not available. Researchers then implemented FCT with manipulation of the parameters of reinforcement (e.g. immediacy and quantity) to favor the functional communitive responses verses the self-injurious behavior. Researchers then implemented schedule thinning and manipulated parameters of reinforcement to favor engagement in competing activities during the FCT schedule thinning. Results suggest that FCT with parameters manipulation can be utilized to decrease challenging behavior and increase appropriate behavior without the use of extinction. |
|
Consecutive Case Series of Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance |
EMILY GOTTLIEB (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) present with deficits in social interactions (American Psychiatric Association, 2013). These deficits could manifest in the individuals finding social interactions to be aversive and therefore engaging in problem behavior to avoid them. Social avoidance is a specific type of escape maintained problem behavior where the individual engages in problem behavior in order to avoid social interaction (Harper, Iwata, & Camp, 2013). We conducted a consecutive case series analysis targeting individuals who engaged in problem behavior to avoid social interaction. We discuss the various strategies for assessing this function as well as treatment strategies. Multiple treatment components were used across individuals, including proximity fading, differential reinforcement of other behavior, pairing, a multiple schedule of reinforcement, functional communication training, and extinction. Overall, we identified three individuals who showed significant reduction in problem behavior and one individual with no reduction in problem behavior. |
|
The Effects of a Variable Momentary Differential Reinforcement of Other Behavior Procedure on Reduction and Maintenance of Problem Behavior |
KYLE HAMILTON (University of Missouri), Casey J. Clay (University of Missouri), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: In this symposium, the author will evaluate behavior reduction and maintenance results, as well as discuss future research areas utilizing a variable momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior (VM DRO) procedure. In the present study, two individuals who had been diagnosed with developmental disabilities and autism spectrum disorder participated. Results of functional analyses indicated that problem behavior for both participants was maintained by social-positive reinforcement. VM DRO was effective at reducing one participant’s problem behavior. Fixed interval differential reinforcement of other behavior (FI DRO) was effective at reducing the other participant’s problem behavior. Furthermore, VM DRO failed to maintain the results previously produced by the FI DRO procedure. These findings suggest that VM DRO may not be effective at reducing problem behavior for all individuals and that outcomes may be idiosyncratic. Future research is needed to determine the effects of VM DRO as a maintenance procedure for other DRO procedures. |
|
|
|
|
|
Relational Frame Theory and Verbal Behavior Development Theory: Moving Forward Together in the Analysis of Human Language and Cognition |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will focus on the relationship between recent work on naming and recent developments in Relational Frame Theory (RFT). The authors of Study 1 provide an overview of RFT and Verbal Behavior Development Theory (VBDT), and explore points of contact that have been highlighted by conceptual developments in both fields. The authors will argue for the concept of mutually entailed orienting. Study 2 will review existing evidence on the role of early social behaviors on learning names of words. The authors will highlight mutually entailed orienting as a possible predictor for success in listener and speaker trials during word-learning in 24-month old infants. The authors of Study 3 will present a verbal behavioral analysis of five forms of joint attention, including mands, orienting, responding, initiating, and referencing. Implications for teaching will be discussed. The authors of Study 4 will present data on the relationship between bidirectional naming and other derived relations in 20- to 40-month old toddlers. The authors will discuss their findings within the context of the stimulus control for these relations. Finally, Martha Pelaez will discuss these studies in relation to the interaction between early social behaviors and language development. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): joint attention, naming, RFT, VBDT |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts and students of behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: 1. Describe some similarities and differences between RFT and VBDT 2. Discuss the role of mutually entailed orienting, joint attention and social referencing for uni-directional naming 3. Provide a behavior analytic account of joint attention 4. Describe the stimulus control for bidirectional naming and other derived relations |
|
Relational Frame Theory and Verbal Behavior Development Theory: Reflecting Upon Similarities and Differences |
DERMOT BARNES-HOLMES (Ulster University), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Relational frame theory (RFT) and verbal behavior development theory (VBDT) are two behavior analytic perspectives on human language and development. Despite sharing common ground, the theories have largely been developed independently. The overarching aim of the current study is to provide an overview of both theories, and explore points of contact that have been highlighted by conceptual developments in both fields. Recent developments in RFT have focused on cooperation as the driver for arbitrarily applicable relational responding (AARR), and outlined the dynamical variables involved across the levels and dimensions of AARR. In addition, we argue for the concept of mutually entailed orienting as an act of human cooperation. These developments link closely with VBDT research which has underlined the critical role of evolution, and the emergence of bidirectional naming in language development. We present broad similarities between the two approaches in the types of functional-analyses they generate, and discuss areas for future research. |
|
Causal or Critical? Mutually Entailed Orienting, Joint Attention, and Social Referencing for Word-Learning |
MAITHRI SIVARAMAN (Ghent University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University) |
Abstract: Coordinated attention between parents, children, and objects is thought to play a critical role in early word learning. However, behaviors that involve coordinated attention, often described as joint attention (JA), social referencing (SR), and gaze following (GF) have largely been defined topographically. Mutually entailed orienting, arguably unique to humans, occurs when the infant orients back and forth between the speaker and the stimulus, rather than simply attending to the stimulus. The purpose of this study is to evaluate the role of JA, SR, and mutually entailed orienting on an infant’s listening and speaking repertoire. Participants were forty infants at 24-months of age who belonged to either the elevated likelihood of autism group or the typical likelihood of autism group. We evaluated listener and speaker responses to novel word learning trials and compared the outcomes with mutually entailed orienting, and JA and SR skills. Results showed that children in both groups were more likely to respond correctly when they looked back at the researcher during an exposure to a novel word. We argue that mutually entailed orienting serves to establish the Relating, Orienting, and Evoking (ROE) unit, and offer a behavior analytic perspective on the pre-requisites for early word learning. |
|
Joint Attention: A Verbal Behavioral Analysis |
GINGER HARMS (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: Joint attention has conventionally been defined by its topography. As a result, behavioral definitions of joint attention in the literature vary, and attempts to teach joint attention often lack socially significant outcomes. More recently, our attention has shifted to the function of joint attention, leading to questions about our intervention methods. An experiment is presented in which the emergence of responding (RJA) and initiating joint attention (IJA) skills occurred as the result of conditioning adult attention as a reinforcer. Expanding on Dube, et al. (2004) and Holth’s (2005) behavioral analyses of joint attention, we present a verbal behavioral analysis of five forms of joint attention, including mands, orienting, responding, initiating, and referencing. Drawing on Skinner (1957) and the Verbal Behavior Developmental Theory (VBDT), we posit that only responding and initiating joint attention are socially motivated exchanges, whereas mands, orienting, and referencing are maintained by tangibles or negative reinforcement. We also discuss implications for teaching joint attention using a functionally-based approach. |
|
Establishment of Increased Stimulus Control for Bidirectional Naming Increased Stimulus Control for Other Derived Relations in 20- to 40-Month-Old Toddlers |
LEAH FRIEDMAN (Teacher's College, Columbia University; Baptist Medical Center Jacksonville), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We examined the effects of the establishment of stimulus control for bidirectional naming (BiN), a verbal developmental cusp, on toddlers’ acquisition of other derived relations using a multiple probe across participants. As a cusp, BiN makes learning the names of things possible by observation alone following exposure to viewing pictures of and hearing the names of novel, familiar stimuli. Previous findings suggested that BiN may be a pre or corequisite for the demonstration of other derived relations. Prior to the intervention, participants demonstrated neither BiN nor categorical arbitrarily applicable relations. The intervention consisted of the exposure of participants to repeated naming experiences with novel sets of stimuli followed by unconsequated probes of listener and speaker responses until stimulus control for the BiN cusp was established. Four of the 6 participants demonstrated mastery of other mutually and combinatorially entailed listener and speaker relations, while 2 of the participants demonstrated increases. Results suggested a functional relation between the strength of the stimulus control for BiN and the emergence of derived relations. We discuss these findings as the result possibly of a history of reinforcement for correspondence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Procedural Implications of the Concept of Joint Control: Research Review, Applied Research and a Tutorial |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Discussant: Vincent Joseph Carbone (Carbone Clinic) |
CE Instructor: Michael Miklos, M.S. |
Abstract: In order to provide a set of considerations useful for guiding further research and practical applications for the concept of joint control, this symposium will review intervention protocols for applied research relevant to the concept of joint control. Session content will include a research review of publications related to protocols used to establish responding guided by joint control, a study demonstrating a school-based application of methodologies guided by the concept of joint control, and a two-part tutorial focused on a range of subject component skills and features of protocol development. The concept of joint control as described by Lowenkron (1991) provides an operant account of processes that may mediate certain multiply controlled verbal and non-verbal responses. The coming together of several verbal responses to control some other response may be one process in which Bi-directional naming (Miguel, 2016) is established; therefore, there will likely be an increased interest and need for development of strategies to study the process of joint control in applied settings. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Ability to identify components of multiple controlled verbal responses
Basic concepts relevant to Bidirectional Naming |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) define processes involved in joint control responding
(2) list various research supporting applications of joint control in applied settings
(3) state protocols utilizing the concept of joint control applicable to applied research and service delivery |
|
A Systematic Review of the Analysis of Joint Control Relevant to Children With Autism and/or Other Developmental Disabilities |
(Applied Research) |
MIGUEL AMPUERO (Berry College), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: Skinner (1957) differentiated the roles of the speaker and the listener in a verbal encounter. Although not extensively emphasized, Skinner suggested an individual often behaves verbally even when responding as a listener. Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other language impairments often display the absence of important, and basic verbal repertoires that limit their ability to engage in a variety of social skills or problem- solving skills. Joint control suggests that multiply controlled verbal responding involves functional control of two 2 or more stimuli or verbal operants. This systematic literature review an introduction to the conceptual basis of the analysis of joint control, as well as provide a summary of publications specifying the relation and implications of the analysis of joint control and joint control training in the acquisition of multiply controlled, non-speaker behaviors (e.g., selection-based behavior; , se- quencing behavior). The synthesis suggests that joint control training presents as a promising analytic tool in guiding interventions to teach complex, multiply controlled verbal and non-verbal repertoires to children diagnosed with autism ASD and/or other developmental disabilities. Recommendations for future research in joint control, as well as the implementation of joint control training, are provided. |
|
Using Joint Control to Teach Activities of Daily Living and Vocational Tasks to Students With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
WILLOW HOZELLA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology
), Amanda Mahoney (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Julie A. Brandt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to conduct a systematic replication and extension of Causin et al. (2013) to assess the efficacy of a self-rehearsal procedure to teach five individuals with autism to follow multiple-step selection of stimuli. Within a multiple probe design across participants, participants were taught to echo and self-echo and then select multiple pictorial stimuli, in the order in which they were requested, from an array of directly-trained and untrained sets of stimuli. The self-rehearsal and accurate selection did not generalize to direction-following related to activities of daily living in the natural environment, so we taught it directly. Probes of novel multiple-step tasks were conducted. Implications for the role of joint control in developing skills sequences to teach generative responding, conceptual analyses of covert verbal behavior, and designing instructional goals related to transition from formal education settings are discussed. |
|
Toward Further Applied Empirical Research: A Tutorial on Joint Control Procedures, Part 1 |
(Service Delivery) |
MICHAEL MIKLOS (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network), Amiris Dipuglia (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative) |
Abstract: In this first part of a two-part tutorial, basic component skills involved in establishing jointly controlled responding will be specified including echoic responding for vocal responders, imitative responding for sign-language responders, and critical tact repertoires. Included will be a discussion of strategies to specify sources of control for component responses and methods to establish response strength for rehearsal strategies. Joint control is one example of responding that is multiply controlled. One source of multiple control is the responders own verbal behavior. Implied in this analysis is the emission of previously acquired verbal responses that come to strength in certain stimulus conditions external to the responder, such as an antecedent mand for a selection response. Such previously acquired verbal responses may be covert and as such present ongoing challenges related to response documentation and in certain arrangements, response blocking. The tutorial will include demonstrations of teaching procedures to establish skill sets involved in paradigms to study joint control in applied settings. |
|
Toward Further Applied Empirical Research: A Tutorial on Joint Control Procedures, Part 2 |
(Service Delivery) |
AMIRIS DIPUGLIA (PaTTAN/ Autism Initiative), Michael Miklos (Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network) |
Abstract: In this second part of a two-part tutorial, various protocols relevant to sequences of skills that may involve jointly controlled responding will be described. Examples of forms documenting skill tracking within a hierarchy of listener responding sequences will be provided. Protocols and demonstrations of multiple item listener responding (manded-stimulus selection) will be iterated. The tutorial will also include considerations for establishing jointly controlled listener responding for practical life skills, academic performance, and employment skills. Considerations relevant to the necessary concepts involved in practical applications of jointly controlled responding including prepositional relations and tacts of actions will be presented. Joint control procedures may have a role in establishing yes-no responses relevant to antecedent conditions involving mands to discriminate motivation or the accuracy of an emitted tact as an antecedent stimulus. This session will review a protocol (Carbone, 2014, conference presentation) that identifies a procedure to teach tacting the presence of joint control by saying yes or no. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparing the Minimum Celeration Line and the Personal Best Goal-Setting Approaches During the Mathematical Practice of Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
4:30 PM–4:55 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Athanasios Vostanis (University of Kent) |
CE Instructor: Athanasios Vostanis, M.S. |
|
Comparing the Minimum Celeration Line and the Personal Best Goal-Setting Approaches During the Mathematical Practice of Students Diagnosed With Autism |
Domain: Applied Research |
ATHANASIOS VOSTANIS (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Ciara Padden (Tizard Centre, University of Kent), Aoife McTiernan (School of Psychology, National University of Ireland, Galway), Peter Langdon (Centre for Educational Development, Appraisal and Research, University of Warwick) |
|
Abstract: This study compared two-goal setting approaches found in the Precision Teaching literature, namely the minimum celeration line and the beat your personal best during the mathematical practice of three male students diagnosed with autism, aged 8 to 9. An adapted alternating treatments design with a control condition was embedded in a concurrent multiple baseline across participants design. Each approach was randomly allocated to either the multiplication/division (x÷) table of 18 or 19, while no approach was allocated to the x÷14 table that acted as a control. Instruction utilized number families and consisted of (a) untimed practice, (b) frequency-building, (c) performance criteria, (d) graphing, and (e) a token economy. Upon practice completion, an assessment of maintenance, endurance, stability, and application (MESA) was conducted. Participants improved with both conditions and maintained their performance well, while improvements with the control condition were weak. The beat your personal best approach was highlighted as slightly more effective in terms of average performance and more efficient in terms of timings needed to achieve criterion. No differences were identified in terms of learning rate (i.e., celeration) or performance on the MESA. More research is warranted to identify which goal-setting procedure is more appropriate for students in special education. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees should have basic knowledge of Precision Teaching and basic knowledge of goal-setting procedures used in behaviour analysis and education. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) list the critical components of the two goal-setting procedures discussed; (2) list the benefits and limitations of each procedure, especially in terms of applying them with students with developmental disabilities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond Translation: Ethnic Disparities on Early Identification and Access to Services of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Regina A. Carroll, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CECILIA MONTIEL-NAVA (University of Texas Rio Grande Valley) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a lifelong disorder that affects children and families in several ways. A growing body of research has documented the ways in which racial disparities affect the rate of identification, access and use of services, and relationship with professionals making the diagnoses. In general, Latino children are diagnosed with ASD later in life; usually with more severe symptoms, lower IQs, and more health conditions, compared with non-Latino children. Furthermore, cultural factors can shape how the signs of ASD are conceptualized and how families accept a positive diagnosis, especially how they are affected by stigma. Diminished access to diagnostic services as well as having a caregiver with a non-English primary language can act as barriers to identifying children with ASD, in particular Latino children. This lecture will review current research in health disparities in both early identification and access to services of Latino children with ASD. Research with this underserved population contributes to enhancing diagnosis and identification methods for Latino children with ASD and assessing the unidentified risk factors and barriers to accessing services, hence improving their outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: researchers, allied health professionals, educators |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss health disparities in children with ASD with race, ethnicity, culture, socioeconomic status, environment, and geography; (2) discuss under-identification of ASD in Hispanic children can result in families not receiving the services they need to improve health outcomes; (3) explain the importance of developing a culturally sensitive model as a way to increase the identification, diagnosis and referral to available services of ASD in Hispanic children. |
|
CECILIA MONTIEL-NAVA (University of Texas Rio Grande Valley) |
Dr. Cecilia Montiel-Nava, a bilingual child clinical psychologist, holds a Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology from the Universidad Central de Venezuela (UCV), an M.S. in Clinical Psychology from Loyola University Maryland, and a B.A. in Psychology from the Universidad Rafael Urdaneta (Venezuela). Dr. Montiel-Nava’s research focuses on three topics: 1) Understanding ethnic disparities among children with autism spectrum and neurodevelopmental disorders, 2) Evidence-based interventions that can be carried out by parents of children with developmental delays in underserved populations, and 3) Validity and acculturation of diagnostic instruments. Since 2015, she has been involved with Red Espectro Autista Latinoamerica (Latin American Autism Spectrum Network [REAL]), that aims to foster international collaboration for research in Latin American countries. She is also a member of the WHO/AS team for the implementation and evaluation of WHO Caregivers Skills Training (CST) pilot projects in various countries (Argentina, Brazil, Chile, India, Peru, Trinidad & Tobago, and Uruguay). Her longer-term goals include developing a package for early identification and early intervention that could be broadly and freely administered in underserved populations in the valley. As a clinician, researcher, and human being, she wants parents to feel that their socio-economic status, ethnicity, or location are not another hurdle to overcome in the road to gain a better outcome for their child. She is an author of two books and more than 45 research reports, articles, and book chapters. |
|
|
|
|
|
Development of a Framework to Promote Research Opportunities and Collaboration With Internal and External Stakeholders in an Applied Behavioral Analytical Organization |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Paula Kenyon, Ph.D. |
Chair: Shannon Luoma (California State University, Sacramento; Kadiant) |
FRANCINE HOLGUIN (Kadiant) |
ALLISON J. WOMACK (Kadiant) |
PAULA KENYON (Kadiant) |
Abstract: Within the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), it is widely accepted that evidence-based practice (EBP), or the integration of the best available evidence with clinical expertise, client values, and context (Slocum et al., 2014) should be guiding principle in clinical decision making. However, there continues to be a research-to-practice gap in which practitioners are not readily implementing the most up to date evidence-based practices. In order to promote evidence-based practices within clinical settings, clinicians should have readily available access to literature and should be exposed and encouraged to participate in research opportunities. The current panel aims to discuss the conceptualization and implementation of a research framework developed within an organization, with the aim of working collaboratively with internal and external stakeholders to move the field of ABA forward by reviewing, conducting, and publishing innovated research. The panel will review the evolution of a steering and sub-committees (i.e., manuscript, conference, literature, proposal, and research review), and the development of a research manual, workflows, and related forms. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Introductory understanding on the systematic application of ABA principles to conduct research. Introductory understanding on processes (e.g., literature reviews, proposals, Internal Review Boards) related to conducting ABA-based research and treatment evaluations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define evidence-based practice, (2) discuss the research to practice gaps, and (3) describe a potential research framework to encourage and promote research within an applied setting. |
Keyword(s): Evidence-based practice, Research |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in the Treatment of Stereotypy in Persons With Autism |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes three papers describing treatments effective at reducing stereotypy for individuals with autism. The first paper evaluated the impacted of matching stimulation, a commonly used intervention for vocal stereotypy, on levels of stereotypy and acquisition of receptive skills. Although both the second and third papers included discrimination training, procedures differed across the studies. The second paper employed a multiple-schedule arrangement to bring stereotypy under stimulus control of a sleeve worn on the arm. The third paper directly compared the use of a multiple-schedule and a chained-schedule arrangement during discrimination training. In addition, in this paper colored cards were used to signal the components of each schedule. Stereotypy decreased across all three papers. Results of the first paper indicated that continuous access to music did not hinder skill acquisition and results of the second and third papers indicated that the use of multiple-schedules and chained-schedules may led to stimulus control over stereotypy. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): chained-schedule, matched stimulation, multiple-schedule, stereotypy |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBA, clinicians and/or teachers with some background in ABA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to use matched stimulation to decrease stereotypy (2) describe how to implement discrimination training using multiple schedules (3) describe how to implement discrimination training using chained schedules |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Matched Stimulation on Stereotypy and Skill Acquisition |
Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Natalie Mandel (University of South Florida), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio), ALYSSA ROJAS (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Stereotypy can impact skill acquisition by leading to increased inaccuracy or slower task completion (e.g., Koegel & Covert, 1972). Results of previous research suggest that access to matched stimulation can reduce vocal stereotypy (e.g., Lanovaz et al., 2012). This study evaluated the effects of matched stimulation in the form of music on vocal stereotypy, the speed of acquisition of receptive skills (i.e., following instructions), and latency to complete a mastered task. The study included three conditions, music played via a stereo, music played via headphones worn by the participant, and a control condition during which music was not available. The participant in this study was a 13-year-old male diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who engaged in high levels of vocal stereotypy. Results indicated that music delivered through headphones led to greater suppression of stereotypy, the least amount of sessions to mastery of the discrimination task, and did not drastically increase latency to responding. Additionally, the participant preferred the headphone condition. |
|
Implementing a Multiple Schedule With Response Interruption and Redirection to Reduce Stereotypy in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
ASHLEY CALLAHAN (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Heather Pane (Caldwell University), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Research has identified a variety of effective interventions for treating motor and vocal stereotypy, including noncontingent reinforcement (NCR), differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO), and positive punishment. In the current study, a multiple schedule was used to bring motor and/or vocal stereotypy under stimulus control of a sleeve worn on the arm. In the “no stereotypy” component, the sleeve was worn, and stereotypy resulted in response interruption and redirection (RIRD). During the “free access” component, the sleeve was not worn, and free access to stereotypy was provided. Following discrimination training, the no stereotypy component was systematically increased, and the free access component gradually decreased. Generalization was programmed for by conducting sessions during two within-category activities; generalization was assessed by probing a novel activity. Maintenance was programmed for via systematic fading of the sleeve to a bracelet and assessed during a follow-up probe for one participant. Results showed a decrease in stereotypy across all participants. RIRD frequency remained high for Kevin, variable for Joe, and low for Nick. Generalization showed decreases in stereotypy from baseline sessions across all participants. Two week follow up probes were conducted for Kevin and low levels of stereotypy were observed. Social validity results showed high social acceptability of the goals, procedures, and outcomes. |
|
Establishing Stimulus Control of Motor Stereotypy in an Adolescent With Autism |
CAROLINE FEARNLEY (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Cammarie Johnson (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University; Simmons University) |
Abstract: Multiple-schedule (MS) and chained-schedule (CS) arrangements were used in a multielement and reversal design to compare baseline measures of stereotypy to treatment levels in a 17-year-old boy diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder. Both schedules contained one component with contingencies to decrease stereotypy (S-), and another component with contingencies that allowed for the occurrence of stereotypy (S+). Specific colored cards were associated with each component of each schedule. Interobserver agreement and procedural integrity data, collected in at least 33% of all sessions, exceeded 95%. The results showed differential latencies to first response and levels of stereotypy in the S+ and S- components of both schedules, indicative of stimulus control over stereotypy. Whereas previous researchers have suggested that CS is more effective than MS (e.g., Slaton & Hanley, 2016), this study was a direct comparison of the two schedules and did not show evidence of one schedule being more effective than the other. Generality probes were conducted in a new context (completing academic work) and with the use of a DRO and differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) procedure and showed that the colored cards continued to exert control over stereotypy, to a degree similar to treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building a Coalition to Amplify the Impact of Behavioral Science |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Tiffany Dubuc (Public Heath Agency of Canada; Blossom Behavioural Services) |
CE Instructor: Anthony Biglan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Converging evidence pinpoints the basic conditions that people need to thrive—minimal amounts of coercion or threat, high levels of positive reinforcement for prosocial behavior, psychological flexibility, and environments that have minimal influences or opportunities for problem behavior. There is, however, a substantial gap between what we know about human thriving and the quality of social environments for millions of people. This symposium describes the creation of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations, which ABAI helped to create. It is designed to foster the translation of behavioral science knowledge into widespread implementation of programs and policies that. By working in cooperation with other behavioral science organizations we can increase our influence on public policies advance the use of our knowledge. This symposium will describe the rationale and development for the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations and will then describe the progress that the coalition is made in promoting a long-term effort to improve individual and family well-being in neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Climate Change,, Coalitions, Concentrated Disadvantage, Dissemination, |
Target Audience: The attendees should have training in any area of behavior science, including not just behavior analysis, but also behavioral medicine, education, and prevention. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the history, organization and aims of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations (2) Describe the nature of neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage and the factors that contribute to continuing disadvantage. (3) Describe programs and policies that have the potential to reduce disadvantage. |
|
Rationale and History of the Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations |
(Service Delivery) |
ANTHONY BIGLAN (Oregon Research Institute) |
Abstract: The Coalition of Behavioral Science Organizations is made up of six organizations: Association for Behavior Analysis International, Association for Contextual Behavior Science, Association for Positive Behavior Support, the Evolution Institute, the National Prevention Science Coalition, and the Society of Behavioral Medicine. It was created to pursue the common interest of these organizations in promoting the use of behavioral science knowledge and methods. It is believed that by combining our expertise both with respect to the science of human behavior and with respect to the ways in which public policies that promote the use of our knowledge can be achieved, we can have a significant impact on the implementation of evidence-based programs and policies and ultimately on the prevalence of well-being in the population. |
|
Rebuilding Opportunity in America |
(Service Delivery) |
ANDREW C BONNER (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Over the past fifty years, the health and well-being of a significant portion of Americans have declined, and the prospect of systematically oppressed children escaping from poverty has nearly disappeared. No progress has been made in reducing structural racism -- a major cause of concentrated disadvantage. Concentrated disadvantage refers to neighborhoods with high percentages of residents of low socioeconomic status. These neighborhoods are the focus of our long-term nation-wide effort because they are where the well-being of families, including child development, is most compromised. We cannot reduce the impact or prevalence of neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage without both community-driven and policy-level approaches. We propose to develop community partnerships to identify neighborhood-level needs and collaboratively set action plans to organize and advocate for local and national policies. This paper will describe a policy agenda for reducing structural racism and the progress the CBSO Families and Wellbeing Task Force has made in garnering endorsements of this agenda, drafting the policies that are needed and creating inroads to get these policies in the hands of policy makers, and collaborating with organizations working in neighborhoods of concentrated disadvantage. Future aspirations of the Rebuilding Opportunity in America initiative will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Conditions Contributing to the Effectiveness of Error-Correction Procedures |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Tom Cariveau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Error-correction procedures are ubiquitous in instructional programs. A number of unique error-correction strategies have been shown to be efficacious and subsequent research suggests that a single procedure may not be optimal under all conditions. Complicating this line of research are the numerous strategies that include seemingly minor procedural differences or use unique terms to describe similar conditions. Further, few systematic evaluations of common error-correction procedures can be found in the extant literature, which limits the generalizability of findings in this area. This symposium includes three studies examining the potential variables underlying the effectiveness of error-correction procedures previously described in this literature. Participants include children and adolescents with and without developmental disabilities receiving specialized intervention in educational or clinical settings. The findings of these studies may contribute to the broader understanding of the effects of error-correction procedures and to the refinement of instructional methods by increasing the effectiveness, efficiency, or acceptability of these procedures. Future research and implications for applied practice are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Error correction, Instruction |
Target Audience: Practitioners, graduate students, and board certified behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe commonly used error-correction procedures; (2) identify modifications to common error-correction procedures that may be associated with greater efficiency; (3) describe areas of future research on error-correction procedures. |
|
Effects of the Onset of Differential Reinforcer Quality on Skill Acquisition |
DELANIE FETZNER (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Astrid La Cruz Montilla (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: The onset of differential reinforcement of unprompted responding has not received adequate attention in the skill acquisition literature and, perhaps more importantly, has not been sufficiently controlled in comparative studies. Take for example recent research on error-correction procedures, which have produced unique findings potentially resulting from unique onsets of differential reinforcement across conditions. The current study serves as a systematic extension of this research by comparing the efficiency of acquisition in immediate and delayed onset of differential reinforcement conditions for three participants with developmental disabilities using an adapted alternating treatments design. In all four comparisons, the delayed onset condition required fewer trials to mastery, although superior performance was observed early in acquisition in the immediate onset condition in two comparisons. These findings failed to replicate those of prior research on differential reinforcement onset, possibly due to differences in participant characteristics, target tasks, or other procedural modifications. Nevertheless, the current findings also suggest that onset of differential reinforcement is a critical variable to consider in skill acquisition programming and should be controlled in applied research. |
|
A Component Analysis of Error Correction Procedures: Effects on Listener Responses |
HUI ZHI (Department of Health and Behavior Studies, Teachers College, Columbia University), Kalie Chan (Department of Health and Behavior Studies, Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We conducted a component analysis of learn unit (LU) instruction that included delivering antecedent instructions and differential consequences for correct and incorrect responses. Six preschoolers with and without disabilities participated in the study. In the LU condition, researchers praised correct responses and implemented a correction procedure contingent on incorrect responses. LU instruction was compared to conditions that omitted consequence portions of instruction. In the reinforcement-only (RO) condition, researchers applied positive reinforcement operations to correct responses and ignored incorrect responses. In the correction-only (CO) condition, researchers ignored correct responses and implemented the correction procedure following incorrect responses. We manipulated this independent variable across learning educational and abstract stimuli and measured acquisition rates, cumulative duration required until mastery, and maintenance of responses. The results showed that the learning procedures of LU and CO were both effective on teaching listener responses for all participants and were more effective than the RO procedure. Furthermore, LU instruction that involved both reinforcement and corrections was not necessarily more effective than the procedure of CO on teaching listener responses. The results also suggested that the correction procedure was more effective than the reinforcement procedure on the maintenance of learned skills. |
|
An Evaluation of Multiple Response Repetition Error-Correction Procedures |
ALEXANDRIA BROWN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Julie Hester (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Tom Cariveau (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Multiple response repetition (MRR) is a frequently used error-correction procedure that requires the learner to repeatedly emit a response following an error. Several studies have found the MRR procedure to be effective; however, it is unclear if these effects result from the repeated emission of a response, similar to positive overcorrection procedures, or the period of signaled extinction, similar to time out from positive reinforcement. The current study extended prior research by comparing the effects of three MRR conditions (i.e., relevant, irrelevant, and yoked-delay) in an adapted alternating treatments design. A 5-year-old female with autism spectrum disorder participated. Across all three comparisons, targets were acquired in the yoked-delay condition in the fewest number of exposures. This finding suggests that timeout from reinforcement may serve a prominent role in the effectiveness of MRR procedures. This result is particularly promising as it may provide early evidence that a less-intrusive version of an effective procedure may produce similar or even better discrimination outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Role of Principles in Ethical Decision-Making |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Ilene Schwartz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Nancy Rosenberg (University of Washington) |
ILENE SCHWARTZ (University of Washington) |
ELIZABETH KELLY (University of Washington) |
KAITLIN MARIE KLOES GREENY (University of Washington) |
Abstract: Principles are broad statements of values that can serve as guides for both ethical behavior and ethical decision-making. Many health-related professions, such as occupational therapy, speech-language-hearing, psychology, and counseling, have incorporated explicit principles into their codes of ethics. Behavior analysis currently has not. This symposium will explore the use of principles in the ethics codes of other organizations, examine how a statement of basic principles might help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization, and outline a process we have utilized at our university to define principles for our Applied Behavior Analysis program. |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will recognize the use of explicit principles in the ethical codes of other health-related professions. 2. Participants will recognize ways that explicit principles may help guide ethical behavior and ethical decision making within an organization. 3. Participants will understand one possible process for developing explicit principles for an organization interested in promoting ethical behavior in its behavior analysts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassion and Self-Compassion Among Supervising Behavior Analysts and Direct Care Staff |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Kate E. Fiske Massey, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent research has highlighted the importance of compassion in applied behavior analysis (ABA). A survey of parents of children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) indicated that parents often rated behavior analysts poorly on their demonstration of behaviors that indicate compassion and empathy for the family (Taylor et al., 2019). Further, LeBlanc and colleagues (2019) noted that the majority of surveyed behavior analysts had not received training on relationship-building skills during their graduate studies. As noted by these authors, compassion is required for behavior analysts working with families of individuals with autism and other related disabilities. Additionally, compassion is necessary when behavior analysts oversee direct care staff working with these same populations. Research indicates that staff members working in the field of ABA report high levels of burnout associated with variables that include the support they receive from supervisors (Gibson et al., 2009; Plantiveau et al., 2018). In the current symposium, we will first examine the qualities of exemplary behavior analysts, including those that center on compassion for others. We will then examine factors within ABA settings—such as supervision—that contribute to employee burnout, and consider steps behavior analysts can take in the workplace to promote compassion by altering supervisory practices and focusing on staff self-care. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): compassion, self-care, supervision |
Target Audience: The target audience is current board certified behavior analysts, including and especially those who are currently serving in supervisory roles. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the qualities of an exemplary behavior analyst that are directly related to supervising others; (2) describe organizational factors, especially those related to supervision, that can contribute to staff burnout; (3) describe compassionate approaches that can be taken by behavior analysts in interactions with supervisees to reduce burnout. |
|
The Composition of Exemplary Practitioners: Perspectives of Behavior Analysts |
ALYSSA R MCELROY (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Frieder (Western Michigan University), Ryan M. Zayac (University of North Alabama), Thom Ratkos (Berry College), Madison Williams (University of North Alabama), Ashton Geiger (University of North Alabama), Amber Paulk (University of North Alabama), Lily Coleman (University of North Alabama) |
Abstract: What characteristics and behaviors makeup an exceptional behavior analyst? We should be well prepared to answer this question with our field’s emphasis on objective definition, description, quantification, and experimentation. However, many of us may struggle to identify differences between exemplary and average behavior analysts. The current multiphase study, asked BCBAs and BCBA-Ds to identify their top five qualities and attendant behaviors of individuals they considered exemplary behavior analysts. Two hundred seventy-four participants completed the survey which yielded 180 different identified qualities. Similar qualities (e.g., compassionate, thoughtful, caring) were consolidated into one category (“Empathetic”), and the authors narrowed the list to 35 qualities and corresponding behaviors, which we named the Exemplary Behavior Analyst Checklist (EBAC). An initial 392 BCBAs and BCBA-Ds in the United States rated the extent to which exemplary behavior analysts displayed each quality and corresponding behaviors from the previously developed list, using a 1 (never exhibits this quality) to 5 (always exhibits this quality) Likert-type scale. Participants also ranked their top 10 qualities in order of importance. Data from international participants will also be shared. A discussion of the EBAC and participants’ ratings will be presented, including implications related to training, study limitations, and future research. |
|
Burnout in Providers Serving Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Multi-Method Examination of Organizational Causes |
SUMMER BOTTINI (Binghamton University; Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center), Kaylie Wiseman (Binghamton University), Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University) |
Abstract: Providers serving individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) are at high risk of experiencing burnout. Burnout is of serious concern as it negatively impacts one’s physical/psychological health and quality of services. Research has focused on individual predictors of burnout; however, understanding organizational causes may elucidate targets for prevention. Study 1 surveyed 149 individuals providing direct-care services to individuals with ASD to examine the relation between areas of work-life and burnout using standardized measures. We found a high percentage of providers experience burnout. Workload, reward, fairness, and values emerged as the best work-life predictors of burnout but predicted little variance in burnout (Table 1), suggesting existing measures do not sufficiently capture organizational aspects that contribute to burnout. To better understand the unique experiences of this population, we recruited 11 providers to interview regarding experiences of burnout and organizational factors that affect burnout. Qualitative analysis revealed nine core themes. Workload, coordinating providers, supervision, and colleagues were frequently reported to contribute to burnout; whereas, social support from colleagues and supervision were frequently reported to mitigate burnout (Table 2). Findings suggest areas for prevention within organizations servings individuals with ASD and avenues for better measuring relevant work-life factors. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Behavioral Skills Training With Behavior Analysts to Increase Essential Supervisory Skills |
Allison Hawkins (Rutgers University), KATE E. FISKE MASSEY (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Many individuals with autism spectrum disorders are enrolled in specialized private schools due to challenging behavior or specific learning difficulties. Job responsibilities in these settings can be stressful for staff employed in direct-care positions. Previous research suggests that high-quality supervisor relationships can moderate staff stress and burnout for direct-care staff in specialized ABA schools (Gibson et al., 2009). Literature suggests that improving Board Certified Behavior Analysts’ (BCBA) use of corrective feedback, empathetic statements, and reinforcement could contribute to improved supervisory relationships. To date, no research has presented the use of behavioral skills training (BST) to teach BCBAs supervisory skills, and the current study sought to fill this gap in the research. Two BCBAs were taught two essential supervisory skills: corrective feedback and empathetic statements. Both participants mastered each skill following BST. A third skill, reinforcement, met mastery criteria for both participants before BST was implemented. Staff ratings of perceived supervisor support did not support the hypothesis that ratings would improve following BCBA mastery of target skills. Staff ratings were initially high during baseline and remained stable following BCBA training. The results of the present study suggest that behavioral skills training is an effective tool for teaching supervisory skills to BCBAs. |
|
Effects of Short-Term Self-Care Training on the Well-Being of Staff in an ABA Setting |
DEBRA PAONE (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Rutgers University), Margaret Swarbrick (Rutgers University Behavioral Health Care), Susan Gould-Fogerite (Rutgers New Jersey Medical School), Catriona Beauchamp Francis (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: In past research, professionals working in ABA report high levels of burnout affected by factors such as supervisory and social support (Plantiveau et al., 2018) and employee exposure to aggressions (Hastings et al., 2000). Taylor and colleagues (2018) called for a focus on self-care for ABA professionals. In a pilot study, we examined the effects of a short-term self-care program on 14 ABA staff members working with adolescents with ASD and severe challenging behavior. We offered three 1-hour trainings on self-care skills such as focused breathing techniques and tips for healthy eating and sleep hygiene. Contrary to expectations, staff reported low levels of burnout prior to trainings, and reductions in burnout were not observed following training. However, 100% of staff reported that the program was relevant to their needs. A second, 4-session self-care program will be conducted remotely during the COVID-19 pandemic to evaluate the impact of self-care skills on employees’ perceived stress, sleep, and mindfulness skills during this unprecedented time. Taken with the results of our first pilot study, the importance and evaluation of future self-care programs with this population will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evidence-Based Practices in Schools: Supporting Students at the Classwide Level, Individual Level, and via Telehealth |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Diana Ginns (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Kimberly Crosland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will bring together four studies that focus on improving outcomes for students both at the class-wide and individual level. The first study will describe a federally funded grant to develop a class-wide modular approach for assisting teachers in self-contained classrooms with students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders (EBD). The second presentation will provide the audience with an overview of coaching fidelity data from a tri-state implementation of the MAAPS model and a conceptualization on virtual (telehealth) coaching. The third presentation will move to describing individual outcomes for students with disruptive behavior and describe the use of the collaborative Prevent-Teach-Reinforce model to develop an effective interventions for students. The last presentation will describe another study at the individual student level in which two interventions were compared (choice vs. DRO without extinction) to determine which intervention resulted in the best outcomes and was more preferred by students with EBD. These studies describe how behavior analysts can work at the systems, class-wide, and individual level to best support educational personnel and students. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): EBP, PTR, School Consultation, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Participants should have basic behavioral knowledge and education in behavior analysis (at least one course in behavior modification/behavior analysis) and/or at least one year practicing behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: 1. Describe strategies for implementing interventions class-wide and at the individual level for students in school academic settings. 2. Discuss how best to support students and teachers in virtually or telehealth context. 3. Describe and understand multiple strategies including DRO, Choice, and Prevent-Teach-Reinforce for individual students in classroom settings. |
|
Development of Modular-Based Consultation Using Evidence-Based Practices for Teachers of Students With Emotional Disturbance |
(Theory) |
KIMBERLY CROSLAND (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida), Jennifer Wolgemuth (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: As the number of school-aged students receiving IEP services for Emotional Disabilities (ED) increase, the need for well-trained teachers of students with ED also increases. Teachers of students with ED have higher rates of burnout, stay in the profession fewer years, and experience higher rates of stress compared to teachers of students with other special education disabilities. Furthermore, individuals with ED encounter poorer post-secondary outcomes than those with other disabilities including higher rates of drop-out, substance abuse, and incarceration as well as lower rates of graduation and employment. Successfully ameliorating the challenging behaviors of students with ED while enrolled in schools is essential for reversing the negative outcomes. However, research reports that teachers of students with ED do not consistently use evidence-based strategies, or if used, need support in implementation. This presentation will present outcomes from the first year of a three year federally funded grant to develop a modular based intervention process for implementing evidence based behavioral strategies class-wide for students with ED. A theoretical description of the MOTIVATED framework will be presented along with a description of class-wide modules. Outcomes from themes that emerged from initial focus groups with key stakeholders (teachers, administrators, and students) will be presented that will address barriers and enhancers to implementing behavioral interventions class-wide for students with ED. |
|
A Modular Approach for Autism Programming in Schools: Coaching Fidelity and Expanding to Telehealth |
(Applied Research) |
ROCKY HAYNES (University of South Florida - Tampa), Ryan J. Martin (May Institute) |
Abstract: Although there are established evidence-based interventions for students with autism, they are often not implemented as intended in school settings. Multiple factors impact school implementation including lack of resources, inadequate training, and transfer of research-based interventions to classrooms. Modular Approach to Autism Programming in Schools (MAAPS) is a collaborative, team-based framework that guides school teams to select and implement evidence-based interventions, utilizing a modular approach that customizes specific interventions to best address individual student needs. This presentation will provide an overview of the social validity and coaching fidelity data from implementation of MAAPS within schools across three states. There will be a particular focus on coaching fidelity data with discussion about how to adjust school consultation to a telehealth model based on the transition in this study from in-person to virtual coaching. Future consideration will be discussed about how to reach rural schools using a telehealth virtual model to assist them with implementing a modular approach to support students with autism. |
|
Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model to Improve Classroom Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
JENNIFER M. HODNETT (University of South Florida), Andrea Nicole Zuniga (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model has been utilized to both decrease student problem behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors (Dunlap, Iovannone, Wilson, Kincaid, & Strain, 2010). The PTR model is a 5-step teaming approach to identify critical components that enhance the success of Tier 3 individualized behavior supports. PTR is a standardized, function-based model that incorporates the principles and procedures of applied behavior analysis and Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports (PBIS). The current study utilized the systematic approach of the PTR model to conduct a functional behavior assessment (FBA) of the disruptive behaviors of a first-grade student. Then, following the PTR model, the researchers collaborated with stakeholders on the development of an individualized behavioral support plan and teacher training. The intervention resulted in a reduction in disruptive behavior, increase in academic engagement, and teacher implementation fidelity was high throughout the intervention. A discussion of how both school psychologists and behavior analysts worked together to support the student will also be described. |
|
Choice vs. Reinforcement for Decreasing Disruptive Behavior for Students With Emotional and Behavioral Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
Sara Hordges (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), JESSE DEPAOLO (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: As the number of students with developmental disabilities increases in schools (U.S. Department of Education, 2017a), so does the need for effective interventions within school settings. Both antecedent and consequence interventions have been conducted within schools in attempts to decrease maladaptive behaviors and increase appropriate behaviors in relation to academics. Providing choices and reinforcement have demonstrated empirical evidence that both interventions were successful in creating positive behavior change in students with emotional and behavioral disorders (EBD). This study compared the use of an antecedent-based intervention (i.e., activity choice) versus a consequence-based intervention (e.g., differential reinforcement without extinction) to determine which of the behavior management strategies produced a more effective behavior change for three students with or at risk of EBD. A non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants with an alternating treatments design was used. The feasibility for teachers to implement the interventions in their classrooms was also evaluated. Results indicated that both interventions were effective in increasing on-task behavior for all participants, although activity choice demonstrated a slightly higher effect for two of the three participants. Both interventions resulted in high levels of treatment fidelity by the teachers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Methodological Considerations in Applied Behavior Analysis Practice and Research |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
CE Instructor: SungWoo Kahng, Ph.D. |
Abstract: One of the seven dimensions of applied behavior analysis (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968) is “analytic,” which requires a believable demonstration that the independent variable is responsible for the change in the dependent variable. To meet this goal, behavior analysts take great care to demonstrate functional control using single-case experimental designs. Data are analyzed using visual inspection and reliability is measured to determine the consistency of the collected data. This symposium will focus on recent research focused on visual inspection, threats to single-case designs, and interobserver agreement. The first paper will focus on the use of A-B designs in practice. The second paper will focus on the use of visual analyses to measure outcomes during functional communication training. The third paper will provide a discussion of threats to internal validity of multiple baseline designs. The final paper will provide an examination of how much interobserver agreement is sufficient to provide confidence in the consistency of the data. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): FCT, interobserver agreement, multiple baseline, visual inspection |
Target Audience: Experiment with visual analyses of behavioral data, single-case experimental design, and interobserver agreement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Evaluate the utility of A-B design;
2. Determine the state of visual analyses of FCT data;
3. Identify threats to internal validity of multiple baseline; and
4. Determine how much interobserver agreement should be collected in practice. |
|
Comparison of Visual Analysis Outcomes and Simulation Modeling Analysis Outcomes in A-B Designs |
NICOLE KANAMAN (The University of Kansas), Bertilde U Kamana (The May Institute), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: We used behavioral skills training and on-the job feedback (Parsons, Rollyson, & Reid, 2012) to increase staff use of four “healthy behavioral practices” (e.g., provide positive interactions, provide effective instruction) in 18 homes and programs serving adults with disabilities. Due to various logistical aspects, we used an AB design (baseline and intervention conditions) across the 18 homes and programs and the four practices to determine the effects of our intervention. Visual analysis outcomes suggested increases in correct staff behavior from baseline to the intervention phase across homes and programs, as well as across practices in many instances. As an additional evaluation of our effects, we conducted statistical analyses of these data using simulation modeling analyses (SMA; Borckartdt et al., 2008), which allows clinical researchers to determine the statistical significance of single-subject data. We compared the outcomes of SMA to visual analysis of the AB design data for data sets in which visual analysis suggested a clear outcome. This allowed us to determine the degree to which visual analysis and the outcome of the SMA matched (i.e., showed a true positive or true negative outcome). Overall, most results suggested true positive or true negative outcomes across the two analyses. |
|
A Review of Visual Analysis Reporting Procedures in the Functional Communication Training Literature |
AARON CHECK (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina), Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: Most studies in applied behavior analysis use single-case research (SCR) methodology to examine causal relations between variables. In SCR, visual analysis is the primary method by which data are evaluated to determine the presence or absence of causal relations. However, a growing body of research suggests that visual analysis may be unreliable under many circumstances (e.g., Wolfe, Seaman, & Drasgow, 2016). One reason for this lack of reliability may be the absence of clear procedures for conducting visual analysis (Barton, Meadan, & Fettig, 2019), which may contribute to inconsistent interpretation of data across analysts. The purpose of this study is to review the literature on Functional Communication Training (FCT) to provide a descriptive analysis of 1) the types of SCR designs used, 2) the rigor of this literature base relative to the What Works Clearinghouse Design Standards, 3) visual analysis procedures reported by authors, 4) statistical analysis procedures reported by authors, and 5) conclusions drawn by authors as a result of their visual analysis. Preliminary results indicate that 68 studies on basic FCT have been published since 1985, and that the majority of these use a multiple baseline or ABAB design. Approximately 60% of studies met WWC Design Standards with or without reservations. Full results, which may inform future research and reporting standards for visual analysis, will be discussed. |
|
An Analysis of Threats to Internal Validity in Multiple-Baseline Design Variations |
TIMOTHY A. SLOCUM (Utah State University), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University), Beverly Nichols (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Multiple baseline designs are the predominant experimental design in applied behavior analytic research and are increasingly employed in other disciplines. The consensus in current textbooks and recent methodological papers is that nonconcurrent designs are less rigorous than concurrent designs because of their limited ability to address the threat of coincidental events. In this paper, we argue that this consensus is incorrect. First, we describe features of both types of multiple baseline designs. Second, we suggest an analysis of how the features of each design contribute to, or detract from, achieving strong internal validity. Finally, we conclude that concurrent and nonconcurrent multiple baseline designs are essentially equivalent in rigor with respect to internal validity. We believe that this discussion may result in a better understanding of both concurrent and nonconcurrent multiple baseline designs and shift the discussion from global statements of overall rigor to specific statements about threats that are more or less strongly controlled and specific situations in which each offers more or less control. |
|
Interobserver Agreement: A Preliminary Investigation into How Much is Enough? |
NICOLE HAUSMAN (Full Spectrum ABA), Noor Javed (Kennedy Kreiger Institute), Molly K Bednar (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Madeleine Guell (The Johns Hopkins University), Erin Schaller (Little Leaves Behavioral Services), Rose Nevill (University of Virginia), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: The collection of data that are reliable and valid is critical to applied behavior analysis (e.g., Kazdin, 1977; Kennedy, 2005). Although there are guidelines for selecting the most appropriate measure of interobserver agreement (IOA), there is little empirical support to guide how much IOA is needed overall. Current guidelines suggest that IOA be calculated for 20%-33% of sessions (e.g., Kennedy, 2005; Poling et al., 1995); however, practical limitations may influence the actual percentage of sessions that a second observer is available. The purpose of the current study was to provide preliminary guidelines for determining the optimal amount of IOA to report by simulating various percentages of overall IOA. Data from multielement FAs of inpatients (N= 100) were used, and the total number of sessions with IOA for each participant was subsequently manipulated such that 30%, 25%, 15% and 10% IOA could be calculated and compared using statistical analyses. Results suggested that no significant differences in IOA were obtained at the total IOA cutoffs simulated; however, the IOA scores were sensitive to response rate and varied depending on the type of IOA evaluated. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applying Our Science to Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion: A Conversation With the ABAI DEI Board |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D. |
Panelists: SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas), JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno), ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University), RICHARD FUQUA (Western Michigan University), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: This panel represents the second annual DEI Board discussion in a series designed to provide the ABAI membership with: 1) updates on Board activities, 2) opportunities for considering specific topics of relevance to advancing DEI efforts within ABAI and more broadly, and 3) a mechanism for input and ideas from the audience. This year’s panel will focus on the potential contributions of behavior analysis theory and scientific research to improving diversity, equity, and inclusion in ABAI and, more generally, in society. After a brief review of the Board’s actions over the past year by Carol Pilgrim, Chair of the ABAI DEI Task Force, DEI Board members will share perspectives on how the science of behavior analysis can be brought to bear in designing DEI initiatives and evaluating their effectiveness. Time for questions and comments from the audience will be included to allow for sharing relevant experiences and lessons learned. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify actions taken by ABAI’s DEI Board over the past year; (2) discuss the application of behavior-analytic theory and research in the design of DEI initiatives; (3) discuss the application of behavior-analytic research in evaluating the effectiveness of DEI actions. |
SHAHLA ALA'I (University of North Texas) |
Shahla Alai received her B.S. from Southern Illinois University and her M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Kansas. She is an Associate Professor in the Department of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas. Shahla and her students collaborate with community partners to serve people who are under resourced and marginalized within current societal structures. Shahla is a member of an interdisciplinary lab that includes faculty and students from Woman’s and Gender Studies, Applied Anthropology and Behavior Analysis. Shahla teaches courses on technology transfer, ethics, autism intervention, parent training, behavioral systems, applied research methods, behavior change techniques, and assessment. Shahla has served on several boards and disciplinary committees, most notably the ABAI Practice Board and the ABAI Diversity, Equity and Inclusion Board. She has published and presented research on social justice, ethics in early intervention, play and social skills, family harmony, change agent training, supervision and the relationship between love and science in the treatment of autism. Shahla has over four decades of experience working with families and has trained hundreds of behavior analysts. She was awarded an Onassis Foundation Fellowship for her work with families, was the recipient of UNT’s prestigious “’Fessor Graham” teaching award, received the 2019 Texas Association for Behavior Analysis Career Contributions award, and the UNT 2020 Community Engagement award. |
JOVONNIE ESQUIERDO-LEAL (University of Nevada, Reno) |
 Jovonnie Esquierdo-Leal is the Program Development Specialist for the Diversity and Inclusion Office at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). She received her M.A. from California State University, Fresno and is currently a doctoral candidate at UNR. Jovonnie’s scholarly interests include diversity, equity, and inclusion (DEI); social justice; Behavioral Systems Analysis (BSA); verbal behavior; and leadership. |
ELIZABETH FONG (Pepperdine University) |
Dr. Hughes Fong has over two decades of experience in the fields of behavioral health, education and management. Her educational background is in clinical and counseling psychology and applied behavior analysis. She holds a Ph.D. in Clinical Psychology with a concentration in Forensic Psychology. She is currently the Associate Director of the MSABA online program and Visiting Clinical Professor at Pepperdine University.
In 2011, Dr. Hughes Fong founded Multicultural Alliance of Behavior Analysts (MultiABA) which was a special interest group of the Association of Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). The SIG has since rebranded as the Culture and Diversity SIG and she continues to be a board member of that group. As a doctoral student, she was a "Distinguished Scholar" with the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. In addition, she was the founder of “Diversity in Behavior Analysis” a section in Behavior Analysis Research and Practice, and served as an Associate Editor for the journal. She has been a reviewer for Behavior Analysis: Research and Practice, Behavior Analysis in Practice, and the National Multicultural Conference and Summit.
Currently, Dr. Hughes Fong serves on the Executive Committee for the American Psychological Association's (APA) Division 35 (Society for the Psychology of Women), and Division 35 Section 5 Psychology of Asian American and Pacific Women). Dr. Hughes Fong is also a member Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board.
In addition to Dr. Hughes Fong activities, she is a Board-Certified Behavior Analyst and licensed as a Behavior Specialist in Pennsylvania, a trainer in the Pennsylvania Bureau of Autism’s Functional Behavior Analysis training, and has received training certificates in the area of Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavior Therapy and Trauma Focused Cognitive Behavior Therapy Childhood Traumatic Grief. She received her level one certification in Pivotal Response Training and Gottman Couples Therapy. Her primary areas of interest are in the application of ABA to diverse populations, telehealth, social validity, health and behavior analysis, and examining child custody and parental competency when a child has developmental disabilities. |
RICHARD FUQUA (Western Michigan University) |
Wayne Fuqua (Ph.D., BCBA-D) is a Professor of Psychology at Western Michigan University where he served as the Chair of that Department for 14 years. Dr. Fuqua’s research and scholarly interests span a range of topics including autism, health psychology, gerontology, dissemination of evidence-based practice, ethics, and behavioral approaches to sustainability and climate change. His contributions have been recognized with several appointments and awards including: election as a Fellow for the Association of Behavior Analysis; a Distinguished Service Award at WMU; the Jacobson Award from New York State ABA; and a term on the Michigan Autism Council. He has also produced a series of training videos that feature interviews and demonstrations with leaders in behavior analysis (wmich.edu/autism/resources). |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Dr. Ramona A. Houmanfar is Professor of Psychology and the Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). She currently serves as the trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, Chair of the Organizational Behavior Management Section of Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and editorial board members of the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and Behavior & Social Issues. Dr. Houmanfar has served as the editor of Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, senior co-chair of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, Director of the Organizational Behavior Management Network and President of the Nevada Association for Behavior Analysis.
Dr. Houmanfar has published over seventy peer reviewed articles and chapters, delivered more than 100 presentations at regional, national, and international conferences in the areas of behavioral systems analysis, cultural behavior analysis, leadership in organizations, rule governance, communication networks, instructional design, and bilingual repertoire analysis and learning. Her expertise in behavioral systems analysis and cultural behavior analysis have also guided her research associated with implicit bias, cooperation, situational awareness, decision making, and value based governance. Dr. Houmanfar has published three co-edited books titled “Organizational Change” (Context Press), "Understanding Complexity in Organizations", and “Leadership & Cultural Change (Taylor & Francis Group). |
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
 Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse and youth and community violence prevention. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues and serves on the ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
Complex Intraverbals Made Simple: The Many Methods to Teach Convergent and Divergent Intraverbal Responding to Persons With Learning Disabilities |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Aarti Haresh Thakore (Central Texas Autism Center) |
Discussant: Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with Autism and developmental disabilities, despite acquiring a sizeable repertoire of mands, tacts, echoics, listener skills and some simple intraverbal repertoire, fail to acquire more complex behavior (Sundberg, M.L., & Sundberg, C. A., 2011). These have substantial impact on the acquisition of academic and social skills. Michael, Palmer & Sundberg (2011) discuss the challenges in acquiring convergent multiply controlled intraverbals and divergent multiply controlled intraverbals. The first multiple baseline (MBL) study across behaviors (stimulus sets), with three school going participants with ASD, uses training on pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding. It evaluates the effect of training one or more pre-requisite skills, on acquisition of convergent intraverbal responding, as well as the remaining pre-requisites. The second MBL across behaviors study with two participants with ASD, uses differential observing responses (DOR) to train convergent intraverbal responding. This can possibly be interpreted as the application of Joint control described by Lowenkron (2006). The third presentation on teaching divergent intraverbal responding, with 2 participants with ASD, examines the value of addition of a fluency training component to tact prompts and transfer trials. The fourth, a discussion paper, reviews selected studies from literature to discuss the types of complex intraverbals and the technologies that can be used to teach them. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: BCBA-D, BCBA, BCaBA |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify the effects of training pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding 2. Describe the effect of Multiple Tact, Multiple Listener and DOR training on the acquisition of convergent intraverbal responding 3. Identify the effect of prompts, transfer of stimulus control and fluency training on divergent intraverbal responding |
|
The Prerequisites to Convergent Intraverbal Responding: A Multiple Baseline Study With Three School-Going Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SRIDHAR ARAVAMUDHAN (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: The development of advanced intraverbals requires responses under the control of multiple variables. Such control can be divergent, such as responses to an instruction like “name some vegetables” or, convergent, such as the response to an instruction like “Name an animal that runs fast” (Michael, Palmer & Sundberg, 2011). Sundberg, M.L., and Sundberg, C.A. (2011) proposed that training on four pre-requisite skills, Multiple Tact (MT), Multiple Listener (ML), Intraverbal categorization and Listener Compound Discrimination could facilitate the emergence of convergent intraverbal responses. DeSouza , Fisher & Rodriguez (2019), trained four 4 – 5 year old participants with ASD diagnosis on the pre-requisite skills and found that convergent intraverbal responding emerged with most participants after acquisition of mastery in the trained pre-requisite skills. The current study extends the DeSouza et al., (2019) study by training each pre-requisite skill and probing not only for the emergence of convergent intraverbal responding but the remaining pre-requisites. Three school going participants aged 6, 8 and 14 years, participated in the multiple baselines across behaviors study. Convergent Intraverbal responding emerged with only MT training for 2 of the three participants and with MT and ML training for the third. The study is continuing with second and third stimulus sets for the third participant. However, even with the emergence of correct convergent intraverbal responding, correct responding with one or more of the other pre-requisite skills did not emerge for the participants and had to be trained individually. The findings suggest that, not all the four are pre-requisites for convergent intraverbal responding. |
|
The Effects of a Differential Observing Response on Acquisition of Convergent Intraverbal Responding in Two Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SMITA AWASTHI (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: Kisamore and Colleagues (2013) demonstrated that Differential Observing Responses (DOR) can be effective as prompts to teach intraverbal responding to neurotypical pre-school children. The current study extends Kisamore and Colleagues study to school going children with autism. Two participants with ASD, aged 5 and 6 years participated in this study. Participants were trained to produce a DOR by repeating the key words from the antecedent verbal stimulus. They were then prompted to emit the correct response. The first participant’s DOR and convergent intraverbal responding improved from baseline levels in 14 sessions and intervention is continuing with the first stimulus set. The effect of the training on the acquisition of other hypothesized pre-requisites, Multiple Tact (MT), Multiple Listener (ML), Intraverbal categorization (IVC) and Listener Compound Discrimination (LCD), described in Sundberg and Sundberg (2011), after successful acquisition of convergent intraverbal responses are discussed. Baseline measurements are underway for the second participant. |
|
Acquisition and Generalization of Divergent Intraverbal Responses in Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
AARTI HARESH THAKORE (Central Texas Autism Center), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: This study examined the effects of intraverbal instruction with a fluency training component on the acquisition and generalization of divergent intraverbal responding to function, feature, and class (FFC) questions with two children (6 and 8 years old) diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Instructional targets were chosen on the basis of prerequisite relations for intraverbal emergence in the participants’ repertoires. It was expected that with these prerequisites in place, direct establishment of divergent intraverbal responding might generalize across FFC questions. In baseline, participants emitted three or fewer intraverbal responses to most questions. Instruction with tact prompts and transfer-of-control trials initially produced only small increases in intraverbal responding, whereas the addition of fluency training quickly produced criterion-level performance. Further, both participants demonstrated generalization to untrained FFC questions. Pre- and post-tests revealed concomitant increases in responses to reverse intraverbal FFC questions and FFC questions presented in intraverbal webbing format. |
|
Complex Intraverbals Made Simple- A Discussion Paper on the Methods to Teach Multiply Controlled Intraverbal Responses |
ANUPAMA JAGDISH (Behavior Momentum india), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: This discussion paper reviews select peer-reviewed and published articles to identify the different instructional strategies that can be used by practitioners. These include the use of DOR (Kisamore, Karsten, Mann, & Conde, 2013), pre-requisites training (DeSouza, Fisher, & Rodriguez, 2018), problem solving (Sautter, LeBlanc, Jay, Goldsmith, & Carr, 2011), training on categories, exemplars and simple intraverbals, for emergence of complex intraverbals (Pérez-González, Belloso-Díaz, Caramés-Méndez, & Alonso-Álvarez, 2014), teaching tacts and simple intraverbals (Belloso-Díaz & Pérez-González, 2015), and the use of a blocked trials procedure (Ingvarsson, Kramer, Carp, Pétursdóttir, & Macias, 2016). The efficacy or otherwise of these procedures based on analysis of data in the studies is discussed. This presentation offers a range of tools for practitioners based on the type of complex intraverbals they need to teach and also explores additional approaches which could be beneficial. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reviews of Recent Research on Behavioral Interventions for Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Across the Lifespan and Nonremoval of the Cup |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Bryant Silbaugh (Trendline ABA) |
CE Instructor: Bryant Silbaugh, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders (PFD) commonly associated with developmental disorders have adverse effects on health, development, and social skills. The leading empirically supported approach to treating PFD is behavioral intervention. Researchers have made much progress in this area over the last 10 years. In this symposium, researchers will present the results of literature syntheses on two topics in the assessment and treatment of PFD. Each speaker will share summary data, provide practice guidelines, and suggest future avenues of research, all with a focus on the assessment and treatment of PFD in the evidence-based practice of ABA. The first speaker will discuss research on interventions for feeding problems in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities across the lifespan. The second speaker will discuss research on the use of nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in PFD. Attendees will leave the symposium with guidelines for using ABA to treat PFD in children with autism. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): evidence-based practice, feeding disorders, nonremoval |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, speech and language pathologists, occupational therapists |
Learning Objectives: Upon completion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify safeguards and related considerations for treating pediatric feeding disorders, (2) describe trends in research on behavioral intervention for feeding problems across age groups, and (3) identify steps for using nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in the evidence-based practice of ABA. |
|
Interventions to Support Feeding in People With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
BRYANT SILBAUGH (Trendline ABA), Becky Penrod (California State University, Sacramento), Scott Page (Utah State University), Melissa Moseman (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: Pediatric feeding disorders have adverse effects on health, social skills, and development. These disorders are highly prevalent in individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities and emerge in early childhood. Left untreated, they can persist into adulthood putting individuals at increased risk for health conditions and dependence on others. Multiple current syntheses have shown that behavioral interventions are highly empirically supported and effective. However, no prior reviews examined research on behavioral interventions for feeding disorders across the lifespan. We addressed this gap in the literature by conducting a multistep electronic search of behavioral interventions for feeding disorders in individuals with intellectual, developmental, and learning disabilities between 2008 and 2018. Among the many findings generated from this comprehensive synthesis, we found (a) that the most empirically supported interventions were differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, nonremoval procedures, representation, rules, and demand fading; and (b) most participants in the reviewed studies were preschool age children (i.e., 3-6 yr), followed by school age children (i.e., 6-12 yr), and toddlers (i.e., 1-3 yr). Almost no studies included infants or adults, suggesting much more research is needed to examine the social validity and effectiveness of behavioral intervention as support for feeding problems in those populations. |
|
A Synthesis of Research on Nonremoval of the Cup in Children With Liquid Refusaland Brief Practice Guidelines |
KIANA WHITLOCK (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Bryant Silbaugh (Trendline ABA) |
Abstract: Liquid refusal sometimes co-occurs with pediatric feeding disorders. Potential adverse effects of liquid refusal include dehydration, malnutrition, failure to thrive, and constipation. This synthesis discusses the use of the nonremoval of cup and related procedures such as manual guidance and stimulus control transfer procedures for treating liquid refusal. We conducted a multistep electronic database search to identify behavioral intervention studies that evaluated the effects of the nonremoval of the cup procedure on liquid refusal. Seven studies met inclusion criteria. We used these studies to characterize liquid refusal (i.e., critical and variable features), and describe how the use of the nonremoval of cup procedure to treat this problem has evolved. After synthesizing the participant and study characteristics of these studies, we provide practice guidelines for using nonremoval of the cup to treat liquid refusal in the context of the evidence-based practice of applied behavior analysis. We conclude with a discussion of future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Ethical Considerations of Assent in the Development of Instructional Motivation |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Megan Miller, Ph.D. |
Chair: Megan Miller (The Do Better Collective) |
MEGAN MILLER (The Do Better Collective) |
EMILY WILSON (Blossom Behavioral Services) |
ROBERT SCHRAMM (Robert Schramm Consulting Knospe-ABA Meridian Rehab) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic intervention programs frequently include the use of forced prompting to earn compliance with demands and reduce escape maintained challenging behavior. This approach is "effective" but raises ethical concerns relating to providing the least restrictive and most humane intervention that maintains the assent of the learner throughout the learning process. The purpose of this panel is to explore ethical considerations regarding the use of forced prompting and other extinction procedures by drawing from the Behavior Analyst Certification Board's Ethical and Professional Compliance Code (2014), Van Houten et al. (1988), and Pritchett et al. (2020). Each panelist will explore how which aspects of the 7 Steps to Earning Instructional Control addresses these ethical considerations and share what modifications they have made to their own practices to ensure they are maintaining assent with learners in delivering behavior analytic services and developing a strong teaching relationship focused on instructional motivation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation are individuals who have implemented extinction procedures and address challenging behavior in their day to day practice when teaching in a school, clinic, or home. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify at least 1 benefit to using advancements in functional analysis technologies 2. Explain at least 1 ethical consideration regarding extinction 3. Describe the importance of maintaining analysis in developing behavior intervention plans 4. Describe at least 1 general guideline to follow when addressing challenging behavior 5. Describe the importance of maintaining learner assent during the intervention process |
Keyword(s): assent, extinction alternatives, instructional control, instructional motivation |
|
|
|
|
|
The Contribution of Qualitative Research to the Understanding of the Application, or Lack Thereof, of Behavior Principles |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Megan M. Griffin (Whitworth University) |
CE Instructor: Deirdre M. Muldoon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Qualitative research is often undertaken to understand and improve practices within a particular discipline. Qualitative researchers are interested in understanding how people perceive or interpret their lived experiences rather than working to find and prove a hypothesis or discover a cause and effect. For example, understanding others’ theoretical ways of seeing the application of behavior principles to challenging behavior is a possible objective for the coding and thematic analysis that is typical of qualitative research. This symposium will address the process of qualitative research including the use of coding, memos, nodes, and themes. The presenters will address the research process of coding, categorization of codes and subsequent generation of themes. Qualitative research requires additional methods of triangulation of data (e.g., member checking, auditor, critical friend) and these methods will also be discussed , as will the iterative nature of the analysis of data in qualitative research. |
Target Audience: This symposium is appropriate for researchers and practitioners who are interested in the perspectives of consumers of ABA services. The presenters will provide information about qualitative research and the insights that the iterative nature of qualitative data analysis provides when investigating the perspectives of consumers served by ABA researchers and practitioners. |
|
Qualitative Methodology to Inform Applied Behavior Analytic Practices: A Literature Review |
TIFFANY OTERO (University of New Mexico) |
Abstract: As the field of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) grows and transforms, so too are the methods of inquiry utilized to inform practices. Single case design methodology remains the predominant method of inquiry. However, qualitative methods have increased in prevalence, often as a measure of social validity and feasibility of practices. In this presentation, we provide the findings of a systematic literature review on the use of qualitiative methods in behavior analytic research. Specifically, we will discuss the prevalence of qualitative methodology in behavior analytic content. We will also discuss the most common qualitative methods used and for which purposes they serve. Finally, we will provide information on limitations and considerations for the future. |
|
Understanding Caregivers’ Perceptions of Feeding/Mealtime Interventions for Their Young Child With a Feeding Difficulty |
DEIRDRE M. MULDOON (The College of Saint Rose) |
Abstract: For this qualitative research nine caregivers were interviewed and recorded. Recordings were transcribed. Transcriptions were systematically coded and analyzed for the lived experiences of caregivers around mealtimes/feeding and difficult behavior. Three qualitative researchers coded each interview separately and a list of codes, nodes and themes was generated and shared following each meeting. Additional codes and nodes were generated as the interview coding proceeded and each code was accepted as long as 2/3 of the researchers agreed to its inclusion. Codes will be condensed into themes and a minimum of three main themes will be generated through the reiterative process of qualitative data analysis; these themes will be discussed in detail. The contribution of the understanding achieved (i.e., of parents’ perceptions of interventions around feeding and mealtimes) qualitative analysis and results will be discussed, as well as the process of qualitative research itself. Member checking and an audit is planned upon completion of coding and thematic analysis (data analysis is ongoing at the time of this submission). |
|
Qualitative Research and Contextual Fit |
SUSAN R COPELAND (University of New Mexico), Megan M. Griffin (Whitworth University) |
Abstract: Practitioners often complain that families, teachers, or other individuals in applied settings do not implement interventions as planned or continue to implement them when services are faded. Qualitative research has potential for better understanding the factors that influence this problem. In this presentation, we will define and describe qualitative research and its potential contributions to behavior analytic work. To do this, we will examine findings from three single case research studies examining the use of self-management strategies to decrease problem behavior of children with Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorder (FASD) as a means of exploring how future qualitative studies could be designed to understand more deeply the contextual fit of behavior analytic interventions, particularly with families from diverse linguistic and cultural backgrounds. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond Direct Assessment and Treatment: Addressing the Safety of Individuals Who Engage in Problem Behavior When First Responders Must be Called |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Slocum, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have a history of demonstrating large-scale reductions in severe behavior disorders among the individuals we serve. While this may lead to a quality-of-life improvement, problem behavior is not likely to be eliminated entirely. As such, there are still times in which problem behavior could produce significant danger to an individual, including when unaware or untrained first-responders answer a crisis. The current symposium will first include a presentation on survey results related to the physical and emotional impact of problem behavior on caregivers as well as modifications caregivers have made to their homes to prevent damage caused by problem behavior. These impacts may be critical when training first-responders or other professionals who may be called upon to mitigate the impact of problem behavior. Second, we will present caregiver reports of the use of first-responder services based on their child’s demographics (e.g., race, ethnicity, age, and type of challenging behavior exhibited). Finally, we will show an effective procedure to teach law enforcement officers strategies to promote compliance when responding to a crisis. Overall, these presentations will go beyond the direct reduction of problem behavior to begin to address the safety of individuals with severe behavior disorders during emergency circumstances. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): first responders, law enforcement, problem behavior |
Target Audience: N/A - Basic level |
Learning Objectives: 1. identify critical physical and emotional barriers facing families of individuals who engage in problem behavior. 2. understand the impact demographic presentations have on families' uses of first-responders. 3. implement behavioral skills training on critical strategies for first-responders to obtain compliance among individuals with problem behavior. |
|
Caregiver Report on the Social and Environmental Impact of Challenging Behavior |
AMANDA KAZEE (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Kortney Rist (30329), Grace Binion (Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Most researchers measure challenging behavior with direct observations or parent-report of the frequency/duration. While important, this information often does not address the severity of the behavior as it relates to the impact that the behavior has on the child, the family, or others in the community. The purpose of this study is to describe outcomes from a structured interview conducted with a large sample (N > 400) of parents of children with intellectual and developmental disabilities referred to a behavioral treatment program for the primary concern of challenging behavior. Domains assessed included: environmental changes to the home; avoiding certain activities or tasks; damage to property; physical harm to self or others; and contacting emergency or crisis services. Caregivers reported a large degree of negative impact from challenging behavior. Over 80% reported physical injury, over 70% damage to items or the home, and over 40% made structural modifications to their home. It is important to consider these impacts when working with families of children who engage in challenging behavior, both when considering necessary resources and when training first-responders or other professionals who may be called upon to mitigate the impact of challenging behavior. |
|
Prevalence of Interactions With First Responders: Report From Caregivers of Children Who Exhibit Challenging Behaviors |
Nadratu Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Summer Bottini (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), MADELINE AUGE (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Sarah Slocum (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder who engage in challenging behaviors are at increased likelihood of coming into contact with first responders during crisis situations. Currently the demographic risk factors associated with contacting first responders is unknown. The purpose of this study is to examine whether caregivers report differential use of first responder services based on their child’s demographics, including race, ethnicity, age, and type of challenging behavior exhibited. Experimenters evaluated 579 participant case files for information regarding caregivers’ use of first responders during crisis situations. Findings from the study suggested no significant differences in contacting emergency services based on race. In regards to ethnicity, findings indicated individuals who identify as Hispanic are less likely to contact emergency services in response to their child engaging in challenging behaviors than those that identify as non-Hispanic. We discuss the clinical implications of outcomes and present areas of future research. |
|
Preparing Law Enforcement Officers to Engage Successfully With Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder: An Evaluation of a Performance-Based Approach |
KARLIE AMELIA HINKLE (UHCL), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Law enforcement officers (LEOs) may use physical force unnecessarily or escalate problem behavior when attempting to gain the compliance of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) (Copenhaver & Tewksbury, 2019). Although specialized training may remedy this problem, the relatively small literature on such training programs indicates the need for further research (Railey et al., 2020). This study evaluated the outcomes of performance-based instruction on strategies to promote compliance when LEOs respond to calls involving individuals with ASD. Results for three LEOs and 24 police cadets demonstrated the efficacy of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching LEOs how to interact more effectively with individuals with ASD. Results also suggested that hands-on training should supplement commonly used forms of didactic instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bridging the Gap: The Establishment of Behavior Analysis Professional Associations Across Latin America |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A. |
Chair: Amanda Bueno dos Santos (CEDIN) |
ESTEFANIA CARLA ALARCON MOYA (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile) |
CAROLA SCOLARI (Casita ABA) |
GRICEL PEZZOTTI (ABA DOMINICANA) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is an emergent field in Latin America (LATAM). The popularity of ABA evidence-based practices led to rapid growth in demand, rising faster than services could be supplied. The quality of services available is a concern. Furthermore, the absence of local regulations (both legal and ethical) to practice ABA is a common detriment that all countries in LATAM share. Until recently, most efforts to create support systems for the education of new qualified ABA practitioners were mostly linked to the BACB certification. Nevertheless, the discontinuation of the international scope of the credential posed a challenge for the region, opening the opportunity for several countries to discuss and reflect on how to bridge the gap. In the present discussion, panelists will share their experiences on how they have been actively collaborating in the creation of local task forces. They will also discuss the process by which they have established a consensus on the competencies and ethical standards representing their communities. Additionally, panelists will discuss the diversity of challenges across the region and outline potential solutions to support other countries with fewer resources to advance in the development of local ABA practice standards. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: 1) Describe the challenges to regulate practice in Latin American Countries
2) Outline solutions to overcome the main challenges Latin American Countries face in the development of their own regulatory bodies.
3) List actions to create collaborative forces in the design of standards representative of Latin American countries |
Keyword(s): Dissemination, Latin America, Practice Standards, Professional Associations |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Development Special Interest Group (DEV SIG) Graduate Student Research Award Presentations |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: JeanneMarie Speckman (Fred S. Keller School Teachers College Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jennifer Longano (Fred S. Keller School) |
CE Instructor: JeanneMarie Speckman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Two of the three recipients of the DEV SIG research award will present their studies in this symposium. The first study, by award recipient Francis Hwang-Nesbit, focuses on interventions for establishing the necessary stimulus control for various degrees of Naming. The second paper, by award recipient Maninder Virk, focuses on the effectiveness of parent training during telehealth sessions on student outcomes. The third award recipient, Hung Chang, is presenting his research, “The Effects of the Observational Procedure on Conditioned Reinforcement for Books for Preschoolers with and without Disabilities” as part of another symposium. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Development, Bidirectional Naming, Parent Education, Student Research |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Define Bidirectional Naming and the degrees of BiN
2. State two different interventions for establishing the cusp of Bidirectional Naming
3. Describe procedures for training parents to provide effectively deliver instruction to their children at home during Telehealth sessions. |
|
Comparing Two Interventions on Establishing Multiple Stimulus Control |
FRANCIS HWANG-NESBIT (Teacher College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: The researcher conducted 2 experiments to compare the effects of 2 different interventions on inducing bidirectional naming (BiN) in elementary school students. BiN is a verbal behavior cusp and a capability that allows one to acquire language incidentally as the stimulus control shifts due to the learned reinforcement of the correspondence between visual and auditory stimuli. In Experiment 1, the researcher used a multiple probe design across participants demonstrating no-incidental naming (NiN) or unidirectional naming (UniN), who were paired into dyads based on their level of BiN. The independent variables were a curricular-based intervention utilizing speaker responses, targeting mathematics and reading objectives, and picture-based Repeated Novel Naming Experience (RNNE) with abstract pictures not related to academic objectives. The results showed students’ demonstration of BiN or an increased accurate listener and speaker responses in probes following the intervention. In Experiment 2, the researcher used a single-case simultaneous treatment design with nested multiple probe design across 8 prekindergarten participants demonstrating UniN. The primary dependent variable was the degree of stimulus control for UniN and BiN across three levels of complexity. The secondary dependent variables were the number of learn units to criterion across reading and math curricula and the number of unconsequated correct responses to post-unit tests following the conclusion of intervention. The independent variables were identical to those of Experiment 1. Experiment 2 is currently ongoing. |
|
The Effects of Parent Training During Telehealth Sessions on the Students’ Rate of Learning and Parents’ Delivery of Accurate Instruction |
MANINDER VIRK (Teachers College Columbia University), Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Due to the current unprecedented times of COVID-19, students are attending school through telehealth or hybrid methods that involve less contact time with teachers. It has become important to find alternative modes of delivering instruction to preschoolers with disabilities to ensure they receive additional learning opportunities. Training parents to deliver effective instruction may be effective in increasing students' number of correct responses and the efficacy of telehealth sessions. In this study, the researchers use a multiple baseline design across participants to evaluate the effects of a parent education and training intervention during 30 min daily telehealth sessions on the percentage of correct learn units delivered by the parent, number of learn units delivered during a session and the students' learning unit to criterion. The intervention package included written instructions delivered to parents, video modeling and Parent Performance Rate of Accuracy. The researchers selected four parent-child dyads . The study is currently in progress. Dyad 1 and 2 have entered intervention conditions. It is important to complete this study to demonstrate if parent education and parent training sessions are effective in increasing students' number of correct responses and increasing the number of learn units delivered in a telehealth session. The findings of these studies could contribute to the efficacy of parent education and parent training packages on student learning through telehealth sessions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Coaching and Collaboration: Towards Delivering Evidence-Based Services in Public Schools |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Hollins, M.A. |
Abstract: Maintaining sustainable and effective classroom practices remains at the center of discussion for many schools. While teachers are required to participate in professional development activities, research has demonstrated that professional development alone is not sufficient for sustained use (Fixen et al., 2005). As such, coaching has been identified as the key variable to bridging the gap from research to practice and to maintaining behaviors over a period of time. Given that behavior analysts are trained to analyze environmental conditions, it is important to discuss how behavior analysts can effectively collaborate and coach teachers on evidence-based teaching practices. The first presentation will describe a conceptual analysis of the functional assessment and treatment of teaching behaviors; the second presentation will describe a behavior analytic, multi-level approach to coaching while providing implications for practice and research; and the third presentation will provide case examples on effective collaboration and coaching in public schools. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): classroom management, coaching, school-based, training |
Target Audience: Basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify variables that may maintain teaching behaviors, will describe multi-level supports (i.e., coaching) to enhance professional development for teachers or therapists, and will identify feasible goals for coaching classroom management. |
|
Remaining Behavior Analytic in School Consultation: A Conceptual Analysis of School Environments |
ROBERT C. PENNINGTON (University of North Carolina-Charlotte) |
Abstract: In this session, the presenter will describe potential variables that establish and maintain teacher instructional and classroom management repertoires. They will describe methods and tools, rooted in behavioral and educational research, for the functional assessment and treatment of teaching behaviors. Finally, they will connect BCBAs consideration of these school-based environmental factors to the BACB's professional and ethical compliance code. |
|
Multi-Level Coaching: A Behavior-Analytic Approach to Professional Development |
CHARLES L. WOOD (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Professional development through in-service training may not be of sufficient duration, intensity, and specificity to improve teachers’ or therapists’ instructional skills. Due to the increased need to support teachers’ or therapists’ use of evidence-based practices, coaching can extend and strengthen professional development and increase instructional effectiveness. This session describes a behavior-analytic, multi-level approach to coaching, and provides implications for practice and research. |
|
A Case Series: Reviewing Effective Components of Coaching Classroom Management |
Nicole Hollins (Western Michigan University), STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: In this session, the presenter will review a series of case examples that demonstrate effective coaching on classroom management practices. They will describe the decision-making process of developing precise coaching goals and efficient coaching processes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Compassionate Online Education in a Post-COVID-19 World |
Saturday, May 29, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Dipti Mudgal, Ph.D. |
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University) |
DIPTI MUDGAL (Ball State University) |
VERONICA J. HOWARD (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
ROBYN M. CATAGNUS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Compassion is showing concern for others who are experiencing suffering. In recent years, an emphasis has been placed on “compassionate care” within healthcare, and some studies have suggested that an empathetic approach to patient care may lead to improved outcomes as well as increased social validity. ABAI’s recent Presidential Address highlighted compassionate behavior analysis as a guiding core principle. Over the past year, we have faced numerous challenges, including a deadly virus, racism, violence, natural disasters, fiscal worries, political unrest, and rising mental health issues. Given these challenges, a compassionate approach within healthcare and education seems more necessary now than ever. With the necessary migration of graduate education to online formats, the absence of human connection emphasizes the need for compassionate education and support. How can we, as behavior analysts, incorporate compassionate practices into how we mentor, teach and train graduate students in an online format? In this panel, we will discuss various methods for weaving compassion into our teaching, mentoring, and advising of students. This discussion will focus on curriculum, communication, administration, and organizational systems. Panelists will describe their experiences and recommendations to support students in this ever-changing world. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Graduate students and faculty of online ABA programs. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to understand what compassionate education should include. 2. Participants will be able to tailor online education to meet the needs of students. 3. Participants will be able to list ways programs and administration can provide compassionate online education. |
Keyword(s): COVID-19, Diversity, Online education |
|
|
|
|
|
From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida's Agency for Persons With Disabilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:25 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Kristin J. Korinko (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
CE Instructor: Kristin J. Korinko, Ph.D. |
|
From Baselines to Phase Lines: The State of Behavior Analysis in Florida’s Agency for Persons With Disabilities |
Domain: Service Delivery |
KRISTIN J. KORINKO (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities), Scott Traynor (Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
|
Abstract: This paper presentation will review progress made in one state agency across several projects of interest. A disproportionately small number of consumers engage in target behaviors that have the greatest intensity and resultant consequences such as admission to Crisis Stabilization Units (CSUs), emergency room visits, and incarceration. The Agency for Persons with Disabilities (APD) is a government agency who is tasked with funding and overseeing behavioral and medical supports for these “high watch consumers”. By creating a “High Watch List” of qualifying aberrant behaviors and/or acute medical episodes, APD can provide additional resources for these individuals in the form of more frequent oversight and technical assistance on individualized recommendations. In this way, a larger allocation of time and resources can be more focused to effect long term outcomes. Additionally, proactive recommendations to prevent future episodes can result in more stabilized living settings, consistent service delivery, and potential higher indices of satisfaction of services received by consumers. The results of this project has the potential for applicable state agencies to develop similar processes to serve consumers that have a disproportionately higher level of impactful behaviors that addressed successfully, can improve the quality of service provision while lowering long term costs. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list and describe the intervention strategies that one state agency (Florida’s Agency for Persons with Disabilities (APD)) have implemented in response to the changing needs of our consumers (i.e., the pandemic, assessments, and the promotion of least restrictive strategies); (2) compile and describe one particular application implemented in Florida known as the “The High Watch Project.” |
|
|
|
|
|
Fido, No! Using Principles From Behaviour Analysis to Investigate Canine Undesired Behaviour, Owner Training, and Interventions |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Nicole Pfaller-Sadovsky, M.S. |
Presenting Author: NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast) |
Abstract: Dog ownership has been shown to provide many benefits to humans, such as increased and regular walking, improved cardiovascular health, as well as increased social interactions. However, dogs can display behaviours that are problematic for their owners and their respective social environment. Such behaviours include jumping up on people or aggressive responses toward other individuals. In an effort to alleviate their dogs’ problematic behaviour, owners often reach out to companion animal behaviourists or trainers. However, the interventions’ effectiveness and their outcomes can be variable, especially if there are a lack of resources, such as time, skills, and finances. Unresolved problem behaviour in dogs often leads to a breakdown of the owner-dog relationship and may result in relinquishment and euthanasia. Therefore, our research is aimed at investigating the characteristics of behavioural interventions that may contribute to their ease of implementation and effectiveness (e.g., clicker training and time-based delivery of reinforcers). This presentation will introduce our work on systematically testing intervention components, such as modelling or feedback. We identified variables maintaining problematic behaviour through functional behaviour assessments, and implemented interventions based on respective information. Attendees will learn about the effectiveness of different intervention components, the time-based response-independent delivery of reinforcers (i.e., noncontingent reinforcement) and clicker training. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Applied behaviour analysts, animal behaviourists, students, and dog owners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation attendees will be able to: (1) identify intervention components that increase effectiveness; (2) discuss the time-based response-independent presentation of a reinforcer (noncontingent reinforcement) with dogs; (3) discuss the implementation and effectiveness of clicker training. |
|
NICOLE PFALLER-SADOVSKY (Queen's University Belfast) |
 As a long-time dog owner (since 1994) and a “Dog Trainer Certified According to Animal Welfare and Protection Legislation” (awarded by the Austrian Ministry of Health and the Messerli Research Institute), Nicole founded her own dog training business in 2008, Happy-Fellow® Coaching & Seminars. Since then she has worked with a range of clients whose dogs display problematic behaviours, such as fear-related behaviour, inter- and intraspecific aggression or stereotypic behaviours. Additionally to her work as a behaviour consultant, Nicole frequently teaches retrieving classes as a fun and stimulating activity for all dogs but also for dog-owner teams participating in retriever-specific competitions. Nicole holds a BSc (Hons) degree in Applied Animal Behaviour from the University of Portsmouth (UK) and a MSc degree in Applied Behaviour Analysis from Queen’s University Belfast (UK). Currently, Nicole is working toward her Ph.D. in Biological Sciences with an emphasis in Behaviour Analysis at Queen’s University Belfast. She conducts research on canine learning, human-dog interactions and owner training from a behaviour-analytic perspective. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond Intervention: How Behaviour Analysis Can Contribute to an Understanding of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University) |
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is one of the most researched conditions within the field of psychology and education. While ABA-based early intervention is considered the most effective evidence-based comprehensive approach to increase skills and reduce problem behaviour in young children affected by ASD, behaviour analysis has yet to provide an analysis of the unique repertoires of children with autism. Instead, the most widely accepted explanations of learning deficits associated with ASD are almost exclusively non-behavioural. In this talk I will discuss the importance of a behavioural account for understanding the unique challenges associated with ASD. At minimum, such an account must be able to address three areas of cognition, widely understood to be compromised in ASD: joint attention, theory of mind, and executive functioning. Developing a comprehensive behavioural conceptual framework that addresses these areas would give behaviour analysis a seat at a table traditionally occupied by other disciplines. Behaviour analysis may then be seen not merely as a collection of techniques to decrease problem behavior or to produce isolated skills. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: behaviour analysts, speech and language therapists, education professionals |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss mainstream autism theories; (2) discuss syndrome-specific ASD deficits; (3) analyze impairments characteristic of ASD. |
|
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic) |
Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D, BCBA-D, is director and consultant at ABA Clinic Ltd., adjunct professor at the University of Salerno, and a guest lecturer at Queen's College, Belfast, and Pennsylvania State University. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Teaching and Assessing Conversation Skills With Adults |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carissa Basile (Marquette University ) |
CE Instructor: Carissa Basile, M.S. |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder and other developmental disabilities often demonstrate deficits in conversation and professional skills, and thus may have difficulty developing friendships and finding employment. The growing literature on social skills has evaluated teaching conversation and professional skills as well as using normative data to determine what skills should be taught. This symposium will begin with Sylvia Aquino presenting descriptive data on how individuals respond to preferred, neutral, and nonpreferred topics of conversations. The authors found that the frequency of comments and length of utterances changed depending on the type of conversation topic. The second presenter, Whitney Pubylski-Yanofchick will discuss teaching adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder to initiate and respond to professional emails. As a result of a sequential training progression from group instruction to individualized training with feedback and error correction, all participants learned to compose professional emails. Last, Brandt Kail will discuss teaching adults with Autism Spectrum Disorder to use virtual platforms and interact with others in a virtual setting. Using behavioral skills training, feedback, and reinforcement, all participants acquired the necessary requisite skills to be successful in virtual meetings. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Adults, Conversation Skills, Professional Skills, Social Skills |
Target Audience: BACB and SLP |
Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will be able to identify how individuals respond to conversations on topics with neutral, preferred, or aversive properties. 2) Attendees will be able to describe the importance of conducting descriptive assessments of social skills. 3) Attendees will be able to describe the use of behavioral skills training for teaching professional email writing skills. 4) Attendees will be able to identify important components of professional emails. 5) Attendees will be able to identify some basic skills important for successful interactions in virtual settings. 6) Attendees will be able to describe the use of behavioral skills training and virtual reinforcement for teaching skills via video conferencing. |
|
A Descriptive Assessment of Active Listening and Topics for Initiating Future Conversations |
SYLVIA AQUINO (Marquette University), Stephanie A. Hood (Marquette University) |
Abstract: In conversations, active listening is an important skill for developing and maintaining meaningful relationships. Little research exists on how to teach someone how to actively listen and then use this information in subsequent conversations. Listeners must discriminate between topics the conversation partner is interested in and enjoys discussing, and topics that may be aversive. We conducted a descriptive assessment to identify how individuals respond to their conversation partner when they initiate conversations on topics with neutral, preferred, or aversive properties. Individuals make less comments related to a topic they find aversive and ask more follow up questions when preferred topics are discussed. On average, individuals engage in longer utterances during preferred topics and change the topic faster when aversive topics are discussed. These data may inform research and practice for teaching complex social skills to individuals that contribute to an established speaker and listener repertoire that may impact their overall interactions and quality of life. |
|
Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Interact Successfully With Others in a Virtual Format |
BRANDT KAIL (Texana), Rachel Callahan (Texana Center), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center), David E. Whitcher (Texana Center Behavior Improvement Center) |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has created an environment where social and professional interactions are more likely to occur in a virtual setting than ever before. In this study, 4 adults with ASD were taught skills to improve participation in virtual meetings. Participants learned how to use their microphones and cameras more appropriately and to make encouraging statements to one another while discussing current events and vocational-based lessons via Zoom™. The experimenter used a multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of behavioral skills training, feedback, and reinforcement in the form of praise, virtual tokens, and gift cards to increase the targeted behaviors during 2-hour virtual sessions. Skills increased and maintained at levels substantially above baseline even after the experimenter faded the contingencies for appropriate responding and delivered reinforcement solely for attendance. Tests for generalization across instructors and activities yielded promising results. These findings suggest that adults with ASD can benefit from group-based telehealth ABA services to improve skills needed to interact successfully with others in a virtual format. |
|
Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder to Write Professional Emails to Support Employment |
WHITNEY PUBYLSKI-YANOFCHICK (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Declan Butler (Rutgers), Jonathan Oflazian (The College of New Jersey), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience challenges securing and maintaining employment. One requisite skill to employment is professional conduct. Although there are a cluster of behaviors related to professional conduct, one skill in which unprofessional behavior can become apparent is writing and responding to professional emails. The purpose of this study was to teach adults with ASD to initiate and respond to professional emails. Our participants were five adult males diagnosed with ASD. All participants attended a university-based employment support program. We rated their emails on the level of professionalism. We used behavioral skills training to teach the participants via remote instruction to initiate and respond to professional emails based on vignettes. BST training components were systematically introduced from most efficient (i.e., group instruction) to most intensive (i.e., individual training with feedback and error correction). Following the BST group training, one of the five participants met criteria on responding to professional emails. Individualized training with feedback was conducted for all five participants for one or both type of email. At least two of the participants required a more intrusive, individual training with error correction, under which one participant met mastery criterion for both types of emails. The results of this study showed that it is possible to teach adults with ASD to initiate and respond to emails in a professional manner. This is one, of many, skills that individuals of ASD will need to master in order to obtain and maintain employment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Contingency Management and Behavioral Economics to Study Health-Related Behavior |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University) |
CE Instructor: Michele R. Traub, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
Abstract: Humans are fortunate, in that their behavior can greatly impact their health. Many behaviors can promote health, wellness, and longevity (e.g., physical activity, healthy food choice, and treatment compliance.) However, there are also behaviors that negatively impact health and wellness (e.g., alcohol consumption, sedentary behavior, unhealthy food choices, risky sexual behavior). Unfortunately, the “unhealthy” behaviors are often associated with immediate and highly probable reinforcers, while the “healthy” behaviors have delayed and uncertain reinforcers. Two areas within behavior analysis can inform this competing reinforcer problem: contingency management and behavioral economics. Behavioral economic approaches allow researcher to characterize the value of reinforcers for health-related behaviors. Contingency management research primarily focuses on the use of differential reinforcement of health-promoting behaviors. This presentation will give brief backgrounds on these two areas in the context of health promotion. Data will be presented highlighting factors that impact the efficacy and feasibility of these interventions (e.g., reinforcer type, immediacy of consequences, cost of intervention, goal-setting criteria, and length of intervention.) |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and operationally define health promoting behaviors; (2) describe at least 3 essential features for designing effective contingency management interventions; (3) Select behavioral economic measures that can characterize engagement in health promoting behaviors; (4) describe factors that increase the dissemination of behavioral interventions for health. |
|
WENDY DONLIN WASHINGTON (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
 Dr. Wendy Donlin Washington is an associate professor of Psychology at University of North Carolina Wilmington. She received her Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology from Auburn University under the direction of Dr. Christopher Newland, and then completed a post-doctoral fellowship at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine working with Kenneth Silverman and Maxine Stitzer in developing behavioral treatments for drug abuse. She has conducted research in the areas of contingency management, behavioral toxicology and pharmacology, and behavioral economics. Her current research has focused on using behavioral interventions, like contingency management, to treat health related behaviors such as drug use and physical activity. She has served as Membership Board Coordinator for ABAI since 2016, is on the board of editors for Perspectives on Behavioral Science and Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Unchartered Territories for Behavior Analysts: New Frontiers for the Science We Love (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series) |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Liliane Rocha, DBH |
Chair: Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
MARGARET UWAYO (Michigan State University; By Your Side Autism Services) |
KOZUE MATSUDA (Children Center Inc) |
LILIANE ROCHA (The Behavior Web, LLC) |
Abstract: If we truly intend to improve and impact the world with behavior analysis, it is imperative for researchers and clinicians alike to embark on new areas in which the field of behavior analysis has the ability to address cultural injustices that limit marginalized populations, women, and black, indigenous people of colour (BIPOC). Our field has the ability to inform and create change that will have collateral impacts on society to combat systemic barriers that limit those without societal privilege. An overview will be conducted of current societal norms with respect to racism, healthcare, and economic inequalities and ways in which behaviour analysis can analyze contingencies to improve access and opportunities for marginalized populations. Behaviour analytic interventions centred around processes highlighting how to deconstruct racism, remediate the healthcare system using behavioral economics, and income inequality will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Advanced. BCBAs and BCBA-Ds. Discuss how we can effectively implement behavior change at any larger scale, such as community wide… Our field has struggled to apply change initiatives beyond small groups and individuals. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) create change that will have collateral impacts on society to combat systemic barriers that limit those without societal privilege; (2) dissect current societal norms with respect to racism, healthcare, and economic inequalities and ways in which behaviour analysis can analyze contingencies to improve access and opportunities for marginalized population; (3) identifying cultural injustices in one's own environment and how to address injustices ethically and within one's competence |
Keyword(s): behavioural economics, health care, income inequality, racism |
|
|
|
|
|
Cultural Representation and Responsiveness in Behavior Analytic Research |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Discussant: Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Emily Gregori, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over the last several years, there has been a push for the field of applied behavior analysis ABA to become more inclusive to individuals from culturally and linguistically diverse (CLD) backgrounds and to adapt evidence-behavioral interventions to meet the needs of individuals from such groups. To address these issues, the field must (a) identify racial and ethnic groups that have been historically underrepresented in behavior analytic research, and (b) identify methods for adapting evidence-based behavioral interventions to meet the needs of individuals from CLD backgrounds and their families. Therefore, the purpose of this symposium is to present a series of research studies that examine the representation of individuals from CLD backgrounds in the behavioral intervention research and methods for adapting such interventions based on the cultural values and preferences of the individual and their families. Major findings of each study will be presented and discussed. Additionally, presenters will provide attendees with strategies to enhance the cultural relevance of behaviorally-based interventions in practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cultural responsiveness, Representation, Diversity |
Target Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of single-case experimental research and behaviorally-based interventions |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the racial and ethic groups historically underrepresented in the behavior analytic research (2) Describe methods for enhancing the cultural relevance of behavioral interventions (3) List and describe methods for involving families of children from culturally and linguistically diverse backgrounds in intervention |
|
Online Literacy Instruction to Promote School Readiness of Korean Dual-Language Learners |
Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), VERONICA YOUN KANG (University of Illinois at Chicago), Hanae Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jing Wang (University of Illinois at Chicago), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: English language development is a critical component for young children’s school readiness. In this study, we examined the effect of Read it again-Pre-K! (Justice, 2013), that is an evidence-based literacy curriculum designed to prepare young children’s school readiness on Korean Dual language learners’ English literacy skill. Adopting a multiple probe design, eight Korean Dual language learners received online synchronous daily instructions over 2 months during the summer before their entering to the Kindergarten programs. Through the intervention, all eight children demonstrated increases in the use of English vocabulary, story comprehension and oral fluency. |
|
A Systematic Review of Behaviorally Based Interventions for Students With Disabilities: Analysis of Participant Demographics Across All Disability Categories |
Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), LISA S. CUSHING (University of Illinois, Chicago), Sunyoung Kim (University of Illinois at Chicago), Daniel M. Maggin (University of Illinois at Chicago), Veronica Youn Kang (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Interventions based on the principles of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective in reducing challenging behavior and improving academic, social, and functional skills for students with disabilities. While some reviews have summarized participant demographics, the reviews have been limited to specific populations or interventions. Thus, the purpose of this systematic review was to analyze all single-case intervention studies that implemented behaviorally-based interventions for individuals across all disability categories disabilities between the ages of 6-22. Over 600 peer-reviewed articles were obtained via a systematic database search and were coded for specific demographic information. Demographic information, including race, gender, language intervention was delivered in, disability diagnosis, socioeconomic status, was extracted from each study and analyzed. Data were also extracted on the dependent variable, intervention setting, and intervention agent to determine the contexts in which the interventions were implemented. Additionally, the methodological quality of each included study was evaluated against the What Works Clearinghouse design standards. Results of the systematic review revealed major gaps in the implementation of behaviorally-based interventions for several racial and ethnic groups, transgender and non-binary students, and students who receive intervention in languages other then English. Implications for future research and recommendations for adapting behaviorally-based interventions based on individual participant characteristics will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancing Severe Problem Behaviour Research |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marie-Chanel Monique Morgan (Brock University) |
Discussant: Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Griffin Rooker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Between 10% and 15% of the population of individuals with intellectual and developmental disability engage in severe problem behavior. At times, many of these cases appear to be treatment-resistant. Therefore, clinicians may spend a disproportionate amount of time working and re-working assessment and treatment plans. It is imperative that the behavior analytic field continue working towards generating research that may expedite client recovery for these severe cases. The current symposium features two studies targeting different research gaps in the severe problem behavior literature. The first addresses the issue around the general absence of an objective operational definition for the term severe. The second describes an assessment strategy evaluating preference assessment stability across psychotropic medication adjustments in the context of a treatment facility offering intensive behavioral programming for adults with intellectual and developmental disability who engage in high-risk problem behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): preference assessments, problem behaviour, severe, statistical analysis |
|
Exploring the Reliability of an Objective Severity Tool to Classify Severe Problem Behaviour |
MARIE-CHANEL MONIQUE MORGAN (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Abstract: The term severe is a common descriptor for problem behaviour in research and practice. However, it is often applied inconsistently, and at times based on ill-defined or arbitrary criteria. Measurement through direct observation may be the best way to objectively categorize problem behaviour. However, existing problem behaviour measurement tools often rely solely on caregiver recall (e.g., interviewing primary caregivers). This study aims to explore the reliability of the first iteration of a severity tool employing direct measurement strategies (e.g., response rate, injury severity as evidenced by permanent product) to categorize an individual’s problem behaviour severity. Eight Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) raters were recruited and divided into expert or novice groups according to their clinical experience with treating problem behaviour. Participants evaluated 20 case descriptions across two conditions. In the first condition, participants rated the severity of each of the 20 cases without access to the tool. In the second condition, participants were given 20 novel cases and access to the tool to rate case severity. Researchers examined each item’s added value, as well as the tool’s impact on rater consistency across and within participant rater groups. Preliminary outcomes suggest tool access increases reliability of classifying case severity. |
|
Evaluating Preference Stability Across Psychotropic Medication Changes in Persons With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
AUTUMN KOZLUK (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University) |
Abstract: Behaviour analytic research evaluating psychotropic medication impact on persons with intellectual and developmental disability is relatively limited. To our knowledge, studies have yet to evaluate the impact psychotropic medications may have on preference stability across clinically indicated medications adjustments, as well as the displacement of stimulus classes. The current study will recruit approximately three adults who resided in a treatment facility for adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities who engage in high-risk problem behavior. We will evaluate preference stability by conducting three types of preference assessments (edible-item, leisure-item, and combined-class) repeatedly across medication adjustments (e.g., medication increases, decreases, addition, and or removal). Once data collection is complete, we will use a Spearman rank correlation coefficient and a Kendall’s rank correlation coefficient to analyze preference stability, as well as visual analysis to evaluate displacement. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Research Synthesis to Inform Use of Common Teaching Procedures |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Justin Lane (University of Kentucky ) |
CE Instructor: Justin Lane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: A number of systematic instructional procedures have been used to teach individuals with disabilities a variety of behaviors such as imitation, academic behaviors, and safety-related behaviors. However, even highly effective practices designated as evidence-based will not result in optimal outcomes for all individuals with a given disability or deficit. Thus, it is important for practitioners to understand the constraints of commonly-used strategies. One way to identify for whom and under what conditions a given intervention is likely to be effective is to conduct a systematic review, with attention to conditions under which functional relations are identified and conditions under which they are not. In this symposium, we will discuss systematic reviews focused on two dependent variables (imitation and safety-skills) and one intervention type (time delay), with attention to both what we know about these procedures and unanswered questions. Practical suggestions for practitioners will be provided. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): imitation, safety skills, systematic reviews, time delay |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of systematic instructional procedures, including prompting procedures and behavioral skills training. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify limitations of imitation training models currently used and discuss potential solutions; (2) describe for whom and under what conditions time delay procedures have been effective and ineffective or modified; (3) name the prerequisite skills identified for individuals with disabilities who have been taught safety skills using behavioral skills training. |
|
Making Imitation Training More Robust: Identifying Relevant Functions and Contexts |
SIENNA WINDSOR (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: This systematic review was designed to characterize current intervention research for increasing imitation for young children with disabilities, who often demonstrate delayed imitative behavior. Embedded and massed trial interventions were identified, with embedded interventions occurring during classroom activities (classroom-based embedded trials, CBET) or play activities (play-based embedded trials, PBET) and massed trial interventions occurring with in situ models (live-model massed trials, LMMT) or video models (video-model massed trials, VMMT). Across intervention types, positive outcomes were more likely to occur when dependent variables were primary variables (i.e., not outcomes secondary to another dependent variable) and when they were context-bound (i.e., collected during intervention sessions). When only primary variables from high quality studies were considered, embedded trials (PBET, CBET) more often resulted in functional relations; however, this may be due to the fact that children in these studies had less pronounced imitation delays. A pilot study beginning in January 2021 will add single case data to the data provided in the systematic review to establish the feasibility of teaching children to imitate in varying contexts (e.g., direct instruction, play, classroom activities). |
|
Time Delay Instruction: Understanding “For Whom and Under What Conditions” it is Effective |
BRITTANY PAIGE BENNETT (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Systematic response prompting procedures, such as time delay (i.e., progressive or constant time delay, also known as prompt delay) are essential strategies for teaching early learners with autism and developmental disabilities. Previous reviews of time delay strategies have suggested high levels of effectiveness; however, these reviews have not included non-published but high-quality studies (e.g., dissertations). This systematic literature review was conducted for both peer-reviewed and non-peer-reviewed sources to decrease the “file drawer” problem that may result in overestimates of intervention effectiveness. We used the Single Case Analysis and Review Framework (SCARF) to evaluate the extent to which certain characteristics (e.g., age, disability) was associated with the presence or absence of functional relations in single case design studies meeting certain standards (e.g., three or more data points in each condition, three or more demonstrations of effect) and what common modifications were added to time delay procedures to increase effectiveness (e.g., wait training, changing group size, modifying prompt topography). Implications for selection of time delay versus other procedures will be discussed. |
|
A Literature Review of Behavioral Skills Training for Safety Skills: Identifying Prerequisite Skills and Assessments for Individuals With Disabilities |
JESSICA L FRENCH (University of Missouri and the Thompson Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders), Casey J. Clay (Thompson Autism Center at Children’s Hospital of Orange County), Brittany Schmitz (University of Missouri and the Thompson Center for Autism & Neurodevelopmental Disorders) |
Abstract: Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) may have a higher risk of injury or death than typically developing peers. Teaching safety skills may prevent injuries and accidents. Development these skills relies on environmental cues and problem-solving skills, which can be especially difficult for children with ASD to acquire. Previous research has evaluated the effectiveness of variations behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (DDD) how to respond in the presence of unsafe stimuli. However, research evaluating teaching procedures other than variations of BST is limited in variety. While BST has shown to be an effective method to teach safety skills, acquisition of these skills is not evaluated with individuals with an underdeveloped skill repertoire. To our knowledge, no research has been conducted to evaluate procedures other than variations of BST to teach safety skills to children with ASD. The purpose of this study was to review the literature on BST used to teach safety skills with individuals with IDD and identify pre-requisite skills required to enhance the effectiveness of BST for safety skills. Results indicated that BST was more effective for individuals with a well-developed skill repertoire when compared to under-developed skill repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changing Workplace Culture: Making the Workplace Inclusive for All (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series) |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Kate Elizabeth Harrison, M.Ed. |
Chair: Kate Elizabeth Harrison (Brett DiNovi & Associates, BCBA) |
NATALI WACHTMAN PERILO (Behavior Momentum Group) |
JANANI VAIDYA (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
STEPHANIE D BOLDEN (Student / RBT) |
Abstract: Our Ethics Code guides us to promote an ethical culture in work environments (7.01) and to not engage in discriminatory practices (1.05d). As behavior analysts we have the capacity to promote better work environments for marginalized groups that face discrimination because of their sexual orientation, gender discrimination, or skin colour. Factors that are known to be impacted include: recruitment and retention, participation numbers and representation of women and black, indigenous people of colour (BIPOC) in management positions, compensation for equal work and equal pay, microaggressions, and organizational policies and hiring practices that tend to favor biases towards white cis-gendered men (Cirincione-Ulezi, 2020; Iwata & Lent, 1984; Johns, 2013; Li et al., 2019; and Odum, 2000). Behaviour analytic interventions centred around processes highlighting equality, aligning organizational values amongst employees, as well as diversity appreciation will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Supervisors and business owners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Ability to implement interventions centred around processes highlighting equality, aligning organizational values amongst employees, as well as diversity appreciation; (2) Identify discriminatory practices and behaviors in the work environment and develop interventions to reduce microagressions and gender discrimination; (3) Discuss organizational practices that can lead to a more inclusive, value-oriented work environment |
Keyword(s): discrimination, ethics, microaggressions, organizational culture |
|
|
|
|
|
Do We Have Agreed Behavior Principles or Processes or Both, and do they Constitute a Theory? |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Julian Leslie, Ph.D. |
Chair: Dermot Barnes-Holmes (Ulster University) |
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University) |
MARCUS JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech) |
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almería, Spain) |
Abstract: The basic and applied sciences of behavior analysis, and its practitioners, frequently refer to behavior principles. Indeed, one of the seminal text books in the field (Millenson, 1967) was entitled, Principles of Behavior Analysis. But what are these principles? Are they all clearly and well defined? Is there a widely agreed taxonomy of these principles? Furthermore, is the concept if a behavioral principle synonymous with the concept of a behavioral process or do principles and processes differ in some important way? Finally, how do behavioral principles (and possibly processes) fit into the concept of a behavior-analytic theory, and the ongoing development of a progressive science (both basic and applied) of behavior analysis in the naturalistic, functional-analytic abstractive, and monistic tradition of Skinnerian (radical) behaviorism? The primary objective of the proposed panel is to reflect upon these questions and to discuss and consider the need, if any, for the field grapple with issues as we seek to build an increasingly mature science of behavior that can articulate readily with other life sciences. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This discussion should improve the grasp of beginning and advanced behavior analysts of important conceptual issues. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and identify a number of behavior principles; (2) distinguish between behavior principles and behavior processes; (3) articulate the role of defining principles and processes in the development of behavior theory |
Keyword(s): behavior principles, behavior processes, behavior theory |
|
|
|
|
|
Onward and Upward: Behavioral Science Principles and Practice in Human Space Exploration |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: PETER G. ROMA (Naval Health Research Center) |
Abstract: Complex mission-oriented operational environments such as space exploration seem incompatible with the rigor and control that define the behavior analytic approach. Yet, the inherent risks, strategic value, and public investment in these missions require applying the best science available to enable success. This presentation will describe the parallels between behavior analytic principles and spaceflight operations, review selected historical and recent applications of behavioral science in astronauts and other teams in isolated, confined, and extreme environments, and describe opportunities for applied behavior analysis as part of integrated multidisciplinary efforts to enable future mission success in support of those who work, live, serve, and explore on the final frontier. |
Target Audience: Scientists, lab/department/program directors, agency program administrators |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define “ICE” environment(s); (2) identify three key shared features between classical laboratory behavior analysis and spaceflight operations; (3) identify three factors that affect cooperative behavior and team performance in long-duration missions. |
|
PETER G. ROMA (Naval Health Research Center) |
Dr. Pete Roma is a Senior Research Psychologist in the Warfighter Performance Department, Operational Readiness & Health Directorate at the Naval Health Research Center, and former Senior Scientist and Director of the Behavioral Health & Performance Laboratory at NASA Johnson Space Center. He also holds adjunct appointments at the Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine, the University of Kansas, the University of California—Irvine, the University of Texas at Austin, and Rice University. Prior to joining NASA, he trained and worked with space research pioneer Dr. Joseph V. Brady and behavioral economics pioneer Dr. Steven R. Hursh studying individual and environmental influences on cooperative behavior in high-performing teams. Dr. Roma specializes in multidisciplinary longitudinal research and countermeasure development to support individual and team behavioral health, performance, and biopsychosocial adaptation in isolated, confined, and extreme operational environments. Through support from NASA’s Human Research Program, Space Biology Program, and Systems Maturation Team, the National Space Biomedical Research Institute (NSBRI), the US Army Medical Research and Materiel Command (MRMC), the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA), and the Military Operational Medicine Research Programs (MOMRP), recent and ongoing efforts include integrated investigations of human physical and behavioral health, performance, and adaptation over time in NASA’s Human Exploration Research Analog (HERA) facility, the Hawai’i Space Exploration Simulation and Analog (HI-SEAS) habitat, Concordia and Neumayer Stations in Antarctica, multiple Naval vessels, and the International Space Station. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Video Modeling and Telehealth to Evaluate Treatment Integrity in Caregiver-Implemented Interventions |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meka McCammon (University of South Carolina) |
Discussant: Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Meka McCammon, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The purpose of these four studies was to evaluate the effectiveness of caregivers as change agents in the implementation of communication training interventions, preference assessments, and functional analyses. The first paper evaluated the effectiveness of a brief video model on caregiver integrity of conducting mand training with three young children with autism spectrum disorder. Results suggest that all participants acquired and maintained integrity and manding increased for two children. In the second paper, parents of children with Angleman syndrome were trained via telehealth to use prelinguistic/enhanced milieu teaching. The results indicate that most participants implemented enhanced milieu teaching with at least 85% integrity. The third paper demonstrated that two parents could be trained via telehealth to conduct trial-based functional analyses with high integrity. Finally, the fourth paper used behavioral skills training via telehealth to train parents to conduct and implement interventions based on the results of functional analyses. Findings are discussed in relation to participants’ responses related to social validity. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): communication training, functional analysis, parent training, telehealth |
Target Audience: The target audience for this event would be BCBAs and related practitioners (e.g., special education teachers, speech-language pathologists) with interests in training caregivers to implement communication and behavior interventions via telehealth or video modeling. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) state the significance of caregiver training; (2) describe appropriate methods for training caregivers; (3) identify interventions that parents have demonstrated integrity implementing. |
|
POWER: A Caregiver Implemented Mand Training Intervention |
MEKA MCCAMMON (University of South Carolina), Katie Wolfe (University of South Carolina) |
Abstract: The development of a vocal mand repertoire is often delayed or deficient in children with an autism spectrum disorder. Utilizing caregivers as behavior change agents to address this core deficit may be advantageous as more learning opportunities can be incorporated in daily routines. A plethora of literature exists on teaching caregivers to promote communication with their children; however, many of these studies use behavioral skills training which can be resource-intensive. This study evaluated the effectiveness of video modeling with voice-over and on-screen text, without researcher mediation, as an alternative to behavioral skills training for teaching caregivers to teach vocal mands to their two to five-year-old children with an autism spectrum disorder. The video model described mand training with an echoic prompt (Greer & Ross, 2008; Kodak & Clements, 2009), using a mnemonic (POWER: Play, Offer, Wait, Encourage, and Reinforce). Results of our nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three dyads indicates that video modeling was effective in increasing all three caregivers’ mand training fidelity, and this correlated to small increases in independent mands with some of the child participants when training occurred less than one hour per week. We discuss implications for practice and areas for future research. |
|
Telehealth Parent Coaching in Naturalistic Communication Intervention for Angelman Syndrome |
Mandy Rispoli (Purdue University), ERIC SHANNON (Purdue University), Charissa Donn Voorhis (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Angelman syndrome is a rare genetic syndrome includes significant communication delays. Naturalistic communication intervention embedded into home routines has been shown to improve language outcomes for children with developmental disabilities. However, there is limited research in early behavioral communication intervention for young children with Angelman syndrome. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a telehealth parent training program specifically for families of children with Angelman syndrome. The effects of the training program on parent implementation fidelity were evaluated using a series of multiple baseline across participant designs. Results of parent acquisition, maintenance, and generalization of naturalistic communication intervention strategies are presented and implications for future research and practice are discussed. |
|
Telehealth-Based Training Package for Teaching Parents to Implement Trial-Based Intensive Interventions for Their Children |
CASSANDRA STANDISH (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Interventions delivered via natural implementers using telehealth has resulted in positive effects for the clients. However, there has been little research conducted into whether natural implementers can be trained to conduct functional analyses (FAs) via telehealth services. The purpose of this paper was to (a) evaluate the results of trial-based functional analyses (TBFAs) implemented by parents trained to conduct the TBFA via telehealth services, (b) validate the results of the TBFAs by evaluating the results of the function-based interventions, and (c) evaluate the procedural fidelity of the parent-implemented TBFAs. Two parent-child dyads were recruited. Both TBFAs resulted in the identification of at least two functions of problem behavior, and reductions in problem behavior were observed for both child participants during the function-based intervention. Additionally, procedural fidelity remained relatively high for TBFA implementation, interpretation, and graphing. |
|
Outcomes From Parent Telehealth Training of Assessment and Intervention for Severe Problem Behavior: Case Studies During COVID-19 |
Casey Clay (University of Missouri), ERIC ISHIJIMA (Thomson Autism Center - CHOC Children's) |
Abstract: We conducted brief behavioral skills training via video telehealth to train parents to conduct preference assessments, functional analysis (FA) sessions, and intervention for in-home services involving their children who engaged in severe problem behavior. Parents were able to conduct all assessment and intervention well enough to identify preferred items and function of problem behavior. Furthermore, outcomes of intervention were successful. Social validity related to parents’ experience varied and will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Toward Applied Behavior Analysis Reform: What It Means to “Do No Harm” |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Madison Holcomb (Camp Encourage ) |
Discussant: Jamine Layne Dettmering (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, BIOS ABA, National Louis University) |
CE Instructor: Rosie Rossi, M.A. |
Abstract: “Do no harm” is a core ethical principle that dates back to Hippocrates (Bailey & Burch, 2016). Although no well-intentioned behavior analyst knowingly does harm in their clinical practice, a lack of awareness may lead to more subtle forms of harm. For example, social skills goals may teach the client to camouflage autistic traits (Gerow et al., 2019, Koegel et al., 1974), which has been associated with lack of belonging and suicidality (Cassidy et al., 2019). Failure to consider past trauma may result in the use of contraindicated procedures (Kolu, 2020) and teaching skills that are not developmentally appropriate may cause stress and be experienced as traumatic (Burts et al., 1990). While the BACB Professional and Ethical Compliance Code requires BCBAs to practice within their boundaries of competence (1.02), respect cultural differences (1.05), and individualize programs to the clients unique needs (4.03), behavior analysts don’t know what they don’t know. In this symposium autistic advocates and BCBA allies will a) define masking and discuss long-term costs, b) explore strategies to teach social skills in a more affirming manner, c) examine current BCBA training, and d) offer a more ethical approach to training from a developmental lens. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BCBA Training, Developmental, Masking, Social Skills |
Target Audience: BCBAs, BCaBAs, and graduate students with a basic understanding of the behaviors associated with a diagnosis of Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) explain "masking" autistic traits and the potential harm, 2) identify how to ethically select and teach social skill goals, 3) understand the current deficits in training future BCBAs working with the autistic population and how to address these deficits |
|
A Too-Short, Very Incomplete Introduction to Masking: The Practice, Effectiveness, Costs and Ethics of Performing Neurotypicality |
MADISON HOLCOMB (Camp Encourage) |
Abstract: Masking does not, as yet, truly have a clinical definition. Rather, the term might be better understood by its roots: an attempt by the Autistic people to describe and start conversations about the (overwhelmingly common) experience of trying to appear neurotypical. Teaching Autistic clients to appear neurotypical has been one of the main goals of Applied Behavior Analysis since the days of Lovaas (Lovaas, 1981), so it is imperative to understand how the Autistic community views these goals and the effort required to meet them. This talk will attempt to (a) create a working understanding of what the Autistic adults mean when discussing masking, (b) offer the opportunity to empathize with the labor that masking requires, and (c) discuss the costs of masking long term. |
|
Checking Blind Spots: Navigating Neurotypical Standards of Social Skills as it Relates to Neurodivergent Clients |
ROSIE ROSSI (BIOS ABA Consultants, LLC) |
Abstract: The majority of Behavior Analysts today work with the autistic population (BACB, 2020) Teaching various “social skills” are standard goals for our clients. These goals are often based on neurotypical social norms and the Autistic community reports that teaching social skills often involves teaching them to mask (or suppress) autistic traits. Masking autistic traits can lead to depression and anxiety in autistic adults (Hull, et al., 2017). It may be valuable to teach autistic clients to navigate neurotypical social interactions; However, Behavior Analysts are ethically obligated to practice within our scope of competence (1.02a) and to obtain the training, experience, consultation, and/or supervision necessary to ensure the competence of their services (1.05c). Neurotypical Behavior Analysts may be oblivious as to whether or not we are teaching skills that are socially significant to the autistic community. We may unknowingly teach our clients to mask behaviors that are a part of their autistic identity. Therefore, Behavior Analysts have an ethical obligation to listen to the autistic community and design social skills treatment with respect to individual client experiences. This presentation will discuss practical recommendations for selecting and teaching social skills in a way that is meaningful to autistic clients. |
|
Current BCBA Training: What Did I Just Learn? |
KATIE MURRAY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, BIOS ABA Consultants) |
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis is known for its interventions geared towards the autistic community. The Behavior Analyst Certification Board quotes intensive Applied Behavior Analysis treatment as “the most successful approach for children with autism” (BACB, 2017). It has quickly become the gold standard approach to working with autistic individuals (CDC, 2019). Despite primarily working with autistic children, there are no requirements to educate ourselves on the autistic perspective. In our current course sequence, there is a lack of education regarding the issues that impact the autism culture, trauma, and human development as a whole. Some have argued that the medical model of disability is ableist because it defines “normalcy” based on neurotypical individuals, instead of taking the viewpoint from the neurodiverse person (We Can and Must Do Better, 2013). Behavior Analysts are responsible for involving their clients in the planning and consent for behavior services (4.02), and by the end of our graduate programs we are expected to be a master of the field and autism. This presentation will: examine the shortcomings of current Applied Behavior Analysis coursework from the perspective of a recent graduate and offer strategies for newly minted Behavior Analysts to better allies to the autistic community. |
|
Towards a More Ethical and Developmental Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis |
AMY BODKIN (A Charlotte Mason Plenary) |
Abstract: Current Applied Behavior Analysis training focuses on skill based learning without regard for the individual’s biological, psychological, emotional development, and the appropriateness of that skill given the person’s development. Current understanding of the human brain suggests that it develops from the bottom-up, with the most basic cognitive functions developing first and building from those to create more complex cognitive functions (De Dominico, 2017). The development of these cognitive functions can be disrupted when basic needs such as physiological, safety, and psycho-social are not met. Demands that are inappropriate for the person’s current overall development can add to that disruption by causing stress and even trauma. Therefore, Behavior Analysts and those who are involved in their training have an ethical responsibility to ensure that they have a solid foundation in human development to allow them to see the whole person and not just the behavior. This presentation will discuss some practical ways the vast area of human development could be categorized and conceptualized for use in current Applied Behavior Analysis practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Economic Extensions to Assessments and Interventions for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University) |
Discussant: Christopher E. Bullock (Francis Marion University) |
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral economic methods are increasingly applied in various disciplines and areas of human and non-human research. Although these approaches have good support across populations and disciplines, relatively few researchers have extended this approach and perspective to assessments and interventions for individuals with developmental disabilities (e.g., autism). Such extensions are both timely and warranted for Behavior Analysts, as behavioral economic approaches have been particularly suited to evaluating complex response-reinforcer relationships under complex, real-world conditions. The papers invited for this symposium have been selected to provide a broad, scoping review of the current state of applied behavioral economics in assessments and interventions developed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Particular emphasis is based on the behavioral economic concept of demand and novel extensions of token economy procedures. The behavioral economic concept of demand is presented here in the context of individualized reinforcer assessments and functional communication training undergoing schedule thinning. Novel extensions of the token economy are also reviewed, evaluating the effects of loss aversion on responding. |
Target Audience: Master's level behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Explain basic behavioral economic concepts. 2. Describe elements of Behavioral Economics relevant to applied practice. 3. Describe novel extensions of Token Economies relevant to applied practice. |
|
Systematic Review of Applied Behavioral Economics With Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
BRENT KAPLAN (University of Kentucky), Shawn Patrick Gilroy (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Methods for evaluating individual preference and choice are regularly included in Behavior Analytic research and practice. A variety of methods have been put forward to evaluate preference though these methods rarely evaluate choices under effortful, treatment-like conditions. A fundamental disconnect between these contexts invites the possibility that stimuli identified may not be preferred in treatment-like conditions and this can jeopardize the effectiveness of otherwise appropriate treatment. Recent attempts to address this disconnect have incorporated elements of Behavioral Economics. In this study, we systematically review the scope and range of Behavioral Economic procedures that have been formally evaluated in the literature. Studies were included in the review if Behavioral Economic elements were incorporated into assessments and interventions designed for individuals with developmental disabilities. Results indicated that the level of support for assessments and interventions incorporating Behavioral Economic elements is still emerging and additional research continues to be necessary. |
|
Asymmetry of Token Gain and Loss in Individuals Diagnosed With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
ELISSA SPINKS (Maryland Applied Behavior Analysis), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michael Kranak (Kennedy Krieger Institute, Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer N. Haddock (Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ashley Nicole Carver (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Matching (Herrnstein, 1961) has been demonstrated with appetitive and aversive stimuli, including when appetitive and aversive stimuli are simultaneously presented (Farley & Fantino, 1978). Interestingly, in contexts where a single response produces both reinforcement and punishment, some research has demonstrated that a punisher subtracted more value than a reinforcer added (Rasmussen & Newland, 2008). We assessed the purported asymmetry of reinforcement and punishment for three individuals with intellectual disabilities (ID). We established tokens as reinforcers and evaluated the effects of simultaneous token gain and loss schedule in a progressive manner. Losses gradually became denser to identify a schedule at which the individual would not respond. Finally, we demonstrated that the loss contingency was directly responsible for the cessation of responding, as responding maintained when an equal density of reinforcement was available for gain without the loss contingency. Mixed findings were obtained; however, these results suggest that an asymmetry between punishment and reinforcement is present for some individuals with ID. Suggestions for future research and implications for practitioners will be discussed. |
|
Operant Demand and Reinforcer Efficacy: Incorporating the Elasticity of Demand into Behavior Analytic Evaluations of Reinforcers |
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University), Jodie Waits (Louisiana State University) |
Abstract: Assessments of stimulus preference are regularly used to identify potentially efficacious reinforcers. Although stimuli rated highly on these assessments often function as reinforcers, the relative ranking of these stimuli offers minimal information regarding how strongly, and under what conditions, these stimuli function as reinforcers. Without a priori knowledge regarding the performance of reinforcers under real-world conditions, treatments might unintentionally rely on reinforcers that are efficacious only within a narrow window of conditions (i.e., FR1). Reinforcers that are efficacious within a narrow range limit opportunities for thinning the schedule of reinforcement and can result in more burdensome treatment packages for caregivers and educators to implement. This paper reviews an approach for evaluating reinforcers using concepts derived from Behavioral Economics, namely elasticity. We provide a review of the methods available to index the elasticity of demand for reinforcers as well as provide examples of how this approach can be used to inform which schedules of reinforcement to use in treatments (e.g., functional communication training). |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Technology to Enhance Substance Abuse Treatment |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: BPN/CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Forrest Toegel (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Sean Regnier, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Recent technological advances have made it possible to navigate barriers that stand in the way of effective substance abuse treatment. Technology has made it easier to link patients to treatment, retain them in treatment, monitor their progress, and deliver interventions and consequences that can enhance treatment effects. The present symposium arranges four recent studies that apply technology to enhance the treatment of substance abuse. The goal of this symposium is to describe new methods to apply the technology that is available to behavior analysts interested in substance abuse treatment, and provide behavioral scientists with potential directions for using technology in future clinical research and practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): addiction, behavioral pharmacology, substance abuse, technology |
Target Audience: This symposium is for students and behavior analysts interested in the application of operant principles to the treatment of substance abuse. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe some relevant target behavior for operant procedures aimed to treat substance abuse; (2) Identify several logistical barriers to implementing effective substance abuse treatment remotely; (3) Describe how technology can be applied to enhance the treatment of substance abuse. |
|
Computer-Based Opioid Education for Out-of-Treatment Adults With Opioid Use Disorder |
FORREST TOEGEL (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kenneth Silverman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Opioid overdose is a major contributor to death among U.S. citizens. This study used a computer-based education program to teach out-of-treatment adults with opioid use disorder (N=40) about opioids; preventing, detecting, and responding to an opioid overdose; and FDA-approved medications prescribed to treat opioid use disorder. The education program contained three courses. Each course presented information and required participants to answer multiple-choice questions. All answers produced immediate feedback. Participants earned incentives for providing correct answers and progressing through each course. We evaluated the program using a multiple-probe design in which a test was delivered before and after participants completed each course. Each test contained 50 questions and was divided into three subtests that corresponded to questions from each of the education courses. Accuracy on each subtest increased reliably after participants completed the course that corresponded to that subtest. Accuracy on subtests was unchanged prior to completion of the relevant course and increases in accuracy were retained across tests that followed the relevant course. These increases occurred at similar rates across participants independent of education, employment, and poverty status. We hope that this study will contribute to the body of research aimed to prevent opioid overdose. |
|
Bridge to Medication Assisted Treatment |
Anthony DeFulio (Western Michigan University), SEAN REGNIER (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Opioid Use Disorder (OUD) is a major public health crisis. Many people with OUD, especially those who have overdosed, receive treatment in an Emergency Department. However, few of them enroll in treatment, even if they receive care and referral to treatment while in an emergency department. Medication assisted treatments (MAT) are among the most effective treatments for opioid use disorder. Promoting entry into MAT in people who received OUD related care in an emergency department could reduce the risk of overdose. Contingency management (CM) interventions have successfully improved a broad range of health behaviors including promoting physical activity, medication adherence and treatment attendance. In CM, incentives are made available contingent upon objective verification that the patient has engaged in a specified behavior, such as the ones described above. The purpose of this ongoing study is to develop a smartphone-based intervention to promote entry and adherence to MAT for people with opioid use disorder who have recently received care in an emergency department. In this presentation an overview of the study procedures will be provided, and a case study will be described to highlight the aforementioned barriers and how remote access to the platform was able to navigate them. |
|
The Feasibility, Acceptability, and Initial Efficacy of a Remotely Delivered, Financial-Incentive Intervention to Initiate Vaping Abstinence in Young Adults |
CAITLYN UPTON (Rowan University), Schyler Newman (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Electronic cigarette use (i.e., vaping) is becoming more popular among young adults, leading to concerns about their long-term health effects, as well as their potential to lead to future combustible cigarette use. Interventions to promote vaping abstinence have not been explored and are sorely needed. The present study examined the feasibility, acceptability, and preliminary efficacy of a remotely delivered, abstinence-contingent financial incentive intervention to reinforce nicotine abstinence from vaping among young adults. Using a multiple-baseline design, college students (N=8) were given saliva cotinine testing kits to verify nicotine abstinence from home, remotely, via every-other-day teleconferencing calls. During baseline condition (2, 4, or 6 day duration), financial incentives ($3) were delivered contingent on submitting cotinine samples, regardless of cotinine levels. During an abstinence condition (14 days for all participants), escalating financial bonuses ($2, $7, $12, etc) were delivered contingent on negative cotinine samples only. All participants quit vaping nicotine during the 2-week pilot intervention when the abstinence-contingent bonuses were introduced. Participants rated the intervention favorably on all measures. This study supported the feasibility, acceptability, and preliminary efficacy of this remotely delivered intervention. |
|
Development and Initial Efficacy of a Digital Episodic Future Thinking Intervention for Reducing Cannabis Use |
MICHAEL SOFIS (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Shea M. Lemley (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Nicholas Jacobson (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College), Alan J. Budney (Geisel School of Medicine at Dartmouth College) |
Abstract: Cannabis use is associated with deficits in episodic memory, the ability to retrieve and recombine details of past events, and delay discounting (DD), defined as the valuation of delayed rewards. Episodic memory and DD are both required to simulate valuable future events during Episodic Future Thinking (EFT), an intervention that prompts mental simulation of positive future events. This presentation will summarize three studies dedicated to developing a digital, remote EFT intervention to reduce cannabis use among active users. Study 1 tested whether simulating EFT across life domains (social, leisure, work/financial, and health), Domain-Specific Episodic Future Thinking (DS-EFT), reduced DD and cannabis relative to EFT and an Episodic Recent Thinking (ERT) control. DS-EFT alone engendered greater reductions in cannabis grams (d=.54) than ERT one-week post-intervention. DD did not differ between conditions. Study 2 tested the feasibility of delivering an abbreviated, digital DS-EFT across six weekly sessions. Participants have completed 88% of sessions (ongoing). In Study 3, an RCT (DS-EFT/ERT) will be used to compare DS-EFT sessions on cannabis use and will test whether DD and episodic memory mediate the effects of DS-EFT on cannabis use. Preliminary RCT findings will be presented and the findings from these studies will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Utilizing Telehealth to Deliver Interventions to Increase Communication and Play Skills and Reduce Challenging Behavior |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Tracy Jane Raulston (Penn State) |
CE Instructor: Tonya Nichole Davis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children with intellectual and developmental disabilities experience delays and deficits in a variety of domains, including communication, social skills, and play skills. Additionally, many children with intellectual and developmental disabilities engaged in high levels of challenging behavior. Access to high-quality behavior analytic intervention can improve both skill deficits and challenging behavior excess. However, many families experience numerous barriers to accessing intervention. Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, many families lacked access due to geographical location, lack of skilled providers, and financial barriers. The pandemic has only exacerbated these and added additional barriers to accessing intervention. Telehealth and other technology-based service provision has offered solutions to overcome such barriers. Now, in the midst of a worldwide pandemic, the development and evaluation telehealth-delivered interventions is most critical. In this symposium, four research projects evaluating interventions delivered via telehealth will be presented. Two presentations will share the results of studies that evaluated interventions targeting acquisition of communication and play skills. The remaining two presentations will share the results of interventions targeted challenging behavior reduction. Both child outcomes and parent fidelity results will be presented. The final discussion will s, highlight the applied value of the results and discuss future research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): technology, teleconference, telehealth |
Target Audience: The presentation is at the basic instructional level. Our target audience includes graduate students working toward obtaining the BCBA credential, practicing BCBAs, and researchers with an interest in a telehealth delivery model. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Describe methods measure fidelity of parent implementation.
2. Describe the steps of behavior skills training.
3. Utilize methods to collect data on play, communication, and challenging behavior.
4. Describe the procedures of a trial-based functional analysis.
5. Describe procedures for incorporating siblings into intervention programs.
6. Describe milieu teaching procedures that can be implemented via telehealth. |
|
Sibling Techniques for Enhancing Play and Supportfor Strengthening the Sibling Bond of Children With Autism via Telehealth |
LINDSAY GLUGATCH (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Sibling relationships are a unique and special bond throughout the life span. Having a sibling with autism may present some extra difficulties and barriers to form a close and meaningful relationship. While siblings play an important role in the child with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) life, there is no consistent method for involving siblings in treatment for individuals with ASD (Shivers & Plavnick, 2014). This research project evaluated a novel treatment package including training siblings on play strategies in combination with a sibling support group to increase positive sibling play and perceived relationship quality. Using a concurrent multiple baseline design across groups, sibling dyads will participate in the eight week online STEPS program. Specifically, the intervention package includes an online implementation of behavior skills training (BST) on simple play strategies and participation in a sibling support group. Nine sibling dyads received BST via telehealth with coaching and feedback and half of the neurotypical siblings participated in an online sibling support group. It is expected that there will be a functional relation between the intervention package and increases in neurotypical sibling fidelity of implementation, increase in the percentage of reciprocal play, and increases in the level of neurotypical sibling initiations. |
|
Effects of Parent-Implemented Prelinguistic Milieu Teaching for Children With Angelman Syndrome |
Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), CHARISSA DONN VOORHIS (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Angelman syndrome is a rare genetic syndrome that includes significant communication delays, often times presenting as a complete absence of vocal speech. Prelinguistic milieu teaching embedded into home routines has been shown to improve communication outcomes for children with autism spectrum disorder. However, there is limited research in prelinguistic milieu teaching for young children with Angelman syndrome. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate a telehealth parent training program specifically for families of children with Angelman syndrome. Parents were taught three groups of strategies including following the child’s lead, environmental arrangement, and mirroring and mapping language. We will present the effects of the training program on child vocalizations, joint attention, and use of augmentative and alternative communication within a series of multiple baseline across participant designs. Results show increases in child prelinguistic communication, use of augmentative and alternative communication systems, and slight improvements in responding to joint attention. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Using Telehealth to Teach Parents to Conduct Trial-Based Functional Analyses in Home |
Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), MACKENZIE RAYE WICKER (Baylor University), Providence Lively (Baylor University), Emily Paige Exline (Baylor University), David Sottile (Baylor University) |
Abstract: The trial-based functional analysis (TBFA) is an experimental method of identifying the function of challenging behavior. The TBFA is particularly well suited to applied settings as the procedure can be embedded within natural routines and activities. A number of studies have successfully utilized face-to-face instruction to train parents and professionals such as public school teachers, residential staff, and Head Start teachers to conduct a TBFA in homes and schools. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of a telehealth consultation approach to teach parents to conduct a TBFA. Three children with autism spectrum disorder and their caregivers participated in this study. Parents received telehealth consultation twice a week to implement a TBFA with their child in their home. Experimenters then taught parents to implement a function-based intervention based on the results of the TBFA. Results indicated that, with coaching via telehealth, caregivers successfully implemented a TBFA and subsequent function-based intervention. Moreover, the effectiveness of the function-based intervention validated the results of the TBFA. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
The Use of Behavioral Skills Training and Frequency-Building Flashcards to Parents on Behavior Support Plans via Telehealth |
ALLAINA DOUGLAS (University of Oregon), Wendy A. Machalicek (University of Oregon) |
Abstract: Challenging behaviors are the most impactful factor in parent stress (Davis & Carter, 2008) and prevalence of challenging behaviors are especially high for those with a developmental delay (Dunlap et al., 2006). Currently, there is an escalating need for early intervention services and trained professionals (Hine et al., 2018); however, specific barriers make it difficult for parents to access services. Some of these barriers include; lack of resources, geographical location, and COVID-19 pandemic. Parents are left to serve as the primary interventionist and behavior change agent to their child’s behaviors (Cluver et al., 2020; Unholz-Bowden et al., 2020). The current investigation aimed to reduced these barriers by using a concurrent multiple baseline across dyads design to investigate a treatment package comprised of Behavioral Skills Training and Say All Fast A Minute Each Day Shuffled (SAFMEDS) flashcards. The study included parents with children with mild to moderated challenging behaviors and a developmental delay. All trainings and observations took place using two-way videoconferencing technology. Results of the interventions found a functional relation for increased parent treatment fidelity; however, a clinical significant change in child challenging behavior was not detected. Parents also rated the intervention as acceptable, efficient, and effective. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Application of Behavior Analysis in Dance Education |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University) |
Discussant: Alison Cox (Brock University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Davis, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavioral research has evaluated interventions to improve performance in a variety of sports and recreational contexts.This symposium includes four diverse empirical papers that explore the application of behaviour analysis in dance. The first will compare the effects of verbal and video feedback on the performance of beginner/intermediate level dancers. The second will investigate the impact of music choice on participants’ exercise duration in Zumba dance classes. The third will present a pilot evaluation of a recreational dance program with embedded behavior analytic components to support children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. The fourth will build on this previous presentation by discussing the facilitators and barriers of this behavior analytic informed recreational dance program for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Taken together, these papers will provide practical information regarding the implementation of behavior analysis in dance. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
A Comparison of Verbal Feedback and Video Feedback to Improve Dance Skills |
SHREEYA DESHMUKH (USF), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Mallory J. Quinn (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Research has shown that video feedback and verbal feedback can improve a variety of skills related to several sports. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of these two forms of feedback for improving dance skills. In this study, the dance skills of three beginner to intermediate dancers, ages 6 to 12, were assessed. A multiple baseline across participants with an embedded alternating treatments design was used to allow for a direct comparison of the two interventions. Verbal feedback involved the researcher providing praise and corrective feedback after the participant attempted the skill. Video feedback involved the researcher recording the participant attempting the skill and presenting the video to participant while providing praise and corrective feedback. The results indicated that verbal feedback was more effective for one participant, video feedback was more effective for one participant, and the two forms of feedback were equivalent for a third participant. The limitations discussed included potential ceiling effects, preassessment of the dancers’ skills, and procedural changes. Future research should consider a replication of this study with more participants to determine which factors influence the effectiveness of the procedures for each participant. |
|
Evaluating Choice of Music to Increase Duration of Zumba Sessions in a Virtual Setting |
ROBIN ARNALL (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Nova Southeastern University), Becca Yure (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: One area that has been overlooked in the behavior analytic sports literature includes the inclusion of participant choice, especially relating to factors such as choice of music or other elements. This study examined the effects of choice making on the duration of exercise behavior in the form of participating in a Zumba dance class. Participants were divided into choice (selecting genre of music with class) or no-choice (random assignment of music with class) groups. Participants in both groups could terminate participation in each class at any point; thus, they could choose to participate for their desired duration of engagement in exercise behavior. Exercise duration was measured across individuals in both the choice and no-choice groups to determine the possible differential duration of engagement when having the opportunity to select the genre of music or not. Results indicate that the opportunity to engage in choice making behavior, in the form of song selection, impacts exercise behavior with regard to duration of participation in the activity. The researchers suggest that behavior analysts continue to examine the effect of different opportunities to choose on exercise behavior. |
|
A Pilot Evaluation of a Recreational Dance Program With Behavior Analysis and Therapy for Children With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities |
SARAH DAVIS (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Nicole Staite (Brock University), Madeline Pontone (Brock University), Dana Kalil (Brock University) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to pilot Dance with a B-E-A-T (Dance with Behavior Analysis and Therapy), a recreational dance program with embedded behavior analytic components to support children with neurodevelopmental disabilities (e.g., autism spectrum disorder, attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder, learning disabilities). Behavioral components included evidence-based instructional modifications and motivational strategies. Four children (3 females, 1 male) between 7 and 12 years old with neurodevelopmental disabilities participated in 1-hour sessions, across 8 weeks. The percentage of correctly performed steps on a task analysis assessed children’s gross motor performance across 10 dance and balance skills. Three children participated in the post assessment and showed 33.7% improvement in their overall gross motor performance. Self-efficacy and consumer satisfaction questionnaires were also completed. Self-efficacy scores were variable, but caregivers and children reported they were very satisfied with the dance program. Results are promising and support further development of behavioral components to support recreational programming for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. |
|
Stakeholders in Dance: A Case Study Examining Facilitator Perspectives of Dance With a B-E-A-T |
MADELINE PONTONE (Brock University), Courtney Denise Bishop (Brock University), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Maureen Connolly (Brock University) |
Abstract: Recreational dance programs with behavioural modifications can provide children with neurodevelopmental disabilities an opportunity to enjoy dance, which may in turn improve their motor performance, social skills, and perceived self-efficacy. Recreational programs often include multiple stakeholders, such as facilitators, participants, and caregivers. This case study builds on a pilot evaluation of Dance with a B-E-A-T (Behaviour Analysis and Therapy), a recreational dance program with behavioural modifications for children with neurodevelopmental disorders. Through semi-structured interviews with three graduate students, who served as facilitators of this dance program, we aim to understand what components of the program facilitators found contributed to the program’s success, components that they perceived to be challenging, and any successes or challenges they experienced implementing the program. Interview questions posed to facilitators were informed by an inductive thematic analysis of previously completed interviews with caregivers of former program participants. Preliminary data from facilitator interviews suggest that facilitators perceived that behavior analytic and other therapeutic components were helpful for individualizing the program for children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. Facilitators also provided recommendations (e.g., thinning the schedule of reinforcement, including reliability training for data collection) to improve future implementation of this dance program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Impact of Practitioner Training and Service Delivery Models Through Retrospective Consecutive Case Series |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University) |
Discussant: Sally Bereznak Shepley (The University of Kentucky) |
CE Instructor: Sally Bereznak Shepley, M.Ed. |
Abstract: This symposium will present a suite of talks intended to serve as a forum for introspective data analysis, reflection, and future directions for two distinct service provision models. Both models offer behavior analytic services to individuals who have a history of engaging in challenging behavior and who lack important adaptive skills necessary for success in school and society. The first model discussed in this symposium, an outpatient severe behavior clinic (SBC), developed a brief, family-centered service provision model to meet the unique needs of the surrounding communities. The SBC aimed to (a) identify the function of each client’s challenging behavior, (b) create an effective, function-based treatment plan, (c) train caregivers to successfully implement the plan at home. The second model discussed in this symposium, the Vanderbilt Behavior Analysis Clinic, operates under a threefold mission: (a) service delivery, (b) practitioner training, and (c) research. Across talks, presenters evaluate the extent to which the two programs meet their reported goals and discuss to need for routine program evaluation. Ongoing evaluation of program level practices ensures that practitioners monitoring services and making modifications as needed to promote meaningful outcomes for children, families, and future practitioners. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): caregiver buy-in, practitioner training, service delivery, treatment framework |
Target Audience: Audience members should have experience with functional analysis methodology and designing function based treatments. The talks in this symposium require audience members to be familiar with evaluating behavior-analytic systems at a program-wide level. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify tailoring factors that should be considered when individualizing assessment and treatment of severe challenging behavior. (2) Describe the benefits of a practitioner training model focused on individualization and iterative processes. (3) Identify the benefits of using caregiver report in conjunction with direct observation measures to evaluate treatment outcomes. |
|
Evaluation of a Brief Family-Centered Service Provision Model for Treating Children’s Severe Behavior |
COLLIN SHEPLEY (University of Kentucky) |
Abstract: We conducted an initial program evaluation of a service provision model for providing behavior analytic services to families living in the central Kentucky area. A retrospective consecutive case series design was used to evaluate the effectiveness, feasibility, and cost of the model. We analyzed records for all families served through the model from summer 2017 to fall 2018. A total of 55 families received services, and children ranged from preschool to high school age, with 87% having autism and 63% having intellectual disability. Within-participant single-case experimental designs were used to evaluate the clinic’s assessment procedures. Conclusive assessment results were obtained for approximately 69% of children. For families that received treatment, 92% reported improved child behavior. Intent-to-treat analyses that included families that withdrew from services prior to receiving treatment, indicated that 61% of families experienced improved child behavior. Assessment and treatment outcomes for families that attended all appointments are commensurate to that of other similar clinics reported in the literature; however, the percentage of families that withdrew from services is substantially higher. For families adhering to the clinic’s services, children’s challenging behavior may be effectively assessed and treated through brief out-patient contacts utilizing services based on applied behavior analysis. |
|
Evaluation of a University-Based Practicum Tailored to Train Scholars to Address Challenging Behavior |
JESSICA LEE PARANCZAK (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Margaret Jane Macdonald (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Since its inception, the mission of the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has been to generate a behavior-change technology capable of improving lives under socially significant circumstances. Verified course sequences are designed to provide future practitioners with a subset of skills that are applicable to a variety of domains. However, in practice, clinicians commit their lives to specific populations or applications of ABA. There is limited empirical evidence on domain specific training experiences. Vanderbilt University has crafted their training model based on conventional wisdom and professional judgement. The purpose of this study was to describe an empirical framework used to evaluate the quality and validity of an ABA-internship experience across a 6-year period of time. This experience was designed to meet the unique needs of pre-service practitioners in a special education department. Further, data were analyzed to determine the success of the internship experience in promoting the anticipated outcomes. |
|
Outcomes of a Focused University Practicum: Creating a Function-Informed Mechanism-Based Framework for Challenging Behavior |
Margaret Macdonald (Vanderbilt University), JOSEPH LAMBERT (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Practitioner papers suggest individualization and iterative design are good ideas for both assessment and treatment of problem behavior for individuals with disabilities. However, there are no validated frameworks for engaging in this iterative process. Due to the nature of research in the field of behavior analysis, empirically validating a decision tree would be an extensive and time-consuming process. To mitigate these time restraints, we propose analyzing a framework through a retrospective controlled consecutive case series. Client data from a university-based practicum were analyzed across a 6-year period to describe and summarize functional-analysis and treatment data for clients served through a university-based internship. We then analyzed treatment outcome data to evaluate the degree to which functions identified through functional analyses facilitated clinically significant improvements in challenging behavior. The purpose of this study was to describe a function-informed, mechanisms-based framework for selecting intervention components in the treatment of persistent, challenging behavior. Preliminary results are discussed. |
|
Exploring the Impact of Focused Service Delivery on Families of Children With Challenging Behavior |
AMANDA SANDSTROM (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Robert Hodapp (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Interventions for the treatment of challenging behavior are often delivered intensively, over relatively short periods of time. In a focused service delivery model employed by a local, graduate-level training program, discharge occurs shortly after the reduction of problem behavior and the increase of appropriate alternative responding. While plentiful data exist documenting the immediate effects of intervention implementation on reduced rates of challenging behavior and increased rates of appropriate responding, less data document long-term effects of service delivery. In this study, 25 caregivers of children who participated in this model were contacted one-to-five years following discharge. Caregivers discussed their original expectations of services, experience participating in these services, and the current state of their child’s problem behavior. Social validity measures, as well as qualitative reports of caregiver perceptions of problem behavior and appropriate responding, are analyzed. The results compare perceived and empirical effects and suggest the persistence of service impact across several years. |
|
|
|
|
|
Arranging Teaching Procedures That Promote Emergent Behavior |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ashley Kemmerer (Caldwell University) |
Discussant: Alison M. Betz (Betz Behavioral Consulting) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Kemmerer, M.S. |
Abstract: The current symposium addresses procedural variables that may produce generative responding. The first study assessed the effects of varying non-critical features of stimuli during auditory-visual matching with adult participants to reduce variability and increase the likelihood of correct responding to untrained exemplars. The second study utilized instructive feedback, lag schedules, and naturalistic behavioral interventions to promote emergent language in children. The third study assessed the different outcomes associated with multiple exemplar instruction, namely, the interdependence between speaker and listener repertoires, and stimulus generalization across exemplars. Finally, the fourth study utilized a joint control intervention to establish bidirectional naming in children with autism. Taken together, these studies have important implications for those teaching language to individuals with disabilities. |
Target Audience: practitioners, verbal behavior researchers |
|
The Influence of Differential Exposures to Noncritical Features on Stimulus Generalization |
TINA SONG (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Kenneth Reeve (Caldwell University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Samantha Breeman (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Programming for generalization involves arranging the training environment to make it more likely that learned behavior will generalize to novel stimuli. One recommended strategy to program for generalization is to vary noncritical features in teaching exemplars. Theoretically, this would avoid noncritical features being consistently associated with reinforcement and thus gaining faulty stimulus control. The purpose of the present study was to (a) assess the effectiveness of this recommendation in producing responding indicative of stimulus generalization and (b) investigate the behavioral processes responsible for this effect. Typically-developing adults were taught to respond to arbitrary stimuli with defined critical and noncritical features in an auditory-visual matching-to-sample task. Generalization outcomes were compared between a condition that varied noncritical features in teaching exemplars and a condition that did not vary noncritical features in teaching exemplars. The results suggest that varying noncritical features in teaching exemplars leads to (a) faster skill acquisition, (b) less variability in correct responding during teaching, and (c) an increased likelihood of correct responding to untrained exemplars. A proposed cause of these results is the differential levels of reinforcement associated with noncritical features between the two conditions. These results contribute towards developing an explicit technology of generalization. |
|
Designing Verbal Behavior Instruction to Promote Behavioral Variability and Transfer Across Verbal Operants |
CORINA JIMENEZ-GOMEZ (Auburn University), James J Oskam (Florida Institute of Technology), Matt Giuliano (Florida Institute of Technology), Jessebelle Pichardo (Florida Institute of Technology), Victoria Ryan (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder often exhibit a limited communication repertoire. A challenge when teaching verbal behavior relates to arranging teaching procedures that promote emergent language and ensuring resulting responses are variable. Some recent work from our lab has explored various strategies to promote variable verbal responding and transfer across verbal operants, in an attempt to provide efficient teaching to children with limited and rigid language repertoires. More specifically, we employed instructive feedback, lag schedules, and naturalistic behavioral interventions to promote emergent language. Instructive feedback was found to be effective in producing emergent listener skills in an untaught language. Both instructive feedback and lag schedules produced variable intraverbal responses with similar efficiency. In a group setting, we taught tacts to one child and evaluated transfer to other verbal operants as well as emergent learning in peers. Both transfer across verbal operants and acquisition of untaught targets were observed. Taken together, these studies provide evidence for various strategies applied researchers and practitioners can further explore to promote variable verbal behavior and emergent language in this population. |
|
An Evaluation of the Effects of Multiple Exemplar Instruction on Emergent and Generalized Behavior |
DANIELLE LAFRANCE (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; Endicott College - Institute for Behavioral Studies), Careen Suzanne Meyer (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC), James E. Carr (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), Jason Church (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC; The University of Kansas), Areli Perez (H.O.P.E. Consulting, LLC) |
Abstract: In applied behavior analysis, several efforts have been made to find effective teaching methods that will lead to the best possible outcomes for clients served. Amongst these, those procedures which lead to novel, untrained behavior are highly favored for their multiplicative effects. One of these strategies, multiple exemplar instruction (MEI), has been shown to lead to transfer between speaker and listener repertoires, or across verbal operants. However, MEI is often confused with another procedure with a similar name (i.e., multiple exemplar training), which has been shown to lead to generalization. Additionally, the amount and the kind of generativity resulting from MEI remains to be investigated thoroughly. The current study aimed to evaluate the effects of this procedure on both the development of bidirectional naming (BiN) and stimulus generalization. Results show that MEI lead to the development of BiN for all targeted sets, across all participants, but did not necessarily lead to improvements in stimulus generalization. The implications for research and practice are discussed. |
|
Establishment of Bidirectional Naming through Joint Control Training |
HEIDI SKORGE OLAFF (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Vibeke Haaland (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Marie Rohme Aunemo (OsloMet - Oslo Metropolitan University), Per Holth (OsloMet -- Oslo Metropolitan University) |
Abstract: Bidirectional Naming (BiN) is the integration of listener and speaker behavior in an individual and can emerge from an incidental observation of other’s tacts. Unfortunately, children with autism rarely utilize incidental observations of other’s tacts. Rather, they often lack BiN skills. The present experiment aimed to establish the listener part of BiN through joint control training to evoke mediating behavior controlled by joint self-echoics and tacts which set the occasion for correct listener responses. Three preschool boys with autism or delayed language development were first trained on each component necessary for joint self-echoic/tact control, such as echoics, self-echoic and tacts. Next, joint control training was introduced. The joint control intervention consisted of three types of listener training: delayed matching to sample, successive, and simultaneous discrimination training. The BiN probes were carried out according to both successive and simultaneous discrimination tasks. The results demonstrated an increased number of the listener responses included in BiN, as well as an increased number of speaker responses. In fact, one of the three participants acquired both repertoires of BiN as a result of joint control training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Service Footprint Through New Clinic Openings |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Diana Baekey, Ph.D. |
Chair: Rohit Verma (Kadiant) |
DIANA BAEKEY (Kadiant) |
JENNA BATTAGLIA (Kadiant) |
JOHN SHIN-LEE (Kadiant) |
Abstract: The need for Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services is experiencing rapid growth. Provider companies face the question of growing at their existing locations, through acquisition, or by establishing presence in new geographies. Given the increasing premiums for acquisitions, the latter is an important, cost-effective option for pursuing growth. And, if executed well, will typically lead to an increase in value of the provider company. This panel will assess considerations for executing a successful strategy for establishing service locations in new geographies. Including, what aspects make one location more attractive than another, defining success and establishing metrics to measure success, and the organizational structure and work effort necessary to help ensure success. Participants in this panel include leaders that have successfully established locations in new geographies and will discuss their contrasting experiences due to differences in local conditions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The purpose of this presentation is to discuss and review foundational principles for clinic expansion and no prerequisite skills are required. |
Learning Objectives: At conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the process for identifying new locations to build clinics, (2) define expansion success and establishment, and use metrics to measure success, and (3) analyze existing organizational structure and timelines to plan for company growth. |
Keyword(s): ABA services, Expanding services, new clinics |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluation of Culturally Responsive Assessments and Treatments |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Kwak, M.S. |
Abstract: Consideration of cultural variables such as language may be an integral part of assessment and treatment because incorporation of these variables may be more appropriate for serving individuals from diverse backgrounds and result in enhanced outcomes. Even when implementing evidence-based practices, such as functional analysis and functional communication training (FCT), it is still important to consider the relevance of culture with the individuals and families we serve. This symposium consists of three presentations related to culturally responsive assessment and treatment. The first two studies examined language as a potential variable to evaluate assessment and treatment in English and Spanish for individuals whose home language was reported to be Spanish. Specifically, the first study compared the results of functional analyses when they were conducted in both Spanish and English. The second study examined the emergence of functional communication responses in the untrained language. The final study evaluated empirical studies that have used culturally responsive practices to serve diverse populations. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, functional analysis, functional communication, language |
Target Audience: The target audience members for this symposium are practitioners and researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) State the evidence supporting the impact of language on assessment results; (2) Consider how the language spoken by local verbal communities can influence the effectiveness of functional communication taught to children from bilingual homes; (3) Identify several cultural adaptations that have been made within assessment, treatment, and training |
|
Impact of Language on Behavior Assessment Outcomes |
KATHERINE CANTRELL (University of Texas at San Antonio), Leslie Neely (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Amarie Carnett (Victoria University of Wellington), S. Shanun Kunnavatana (Easterseals UCP North Carolina & Virginia), Jordan Wimberley (Autism Treatment Center) |
Abstract: Functional analyses have been well established as a valid way to identify the maintaining variables for behavior (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Conducting a functional analysis is the “gold standard” of behavior assessment with best practices recommending identification of idiosyncratic variables as essential to valid results. One potential variable that might impact assessment results is language of assessment. For individuals who operate in environments with multiple languages (e.g., English and Spanish), the language of assessment might differentially impact assessment results. Therefore, there is a need to evaluate if language of assessment affects identified function. The current study presents the results of 10 cases in which the experimenters conducted assessments (i.e., functional analysis) in both the Spanish and English language. Participants were nine children with autism who engaged in problem behavior and whose parents reported Spanish as the primary home language. Result indicate correspondence of function for eight of the ten cases. Discussion of results and recommendations for practice and future research are presented. |
|
Mitigating the Effects of Resurgence of Problem Behavior in Bilingual Children Using a Bilingual Functional Communication Training Treatment Package |
IPSHITA BANERJEE (Peabody College, Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Bailey Copeland (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University), Kathryn Madesta Bailey (Vanderbilt University), Cassandra Standish (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Little research has highlighted how evidence-based practices (e.g., functional communication training) might be adapted to meet the needs of children with disabilities from bilingual families. In our study, we served two children with disabilities and challenging behavior whose parents primarily spoke Spanish at home, and whose teachers primarily spoke English at school. Following traditional functional communication training (i.e., one language only), we systematically replicated the findings of Neely et al. (2019) by demonstrating that functional communication responses in the untrained language (i.e., English) did not emerge when trained functional communication responses (i.e., Spanish) contacted extinction in alternative-language contexts. Simultaneously, challenging behavior consistently resurged. After children received explicit training with both languages and were taught to change the language of request when initial attempts were unsuccessful (i.e., “repair the message” training), these same children successfully obtained near optimal rates of reinforcement in both language contexts and challenging behavior did not resurge. |
|
Culturally Responsive Service Provision in Behavior Analysis and Related Fields: A Systematic Review |
DANIEL KWAK (University of South Florida), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Sarah E. Bloom (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Identifying and utilizing culturally responsive assessment, treatment, and training is important to meet the needs of culturally diverse individuals. Overall, limited research exists that addresses culture as a critical component of service provision, especially, when considering the number of empirical studies published to date. These empirical studies have been published across fields and may not easily be accessible to behavior analysts. The purpose of the study was to conduct a systematic review of literature to identify empirical studies that have incorporated culturally responsive services for individuals from diverse backgrounds. We searched for articles that considered a multitude of cultural variables including language, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status, sex, gender identity, religion or spirituality, age, dis/ability, and geographical areas, among other variables. The identified articles were evaluated using cultural adaptation frameworks. We will present the adaptations that were made within the included empirical studies and discuss gaps in the literature and future directions for cultural adaptation research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Through the Lifespan: Children, College Students, and Parents |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University) |
CE Instructor: Ayla Schmick, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) represents an extension of existing behavior analytic approaches to encompass a functional analysis of private events and experiential avoidance processes. Because this intervention model emphasizes function over form, applications of ACT may exist across multiple populations, extending the scope and depth of behavior analytic work. The first presenter will explore the relationship between existing language and cognitive training and the application of ACT-based programming through the "accept. identify. move" curriculum. The second presenter will then explore an ACT-consistent approach called values-based self-management applied with college students to improve psychological flexibility as well as academic engagement and performance. The final presenter will explore the ACT model with parents of children with disabilities to promote psychological flexibility and the pursuit of chosen values. The convergence of these three presentations show how ACT can be adapted across the lifespan to address barriers to psychological flexibility that may impact overall life quality for clients that we serve. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACT, AIM, Flexibility, VBSM |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the relationship between derived responding and the appropriateness of ACT intervention; (2) Discuss values-based self-management with college students; (3) Describe how to adapt ACT for online delivery with parents |
|
AIMing from the PEAK |
BRIAN GRACE (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: The use of language-based interventions such as acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT) to develop effective and flexible behavioral repertoires has been demonstrated across a variety of participant characteristics, topographies of behavior, and environmental contexts. Accept, identify, move (AIM) is one such intervention that uses the principals of ACT to increase psychological and behavioral flexibility in typically developing children and children with exceptionalities such as autism and/or developmental delays. Children presenting with exceptionalities have a wide range of verbal repertoires and a paucity of research exists to inform practitioners for whom the above interventions would be applicable or most effective. A mixed design, including pre-post measurements on verbal abilities and psychological flexibility and a multiple baseline across participants, was used to evaluate effectiveness of the AIM-based intervention regarding problem behavior reduction, participant defined committed action, and changes in psychological flexibility. |
|
Values-Based Self-Management Interventions With College Students |
SARA JOHNSON (Missouri State University), Chynna Brianne Frizell (Misssouri State University), Karmen Colley (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Self-management interventions, including techniques such as self-monitoring, self-recording, and environmental management, have demonstrated effectiveness with students in elementary and university settings (e.g. Dean, 1981 & Mooney et al., 2005), as well as a number of other areas such as physical activity (e.g. Saelens et al., 2000), weight management (e.g. Baker & Kirschenbaum, 1993), and substance abuse (e.g. Walters, 2000). Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) techniques and values-based interventions have been utilized with university students in a number of different arrangements, demonstrating the benefit of such interventions with this population (e.g. Paliliunas, Belisle, & Dixon, 2018; Chase et al., 2013; Sandoz, Kellum, & Wilson, 2017). Investigations evaluating the effectiveness of a values-based self-management intervention approach combining acceptance and values-focused therapeutic exercises with a self-management intervention for targeted behavior change, psychological flexibility, values-behavior coherence, and emotional regulation as measured by self-monitored behavior and ecological momentary assessment will be reviewed. The results provide initial evidence regarding the utility of combining these intervention techniques for improving the well-being of college students along a number of socially important outcomes. |
|
Remote Acceptance and Commitment Training Interventions With Parents and Children |
CRYSTAL TRACY (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The prevalence of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) results in not only a demand for effective treatment and intervention services for those diagnosed with ASD, but social, psychological, and financial stressors on the parents and caregivers of these individuals (Kogan et al., 2008). Limited investigations have evaluated interventions designed to both increase behavior management skills among parents and target their psychological well-being (Blackledge & Hayes, 2006). Two remote-implemented interventions utilizing an acceptance and commitment training (ACT) approach that target the psychological and behavioral well-being of parents and children will be reviewed. First, an evaluation of a treatment package for parents including remote ACT sessions and online behavior management training modules utilizing daily self-monitoring to measure effectiveness will be reviewed. Second, an evaluation of a remote ACT intervention for children implemented with parent involvement will be reviewed, examining the effects of the intervention on both parent and child well-being using between and within session measures. Results indicate the potential utility of remote ACT interventions to improve the behavioral and psychological well-being of both parents and children. Implications for the development and implementation of such interventions will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Future of ABA: The Direction of the Field and How We Will Advance the Utility of the Science (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series) |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Michelle L Zube, M.Ed. |
Chair: Barbara Gross (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Special School District of St Louis County) |
BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments) |
SARAH ELIZABETH TRAUTMAN (CalABA) |
MICHELLE L ZUBE (CB Consultants LLC.) |
Abstract: The field of behaviour analysis has seen recent exponential growth however we are surrounded by punishment, inequality, injustice, and anti-science rhetoric. For our science to realize its far-reaching impact, we must conceptualize a society, like Walden 2, as our terminal goal and shape societal responses to that achievement. This panel discussion will discuss current systemic problems within culture and how we, as behaviour analysts, can establish systems that are rooted in data and behavioural science. Topics that will be discussed include utopian behaviour society, perspective taking, and compassion. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Advance ~ BCBAs and BCBA-Ds. Complex concepts that go beyond introductory literature or the course sequence. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Extending Walden II and concept of utopia using behaviour analysis; (2) Discuss barriers to utopian existence with current cultural contingencies; (3) Using behaviour analytic principles to prospective taking, compassion, and overcoming societal norms that limit marginalized populations |
Keyword(s): compassion, culture, perspective taking, society |
|
|
|
|
|
Key Behavior-Analytic Applications During the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Experimental Analysis of Online Academic Performance, Mask Wearing, and Face Touching |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) & The University of Auckland (New Zealand)) |
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The current COVID-19 pandemic has claimed the lives of over 1.5 million people across the world and have changed the lifestyle of humanity, possibly, for years to come. In this context, specific behaviors that had received minimal or no attention in the past have been moved up the social validity scale overnight. In this symposium we will evaluate various interventions addressing some key COVID-related behaviors. Online teaching and internet use has exploded during the pandemic. The first study looks at the potential role of social media in facilitating academic performance during online university-level courses. There are essentially no experimental analyses in the literature evaluating whether social media engagement (in the context of closed Facebook learning groups) could be an important channel for multi-component behavioral interventions. The second study presents a telehealth mask-wearing training program for children with autism presenting mask-induced problem behavior. The study evaluates a caregiver-delivered intervention among an international sample of participants from Belgium, India, Mexico, and Costa Rica. In the final study we turn to face touching. Face touching is thought to account for tens or hundreds of thousands of Sars-CoV-2 infections across the world due to physical contact with contaminated surfaces. It has been suggested that face touching, a high frequency behavior, may limit the protective role of hand washing, which occurs inevitably at lower rates. In this third presentation we evaluate the suppressive effect of contingent vibrotactile stimulation on face touching in a group of typical adults as they go about their daily lives. In addition to the treatment evaluation side of the study, it also provided an opportunity to conduct a thorough quantitative and descriptive analysis of face touching in ecologically relevant settings. Overall, these studies give a perspective of the diversity of behavioral applications that can be brought to bear in order to mitigate the effects of the current pandemic. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): COVID, Face touching, Mask wearing, Social media |
Target Audience: Students, practitioners and applied researchers. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learn the mechanisms by which social media closed groups can be used to deliver reinforcement-based interventions and understand their likely effect on academic engagement and performance. 2. Understand the proposed treatment model for mask wearing acquisition among clients with developmental disability in cross-cultural settings. 3. Understand the behavioral processes underlying face toaching and its importance as a health risk behavior. |
|
An Experimental Evaluation of a Facebook Group’s Contribution to Academic Engagement and Performance among Postgraduate Students |
(Applied Research) |
AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid & ABA España), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid (Spain) & The University of Auckland (New Zealand)) |
Abstract: This study examines the effectiveness of a multi-component package designed to increase engagement between faculty and professional specialization students in an online course. We hypothesized that enhancing online interaction can be an active element of teaching effectiveness and can have a measurable impact on performance. The intervention was delivered through a closed Facebook group. The multi-component package was comprised of peer reinforcement and cooperative learning, student self-monitoring, self-evaluation, goal setting, and teacher antecedent- and consequent-based strategies. A total of 46 students participated in a concurrent multiple baseline design across groups. The intervention was staggered across the groups over a period of eight weeks. The results indicated that the intervention was effective in increasing social media engagement in the learning group and academic performance. A post hoc multi-level analysis suggested that social media interaction responses (observing and intraverbal responses) mediated the effect of the intervention on academic performance. We will discuss the implications of our findings in the context of the widespread use of online teaching during the current pandemic. |
|
Telehealth Mask-Wearing Training for Children With Autism and Mask-Induced Problem Behavior During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
(Service Delivery) |
Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University, Belgium), AGUSTIN PEREZ-BUSTAMANTE PEREIRA (Hospital Ramon y Cajal, Madrid, Spain), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid & The University of Auckland), Herbert Roeyers (Ghent University, Belgium) |
Abstract: SARS-CoV-2 is the virus causing COVID-19 and is spread through close person-to-person contact. The use of face masks has been described as an important strategy in the combat to contain and slow down its transmission while a vaccine is not made widely available. We evaluated the effects of telehealth training for caregivers to teach mask wearing to children with ASD. Six participants with a history of challenging behavior associated with mask wearing were recruited from different parts of the world, and trained using a combination of graduated exposure, shaping and contingent reinforcement. By the end of the intervention all participants wore a face mask for a target period of 10 min without exhibiting challenging behavior, and generalized the skill to a novel mask and a community setting. The findings support previous tolerance training treatment evaluations in children with developmental disability exhibiting resistance to healthcare routines. Clinical recommendations and areas for future research are discussed. |
|
Suppressive Effect of Contingent Vibrotactile Stimulation on Face Touching During the COVID-19 Pandemic: An Experimental Treatment Evaluation |
(Applied Research) |
JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid & The University of Auckland), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), Agustin Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Ramon y Cajal, Madrid, Spain), Aida Tarifa Rodriguez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid & ABA España), Carolina Trujilo-Sánchez (Universidad Autonoma de Madrid, Madrid, Spain), Rebeca Pardo-Cebrian (ABA España, Universidad Autonoma de Madrid), Peter A. Krause (University of California Santa Cruz), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Facial contact behavior is a high frequency, high duration behavior that contributes to the transmission of communicable diseases by interaction with contaminated surfaces. Studies indicate that the Sars-CoV-2 virus remains viable for hours on surfaces such as paper, plastic, or metals. Hand-face contact has a long history among mammals and primates and is likely maintained by sensory consequences. It is estimated that thousands of infections may be mediated by hand contact with contaminated surfaces with pathogens being subsequently transferred to mucous membranes by hand contact with the mouth, nose, or eyes. We used contingent vibrotactile stimulation as an intervention to reduce hand-face contacts in ecological settings. Ten consecutively recruited adults wore one or two bracelets that delivered vibrotactile stimuli following face touching. Stimuli were delivered through Bluetooth-connected devices that were calibrated for each participant. We also evaluated the social validity of the intervention and how various environmental events were related to the level of face touching. In addition, the study provides an opportunity to discuss the quantitative characteristics of face touching. The results indicated that the face touching can be reduced considerably with this simple intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Verbal Behavior Development Interacts With Learning Academic Functional Objectives |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University) |
CE Instructor: Jo Ann Pereira Delgado, Ph.D. |
Abstract: We present 2 papers that studied the relation of verbal development cusps on reading and math outcomes. The first paper tested the effects of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on reading comprehension outcomes for first grade general education students in two experiments. The second paper studied the relation between Transformation of Stimulus Function (TSF) across saying and writing and the acquisition of math facts and math problem solving in middle school students across three experiments. In both papers, the presence of verbal behavior development cusps resulted in the advancement of academic repertoires for participants. These papers will be discussed in relation to the significance of BiN and TSF on academic outcomes for participants |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Verbal Behavior Development BiDirectional Naming |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) assess Transformation of stimulus function across saying and writing for spelling; (2) identify students who require additional intervention to benefit from fluency training; (3) tact how the components of bidirectional naming relate to reading comprehension, (4) explain how individuals may acquire bidirectional naming and derived relations, and (5) know the educational significance of the acquisition of bidirectional naming for individuals with and without disabilities. |
|
The Effects of the Establishment of Bidirectional Naming on Reading Comprehension for First Grade Students |
LAUREN BALDONADO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In 2 experiments, we studied the effects of the establishment of Bidirectional Naming (BiN) on reading comprehension for first-grade students. In Experiment 1, we measured the associations, differences, and predictive value between multiple measures of reading comprehension and BiN stimulus control in 22 first-grade students. BiN stimulus control was measured with familiar and unfamiliar stimuli and separated by degrees of Unidirectional Naming (UniN) and BiN. Measures of reading comprehension included the i-Ready® K-12 Adaptive Reading Diagnostic and Woodcock-Johnson® Tests of Achievement (WJIV). Results indicated significant correlations between degrees of UniN for unfamiliar stimuli and reading comprehension and demonstrated that degrees of BiN explained the highest proportion of variance for reading recall and vocabulary scores. In Experiment 2, we studied the effects of the establishment of BiN on reading comprehension in a single case, multiple probe design across dyads using (1) a read-do probe consisting of unfamiliar stimuli, (2) passage comprehension containing unfamiliar words, and (3) WJIV subtests as the dependent variables. Participants acquired BiN for unfamiliar stimuli through a novel experience, novel probe and novel experience repeated probe intervention. Results will be discussed in relation to the importance of BiN as a prerequisite for reading comprehension. |
|
Transformation of Stimulus Function Across Math Operants for Middle School Students |
YIFEI SUN (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences) |
Abstract: In 3 experiments, we tested the effects of accuracy and fluency training of math facts on the accurate and fluent responding to word problems and vice versa. The participants of the study were 8 middle school students with various learning or intellectual disabilities aged from 11-14 years enrolled in a self-contained multi-grade classroom for experiments 1 and 2. All participants performed below grade level on numbers and operations related math tasks. Experiment 1 used a multiple probe design across dyads to test the effects of training of math facts with accuracy and fluency criterion on participants’ accuracy and rate of responding to word problems. Experiment 2 systematically replicated Experiment 1. Results showed functional relations for 4 of the 8 participants. Participants demonstrating effects also demonstrated transformation of stimulus function (TSF) across saying and writing. Three of the participants who did not demonstrate TSF during the first two experiments participated in Experiment 3. When TSF was established, all three participants demonstrated accurate and fluent responding to word problems after trained accurately and fluently responded to novel math facts, suggesting that speaker-as-own-listener behavior for while solving math problems plays a key role in the transformation of stimulus function among math operants. |
|
|
|
|
|
Problematic Mobile Phone Use as Impulsive Choice: A Behavioral Economic Approach |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Yusuke Hayashi, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton) |
Abstract: Mobile phone use is ubiquitous in our society. While some people use it in a reasonable manner, others use it excessively and/or in a problematic manner (e.g., while driving). In this presentation, I will discuss what behavior analysis can do with the societal issue of problematic mobile phone use. From a behavioral economic perspective, problematic mobile phone use is fundamentally a choice controlled by competing reinforcement and/or punishment contingencies that involve a trade-off between multiple consequences (e.g., a smaller-sooner reinforcer vs. a larger-later reinforcer). Based on this conceptualization, I will illustrate how some behavioral economics principles, such as delay/probability discounting and demand analysis, can be utilized to understand, predict, and potentially control some forms of problematic mobile phone use, such as texting while driving, media multitasking, and excessive social media use. I will also argue that this conceptualization of problematic mobile phone use as choice can direct our attention to identifying the environmental/contextual variables that affect the choice, and that this conceptual/philosophical framework, along with strong data, is what behavior analysis can offer to other disciplines in an effort to combat the societal issue of problematic mobile phone use. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: basic and applied behavior analysts; graduate students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define problematic mobile phone use as an impulsive choice; (2) describe how delay/probability/social discounting and demand analysis can be applied to problematic mobile phone use; (3) describe how behavior analysis can contribute to predicting and controlling problematic mobile phone use. |
|
YUSUKE HAYASHI (Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton) |
 Yusuke Hayashi is an Associate Professor of Psychology at the Pennsylvania State University, Hazleton. His current research interests lie in understanding basic behavioral processes, such as sensitivity to delayed/probabilistic reinforcers and valuation of reinforcers, as well as translating basic principles to solve societal problems, such as problematic mobile phone use. He completed a pre-doctoral fellowship at the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health as well as a post-doctoral training at the University of Kansas. He earned his Ph.D. in psychology from West Virginia University, his M.S. in behavior analysis from the University of North Texas, and his B.A. in history from Keio University in Tokyo, Japan (his unofficial minor was behavior analysis, though). He also enjoyed his carrier as an IT engineer before he crossed the ocean and headed toward Texas. Dr. Hayashi is currently an associate editor of European Journal of Behavior Analysis and an editorial board member of Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He is active in publishing his work outside of behavior analysis, hoping to maximize the impact that behavior analysis can make on our society. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Academic Content and Communication Skills to Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rose A. Mason (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Rose A. Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With federal laws and state policies in place to maximize access to the general education curriculum for students with disabilities, students with autism or intellectual and developmental disabilities have gained increasing access to an inclusive education. However, there remain barriers to their learning in school, such as a lack of support for in-service special educators who work with these students, limited preparation of pre-service teachers in teaching these students, and inadequate understanding of how we can address the unique academic needs of students with autism and developmental disabilities. In this symposium, we present three papers that attempted to address these gaps. The first paper investigated the effects of an individualized coaching approach on supporting a special educator to implement systematic instruction with students with moderate to severe disabilities. The second paper examined how different variables (e.g., behavior analytic intervention components) may influence the effects of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism. The third paper explored limitations of teacher preparation programs in training pre-service teachers to teach communication skills to students with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Implications for research will be discussed and recommendations for practice will be offered based on the study findings. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): coaching, reading, school-based interventions, teacher preparation |
Target Audience: Knowledge of Foundations in Applied Behavior Analysis and school-based support |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)Describe how coaching can be individualized to support teachers in implementing systematic instruction in the classroom; (2)Identify strengths and limitations of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism; (3)Determine areas of need in a teacher preparation program to train pre-service teachers to provide communication instruction |
|
ParaImpact: Practice-Based Coaching to Improve Fidelity of a Special Educator's Implementation of Systematic Instruction |
Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Jenna Marie Matijevic (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Jennifer Smith (Purdue University), Alana Schnitz (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Howard P. Wills (Juniper Gardens Children's Project), AMANDA M AUSTIN (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Practitioners’ implementation of evidence-based practices such as Systematic Instruction (SI) for students with moderate-to-severe disabilities depends on high implementation fidelity to improve progress and outcomes for students. Novice practitioners may benefit from coaching to improve implementation fidelity and increase student achievement. We conducted a single-case study with multiple-baseline across skills design to investigate the effect of Practice-Based coaching (PBC) on a special education teacher’s implementation fidelity of SI consisting of four components: environmental arrangement, prompting, error correction, and reinforcement. PBC is a non-hierarchical coaching model that prioritizes the coachee’s choice in target skills, emphasizes a cyclical process of developing shared goals and action plans, conducting focused observations, and engaging in reflection and feedback on the target skills. Results indicate that despite lack of prior training in SI or experience with coaching, the teacher participant demonstrated immediate increases in implementation fidelity of SI procedures in small group instruction across all four components when receiving PBC, and maintained a stable level of fidelity after PBC was terminated for each skill. Recommendations for extending research in coaching special education teachers and practical implications will be discussed. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of Single-Case Research on Technology-Aided Reading Interventions for Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SO YEON KIM (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), John Davis (University of Utah), Danni Wang (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Despite the wide usage of technology in educational settings, the overall evidence base of technology-aided reading interventions for students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) has not been fully investigated. The purpose of this meta-analysis was to quantify the magnitude of effects of technology-aided reading interventions for students with ASD and determine if participant and intervention characteristics moderate intervention effects. Reviewed articles were systematically identified and evaluated for methodological rigor according design standards suggested by What Works Clearinghouse. Research studies that met the design standards were analyzed for effects using Tau-U. Results of this study found a moderate overall effect of .89 (95% CI [.83, .96]) for technology-aided reading interventions and variables associated with the use of time delay moderated reading outcomes. |
|
Teacher Preparation in Communication Instruction for Students With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities |
Robert Pennington (University of North Carolina-Charlotte), Virginia Lee Walker (University of North Carolina at Charlotte), MELISSA TAPP (University of North Carolina- Charlotte) |
Abstract: One of the most essential functions of schooling is to prepare students to communicate effectively across a diverse and expansive range of opportunities. Unfortunately, many students with disabilities, especially those with intellectual and developmental disabilities often face difficulties acquiring communication repertoires sufficient for gaining maximum benefit from their school experience and ultimately, achieving high quality of life outcomes (Carter et al., 2012). This problem reflects a confluence of barriers, including access to effective intervention practices. In this investigation, we surveyed 51 faculty who were involved in teacher preparation programs in the area of intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) across a range of institutions of higher education. We asked participants to respond to questions related to the type, quality, and quantity of program content focused on communication instruction and supports for students with IDD. Overall, findings indicated that many programs included behavioral procedures within their curriculum but presented variability in the quality and quantity of teacher preparation in their application to communication instruction. Additionally, participants described barriers related to teacher preparation in this area. These findings will be discussed in relation to understanding teachers’ current repertoires and supporting their implementation of behavioral intervention strategies for improving student’s communication outcomes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Managing Distress During Medical/Dental Appointments is Like... Well, It’s Like Pulling Teeth! |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
Presenting Authors: : KEITH ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Noncompliance with basic health care can have profound effects on long term health and well-being for everyone, but especially for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD). Perhaps the factor most responsible for noncompliance is the fear associated with medical and dental procedures. This presentation will review both the respondent and operant conditioning features responsible for the disruptive behaviors that result and then briefly review the empirical literature to identify the most well supported approaches for preventing and managing distress and noncompliance during medical and dental appointments in the IDD population. Promising alternative and supplemental treatments will be discussed, and then step-by-step practice recommendations will be provided for preventing, managing and resolving noncompliance. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Applied behavior analysts, behavior therapists, behavioral technicians and caregivers who are responsible for direct care or overseeing programs designed to help those with IDD access health care. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify both respondent and operant learning components in medical/dental noncompliance; (2) describe the core components of empirically supported treatments for medical/dental noncompliance; (3) describe the step-by-step components of a good preventive and intervention program for addressing medical/dental noncompliance and distress in individuals with developmental disabilities. |
|
KEITH ALLEN (Munroe-Meyer Institute, University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
 Keith D Allen, Ph.D., BCBA-D, is the Director of Psychology and Professor in Pediatrics and Psychology at the Munroe-Meyer Institute and the University of Nebraska Medical Center. He completed his training in ABA at Western Michigan University and in clinical psychology at West Virginia University. His clinical and research interests include parent training, pain and stress-related disorders in children, and management of noncompliance with medical/dental routines. He has published over 100 scientific papers and chapters on interventions to address behavioral health problems in children and adolescents and he has published a book on the science and practice of parent training. He is a Fellow of ABAI, has been awarded research grants from NIH and the US Department of Education and has been recognized as both a Distinguished Researcher and as an Outstanding Teacher of the Year at the University of Nebraska Medical Center. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Research on Renewal and Resurgence: Bridging the Gap Between Basic and Applied Research |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Michael P. Kranak (Oakland University) |
Discussant: Christopher A. Podlesnik (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Christopher A. Podlesnik, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The reemergence of extinguished behavior is broadly referred to as relapse. Relapse can be especially concerning in the treatment of problem behavior, as relapse can lead to eventual treatment failure. Two forms of relapse particularly relevant in the treatment of problem behavior are renewal and resurgence. Renewal is the reemergence of an extinguished response following a context change. Resurgence is the reemergence of an extinguished response following a worsening of reinforcement conditions for an alternative response. Mitigating relapse requires both advancing our understanding of the phenomena (often achieved through basic research) and further identification of treatment variables and their potential interactions (often achieved through applied research). The symposium is comprised of two basic and two applied investigations focused on the advanced understanding of relapse and relevant treatment variables and interactions. Findings from these investigations, areas for future research, and clinical implications will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): punishment, relapse, renewal, resurgence |
Target Audience: Target audience includes practitioners and applied researchers with a BCBA or BCBA-D, as well as basic researchers with at least a graduate degree. It is also appropriate for psychologists who conduct behavioral assessments and treatments. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify clinical variables related relapse; (2) describe the role context plays in renewal as related to basic and applied preparations; (3) describe how worsening of reinforcement conditions can lead to resurgence; and (4) understand the importance of both basic and applied research in studying relapse. |
|
Examining Contextual Control in Children With Automatically Reinforced Problem Behavior |
(Applied Research) |
ALEXIS CONSTANTIN PAVLOV (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center, Emory School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The reemergence of problem behavior after extinction during context changes is referred to as renewal. Estimates for the prevalence of renewal for problem behavior maintained by social reinforcement indicate that renewal occurs in approximately 42% of observed context changes (i.e., location or person; Muething et al., 2019). However, when examining the reemergence of automatically reinforced problem behavior during the same context changes, extinction may not be an active component of treatment, and therefore any increase in problem behavior cannot be classified as renewal. Rather, contextual control may better explain this phenomenon. In the absence of extinction, context changes could result in increases in the automatically reinforced problem behavior based on different learning histories in different contexts. For example, returning to a home context where the problem behavior was previously observed may result in an increase. This study examined 38 context changes in a consecutive controlled case-series design (Hagopian, Rooker, Jessel, & DeLeon, 2013) for children with automatically reinforced problem behavior in an intensive outpatient program. Reemergence of problem behavior during those context changes was found in 12 of the examined changes (31%). |
|
On the Scope and Characteristics of Treatment Relapse During Clinical Service Delivery |
(Applied Research) |
BRIAN D. GREER (CSH-RUCARES, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Kayla Rechelle Randall (Center for Pediatric Behavioral Health), Sarah D Haney (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Daniel R. Mitteer (CSH–RUCARES, Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
Abstract: Prior studies examining prevalence of treatment relapse have been limited in terms of relapse type analyzed (i.e., resurgence or renewal), type of clinical service evaluated (e.g., only treatments for destructive behavior), and responding assessed (i.e., only problem behavior). In the present study, we examined both resurgence and renewal across two clinical programs—a Severe Behavior Program and a Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program. We also analyzed disruption of alternative behavior. Results showed (a) treatment relapse occurred across all functions of problem behavior addressed, (b) problem behavior recurrence predicted alternative response disruption, (c) alternative response disruption predicted problem behavior recurrence, (d) the co-occurrence of these two events always equaled or exceeded the background probabilities of either event occurring in isolation, and (e) general reductions in treatment efficacy occurred across transition types with no apparent decrease in likelihood with later transitions. |
|
The Effects of Fading Between Reinforcement and Extinction Contexts on Operant Renewal |
(Basic Research) |
MICHAEL KOEGEL (SUNY Upstate Medical University), William Sullivan (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Charlene Nicole Agnew (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Kate Elizabeth Derrenbacker (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Emily L. Baxter (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Henry S. Roane (SUNY Upstate Medical University), Andrew R. Craig (SUNY Upstate Medical University) |
Abstract: An increase in the frequency of previously extinguished behavior following a change to the context in which extinction took place is termed “renewal.” In ABA renewal, for example, a response that is reinforced in one context (Context A) during baseline and extinguished in a second context (Context B) during treatment may renew if stimuli associated with Context A are represented. The present experiment assessed whether fading from Context B to Context A during treatment reduces renewal of rats’ lever pressing when Context A is represented. Specific visual, olfactory, and tactile stimuli were associated with Contexts A and B. For one group, the stimuli that signaled Context A were faded systematically into the rats’ chambers across treatment sessions while Context-B stimuli were faded out simultaneously. A second group experienced the same fading procedure but in the opposite order: Context-A stimuli were faded out of the chambers across sessions of treatment while Context-B stimuli were faded in. A third group experienced a standard ABA renewal preparation as described above as a control procedure. Data collection is ongoing. Findings from this research may have implications for treatment strategies aimed at reducing renewal of problematic human behavior during context changes following treatment. |
|
Resurgence of Punishment-Suppressed Alcohol Seeking in Rats |
(Basic Research) |
GABRIELLE MARIE-ANNE SUTTON (Utah State University), Anthony Nathan Nist (Utah State University), Kaitlyn Browning (Utah State University), Rusty Nall (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Resurgence refers to an increase in previously suppressed behavior following a relative worsening of conditions for a more recently reinforced alternative behavior. Resurgence of extinguished alcohol-seeking has been demonstrated in rats, but alcohol seeking of humans is thought to be the result of increasing negative consequences, rather than extinction. Thus, this study examined resurgence of punishment-suppressed alcohol seeking of rats. During Phase 1, target responses produced dippers of 20% alcohol. During Phase 2, alcohol remained available, but all rats received intermittent foot-shocks for target responses. For rats in a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior group (DRA), an alternative response was also reinforced with food. During Phase 3, all responses were placed on extinction such that neither food nor alcohol was available, and punishment was removed. Suppression of alcohol-seeking during Phase 2 was comparable across groups. Resurgence was greater in the punishment plus DRA group compared to the punishment only group. By demonstrating resurgence of alcohol seeking previously suppressed by negative consequences this procedure may provide an animal model of resurgence of alcohol seeking with increased translational utility. |
|
|
|
|
|
Promoting Physical Fitness in Adults With Developmental Disabilities: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Improving Exercise and Nutrition in an Independent Supported Living Center |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:25 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Brandon May (Washington University in St. Louis) |
CE Instructor: Brandon May, Ph.D. |
|
Promoting Physical Fitness in Adults With Developmental Disabilities: A Behavior Analytic Approach to Improving Exercise and Nutrition in an Independent Supported Living Center |
Domain: Applied Research |
BRANDON MAY (Washington University in St. Louis; Southern Illinois University-Carbondale; Elite ABA Services) |
|
Abstract: Individuals with developmental disabilities (DD) experience obesity rates that are greater than their non-disabled peers due to physiological and behavioral factors. This proposal highlights three studies utilizing lottery and token reinforcement systems to target exercise and nutrition behaviors in adults with DD residing in an independent supported living (ISL) center. A fourth study increased procedural fidelity within the token economy. In study 1, lottery reinforcement was implemented to increase heart rate to prescribed levels during high-intensity interval training in three adults with DD. Heart rate was shaped to target levels for all three participants. In study 2, token reinforcement was implemented to decrease rapid eating in three adults with Down syndrome. Inter-response time between bites was shaped to target levels for all three participants. In study 3, token reinforcement was utilized to increase water consumption during dinner in 14 adults with DD. Water consumption increased from a group average of 36% at baseline to 88% during intervention. In study 4, public posting was utilized to increase accurate token delivery by ISL staff. These studies highlight the efficacy of generalized reinforcement systems in improving health behaviors in individuals with DD and strategies that are effective in implementing them in applied settings. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) operationalize physical fitness behaviors that are appropriate for intervention; (2) discuss several ways token reinforcement systems can be applied to physical fitness. |
|
|
|
|
|
Observational Learning Research: A Review of Trends and Current Examinations of Complex Repertoires |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group) |
CE Instructor: Jaime DeQuinzio, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Observational learning is important in a child’s development because it allows behavior to be changed by the natural environment without experiencing consequences directly. This symposium will present a review of observational learning research with children with autism as well as cover two recent studies conducted with children with and without developmental disabilities. Both studies focused on the complex repertoire of responding to social contingencies applied to the behavior of others. In the first study, observed contingencies were applied to incorrect responses first and were shifted to correct responses and in the second study initially non-preferred stimuli were established as conditioned reinforcers via observational learning. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, observational learning |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define observational learning from a learning perspective; (2) identify the components responses of observational learning; and (3)identify research designs used in observational learning research. |
|
Teaching Observational Learning Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature |
(Theory) |
ALEXZANDRIA L. TRAGNO (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Leslie Quiroz (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Laura Lyons (East Windsor Regional School District, Hightstown, NJ) |
Abstract: Observational learning is important in a child’s development because it allows behavior to be changed by the natural environment without experiencing consequences directly. Given the deficits in this repertoire often observed in children with autism spectrum disorder, effective procedures for teaching observational learning are needed as part of comprehensive behavioral intervention programs. The purpose of the current review was to provide a systematic, quantitative analysis of studies that evaluated procedures for teaching observational learning to children with autism spectrum disorder. We identified 12 studies meeting our inclusion criteria and coded them across 17 parameters. An analysis of this body of research is provided, along with recommendations for clinicians and directions for future research. |
|
Shifting Responding to Match Changes in Observed Responses and Contingencies: A Pilot Study to Evaluate Advanced Observational Learning Repertoires |
(Applied Research) |
JAIME DEQUINZIO (Alpine Learning Group), Marjorie Ortego-Solano (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group) |
Abstract: Research has shown that children with autism can learn to discriminate the contingencies applied to modeled responses during observational learning. However, modeled responses in the natural environment are not finite as they have been arranged in experimental conditions. Modeled responses change according to the contingencies applied to them in the moment and observers must learn to shift responding accordingly. We first taught a participant with autism to discriminate correct and incorrect response of a model learning social studies and science intraverbals and then shifted modeled responses and consequences (i.e., the model shifted to a correct response after an initial incorrect response that was consequated with negative feedback “That’s not right”). We used a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across three stimulus sets to determine the effects of discrimination training with rules on correct responding of one participant. Data showed that for one of the two of the three stimulus sets, the participant shifted responding to match the modeled shift (i.e., from incorrect to correct) without instruction, however rules and differential reinforcement were required to teach shifting in one set. Another noteworthy result was that sessions to criterion in the discrimination training condition decreased across stimulus sets. We discuss implications for teaching this advanced observational learning repertoire to children with autism. |
|
The Effects of the Observational Procedure on Conditioned Reinforcement for Books for Preschoolers With and Without Disabilities |
(Applied Research) |
HUNG CHANG (teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Columbia University Teachers College and Graduate School of Arts and Sciences), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of an observational procedure on the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for observing books using multiple probe design across dyads with 4 preschoolers. All of the participants could textually respond to kindergarten or first-grade level high-frequency words, but observing books did not function as a preferred activity for them. The independent variable was the establishment of conditioned reinforcement for books using an observational procedure. During the intervention, the participants were paired into dyads. They observed a peer confederate reading books while the confederate received consistent social approvals from the experimenter; the participants did not receive social attention and were denied access to books during the intervention. The dependent variables were the rate of acquisition of textual responses, and the duration participants spent observing printed words. Results in the first experiment showed 3 participants had an accelerated rate of acquisition of textual responses after books functioned as conditioned reinforcers. Two participants spent a longer time observing printed words during the post-intervention sessions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Stress, Trauma, Anxiety, and Depression: Hidden Factors Underlying Behavior Problems |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Jeannie A. Golden (East Carolina University) |
CE Instructor: Jeannie A. Golden, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts often fail to realize that there may be hidden factors underlying behavior problems. By not identifying those hidden factors, behavior analysts may be overlooking important establishing operations that may make reinforcers more salient and result in increases in problem behaviors. In school-aged children, behaviors may include tantrums, off-task, noncompliance, and verbal and physical aggression. In college students, behavior problems include skipping classes, not completing assignments, not participating, not paying attention, and not studying. While behavior analysts may admit that people experience stress, trauma (sudden loss, abuse, racial trauma), anxiety and depression, behavior analysts may not believe that they have the skills to identify these hidden factors because they are not directly observable in the present environment. However, often there are important antecedents to problem behaviors that may have occurred in a different environment or time period and may be part of their learning history. This symposium will provide strategies for identifying each of these factors and provide examples of how to incorporate these factors to develop more effective behavior programs. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior problems, distal antecedents, establishing operations, trauma |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, psychologists, psychiatrists, social workers, counselors, teachers who are able to define and give examples of basic behavioral principles: positive and negative reinforcement, punishment, motivating operations, discriminative stimuli |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe how to identify the pain and hurt associated with trauma in children with aberrant behavior and help those children cope with those feelings 2. describe how to identify anxiety and anger in school-aged children and ways to help those children cope with those feelings 3. describe how to identify depression and anxiety in college students and ways to help those students cope with those feelings |
|
Removing the Mask: Discovering and Altering the Function of Aberrant Behavior |
JEANNIE A. GOLDEN (East Carolina University) |
Abstract: Early abuse and neglect can teach children to engage in functional survival behaviors. Living in a chaotic environment, with intermittent reinforcement for aberrant behavior, unpredictable aversive stimuli, deprivation of attention, care and comfort, and discriminative stimuli for punishment of expression of emotions, can create the setting conditions for unattached, callous and unemotional behaviors. The emotional and physical hurt and pain from maltreatment are so severe that they become an establishing operation for escaping negative emotions, making its reinforcement value more salient and stronger. By blocking or numbing the pain, sadness and/or anxiety so they cannot feel these emotions, children can be negatively reinforced and thus more likely to continue blocking those emotions. When they start to feel anxiety, pain or hurt, or even sad, guilty or ashamed, they escape those feeling by blocking them or becoming numb. Often what survives are anger and rage expressed in the form of aggressive behavior. This presentation will address ways for behavior analysts to discover these blocked emotions in children exhibiting behavior problems and assist children in acknowledging, experiencing, and coping with these negative emotions. |
|
Underlying Trauma: The Invisible Elephant in the Classroom |
PAULA FLANDERS (Raleigh Montessori School) |
Abstract: Underlying trauma can be an invisible elephant in a classroom. By the age of 12, many adolescents have lived through brain-altering traumatic events, which impact their perception of people, places, and situations. Science tells us that our brain changes with each experience we face. From birth to adolescence children are absorbing everything in their environment. Children forced to deal with daily traumatic events such as abuse, neglect, and abandonment can present with problematic behaviors in the school setting. Behaviors related to underlying trauma can present as withdrawal, verbal aggression, physical aggression, anxiety, and disruptive outbursts. As behavior analysts, we need to discern whether these behaviors are related to underlying trauma, lack of parental guidance, or a disability. Making this determination will be necessary to develop a trusting and effective working relationship with the student. Identifying if behaviors are rooted in sadness, fear, or shame related to underlying traumatic events, allows adults to address the problem with a broader perspective and in a manner that will prevent escalation. Addressing students who are combative or reclusive requires tactical approaches created with all variables in mind, even when they are not observable and occurred in the past. |
|
Covert Mission: Identifying and Alleviating Trauma-Based Behaviors in College Students |
ALBEE MENDOZA (Wesley College) |
Abstract: In a survey by the Association for University and College Counseling Center Directors (2012), anxiety is the most reported concern among college students followed by depression and relationship problems. In a more recent study (2020), college students are reporting even more stress and anxiety due to COVID-19. This presentation is relevant as more and more college students experience poor mental health due to the pandemic and the measures to protect against the virus (i.e., shelter-in-place restrictions, online learning vs. in-person learning). Trauma may occur as loved ones are being impacted by COVID-19. College educators and counselors may be the first line responders to notice problem behaviors and recommend strategies for prevention and intervention. As such, this presentation will inform audience members of ways to identify problem behaviors, develop operational definitions, gather indirect and direct information, and collect data in higher education settings. This presentation has the potential impact of assisting college educators and counselors in having difficult conversations with students/clients and utilizing applied behavior analysis to identify and alleviate trauma-based behaviors. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Tool-Skills to Fluency: The Journey From the Skinner Box to the Operating Room |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Amy Murrell (Murrell Psychological Services ) |
CE Instructor: Amy Murrell, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: I. MARTIN LEVY (Montefiore) |
Abstract: Time and practice are necessary for an orthopaedic resident to master the technical skills required to perform musculoskeletal surgery. Learning those skills is challenged by time constraints from work hour regulations, time pressures on both surgeon-teachers and resident-learners, and the limited tool-skills brought to the program by junior residents. The classical (apprentice) learning models used now, especially those that teach technical skills, are procedure oriented, involve emulation and self-shaping (learning) of complex activities and extend over the duration of the residency. These models can be tedious, discouraging and result in slow progress. In contrast, learning methods that employ positive operant learning can be reliable, quick, and motivating.
Operant learning is based on the fact that a behavior is more likely to occur if it is reinforced. Reinforcers used to mark the achievement of a task include acoustic stimuli or judgment-free communication and have been successfully used in a variety of human endeavors. Reinforcement, deliberate practice, and repetition let the learner rapidly progress from cognitive awareness of a skill to fluency of performance. For the learner, repetition is tolerated because the process is motivating (not unlike video games). Key to the success of this method is that complex skills (in this case the tool-skills) are analyzed and broken up into simpler skills, or “tasks,” and when learned to fluency, can be linked back together to form the complex skill. The skill can then be performed in any environment with an expectation of success.
However, to accomplish this, learning platforms need to be available that: 1) emulate the tool-skill to be learned, 2) tolerate high repetition learning and failure and 3) are available at a cost that is not prohibitive. Increasingly, surgical skills education is moving to the laboratory where residents can practice on models, cadavers and/or simulators to better prepare them for their OR experience. Unfortunately, the models used are often complex, procedurally based, and expensive, making it difficult to achieve individual learning goals and allow for the degree of repetition and deliberate practice necessary to achieve fluency.
For a skill to be fluent it must be able to be executed at the speed required by the environment it is to be used in. To build a fluent, complex skill, fluent, component (foundation) skills must be built first. This means, teach the tool-skills before you teach the procedures. It was our goal to design an innovative and inexpensive modular teaching program that allowed for meaningful repetition to achieve fluency with critical orthopaedic tools. This meant we needed to design and validate creative and challenging learning platforms that allowed for: 1) detailed task analysis, 2) use of positive operant learning methodologies, 3) meaningful repetition because they were cost sensitive, and 4) could be tolerated by both the learner and teacher, ultimately resulting in fluent tool-skills acquired by the learner.
This presentation describes why we designed it, the design details, and how we assessed our results so that these methods could be used in a variety of teaching environments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the development of a task-driven operant learning program that teaches orthopaedic surgery residents foundational tool-skills to fluency. |
|
I. MARTIN LEVY (Montefiore) |
Dr. I. Martin Levy is a practicing orthopaedic surgeon specializing in Sports Medicine at Montefiore Medical Center where he is a Clinical Professor and Program Director in the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery. Along with treating patients, he has been teaching and conducting research in orthopaedic surgery for more than 35 years. While his earlier research focused on soft tissue biomechanics and injury epidemiology, more recently he has concentrated on optimizing the surgical skills of orthopaedic surgery residents. Using operant learning methodologies, he has created a surgical skills program for teaching the behaviors needed to use orthopaedic tools fluently. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Application of Behavior Analysis to Sports and Exercise |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mariah Mussetter (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Thomas L. Zane, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral principles explain all operant behavior, and sports and exercise has been studied within our science. Individual exercise routines, collegiate and professional sports performance, and enhancement of coaching effectiveness has been empirically studied within our science. The proposed symposium will further that research by providing theoretical as well as research-based presentations on this topic. The matching law, as applied to sports and exercise, will be described. A study investigating the effect of an intervention to increase recess play in the public schools will be described as well. Lastly, a component analysis of the TAGTeach form of instruction - as applied to teaching volleyball skills - will be presented. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): exercise, matching law, sports, TAGteach |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the relevance of the matching law to sports behavior;(2) give an example of the matching law explaining a specific sports performance; (3) explain the general procedures of the TAGTeach procedure; (4) explain the application of group contingencies to increasing group exercise. |
|
A Brief Review of the Application of Matching Law in Sports |
(Theory) |
KY CLIFTON KANAMAN (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The importance of sports in America is reiterated annually on the first Sunday of February when more viewers tune in for the Super Bowl than those who vote in our presidential election (Schlanger, 2015). Sports play an integral role in our society and for the past two decades behavior analysts have utilized the matching law to analyze this cultural phenomenon. The matching law has traditionally been applied as a quantitative analysis tool in the experimental analysis of behavior; however, applications of the generalized matching equation (GME) have been translated to athletic performance. GME has been utilized to predict various operant choices in sports (e.g., shot type or play type) at both the individual and team level. In addition to further demonstrating the relevance of applied behavioral science outside of the classroom or laboratory, this review provides a summary of the application and utility of the matching law in sports, discusses limitations of the current literature, and provides recommendations for future research. |
|
Comparing an Interdependent and Dependent Group Contingency to Increase Physical Activity in Students During Recess |
(Applied Research) |
MADELINE MARIE ASARO (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University) |
Abstract: Physical activity is defined as any body movement that requires energy expenditure. It has important physiological, mental health, academic, and cognitive benefits for children and youth. Despite these advantages, a large proportion of this population does not meet the minimum recommended amount of physical activity. Recent studies have shown that the interdependent group contingency (IGC) and dependent group contingency (DGC) improve physical activity; however, no comparison of the effects of these group contingencies on physical activity has been conducted. We used a multielement within a concurrent multiple baseline across classes design to compare the effectiveness of these group contingencies on the physical activity of two classes of Grade 5 students. Both group contingencies increased physical activity in both classes, with the IGC producing slightly higher overall levels of physical activity than the DGC at the class-wide and individual level of analyses. Side effect data suggested that reward delivery influenced the amount of positive and negative statements more so than the group contingency arrangement. Results are discussed within the context of treatment decisions and suggestions for future research. |
|
Efficacy of TAGteach® Interventions: Comparing the Effects of Verbal and Audible Feedback |
(Applied Research) |
MARIAH MUSSETTER (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Derek D. Reed (University of Kansas), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Robin Arnall (The Sage Colleges, The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Nova Southeastern University) |
Abstract: TAGteach® (based on principles of teaching with acoustical guidance) is an emerging behavioral coaching strategy that utilizes verbal instructions, visual models, and audible feedback to promote skill acquisition of a variety of skills (e.g., sports, activities of daily living, and occupational skills). Extending the findings of previous research, the current study compared the effects of audible feedback (inherent in TAGteach and verbal feedback on the skill acquisition of two volleyball skills. Five female adolescents participated in the study. Results indicated that, for all participants, implementation of TAGteach procedures (regardless of the topography of feedback), produced increases in task analysis steps performed correctly, and those increases maintained for up to two weeks. Results further indicate that performance inconsistently generalized to the natural setting (i.e., inclusion of a volleyball). Results are discussed in terms of crucial components of TAGteach and the analysis of efficient behavioral instruction. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Medical and Biological Complexity of Autism |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Doreen Granpeesheh (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
CE Instructor: Doreen Granpeesheh, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: RICHARD FRYE (Phoenix Children's Hospital) |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a behaviorally defined disorder. We are learning that ASD is associated with many medical co-occurring conditions such as sleep problems, gastrointestinal disorders, seizures, allergies, and anxiety, just to name a few. In addition, we are learning that there are underlying biological abnormalities with how the cells and body work. These medical and biological abnormalities may not only be related to ASD symptoms but, most importantly, may be impeding successful habilitation if they are not addressed. Thus, a multidisciplinary medical approach is necessary to evaluate and treat ASD in order to provide optimal outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Educational and behavior therapists. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize that many children with autism are medically complex with many closely associated medical conditions; (2) understand that medical conditional that may co-occur with autism influence the individual response to educational and behavioral treatment; (3) understand that biological abnormalities in the way in which the cells in the body work can affect the way in which individuals respond to educational and behavioral treatment; (4) recognize that a multidisciplinary medical approach to the evaluation and treatment of autism may be needed to provide optimal outcomes; (5) recognize that there are medical treatments may be needed to complement educational and behavior therapy. |
|
RICHARD FRYE (Phoenix Children's Hospital) |
 Dr. Richard Frye is a Child Neurologist with expertise in neurodevelopmental and neurometabolic disorders. He received an MD and Ph.D. in Physiology and Biophysics from Georgetown University and completed his Child Neurology Residency and Fellowship in Behavioral Neurology and Learning Disabilities at Harvard University/Children’s Hospital Boston. He has authored over 200 peer-reviewed publications and book chapters, and serves on several editorial boards. He has conducted several clinical trials demonstrating the efficacy of safe and novel treatments that target underlying physiological abnormalities in children with ASD. He is the Chief of Neurodevelopmental Disorders at the Barrow Neurological Institute at Phoenix Children’s Hospital. |
|
|
|
|
|
Operant Conditioning of a "Living Fossil" - Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Joseph J. Pear (University of Manitoba) |
CE Instructor: Joseph J. Pear, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium involves three presentations. All three presentations involve different aspects of the operant conditioning of lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) – a species whose operant behavior has not been studied. It is important to study the operant conditioning of this species for several reasons. Most importantly, this species evolved around 200 – 250 million years ago and has changed morphologically so little in the time it has existed that it has been it has been called a “living fossil”. Thus, studying the operant conditioning of this species could contribute to our knowledge of the evolution of operant conditioning. Also important is the fact that this species is considered threatened so that studying its operant conditioning could help develop procedures that promote its survival. The first presentation in this symposium demonstrates that food can be used as reinforcement to operantly condition lake sturgeons to swim to a particular location in an aquarium. The second presentation demonstrates that darkness can be used as a reinforcer to condition lake sturgeons to swim to a particular location in an aquarium, and also to maintain the learned behavior on fixed-ratio schedules. The third presentation examines the effects of varying amount of light reduction as reinforcement for this species. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Darkness Reinforcement, Food Reinforcement, Lake Sturgeon, Reinforcer Magnitude |
|
An Examination of Operant Behavior in Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) |
MUHAMMAD HAMZA SIDDIQUI (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: The aim of the study was to add to the literature surrounding operant behavior in lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens). Using spatial location as a cue, an experimentally naïve lake sturgeon was conditioned to enter a designated target area (TC) in order to obtain food as reinforcement. Food was delivered on a continuous reinforcement (CRF) schedule. The experiment consisted of three phases: (1) a baseline; (2) a discriminative stimulus baseline (DBL); and (3) CRF for food. The subject showed greater number of overall responses with the target area associated with food delivery (TC) than with the target associated with no
reinforcement delivery (TA). The results of this study provided evidence that supports previous findings which show that operant learning can be observed in fish. Furthermore, the results provide evidence to the hypothesis that food serves as a reinforcer for lake sturgeons. |
|
Fixed-Ratio Behaviour of Lake Sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens): Darkness as a Reinforcer |
BRITTANY LOUISE COOK (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: In an experimental tank (ET), two experimentally naïve lake sturgeons (Acipenser fulvescens) were operantly conditioned to enter one of four target areas where they received an auditory response-feedback stimulus (RFS) in the form of a click sound and – according to the prevailing FR schedule – 10 seconds of darkness. A multiple-baseline-across-subject’s design was used. Visual observation and a video-tracking system (VTS) monitored the number of responses emitted on each of the four target areas. The target areas were in the corners of the ET and had to be entered by the subject to constitute a response. The experiment involved the following phases: (1) no-feedback baseline (NFB); (2) discriminative stimulus baseline (DSB); (3) response-feedback baseline (RFSB); and (4) fixed-ratio (FR n). The data indicated a preference for the target area that produced darkness, which implies that darkness is a reinforcer for this species. This preference was indicated by a greater number of target area responses for the target area whose entry into produced darkness, and greater activity in and around that area relative to baseline phases. Furthermore, when the n of the FR n was increased the rate of responding also increased. |
|
Operant Conditioning of Lake Sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens): Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude |
SPENSER MARTIN (University of Manitoba) |
Abstract: One experimentally naïve lake sturgeon (Acipenser fulvescens) was placed in a tank exposed to bright lights. Using a multi treatment reversal design (ABCBD), I turned the lights off in phase C (Lights Out Reinforcement) and dimmed the lights in phase D (Dimmed Light Reinforcement) as reinforcement when the sturgeon entered a specific corner of the tank. I measured the percent of corner entries in the reinforcing corner and compared the phases using Nonoverlap of All Pairs. I found significant comparisons between the No Feedback Baseline and Dimmed Light Reinforcement phases, t = .814, p = .004, the No Feedback Baseline and Lights Out Reinforcement phases, t = .914, p = .001, and the Dimmed Light Reinforcement and Lights Out Reinforcement phases, t = .680, p = .076, with 90% CIs [.405, 1], [.505, 1], [.050, 1], respectively. Thus, the percent of entries into the reinforcing corner increased as light intensity decreased. Researchers can use this study as a basis for future studies of reinforcer magnitude. The experiment ended prematurely due to COVID-19 regulations. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Struggle Doesn't Have to be Real: Establishing and Maintaining Training Initiatives Within Autism Service Providers |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Layla Sump, Ph.D. |
Chair: Layla Sump (DAXTA) |
HOLLY L. STEINKAMP (Kadiant) |
THERESA SAIZ (Kadiant) |
KARLA SAUCEDO (Kadiant) |
Abstract: Effective training is crucial to ensure that professionals know how to execute their jobs and, consequently, to increase the quality of services within a professional organization. Training topics within an autism service provider organization are typically related to clinical, compliance, operations and professionalism and are necessary to be completed across job functions (e.g., clinical staff, human resources staff, etc.) during initial onboarding and ongoing training. Depending on the size, clinical model, and available resources within an organization, training needs may differ. That said, independently of these variables, every organization has a need to build and maintain training systems to: (a) ensure that training content is identified, (b) determine the training audience across function areas, (c) produce high quality training content, (d) implement training using best practices, (e) re-train staff when needed, and (f) verify training completion. The panelists will discuss topics related to establishing and maintaining training initiatives within small, medium, and large organizations, including themes related to training infrastructure needed and integration of companies within a larger organization. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: (1) identify training needs within an organization, (2) identify training infrastructure used to establish and maintain training systems, and (3) identify best practices for training delivery. |
Keyword(s): OBM, Training |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Scope of Competence in Acceptance and Commitment Training Among Behavior Analysts |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ehren J Werntz (Arizona Autism United) |
Discussant: Morgan Brown-Chipley (Arizona Autism United) |
CE Instructor: Ehren J Werntz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The application of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) within conventional applied behavior analysis (ABA) is a topic that is receiving increased interest, attention and research. As ABA proliferates and the practice is applied to more diverse populations outside of young children and intellectual/developmental disabilities there is a commensurate need for a behavior analytic approach to address complex human behavior and the private contingencies of which they are a function. ACT appears to be the most popular among Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) likely because it is derived from behavioral principles, comports with seven dimensions of ABA and can be aligned with several sections of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s 5th edition task list. Despite these technical compatibilities, there remains well-founded hesitation among BCBAs regarding individual scope of practice and more importantly, scope of competence. This symposium includes two presentations that will review the state of ACT within applied behavior analysis, propose a framework for clinical training and competence, and will conclude with discussion. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, competence scope, practice scope |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts with a basic familiarity with Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will be able to give examples of ACT currently being used in applied behavior analytic contexts 2. Participants will be able to describe a path for BCBAs to increase competence in ACT 3. Participants will be able to describe methods for training skills consistent with the application ACT |
|
Is Scope of Competence Equally or More Important Than Scope of Practice When Implementing ACT in Behavior Analysis? |
ERIN ELIZABETH BERTOLI (Brett DiNovi & Associates) |
Abstract: With the expansion of behavior analysis across more diverse populations, it has become increasingly important to address private events when direct contingency management alone is ineffective. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) provides behavior analysts with the tools to do just that, and has been demonstrated across various populations including parents of children with autism, within organizations, as part of staff training and wellness, and with children and adolescents with behavioral and mental health disorders. It has been repeatedly demonstrated that ACT is within the scope of practice of behavior analysis. However, in practice behavior analysts are challenged with evaluating whether this application of the science is within their scope of competence. Without clear training requirements, credentialing or certifications, many behavior analysts face ethical barriers regarding the integration of ACT into their clinical practice. This presentation will briefly review the applications of ACT in applied behavior analysis, specify the importance of developing competence, and review the research that has evaluated competency-based training on ACT. |
|
A Proposed Framework for Competency-Based ACT Training for Behavior Analysts |
EHREN J WERNTZ (Arizona Autism United) |
Abstract: With the increasing support for Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) being included in the scope of practice for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA), the question of training and individual scope of competence is naturally raised. Currently, there are innumerable ACT workshops, webinars and bootcamps available to behavior analysts as well as a few published articles focused on clinical training but little to nothing that emphasizes behavioral skills training and assesses skill acquisition via publicly observable and measurable, clinician behavior. This presentation offers guidance within a broader framework for establishing competency consistent with the Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s (2020) Recommendations for Respecializing in a New Practice Area and LeBlanc, Heineke and Baker’s (2012) recommendations for expanding the consumer base as well as methods for behavioral skills training and measurement. This presentation is intended to advance the conversation with respect to ACT training and competence among behavior analysts such that it keeps pace with the support for ACT in the scope of applied behavior analytic practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging Conceptual Underpinnings for Culturo-Behavior Science |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Mark A. Mattaini (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility) |
Discussant: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
CE Instructor: Ruth Anne Rehfeldt, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In elaborating a natural science capable of exploring social behavior and large-scale cultural structures and processes, Skinner (1953) defined culture “as the contingencies of social reinforcement maintained by a group.” Over several decades, Skinner and others expanded on this work. Glenn (1986, 2004) offered, and in collaboration with others subsequently refined the heuristic of the metacontingency for understanding the dynamics of collective behavior. This construct proved particularly helpful in organizational and similar settings in which desired outcomes were relatively specific, and steps required to achieve those outcomes relatively constrained. Contemporary culturo-behavior scientists, however, are gaining the capacity and carry the obligation to contribute to addressing critical social and environmental challenges. Explorations of possible integrations of emergent or revised scientific models have become essential. Included in this symposium are sometimes contrasting examples of such frameworks (e.g., ecosystemic, evolutionary, systems analytic, or return to behavior-centered interventions); discussion of commonalities and distinctions among them; and potential contributions of these perspectives to a transdisciplinary culturo-behavior science powerful enough to contribute to “conditions under which human beings will show the productivity, the creativity, and the strength inherent in their genetic endowment and which are essential to the survival of the species” (Skinner, 1975). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Culturo-Behavior Science |
Target Audience: Master's level students, BCBAs, other behavioral professionals with graduate degrees. |
Learning Objectives: 1) identify the steps of an iterative ecosystems approach for observing, modeling and testing cultural processes; 2) state the contributions of adopting a systems analytic framework in culturo-behavior science and criticisms thereof 3) understand how behavior analysis can contribute to promote changes at social/cultural level by proposing behavior-centered interventions 4) understand how positive feedback dynamics contribute to self-organization in culture-behavioral systems 5) identify the culturant hypercycle as one potential process through which cultural selection occurs |
|
Ecosystemic Cultural Systems Modeling |
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-University of Illinois at Chicago; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: In his efforts to elaborate a natural science capable of exploring social behavior and large-scale cultural processes, Skinner (1953) defined a culture “as the contingencies of social reinforcement maintained by a group.” Over several decades, Skinner and others expanded on this work. Glenn (1986, 2004) with collaborators, outlined and refined an approach for understanding the dynamics of selection at the cultural level, grounded in the heuristic of the metacontingency. The approach has been demonstrably useful in many settings, primarily for achieving specific desired outcomes within tightly constrained environmental contexts. As contemporary culturo-behavior scientists intensified attention to critical social and environmental challenges, however, cultural analytic models drawing on a broader scope of systemic variables within accessible models (Bates, 1950; Wolfram, 2002), have proven essential. In this presentation, the authors outline principles for modeling complex cultural and collective behavior, using an iterative, ecosystemic approach grounded in observation, conceptualization, and testing (Bates). Adequate ecosystemic models draw extensively on systems science (e.g., Mobus & Kalton, 2015), while remaining securely grounded in interlocking contingencies, equivalence relations, and other forms of relational responding as foci for intervention. An analysis of some of the dynamics of police-community relations will be presented as an example (Mattaini & Rehfeldt, 2020). |
|
Back to Basics: For Big Changes, We Need to Rely on Behavioral-Level Interventions |
DIEGO ZILIO (Federal University of Espirito Santo) |
Abstract: Starting with the distinction between context of understanding and context of intervention, I will argue that culturo-behavior science has flaws in both contexts. The context of understanding relates to the different domains relevant in the process of understanding (and explaining) social/cultural phenomena. Instead of aiming for an interdisciplinary approach, behavior analysis seems to try to “become” part of the other domains. For instance, instead of dialoguing with anthropological theories, behavior analysis tries to become an anthropological theory itself. The context of intervention, by its turn, relates to the strategies for changing social/cultural practices. The effort to become part of other domains can neglect well established facts about behavior selection in favor of pursuing explanations at other levels. I will argue here that behavior analysis should instead pursue an interdisciplinary approach in the context of understanding and a behavioral-level approach in the context of intervention (i.e., interventions should rely on what we know about the behavior of organisms and not what we allegedly know about cultural selection). I will discuss the advantages of this alternative by using examples from the theory of social networks and complex contagion along with examples from behavior analysis itself. |
|
Modeling Cultural Selection: Networking Evolutionary Organisms to Demonstrate the Emergence of Culturant Hypercycles |
JONATHAN KRISPIN (Valdosta State University) |
Abstract: There has been rapid development in some areas of Culturo-Behavioral Science, namely in research on the metacontingency, but there are many other areas where empirical research is needed. One such area is in the realm of cultural selection. Couto and Sandaker (2016) proposed a new perspective on this third level of selection, defining two new selection process – selection of cultures and cultural-selection. Krispin (2017; 2019) described a specific process through which these new selection process might be realized via the self-organization of culturant hypercycles. This presentation will propose a potential methodology for studying the emergence of culturant (and operant) hypercycles, built upon the Evolutionary Algorithm, a computer simulation of reinforcement learning (see McDowell, 2004; 2013). By networking interactions between simulated Evolutionary Organisms, we may be able to observe the emergence of operant and culturant hypercycles, and develop methods for modeling and studying them. Operant and culturant hypercycles may be identified using information entropy as a measurement of the extent of a system’s organization. By comparing the entropy of the emergent system with the entropy of its surroundings, we should be able to clearly distinguish these hypercycles. |
|
Building a Systems Analytic Framework in Teaching, Research, and Practice in Culturo-Behavior Science |
TRACI M. CIHON (University of North Texas; Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Culturo-Behavior Science (CBS), a recently formalized specialization in behavior analysis, brings together principles and techniques from Behavior Analysis, Behavioral Systems Analysis, Cultural Selection/Analysis, and Cultural Systems Analysis in order to understand how cultural phenomena develop and change over time. Culturo-behavior scientists are united by the philosophy of radical behaviorism and by their commitment to the application of the natural science of behavior to advance our understanding of behavior in its social and cultural environments. However, often debated among culturo-behavior scientists is both the extent to which a systems analytic framework should be adopted in CBS, and the role that basic laboratory preparations play in enhancing our understanding of cultural phenomena. With much still to discover about how behavior science can contribute to solving some of the world’s most pressing problems, the goal of this presentation will be to describe strategies for incorporating the diversity of thought embodied in CBS into teaching, research, and practice in CBS. |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethics Under the Umbrella: Sexual Behavior Considerations for Client Intervention and Beyond |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Worner Leland (Upswing Advocates) |
CE Instructor: Ran (Miranda) Courant-Morgan, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Sexual behavior is a complex and wide-reaching topic. And though sexual stimulation is considered to be a primary reinforcer for most, there is frequently shame and stigma associated with sexual behavior, leaving it under-discussed within our field. This symposium examines an array of ethical considerations pertaining to sexual behavior, from direct client interventions and supports around assent and noncompliance, to scholarship and theory on sex and risk, to legal considerations in sex education and censorship, to dissemination of behavior analytic analysis as it benefits pleasure-based sex education at large. Presenters will discuss resulting data and their implications as applicable, and will discuss recommendations for future research, instruction, and applied projects. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ethics, sex education, sexual behavior, sexuality |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify resources for gaining scientific knowledge regarding sexual behavior from within and outside of the field of behavior analysis, (2) identify ways to reduce legal risk when addressing sexual behaviors, (3) identify ways to apply behavior analytic interventions to at least two populations. |
|
What is Sexual Behavior Anyway?A Biopsychosocial Account of Conceptualizing Sex and Risk |
WORNER LELAND (Upswing Advocates) |
Abstract: Because of the complexity of potential sexual repertoires and beliefs about sex at both the ontogenic and cultural level, it can be difficult to tact what “counts” as sexual behavior. Additionally, multiple factors impact the labeling of sexual behavior as “high risk.” Relational Frame Theory (RFT) provides an account of language as operant behavior (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes, & Roche, 2001). This presentation will examine different possible response classes and consequences which may be labeled as “sex” and which may be described as “risky” and will examine both derived beliefs and transfer of stimulus function when considering potentially risky sexual behavior. Relying on scientific knowledge both within and outside the field (BACB, 2019, 1.01), sex and risk will be examined as a biopsychosocial phenomenon, and the acquisition of these labels will comparably be examined through a contextual examination of selectionism at the phylogenic, ontogenetic, and cultural levels (Skinner, 1953). Harm reduction modalities will be considered as the impact of this language is examined. |
|
Censorship, the Right to Effective Treatment, and Avoiding Legal Risk |
ALEXANDRA ZHESTKOVA (Moscow Centre of Pedagogy and Psychology) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts must conform to the legal and ethical codes of their social and professional communities, and must resolve any conflict in their ethical obligations and legal obligations in accordance with the law (BACB, 2019, 1.04 d & e). When considering the law regarding sexuality and sexual behavior education, behavior analysts must be especially mindful of potential conflicts between the ethical code and the law. While behavior analysts must advocate for the most effective interventions - keeping in mind cultural differences, resources and practices - legal considerations must not be forgotten. While most countries have direct laws regarding censorship and/or sexuality, the writing of these laws often leave room for loopholes or ambiguity. One must often look to legal precedent to examine actual consequence of the law in addition to the law’s written intention. This presentation will provide examples of sexual behavior related treatments that can result in legal proceedings in different countries, highlighting legal ambiguity regarding sexual education and, finally, will offer some steps that could be taken to avoid or minimize risk of legal proceedings while pursuing ethical and effective intervention. |
|
The Use of Preference Assessments in the Selection of Sex Toys in Adult Retail Environments |
LANDA L. FOX (Positive Connections) |
Abstract: The utility of preference assessments in the discovery of powerful reinforcers is a vitally important technology within the field of applied behavior analysis. While preference assessments have been researched and used extensively in the area of developmental disabilities and autism their application outside of this area is more limited (e.g., Organizational Behavior Management; Applied Animal Behavior). As ethical dissemination of our science to novel environments is of value (BACB, 2019, 6.02), this presentation will explore the potential for the use of preference assessments (free operant, paired-stimulus, multiple stimulus without replacement) in adult retail stores. We will review important considerations in the application of preference assessments in adult retail stores. Considerations include: determining the type or types of preference assessment that are most appropriate; the ethics of implementation of an assessment in this environment;
barriers and ethics related to effectively identifying potential reinforcers when the items in arrays cannot be directly experienced; and the potential temporal stability or instability of preferences with reference to knowledge about shifting preferences in sexual stimulation across time. Effectively assisting customers in an adult retail store in the selection of sex toys/pleasure products that will ostensibly serve as a reinforcer after purchase is a novel application of this technology. |
|
When Should or Shouldn’t an Individual be Compliant to an Instruction? |
ROBIN MOYHER (George Mason University) |
Abstract: Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Delays (IDD) are victims, with alarmingly high rates, of sexual abuse and/or harassment (Sobsey & Varnhagen, 1989; Tyiska (1998). Compliance to instructions given to them from others, especially those in a position of authority, is often taught to individuals with IDD as part of their IEPs and home programming. However when considering our ethical obligation to our clients (BACB, 2019, 2.02, 2.05a) it is crucial to consider the
benefit of direct noncompliance instruction, such in the case of a sexual harassment lure or sexual abuse lure. Presenting statistically significant data from a sexual harassment in the employment intervention to young adults with IDD (29
single subjects), the research will share data that demonstrates individuals are more likely to comply with instructions when presented from a person of authority versus a person of no authority. Data from this research study also shows that this population can be taught to recognize a sexual harassment lure, to respond appropriately, and report it accurately (Moyher, manuscript in progress). In the time of #metoo, it’s crucial to bring this topic to the IDD population. Instead of citing statistics of abuse that do not change decade after decade (Casteel, Martin, Smith, Gurka, and Kupper; 2008), this presentation will specifically discuss ways of teaching prevention skills to this population. |
|
|
|
|
|
In Defense of Applied Behavior Analysis in the Treatment of Autism Spectrum Disorder: Don’t Throw the Baby Out With the Bath Water |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Mary Jane Weiss, Ph.D. |
Chair: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
JULIE FITZPATRICK (Parent) |
COLE FITZPATRICK (Received ABA Services) |
AMY GRAVINO (A.S.C.O.T Consulting) |
PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School) |
RONALD LEAF (Autism Partnership) |
JUDITH URSITTI (Autism Speaks) |
TAYLOR ROBB (PENDING) |
Abstract: The philosophy and associated methodologies of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been applied across several contexts and populations including, but not limited to, addiction (e.g., Silverman et al., 2008), autism (e.g., Leaf et al., 2017), education (e.g., Keller, 1968), gerontology (e.g., Dwyer-Moore & Dixon, 2007), healthcare (e.g., Friman et al., 1986), human safety (e.g., Geller, 2005), intellectual disabilities (e.g., Passage et al., 2012), juvenile delinquency (e.g., Serna et al., 1986), space (e.g., Brady, 2007), sports (e.g., Luiselli & Reed, 2011), and sustainability (e.g., Bekker et al., 2010). In each of the contexts and populations with which ABA philosophy and methodologies have been applied, improvements have been observed. This is perhaps best exemplified with respect to ABA-based interventions designed for autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). This is not to say that the application of methodologies based upon ABA has been without its faults. However, despite its faults, there have been countless success. The faults and the success should be discussed within the profession. The purpose of this panel is to highlight the many successes of ABA as it relates to interventions designed for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD while still acknowledging its faults and the need for improvement. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
Passport Pedagogy: Excellence in Applied Behavior Analysis from China and Italy |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Discussant: Jeremy H. Greenberg (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
CE Instructor: Jeremy H. Greenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This collection of applied and descriptive research studies push our science in China and Italy. The first paper titled All For One And One For All used behavioral observation techniques to determine socially valid performance criterion for attending behaviors in typically developing students during group instruction. The second paper used functional behavior assessment and a conditioning procedure to replace stereotype with toy with a student having autism in an international primary school. The third paper outlines current dimensions of applied behavior analysis research in China. The fourth paper tested the effects of a different intensity CABAS®-based intervention packages using an alternating (ABACA) treatment design for 9 children diagnosed with Autism, aged 2 to 6 years old in Italy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aba, autism, china, school |
Target Audience: Designed for Supervisors, Directors, and Administrators |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will understand conditioning reinforcement to replace stereotypy as an effective tactic for students with autism. 2. Participants will be able to name some reference in our field from China. 3. Participants will have an understanding of a CABAS systems approach to a school in Italy. |
|
All For One And One For All: Establishing Social Validity Measures for Inclusion |
(Applied Research) |
HIU CHING CHEUNG (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Abstract: Inclusion of students with special education needs (SEN) and especially autism spectrum disorder (ASD) into general education curricula is a challenging practice. In recent years, the practice of inclusion has been expanding within the international school community. Outside of the United States, the process of inclusion is developing rapidly due to an ever increasing demand mostly. The demand is fuelled by families and is compounded by the scarcity of international schools with developed programs and inclusive classrooms. Applied Behavior Analysis provides strategies and tactics that support educators and those responsible for inclusion of students SEN and ASD. The purpose of the present study was to use behavioral observation techniques to determine socially valid performance criterion for attending behaviors in typically developing students during group instruction. Direct observations occurred in situ using partial interval recording procedures across typical students across primary grades one through eight, inclusive. Data were collected under two types of conditions, lecture style instruction, and independent desk work for boys and girls across all grades. Results add to our evidence-based criterion that are used to determine the level of services needed, if any, to support our students in the general education setting. |
|
Using Functional Behavior Assessment and Conditioning Procedures to Replace Stereotypy in an International School Student With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
JAMIE SO (The Children's Institute of Hong Kong) |
Abstract: The present study used functional behavior assessment and a treatment package including conditioning of toy play with a student with autism in an international primary school. The functional behavior assessment confirmed that the behaviors were being maintained through automatic reinforcement. The procedure was a partial replication from research conducted with adults and preschool students. Our student was 11 years old and had a long history of stereotypy behaviors and a limited community of reinforcers. This study tested for the external validity of the treatment package. |
|
Current Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis in China: A Critical Review of Research |
(Basic Research) |
WEIHE HUANG (Creating Behavioral + Educational Momentum) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysis (ABA) was introduced into Mainland China at the beginning of the 21st century as a direct result of the rise of autism spectrum disorder. The following decades can roughly be divided into two phases in terms of the development of ABA in China. Phase one was the time period with a focus on dissemination of ABA practice in China and it lasted from 2000 to 2009. In phase two, which lasted from 2010 to the current date, initial research on ABA emerged in China while dissemination of ABA practice continued and accelerated. The objective of this presentation is to critically evaluate ABA studies conducted by Chinese researchers. For this purpose, the author conducted a systematic search for literature on ABA published by Chinese scholars. In this presentation, the author will use seven ABA dimensions (Baer, Wolf, & Risley, 1968) to measure the quality of the ABA literature and present results from quantitative analysis and qualitative evaluation of empirical studies published by Chinese ABA researchers. The author will also attempt to explain the unique feature of ABA research published by Chinese scholars by analyzing relevant cultural contingencies. Based on these descriptions and analyses, the author will make recommendations for the future development of ABA research in China. |
|
Comparing the Effects of Different ABA Interventions for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder During a Pandemic |
(Service Delivery) |
FABIOLA CASARINI (Scuola delle Stelle) |
Abstract: We tested the effects of a different intensity CABAS®-based intervention packages using an alternating (ABACA) treatment design for 9 children diagnosed with Autism, aged 2 to 6 years old. The study was conducted in a learning and research centre in Italy prior and during the COVID-19 Pandemic, and is still ongoing. The obligation to stop the CABAS® intervention created an opportunity to change the treatment frequency while keeping the treatment integrity for all participants, and provide the experimenters with an opportunity to collect data and compare them on the optimal treatment intensity. Condition A constituted high educational intensity where each participant received 1:1 intervention for 12 hours a week, while Condition B constituted 1:1 intervention for 3 hours a week (during the first lockdown), and during Condition C, intervention was delivered for 6 hours a week (during the second lockdown).The dependent variables in the study were the changes in participant’s ADOS-2 and CARS-2 scores prior and after each treatment change, and participants number of Learn Units to Criterion rate. The early results showed a significant difference between before and after the low-frequency package was implemented, for the total scores and each sub-test of both instruments. So far, results suggest that normative tests, together with individual graphs’analysis, can help differentiate between treatment effectiveness and efficiency for each child. Further research is needed in order to make more generalized conclusions into the optimal intensity of intervention, especially in countries, such as Italy, where children with Autism can’t attend special schools or have insurance-covered intensive treatments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Leading Through Crisis: Coming Together and Coming Out Strong |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
11:30 AM–11:55 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Maria Sasaki Solis (The Reilly Behavioral Group, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Maria Sasaki Solis, Other |
|
Leading Through Crisis: Coming Together and Coming Out Strong |
Domain: Service Delivery |
MARIA SASAKI SOLIS (The Reilly Behavioral Group, LLC) |
|
Abstract: The year 2020 thrust applied behavior analysis into an uncharted intersection of clinical practice, public health, and sociopolitical evolution. On March 11, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 a pandemic. Two days later, COVID-19 was declared a U.S. national emergency. Already vulnerable individuals served by the behavior analytic community found their worlds turned upside down and inside out, routines violently disrupted, and many were suddenly cut off from essential behavioral health treatment. Practitioners were furloughed, laid off, or altogether let go. Many others chose unemployment, terrified of contracting COVID-19. On May 25, a nation already gripped by health and economic fear and uncertainty exploded in protest, sparked by the death of George Floyd. Unified like never before, our nation demanded reformation of the inequity and fundamental flaws in the criminal justice system and in our society as a whole. Using a behavioral systems approach guided by the Stockdale Paradox (Collins, 2001), cognitive-diversity hypothesis (Miller, Burke, & Glick, 1998), and simple notion of kindness, a small, privately owned agency utilized professional networks, local and state resources, and sheer determination to persevere, pivot, and redefine its commitment to its clients, staff, and our science. |
|
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills/competencies: behavior systems; business strategy; corporate culture; diversity in the workplace; ethics; leadership/management; supervision. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state at least 3 different activities likely to foster diversity, cultural humility, and/or social justice in their workplace; (2) identify at least 2 non-monetary variables in a cost-benefit analysis of organizational health during a crisis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why are Teachers Doing This: Assessing Social Validity and Instructional Challenges |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Theodore A. Hoch (George Mason University) |
CE Instructor: Dorothy Xuan Zhang, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The separation between educational research and practice has been gaining a lot of interest in the field. To bridge these two areas requires collaboration between both parties (Vanderlinde & Braak, 2010), shared experiences (Montgomery & Smith, 2015), and intensified contacts in the process of the research (Huberman, 1990). In the field of special education, the need for highly qualified educators, teacher attrition, and workplaces/institution play the key roles to improve the transfer of knowledge for the education communities (McLeskey & Billingsley, 2012). Education researchers must carefully consider the challenges that teachers may encounter in their daily work so that the research questions and interests can go beyond the basic science and theoretical debates. Social validity leads researchers to consider the needs of practitioners while the follow-up application research facilitates the delivery of evidence-based practices. In this symposium, we will explore how researchers explore the social validity in the cultural context of the practitioners and clients while teachers’ dilemmas are embedded in research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): China ABA, Data Collection, Perspective Taking, Social Validity |
Target Audience: professionals with teaching experience in social skills and experience with data collection will benefit from attending this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: 1. State the key dilemmas that teachers may be facing 2. Connect the applied research (perspective-taking and data collection) with teaching practice 3. Identify ways to assess social validity during research and practice |
|
Assessing Social Validity in the Context of Culture |
DOROTHY XUAN ZHANG (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; George Mason University; ABA Professional Committee of China Association of Rehabilitation of Disabled Persons (ABA-CARDP) |
Abstract: Social validity reflects the social significance of a behavioral investigation, which is a unique and vital component of a behavior intervention and research (Kazdin, 1977). It is essential for the survival of behavior analysis as a field and it connects closely with ethics (Baer & Schwartz, 1991). Wolf (1978) states that social validity reveals the social significance of treatment goals, acceptability of the treatment procedure, and outcomes of the treatment, which are often times, opinion based. Researchers and practitioners have provided recommendations about how to assess social validity (Carter, 2019), but how does this process look like in a specific cultural context such as autism treatment in China, where culture variables may influence consumer’s opinion regarding the social validity domains differently than other cultures? Based on the strategies suggested by Carter (2019) regarding assessing social validity, this presentation bring forward the challenges of assessing social validity domain with specific examples as well as recommendations for assessing the social validity of intervention in a given cultural context. |
|
Nature is the Best: Teaching Virtual Perspective-Taking |
FAN YU LIN (ALSOLIFE), Bijun Wang (ALSOLIFE) |
Abstract: Visual perspective taking is the ability to discriminate whether one can see an object. A prerequisite of visual perspective taking is to identify the object another person is seeing. Conventionally, visual perspective taking task may start with use of cards (e.g., present a card of a person who gazes toward different directions), followed by generalizing to real persons in natural environments. This study included three different visual perspective taking tasks: cards, real person, real person in natural context. Six children with ASD between age of 3.5 and 9 participated in this study. The initial probe revealed most children, though not having achieved the mastery level, had relatively better performance with real human. When further conducting the training, the results showed that children quickly learned to track visual perspective from a real person, either in a lab or a natural setting. While acquisition of visual perspective taking with real person helped generalization to natural context, it did not affect the task with cards. In addition, operation of cards presented a great challenge on three of six children. This finding may stimulate practitioners and researchers to rethink the sequence and the use of cards in teaching visual perspective taking. |
|
Let It Be Three: Comparing All- and Three-Trial Data Collection Method |
BIJUN WANG (ALSOLIFE), Fan Yu Lin (ALSOLIFE) |
Abstract: When making a decision about child progress, teachers who provide discrete trial teaching struggle with finding a proper balance between continuous recording (e.g., taking all trials data) and discontinuous recording (e.g., taking the first few trials data). Continuous data collection method provides comprehensive information, which leads to proper decision, yet it could be labor-intensive and potentially interrupt the natural flow of teacher-child interaction. Discontinuous data collection method allows the teachers to devote to instruction, yet it may lead to inadequate reference for student performance. Previous studies have examined the effects on child progress toward mastery and maintenance, which yields rather mixed results. This study reviewed the existing data across four children with ASD, eight different tasks, 174 sessions, and over 2000 trials. Given the mastery criterion of “80% accuracy for two consecutive days”, the results revealed a moderate match between all- and three-trial data collection method. It suggests the potential of using discontinuous data collection method. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations and Outcomes: Exploring Real-World Application and Evaluation of ABA Services via Telehealth |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners) |
CE Instructor: Kristine Rodriguez, M.A. |
Abstract: The COVID-19 global pandemic of 2020 and the ensuing emergency guidelines had potential to limit the delivery of essential ABA-based Autism services. While literature outside of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) has demonstrated efficacy of remote, video-conference modality for medical care, (i.e. telehealth or telepractice), replicable models of ABA-based telehealth were limited in ABA literature prior to 2020. In response to the public health crisis, a protocol modification assessment (PMA) and treatment selection matrix for modifying ABA programs for direct telehealth was developed and published in an emergency issue of Behavior Analysis in Practice (Rodriguez, 2020). The first panelist will present a model for training and implementation of the PMA in a multi-site provider organization, including confidence self-assessment results from the participating behavior analysts; the second panelist will present client outcomes in the form of pre- and post-implementation assessment change scores. A third panelist will share an innovative applied research approach to modification of a well-known curriculum (PEAK), in which the materials were transformed into an interactive video game that allowed for remote, highly engaging implementation. The panelists will offer guidance for future implementation and evaluation. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): applied research, client outcomes, PEAK, telehealth |
Target Audience: Participants should be familiar with the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB(R) 2014, including considerations for competence to practice and efficacy of services); a review of literature related to telehealth service delivery (e.g. Ferguson et al., 2019); and PEAK Curriculum (Dixon, 2008) and its applications (Belisle, 2018) will offer participants context for engagement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants should be able to: 1. Identify skills that improve a client's readiness for various modalities of telehealth ABA 2. Evaluate clinical outcomes of their clients using available assessment data 3. Modify programs and teaching resources to improve engagement and outcomes |
|
A Model for Training Behavior Analysts in Program Modification for Telehealth |
(Service Delivery) |
JO ANNA MAZZACANE (Autism Learning Partners) |
Abstract: Regional restrictions and emergency mandates related to the Covid-19 pandemic resulted in a necessary shift in delivery of essential ABA services, requiring a methodology for evaluating appropriateness of a rapid shift to telehealth for existing programs. Using the Program Modification Assessment (PMA) and treatment selection matrix for telehealth services (Rodriguez, 2020), a multi-site provider organization provided training, coaching, and resources for behavior analysts (BAs). BAs first evaluated the abilities and needs of the client, coupled with those of the caregiver, to determine the magnitude of modifications necessary to ethically transition to telehealth. Clients were designated as candidates for direct (1:1) telehealth, telehealth supervision, or a traditional (in-person) model. This presenter will review the training topics offered, the coaching model used (including live, remote Behavioral Skills Training and in-office case review), and the interactive resources provided to aid BAs in the transition. The presenter will additionally share survey data indicating a rapid and dramatic improvement in self-assessment of BA competence in delivering telehealth services. |
|
Evaluating Client Outcomes Across Treatment Modalities: Telehealth vs. Traditional In-home Models of ABA |
(Service Delivery) |
ALLYSON MARIE KRONEBERGER (Children's Learning Connection; Autism Learning Partners) |
Abstract: In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, roughly 1400 clients were transitioned to telehealth ABA services across 50+ regions of a multi-site provider organization. Many clients’ services were shifted within 1-2 weeks of the emergency orders; some were transitioned within days. While the modality of treatment offered clear benefits (i.e. continuity of care; provisioning of essential services without the risk of viral transmission), telehealth ABA has not been evaluated widely. Questions of efficacy are central to ethical compliance and provision of evidence-based, medically necessary treatment; therefore, clinical outcomes are urgently needed in order to determine whether funders will continue to adopt telehealth once the pandemic ends. This presenter will show an initial view of aggregated outcomes data, using pre- and post-assessment assessment change scores. The Vineland 3 is the primary measure of clinical outcomes in this presentation; the author will make recommendations for complementary measures to be used in future analysis. |
|
Automating and Gamifying PEAK Programming and Delivery Through Telehealth |
(Applied Research) |
LINDSEY AUDREY MARIE DENNIS (Missouri State University), Leah Clarke (Pender Public School), raymond burke (Apex Regional Program), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: School closures due to COVID-19 presented enormous challenges to staff and students as well as opportunities to innovate and automate behavior analytic technologies. As part of a large-scale collaboration, we developed and transported technologies used to automate discrete trial training with children with autism for remote delivery. First, we discuss the development and initial testing of an automated learning game similar to Whack-a-Mole that we used to augment existing PEAK programming. Results suggest that this strategy was successful in teaching new language and cognitive skills. Second, we will discuss how this technology was transferred to an online format leveraging interlocking social contingencies between the direct therapist and the learner. Successful results retained in this new format. Finally, we adapted the telehealth strategy to chain life skills using the PEAK Life curriculum and these strategies were combined within a Premack strategy with two learners with autism. Both showed mastery of the target vocational skills in this remote delivery format. |
|
|
|
|
|
Reassessing ABA Practice and Acceptance During COVID-19: Where Does Your Organization Stand? |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Noor Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Sara Gershfeld Litvak, M.S. |
Abstract: The sudden emergence and ongoing uncertainty of COVID-19 led many behavioral health organizations to reassess how they deliver applied behavior analysis (ABA) services as well as the skills that employees need to effectively execute their job functions. This reassessment for how services would be delivered resulted in ABA sessions during the COVID-19 pandemic that looked significantly different than ABA sessions delivered pre-COVID-19. In this symposium, we will share the results of three studies that measured the impact of COVID-19 on the delivery of ABA services. The first presenter will discuss the importance of compassion and empathy as a soft skill for behavior analysts, and how those skills can be taught using Behavior Skills Training. The second talk discusses parental acceptance of Telehealth to replace in-person ABA therapy. The final talk discusses the impact of COVID-19 on ABA practitioner job satisfaction and their perception of care quality. All presenters will discuss the implications of their findings and future steps. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): behavior-skills-training, COVID-19, employee satisfaction, telehealth |
Target Audience: Practicing behavior analysts or patient's/caregivers of those who receive ABA services. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how COVID-19 has changed the delivery of ABA services; (2) the impact of changing service delivery on parents of patients who receive ABA services; and (3) the impact of changing service delivery on the staff who deliver ABA services. |
|
Adding Soft Skills to the Repertoires of Behavior Analysts: Using Behavior Skills Training to Teach Compassion and Empathy |
(Applied Research) |
KAREN ROSE (Northborough/Southborough Public Schools), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: In recent years, the concept of soft skills, including those that demonstrate compassion and empathy had a place in the field of behavior analysis. Behavior analysis takes pride in their adherence to the science, data and practice of evidence-based treatment. The commitment to clients includes making socially significant changes in behavior to improve the quality of life for clients and families. With the surge in the number of practicing behavior analysts, criticism has ranged from being too rigid when collaborating with families and other treatment providers as well as not listening or taking into consideration the wants and needs of the families (Taylor, LeBlanc & Nosik, 2018). Further studies of those practicing in the field of behavior analysis indicate that while their training programs may excel at teaching the technical skills there lack of training and focus on training of soft skills such as active listening, Making empathic statements, asking clarifying questions. The purpose of this study is to use the evidence-based Behavior Skills Training Model to teach pre-credentialed behavior analysts soft skills to augment their technical skills. Seven pre-credentialed Masters students participated in three one-hour Behavior Skills trainings in the area of three soft skills; Active Listening, Making Empathic Statements and Asking Clarifying questions. With the use of behavior skills training, 6 graduate students of behavior analysis demonstrated and maintained skill acquisition of three soft skills including: active listening, Making empathic statements and asking clarifying questions. |
|
Parental Acceptance of Telehealth to Replace In-Person ABA Therapy at the Onset of COVID |
(Applied Research) |
JENNA ARANKI (Easterseals), Amin Duff Lotfizadeh (Easterseals Southern California), Patricia I. Wright (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Abstract: Addressing issues of disparity in access to treatment for children with autism has gained increased attention. COVID-19 has been documented to disproportionally affect disenfranchised populations in both its direct health effects and have a greater impact on the upstream social determinants of health such as financial well-being, access to education, etc. The purpose of this retrospective study was to assess known factors that affect autism treatment (e.g. severity of symptomology, behavioral excesses) and care-providers acceptance or rejection of ABA telehealth services at the onset of COVID-19. Rejection of telehealth resulted in the absence of any behavior analytic services to patients. This study reports on an initial convenience sample (∼100 patients) of a larger sample size (∼1500 patients) from a service provider in Southern California. A t-test for the convenience sample found significance for one variable but not others. Additional measures are being conducted and a randomized sample of the patient population is being analyzed. If particular variables are found to be significant in the randomized sample, interventions may be tailored to decrease the disparity and ensure more children do not experience a disruption in service should telehealth be required as a treatment modality. |
|
Impact of COVID-19 on ABA Practitioner Job Satisfaction and Perceived Care Quality |
(Applied Research) |
SARA GERSHFELD LITVAK (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Melissa Cottengim (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Abstract: The sudden emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic has dealt a severe blow to economies, businesses, and workers nationwide – including behavior analysis workers. During the pandemic, we administered a survey to all BACB certificants to identify the variables that best predicted perceived COVID-19-related change in service quality and the impact of COVID-19 on job status. Using regression analyses, we found that perceived negative change in ABA service quality was influenced most by low confidence using Telehealth technologies, changes in the setting of service delivery, and a higher number of cancelled sessions. Our findings also indicate that COVID had a greater impact on job status for respondents who were younger, had lower certification status (i.e., RBT, BCaBA), had lower positions in the company (e.g., frontline staff), and for those who worked in home and clinical settings. In short, this presentation highlights who was impacted most by COVID-19 and in what ways. Understanding this information opens the door to field-wide collaboration to develop and disseminate effective strategies to mitigate the negative impact of future events that have far-reaching economic impact. |
|
|
|
|
|
Navigating Telepractice During the Pandemic: Problem Resolution to Promote Access to Intervention at the Individual, Small Group, and Systemic Level |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization) |
CE Instructor: Valerie R. Rogers, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Access to clinically recommended Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services has been significantly impacted for many consumers in light of the global COVID-19 pandemic. Given local shelter-in-place mandates along with needs for increased safety and reduced risk, telepractice for educational and medically necessary ABA services at the behavior technician level has been attempted. With this novel mode of technician level intervention, providers have faced many learner, caregiver, and setting variables that have served as barriers to accessing telepractice intervention. Given the novelty and limited empirical investigations on technician level telepractice, additional solutions for common barriers are needed. The current symposium seeks to support practitioners in identifying and overcoming barriers such that consumers can access needed intervention when in-person treatment may not be possible. The first paper describes a model designed to promote and sustain access to educational and medically necessary ABA services via telepractice under pandemic conditions. The second paper provides specific problem resolution strategies at the level of the learner and caregiver to increase access to telepractice ABA services and corresponding learner outcomes. The final paper describes the systemic changes implemented to ensure employee safety and retention by pivoting towards values and access to services and resulting outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): COVID-19, problem-resolution, telehealth, telepractice |
Target Audience: Experience managing or directing at an ABA service provider, Visual inspection of data, understanding of best practices for learners with autism, understanding of behavioral skills training, understanding of tiered service delivery model. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Describe at least one training topic provided to behavior technicians, BCBAs, and caregivers to increase access to telepractice.
2) Describe at least 3 solutions to common learner barriers and 3 common caregiver barriers to telepractice.
3) Describe at least 3 outcomes at the organizational level resulting from the COVID response plan (e.g., social validity outcomes, employee satisfaction, and telepractice hours provided). |
|
Commitment, Collaboration, and Service Provision During Crisis: A Model to Sustain Access to Multifaceted Behavior Analytic Services |
JANICE FREDERICK (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The coronavirus 2019 (COVID-19) has resulted in deleterious global impacts including an unprecedented disruption to educational and medical services including applied behavior analysis (ABA) intervention. The closures of schools, center-based facilities, and the ongoing threats to the sustainability of in-person service delivery have demanded revisions to traditional, in-person ABA service delivery models to mitigate service loss. The current paper provides a description of a model designed to promote and sustain access to educational and medically necessary ABA services under pandemic conditions. Components of the model including telepractice and the tools and processes required for its implementation as well as the analysis of its viability as an alternative to in-person intervention will be reviewed. Telepractice will be discussed as a safeguard to continuation of services in the presence of ongoing threats. Barriers to telepractice and problem resolution strategies to address learner and caregiver variables that may impede its utilization will be discussed. Additionally, steps taken related to advocacy, coordination with caregivers and funders and the training provided to board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) designed to promote continuation of intervention under evolving circumstances will be provided. |
|
Problem Solving Through a Pandemic: Addressing Learner and Environmental Barriers to Increase Access to Behavior Analytic Telepractice Services and Corresponding Learner Outcomes |
VALERIE R. ROGERS (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Ginger R. Raabe (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: Access to applied behavior analysis (ABA) services has been significantly impacted for many learners given the COVID-19 pandemic. Shelter-in-place orders and safety concerns have resulted in a movement toward telepractice service delivery across educational and medically necessary ABA services, even at the level of the behavior technician (BT). Still, the ease with which in-person BT intervention can move to telepractice may differ significantly depending on multiple factors including both learner readiness skills and environmental and caregiver support. The current paper describes problem resolution strategies and corresponding treatment outcomes for individual children receiving ABA services categorized across four learner profiles. Participants within these clinical profiles presented with varying degrees of learner and caregiver barriers. Specific barriers, strategies toward removing these barriers, and data regarding the initial outcomes of this endeavor are presented. The procedures and results are discussed in a manner to support practitioners in identifying and overcoming barriers such that consumers can access needed intervention when in-person treatment may not be feasible. Future directions including the need for ongoing empirical investigations regarding telepractice outcomes are also discussed. |
|
Pivoting Towards Values to Address Large Scale Problem Resolution: An Organization’s Systemic Response to the Global COVID-19 Pandemic |
GINGER R. RAABE (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization), Valerie R. Rogers (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: The coronavirus of 2019 has wreaked havoc on the business world and overall economy, including organizations providing applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Directors of ABA service organizations faced problem resolution at an unprecedented level and the need for leadership and effective decision making had never been more important. The pandemic and resulting shelters in place caused a flood of information and directors were forced to make decisions with multi-faceted implications for both the consumers they served and the employees who trusted them. This presentation will address the implementation of problem resolution within and across all aspects of an ABA organization. A COVID response plan was created by pivoting towards values and taking steps to maximize employee safety while continuing to provide access to medically necessary services and concomitantly ensuring measurement as scientist practitioners. This presentation will include details related to immediate and ongoing steps in relation to these outlined values. In addition, this presentation will share data collected through a variety of means including, but not limited to, employee and parent surveys, measures related to access within the different services provided and total hours of telepractice hours delivered across the organization. |
|
|
|
|
|
Prompting, Stimulus Control, Error Correction: What’s Your Teaching Ritual? |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Andy Bondy, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Abstract: The terms stimulus, response, and stimulus control are derived from the experimental literature. The term "prompt" arose within the applied field. There are many conceptual and logical errors in how trainers use these terms that often lead to ineffectual lessons. Similar problems can be found regarding error correction strategies and those that are described as "errorless." We will review many popular teaching strategies, including fading, most-to-least, least-to-most, etc., several error-correction strategies and a host of strategies described as "errorless teaching." The goal is to shake up many long-held and cherished beliefs about common teaching strategies. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define stimulus control and its importance is lesson design; (2) distinguish between prompt and cue; (3) describe the logical difference between fading and most-to-least (or least-to-most) strategies; (4) describe how stimulus control is important for error correction; (5) describe advantages and disadvantages related to "errorless learning." |
|
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.) |
Andy Bondy, Ph.D., has more than 40 years of experience working with children and adults with autism and related developmental disabilities. For more than a dozen years he served as the director of a statewide public school program for students with autism. He and his wife, Lori Frost, pioneered the development of the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS). He designed the Pyramid Approach to Education as a comprehensive combination of broad-spectrum behavior analysis and functional communication strategies. He is a co-founder of Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc., an internationally based team of specialists from many fields working together to promote integration of the principles of applied behavior analysis within functional activities and an emphasis on developing functional communication skills. |
|
|
|
|
|
Informing ABA on Trauma-Informed Care: Crisis Evaluations, Ethical Implications, and Practice Applications |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kristin J. Korinko (APD-Agency for Persons with Disabilities) |
CE Instructor: Kristin J. Korinko, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The need for expanded and applicable trauma-informed services for people with intellectual and developmental disabilities is paramount. This symposium will approach this need from three vantage points while reinforcing the concept of trauma-informed behavior analysis. First, trauma as “crisis” for people with intellectual/developmental disabilities will be presented due to the apparent high risk of experiencing traumatic events throughout the lifespan. Our second presentation will focus on the reinforcement of collaboration between trauma-informed care and applied behavior analysis. It is important that behavior analysts continue to improve their treatments for people with intellectual disabilities (ID) by considering the effects of past traumatic events. This paper describes behavior changes frequently reported in people with ID following exposure to trauma and proposes ways that these changes may be understood from a behavior analytic framework. When providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is becoming more common to discuss those services with an approach to understanding the role of trauma in the lives of those being served. Yet, often, the role of the parents/guardians/caregivers, as well as the role of the provider are often overlooked. This talk will discuss the role of stakeholders and providers in enhancing the way we provide trauma-informed care. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Intellectual/developmental disabilities, trauma-informed care |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: (1) Participants will describe how past traumatic events can present as setting events or triggers, and strategies to decrease the likelihood of a trauma response when providing crisis response. (2) Participants will identify the role of stakeholders in ensuring services for those with developmental disabilities have a trauma-informed focus (3) Participants will identify the role of providers in ensuring services for those with developmental disabilities have a trauma-informed focus (4) Participants will demonstrate an understanding of the collaborative process between clinicians, clients, providers, and stakeholders in a trauma-informed approach to service provision |
|
A Trauma-Informed Approach to Crisis Intervention |
KAREN WEIGLE (Associate Director, Center for START Services, University of New Hampshire, Institute on Disability; Chattanooga Autism Center
) |
Abstract: People with intellectual/developmental disabilities are at high risk of experiencing traumatic events throughout the lifespan. Crisis events in themselves can be considered traumatic for all involved. In providing crisis response we must consider the impact of these past experiences on the current crisis as a setting event or trigger, as well as on our own behavior in an effort to decrease the potential for re-traumatization. |
|
Behavior Changes Associated With Exposure to Trauma and Learned Helplessness: Implications for Assessment and Treatment |
ELIZABETH JOY HOUCK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: It is important that behavior analysts continue to improve their treatments for people with intellectual disabilities (ID) by considering the effects of past traumatic events. People with ID experience high rates of exposure to traumatic events and therefore face increased risks of developing stress-related disorders (e.g., post-traumatic stress disorder [PTSD]). Exposure to trauma often leads to behavior changes such as increases in problem behavior. However, current assessment and treatment strategies for stress-related disorders rely heavily on verbal communication, limiting their utility for most people with ID. Consequently, this population may receive treatment from behavior analysts without a way to assess the impact of stress-related disorders. Learned helplessness (LH) has been studied extensively in animals and may provide insights into a behavioral understanding of stress-related disorders in humans. These insights could lead to improvements in the treatment of these disorders in people with limited communication repertoires. This paper describes behavior changes frequently reported in people with ID following exposure to trauma and proposes ways that these changes may be understood from a behavior analytic framework. We will also suggest ways that the LH literature may improve assessment and treatment of stress-related disorders in people with ID. |
|
“Whose Line Is It Anyway?” The Active Roles of Providers and Stakeholders in Trauma-Informed Care |
KEN WINN (Firefly Autism) |
Abstract: When providing services to individuals with developmental disabilities, it is becoming more common to discuss those services with an approach to understanding the role of trauma in the lives of those being served. Yet, often, the role of the parents/guardians/caregivers, as well as the role of the provider are often overlooked. This talk will discuss the role of stakeholders and providers in enhancing the way we provide trauma-informed care. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Impact of Antecedent, Behavior, and Consequence Variables on Response Persistence |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rose Morlino (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Carolyn Trump, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The long-term maintenance of treatment effects is necessary for successful intervention. However, practitioners cannot afford to wait until environmental variables change and hope the treatment effects last. Therefore, it is important to evaluate maintenance during treatment to determine the durability of effects. Nevin and Wacker (2013) suggests ways to evaluate maintenance of treatment effects through a behavioral momentum theory (BMT) framework. By using a BMT framework, researchers can quantify treatment maintenance as response persistence under conditions that challenge treatment (e.g., extinction). The following studies evaluated the effects of antecedent, behavior, or consequence variables on response persistence when treatment challenges occurred. During skill-acquisition or communication interventions with elementary-aged children with disabilities, researchers measured response persistence during treatment challenges such as extinction or the presence of distractors. Results indicate that antecedent, behavior, and consequence variables effect response persistence. Specifically, the use of verbal stimuli, high-preferred mand modalities, and high reinforcement rates or magnitudes increase the persistence of responses during treatment challenges. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): maintenance, response persistence, treatment relapse |
Target Audience: BCBAs/Researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe variables that affect response persistence; (2) provide examples of disruptors that can be used to test response persistence; and (3) broaden their understanding of the range of variables that can affect persistence, beyond reinforcement density. |
|
They Were Warned, They Were Given an Explanation, Nevertheless, We Evaluated Response Persistence |
CAROLYN TRUMP (University of Northern Colorado), Kevin Ayres (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Instead of simply observing an intervention’s effect over time (i.e., maintenance), Nevin and Wacker (2013) emphasized systematic methods to program and assess treatment durability. Specifically, the authors suggested evaluating response persistence after deliberately presenting treatment challenges (e.g., extinction, satiation, low procedural fidelity levels). Although various studies evaluate the effect of different contextual variables on response persistence, few studies evaluate the effect of verbal stimuli. Therefore, this study examined the effect of instructions compared to no-instructions on response persistence. This study included four kindergarten students receiving special education services. Following preference, reinforcer, and proficiency assessments, the researcher implemented a within-subject design to systematically assess response persistence when challenged by a distractor (i.e., preferred video clips). Results indicated inconsistent total response patterns (correct and incorrect responses) in both the instruction and no-instruction conditions, across participants. However, three out of four participants exhibited greater persistence of errors in the no-instruction condition, and all four participants displayed greater proportional error percentages in the no-instruction condition. This research expands the literature evaluating various components affecting response persistence and provides implications for future evaluations as well as considerations for applied settings. |
|
The Potential Effects of Mand Preference on the Long-Term Maintenance of Functional Communication Training |
COURTNEY MAUZY (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT; Carr & Durand, 1985) is the most frequently used reinforcement-based treatment to reduce problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities (Tiger, Hanley, & Bruzek, 2008). However, less is understood regarding long-term maintenance of FCT effects when treatment is disrupted. Nevin and Wacker (2013) suggested that maintenance might be best defined, based on Behavioral Momentum Theory (BMT), as the persistence of adaptive behavior and the lack of resurgence of problem behavior when challenges to treatment occur. Ringdahl and colleagues (2018) utilized this conceptual framework to evaluate the impact of variables related to response topography, specifically preference for mand modality, on the persistence of appropriate behavior. Results suggested using high-preferred mand modalities identified through a concurrent-operant preference assessment increased appropriate behavior persistence. However, the high-preferred mand contacted more overall reinforcement pairings as a by-product of the preference assessments. In the current study, we addressed this potential confound by equating the number of response-reinforcer pairings across response alternatives during the preference assessment in the context of communication-based interventions for three elementary-aged children with limited vocal repertoires. Current results indicate high-preferred mands were more persistent than low-preferred mands, replicating the findings of Ringdahl et al. (2018) while controlling for response-reinforcer pairings. |
|
The Effect of Enhanced Reinforcement on Communication Persistence During Functional Communication Training |
ROSE MORLINO (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (The University of Iowa) |
Abstract: Response persistence is a necessary component of treatment maintenance, as described by Nevin and Wacker (2013). When treatment challenges (e.g., extinction) arise, responses that are the most resistant to change will maintain over-time. This outcome is advantageous when interventions included reinforcing appropriate behavior. Thus, it is important to access response persistence under different environmental arrangements to determine the durability of a treatment program. Previous studies have evaluated variables that may impact response persistence (e.g. preference for mand modalities). These studies show that preference effects persistence (Ringdahl et al., 2018). The current study sought to extend this literature and evaluate the effects of reinforcement arrangements following functional communication training (FCT). In this study, FCT was conducted with two elementary-aged children with disabilities and a minimal vocal repertoire. Once a communicative response was established, researchers evaluated the impact of reinforcement arrangements on the persistence of FCT during treatment challenges (e.g., extinction). Results indicated that reinforcement arrangements affected response persistence. Specifically, communication that contacted a higher rate or magnitude of reinforcement persisted longer than communication that contacted a lower rate or magnitude of reinforcement, replicating basic research findings from the behavioral momentum theory (BMT) literature. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysts in Early Childhood Special Education: Challenges in Promoting Parent Participation and Team Collaboration |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Berenice de la Cruz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Berenice de la Cruz (Texas A&M University-San Antonio; TxABA Public Policy Group) |
MEGAN G. KUNZE (University of Oregon) |
SARAH KATZ (Texas A&M University - San Antonio) |
GUADALUPE CASTANEDA (Behavior Pathways, LLC) |
Abstract: Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are key members of early childhood special education (ECSE) teams, yet being included can be a challenge. National differences exist in how ECSE programs embrace BCBAs and seek out participation from families. BCBAs employed by school systems are faced with various challenges (e.g., limited time, untrained staff) that may stifle the positive impact their work can have on children. When employed by the family, BCBAs may face barriers to partnering with school personnel, which may negatively impact child outcomes. BCBAs are ethically bound to partner with stakeholders responsible for clients’ well-being, which in the case of ECSE are the educational staff and home-caregivers, to establish a relationship of active communication and shared decision making. Collaboration between home and school is essential, now more than ever, due to virtual schooling requiring parents to fulfill the role of teacher due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Panelists will share experiences and research in overcoming challenges in teaming and supporting parental involvement in ECSE pre-pandemic and during the pandemic and share lessons learned to inform future collaboration. Panelists’ experiences include practicing behavior analysis as BCBAs within school systems, supervisors, consultants, researchers, and teachers in Pre-K-12 grade classrooms and higher education. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this panel, participants will be able to: 1. Identify common strengths and barriers to collaboration between Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), parents, school personnel, and other stakeholders in early childhood special education (ECSE) 2. Describe the different roles of team members in ECSE programs 3. State the need for effective partnerships, BCBA participation, and collaboration to improve outcomes in young children with exceptionalities |
Keyword(s): collaboration, consultant, early childhood, special education |
|
|
|
|
|
Conceptual Behavior Science in the Context of Scientific Work |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Timothy C. Fuller (Fit Learning) |
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Scientific work is diverse in setting, phenomena of interest, and methods and assumptions employed to orient to these phenomena. The degree to which scientific workers remain oriented to the operative assumptions contributing to their orientation is equally diverse. The conceptual subdomain of behavior sciences seeks to organize, refine, and bring clarity to the assumptions we have about our subject matter. This symposium presents three papers that comment on the benefits afforded to experimental and applied behavior scientists when conceptual behavior science is thoroughly incorporated in their work. The first paper outlines the fundamental role that theory plays when non-human experimental work is used to model phenomena related to human affairs. The second paper provides a framework for applied behavior scientists interested in integrating theory into their efforts and the communication benefits that can result. Finally, the third paper focuses on the experimental analysis of behavior and how theory plays an inseparable role in empirical efforts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Professionals, Academics, Graduate Students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) articulate the importance of theory in the context of translational research, (2) outline the role conceptual and experimental behavior science can play in practice settings, and (3) describe the benefits of an aligned theoretical orientation in the context of experimental work. |
|
Lost in Translation: The Importance of Theory in Translational Research With Nonhuman Organisms |
(Theory) |
MATTHEW LEWON (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The source of motivation for the time, energy, and resources poured into basic research is the assumption that what is observed in the contrived circumstances of the laboratory will be relevant and applicable to problems of importance in the “real world.” In psychology, the problems deemed to be of sufficient importance for the allocation of resources to basic research are primarily related to human behavior. However, much basic research in psychology is conducted with nonhuman animals. Modeling human phenomena with nonhumans is fraught with threats to validity that are frequently overlooked or ignored in the work of researchers in the fields of behavioral genetics, neuroscience, and even the experimental analysis of behavior. The thesis of this presentation is that the most significant act of “translation” from basic nonhuman research to human affairs occurs at the level of theory when modeling phenomena for study. The importance of theory in this regard will be considered in the context of several current nonhuman models of human psychological phenomena. |
|
Balancing Applied Behavior Science With Conceptual and Experimental Work |
(Theory) |
TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Fit Learning) |
Abstract: Behavior Science’s three interrelated domains of conceptual, experimental, and applied work represents an earnest effort by adherents of this science to participate in and work toward, a comprehensive science of behavior. Though the lion’s share of conceptual and experimental work occurs in the context of universities there are efforts in the applied domain to remain oriented to, and participate in, the refinement of both experimental and conceptual work. This paper provides examples of these efforts as well as outlines a framework for interested applied behavior scientists to adopt a balance of the three pillars of behavior science. The benefits of adopting such a framework are exemplified with particular attention paid to advantages when communicating with non-technical audiences. |
|
Closing the Gap Between Philosophy and Basic Research |
(Theory) |
CHRISTINA M. PETERS (Brock University) |
Abstract: Within behavior science, there has been a renewed emphasis on closing the gap between basic research and application. As a result of these efforts, both domains have benefited. Clinicians, and the clients they serve, have benefited from increased access to evidence-based approaches to intervention. Likewise, basic scientists have enjoyed renewed interest in their work, enhanced opportunities for support and new outlets for publication. However, while the relationship between the experimental analysis of behavior (EAB) and application appears to be strengthening, the relationship between theory and EAB appears to be floundering. Some have even posited that at present EAB is insufficient when it comes to theory (Killeen, 2018). This paper will explore the potential benefits of closing the gap between theory and philosophy and EAB. Specific emphasis will be placed on the importance of theory with respect to methodological and interpretive aspects of research endeavors as applicable both to the production and consumption of basic operant research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Modern Technology to Incorporate the Principles of Behavior Analysis Into Remote Training and Supervision |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Michael F. Dorsey, Ph.D. |
Chair: Michael F. Dorsey (Amego Inc.) |
Presenting Authors: : BRYAN BLAIR (Long Island University-Brooklyn), JESSLYN FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; Pepperdine University; Building Connections Behavioral Health), CHERYL DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA) |
Abstract: Instructors, trainers, tutors, and supervisors have been designing and delivering remote learning experiences for a range of learners for many years. However, some of the common methodologies and modalities, and available resources may appear to be high-quality but many of these technologies often do not incorporate best practices of instruction based on the principles of behavior analysis. In addition, some of these technologies and systems that use best practices of behavioral education and training as demonstrated by recently published publications are not often widely known or implemented across a range of instructional and training settings. This tutorial will present attendees with common practical problems and hurdles related to remote training, and will also provide attendees with easily implemented solutions based on the principles of behavior analysis and that use free or low-cost and widely available technologies and applications. The tutorial will also include detailed demonstrations of some of these solutions directly related to practical skills of interest to a range of behavior analytic practitioners and supervisors across a variety of settings. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Faculty, supervisors, and trainers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify basic behavior analytic principles associated with several new remote learning modalities and technologies; (2) identify challenges and barriers to remote instruction, learning, and supervision; (3) identify and develop at least one real-world behavioral solution to a challenge/barrier to remote instruction, learning, and supervision. |
|
BRYAN BLAIR (Long Island University-Brooklyn), JESSLYN FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis; Pepperdine University; Building Connections Behavioral Health), CHERYL DAVIS (Russell Sage College; SupervisorABA) |
 Dr. Bryan J. Blair is currently an Assistant Professor at Long Island University - Brooklyn where he is also the coordinator of the Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) graduate certificate and supervised fieldwork programs. He is a licensed behavior analyst and doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and has worked with children and adults with developmental disabilities and clinical disorders for over 15 years in a variety of settings. He received an M.S. in ABA from Northeastern University in 2007 and a Ph.D. in ABA from Endicott College in 2017. Dr. Blair also provides digital technology consultation related to the practice of ABA. He has presented on topics in ABA and autism spectrum disorder at state, regional, and national conferences and has published research in peer-reviewed journals. His research and professional areas of interest include complex human behavior, improving learning outcomes, verbal behavior, staff training, parent consultation, instructional design, digital learning, and BCBA/Clinical supervision. |
Jesslyn N. Farros, Ph.D., BCBA-D, has had the privilege of working in the field of behavior analysis for more than 10 years. She earned her Doctorate in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) from Endicott College. She currently supervises programs for adults with severe challenging behaviors at the Center for Applied Behavior Analysis, consults in the area of performance management at Building Connections Behavioral Health, and is adjunct faculty in the ABA Master’s program at Pepperdine University. Her favorite course to teach is verbal behavior, which she developed for the Endicott College Master’s program. Dr. Farros is an active participant at several conferences including ABAI and CalABA, and she has recently published papers in the areas of verbal behavior and online learning. Her research interests focus on evidence-based learning and verbal behavior. |
Cheryl Davis is a licensed and certified behavior analyst as well as a special education teacher who received her doctoral degree from Endicott College in Applied Behavior Analysis. Cheryl is an Assistant Professor at The Sage Colleges, as well as owner of 7 Dimensions Consulting, LLC, and co-owner of SupervisorABA. She received a Master’s of Science Degree in Intensive Special Education from Simmons College in Boston, MA, after attending The University of Connecticut where she received a bachelor’s degree in Human Development. Cheryl then pursued her BCBA, while working in a world-renowned ABA school. With almost 30 years of experience working with children and families with autism, developmental disabilities, and related disorders, Cheryl specializes in effective supervision for upcoming BCBA/BCaBA candidates. She has a passion for supervision, in both providing it to people who are in locations with limited access to behavior analysis and working with other supervisors to develop best practices. |
|
|
|
|
|
Bringing ABA to the World: Changes Across Cultures, Borders, and Disciplines |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University) |
Discussant: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian (ASAP - A Step Ahead Program, LLC) |
CE Instructor: Lina M. Slim-Topdjian, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The world as we know it is changing and, in many ways, there are tremendous signs of growth for humanity. One such sign is the removal of boundaries for service delivery. Behavior analysts are contributing to this process in a remarkable way, for example, by taking advantage of developments in technology that allow us to communicate and collaborate in ways that were previously unthinkable. However, stepping into this new world requires us to notice differences in each other, and to work diligently to build bridges. To expect that the application of behavioral science is devoid of context and cultural norms would not provide desirable outcomes. Hence, several parameters must be considered when planning and implementing global access to behavior analysis. The aim of this symposium is to present two unique and successful collaborations that fostered equality, equity, and inclusion of recipients. Both papers will shed light on different aspects of service delivery and dissemination of applied behavior analysis in the international context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): India, International, Speech pathologists, UAE |
Target Audience: Providers, program developers, researchers, |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) Explain the FBA workshop changes that were made for Indian SLPs. (2) Explain the changes made in the ABA program for UAE population. (3) List considerations to be made when disseminating ABA services and education in other countries. |
|
Cross-Discipline Training Model for Speech-Language Pathology Students in India to Develop Function-Based Interventions |
GEETIKA AGARWAL (Ball State University), Dipti Mudgal (Ball State University) |
Abstract: The awareness, acceptability, and availability of Speech and Hearing programs in India far exceeds the prevalence and awareness of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) programs. There are over 800,000 registered speech therapists (Indian Speech and Hearing Association, 2019), whereas BCBAs, BCaBAs, RBTs together add up to merely 86 (Behavior Analysis Certification Board, 2020). For a country with over 2 billion people, the number of behavior therapists is pittance. While this gap in the number of providers is discouraging, we believe practitioners of applied behavior analysis should find mutual synergy to collaborate and train speech therapists in the science of our field. This collaboration is intuitive given the remarkable overlap in both fields. The purpose of this grant funded project was to disseminate our science by training the students and supervisors of the Department of Speech and Hearing, which was housed within a medical college in South India. We implemented a two-day intense Functional Behavioral Assessment training workshop focusing on most commonly seen challenging behaviors in their speech sessions. This paper aims to cover the model we used for customizing the workshop for speech therapists in India so that it is more relevant and inclusive of their experiences and context. Recommendations for future collaboration of both fields and/or dissemination of behavior analysis technology in India will also be provided. |
|
Student-Faculty Collaboration in Dissemination of Behavior Analysis in the United Arab Emirates |
CLODAGH MARY MURRAY (Emirates College for Advanced Education), Michelle P. Kelly (Emirates College for Advanced Education (ECAE)), Sarah C. Mead Jasperse (Aurora University) |
Abstract: The current paper will describe the establishment of the first graduate level Verified Course Sequence in ABA in the United Arab Emirates in August 2019, and the concomitant challenges and opportunities that arose for the UAE national students and expatriate faculty. With the aim of building local capacity in the provision of ABA services and expanding the reach of behavior analysis beyond the field of ASD intervention in the country, the faculty and students have worked together in a range of interesting and rewarding ways. The paper will discuss cultural competence as an ongoing collaborative effort. The faculty has learned to work in a Middle Eastern culture, understanding the impact of local traditions and customs on teaching and learning. Meanwhile, the students have learned to navigate the world of behavior analysis by analyzing and questioning how the methods and guidelines “fit” with the populations they serve now and into the future, for example in the selection of socially significant target behaviors, in discussing the prevalence of culturally-specific pseudoscientific interventions and in their critical evaluation of ethical codes. The positive student-faculty collaboration fostered in the UAE provides lessons for behavior analysts who work in culturally diverse settings. In particular, this paper will describe our achievements in the dissemination of the science of behavior analysis through community outreach and high-quality student-led projects, supported by faculty. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Analysis of Oral Motor Prompting Procedures on Fluent Speaking Ability |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Risca L. Solomon (Skybound Therapies) |
CE Instructor: Risca L. Solomon, M.S. |
|
An Analysis of Oral Motor Prompting Procedures on Fluent Speaking Ability |
Domain: Applied Research |
RISCA L. SOLOMON (Skybound Therapies), Richele Yeich (Eastern Florida Autism Center/Heart the Chart), Jamie Schlepp (JMS Therapy Services), Jonathan Amey (AIMS Instruction) |
|
Abstract: Learners with Autism, Down Syndrome, Fragile X, and CP were given daily and weekly sessions of ABA modified Talk Tools based protocols with data collected on the Standard Celeration Chart. This approach was implemented by a collaborative multi-disciplinary team comprised of speech language pathologists, BCBA’s, RBT’s, and parents. Data will be presented on the SCC demonstrating acquisition of component and foundation skills necessary for intelligible and functional speech production. An individualized scope and sequence was established based on learner deficits in KSPT (Kaufman Speech Praxis Test) and baseline oral motor fluency measures. The jaw, lips, and tongue are the primary articulators for speech sound production and will be the primary focus for data display and video clips. This presentation will focus on mastery criteria (aims) and specific protocols implemented that resulted in significant speech improvement. |
|
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills include knowledge of echoic training, prompting procedures, standard celeration charts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state an example of a physical prompting method for an oral motor skill; (2) state an example of a prompt fading hierarchy from physical prompting of oral motor skill to spoken sound. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond Cognition and Behavior: Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis for Clinical Practice |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC) |
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D. |
|
Beyond Cognition and Behavior: Implications of Nonlinear Contingency Analysis (NCA) for Clinical Practice |
Domain: Service Delivery |
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC) |
|
Abstract: The focus of most modern therapies is on the verbal behavior of the client as a way of accounting for their private experience and emotions. Often causal relations between the presenting complaint and dysfunctional rules or behavior maintained by emotional change are postulated and the focus of intervention. Disturbing thoughts and emotions are considered a function of these rules and the momentary relief provided by the temporary avoidance of these experiences. A nonlinear contingency analysis (NCA), however, suggests that the source of the disturbing patterns is not to be found in self-rules or avoidance of unpleasant thoughts or feelings, but in a broader consequential contingency context of which such patterns are a function. This broader context requires the consideration of not only the consequences, both costs and benefits, of the disturbing pattern, but of the alternative patterns as well. Further, contingencies that may not be directly to those related the disturbing pattern, but that potentiate those contingencies, must also be considered. NCA expands a clinician’s perspective beyond behavior and cognition, and helps make sense of the disturbing pattern, thoughts, and emotions as the sensible and adaptive outcome of nonlinear consequential contingencies and their history. |
|
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between linear and nonlinear contingency analysis; (2) distinguish between topical and systemic intervention. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Pharmacology, Autism, and Comorbidities: The Role of the Applied Behavior Analysis Practitioner |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: BPN/AUT; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Carlos Zuluaga, M.S. |
Chair: Carlos Zuluaga (ABA Technologies, Inc. and Florida Institute of Technology) |
AMANDA BUENO DOS SANTOS (CEDIN, Florida Institute of Technology) |
THOMAS R. FREEMAN (ABA Technologies Inc. - Florida Tech) |
MICHAEL CRIPE (Agency for Persons With Disabilities-State of Florida) |
Abstract: When behavioral services are utilized to reduce problem behavior, psychotropic medication is also often prescribed by attending physicians. When a comorbidity is present, coordinating services between disciplines can present special challenges. This presentation will describe the need to reduce confounds between different treatment modalities, and present some techniques to reduce those confounds while evaluating and promoting ongoing treatment effectiveness. We will review several of the medications that are most commonly used to address problem behavior, describe some of the most common side effects as well as secondary behavioral effects that can impact treatment planning and documentation. We will discuss some common symptoms of various comorbidities, list steps for data collection, and suggest techniques on how to most effectively report and utilize data in coordination with both medical and non-medical professionals. Finally we will discuss the ethical requirement to closely coordinate ABA and medical services, and explore some of the related issues that are likely to arise in clinical practice. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: The target audience should have as prerequisite skills knowledge autism spectrum disorder, behavioral service delivery, and behavior intervention plan. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) recognize some common symptoms of various autism spectrum disorder comorbidities, list steps for data collection, and suggest techniques on how to effectively report and utilize data in coordination with both medical and non-medical professionals; (2)know medications that are most commonly used to address problem behavior, describe some of the most common side effects as well as secondary behavioral effects that can impact treatment planning and documentation; (3) how to address ethical requirements to closely coordinate ABA and medical services, and explore some of the related issues that are likely to arise in clinical practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Derived Relational Responding is Pervasive in Addressing Disability, Autonomy, and Stigma |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Disabilities are pervasive within the broader life context of impacted individuals, including challenges associated with stigmatization, disability progression, autonomy, and self-advocacy. This symposium will address these topics representing a next frontier in the evolution of behavior analytic service within person-centered care. The first talk will review stigmatization of persons with disabilities from within a derived relational responding framework, as well as how to predict and influence stigmatizing verbal relations. The second talk will describe a systematic intervention to address cognitive decline in the progression of dementia within the life-course of aging populations. The third talk will provide a translational model exploring the use of equivalence-based instruction to teach facts about medications that are necessary for ensuring autonomy and consent. Together, these talks go beyond addressing behavior challenges – to addressing skills that participate within the broader context of living with physical, intellectual, and developmental disabilities from a behavior analytic framework. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autonomy, Disability, Relational Frames, Self-advocacy |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) assess and influence stigma related to disabilities; (2) understand the relationship between dementia and relational responding; (3) evaluate medication knowledge from an equivalence model |
|
Frames of Error: Three Behavioral Approaches to Reducing Stigma and Increasing Positive Perceptions Towards People With Disabilities |
ROCCO G CATRONE (SIU-Carbondale), Darwin S Koch (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: What makes a person disabled is a much-debated topic with some focusing on the individual’s impairments (putting the onus of disability on the individual) while others focus on how the environment (both architectural and social) exacerbates an individual’s impairments and creates the conceptualization of disability (putting the onus of disability on society). No matter how a person with a disability (PWD) is categorized, they are met with healthcare, education, and work disparities that are perpetuated both unintentionally and intentionally. This paper examines the various ways disability and subsequently stigma arises from a variety of viewpoints both within and outside the tradition of behaviorism. Given an overview of behavioral research, much of which is line with non-behavioral conceptualizations track well on to, the author points to how Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and Contextual Behavioral Science (CBS) may offer potential applications for the reduction of stigma towards PWDs. Three studies were detailed across relevant relational frames and their potential roles in the formation and defusion of stigma thereby extending the prior behavioral research on utility for potential, computer-based societal interventions. |
|
Evaluating the Relationship Between Dementia Symptomology, Memory, and Derived Relational Responding in Older Adults |
AYLA SCHMICK (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: With the aging of the Baby Boomer generation there will be an influx of older adults in the years to come that has never been witnessed before. While a longer life brings with it many opportunities, they are dependent on one thing: the individual’s health. Alzheimer’s Disease and related dementias are of most concern since they are defined by decline in cognitive functions that lead to loss of independence. Interventions are needed to help aid in the wide-ranging impact dementia will have. One area of promise is the use of language training procedures such as Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a contemporary behavior-analytic account of complex human language and cognition. The current study examined the relationship between dementia symptomology, memory, and derived relational responding in 42 older adults, ages ranging 65-97. Moderate to strong correlations were found between the Mini-Addenbrooke’s Cognitive Exam, Wechsler Memory Scale, and the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment- Transformation. Results of this study suggest that participants with higher scores of dementia symptomology showed lower scores of memory and derived relational responding. The results of expand the current literature by evaluating all relational frame families and their relationship to memory and dementia symptomology. Implications, limitations, and future research will be discussed. |
|
Derived Stimulus Relations in Training Medication Knowledge |
Erin Walker (Brock University), Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University), KARL GUNNARSSON (University of Iceland), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ryan C. Speelman (Pittsburg State University) |
Abstract: This study made use instructional methods based on derived stimulus relations to train foundational medication knowledge to 7 graduate students, in a multiple baseline across participants research design. Baseline accuracy was assessed on target relations; participants were subsequently taught coordination relations between generic names, brand names, typical uses, and vignettes. Test trials of transformations of stimulus function entailed vignettes in accordance with frames of comparison, distinction, and opposition. Participants all demonstrated the ability to obtain novel relations and stimulus functions amongst the targets aforementioned. These results demonstrate the pedagogical utility of derived stimulus relations in training skills of social importance and the efficiency of these methods; given that only coordination relations were directly trained, and many novel relations were derived. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training Across Applied Clinical Settings |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Tammy Lee (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis ) |
CE Instructor: David Legaspi, M.S. |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) is an approach to language and cognition that is growing in traction across several practitioners inside and outside of the field of behavior analysis. ACT has been seen to be effective in interacting with levels of stress, burnout, and psychological flexibility. Given this, there has been limited research demonstrating ACT in a variety of clinical settings. Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) and clients alike may experience distress and burnout. The following three talks will discuss three different implementations of ACT-based interventions across three different clinical applications. The first talk will discuss the potential value in an online-based ACT intervention targeted for behavior technicians and their levels of burnout and overt levels of values-based actions. The second talk will discuss an application of a two-day ACT-based workshop designed to interact with three BCBAs and their indirect levels of psychological flexibility and burnout, weekly reported values-based actions, and performance on a values based check in system. The third talk will discuss the application of an ACT-based approach to rigid habit following in an individual with a dual diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and obsessive-compulsive disorder (OCD). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT, Burnout, Psychological Flexibility |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:1. Define psychological flexibility as it pertains to Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) 2describe how psychological flexibility influences levels of burnout and stress 3. Define how to define and collect data on objective measures of values-based committed actions |
|
The Effects of an Online Acceptance and Commitment Training on Employee Burnout and Values-Based Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
MIGUEL FLORES (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), behavior technicians can be described as a highly valuable employee within their organization due to their direct one to one work with clients. Over time, a behavior technician’s level of burnout may increase due to the prolonged emotional exhaustion that accompanies the work. One possible intervention to incorporate into the workplace is acceptance and commitment training (ACT). ACT is an evidence-based intervention that focuses on enhancing six processes (i.e., self-as-context, values, committed action, contacting the present moment, defusion and acceptance) to increase psychological flexibility. While there is research on ACT in various modalities, one emerging method of delivery is through online-based modules. The present study evaluates an online-based ACT intervention targeted to behavior technicians while simultaneously teaching them to engage in overt behavior directly tied to their values. It is hypothesized that the online acceptance and commitment training will be effective in influencing a behavior technician’s perception of burnout, increasing psychological flexibility, and stabilizing and or increasing values-based behaviors. |
|
Exploring Effects of a Acceptance and Commitment Training Workshop on Weekly Overt Values-Based Behaviors, Psychological Flexibility, and Check-in Checklist Performance |
(Applied Research) |
DAVID LEGASPI (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Heidi Eilers (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Elizabeth Ashton Benedickt (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Tammy Lee (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment training (ACT) has been growing in acceptability within the scope of behavior analysis (Enoch, & Nicholson, 2020). Since the start of the current COVID-related pandemic, researchers have moved to include programs related to psychological flexibility to mitigate possible effects the current shelter in place may have on our wellbeing and potential feelings of stress (Fieberg, Gould, Ming, Watson, 2020). Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) are often described as those who have stressful jobs that could lead to stress and burnout. ACT has been shown to mitigate workplace stress and increase levels of psychological flexibility (Pingo, Dixon, & Paliliunas, 2019). The following study explored the potential effect a two-day ACT workshop may have on the weekly overt values-based behaviors a BCBA reports to have completed, indirect measures associated with psychological flexibility (AAQ, CAQ-8) and stress, and performance on a check-in system designed to help aid BCBAs to check in with the colleagues they supervise. Using a multiple baseline design across three BCBAs, the results suggest the ACT workshop affected overt weekly reported values-based actions. Results also suggest the workshop was successful in improving performance on the check-in checklist. Further implications and suggestions will be discussed. |
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training and Self-Monitoring Habit Reversal for the Reduction of Compulsive Behaviors |
(Applied Research) |
ELIZABETH ASHTON BENEDICKT (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Tyler James Arauza (TCSPP), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles; Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: The majority of current behavior analysts are working within the autism spectrum disorder (ASD) population (BACB, 2020). ASD is often comorbid with other diagnoses including obsessive and compulsive disorder (OCD) (Lewin, Wood, Gunderson, Murphy, & Storch, 2011). Behavior analysts may not have experience with individuals who have this comorbid presentation(Broadhead, Quigley, Wilczynski, 2018). Research demonstrating the application of behavior analytic treatment of behaviors associated with comorbid diagnoses are necessary in the development of our field’s overall utility. In this paper, we will demonstrate the efficacy of a treatment package utilizing acceptance and commitment training (ACT), and mindfulness-based training for the reduction of compulsive behaviors in an 11-year-old individual diagnosed with OCD and ASD. Sessions were conducted via telehealth for 2 hours each day, 3 days per week, across 4 consecutive months. A reversal design was utilized to test for treatment efficacy. In baseline, the participant was engaged in a variety of compulsive behavior in the bathroom for up to 9 hours per day. Results indicated that the treatment package was effective in the reduction of the duration of engagement in compulsive behaviors. Overall duration of engagement dropped from 9 hours to 45 minutes. Results, implications, and overall social validity will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversity, Inclusion, and Equity in Research and Practice: Where are We Now and How Do We Move Forward? |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Pooja Panesar (Kaizora Centre for Neurodevelopmental Therapies) |
CE Instructor: Noor Younus Syed, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Following the incredibly tragic deaths of Mr. George Floyd and others, it became clear that the world as a whole needed to face and address the prevalence of systemic racism in our institutions. While we have begun to discuss compassion and cultural humility conceptually, a significant need remains to investigate the topography of culturally humble behaviors in both our scholarly and applied work. The heartbreaking murders served as an impetus for the behavior analytic community to address systems change and engage in self-reflection to better understand where we have erred in addressing systemic inequality, so that we may forge a path towards equity, inclusion, and diversity in our research, our body of clinicians, and the clients we serve. In the first talk, we will focus on assessing trends in demographic variables to identify gaps in targeted populations for recently published articles in OBM literature. The second presentation will analyze disparities and potential barriers in the access of therapy as related to demographic variables for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. The final talk will review understanding of inclusive terminology, analyze organizational responses addressing systemic racism, and explore stakeholder feedback on methods to increase diversity within the field of behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Demographics, Disparity, Diversity-equity-inclusion, Systemic racism |
Target Audience: None |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Describe trends in the reporting of demographic variables for recently published articles in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and the Journal of Applied Psychology
2) Identify disparities as related to demographic variables in accessing therapeutic services for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder
3) Identify methods to increase diversity and equity within the field of behavior analysis at individual and organizational levels that are based on stakeholder input |
|
Reporting of Demographic Variables in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management and the Journal of Applied Psychology |
(Theory) |
JESSICA NASTASI (University of Florida), Andrew Smith (University of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida), Alyssa Lynn Crowe (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Data on participant demographics (e.g., gender, race/ethnicity, socioeconomic status) can be used to evaluate the existence of treatment disparities and other correlations between the impact of an intervention and sociopolitical location, yet these data are seldom reported in behavior-analytic studies. To date, no review has been conducted evaluating the reporting of demographic variables within the subfield of organizational behavior management (OBM). OBM interventions often involve multiple participants across levels of an organization, posing unique considerations for reporting demographic variables and potentially identifiable information in accordance with an organization’s preference for disclosure and human resource policies. Interventions in industrial/organizational psychology may encounter similar barriers to reporting demographic variables. Therefore, we reviewed articles published in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management (JOBM) and the Journal of Applied Psychology from 2015 to 2019 to evaluate recent trends in the reporting of demographic variables. All articles that included participants and presented data (i.e., both applied and laboratory research; N = 79) were included for review and were coded based on the setting, design, and reported demographic variables. The value of reporting demographic variables in OBM and suggestions for future reporting will be discussed. |
|
Identifying Possible Disparities in Autism Services Via Clinical File Review |
(Service Delivery) |
JANELLE KIRSTIE BACOTTI (University of Florida), Ann-Marie Orlando (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Tracy Argueta (University of Florida) |
Abstract: Early diagnosis and treatment of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are critical to maximizing early development (Brasher & Stapel-Wax, 2020). Prior evidence suggests that some communities within the ASD population are underserved and experience reduced access and quality of services (Bishop-Fitzpatrick & Kind, 2017). The purpose of the current study was to complete a retrospective clinical file review to identify possible disparities in access to therapeutic services. We scored demographic variables (e.g., age at time of initial contact, sex, race/ethnicity) and reported access to therapy services (e.g., applied behavior analysis, speech language pathology). We conducted visual and statistical analyses to determine correlations between demographic variables and reported access to therapy services. We discuss our findings and possible future directions for evaluating disparities to accessing therapy services in the ASD community. |
|
The ABA Field Responds to Calls for Increased Diversity and Equity: An Analysis of Our Current Standing and the Path Forward |
(Theory) |
NOOR YOUNUS SYED (SUNY Empire State College; Endicott College; Global Autism Project), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University) |
Abstract: As recent outcry emerged upon the murder of George Floyd, following Ahmaud Arberry, Breonna Taylor, and countless others, it became apparent that the world needed to significantly analyze core values and principles to address issues of systemic racism. The field of behavior analysis is no exception. While some major behavior analytic organizations have previously developed diversity policies, most chose to release statements specifically addressing racism and diversity in the wake of Mr. Floyd’s murder. Too, while there is a growing body of literature regarding cultural humility and diversity in behavior analysis, these discussions have not yet been informed by a collection of voices from the field. While the statements and literature are undoubtedly well-intentioned, they may lack actionable items and stakeholder input that research suggests are critical in sustainable development of societal and political processes. The purpose of this study therefore was twofold: to analyze responses from major behavior analytic and psychological institutions, and to analyze survey responses of clinicians and researchers on understanding demographic concepts related to diversity. Finally, an analysis of stakeholder feedback on how to increase diversity within the field of behavior analysis was conducted. We urge the field to use these data to better inform action items we can engage in to increase diversity and equity at all levels. |
SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College |
|
|
|
|
|
Burnout and Bias: Assessing Medical Student Well-Being and Patient Care from a Contextual Perspective |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marianne L. Jackson (California State University, Fresno) |
CE Instructor: Ramona Houmanfar, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Medical students and healthcare professionals are at an increased risk for experiencing clinically relevant levels of distress (e.g., burnout, depression, and suicidal ideations), compared to the general population. The onset of clinically relevant levels of distress appear to emerge during the first few years of students’ medical education. If symptoms are left unidentified and therefore, untreated – students are likely to continue to practice maladaptive coping strategies during residency. These patterns of maladaptive coping are likely to recur throughout one’s career, which impacts the quality of patient care provided to diverse patient populations. Individuals are more likely to engage in brief immediate relational responding (BIRRs) under conditions of time pressure and stress. Without evidence-based approaches for managing BIRRs (i.e., implicit bias), medical providers are ill equipped to meet the needs of patients’ diverse cultural nuances, which contributes to the prevalence of healthcare disparities. This symposium will provide an overview of ways in which contextual behavioral scientists can measure, report, and teach about burnout and well-being with the medical student and healthcare provider populations – to help providers not only manage their biases towards themselves (i.e., self-stigmatization) but to also manage their biases toward their patients (i.e., implicit bias). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): burnout, implicit bias, medical education, well-being |
|
Assessment of Medical Student Burnout: Toward an Implicit Measure to Address
Current Issues |
GREGORY SCOTT SMITH (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Mary Froehlich (University of Nevada Reno School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada Reno School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The feasibility of implicitly assessing medical student burnout was explored, using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP), to measure longitudinal student burnout over the first two years of medical school and directly compare it with an existing explicit measure of burnout (Maslach Burnout Inventory; MBI). Three
successive cohorts of medical students completed both implicit and explicit measures of burnout at several time points during their first two years of medical school. Both assessments were conducted via the internet within a one-week period during the first week of medical school, the end of the first year of medical school, and the end of the second year, though not all cohorts were able to complete the assessments at all time points. Mixed effects models were used to compare the two measures directly, as well as to evaluate changes over time in each measure separately. Minimal correspondence was observed between the implicit and explicit measures of burnout on a within-subject basis. However, when analyzed separately, all sub-scales of both measures detected significant change over time in the direction of greater levels of burnout, particularly during the first year of medical school. Results suggest the IRAP is able to assess implicit attitudes related to burnout among medical students. The IRAP detected consistent improvements in positive implicit attitudes toward medical training during students’ second year, which was not detected by the MBI. The finding indicates a unique aspect of the burnout construct is captured by IRAP. |
|
The Impact of Acceptance and Commitment Training on Well-Being in Medical Education |
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory Scott Smith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Medical students are at a disproportionate risk for experiencing clinically significant levels of distress and burnout as a product of their workplace environment (i.e., the healthcare industry). Significant levels of distress and burnout seem to emerge within the first few years of students’ undergraduate medical education. Remediation strategies such as wellness trainings have been recommended and integrated into medical school curricula as a preventative approach. This longitudinal study utilized the Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II) and the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) to determine the of impact of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) on the well-being of students across the first two years of medical school. The preliminary results indicate that the overall medical student population maintained their levels of psychological well-being during the first two years of medical school. Additionally, students who were identified as “at-risk” for experiencing significant levels of burnout demonstrated statistically significant improvements in their AAQ-II scores following an ACT for Student Well-Being curriculum. Implications and next steps for this line of research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
BCBAs Working in Public School Settings: Pre-training, Retaining, and Recharging Behavior Change Agents |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Kristy Park, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kristy Park (George Mason University) |
SELENA J LAYDEN (Old Dominion University) |
JOHANNA COLSON (Orange County Public Schools) |
CHRISTINE MCKEE (Loudoun County Public Schools) |
Abstract: The methods of applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been incorporated into the field of education to produce socially significant and practical change in public school settings, particularly to improve the use of evidence-based practices (EBPs). Despite the fact that providing free and appropriate education to children with disabilities has been a public responsibility since 1975 (PL 94-142, IDEA, 2004), multiple barriers interfere with implementation of EBPs in school settings. This panel discussion will focus on current challenges behavior analysts face across different school districts in Virginia. The discussion will provide suggestions to prepare future behavior analysts and consider ways to retain current BCBAs in school settings. The targeted audience for this panel discussion are those currently working in public school settings and those supervising future behavior analysts in the public school setting. Identifying and discussing barriers to implement behavior change as well as possible solutions provides the field a basis to address wellness strategies and ensure behavior analysts are effective in supporting public schools. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: The prerequisite skills fall within professional practice guidelines related to service delivery in the classroom, school, and system levels for students with disabilities in public schools. Audience should have competencies in the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code specifically in the guidelines as a Supervisor and Ethical responsibilities to the profession of behavior analyst and to the BACB. Supervision provided within defined area of competence and perform to advance the values and ethics of the profession of behavior analysis (6.01). |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify at least three challenges to working in public schools as a BCBA. 2. Participants will develop and describe at least two potential resolutions to identified challenges. 3. Participants will identify at least four potential considerations when supervising students working toward BCBA certification who wish to work in public education settings. |
Keyword(s): School-based, Supervision |
|
|
|
|
|
Challenging the FDA Ban on Electrical Stimulation Devices |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Nicholas Lowther (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: R. Nicolle Nicolle Carr (University of Oklahoma) |
CE Instructor: Nathan Blenkush, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Aversive conditioning devices have been utilized for treatment refractory self-injury, aggression, and other problem behaviors for over 50 years. In March of 2020, 6 years after disclosing consideration of a ban, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) banned Electrical Stimulation Devices (ESDs) including the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) for the treatment of self-injurious (SIB) and aggressive behavior (AB). The Judge Rotenberg Center (JRC) and the JRC Parents Association petitioned the FDA for a stay of action in relation to the ban and have filed an appeal of the ban with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The FDA issued a partial stay allowing patients already using ESDs to continue such use. Here we review the regulatory history of ESDs, the attack on ESD research methodology, internal FDA documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, and provide a status update on the challenge to the FDA ban. Taken together, we argue the FDA ban places political considerations before the individual needs of clients. Ethical considerations for behavior analysts with treatment refractory clients are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): electrical stimulation, treatment refractory |
Target Audience: The audience should have a working understanding of various experimental design methodologies and the treatments typically used for severe behaviors. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion fo the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the benefits and critiques of single-subject research and randomized controlled trials; (2) state the regulator factors associated with medical devices; (3) understand the status of a lawsuit to stop the ban. |
|
Regulatory History and Mirroring Criticisms of Research Methodology for Electrical Stimulation Devices and Small N Designs |
DAWN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Abstract: Aversive conditioning devices have been utilized for treatment refractory self-injury, aggression, and other problem behaviors for over 50 years. Early devices were not regulated or classified by the FDA. In 1979, ESDs were classified as Class II medical devices. All medical devices must go through an FDA approval process. There have only been two medical devices banned by the FDA (powdered medical gloves and implantable prosthetic hair fibers). In 2020, the FDA presented a final ruling to ban the use of the devices for the treatment of self-injury and aggression, but not the device itself. An overview of the regulatory history of electrical stimulation devices (ESD) with emphasis on the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) is provided. Additionally, the methodological attacks on the ESD research which mirror common objections to single-subject research methodology in behavior analysis are discussed. For example, the use of small samples, demonstration of cause and effect without a randomized control trial, limits of generalization, and prosthetic versus curative independent variables. The strengths and limitations of ESD research and treatment applications are discussed in relation to the code of ethics. Ethical codes pertain to reliance on scientific knowledge, treatment efficacy, and punishment procedures. |
|
Challenging the FDA Ban on Electrical Stimulation Devices |
NATHAN BLENKUSH (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In March of 2020, 6 years after disclosing consideration of a ban, the FDA banned Electrical Stimulation Devices (ESDs) including the Graduated Electronic Decelerator (GED) for the treatment of self-injurious (SIB) and aggressive behavior (AB). The JRC Parents Association and The Judge Rotenberg Center petitioned the FDA for a stay of action in relation to the ban and have filed an appeal of the ban with the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia. The FDA issued a partial stay allowing patients already using ESDs to continue such use. Here the current status and rationale for challenging the ban is presented. The FDA acknowledged the existence of treatment refractory patients. However, the FDA claims the literature shows ESD’s cause harm and do not cause a long-term conditioning effect. Further, Positive Behavior Support (not applied behavior analysis) is offered as state-of-the-art treatment for SIB/AB. These claims are critically analyzed and discussed. Through documents obtained through the Freedom of Information Act, we show the FDA failed to disclose expert opinions indicating ESD efficacy. The FDA also failed to disclose opinions from sixteen of its own scientists suggesting ESDs presented only a remote probability of serious adverse health consequences. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Fiction of Memory |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University) |
CE Instructor: Martha Pelaez, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ELIZABETH LOFTUS (University of California at Irvine) |
Abstract: For several decades, I have been manufacturing memories in unsuspecting minds. Sometimes these techniques change details of events that someone actually experienced. Other times, the techniques create entire memories of events that never happened: they create “rich false memories.” Collectively, this work shows people can be led to believe they did things that would have been rather implausible. They can be led to falsely believe they had experiences that would have been emotional or traumatic had they actually happened.
False memories, like true ones, also have consequences for people—affecting their later thoughts, intentions, and behaviors. Can we tell true memories from false ones? In several studies, I created false memories in the minds of people, compared them to true memories, and discovered that once planted, those false memories look very much like true memories: they have similar behavioral characteristics, emotionality, and neural signatures. Considered as a whole, these findings raise important questions: If false memories can be so readily planted in the mind, do we need to think about “regulating” this mind technology? And what do these pseudomemories say about the nature of memory itself? |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1)describe some methods of studying false memories in psychological research; (2) discuss differences (or lack of) between true memories and false memories; (3) discuss implications of false memory research for psychotherapy, interrogations, and other aspects of life. |
|
ELIZABETH LOFTUS (University of California at Irvine) |
Elizabeth Loftus is Distinguished Professor at the University of California - Irvine. She holds faculty positions in the Department of Psychological Science; the Department of Criminology, Law & Society, and the School of Law. She received her Ph.D. in Psychology from Stanford University. Since then, she has published over 20 books and over 600 scientific articles. Loftus's research has focused on the malleability of human memory. She has been recognized for her research with seven honorary doctorates and election to numerous prestigious societies, including the National Academy of Sciences. She is past president of the Association for Psychological Science, the Western Psychological Association, and the American Psychology-Law Society. Loftus’s memory research has led to her being called as an expert witness or consultant in hundreds of cases. Some of the more well-known cases include the McMartin PreSchool Molestation case, the Hillside Strangler, the Abscam cases, the trial of the officers accused in the Rodney King beating, the Menendez brothers, the Bosnian War trials in the Hague, the Oklahoma Bombing case, and litigation involving Michael Jackson, Martha Stewart, Scooter Libby, Oliver North, Bill Cosby, Harvey Weinstein, and the Duke University Lacrosse players. |
|
|
|
|
|
Supporting College Students With and Without Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christopher Manente (Rutgers Center for Adult Autism Services, Rutgers University) |
Discussant: Amanda Karsten (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Karsten, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The transition from high school to higher education presents a variety of challenges and pitfalls for many students both with and without autism. Being a successful college student often necessitates that an individual be a versatile and fluent communicator able to collaborate with peers and faculty across a wide range of settings and contexts. Failure to develop the ability to effectively communicate and collaborate with others while in college can have long-term implications far beyond the classroom which can include social isolation and unemployment. Students across the nation routinely report that they do not feel as though they are well prepared for success in college. To date, there has been a limited focus within the behavior analytic research on developing approaches for effective support for college students with and without ASD. This symposium provides several models of explicit coaching and instructional strategies related to being a successful communicator across settings and contexts within a college setting. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, College Students, Communication Skills, Virtual Coaching/Instruction |
Target Audience: Practitioners working with adolescents and adults. Educators/Administrators working in higher education. Prerequisite Skills: Strong foundation of understanding of basic behavior analytic concepts. Familiar with behavior analytic terminology. Familiarity with common behavior analytic research designs and ability to quickly interpret data presented via tables and figures. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Identify common challenges associated with the transition to higher education settings for students with and without autism and evaluate the utility of a behavior analytic model for intervention in these settings. 2) Describe a variety of behavior analytic strategies for encouraging successful outcomes through the use of virtual coaching and instruction. 3) Describe specific behavior analytic strategies for supporting the development of fluent communication skills for adolescents and adults pursuing higher education across contexts related to successful academic performance, employment, and public speaking. |
|
Eco-Behavioral Assessment of Instructional Responding of College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder in Active Learning Classes |
(Applied Research) |
Catharine Lory (Purdue University), Sungwoo Kang (Purdue University), Courtney King (Purdue University), HANNAH CROSLEY (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University) |
Abstract: An increasing number of individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are pursuing postsecondary education at 4-year institutions. Research has shown that typically developing (TD) college students often experience stress and difficulties in transitioning to higher education, and the extent of these difficulties tend to be exacerbated by core characteristics of ASD among college students diagnosed with ASD. Moreover, many higher institutions are beginning to push for a transformation of instructional methods from the conventional lecture approach to an active learning approach, which often involves group discussions and activities with peers. In this context, weaknesses in social and communication skills may create additional barriers for students with ASD if they are frequently required to initiate and respond to social exchanges and collaborate with peers. To identify the needs of college students with ASD in active learning college classes, we conducted an ecobehavioral assessment study through direct observations of students with ASD and TD students to examine their instructional responding in active learning classes. Preliminary results from age- and IQ-matched ASD (n = 6) and TD (n = 17) samples indicate that there are no statistically significant differences in measures of instructional responding. Implications of study findings will be discussed. |
|
An Individualized Approach to Teaching Adults With Autism to Successfully Navigate Job Interviews via Remote Instruction |
(Applied Research) |
SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University), COURTNEY BUTLER (Rutgers University), Faris Rashad Kronfli (Rutgers University), Christeen Scarpa (Rutgers University), Brianna Boragi (Rutgers University), Joseph Scott (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: Adults with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) experience challenges securing employment, which may partially explain overall underemployment or unemployment in this population. One of the first steps to obtaining employment is participating in a job interview. However, social communication deficits may interfere with an individual with ASD’s ability to participate in a job interview. The current study evaluated the use of behavioral skills training delivered via remote instruction to teach interview skills to four college students diagnosed with ASD. Results showed overall improvement during interviews as well as post-training generalization probes with a career development expert. These data suggest that an individualized approach to training may be an effective strategy to help adults with ASD successfully navigate job interviews. |
|
Effects of Telecoaching on Conversation Skills for High School and College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
EMILY GREGORI (University of Illinois at Chicago), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often have difficulty engaging in conversations with same-age peers. Deficits in conversation skills can hinder one’s ability to sustain friendships and may lead to social isolation. Research has shown that technology-based interventions can improve conversation skills and reduce the social stigmatization of individualized interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of telecoaching and online instructional modules on conversation skills for four high school and college students with ASD. A component analysis was conducted to determine the critical components of the intervention package. Results showed that telecoaching was associated with the most significant improvements in conversation behavior for all participants. Future directions and recommendations for clinicians are discussed. |
|
Decreasing Nervous Habits During Public Speaking: A Component Analysis of Awareness Training |
(Applied Research) |
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Habit reversal is a well-established treatment package for decreasing a wide range of undesirable motor and vocal responses. Recent research indicates that awareness training, one phase of the habit reversal package, can produce decreases in undesirable vocal responses during public speaking (Montes et al., 2019; Spieler & Miltenberger, 2017). Awareness training can consist of multiple components including response description, video response detection, and in-vivo response detection. To date, no studies have assessed the independent effects of awareness training components. This study sought to evaluate the independent, additive effects of the components of awareness training on undesirable vocal responses during public speaking with college students. The introduction of the three components of awareness training was staggered according to the typical order and in order of least to most response effort (Woods et al., 1996). This study also sought to further investigate the effects of awareness training components on untargeted responses, long-term treatment effects, and generalization of treatment effects. The clinical implications of our findings and avenues for future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Parent Training: Exploring Approaches to Sleep, Communication, Skill Development and the State of the Literature |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Julie Koudys (Brock University) |
Discussant: Joe M. Lucyshyn (University of British Columbia) |
CE Instructor: Joe M. Lucyshyn, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Parent training has been shown to be beneficial for parents of children with ASD and those at risk for ASD in terms of child skill development and behaviour reduction. However, few studies specifically report parent implementation fidelity, or parents’ ability to generalize and maintain newly developed skills. In this symposium results from three studies that used telehealth or combined face to face and telehealth models to teach parents to support their child’s general skill development, to support the use of augmentative alternative communication systems, and to address sleep challenges will be presented. Talks will focus on strategies to facilitate parent and child skill generalization and maintenance, and practical considerations for telehealth service delivery. Finally, this symposium will explore what we do and do not know in terms of the quality and rigor of single-case experimental design literature related to parent training for child behaviour reduction. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, parent training, systematic review, telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate audience. Attendees should have an understanding of foundational behavioral terminology and single-case experimental design. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how BST may be used in a telehealth format to train parents; (2) describe the steps required to implement general case training; (3) identify the importance of programming for generalization and/or maintenance in parent training; (4) describe the state of the literature related to parent training to reduce challenging behavior in children with ASD. |
|
Go to Sleep Already! Evaluation of a Blended Face-to-Face and Telehealth Parent-Implemented Sleep Intervention |
JULIE KOUDYS (Brock University), Catherine McConnell (Kalyana Support Systems), Angeline Savard (The Gregory School for Exceptional Learning), Krysten Spottiswood (Pyramid Educational Consultants of Canada), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University), Kaitlyn Harrison (Kalyana Support Systems), Michelle Guzman-Ratko (Kalyana Support Systems), Paige O'Neill (Brock University) |
Abstract: High prevalence rates of sleep problems have been reported in children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Research suggests that sleep problems negatively affect children with ASD and their families, including correlations between diminished sleep and challenging behavior (Cohen et al., 2014). Reviews of treatments for pediatric sleep problems encourage behavioral strategies, including functional analysis and a comprehensive approach to sleep intervention (e.g., Mindell, Kuhn, Lewin, Meltzer, & Sadeh, 2006). Although reviews are promising, more research is required to determine the effectiveness of parent-led behavioral sleep interventions, implemented by community-based clinicians. Further, models of intervention that incorporate telehealth technology should be investigated. The current study used a non-concurrent multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the results of a parent-implemented, behavior-analytic sleep intervention that incorporated telehealth approaches. Individualized behavior-analytic sleep interventions (e.g., faded bedtime, eliminating sleep dependencies) were implemented with three children with ASD in conjunction with community-clinical services. Nightly sleep log and video data indicated that sleep onset delay and sleep interfering behaviors decreased, and duration of time asleep alone increased. Interobserver agreement was above 80%. Practical considerations for implementing community-based, parent-led behavioral sleep interventions will be discussed, including considerations when providing telehealth sleep services. |
|
Evaluating the Effects of Picture Exchange Communication® Mediator Training Via Telehealth Using Behavioral Skills Training |
ALYSSA TRESZL (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Michelle Guzman-Ratko (Kalyana Support Systems) |
Abstract: There is extensive research indicating that the Picture Exchange Communication System® (PECS®) is an effective functional communication system for children with autism spectrum disorder (e.g., Wong et al., 2015). However, little is known about how best to train parents to support their child’s PECS use. Similarly, little is known about how to train parents to use PECS via telehealth. The present study involved online mediator training amid the global COVID-19 pandemic. The purpose of the study was to bridge the gap between PECS and telehealth research, and to explore strategies to help parents support their child’s PECS use at home. One father-mother dyad was recruited for the study. Researchers used behavioral skills training to teach parents and applied strategies of general case training to actively program for generalization. A multiple baseline design across skills was used to measure the primary parent’s treatment fidelity and a multiple probe design was embedded to monitor both parents’ fidelity in the natural environment with their child. Results demonstrated that the primary parent acquired target PECS skills within the training setting. However, not all target PECS skills were reliably demonstrated by parents’ in the generalization setting during follow-up. Implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
General Case Parent-Mediated Telehealth Intervention for Young Children at Risk for Autism Spectrum Disorder |
CLAIRE SHINGLETON-SMITH (Brock University), Maurice Feldman (Dept. of Applied Disability Studies, Brock University), Alicia Azzano (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Paige O'Neill (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University) |
Abstract: Research indicates that young children at-risk for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) show developmental improvements with the implementation of a parent training intervention, although evidence of parent generalization to novel skills is inconsistent (Azzano et al., 2020a, b). This ongoing study aims to determine the effects on generalization of a parent-mediated early intervention using general case training (GCT) combined with behaviour skills training (BST) via telehealth for young children at-risk for ASD. Three parent-child dyads are currently participating. Child target skills were identified through the Parent Observation of Early Markers Scale (Feldman et al., 2012) and confirmed through direct observation. Nine exemplars from three child skill categories that target deficits representative of early signs of ASD were taught to parents using a multiple baseline across participants design. Data are being collected for the percentage of correct parent teaching skills implemented, as well as the percentage of child correct responses to the target skills. Preliminary IOA is 85% (range 73–93). Early results demonstrate an increase in parent teaching skills across all trained participants for both target and novel child skills. These results provide preliminary support for GCT combined with BST via telehealth as an effective early intervention model. |
|
Single-Case Research on Parent Training to Reduce Challenging Behaviors in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Systematic Review |
PAIGE O'NEILL (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University), Amanpreet Randhawa (Brock University), Meghan Dunnet (Kalyana Support Systems), Claire Shingleton-Smith (Brock University), Alyssa Treszl (Brock University) |
Abstract: Many children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) demonstrate challenging behaviors and interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) have been shown to be effective for reducing these challenging behaviors, often through multicomponent interventions. Previous research has shown that parents can be trained to effectively implement multicomponent ABA interventions with their children to address challenging behavior, but systematic reviews examining research in this area are lacking. The present study included a complete review of single case design studies of parent training in multicomponent ABA interventions to reduce challenging behavior in children with ASD and summarizes the state of the literature, specifically scientific rigor, risk of bias, and reporting of parent and child demographics, nature and format of interventions, functional assessment of challenging behaviors, and follow-up and social validity data. Results show that many studies have rigor levels that allow for initial evidence of treatment effects, and that risk of bias is variable across domains. Further, demographic information is commonly underreported, particularly with respect to parent participants, and generalization, maintenance, and social validity data are lacking. However, studies frequently report that interventions are provided in natural settings, and that functional assessments are typically conducted, often with parent involvement. Future directions are suggested. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acting to Save the World: An Update on Projects of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility SIG |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michaela Smith (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is interested in addressing B.F. Skinner’s question, “Why are we not acting to save the world?”. The mission of BFSR is to expand applications of behavior analysis and cultural analysis addressing global issues such as social justice, environmental justice, and human rights. The primary focus of BFSR has been on expanding the work of Biglan (1995) and Mattaini (2013), using a matrix analysis to identify the practices that support, oppose, motivate, and select the development and utilization of scientific behavioral systems to address social issues. The work of the Matrix Project has resulted in the identification of 28 societal sectors. Working groups, informed by the larger Matrix Project, further develop these sectors, apply the matrix analyses to important issues, and develop resources to affect change. This symposium will highlight the work of several of these working groups. The first presentation will provide an overview of the BFSR Matrix Project and will describe the development of an online training system to support BFSR Matrix Project volunteers. The remaining presentations will highlight the work that is being conducted by three BFSR working groups: sustainability; education, diversity, equity, and inclusion; and community resilience. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): community resiliance, cultural analysis, diversity, sustainability |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how to apply a matrix analysis to address social issues; (2) explain how a matrix analysis helps to identify the interdependencies among environmental variables that evoke or sustain practices related to social issues; (3) identify at least one action step that they can take as a behavior analyst to become involved in addressing social issues. |
|
An Introduction and Brief Overview of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group’s Matrix Project |
MICHAELA SMITH (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: The matrix analysis, adapted from Kurt Lewin’s (1951) force field analysis methodology, was expanded by Biglan (1995) and Mattaini (2013) to consider large, complex societal issues and examples of nonviolent struggles, respectively. Their work focused on adding the environmental variables that evoke and sustain the actions of key actors and sectors and the interdependencies among them. Mattaini and Luke (2014) built upon this work and initiated the BFSR Matrix Project. The aim of which is to increase the application of culturo-behavioral systems science to critical societal sectors and to increase the number of behavior analysts interested in culturo-behavioral systems science as applied to social issues. Since 2014, BFSR volunteers have identified 28 critical sectors, and have formed several topic-specific working groups that span multiple sectors. The working groups are responsible for systematically analyzing the sector or issue, developing and arranging environmental variables that promote and sustain desired practices, considering the resulting shifts, and revising the sector/issue as determined by the data. The purpose of this presentation is to provide a summary of the BFSR Matrix Project, give an overview of the current working groups, and briefly introduce a newly developed online training for future BFSR Matrix Project volunteers. |
|
It Takes a Village: Working Together to Address a Super Wicked Problem |
HOLLY SENIUK (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Molli Luke (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Molly Benson (Bershire Association for Behavior Analysis and Therapy), Jonathan W. Kimball (Behavior Development Solutions), Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; Applied Global Initiatives LLC), Sarah Lichtenberger (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
Abstract: Climate change has been identified as a “super wicked problem” and is the most pressing issue facing humanity today. The sustainability working group of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) is focused on applying the matrix analysis to facilitate the growth of behavior analysts working in the area of sustainability. The sustainability working group has created resources to help behavior analysts connect with the sustainability literature and identify action steps to begin work in this area (e.g., bibliography, interviews). The working group is currently working collaboratively with the Behavior Analysis for Sustainable Societies (BASS) SIG using the matrix analysis to identify the practices that ABAI SIGs can engage in to support practices that encourage behavior analysts to address sustainability within their selected special interest areas. The primary goal is to identify several immediately feasible and some more challenging but doable practices and to then create the resources necessary to support these practices. This presentation will highlight the work of the sustainability working group, describe the resources created, and share the future goals of the working group. |
|
Expanding Behavioral Systems Work Among Behavior Analysts: Diversity, Equity, Inclusion and Education Working Group |
TEMPLE S LOVELACE (Duquesne University), Jovonnie L. Esquierdo-Leal (University of Nevada, Reno), Nahoma Maytal Presberg (Behaviorists for Social Responsibility), Holly Seniuk (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas), Valdeep Saini (Brock University) |
Abstract: In the midst of a new social movement, there is a clarion call for educational efforts and actions that address age-old social issues such as systemic racism, poverty, environmental justice, and more. To begin developing content pertaining to these issues, members of the Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Special Interest Group (BFSR SIG) of ABAI initiated the Matrix Project. Within this effort, members identified specific practices that contribute to expanding and promoting behavioral systems work among 28 societal sectors, including behavior analysis programs, students, and faculty. The Education Diversity Equity and Inclusion working group of BFSR has used the matrix analysis to identify resources that serve as antecedents for practices to train students and professionals in social and environmental issues such as sample course units on sustainability. This presentation will focus on the findings of a recent needs assessment administered by the DEI working group to inform the development of resources that behavior analysis faculty and practitioners can use to integrate social issue topics into their current practice. Implications of the findings as well as future initiatives will be discussed. |
|
Pathways to Recovery: Community Resilience |
KHADIJAH AL-FARAJ (National University, Elk Grove Unified School District), Jose Ardila (University of Nevada) |
Abstract: System level factors are key to understanding major structural issues facing current communities, including climate change, violence, racial and gender discrimination, and global refugee crises. Human communities also face increasing threats to their cultural survival from weather and social disasters, demanding immediate and long-term action plans. Intervening on community practices to address these issues is challenging, especially when urgent action is needed to recover from immediate disasters (e.g., hurricanes, mass shootings).There are at least three necessary “behavioral-system kernels” in the pathway to community recovery: preparedness plans (prepare), reactive measures (react), and resilient actions (recover).The goals pursued by the community resilience subcommittee, therefore, are (a) assemble resources to make it easier for behavior analysts and students of behavior analysis to study systemic factors associated with community resilience and (b) build assessment tools to evaluate community resilience. An overview of the notion of community resilience in behavior analysis and subcommittee efforts in this area will be explained in this presentation. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Behavior Analysis of Social Injustice and Gender Discrimination: Relational Frames, Psychological Flexibility, and Discounting |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The year 2020 marked social upheaval not seen since the civil rights movement and the women’s rights movements of the 1950s through the 1970s. Two major events included the #MeToo movement and the murder of George Floyd by police in Minneapolis, Minnesota. Behavior analysis did not exist as a singular field early in this struggle but may provide a research strategy that can participate within a broader scientific movement to understand social injustice and discrimination. The first talk will explore how relational frames and psychological flexibility are related to attitudes about social justice issues that exist today. The next three talks will explore challenges specific to women as a function of gender discrimination and social norms. First, we will explore how motherhood can lead to increased probability discounting with implications for employment and promotion of women in the workplace. Second, we will evaluate gender stereotyping may emerge and self-organize within relational density theory and the role of gender non-conforming exemplars in the development of a psychologically flexible view of gender. Finally, we will explore how modest and revealing clothing may impact the believability of sexual harassment claims by women in private and public contexts. These studies will be situated within a broader strategy to addressing social injustice and gender discrimination within Westernized cultures. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Civil rights, Gender discrimination, Relational frames, Social justice |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify the relationships between psychological flexibility and attitudes about social justice; (2) Describe the relationship between discounting and motherhood; (3) Discuss the role of relational frames within a nested model of sexism |
|
Looking Beyond Political Perspectives: Examining Flexibility Related to Social Justice Issues from a Behavior Analytic and Relational Approach |
JESSICA M HINMAN (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: The current presentation will present data examining the relationship between derived relational responding, psychological flexibility, and perceived importance of various social justice issues. Participants from across the United States with differing self-identified political beliefs were asked to complete an online version of the PEAK Compressive Assessment Transformation-Expressive (PCA-T-E) module and a series of psychological flexibility questionnaires. Next, participants completed an online, paired choice preference assessment which presented them with twelve different social justice issues including racism, climate change, national security, and health care, and they were instructed to indicate which one they found more important. Based on their preference assessment results and self-reported political identity, participants were categorized as rigid or flexible based on how their ranked social justice issues aligned with their political views. Results suggest that individuals with flexible political views outperform individuals with rigid political views on the PCA-T-E assessment but show little differentiation in psychological flexibility, suggesting a relationship between language and political rigidity. Implications for further assessment and intervention aimed to expand flexibility are discussed. |
|
Experimental Evaluation of Risk Aversion in Mothers in a Hypothetical Parenting and Discounting Task |
JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University
), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Prior research over multiple generations has shown lower levels of risk-taking in females compared to males, and lower risk taking in mothers compared to non-mothers (Abbott-Chapman et al., 2007). Risk can be defined behaviorally within a choice-making framework where choices confer a probabilistic gain that co-occurs with a probabilistic loss. Low levels of risk-taking can be advantageous in some contexts but harmful in others. For example, Ekelund et al. (2005) showed that individuals who demonstrated high risk aversion were less likely to become independent entrepreneurs. Entrepreneurship may be considered risky because, although the financial potential is high, so too are social, financial, and temporal loses. In the present study, we evaluated the relationship between a shared experience of mothers – parenting – on probability discounting as a behavioral model of risk and risk aversion. Participants completed three probability discounting tasks. The first was the standard discounting task. In the second task, the participants imagined that they had a young child and were required to actively interact with this scenario before completing the discounting task. In the third task, the participants imagined the child had a chronic illness that necessitated lengthy hospitalization. Results showed that the least risky (i.e., lowest discounting rates) were observed in the condition with the sick child, and the most risky (i.e., highest discounting rates) were observed in the baseline condition. These results suggest that contextual factors associated with parenting may mediate risk-taking in mothers with implications for employment, advancement, and entrepreneurship. |
|
Relational Density Theory: Evaluating Relational Frames Within Gender Stereotyping |
ELANA KEISSA SICKMAN (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Ashley Payne (Missouri State University
), Erin Travis (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Discrimination against women in Western cultures is evident within educational and professional experiences of women, as well as pay and promotion disadvantages experienced by women. Relational frames may contribute to implicit biases that operate within nested contingency systems. The present study attempts to explore the apparent self-organization of gendered relational frames from within a Relational Density Theory framework. We first modelled gendered frames within a two-dimensional geometric space. In a second phase, gender consistent and gender inconsistent information was provided for four hypothetical non-gendered people. We then modelled the gendered frames again along with the inclusion of the hypothetical people to see if gender consistent frames exerted gravity on unstated relations about the hypothetical people. Finally, participants were divided into two groups and were given gender information that either cohered or failed to cohere with the stereotypic gendered frames. Results show differences in the formation and erosion of stereotypic frames as shown within the geometric space. Results have implications for understanding the innermost layer of the nested model. |
|
Implicit Bias Within a Nested Model of Sexism |
CHYNNA BRIANNE FRIZELL (Misssouri State University), Sara Johnson (Missouri State University), Crystal Tracy (Missouri State University), Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: Sexism and biases related to women are important areas of empirical attention in the United States due to social issues involving prejudice, stereotyping, and discrimination on the basis of sex. The study of implicit biases related to sex or gender has garnered interest, with contributions from behaviorally oriented researchers present within the past several years. We suggest that implicit bias is one relevant component of a model of sexism consistent with another proposed model of racial bias as described by Belisle, Payne, & Paliliunas (under review). First, peer-reviewed research related to implicit bias and sex will be reviewed in terms of this proposed model, additionally utilizing the theory-to-impact model described by Dixon, Belisle, Rehfeldt, & Root (2018) to evaluate the literature in the areas of theory, basic/translational, and applied research. Second, two empirical investigations measuring potential biases related to sex or gender using the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) and evaluation of relational responding will be reviewed and discussed in terms of implications for future research, highlighting the need for applied, intervention-focused research in this area. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness and Acceptability of Telehealth and Distance Learning for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Solutions) |
Discussant: Linda K. Haymes (Touro University California) |
CE Instructor: Alissa Greenberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic significantly altered all aspects of our lives in unprecedented ways. Many ABA agencies and schools across the nation had to rapidly transition from a primarily in-person service delivery model to telehealth or distance learning. And yet the research on telehealth and distance learning with individuals with autism is limited to say the least. All four presentations in this symposium contribute to a much-needed literature base on this topic. The first two studies investigate the use of telehealth for the delivery of direct behavior analytic services. Study one uses an adapted alternating treatment design to compare the effectiveness of telehealth versus in-person services when teaching intraverbals. Study two uses semi-structured interviews to gather social validity information directly from the consumers of ABA delivered via telehealth. The next two studies investigate the use of distance learning for students with severe developmental disabilities. Study three compares the data on students’ IEP goals from before and after the transition to distance learning. Study four uses surveys to gather social validity information from parents and educators on the use of distance learning with this population. Results highlight both the potential applications and barriers of online service delivery models of behavior analytic services. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): distance learning, social validity, telehealth |
Target Audience: Service providers in educational or ABA agency settings. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe research on telehealth and ABA services. 3. Demonstrate an understanding of the effectiveness and acceptability of telehealth services for a subpopulation of recipients receiving ABA services. 2. Describe research on distance learning for individuals with severe developmental disabilities. 4. Demonstrate an understanding of the potential utility and barriers of distance learning for individuals with severe developmental disabilities. |
|
Parents’ and Educators’ Perceptions of Distance Learning for Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities and High Behavioral Needs |
(Service Delivery) |
MELAURA ERICKSON TOMAINO (Port View Preparatory), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Solutions), Sarah Kagawa-Purohit (Port View Preparatory), Sagui Doering (Port View Preparatory), Edward Steven Miguel (Port View Preparatory) |
Abstract: Schools across the country and nation closed their doors during the COVID-19 pandemic. These measures impacted all students, as schools, educators, and families grappled with the realities of transitioning to distance learning platforms. The research on distance learning is still in its early phases. However, almost no research exists on educating students with severe disabilities and high behavioral needs using this technology. The present study collected survey data from students’ families and their educators on the feasibility and effectiveness of distance learning programs when working with students with severe developmental disabilities and high behavioral needs. Survey responses were collected from 40 parents, 11 teachers, and 59 paraprofessionals from a nonpublic school located in Southern California. Results indicated that parents and educators had generally neutral attitudes towards distance learning, although educators agreed that their students were obtaining educational benefits during distance learning. These findings contribute to a much needed literature base on distance learning and individuals with significant developmental delays and severe behavioral needs. |
|
An Analysis of the Effectiveness of Distance Learning for Students With Severe Developmental Disabilities and High Behavioral Needs |
(Service Delivery) |
SARAH KAGAWA-PUROHIT (Port View Preparatory), Melaura Erickson Tomaino (Port View Preparatory), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Services), Sagui Doering (Port View Preparatory), Edward Steven Miguel (Port View Preparatory) |
Abstract: With the international COVID-19 pandemic, our nation's educational system was significantly impacted. Students in all educational settings were thrown into distance learning and taken out of their brick and mortar classrooms. While some research has been done on distance learning models, little has been done on distance learning with individuals with significant developmental delays and severe behavioral needs. Therefore, this population was left in uncharted waters as educators worked to develop curriculum to meet this population’s needs. The present study examined the effects of this transition on a significantly impacted special education population. Data was gathered by looking at students’ IEP goal progress prior to and after the transition to distance learning. A total of 419 goals across 84 students were categorized as “No Change”, “Regression”, or “Progress”. Analyses revealed that students maintained about half of the skills addressed in their IEPs and made progress on an additional quarter of their IEP goals. Students demonstrated decreased performance on the remaining quarter of their IEP goals. Findings contribute to a much needed literature base on the impact that distance learning has on students with special needs. Future work is needed to determine best practices for distance learning with this population. |
|
Comparison of Direct Behavior Analytic Services Delivered In-Person and via Telehealth |
(Applied Research) |
ZEENAT KAUSAR (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Alyssa Dunlop (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Jessica Herrlin (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services; Focused Behavioral Services) |
Abstract: Telehealth services within Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) have broadly increased in use. The current literature on telehealth shows the effectiveness of parent and staff training conducted through telehealth, yet there is no research evaluating direct services provided to children with Autism via telehealth. Given telehealth’s recent expansion, it is important to evaluate whether services provided via telehealth are as effective as the typically used in-person model. In this study, an adapted alternating treatment design is used to compare the effectiveness of direct behavior analytic services delivered through telehealth to direct behavior analytic services delivered in-person when teaching responding to intraverbal questions. Participants with a diagnosis of Autism that currently receive in-home ABA services and met criteria to receive direct instruction via telehealth were recruited for this study. Preliminary results show that telehealth is equally effective as in-person services. This is significant as it supports the ongoing use of telehealth for behavior analytic services, which expands access to those individuals living in more rural communities with limited access to services. |
|
A Social Validity Interview for Telehealth ABA Services With Individuals on the Autism Spectrum |
(Service Delivery) |
TYLER GODSY (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services), Alissa Greenberg (Juvo - Autism and Behavioral Health Services), Elisabeth Evans (Juvo - Autism & Behavioral Health Services) |
Abstract: Since the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, the landscape of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) services has shifted dramatically. Telehealth services are being provided at a much higher rate than at any point in the past. While there is an extensive body of social validity research for direct ABA services, there is currently a paucity of research with regard to the social validity of telehealth services, particularly with respect to social validity data collected directly from the recipients of telehealth ABA services. This study collected social validity data in the form of a semi-structured interview directly from individuals receiving ABA services via telehealth. Participants are expected to include approximately 20 children, aged 8-18 with a diagnosis of autism spectrum disorder. Preliminary results indicate that a subset of clients prefer telehealth to in-person services, telehealth is easy to access, the switch to telehealth has generally not affected progress on goals, and that there may be a preference for a combination of telehealth and in-person services if that should become available in the future. The data from this study inform the delivery of ABA services via telehealth and shed light on the acceptability of this service delivery model for a subset of ABA recipients. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Pediatric Feeding Disorders: Novel Applications of Evidence-Based Practices |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University ) |
Discussant: Alison Kozlowski (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
CE Instructor: Alison Kozlowski, Ph.D. |
Abstract: There is no shortage of literature demonstrating the effectiveness of various procedures (e.g., nonremoval of the spoon, differential reinforcement, physical guidance, etc.) addressing a variety of mealtime problem behaviors. There are however, gaps in the feeding disorders literature when it comes to the assessment of specific mealtime problem behaviors as well as the utility of less-intrusive behavioral procedures (i.e., protocols that do not include nonremoval of the spoon). This symposium will include four presentations of novel applications of evidence-based behavior analytic practices to address various topographies of food refusal. The first presentation will discuss the development and utility of an assessment designed to efficiently identify an effective physical guidance procedure to incorporate into treatment. The second presentation will discuss the use of a levels system, without the use of nonremoval procedures, to increase consumption. The third and fourth presentations will evaluate the use of a token economy to decrease packing and increase variety, respectively. The symposium will conclude with a discussion on how these novel applications of well-known behavioral strategies add to the body of literature on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): feeding disorder, levels system, packing, token economy |
Target Audience: The target audience for this presentation are BCBA's or other practitioners who provide clinical services, supervision, and/or conduct research on the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. Audience members should have some pre-requisite knowledge of the assessment and treatment of pediatric feeding disorders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to use alternative evidence-based treatment approaches to treat food refusal and selectivity that do not include nonremoval of the spoon. They will also be able to identify the benefits of using a rapid assessment process to facilitate treatment selection prior to evaluation. Finally, participants will have a better understanding of how to individualize evidence-based procedures to best fit the client, their topography of food refusal, and their overall presentation. |
|
Increasing Food Consumption in an Underweight Adolescent: A Tiered-Reinforcement Approach |
MARGARET BERNHEIM POWELL (Mississippi State University), Heather Whipple (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Brian T. Dudley (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Feeding difficulties occur in somewhere between 33 and 80% of children with developmental disabilities and can cause a number of health, developmental, and social concerns. The current study examined a 11-year-old boy with Autism Spectrum Disorder and Attention-Deficit/Hyperactivity Disorder who was referred to an intensive outpatient pediatric feeding disorders program for significant food selectivity, limited volume intake, underweight classification, and inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB). Treatment was implemented in the form of a levels system and a token economy, and a changing criterion design was utilized. Results indicated that with the implementation of the rewards system, the participant was able to consume 10+ new foods at an age-appropriate volume, as well as decrease IMB, increase volume intake, and gain weight to classify as a healthy weight. Additionally, caregivers rated treatment as highly acceptable. These results are significant in that escape extinction, which has been frequently studied and substantiated in the prominent feeding literature, was not necessary in the current study; instead, the implementation of a rewards system, which have been less studied in the feeding literature, was effective independently. Future implications will be discussed. |
|
Using a Token Economy to Decrease Packing Within an Outpatient Setting |
HEATHER WHIPPLE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Margaret Bernheim Powell (Mississippi State University), Hailey Ormand (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Children with feeding disorders may exhibit a wide range of problem behaviors, including packing (i.e., holding food in the mouth for a prolonged period of time). There are several treatment strategies in the literature to address packing, including texture manipulations, redistribution, offering a chaser, and reinforcement-based contingencies; however, these strategies may be difficult to implement and are not always effective. There is significant research regarding the use of token economies with individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities to increase prosocial and adaptive behaviors as well as decrease challenging behaviors. Limited research has been conducted on the use of token systems within feeding, particularly to address packing. Researchers in the current study conducted an evaluation of a token system to decrease packing and latency to swallow bites. The study included a 9-year-old female diagnosed with ASD and food selectivity in an outpatient setting via telehealth. Latency to swallow was high during home baseline session. The addition of a token system and visual cues led to reductions in latency to swallow. These results were maintained during 1-month follow-up. |
|
The Use of an Individualized Levels System to Increase Consumption for an Adolescent With Food Refusal |
HAILEY RIPPLE (Mississippi State University), Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University), Heather Whipple (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rita Druffner (Kennedy Krieger Institute; University of Maryland, Baltimore County) |
Abstract: A levels system is an intervention consisting of various evidence-based behavioral strategies that are implemented in a way that requires the individual to achieve a specific criterion of a target behavior, while decreasing problem behavior (Bauer et al., 1986; Hagopian et al., 2003). Specifically, the individual is provided access to reinforcers for meeting the behavioral criterion, and access to reinforcers is restricted for engagement in problem behavior. Historically, levels systems have been used to address severe problem behavior (Hagopian et al., 2003; O’Connor et al., 2003; Randall et al., 2018); however, there has been limited application of levels systems to address inappropriate mealtime behavior (Gonzalez et al., 2013). The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of an individualized levels system to increase consumption of solids and liquids in a 12-year-old adolescent with a history of food refusal. |
|
Rapid Assessment of Physical Prompts for the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal |
SAMANTHA HARDESTY (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Hallie Smith (Mississippi State University), Sadie Ingram (Little Leaves) |
Abstract: When nonremoval of the spoon and reinforcement-based strategies are ineffective at increasing acceptance, physical guidance or prompting procedures are considered. Physical prompts are effective at increasing acceptance in the treatment of pediatric food refusal (Borrero et al., 2013; Rubio et al., 2015). Typically, prompts are introduced sequentially, utilizing the least restrictive procedures first. However, it might be more efficient to evaluate all physical prompt options within the context of the assessment process. In the current study, a rapid assessment of physical prompts (RAPP) was completed in a multi-element design with 3 participants who were admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food selectivity and refusal. Participants ranged from 2-5 years old and all had a history of food refusal. Data were collected on acceptance, inappropriate mealtime behavior (IMB), and negative vocalizations. Parents also completed a treatment acceptability survey. The physical prompt procedure identified as most effective (highest levels of acceptance, lowest levels of IMB) in the RAPP, and most acceptable to parents, was introduced into the treatment evaluation. Results suggest that the RAPP is an efficient and effective way to assess physical prompts prior to the initiation of treatment. |
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalence Class Formation: Reaction Time and Sorting Performance |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In the first paper, Palmer et al. trained students diagnosed with autism visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with meaningful stimuli, plus employing a class-specific prompt (colors) for different classes. Testing, after the prompt was gradually faded, documented the formation of equivalence classes and further testing the showed that prompts became members of relevant equivalence class. The second paper by Arntzen et al. include two experiments, one with three 5-members and the other with four 4-member to-be-formed classes. In the sorting tests, either five or four novel stimuli, respectively, were presented together with the trained stimuli. The results showed that more participants in first than the second experiment sorted the stimuli in a new class. The third paper by Vaidya and Silguero show that when creating equivalence classes showed a slower reaction time to incongruent compounds relative to congruent compounds providing a partial replication of the Stroop Effect with laboratory-created equivalence classes. Finally, Fields and Belanich used three-dimensional abstract objects and the simple-to-complex protocol to establish two 3-member equivalence classes in a linear series structure. Initial reaction times were long for the baseline trials, much shorter for the symmetry probes, of intermediate duration for the transitivity probes, and shortest for the equivalence probes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): reaction time, sorting, stimulus equivalence, stroop |
Target Audience: Intermediate level. People attending need some basic knowledge about emergent relations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) to know the processes of expanding equivalence classes, (2) understand how sorting performance and equivalence classes are related; (3) to know how reaction time is a function of different features of stimulus equivalence. |
|
The Inclusion of Prompts in Equivalence Classes: A Systematic Replication With Individuals Diagnosed With Autism |
SIMONE PALMER (Simmons University), Russell W. Maguire (Simmons College), Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College), Paula Ribeiro Braga-Kenyon (Kadiant) |
Abstract: According to Sidman (2000), all positive elements of a contingency should join equivalence classes. Research has verified this outcome by testing if sample and comparison stimuli, responses, reinforcers, and prompts becoming members of equivalence classes. Prompts as a component to errorless instruction, are supplementary stimuli to occasion the correct response, becoming another positive element in a contingency. The present experiment taught students diagnosed with autism visual-visual matching-to-sample relations with meaningful stimuli (i.e., US states). Class formation was tested using a sorting procedure and functioned as a pre-test/post-test design. Initially, the S+ stimulus on each trial was highlighted using a class-specific prompt (i.e., colors: class 1 = blue; class 2 = red; class 3 = yellow). Contingent on correct responding, the prompt was systematically faded until nine conditional discriminations were acquired, in the absence of the color prompt (A1-B1; A2-B2; A3-B3; A1-C1; A2-C2; A3-C3; D1-D1; D2-D2; and D3-D3). Following training, testing documented the formation of 3-four member equivalence classes. Subsequent testing revealed that the class-specific prompts (i.e., colors) became members of relevant equivalence class, established during training and testing, and expanded the classes to five members. Implications for teaching students with developmental disabilities and increased efficacy of instruction are discussed. |
|
Clustering of Stimuli when Novel Stimuli are Presented in Sorting Test |
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University), Anne Westgård (SIV), Anders Dechsling (Østfold University College) |
Abstract: The present study includes two experiments with a focus on introducing novel stimuli in a sorting test. Both experiments used a Many-to-One training structure to train necessary conditional discriminations. In the first experiment, 30 participants trained 12 conditional discriminations as a baseline for testing the emergence of three 5-member equivalence classes. In the second experiment, eight participants trained 12 conditional discriminations as a baseline for testing the emergence of four 4-member classes. Stimuli in both experiments were abstract shapes. Both experiments employed the same arrangement of conditions; novel stimuli were presented in a sorting test after MTS training or after MTS training and testing. The main findings were that in the first experiment, 80% of the participants sorted the novel stimuli in a separate class when the sorting test was presented immediately after the MTS training, while 33% sorted the novel stimuli in a separate class when the sorting test was presented after the MTS training and testing (see Figure 1). In the second experiment, it was a 50–50 % distribution of participants depending on sorting immediately after the MTS training or after MTS training and testing. |
|
Toward a Behavioral Interpretation of the Stroop Effect |
MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (UNT) |
Abstract: The original demonstration of the Stroop Effect found that participants’ reaction times to name a color (e.g., GREEN) was slower when the color and the color name were incongruent than when they were congruent. The robust effect has been documented numerous times across many laboratories. More recently, Vaidya & Brackney (2014) documented the slower acquisition of simple discriminations when the stimuli involved came from different equivalence classes than when they came from the same equivalence class. These data suggest that class-based conflict or cohesion may play a role in organizing the behavior of interest in these studies. In this study, we created equivalence classes comprising arbitrary stimuli and measured reaction times to class-congruent and class-incongruent compounds. The results showed a slower reaction time to incongruent compounds relative to congruent compounds providing a partial replication of the Stroop Effect with laboratory-created equivalence classes. This presentation will present some data and explore the possibility of interpreting the Stroop Effect in terms of cohesion or conflict among elements of naturally occurring equivalence classes. |
|
Reaction Times and Observing of Sample and Comparison Stimuli During Tactual Equivalence Class Formation |
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College, City University of New York), James Belanich (Institute for Defense Analyses) |
Abstract: Three-dimensional abstract objects labelled A, B, and C, matching-to-sample trials and the simple to complex protocol were used to establish two 3-member equivalence classes with A?B?C training structures. Participants “observed” the samples and comparisons by touch only. Classes emerged immediately for one participant and with a delay for the other, with errors occurring in the transitivity tests only. Even with errorless comparison-selection, reaction time (RT) duration and observing-response frequency across trial repetition declined systematically for most relational types. Since RTs and observing-responses were highly correlated, changes in the former most likely was driven by the latter. Initial RTs were long for the baseline trials, much shorter for the symmetry probes, of intermediate duration for the transitivity probes, and shortest for the equivalence probes. For all relational types, however, RTs dropped to the same asymptotic level with trial repetition. Many more observing-responses occurred to samples than comparisons. Immediate passage of AC transitivity tests was preceded by relatively high frequencies of sample-observing in prior BA, BC, and CB probes. When the AC probes were not passed, they were preceded by much lower levels of sample-observing. Thus, sample-observing was predictive of accurate performances on transitivity tests. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Independence and Complex Social Play in Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders Using Photographic Activity Schedules and Social Scripts |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Thomas Higbee, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. ) |
Presenting Authors: : THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University) |
Abstract: Many students with autism and other developmental disabilities have difficulty sequencing their own behavior during free-choice situations. Rather, they rely on adults to prompt them to engage in particular activities. Many do not interact appropriately with play materials or may select one activity and engage in it for an extended period of time. Photographic activity schedules have been shown to be an effective tool to teach children to sequence their own behavior and transition smoothly between multiple activities. Children learn to follow the visual cues in the activity schedule to make transitions instead of relying on adult-provided prompts. Activity schedules also provide a context for teaching basic and complex choice-making behavior. As children develop verbal behavior, social scripts can also be added and then later faded to promote social interaction. Activity schedules have been used successfully in a variety of settings with both children and adults with various disabilities. They are easy to use and can be adapted to most environments. In the present tutorial, participants will learn how to use activity schedules with clients/students as well as learn about recent research on using these techniques to promote complex social play. |
Target Audience: Practitioners and applied researchers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the prerequisite skills for using photographic activity schedules; (2) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote independent behavior; (3) describe how to use photographic activity schedules to promote choice making; (4) describe how to use social scripting and script fading to promote spontaneous language; (5) describe how to use photographic activity schedules and script fading to promote complex social play. |
|
THOMAS HIGBEE (Utah State University) |
Dr. Thomas S. Higbee is a Professor and Interim Department Head in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitation at Utah State University and Executive Director of the Autism Support Services: Education, Research, and Training (ASSERT) program, an early intensive behavioral intervention program for children with autism that he founded in 2003. He is a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D) and a Licensed Behavior Analyst in the state of Utah. He is also chair of the Disability Disciplines doctoral program at Utah State University. His research focuses on the development of effective educational and behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorders and related disabilities as well as the development of effective training strategies for teaching parents and professionals to implement effective interventions. He is a former associate editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) and the European Journal of Behavior Analysis. Dr. Higbee is committed to the dissemination of effective behavioral interventions and has helped to create intensive behavior analytic preschool and school programs for children with autism and related disorders in Brazil, Russia, Portugal, and throughout his home state of Utah. He is the past president of the Utah Association for Behavior Analysis (UtABA) and has served as a member of the Practice Board of the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) and the Psychologist Licensing Board of the state of Utah. |
|
|
|
|
|
An Overview of Acceptance and Commitment Training: From Learning to Compassionate Service Delivery |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi ) |
CE Instructor: Kelly G. Wilson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy/Training (ACT) is expanding within behavior analysis. As such, behavior analysts are discovering how to grow their scope of competence to include ACT as well as how to effectively train others in its use. Moreover, behavior analysts are incorporating ACT into traditional behavior analytic methods to provide compassionate service delivery in areas such as parent training. The first presentation provides a qualitative review on the perspectives and recommendations from ACT experts regarding behavior analysts’ scope of competence within ACT. The second presentation presents data on the use of behavioral skills training (BST), along with self-practice, to teach behavior analysts ACT skills using the ACT Matrix. The third presentation examines the integration of ACT into behavior parent training (BPT) on parental implementation of behavior strategies. The fourth presentation explores how the use of ACT within the field of behavior analysis can bring humanity and compassion to research and service delivery. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ACT competency, ACT training, compassion |
Target Audience: The target audience is those who have an interest in acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT) and ways to incorporate it in behavior analytic work with competency and compassion. Audience members should have a basic understand of private events, rule-governed behavior, and derived relational responding. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Determine how behavior analysts can increase their scope of competence to include acceptance and commitment therapy/training (ACT). 2. Identify strategies to teach ACT to staff members. 3. Define benefits of ACT self-practice for practitioners. 4. Recognize the effects of integrating ACT and behavior parent training (BPT) on parents’ implementation of behavioral strategies. 5. Determine the subsequent effects on children’s challenging behaviors when parents participate in ACT+BPT. 6. Identify a values procedure to support compassion in daily ABA practice. 7. Recognize a perspective taking procedure to support compassion in ABA practice. 8. Determine how to use the ACT to support compassion in daily ABA practice |
|
Scope of Competence for Behavior Analysts Using Acceptance and Commitment Training: Some Recommendations from Experts |
(Applied Research) |
YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Gregory Scott Smith (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), Meredith L. Andrews (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: In response to the increasing interest in Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT), the scope of practice in ACT for applied behavior analysis (ABA) practitioners has been discussed, and some guidelines have been suggested. The next step is to discuss the scope of competence for board certified behavior analysts® (BCBAs®) to incorporate ACT in their practices as part of their behavior analytic interventions in a careful, appropriate, and scientific manner. The current study compiled and analyzed 13 ACT experts’ opinions and recommendations on this topic through a qualitative data analysis of semi-structured interviews. Three major themes emerged: (1) understanding what ACT is, (2) required knowledge, skills, and training, and (3) establishing standards, guidelines, and measurements of competency. During the presentation, these topics will be discussed to suggest a future framework for developing standards, guidelines, measurements of competency criteria, and required training in ACT for behavior analysts. Some suggestions for behavior analysts to start gaining ACT competency and for the field to develop such future framework as a collaborative effort will be made. |
|
ACT-ing to Support Compassion-Focused Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Kristine Rodriguez (Autism Learning Partners) |
Abstract: The world is changing rapidly, global culture is in flux, and yet centuries-old inequities persist. The field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is situated squarely within the purpose of serving humanity. This is evident to us, as the vast majority of researchers and practitioners in ABA have dedicated our careers to helping empower families living with autism and other developmental disabilities. While this dedication to serving humanity seems obvious to us in the field of ABA, it seems it has not been entirely obvious to others that we lead with our hearts. What’s more, there is a growing yearning inside the field of ABA to connect with other humans in more complete and fundamental ways. This presentation will make the case for embracing compassion in the field of ABA and discuss ways to use Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) to empower us to live compassion in our daily research and practice. |
|
Effects of Acceptance and Commitment Training Plus Behavior Parent Training on Parental Implementation of Autism Treatment |
(Applied Research) |
MEREDITH L. ANDREWS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Evelyn Rachael Gould (New England Center for OCD and Anxiety) |
Abstract: The objective of this study was to examine the effects of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) plus behavior parent training (BPT), when delivered via telehealth, on parental implementation of behavioral strategies, experiential avoidance (EA), and stress. The study also examined the subsequent effects on the children’s behaviors. A multiple baseline design across four parent-child dyads participated in the online training. The findings showed that ACT+BPT resulted in parents reaching and maintaining high levels of implementation. The training also decreased EA and stress in three parents. Moreover, the parents’ ratings of their children’s challenging behaviors decreased. However, such a trend was not as clearly depicted by the direct measures of the children’s behaviors. A social validity interview revealed parents found ACT beneficial in assisting them learn and use the BPT strategies. Implications and suggestions for future research are discussed. |
|
Teaching Acceptance and Commitment Skills to Behavior Analysts Using the ACT Matrix |
(Applied Research) |
ANASTASIA KELLER-COLLINS (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Therapeutic Consulting Services), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn M. Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Akihiko Masuda (University of Hawai'i at Manoa) |
Abstract: Applied behavior analysts are often responsible to work with individuals with autism and their caregivers to provide effective and empirically supported interventions and supervise the staff that provide the direct services. Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) is an intervention behavior analysts can access as an effective treatment tool to teach skills aimed at increasing psychological flexibility for clients, caregivers, and staff. Additionally, self-practice has the potential to decrease stress and potential burnout for behavior analysts. Using a delayed multiple baseline design, the current research examined the efficacy of individual behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching behavior analysts ACT skills and intervention using the ACT Matrix through teleconferencing. The use of self-practice was an added component to the learning. Results indicated that all participants (a) acquired new ACT skills, (b) learned to use the ACT Matrix as a form of case conceptualization, and (c) found self-practice positively added to the learning experience. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Social Communication and Challenging Behavior Interventions for Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Marie David (Purdue University) |
CE Instructor: Marie David, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Adolescence is a complex time period among individuals with developmental disabilities where social demands may compete with preparation for post-school outcomes, such post-secondary education, employment, and independent living. Social-related challenges and challenging behavior tend to persist for young adults to developmental disabilities. These challenges may pose as a threat to positive post-school outcomes (Ke et al., 2018; Kucharczyk et al., 2015). Unfortunately, current literature on interventions specifically targeting the needs of adolescents with developmental disabilities are often replete in nature. Therefore, the current symposium will present a series of studies that address limitations in the available research on this topic. Specifically, this symposium will include a series of studies that present the results of (a) a meta-analysis on challenging behavior interventions implemented in school-based settings and (b) two experimental studies evaluating the effects of technology-based social communication interventions, including self-monitoring using I-connect and tele-coaching for adolescents with autism. Results of all studies suggest that difficulties in social communication and challenging behavior can be effectively addressed with using technology-based and behavior analytic approaches. Presenters will discuss how the results of these studies can inform current practice of Board Certified Behavior Analysts® and future research. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): adolescent, challenging behavior, developmental disabilities, social communication |
Target Audience: Graduate students in behavior analysis, clinicians working with individuals with problem behavior, applied researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify moderators that impact the efficacy of behavior analytic interventions targetting challenging behavior of adolescents with developmental disabilities in school-based settings. 2. Participants will describe the utility of a self-monitoring app in increasing social communication skills of an adolescent with autism spectrum disorder. 3. Participants will describe the efficacy of telecoaching in increasing social communication skills of adolescents with autism. |
|
School-Based Interventions Targeting Challenging Behavior of Adolescents With Developmental Disabilities: A Meta-Analysis |
Marie David (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Qingli Lei (Purdue University), Danni Wang (Engage, Learn and Grow), Catharine Lory (Purdue University), SUNGWOO KANG (Purdue University) |
Abstract: Challenging behavior tends to increase in levels during adolescence for individuals with developmental disabilities. If not addressed, this may lead to negative post-school outcomes for adolescents with developmental disabilities. The purposes of this meta-analysis were to examine the effects of behavioral intervention in reducing challenging behaviors of adolescents with developmental disabilities and identify the variables that could potentially moderate these effects. Searches for the meta-analysis were initially conducted in October 2017, October 2018 and updated in September 2020. This meta-analysis will include 30 studies that met standards for methodological rigor and experimental control. Preliminary analysis conducted prior to the recent update in search results indicated behavioral interventions were found to yield moderate effects for adolescents with developmental disabilities in school-based settings. Of the moderating variables, verbal ability, classroom setting, and planned reinforcement were found to moderate the effects of intervention outcomes with statistical significance. However, similar findings were not observed in behavioral outcomes based on the type of functional behavior assessment. Updated Effect sizes will be presented. Several implications for research and practice will be discussed. |
|
Supporting Development of Social-Communication of Young Adults With Autism in Natural Settings: Impact of a Telecoaching Intervention |
Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), MARIE DAVID (Purdue University), Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Deficits in social communication often limit the ability of individuals with autism to communicate effectively, engage in meaningful conversations, and develop lasting relationships. While some of these skills may improve throughout childhood, difficulties in social interaction and communication tend to persist in adolescence. Unfortunately, there is limited research on social communication interventions for adolescents and adults with autism. According to prior research with children, the presence of an interventionist is often required to provide in-the-moment support. For adolescents, the presence of an adult facilitator can become a barrier in social interaction and pose as a threat for social stigmatization. Implementation of tele-coaching, however, may provide a mechanism to assist with development of core skills while also facilitating social independence. This study A multiple-baseline across participants design to examine the effects of tele-coaching on improving the social conversation skills of four high school students with autism. Four adolescents with autism participated in the study. Two conversation skills were targeted for each student with ASD. Implementation of tele-coaching resulted in the increase of targeted social communication skills and reduction of socially inappropriate behaviors across all participants. Implications for practice and recommendations for future research will be discussed. |
|
Preliminary Investigation of a Self-Monitoring Application for a Postsecondary Student With Autism |
LESLIE ANN BROSS (University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Increasing numbers of transition-age youth with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are pursuing postsecondary education and will likely benefit from interventions to support them in college environments. This study used an alternating treatment design with a baseline and best treatment condition to examine the efficacy of a technology-based self-monitoring application, I-Connect, to increase the on-task classroom behavior of a male college student (age 19) with ASD. The study occurred in a large, lecture-style course at a public university. Self-monitoring prompts were delivered via a handheld tablet, and on-task behavior was measured used momentary time sampling procedures. The college student demonstrated an increase in on-task behavior when using the I-Connect application. He also decreased the percent of intervals with inappropriate vocalizations and stereotypic behavior. The college student and his professor reported overall satisfaction with the I-Connect application on social validity measures. Future research is needed to replicate this study with additional participants. Implications related to technology-based self-monitoring interventions to enhance the college experiences of young adults with ASD is discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Practical Considerations and Applications of Behavior Analysis to Working With Children in Healthcare Settings |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Alexis Constantin Pavlov, Ph.D. |
Chair: Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine) |
SETH B. CLARK (Marcus Autism Center) |
COLIN S. MUETHING (Marcus Autism Center; Emory School of Medicine) |
PATRICK ROMANI (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus) |
Abstract: Healthcare settings, emergency departments (ED), and inpatient units can often be associated with stressors and triggers that may ultimately lead to increased levels of challenging behavior and noncompliance with medical procedures. Problem behaviors directly produce many negative effects on the individual who exhibits them including physical harm, exclusion and stigmatization, as well as reduced access to routine/preventative care (Davis & Gavidia-Payne, 2009; Hall, Bouldin, Andresen, & Ali, 2012). Problem behaviors can also be a source of frustration for providers who deliver medical care due to lack of knowledge and training on how best to serve children with behavioral health needs. Although behavior analysts are often familiar with training other disciplines on the use of behavior intervention strategies to decrease challenging behavior, healthcare systems present unique experiences and challenges when trying to disseminate effective behavior analytic strategies. The invited panelists will present three perspectives on working with children in healthcare settings. Topics will include providing clinical care through a behavioral consultation model, transdisciplinary training approaches and policy development for crisis prevention, applying antecedent- and reinforcement-based programs appropriately to improve treatment outcomes, and challenges with establishing applied behavior analysis (ABA) within medical settings. |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts, healthcare providers, |
Learning Objectives: 1. Learners will discuss the potential barriers of providing behavior analytic services within healthcare settings. 2. Learners will be able to describe a trasdiscplinary approach to training for crisis management. 3. Attendees will be able to evaluate the use of antecedent- and reinforcement-based interventions for children in medical care settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interventions for Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury: Current Knowledge and Future Directions |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Discussant: Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Joel Eric Ringdahl, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with developmental disabilities often engage in challenging behaviors that require intervention. Function-based interventions have tremendous efficacy in most cases, but little is known about the utility of these interventions across long periods of time and outside of highly controlled clinical settings. Additionally, reinforcement-based procedures may not be effective in all cases, requiring exploration of alternative procedures. The first presentation in this symposium reviews the literature to evaluate the effectiveness of automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB) interventions along three dimensions: maintenance of intervention effects, longevity of the intervention, and schedule thinning of effective reinforcement schedules. Results note that limited available research program for these areas, indicating the need for additional research considering application of maintenance, longevity, and schedule thinning. The second presentation in this symposium presents data on punishment-based intervention to address challenging behaviors of clients in an intensive outpatient program. Data indicate an average percent reduction in challenging behavior of 79.26% at the end of admission, when compared to baseline percentages. Future research directions, including suggestions for component analyses, are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): behavior intervention, challenging behavior, self-injurious behavior |
|
A Consecutive Case Series Analysis of Treatment With a Response Reduction Procedures |
KORTNEY RIST (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Emory University/Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Most individuals who engage in challenging behavior respond to reinforcement-based systems. However, a small subset of clients do not. When their challenging behavior is causing a significant negative impact to development, the literature suggest implementing a stimulus avoidance assessment to guide consequence selections that are likely to serve as punishers (i.e., response reduction procedures). Past evaluations of treatment following a stimulus avoidance assessment has been limited to small samples. The current study conducted a consecutive case series analysis of clients in an intensive outpatient program for challenging behavior. All clients were admitted due to behavior that caused significant injury to themselves or others and/or their behavior did not respond to less intensive behavioral treatments. Of the records reviewed thus far, punishment was evaluated in 64 cases, with an average percent reduction in challenging behavior at the end of the admission (compared to baseline) of 79.26%. Several reinforcement-based approaches were exhausted before evaluation of punishment for all clients. Clients with a punishment evaluation were less likely to have challenging behavior maintained by social reinforcers. Caregiver acceptability and generalization of treatment effects are presented for a subset of participants. Future research directions, including suggestions for component analyses, are discussed. |
|
Automatically Reinforced Self-Injury: Assessing for Maintenance, Longevity, and Schedule Thinning |
Kaitlin Gould (May Institute), JAIME CROWLEY (May Institute), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with various intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) often exhibit restrictive and repetitive behavior (RRB; Richler, Bishop, Kleinke, & Lorde, 2007). For some individuals, these RRBs include self-injurious behaviors (SIB), which are likely to cause injury and lead to social stigma and social implications for the individual (Minshaw et al., 2014). Although interventions including noncontingent reinforcement and differential reinforcement have been found to be effective for treating this type of SIB (e.g., Carr & Durand, 1985; Vollmer et al., 1993) most research has been conducted in clinical settings with tight control over extraneous variables and dense schedules of reinforcement in place. Thus, questions regarding effectiveness of such interventions in more natural settings remain. We reviewed the literature to evaluate the effectiveness of automatically-maintained SIB interventions along three dimensions: maintenance of intervention effects, longevity of the intervention, and schedule thinning of effective reinforcement schedules. Summarized data are included in the table below. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Review of Behavioral Cusps and Their Extensions |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The concept of the behavioral cusp was introduced in the late 1990’s. Since then, the concept has been widely accepted as fundamental to an understanding of behavioral development. Despite widespread use of the term within behavioral parlance, exploration of the concept and its extensions within the literature or experimental validation of the concept and its extensions have been somewhat circumscribed. There remains considerable potential to build more momentum in the development of the concept as well as expanding its versatility and overall utilization. The first presentation in this symposium will review the behavioral cusp literature. The second presentation will provide an overview of social cusps, an extension of behavioral cusps. A discussion reflecting on the concept will follow by an originator of behavioral cusp concept. This symposium is meant to lead into a separately scheduled panel discussion following the symposium, with panelists further discussing the past, present, and future of behavioral cusps. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and concepts as well as single-case research design methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize use of the behavioral cusp concept in the literature; (2) describe methods for experimentally validating the establishment of behavioral cusps; and (3) specify various extensions of the behavioral cusp concept. |
|
The Behavioral Cusp: Where We Came From and Where We Are Going |
(Theory) |
APRIL M. BECKER (University of North Texas and University of Texas Southwestern Medical Center), Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Rosales-Ruiz and Baer (1996) introduced the concept of the “behavioral cusp,” or a “an interaction, or complex of interactions, that enables access to new reinforcers, new contingencies, and new communities of reinforcement and contingencies - and thus to new behaviors” (p. 165), extending the reach of behavior analysis into the developmental domain. Since the pioneering chapter and subsequent article were published (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1997), several formative works have explored the behavioral cusp concept, expanding its application to novel domains as well as extending the concept itself. To date, no systematic reviews have been conducted examining the use of the cusp in the literature. Thus, the purpose of this presentation is to (a) broadly examine the ways in which the term has been used in the literature via systematic review, (b) identify and offer interpretations of trends in term use, and (c) discuss possible future uses that could benefit the field. |
|
An Overview of Social Learning Cusps |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Verbal Behavior Development Theorists posit that the cusps necessary for language and social development are in fact conditioned reinforcers that create the necessary stimulus control necessary for further development to occur. The emergence or deliberate establishment of a developmental cusp will make subsequent learning possible; without the cusp, the individual will demonstrate slow rates of learning, or no learning at all. Social cusps are conditioned reinforcers that are necessary for an individual to learn through indirect contact with environmental contingencies (e.g., through observation). This symposium will provide an overview of social learning cusps and the research behind the identification of each as well as procedures for establishing those cusps when they are missing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Alternating Treatments Designs: Interpretation Errors and Solutions |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee) |
Abstract: Alternating treatments designs can be used to evaluate multiple interventions and compare interventions. This presentation will address common interpretation errors that are associated with standard alternating treatments designs and propose solutions for each type of error. First, the presentation will focus on how researchers frequently conclude that an intervention or multiple interventions were effective, when changes may have been caused by uncontrolled threats to internal validity. A design solution to this problem, including a no-treatments series during the alternating treatments phase, will be described and analyzed. Next, the presentation will focus on misinterpretation associated with cumulative learning data. A proposed solution to this problem focus on supplementing repeated measures cumulative learning figures with figures that plot learning per session data. Discussion focuses on applied strengths of alternating treatments designs, effect size analysis, and how interpretation errors can adversely affect consumers of applied science. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: researchers, graduate students, consumers of research |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify similarities between A-B phase designs and standard alternating treatments design where both interventions are similarly effective; (2) employ a no-treatment control series during an alternating treatments phase can allow one to better control for threat to internal validity; (3) identify interpretation error associate with alternating treatment designs when cumulative learning is depicted on repeated measures graphs; (4) enhance their visual and effect size analysis by supplementing cumulative learning graphs with learning per sessions graphs. |
|
CHRISTOPHER SKINNER (The Univesity of Tennessee) |
 Christopher H. Skinner received his Ph.D. in School Psychology program from Lehigh University in 1989. While at Lehigh, he served as a special education teaching assistant for elementary students with Autism and as a teacher for 10th grade students with emotional/behavioral disorders. After finishing his Ph.D., Skinner was an assistant professor at The University of Alabama (3 years) and coordinator of School Psychology Programs at Mississippi State University (7 years) and The University of Tennessee (15 years). Currently, he is Professor at The University of Tennessee and teaches graduate courses in the School Psychology and Behavior Analysis programs. Skinner has co-authored over 200 peer-refereed journal articles and earned three national research awards including the Fred S. Keller Award for empirically validating interventions. Skinner’s accomplishments can be directly traced to his work with exceptional graduate students and practitioners. He is happiest when he is partnering with his students to work with educational professional to remedy presenting behavior or academic problems, while also conducting applied research. To simultaneously accomplish these goals, Skinner and his collaborators have relied single-subject design procedures.
|
|
|
|
|
|
A Call for Discussion About Scope of Competence in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Thomas J. Waltz, Ph.D. |
Chair: Thomas J. Waltz (Eastern Michigan University) |
Presenting Authors: : MATTHEW BRODHEAD (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has defined its scope of practice through credentialing and licensure efforts. However, scope of competence in behavior analysis has received little discussion. Scope of competence refers to activities that the individual practitioner can perform at a certain criterion level (e.g., the functional analysis is conducted accurately and safely, a skill acquisition program includes critical program components and establishes accurate stimulus control). Given the successful efforts of behavior analysts in growth and recognition of the field, it is time for a robust conversation about scope of competence for the field of behavior analysis. This discussion can clarify how behavior analysts self-evaluate their own scope of competence and how they might expand their scope of competence if the needs of consumers requires practitioners to expand into new areas. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe risks associated with practicing outside one’s scope of competence; (2) describe elements that improve their own scope of competence; (3) identify systematic ways to identify their own scope of competence. |
|
MATTHEW BRODHEAD (Michigan State University) |
Matthew T. Brodhead is an assistant professor at Michigan State University. He is the Director of Spartan Caregiver Support, a service that provides free and evidence-based support to caregivers of people with autism within the State of Michigan. He is also the Research Director of the Early Learning Institute. Dr. Brodhead’s research examines focused social skill interventions for children with autism. He also writes about conceptual issues relating to the ethical and professional behavior of practicing behavior analysts. Through workshops and consultation, he has established multiple school-based programs for children with autism, and he has provided training to teachers, related service providers, and behavior analysts both nationally and internationally. Finally, he specializes in program evaluation for both applied behavior analysis and public school placements for individuals with autism. |
|
|
|
|
|
Lessons Learned by Behavior Analysts From Areas Working on Fully Implementing an ABA Medicaid Benefit |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Committee) |
Discussant: Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group) |
CE Instructor: Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many people who could benefit greatly from ABA services cannot gain access to them due to lack of financial resources and insurance. Medicaid funding of ABA services is one mechanism to enable financially and socially disadvantaged people to benefit from ABA services. The session will involve discussions by behavior analysts from 4 areas of the United States regarding how behavior analysts have and could address public policy issues related to Medicaid programs funding ABA services. The activities and contributions of behavior analysts in 3 states and the Washington DCs will be presented. The sequences of events in each jurisdiction differ, but some general strategy recommendations will be addressed along with suggestions regarding with issues unique to a jurisdiction. Audience participation will be encouraged. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Medicaid coverage, public policy, social disadvantage |
Target Audience: Attendees will be most likely to benefit from the presentations if they are not only knowledge regarding behavior analysis principle, ABA services, but also have some exposure to and/ or experience regarding public policy, Medicaid funding if possible. |
Learning Objectives: The attendee will: 1. State the importance of Medicaid funding for behavior analysis services, 2. State the importance of having qualified professionals provide ABA services in state funded waiver programs, 3. State why behavior analysts should participate in the process of educating fellow professionals about the value of their services in the context of a team approach, 4. Identify at least 2 barriers that have arisen with Mediciad funding of ABA services, 5. Identify the importance of collaboration across stakeholders 6. Identify advocacy strategy for overcoming barriers to services 7. Identify strategies for navigating complex legislative landscapes |
|
Illinois Medicaid for Applied Behavior Analysis Services |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services) |
Abstract: This talk will detail the recent changes that have transpired with regard to the Illinois Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI) and efforts to obtain Medicaid funding through the Department of Human Services in the state of Illinois. This talk will detail that sometimes arduous task of securing the appropriate professional qualifications to deliver ABA services in the Medicaid system. The many different service categories will be detailed along with how each service provider can sure that they are providing the appropriate services. The presentation will also detail the importance of active involvement by Behavior Analysts in the development of services at the state level. Suggestions will be provided related to the appropriate advocacy behavior for behavior analysts to engage in related to educating state lawmakers about the importance of ABA services and ensuring that the providers of these services have the appropriate credentials. |
|
Texas’ Journey to Full Implementation of the Medicaid Funding for ABA Autism Services |
BERENICE DE LA CRUZ (Texas A&M University-San Antonio and TxABA Public Policy Group), Jeffrey E. Dillen (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group), Rany Thommen (ABA Today and TxABA Public Policy Group), Mariel C. Fernandez (Blue Sprig Pediatrics and TxABA Public Policy Group), Duy D. Le (Child Study Center Cook Children's and TxABA Public Policy Group), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates and TxABA Public Policy Group), Katherine Miriam Johnson-Patagoc (Texana Center and TxABA Public Policy Group) |
Abstract: The TxABA Public Policy Group will share information on the journey towards full implementation of the Medicaid coverage of Autism Services through Early and Periodic Screening, Diagnostic, and Treatment. On July 15, 2019, Texas became the 43rd state to have Medicaid coverage of ABA therapy. The signing of House Bill 1, including Rider 32, by Governor Greg Abbott authorized ABA as a benefit for people with Autism Spectrum Disorder under the age of 21. Behavior analysts from Texas will share barriers, solutions, and lessons learned. The integral goal of partnerships with local, state, and national organizations and the inclusion of parents and self-advocates will be examined. The vital role of a paid advocate and how fees were covered will be shared. Behavior analysts learned how to educate legislators at district and capitol offices, advocate for the needs of the community, become resources for legislators. The role of visibility and mutual benefit will be highlighted. Lastly, challenges in fully implementing the Medicaid benefit in Texas will be discussed. |
|
Advocating for Medicaid in a Complicated Legislative Space |
AMANDA P. LAPRIME (University of Rochester Medical Center), Maureen O'Grady (NYSABA Legislative Co-Chair and New Alternatives for Children), Deborah A. Napolitano (NYSABA Legislative Chair, Daemen College Department of Applied Behavior Analysis, and Golisano Institute for Developmental Disabilities Nursing at St. John Fisher College
) |
Abstract: The presenter will describe the complicated legislative landscape in New York as context for the fight for Medicaid funding of applied behavior analysis services for individuals with autism. The history of insurance-based services for individuals with autism and the current challenges faced by practicing behavior analysts in NY State will be described. The speakers will identify and define the barriers to implementation of Medicaid reimbursed ABA services and share problem solving approaches. The intensive collaboration across stakeholders will be highlighted, including NYSABA, medical/clinical providers, Autism Speaks, Community Based Organizations, and several lobbying firms. A model will be presented for translating the unique service tiers of insurance funded behavior analytic services for evaluation by state legislative and regulatory bodies. In addition, speakers will explain why this approach is a necessary step to overcoming the barriers of service delivery in NY State. Speakers will further identify the components of a large scale needs assessment, with a focus on the identification, operationalization, and remediation of barriers across multiple systems. |
|
ABA Service Provision and Medicaid in the District of Columbia |
MARY CARUSO-ANDERSON (DC ABA), Lera Joyce Johnson (DC ABA; George Mason University), Cynthia Escobar (J &C Behavioral Therapy, LLC), Keven M. Schock (Aveanna), Elena Zaklis (Rutgers University), Jacqueline Landa Jackson (DC ABA), Colleen Williams (BACB), Flor De Amelia Lizette Hoffman (DC ABA) |
Abstract: Medicaid is an important source of funding for medically-necessary services for children with autism. Although State Medicaid programs vary in their reimbursement practices, children receive a variety of services that address core deficits and behavioral challenges in autism, some of which may not be covered under commercial insurance plans due to benefit exclusions or other limits under private insurance. Data from 2005 showed that only 29 states provided Medicaid reimbursement for applied behavior analysis (ABA). The District of Columbia was excluded from this study due to poor quality data. Therefore, the purpose of this talk is to examine the process by which ABA services are obtained and reimbursed through Medicaid in the District of Columbia. The impact of this process on service providers will be evaluated to help identify barriers to obtaining ABA-based treatments through Medicaid in the District. Finally, we will explore the relationship between state licensure of BCBAs and Medicaid reimbursement. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Fluency Flashcard App: A Tool for Building Fluency and Learner Success |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
Discussant: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy) |
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavioral fluency is defined as responses that are easily demonstrated whenever required, adeptly performed for as long as needed, not readily distractible, and performed proficiently in new environments. These outcomes are more likely to occur when responses are accurate and performed at high frequencies. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) cards were developed as a practice procedure to help learners foster fluency. SAFMEDS are often used to help learners become fluent with definitions and concepts. Historically, SAFMEDS were created using cardstock and manipulated physically. In this symposium, however, we will introduce a new tool, the Fluency Flashcard App, that allows users to create fluency flash cards and run a SAFMEDS-like procedure electronically. Results from practice are displayed visually within the app on a quasi-Standard Celeration Chart in order to augment effective decision making. The first presentation will describe research related to behavioral fluency and SAFMEDS. The second presentation will highlight the role the Standard Celeration Chart plays in displaying data and making decisions. The third presentation will introduce the Fluency Flashcard App, provide demonstrations, and describe its development. The fourth presentation will depict an implementation of the app in a supervisory setting for students preparing for an exam. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Fluency, Instruction, Practice, SAFMEDS |
Target Audience: N/A |
Learning Objectives: 1.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define behavioral fluency 2.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define SAFMEDS and it's applications from the literature. 3.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define all the components of the Standard Celeration Chart and their importance in decision making 4.) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe the features and utilit of a new technology: the Fluency FlashCards app |
|
The Research Behind Fluency Building and SAFMEDS |
ADAM PEAL (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative; The Walden Learning Collective) |
Abstract: A body of research exists that demonstrates fluency building, via building accurate and high frequency responding, is an effective way for instructors to enhance learner outcomes. In particular, when element skills are taught such that learners can emit them at high frequencies, those elements may then be more readily combined to enhance the likelihood that more complex skills will emerge. Many of these complex skills often require verbal discriminations in order for them to be emitted with ease. For example, one must often be able to adequately define terms and concepts in order to write effective treatment plans in clinical and instructional settings. SAFMEDS (Say All Fast Minute Every Day Shuffled) is a practice procedure that systematically builds the frequency of saying terms and definitions in a flashcard-like arrangement. Employing SAFMEDS using evidence-based frequency building procedures may result in the emergence of fluent skills. Research, and the related outcomes and limitations, pertaining to fluency building and SAFMEDS will be discussed. |
|
Why Fluency Flashcards Are Different: The Importance of the Standard Celeration Chart in Decision Making |
DEBORAH L. BROWN (SCOE/Morningside Academy) |
Abstract: What makes Fluency FlashCards so innovative? Individuals are used to studying in various ways. One popular method is using a common flashcards arrangement. Often, however, flashcards do not give the learner the results of fluent performance, but instead it is a quick cramming resulting in information overload. What information should go on a card? How does one make decisions about one's learning? How does one know when their studies are finished? The foundation of Fluency FlashCards is that it is not just a practice tool for learning like typical flashcard arrangements, rather it is a practice and decision making tool that builds skills to fluent performances. The foundation of the decision making is the Standard Celeration Chart. This presentation will take you into the inner workings of the app. It will describe what the Standard Celeration Chart is, what makes it different than ordinary graphs, and it’s benefits. It will describe how the daily per minute and timings charts are integrated into the app. It will also explain how the app uses frequency aims and celeration to aid in decision making. |
|
Why Did I Develop the Fluency FlashCards App? |
VICCI TUCCI (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.) |
Abstract: In 1958, B. F. Skinner proposed the notion of utilizing Sidney L. Pressey’s “Teaching Machine” to arrange optimal conditions for self-instruction. Skinner wanted “the […]student to take an active role in the instructional process.” His version of a teaching machine was based on work in the area of the technology of teaching. He and several of his colleagues isolated many of the instructional practices that facilitate learning and instruction. The author developed a Teaching Machine so parents, instructors, and TUCCi colleagues could be competent at formulating, delivering, and monitoring evidenced-based practices (i.e., ABA, DI, and Precision Teaching). The Teaching Machine presents small units of instruction with on-going active student [User] responding and provisions for incorporating learning tools (e.g., Course Glossary, Printable Note Taking per Task, Questions with Immediate positive student feedback, and the Fluency FlashCards App). The author added the Fluency FlashCards to the Teaching Machine when she read about the science and application of frequency building. In addition, she observed the positive effects that Dr. Kent Johnson and his teachers were having at Morningside Academy with their students. |
|
Usability and Implementation of the Fluency Flashcards App With the Next Generation of Behavioral Educators |
KRISTINA ZACCARIA (CLM Center of Excellence, Division of TUCCi Learning Solutions) |
Abstract: Developing competent behavior educators for the next generation takes a multifaceted approach consisting of a well-designed board certified behavior analyst course sequence, effective supervision curricula, fluency building, competency, and application components. Our presentation will explore a model for developing future behavior analysts with these evidence-based practices. System examples will include the dual applied behavior analysis and Competent Learner Modell Certificate Program in partnership with Clarion University, consisting of a uniquely crafted scope and sequence curricular design with emphasis on component-composite analysis. Additionally, the Competent Learner Model’s Center of Excellence Supervision Curriculum will highlight a wrap-around supervision model and curriculum that provides an extension of the dual applied behavior analysis and Competent Learner Model coursework. The Fluency Flashcards App is an integral tool embedded in both of these systems to build fluency of verbal associations. Competency assignments then build skill acquisition around the verbal associations mistreated. Design development, usability, application, and limitations will be discussed at the system level. Individual uses and feedback from board certified behavior analyst supervisees will be highlighted. |
|
|
|
|
|
Recent Developments in Verbal Behavior Research: Updates from the Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lauren Schnell (Hunter College, City of New York) |
Discussant: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
CE Instructor: David C. Palmer, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium includes four studies related to verbal behavior in individuals with varying repertoires. The first study investigated the effects of a speaker immersion protocol on the number of speaker responses (tacts and mands) emitted by 3 preschool students under naturalistic, not directly targeted, conditions. The second study investigated a method of teaching individuals to report the intensity of the non-painful tactile sensations rough and tight. The third study investigated the effects of female and male audiences on gender-biased verbal behavior using an online chat environment analog. The fourth study investigated the use of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. Collectively, these studies will share the most up to date research on expanding the verbal behavior of those individuals with and without disabilities. Following the presentations, David Palmer will provide discussant comments. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Autism, Verbal Behavior |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a basic understanding of verbal behavior. |
Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to arrange interventions to teach individuals with autism to tact sensations. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to use a speaker immersion protocol to increase speaker responses in preschool children. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to use a MET plus problem-solving procedure to establish comparative relations and pass emergent relations tests in college learners. |
|
Generalized Verbal Behavior Increases Following a Speaker Immersion Intervention |
APARNA NARESH (Teachers College, Columbia University), Mary Kathleen Short (Teachers College, Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: A goal of behavior analytic interventions is to produce behavior that is maintained under naturalistic conditions. In this experiment, we studied the effects of a speaker immersion protocol (SIP) on the number of speaker responses (tacts and mands) emitted by 3 preschool students under naturalistic, not directly targeted, conditions. During the SIP, the researchers provided 100 daily opportunities for the participants to emit mands using the target mand form by contriving establishing operations throughout the school day. The effects of the intervention were evaluated using a multiple probe design and by measuring target mands during establishing operations (EO) probe sessions and the number of mands and tacts emitted during noninstructional settings (NIS) probe sessions. The researchers found that the SIP produced increases in both targeted and generalized verbal behavior. |
|
Teaching Individuals to Tact Intensity of Sensations Based on Public Accompaniments |
SANDHYA RAJAGOPAL (Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism often have difficulty learning to report sensations. Healthcare professionals frequently ask individuals to use numerical rating scales to rate their pain intensity; therefore, reporting the intensity of uniquely experienced sensations is an important skill. The present study used a multiple baseline design across stimulus sets to investigate a method of teaching individuals to report the intensity of the non-painful tactile sensations rough and tight. The first participant was a typically developing adult. The stimuli were hidden from the participant’s view throughout the study. In the teaching phase, during prompt sessions, the experimenter stated the intensity level during each trial; during probe sessions, the experimenter asked the participant to tact each intensity and provided feedback. The participant mastered the taught intensity tacts and generalized the tacts to a novel body part for both sensations, but he did not demonstrate consistent generalization to novel intensities and novel stimuli. This study will include 2 additional adults, 3 typically developing children, and 1 child with autism. Findings will be discussed in terms of teaching children with autism to tact private events. |
|
An Experimental Analysis of Gender-Biased Verbal Behavior and Self-Editing Using an Online Analog |
FERNANDA SUEMI ODA (The University of Kansas), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Bruno Eneas da Silva (KMM Engenharia de Software), Justin Hunt (Endeavor Behavioral) |
Abstract: Intolerance, discrimination, and violence are examples of gender-related problems women experience worldwide. One common form of gender-biased behavior is verbal behavior (e.g., interrupting, sexual harassment, sexist jokes). Despite its ubiquity, however, the effects of audience gender on gender-biased verbal behavior have not been experimentally investigated within the field of behavior analysis. The current study employed a multi-element design to investigate the effects of female and male audiences on gender-biased verbal behavior using an online chat environment analog. The chat analog allowed access to self-editing behaviors, which are frequently covert, thus providing additional information about verbal episodes. Participants were 28 typically developing adults. Both overt and covert responses were recorded for the following behaviors: self-editing, disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring. Differentiated responding across genders for disagreeing, interrupting, and pressuring was observed. Covert disagreeing occurred more frequently in the presence of male confederates, and covert pressuring occurred more frequently in the presence of female confederates. |
|
Investigating the Effects of Verbal Behavior on Emergent Comparative Relations |
SHANNON LUOMA (California State University, Sacramento), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Vanessa N Lee (California State University, Sacramento) |
Abstract: This study investigated the use of verbal behavior in the formation of comparative relations. We used a talk-aloud procedure to assess emission of tacts and/or intraverbals during matching-to-sample tasks using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. During multiple exemplar training (MET), participants learned to select the smallest or biggest comparison in the presence of abstract samples. Next, participants learned to select arbitrary comparisons in the presence of both contextual cues, to establish a size ranking among comparisons. To assess participants’ verbal behavior during the mutual and combinatorial entailment tests, they were instructed to talk out loud. Results replicate our previous data suggesting that MET alone does not seem sufficient to establish comparative relations, and that college students may need to engage in problem solving strategies to pass emergent relations tests. Additional participants will be exposed to the procedure to assess for the generality of these findings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Face Covering to Individuals With Down Syndrome |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Chair: Jordan Lill (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Jordan David Lill, Other |
|
Using Video Modeling to Teach Face Covering to Individuals With Down Syndrome |
Domain: Applied Research |
JORDAN LILL (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adriano Barboza (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brenda J. Bassingthwaite (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Lindsey Aberle (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Zack Wielgos (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Anne Keith (University of Nebraska-Omaha), Brianna Jensen (University of Nebraska-Omaha) |
|
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic has altered the school environment for millions of students in the United States and has resulted in the need to learn new behaviors, such as wearing face coverings. Learning COVID-19 prevention behaviors are especially important for students with Down syndrome. They are more likely than individuals without DS are to contract COVID-19, and they are ten times more likely to die from the disease than individuals without DS (Clift et al., 2020; Malle et al., 2020). Thus, it is essential that students with DS learn critical preventative behaviors. This study evaluated whether a behavioral intervention package including video modeling (VM; Park et al., 2019) was effective in teaching students with DS to wear face coverings using a non-concurrent multiple baseline design across three students in special education classrooms. Preliminary results show that video modeling alone was sufficient for one student. However, for the other two students, variable-momentary differential reinforcement of alternative behavior was needed to increase the time they wore face coverings. Inter-observer agreement was collected across all phases. Limitations and future research directions will be discussed. |
|
Target Audience: Pre-requisite skills: knowledge of multiple baseline designs and, knowledge of video modeling as an instruction strategy. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe the importance of teaching appropriate face covering behavior for individuals with Down’s syndrome, and other intellectual developmental disabilities; 2) understand variables that influence video modeling as an effective strategy in teaching behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
The New Technology of Teaching: What We Can All Learn from B. F. Skinner |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D. |
|
The New Technology of Teaching: What We Can All Learn from B. F. Skinner |
Domain: Theory |
MAEVE G. DONNELLY (Northeastern University), Jillian Wilson (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Roseanne Lesack (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College) |
|
Abstract: 1n 1968, B.F. Skinner published a collection of essays (The Technology of Teaching) describing an individualized approach to teaching based on the principles of learning that were revealed through experimentation. In these essays, Skinner discussed how teaching machines may enhance learning opportunities by providing immediate feedback and individually-paced instruction. Skinner continued to promote these ideas in additional essays throughout his lifetime. However, as he noted in a 1984 paper, the American educational system continued to follow traditional methods of instruction. Self-paced and computer-based instruction, although available, were largely experimental or supplementary. In the year 2020, traditional educational methods were suddenly rendered impracticable due to the cancellation of in-person instruction in classrooms around the world resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. In this talk, we will describe how we translated in-person traditional graduate courses in behavior analysis (e.g., Behavior Assessment, Radical Behaviorism) to an online format, what we learned from doing so, and how we can move forward toward a new normal of incorporating our scientific understanding of learning principles into general education teaching practices. We will also discuss the sustainability of online teaching in terms of minimal footprint as well as how these empirically-based strategies might be used to reach diverse audiences across fields. |
|
Target Audience: This presentation is oriented toward BCBAs who provide training and supervision or instruction in behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) list behavior analytic teaching methodologies for graduate instruction and staff training; (2) describe online and hybrid teaching methodologies in terms of behavior analytic principles and concepts; (3) describe Skinner's teaching technology as the archetype for specific, effective modern teaching, and training technologies used across settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Meaningful Curriculum and Respectful Intervention With Individuals Autism Spectrum Disorder: Beyond a Technology of Behavior Analysis Alone |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ed.D. |
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School) |
NATALIE DRISCOLL (Endicott College) |
JESSICA J. CAUCHI (Endicott College) |
SHANNA BAHRY (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Social validity, as a component of the curricular decision-making process, provides a framework for behavior analysts to ensure that the skills targeted for acquisition are as important as the extent to which our instructional interventions are evidence-based and technically precise. Unfortunately, given the continued poor outcomes for adults with autism spectrum disorders (ASD), (e.g., Roux, et al, 2015) it would seem as though social validity may rarely be a part of that decision-making process. Among the reasons for this may be more readily available professional reinforcement for technical precision than for the selection of socially valid targets for intervention; a greater response effort required to target more socially valid targets in less controlled community environments, and; quite simply, the fact that many behavior analysts are tasked with, primarily, the reduction of challenging behavior and not the acquisition of socially valid targets. This panel will provide an overview of the relevant practice challenges associated with a focus on social validity across both the age and disability spectrum. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate - This presentation is intended for behavior analysts and related professionals with experience and/or interest in programming and intervention in support of improved outcomes for adults with ASD and ID. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Discuss the continued, central importance of social validity when identifying target behaviors to either increase or decrease. 2) Discuss a minimum of 5 behavior analytic concepts with direct relevance to improving outcomes for adults with ASD and other Intellectual Disabilities. 3) Discuss the development of positive stimulus control over aversive or coercive stimulus control and, further, the development of shared stimulus control with your students, and, 4) Interpret typically non-behavior analytic concepts (e.g. self-esteem) into reasonable approximations of behavior analytic concepts. |
Keyword(s): Effective Intervention, Goal Selection, Instructional Targets, Social Validity |
|
|
|
|
|
Don Baer Lecture: Common Purpose: Promoting Multisector Collaboration to Address Disparities Through a Behavioral Community Approach |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Mychal Machado (University of Alaska Anchorage) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: There is increased attention to problems of societal concern that may disproportionately affect marginalized populations and communities. Disparities in access to services and cultural adaptations for underserved populations persists as a challenge in the field. The importance of addressing social determinants of health or common underlying factors that serve as setting events is discussed. Collaborative opportunities to address large-scale societal problems through cross-sector and multidisciplinary collaboration between applied behavior analysis and other disciplines including community psychology, prevention science, and public health are explored. As an example, a multisector collaboration to address youth violence using a behavioral community approach is presented. The presentation examines strengths, challenges, and opportunities to advance common goals for supporting change and improvements in population-level outcomes through multisector collaboration. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Those interested in addressing large-scale societal problems. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of multisector and cross-disciplinary collaboration to address large-scale problems of social significance; (2) discuss the importance of addressing social determinants and disparities related to large-scale societal problems through shared goals and agenda setting; (3) identify examples of the application of behavioral approaches to address social problems through cross-sector collaboration. |
|
JOMELLA WATSON-THOMPSON (University of Kansas) |
Dr. Jomella Watson-Thompson is an Associate Professor in the Department of Applied Behavioral Science, and the Director of the Center for Service Learning at the University of Kansas. She is also affiliated with the Center for Community Health and Development. She attained a Ph.D. in Behavioral Psychology and a Masters of Urban Planning from the University of Kansas. She applies behavioral science methods and interventions to improve how communities address issues related to community health and development. Her research has focused on behavioral-community approaches to neighborhood development, substance abuse prevention, and youth and community violence prevention. Dr. Thompson supports community-engaged scholarship using participatory approaches to address social determinants or factors that may contribute to disparities, particularly for marginalized groups and communities. She has researched the effects of community-based processes and behavioral-community interventions to promote mobilization and change in communities. Dr. Thompson has received numerous funding awards and co-authored articles on community capacity-building, youth and neighborhood development, and adolescent substance abuse and youth and community violence prevention. She is as an Associate Editor with Behavior and Social Issues and serves on the ABAI Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Board. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interbehaviorism: Then and Now, All the Way, and In the Room |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
CE Instructor: Mitch Fryling, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The present symposium consists of three papers, each of which draw attention to the relationship between interbehavioral thinking and clinical practice. The first presentation provides a historical overview of interbehaviorism and attempts to contextualize present day discussions and interest in the interbehavioral perspective. The second presentation considers research in behavior science, and points to the conditions in which research most commonly occurs. This is contrasted with the complex conditions in which clinicians work more closely and for more prolonged periods of time with the subject-matter. As such, clinicians may find themselves aware of the limitations of traditional research and interested in the interbehavioral field perspective more readily than researchers. Finally, the third presentation considers the use of middle-level terms in clinical behavior analysis, and proposes that the interbehavioral field construct may serve as a more suitable foundation for work in clinical behavior analysis. In proposing this the presentation also considers the value of conceptualizing thoughts and feelings as observable events and history as part of the present clinical context. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate - audience should have basic understanding of behavioral principles, conditions of behavioral research, and complexities involved in practice settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Describe two aspects of the history of interbehavioral thinking in behavior analysis
2) Distinguish between the conditions of research and practice
3) Explain one implication of the interbehavioral field for Clinical Behavior Analysis |
|
Something New, Something Old: Interbehaviorism in Behavior Science |
(Theory) |
MITCH FRYLING (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Interbehaviorism has a long history in behavior analysis. The developer of interbehaviorism, J.R. Kantor, advocated for a thoroughly naturalistic approach to both the philosophy of science and the science of psychology. In 1937 Kantor founded The Psychological Record, with B. F. Skinner serving as the founding editor of the journal’s experimental department. Kantor did not conduct experimental research, but rather focused on developing the theoretical and philosophical foundation for a comprehensive natural science of psychology more broadly. While interbehavioral thinking has persisted and influenced research and scholarship around the world, Kantor’s work has at the same time remained less well-known in a discipline that values empirical research over theoretical coherence. Some researchers have even dismissed the interbehavioral perspective specifically, due to its alleged lack of utility in working towards successful action in applied/clinical areas. Interest in interbehavioral thinking continues, however, and interestingly perhaps especially among those close to applied research and practice. This presentation provides a brief overview of this history, and in particular draws attention to the current interest in interbehaviorism and its potential future. |
|
Going All The Way |
(Theory) |
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Understanding the behavior of human beings in ordinary life circumstances is complicated by the plethora of substitute stimulation and responding fostered by their verbal repertoires. One approach to this understanding has been to investigate partial happenings amenable to quantitative metrics the aim being to enable subsequent operations of prediction and control. This approach to the problem is not without value. However, reference to a multitude of unrelated dependency relations is not capable of capturing the complexity of human behavior in ordinary life circumstances, and it would not be surprising if clinicians were among the first to come to this conclusion. It is argued that an integrated field foundation, as exemplified by interbehaviorism, is better suited to the work of clinicians than the more prevalent contingency approach. Complexity is a relative term. Investigations of partial happenings are also complex. The aim of this presentation to consider the benefits of going all the way. |
|
Implications of an Interbehavioral Perspective for Clinical Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology have often been mischaracterized and dismissed by clinical behavior analysts as lacking practical utility. Instead, dominant clinical behavioral analytic approaches (e.g., Acceptance and Commitment Therapy and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy) have appealed to middle level terms to describe models of psychological difficulties and processes of change in therapy. This has likely increased dissemination of these approaches, but may also account for the gradual drift toward mentalism. Thus, it seems worth reconsidering the dismissal of interbehavioral psychology as a theoretical foundation for clinical behavior analysis. This paper proposes three aspects of interbehavioral psychology with clinical implications for moment to moment analysis of therapeutic process: (1) approaching the interbehavioral field as the primary unit of analysis, (2) including thoughts and feelings as observable interbehavior, and (3) including history as an aspect of the present. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of RBTs/BCBAs to Change the Face of Adult Services |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, M.S. |
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Chimes International Limited) |
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University) |
JAMES G. O'BRIEN (New York League for Early Learning) |
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Services for the Underserved) |
Abstract: In a variety of settings, the requirements of funding sources (such as CMS and State Medicaid authorities) are increasingly enforcing the use of evidence-based practices where public funding is provided. The creation of the RBT credential which was accredited by the NCCA in 2016 created a great opportunity to improve the lives of persons receiving care in adult day settings, whether that be residential, vocational or of a day treatment model. The presenters are actively working in the I/DD and Autism space of human services, implementing "evidence-based practices" in a variety of states and settings. During the course of the past few years, the ability to train direct service staff in ABA principals has greatly reduced both staff turnover and injury on the job for the two agencies represented by the presenters. We will review where and how we began, with the assistance of Dr. Brian Iwata and how we continue to seek to train staff to competency in a field that previously had little evidence based practice despite decades of funding. |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBA seeking to understand how to implement an increased proficiency in existing (and planned) human service and health care organizations. |
Learning Objectives: 1) identify where the use of an RBT can assist in maintaining funding for existing programs 2) articulate the supervision requirements for RBTs to practice under the supervision of a BCBA 3) demonstrate knowledge of 3 key behaviors to shape on existing staff in order to implement an evidence-based practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Identifying and Closing Skill Gaps: Assessment, Goal Setting, and Performance Feedback Strategies to Promote Learner Outcomes |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
CE Instructor: Janice Frederick, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The behavior analytic literature that establishes assessment and instructional strategies to promote learner acquisition is expansive and far-reaching. Empirical investigation in the context of ongoing clinical work continues to evolve our methodologies. We continue to ask questions about how we can we help learners ‘learn’ and meet their goals. These questions multiply under changing and novel conditions such as those associated with the corona virus 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic. For example, how can we identify deficits that may impact learner performance and apply well-documented strategies such as goal setting and performance feedback to support learners under these conditions? The current symposium examines the utilization of assessment, goal setting, and performance feedback across varied populations, target behaviors, and settings. The first paper describes outcomes related to an assessment tool and instructional program utilized with special education students to address deficits in prerequisite skills required for distance learning. The second paper involves an examination of the effectiveness of setting daily session-improvement goals across individual programs for learners diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). The final paper reviews outcomes obtained for nonpublic school students exposed to a treatment package involving goal setting and daily feedback designed to improve academic task completion. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Visual inspection of data, familiarity with standard celeration charts, and understanding of behavioral skills training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) describe a tool and methodology for assessing and treating deficits in technology-based prerequisite skills for students enrolled in distance learning instruction, (2) describe the differential effects of general and specific goal setting on learner performance, and (3) describe components of a behavioral intervention package designed to improve students’ academic performance. |
|
Assessment and Acquisition of Technology-Based Prerequisite Skills to Support Access to Distance Learning Instruction for Special Education Students |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA KAREN PIZZICA (Santa Cruz City School District), Matthew Christopher Peterson (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: In response to the coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) outbreak, schools across the world have been closed intermittently over the course of several months as an emergency measure to prevent spreading of the infection. During school closures, many students received instruction remotely either in entirety or under a hybrid model involving a mixture of on-campus and distance learning models. For some students, skill deficits may serve as a barrier to accessing instruction under these conditions. In the current study, special education teachers were surveyed to learn more about their methods for assessing and establishing preparedness for distance learning instruction with their students. A tool for assessment of technology-based prerequisite skills for distance learning was developed and administrated to special education students ranging from 1-12 grades. These data were utilized to create acquisition programs for specific skills hypothesized to impact student independence and engagement during distance learning sessions. These acquisition programs were then introduced with secondary level special education students. Results related to student assessment, acquisition of prerequisite skills, as well as social validity measures for teachers and students will be shared. |
|
Gooooooaaaaaal!!! How Session-Improvement Goals Affect Learner Outcomes |
(Applied Research) |
MEGAN D. SZETO (The Learning Consultants (tLC)), Jeffrey Gesick (The Learning Consultants), Megan Han (The Learning Consultants), Ariel Bray (The Learning Consultants) |
Abstract: Goal setting is a well-established strategy for improving educational performance. Further, it is well documented that specific goals produce higher performance than goals that encourage a learner to “do your best.” This study examined the effectiveness of setting daily session-improvement goals across individual programs for learners diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). During the initial intervention phase, participants were provided a loose set of criteria to set goals for the learners they work with in order to compare the number of goals met to the number of programs run. Each of the participants collected daily data indicating each of these frequencies. Data were evaluated during staff meetings, where feedback was delivered and more specific criteria established for setting goals that resulted in an optimal percentage of goals met. Finally, these data were compared to the frequency of data-based decisions made that resulted in forward progress for learners in our clinic in order to evaluate optimal frequencies of data-based decisions for our staff. |
|
The Present, Positive, Participant (P3) Project: A Component Analysis of a Behavior Analytic Intervention Package for Nonpublic School Students |
(Applied Research) |
MATTHEW CHRISTOPHER PETERSON (The ABRITE Organization), Janice Frederick (The ABRITE Organization) |
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of goal setting, behavioral contracting, performance feedback, and a reinforcement contingency on goal mastery for secondary level students attending a nonpublic school. Specifically, students committed to a mutually agreed upon goal of meeting individualized academic expectations every school day. Baseline data from each of 5 participants suggested failure to meet their academic expectations on the majority of school days. Three participants in the initial intervention phase worked with a ‘coach’ to set a goal related to meeting work completion criteria for each school day. Participants received daily feedback related to their goal via a text message to their caregiver and each attended a brief weekly meeting with a ‘coach’ during which they received feedback via a graph of their performance relate to their goals. Goal specific measures included the percentage of class periods where individualized academic criteria were met. A component analysis was initiated for 2 additional participants to examine the effects of each component of the intervention package. Overall results indicate that this relatively low-cost and minimally invasive intervention was effective in increasing student performance on goal related tasks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Translational OBM Research and Its Relevance for Practice |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center) |
CE Instructor: Florence DiGennaro Reed, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: FLORENCE DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: The roles of basic and applied research have been the subject of much discussion in behavior analysis in recent years (e.g., Sidman, 2011). One view contends that innovation is possible through a translational research paradigm that synthesizes “basic and applied questions, literatures, and methods” (Mace & Critchfield, 2010, p. 293). This presentation will use Pasteur’s quadrant as a backdrop to describe the infrastructure of an OBM research laboratory designed to span the continuum of basic-to-applied research. To showcase the value of translational OBM research and its relevance for practice, data from use-inspired basic and applied research will be shared. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: scientists, researchers, graduate students, OBM practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define translational research; (2) describe the role of translational research in scientific discovery and addressing socially important problems in the workplace; (3) discuss results of studies using a translational research approach to inform practice issues. |
|
FLORENCE DIGENNARO REED (University of Kansas) |
 Dr. Florence DiGennaro Reed, a board certified behavior analyst, received a doctorate in school psychology from Syracuse University. She also completed a clinical post-doctoral fellowship at the Institute for Child Development and a pre-doctoral internship in clinical psychology at the May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation and the May Center for Child Development. Presently, Florence is an Associate Professor in and Chairperson of the Department of Applied Behavioral Science at the University of Kansas where she directs the Performance Management Laboratory. Her research examines effective and efficient staff training and performance improvement practices. Florence has published nearly 90 articles and book chapters and two edited books on a variety of topics including training, performance management, assessment, and intervention. Moreover, she has been an Associate Editor for Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Journal of Behavioral Education, and Behavior Analysis in Practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
Theoretical and Methodological Considerations Concerning the Participation of Verbal Behavior Within Metacontingency Experiments |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Fabio Henrique Baia (Universidade de Rio Verde) |
Discussant: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Traci M. Cihon, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Culturo-behavioral science is rapidly evolving into a scientific enterprise aimed, in part, at understanding relations between behavior and cultural selection processes. In this enterprise, cultural selection processes are largely seen as occurring through metacontingencies in which selecting events increase the likelihood that culturants (i.e., interlocking behavioral contingencies, or IBCs, and the aggregate products they produce) reoccur. As such, metacontingencies do not only increase the likelihood of observing particular responses of multiple individuals but functional relations between such responses. While verbal behavior has been shown to be important for facilitating metacontingent control of culturants, how verbal behavior or activity participates in establishing functional relations within IBCs remains elusive. The purpose of this symposium is to outline two different approaches towards analyzing the contribution of verbal behavior in metacontingency interactions: (1) by conducting descriptive analyses of referential interactions that occur between participants and (2) by limiting communicative interactions between participants and making selecting events contingent on one individual responding to stimuli that only other individuals contact. Although these approaches are distinct, they both can inform how relevant verbal processes are to establish functional relations within IBCs. Experiments utilizing each approach--and their implications for conceptualizing cultural selection—will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): cultural selection, metacontingency, reference, verbal behavior |
|
Interindividual Performance in Metacontingencies: An Experimental Analysis of Interlocked Behaviors in the Unit of Interlocking Behavioral Contingencies |
(Basic Research) |
JOSE ARDILA (University of Nevada), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Will Fleming (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The main unit of analysis in metacontingencies are interlocking-behavioral contingencies (IBCs) measured by their aggregate product (AP) (Glenn et al. 2016). The experimental literature has demonstrated selection APs by factors external to the group (also known as “cultural consequences”). By contrast, social interactions occurring inside IBCs have received little examination, although they constitute a key element to understand different types of social dynamics. In this study interindividual performance and verbal interactions of individuals inside IBCs were examined. Communication between participants in dyads was experimentally manipulated such that some dyads wore noise-cancelling headphones while working together and other group of dyads used headsets to talk to each other during the experimental session. Verbal interactions were measured using video/audio digital recordings. Three type of instructions were presented to dyads to assess their effects on dyads performance under ambiguous circumstances throughout the task. Instructions varied in their degree of ambiguity in each condition: high (A), medium (B), and low-explicit rules (C). The order of rule presentation was alternated between groups. Our finding demonstrated significant differences in interpersonal performance between groups (verbal dyads vs nonverbal dyads). Overall, dyads spent more time engaging in cooperative verbal interactions than in any other type of verbal interaction, and similar acquisition patterns of these interactions were observed across dyads. The implications of these findings for futures studies related to the analysis of metacontingency will be discussed. |
|
Investigating Cultural Behavior Using a Turn-Based Matching-to-Sample Procedure |
(Basic Research) |
WILL FLEMING (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Experimental analyses of metacontingencies assess how interlocking behavioral contingencies (IBCs) that produce aggregate products are selected and replicated as a single, functional unit. Turn-based matching-to-sample procedures (TBMTS) can be used to examine metacontingent selection. In TBTMS, pairs of participants take turns selecting comparison stimuli in the presence of particular sample stimuli. Dependency relations are arranged so that, on each trial, one participant responds in the presence of a stimulus selected by another. Rewards ae delivered based on correspondence (i.e., when one participant responds to a stimulus only shown to the another) and noncorrespondence (i.e., when on participant responds to a stimulus other than that only shown to another). When correspondence produces more points, participants typically select the same comparison stimuli as their partner across all sample stimuli and demonstrate symmetrical responding. While this task produces data that are interpretable from a metacontingency perspective, it also can be interpreted in terms of verbal processes. This presentation will elaborate on data collected utilizing TBMTS from a metacontingencies and molar operant contingencies and discuss the implications of each for future experimental analyses of culture, the importance of verbal behavior, and creating sustainable cultural change. |
|
|
|
|
|
Context Matters: Implementing Interventions Within Juvenile Justice Facilities |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida ) |
Discussant: P. Raymond Joslyn (Utah State University) |
CE Instructor: P. Raymond Joslyn, M.S. |
Abstract: This symposium aims to disseminate some current research on the delivery of interventions within the context of juvenile justice settings. It brings together four studies that focus on important considerations that are pertinent to the safe functioning of the facility and delivering beneficial interventions for the residents. The first presentation will review prescribing and deprescribing practices for residents and the implications of those practices. The next presentation will describe an evaluation of positive and negative resident-staff interactions which informed a subsequent intervention for improved staff practices. Presentation three will discuss a pyramidal training model using behavioral skills training to improve the use of praise by staff. The final presentation will describe a training protocol using behavioral skills training for staff to improve contraband searches in resident rooms. Collectively, these presentations will highlight some of the varied interventions that may be important to consider in the context of juvenile justice facilities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who work in juvenile justice facilities or are interested in learning about interventions within these settings would benefit from the presentations in this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Identify recommended prescribing guidelines for prescribing psychotropic medication to juveniles, especially those in secure residential justice facilities. 2. Describe the importance of increasing positive staff member and resident interactions in a juvenile justice facility. 3. Describe how Pyramidal Behavior Skills Training was implemented in a juvenile residential facility 4. Describe how behavioral skills training can be implemented with staff to teach job skills using a task analysis. |
|
Psychotropic Medication Prescribing in a Residential Treatment Facility: Evidence of a Limited Deprescribing Process |
ASHLEY ANDERSON (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University), Erica Kierce (Auburn University) |
Abstract: This study examined medical files for former residents of a juvenile residential facility. Review of medical files for 135 adolescents adjudicated for sexual offenses revealed 57 (42.2%) received one or more psychotropic medications during their stay. The most frequently prescribed psychotropic medications for residents were stimulants (53.6%), antidepressants (50.9%), and antipsychotics (19.3%). Although more residents were taking medications at discharge than intake, statistical analysis revealed residents received a fewer number of medications at discharge than intake. In addition, 22 (38.6%) of the 57 residents who received psychotropic medication experienced deprescribing (discontinuation) of all psychotropic medication prior to discharge. Individuals who received an antipsychotic were (a) most likely to receive multiple psychotropic medications and (b) least likely to experience deprescribing of any medication. Residents who entered the facility with psychotropic medication were less likely to experience deprescribing than those who received psychotropic medication after intake. Guidelines exist to facilitate best practices for prescribers when prescribing to individuals in residential facilities, these are briefly discussed. |
|
Increasing Praise Delivery Within Dorms of a Juvenile Justice Facility |
ODESSA LUNA (St. Cloud State University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University) |
Abstract: It remains unclear whether practitioners can apply behavioral interventions to increase staff members’ appropriate interactions with residents within a juvenile justice facility. In Study 1, researchers compared staff behavior in three dorms (D1, D2, and D3) containing high levels of resident disruptive behavior to a dorm (D4) with consistently low levels of disruptive behavior. Staff in target dorms engaged in significantly higher rates of reprimands and negative statements than in D4. In Study 2, researchers trained staff in D1, D2, and D3 to increase contingent and noncontingent praise delivery. Results indicated praise delivery by staff increased slightly in each target dorm. In Study 3, researchers evaluated the extent to which measures of staff members’ and residents’ behaviors improved following training within each dorm. Subsequently, researchers compared the post-training behavioral measures from D1, D2 and D3 to D4 to determine the extent to which staff behavior in the training dorms was distinguishable from D4. Results of Study 3 indicated one or more staff behaviors improved in each training dorm. Residents’ disruptive behavior was unchanged in each target dorm. Staff members’ behavior in each target dorm continued to be distinguishable from staff members’ behavior in D4 on most measures. |
|
Pyramidal Training in a Juvenile Residential Facility: Staff to Self-Monitor Use of Behavior Specific Praise |
ZOE I HAY (ATBx), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Juvenile residential facilities are punitive and restrictive limiting youth opportunity to learn and engage in adaptive behavior. Staff training is necessary to reduce the punishment-based behavior management practices that are often in place and to increase reinforcement of appropriate behavior. Pyramidal training is a cost-effective and efficient strategy to train multiple levels of staff on behavior analytic skills. In this study a pyramidal training approach was used to train juvenile residential supervisors to deliver training to floor staff, using behavioral skills training (BST) procedures and to implement self-monitoring procedures to improve their practices. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to examine the impact of pyramidal training on supervisor’s procedural fidelity of delivering training to floor staff. Additionally, a multiple baseline across participants design evaluated floor staff delivery of behavior specific praise (BSP) and negative interactions. Changes in staff’s perception of problem behavior in youth they oversee were also examined. The results indicated that the pyramidal training was successful in improving supervisor procedural fidelity of conducting BST. Which resulted in increases in floor staff’s use BSP and decreases in negative interactions. Furthermore, the staff’s perceived levels of youth’s inappropriate behavior and major problem behavior decreased as a result. |
|
Behavioral Skills Training to Increase Fidelity of Staff Room Searches at a Juvenile Residential Facility |
ELLIE MOROSOHK (Adapt and Transform Behavior), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Room searches are a critical job task that staff at a juvenile residential facility complete daily in order to maintain the safety and security of the facility. For this study, we used a multiple baseline design to examine the effectiveness of behavioral skills training (BST) for teaching staff to complete thorough room searches. Room searches were measured as percentage of steps correct on a task analysis. We also evaluated the potential for reactivity when staff were unaware of the researcher’s presence. Because we were unable to use video recordings in this study, we measured reactivity using duration of search and compared it to their previous duration with correct responding. If reactivity was evident, we provided feedback to the staff member and showed them how to use the room search task analysis as a self-monitoring checklist. The use of BST, feedback, and self-monitoring were effective for teaching staff how to thoroughly conduct and maintain room searches. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Nested Model to Stop Climate Change: The Needs of the Many and the Needs of the Few |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University
) |
Discussant: Julia H. Fiebig (Ball State University; Applied Global Initiatives LLC) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: In this symposium, we will explore multiple layers of a nested model of behavior that impacts earth’s climate. The model expands from solutions at the level of the individual (i.e., individualistic responsibility) to challenges that persist at the level of small (i.e., interrelated dynamic contingencies) and large (i.e., social policies) groups. First, we describe an experimental program to reduce individual carbon emission through a functional assessment of green behavior and an embedded shaping procedure. Second, we will discuss a series of basic experiments that model resource depletion as a function of competition that influences contingencies at the level of the individual and small groups. Third, we will describe how policies at a social level can impose constraints of collective behavior - but that preference for these policies can be successfully modelled within a delay discounting paradigm. Finally, we will move beyond discussing individuals’ context-specific behavior to propose a mathematical model that profiles individuals’ environmental choices across multiple circumstances and domains. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Climate change, Discounting, Dynamic Systems, Sustainability |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
Learning Objectives: (1) describe behaviors that are related to emissions and sustainability; (2) describe the role of interrelated contingencies on sustainable behavior; (3) describe how social policies exist within a multilevel model |
|
Evaluating the Construct Validity of an Itemized Climate Change Assessment |
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University
), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University
), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: In recent years, concerns relating to global warming and the need for reducing carbon emissions has increased. An effective approach for reducing overall carbon emissions is to increase sustainability related behaviors. While such an approach affords this utility, an underlying factor that potentially limits the extent to which individuals engage in sustainable behavior is limited knowledge or information as to what specific behaviors are considered to be sustainable. As such, there is a need for a methodology to identify deficits as they relate to sustainability behavior. The current symposium discusses the development of an assessment designed to provide a measure of an individual’s sustainability behavior. In addition, researchers sought to evaluate the validity of the assessment by determining the extent to which assessment scores were related to carbon output. Scores for the sustainability assessment as well as carbon footprint measures were collected, and a Pearson product-moment correlation coefficient was obtained between the two measures. The results showed a moderate, negative correlation between scores on the sustainability assessment and carbon footprint measures. These findings suggest the sustainability assessment is a valid tool which has good correspondence with other sustainability measures, and it can be used to identify sustainability related behavior deficits. |
|
Investigating Resource Consumption and Competitiveness using Experimental Analogues |
JULIO CAMARGO (Federal University of São Carlos), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
Abstract: Several factors hamper the sustainable use of common-pool resources, including the growing competition between individuals who depend on such resources to survive. We describe two basic experiments that model the interrelated dynamics of situations in which the resources are scarce and shared among the individuals within small groups. The first experiment used an online network task to investigate how making individuals' returns contingent on group performance can affect resource depletion. Participants were XX college students, distributed in groups of four. On the baseline, individual earnings were not contingent on group performance. On intervention, the individual earnings depended on the group's average consumption. Results revealed increased resource depletion during the intervention compared to baseline. The second experiment used a fishing game to evaluate how opponents' competitiveness affects individual behavior. Sixteen college students played the game individually, sharing a fishpond with two opponents controlled by the computer. For half of the participants, opponents' consumption was more aggressive than the other half. Results showed that participants who played against more aggressive opponents had more difficulty to sustain the resources and presented more competitive responses. Taken together, the results of these two experiments revealed how inter-group competitiveness could modulate the sustainability of shared resources. |
|
Things are Heating Up: Delaying the Point of No Return Through Policy |
JORDAN BELISLE (Missouri State University), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Lisa Vangsness (Wichita State University) |
Abstract: Policies provide shared social and economic contingencies that can influence the behavior of large groups, representing the outermost layer of our nested model. We will discuss data collected within multiple delay discounting tasks that have been adjusted to capture policy preferences and willingness to forego high emission commodities to delay the climate point of no return. Results suggest that participants discount climate change similar to catastrophic monetary losses, and that policy manipulations (group versus individual contingencies) can influence willingness to forego emission commodities. Behavior analysts may therefore play a role by quantitatively evaluating preference for policies that target high emission behavior. Research collected during and throughout COVID-19 will also be reviewed as an approximate model to the climate crisis showing that perceived probability of a catastrophic outcome and grouped versus individual contingencies can have a considerable impact on participants’ willingness to alter or adjust behavior to delay or avoid future hardship. Finally, the talk will conclude with an analysis of how the policy layer may conceptually interact with lower layers of the nested model. |
|
Using Multi-Level Modeling to Profile Behavior Across Multiple Choice Domains |
LISA VANGSNESS (Wichita State University) |
Abstract: Traditionally, discounting data is analyzed between-subjects in the form of indifference points. Separate curves are fit for each combination of conditions, and a curve-fitting parameter, k, is compared across conditions with a t-test or ANOVA. However, it is also possible to analyze this data in a repeated-measures analysis that treats responses as individually related cases. This talk will compare and contrast approaches using environmental discounting data and discuss how a multi-level approach allows researchers to model contingencies that occur on a geographic or partisan level, while preserving and studying relationships that unfold on the level of the individual. The talk will be practically-oriented, with R-markdown text provided as supplemental material. |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Research and Ethical Issues in Supervision |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
5:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Melissa L. Olive (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
Discussant: Tyra Paige Sellers (Behavior Analyst Certification Board) |
CE Instructor: Melissa L. Olive, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With almost 31 states requiring licensure in behavior analysis and over 42,000 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (hereafter behavior analysts), the demands on our growing field could not be greater. Less than half of those behavior analysts have been certified 5 years or longer leaving few experienced supervisors to train the next generation of behavior analysts. Moreover, very few behavior analysts receive training in how to supervise. At best, behavior analysts complete the BACB required 8-hour training prior to providing supervision. Luckily, future behavior analysts will receive formal training as part of the new coursework requirements for the 5th Edition task list (BACB, 2017). Given the importance of and need for quality supervision, this symposium on will focus on current research, ethical issues, elements of effective supervision, and considerations when conducting remote supervision. Disclaimer: This session will not prepare you to become a supervisor but may be used in conjunction with additional training and experiences to become a supervisor. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Effective Supervision, Ethical Supervision, Ethics, Supervision |
Target Audience: Senior behavior analysts, Behavior Analysts thinking of becoming supervisors, and Supervisors |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will describe the current research in supervision practices 2. Participants will identify ethical considerations regarding supervision of independent fieldwork as well as how to incorporate ethics into supervision practices 3. Participants will describe the importance of structuring supervision sessions with measurable and targeted goals. 4. Participants will identify the importance of developing a meaningful supervision plan to support treatment fidelity 5. Participants will explain the importance of developing a scope and sequence for supervision prior to starting the supervision process 6. Participants will describe the components of BST as it relates to remote supervision 7. Participants will explain methods for assessing competency when supervising remotely |
|
A Review of the Literature: Supervision Best Practices |
NISSA VAN ETTEN (Cultivate Behavioral Health and Education) |
Abstract: In 2016 Behavior Analysis in Practice published an entire issue on supervision requirements, standards, and research for the future. Since that publication, various leaders in the field have further defined and provided evidence on supervision skills of aspiring behavior analysts. This presentation will include a review of the pertinent literature on supervision as well as identify implications of the research and discuss next steps for future research. |
|
Ethical Considerations When Supervising Independent Fieldwork |
MELISSA L. OLIVE (Applied Behavioral Strategies LLC) |
Abstract: This session will apply the Professional and Ethical Codes to various ethical situations that arise as a supervisor and supervisee move through the independent fieldwork process. Strategies for problem solving ethical dilemmas will be presented and finally procedures for preventing subsequent ethical missteps will be discussed. |
|
Effective Supervision for Treatment Fidelity and Job Satisfaction |
MELISSA SAUNDERS (Creative Interventions) |
Abstract: The importance of having strong supervisory skills as a clinical supervisor can be easily overlooked. Supervisors are essential; not only to ensure that there is fidelity in treatment, but also to support behavior technicians so they have a solid foundation and are able to enjoy their work. Given that a sizable percentage of the behavior analyst's role is to act as a supervisor, it is essential to hone evidence-based supervision strategies that are grounded in best practice. Participants will learn the importance of structuring supervision with measurable and targeted goals as well as developing a meaningful supervision plan to support treatment fidelity. Finally, participants will explain the importance of developing a scope and sequence for supervision prior to starting the supervision process. |
|
Utilizing Behavioral Skills Training in a Remote Supervision Model |
LISA N. BRITTON (Britton Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Given the paucity of qualified supervisors, there is a greater need for remote supervision. The purpose of this presentation is to outline steps for using BST when providing remote supervision. The first step in this process is to develop a scope and sequence aligned to the Behavior Analysis Certification Board (BACB) task list. The next step includes teaching concepts to competency and utilizing systems to ensure that trainees are able to demonstrate performance in an applied capacity. The final area of focus includes building competency in all areas that will be expected of the trainees once they become a BCBA. |
|
|
|
|
|
Evaluations of Telehealth-Delivered, Culturally Adapted, and Caregiver-Implemented Functional Analysis and Functional Communication Training Around the World |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau, Ph.D. |
Abstract: With the emergence of the COVID-19 pandemic, most behavior analysts have become more familiar with utilizing telehealth technology to deliver services to their local clients. The research teams presenting in today’s symposium have been leveraging telehealth service delivery models long before the pandemic to evaluate and deliver culturally-adapted services across areas in the world that have lower access to trained behavior analysts. The first presentation will describe a two-part study conducted in Africa via telehealth which includes a needs assessment of caregivers of children with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD), didactic instruction for caregivers, and individualized parent training in functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT). The second presentation will describe caregiver training of FA and FCT delivered via telehealth to families in South Asia with a focus on procedural integrity and generalization. The third presentation will illustrate an evaluation of culturally-adapted versus standard caregiver training during telehealth delivered FA and FCT for six families in India. All presentations will highlight effectiveness of interventions, social acceptability, in addition to cultural considerations in the delivery of telehealth caregiver-delivered FA and FCT across cultures. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, FCT, functional analysis, telehealth |
Target Audience: Practitioners and researchers interested in implementing and evaluating behavioral assessment and intervention via telehealth specifically to diverse populations across the world. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe methodologies for implementing caregiver-implemented functional analysis (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) through telehealth and some of the supporting research evidence; (2) Describe the cultural considerations and modifications made by the authors when delivering caregiver-conducted FA and FCT across cultures; (3) Describe changes the participant can make to their own practice to deliver FA and FCT via telehealth effectively across cultures. |
|
A Telehealth Model for Delivering Behavior Analytic Services to Families in Africa |
LOUKIA TSAMI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Bertilde U Kamana (The May Institute), Margaret Uwayo (Michigan State University; By Your Side Autism Services), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Just 30 Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) reside in Africa even though the continent’s population is four times larger than that of the United States (BACB Certificant Registry, n.d.). In this two-part study, caregivers of children with autism from 24 African countries completed an online needs assessment. Survey results indicated that (a) children with autism do not have access to free public education, (b) misconceptions about autism are common in many communities, and (c) parents have few opportunities to receive training on how to treat problem behavior. Following the survey, BCBAs located in the United States provided educational presentations for caregivers and professionals in various African countries and selected three families of children to receive individualized parent training services. The BCBA coached the caregivers via telehealth to conduct functional analyses and functional communication training with their children, who engaged in high levels of problem behavior at home. The intervention was effective for all children, and the caregivers reported satisfaction with the procedures and training modality. These findings replicate those of prior research indicating that this telehealth model is effective for providing behavior analytic services to families in underserved countries (e.g., Tsami et al., 2019). |
|
Training Caregivers in South Asia via Telehealth to Implement Function-Based Treatments for Problem Behavior |
NAOMI ALPHONSO (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Marissa Matteucci (University of Houston, Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Recent research has indicated that training caregivers to conduct functional analyses (FA) and functional communication training (FCT) via remote coaching is a highly efficient and socially valid procedure (Wacker et al., 2013, Tsami, Lerman, & Toper-Korkmaz, 2019). In the evaluation of the telehealth approach, one area that has not been examined is the amount of prompting caregivers need to implement FCT sessions with high fidelity and the generalization of their skills to areas outside of trained situations. With three participants from South Asia, the current study evaluated caregivers’ procedural integrity in the absence of the primary therapist and in various settings with novel preferred items as a measure of generalization. Caregivers from two countries implemented the FCT protocols with high integrity which was successful in reducing problem behaviors for three of the four children diagnosed with autism. High rates of procedural fidelity were maintained in the absence of the primary therapist and with the caregivers using novel stimuli in different locations. All caregivers rated the procedures as acceptable and were satisfied with the results. These findings indicate that after receiving remote coaching, caregivers can independently generalize the behavioral procedures to various locations with sustained high integrity. |
|
One Size Fits One: Cultural Adaptations in the Remote Training of Care Providers |
Rima Hamawe (Family Model Behavior Therapy, LLC), Amanda Rose Garcia (Family Model Behavior Therapy, LLC), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University), TARA FAHMIE (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: Autism intervention is in its infancy with regards to considering cultural factors while describing best practices for recruitment, assessment, and treatment of individuals with autism. The drastic changes that have occurred world-wide in response to COVID-19 have led to an increased demand for evidence-based telehealth programming. Accompanying this is the demand for remote training, particularly in areas such as India where few certified behavior analysts exist. The purpose of this study was to closely examine the role that culture plays in remote parent coaching. We used either standard or culturally-adapted telehealth technologies to train six caregivers in India to implement functional analyses and functional communication training with their children with ASD. We evaluated culturally adapted training vs. standard caregiver training on acquisition of new skills, reductions in problem behavior, and social validity in our participants. We also compared the efficacy of our treatment using number of sessions to meet criterion, and number of session cancellations, and a direct measure of preference. Results showed no difference in the effectiveness and efficacy of both treatments but caregivers demonstrated higher preference for culturally-adapted treatment. These outcomes will be discussed in their relation to cultural competency and the proliferation of telehealth technologies worldwide. |
|
|
|
|
|
Assessing Outcomes Following Rapid Shift to Telehealth |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Karen Nohelty, M.Ed. |
Chair: Karen Nohelty (Center for Autism and Related Disorders) |
GINA T. CHANG (Autism Learning Partners) |
MICHAEL J. JAMES CAMERON (University of Southern California) |
HANNA C. RUE (LEARN Behavioral) |
Abstract: The COVID-19 global pandemic of 2020 and the ensuing state of emergency proclamation presented a threat to delivery of essential services for individuals receiving applied behavior analysis (ABA) based therapy for autism, as clinics and in-home care were prohibited in some parts of the country by regional restrictions and declined by families due to health concerns in other areas. Telehealth service models are a viable and established option for medical care, but applications of remote ABA-based services were not well documented in best practice literature. This panel will provide an overview of the ethical considerations (e.g., 2.09 Right to Effective Treatment) which guide the evaluation of client outcomes, and focus on evaluating those outcomes in a novel treatment modality. In a season of rapid innovation, ABA providers were left to design systematic problem-solving approaches to quickly deploying telehealth services that met ethical guidelines. These services were offered as case oversight/supervision, caregiver consultation, and, in some cases, direct 1:1 services. The panelists, representative of multiple ABA provider agencies in the United States, will share how they approached this challenge with a combined total of over 13,000 patients who received telehealth services. Methods of assessing outcomes will be reviewed, and initial family outcomes will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with the range of services that can be provided via telehealth. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify at least 2 methods by which outcomes of telehealth services can be assessed. (2) Identify why collecting data on outcomes of telehealth services is critical to meet 2.09 of the BACB Compliance Code. (3) Identify at least 2 ethical considerations the panelists incorporated when rapidly implementing telehealth services during the pandemic. |
Keyword(s): caregivers, ethics, outcomes, telehealth |
|
|
|
|
|
Process Outcomes from Assessment and Treatment of Challenging Behavior: Outcomes Across Assessment, Treatment, and Delivery Models |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kyle Dawson (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Kyle Dawson, M.A. |
Abstract: Behavior analysts employ empirically validated assessments to identify the environmental variables maintaining challenging behavior and select efficacious treatments to reduce challenging behavior. During an admission behavior analysts begin with an intake evaluation to determine dosage and type of service necessary for an individual and this is followed by the functional behavior assessment process, often employing indirect, direct, and experimental analysis. This process enables the clinician to generate hypotheses related to behavioral function and to develop operational definitions. The current symposium provides attendees with information for consideration throughout an admission for treatment of challenging behavior. In the first presentation we provide a thematic analysis of parent descriptions of challenging behavior during the intake process. In the second presentation we review a comparison of caregiver-implemented treatment outcomes for caregivers randomly assigned to descriptive assessment only versus descriptive assessment plus FA groups. Last, we examine FA outcomes from a large clinical sample using a retrospective consecutive case series to determine the prevalence of various behavioral functions and FA compositions The studies included in this symposium will collectively aid service providers in decision-making when providing assessment and treatment for challenging behavior. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): Caregiver Report, Functional Analysis, Telehealth, Treatment Outcomes |
Target Audience: Requires understanding of assessment of functional relations between problem behavior and reinforcement and methodology for arranging contingencies to increase adaptive behavior and reduce destructive behavior |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify FA outcomes and determine prevalence of behavioral function; (2) identify uses of qualitative information of client behavior; (3) examine various outcome measures of service delivery models. |
|
Parent Perception of Problem Behavior: A Thematic Analysis of Parent Descriptions of Problem Behavior |
NADRATU NUHU (Emory University, Marcus Autism Center), Joanna Lomas Mevers (Marcus Autism Center), Alexis Constantin Pavlov (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Children with developmental disorders are at increased risk of presenting with challenging behaviors (Kanne & Mazurek, 2011; Jang, Dixon, Tarbox, & Granpeesheh, 2011; Emerson et al., 2001). To date it researchers have established that interventions employing applied behavior analysis (ABA) techniques are effective at reducing the rates of challenging behaviors in these individuals (National Standards Report, 2009). Caregivers seeking ABA services for children that engage in challenging behaviors typically initiate the process by receiving an intake to assess their child’s presenting challenging behaviors and their associated concerns. Referrals for the assessment and treatment of severe challenging behaviors are typically based on caregiver report. While observations are crucial, qualitative information received from parents are vital in determining the level of services an individual may need (Scheithauer et al., 2018). This project focuses on coding caregiver descriptions of their child's challenging behavior at the initial intake meeting for reoccurring themes that may provide insight to caregiver perceptions of their child’s challenging behaviors. Caregiver reported a number of concerns regarding the impact of their child’s problem behavior on the family (e.g., damage to property, emergence of mental health problems, and limited family involvement in the community). |
|
Evaluating Functional Behavioral Assessment Formats Through Treatment Outcomes |
ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Marcus Autism Center, Children's Healthcare of Atlanta; Department of Pediatrics, Emory University School of Medicine), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), David P. Wacker (The University of Iowa), Matthew O'Brien (The University of Iowa), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston - Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), Colin S. Muething (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: Functional behavioral assessments (FBAs) include indirect assessments, descriptive assessments, and functional analyses (FAs). Behavior analysts have demonstrated questionable validity of indirect and descriptive assessments by comparing the identified function from these assessments to the function identified from an FA. Nonetheless, behavior analysts have also reported far more use of indirect and descriptive assessments relative to an FA. Thus, a more socially significant measure of validity across FBAs may be the comparison of treatment outcomes. We randomly assigned participants to one of two groups: descriptive assessment only or descriptive assessment and FA. We then trained and coached caregivers to implement all procedures. Based off the function identified by the terminal assessment, caregivers implemented functional communication training. We describe results in terms of correspondence between assessment and treatment outcomes and implications for deriving treatments from non-FA assessment methods. |
|
Ten Years of Outcomes from Clinical Functional Analyses of Challenging Behavior |
JESSIE WEBER (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Billie Retzlaff (Intermediate School District #917), Katherine Brown (Utah State University), Alyssa Hurd (Utah State University), Heather Anderson (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Since Iwata et al. (1984/1992) described a functional analysis (FA) methodology for determining the environmental variables that maintain a target behavior, a large body of research has shown that treatments developed based on FA outcomes can significantly reduce destructive behavior across a variety of topographies and demographics (i.e., Beavers et al., 2013; Horner et al., 2014; Brosnan & Healy, 2010; Campbell, 2003). The purpose of this study is to provide to the literature by examining FA outcomes from a large clinical sample using a retrospective consecutive case series to determine the prevalence of various behavioral functions. Additionally, we evaluated outcomes across FAs that include a single versus multiple topographies. By using a consecutive case series, we circumvent some of the issue with publication bias because we included all cases which underwent common procedures and protocols specific to one university-affiliated severe behavior clinic as opposed to previous reviews which only included published datasets. The current research found around 70% of FAs identified at least one function of the target behavior. This percentage is less than has been observed in reviews of published FAs (e.g., 94% of FAs differentiated as reported by Beavers et al. [2013]) or than reported by Mueller et al. (2011) in public schools (i.e., 90% differentiation). Another important finding from our review was the high prevalence of control, at least in part, of target behaviors by access to tangibles. Out of 245 FAs included, 40% of the FAs included at least partial control by access to tangible items. This increasing trend could potentially be related to an increase of exposure to technological tangible items (e.g., iPad) which in our clinical experience often appear to be potent reinforcers which are difficult to satiated on (e.g., when you satiate on a specific application, you can switch to another). Our sample included only those individuals referred for intensive services and therefore also limits the generality of our findings with regards to individuals who may be exhibiting less severe, although still challenging, behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Gilbert Goes to School: Applying a Systems Analysis to Education |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Cloyd Hyten (ADI) |
CE Instructor: Ronnie Detrich, Ph.D. |
Abstract: For years there have been many efforts to reform the American educational system. These efforts have not been successful. The reform efforts have generally focused on specific educational innovations to the neglect of a systems analysis necessary to achieve the benefits of the innovation. Tom Gilbert’s seminal book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance (1978) provides a comprehensive systems analysis. In this session, we will present Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model and consider how it can be productively applied to the education system to improve student outcomes. Teachers are the focus in this session because they are primarily responsible for influencing student outcomes; however, for them to succeed, the educational system must create the necessary conditions for them to be effective. The Behavioral Engineering Model offers six conditions for competent performance. The first three describe environmental supports necessary. The second three conditions describe what is necessary to assure that the individual performer has the necessary repertoires to effectively educate students. In this session one of the presenters will describe the environmental conditions necessary and the other presenter will describe the personal repertoires and the responsibility of the system to assure they are present |
Target Audience: The target audience for this symposium are BCBAs that work in public schools, individuals that are engaged in systems change, and anyone interested in educational reform. |
Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will be able to describe the six boxes of Gilbert's Behavioral Engineering Model. 2) Participants will be able to provide examples of system supports for each of the six boxes in the Behavioral Engineering Model 3) Participants will be able to describe the logic of the progression across the six boxes of the Behavioral Engineering Model in the process of systems change. |
|
Gilbert’s Behavioral Repertoire and Education: Maximizing the Repertoire |
RONNIE DETRICH (Utah State University) |
Abstract: This talk focuses on the second component, the individual’s repertoire, of the Behavioral Engineering Model. The individual repertoire is divided into three categories, knowledge, capacity, and motivation. Rather than focus on what the individual brings to the task, the focus is on developing the necessary repertoire so the individual can competently perform the tasks related to worthy accomplishments. In this conceptualization, there is an emphasis on scientifically based training to assure the individual knows what to do (knowledge). Developing job aides, adapting the work so the individual can perform the task, and a well-developed selection process to assure as close of a match as possible between the requirements of the task and the skills of the individual are subsumed under the category capacity. The motives of the individual are considered but only after all other components of the Behavior Engineering Model have been addressed. In this talk, examples of how these categories can be applied to the education system to improve outcomes for students. These recommended practices will be compared to the common current practices in education. By comparing current practices to practices recommended by Gilbert, it should provide a roadmap for increasing competent by those working in education. |
|
Gilbert’s Environmental Supports and Education: Creating Optimal Conditions for Student Achievement |
SARAH E. PINKELMAN (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In his book, Human Competence: Engineering Worthy Performance, Tom Gilbert (1978) outlines his Behavior Engineering Model, and this model provides a powerful framework for analyzing the educational system in the United States. Gilbert’s model includes aspects of behavior engineering related to a performer’s repertoire and the environment in which the individual is expected to perform. In this session, the environmental supports of Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be examined as they relate to the educational system in the United States. The environmental supports in Gilbert’s model include information (data), instrumentation (instruments), and motivation (incentives). Each of these supports will be described and mapped on to the U.S. educational system. From this analysis, it becomes clear that necessary environmental supports are absent or inadequate, and it is no surprise that the educational system continues to struggle in producing socially significant student outcomes. Following a discussion of this analysis, future directions for a comprehensive approach to educational reform that is informed by Gilbert’s Behavior Engineering Model will be explored. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hindsight’s 2020: Missteps, Mistakes, and Lessons Learned for the Future of Ethics in Behavior Analysis |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Darren Sush, Psy.D. |
Chair: Darren Sush (Cigna; Pepperdine University) |
SARA GERSHFELD LITVAK (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
SHANE T. SPIKER (Positive Behavior Supports, Corp.) |
IVY M CHONG (May Institute) |
Abstract: While the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is full of monumental accomplishments and noteworthy achievements, today’s behavior analysts must also acknowledge the ethical challenges that contributed to the shaping of our discipline. Just as we review the behaviors of our predecessors, with the benefit of hindsight and context, it is imperative that we continue to monitor our current practice and anticipate how the choices we make as a field will be viewed and interpreted by future behavior analysts 5-, 10- and 20-years from now. Panelists will discuss ethical dilemmas in relation to the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts (BACB, 2014), and what the behavior analysts of the future will learn from our successes and mistakes, with particular emphasis on the field’s response and reaction to the events surrounding COVID-19. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: The target audience is those currently practicing or conducting research in applied behavior analysis. Those who are teaching, or participating in graduate programs studying behavior analysis, particularly in the areas of ethics in ABA, will also benefit from this discussion. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Attendees will gain knowledge into understanding ethical challenges when they occur to reduce risk, as well as insight into identifying potential ethically precarious situations before they become problematic.
2. Attendees will become familiar with ethical challenges that contributed to the development and maintenance of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts.
3. Attendees will gain insight into current ethical issues that are relevant to today's behavior analytic practices, and how these challenges may shape the future ethical practice of the field of ABA. |
Keyword(s): "Ethics Code", "Ethics", BACB Code" |
|
|
|
|
|
Quality Indicators in Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Erick M. Dubuque (University of Louisville) |
Discussant: Michael Perone (West Virginia University) |
CE Instructor: Erick M. Dubuque, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The number of colleges and universities offering applied behavior analytic training has grown rapidly over the last decade. However, despite this growth, it remains unclear how the profession should be evaluating the quality of training being offered to the next generation of scientist practitioners. Applied behavior analysis training programs have largely avoided pursuing traditional forms of quality control in the form of accreditation from the Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI). Instead, these programs have pursued the Verified Course Sequence (VCS) designation in an effort to attract students interested in meeting the coursework eligibility requirements to sit for a Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) examination. In this symposium, the presenters will suggest faculty scholarly contributions and BACB first-time pass rate data as potential quality indicators for training programs. Data collected on both indicators will be presented and the implications of these findings will be discussed. Suggestions for how potential applications to these training programs and the field should respond to these data will be shared. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): accreditation, quality indicators, training programs, VCS |
Target Audience: The target audiences for this presentation include (a) applicants to applied behavior analysis training programs; (b) faculty; (c) Verified Courses Sequence Coordinators; (d) the ABAI Accreditation Board; and (e) and anyone interested in quality controls in the field's training programs. Attendees should have a basic understanding of Verified Course Sequences (VCS). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between VCS approval and ABAI accreditation for graduate programs in behavior analysis; (2) articulate at least two benefits and two limitations to the use of faculty research productivity as an indicator of behavior analysis graduate program quality; (3) identify at least three features that prospective students should consider when evaluating graduate programs in behavior analysis; (4) articulate why Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) first-time pass rates are relevant quality indicators for behavior analysis training programs hosting a Verified Course Sequences (VCS); (5) identify significant trends in first-time pass rates across VCS on the BACB Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst (BCaBA) certification exams; and (6) describe actions behavior analysts could take to support quality training in applied behavior analysis training programs. |
|
Casting a Wider Net: AnAnalysis of Scholarly Contributions of Behavior Analysis Graduate Program Faculty |
CHRISTY A. ALLIGOOD (University of Florida and Disney's Animal Kingdom), Cynthia M. Anderson (May Institute), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Abstract: As interest in careers in behavior analysis has grown, there has been a concomitant increase in the number of training programs providing coursework in behavior analysis. There is a growing need for indices of quality of these programs, with some authors recently suggesting that faculty research productivity might serve as one indicator of program quality. We continue this conversation, taking a broad view of faculty scholarly contributions by conducting a search of all articles authored by instructors in graduate-level Behavior Analyst Certification Board verified course sequences (VCSs) and published from 2000 to 2015 in peer-reviewed journals indexed by the PsycINFO database. The resulting list includes 8,906 publication records in 715 journals, authored by 1,232 instructors from 224 programs. Our analysis suggests that graduate-level VCS instructors have published in a broad array of journals and topic areas. We discuss implications of these data for prospective students’ evaluations of program quality and fit. |
|
An Investigation of BACB Exam Pass Rates as a Quality Indicator of Applied Behavior Analysis Training Programs |
ERICK M. DUBUQUE (University of Louisville), Ellie Kazemi (California State University, Northridge) |
Abstract: We used first-time pass rates on the Board Certified Behavior Analyst® (BCBA®) and Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analyst® (BCaBA®) examinations across Verified Course Sequences (VCSs) as quality indicators to investigate differences between training programs. We analyzed publicly available data between 2013 to 2019 and found that more than a third of VCS trainees initially failed to pass the exam and less than 5% of all VCSs were responsible for the coursework completed by over 50% of the first-time candidates. Additionally, the overall first-time pass rates for trainees completing a BCBA VCS categorized as “Campus” or “Hybrid” was over ten percentage points higher than overall first-time pass rates for candidates completing coursework at VCS categorized as “Distance” or “Both.” Finally, the overall first-time pass rates for VCSs housed within an Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) accreditation degree programs were about ten percentage points higher than those not housed within an ABAI accredited program. We discuss the use of first-time pass rate data as a quality indicator and provide recommendations for addressing the issues raised by these findings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Memorial for the Life and Work of David Dwight Harshbarger (1938-2020) |
Sunday, May 30, 2021 |
6:00 PM–6:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Timothy D. Ludwig, Ph.D. |
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University) |
HENRY S. PENNYPACKER (University of Florida) |
KENNON ANDY LATTAL (West Virginia University) |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC) |
Abstract: Dwight wrote of “sliding doors” in his autobiography in CCBS’ Behavioral Science: Tales of Inspiration and Service as discrete moments when opportunities arise that send one’s life in a different trajectory. Whether we knew him or not, we are all the beneficiaries of Dwight’s work and relationships as sliding doors in our careers and outreach. For many of us this includes the development of what came to be Behavioral Safety Now, for others it was an invitation to impact humanity through his work as Executive Director for the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, and still others it was the founding (along with Bill Hopkins) the Commission on Behavioral Safety Accreditation. His scholarship includes seminal works in Behavioral Systems, his professional career included executive positions with Sealy and Reebok, and his many historical fiction novels remind us of the externalities of our corporate actions. His mission to apply the science of behavior analysis to reduce human suffering in all its forms will remain a central tenet of our field. Join our esteemed panel as we celebrate Dwight’s life and legacy. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavior Analysis as an Animal-Care Tool in Zoos and Aquariums |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AAB; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Christy Alligood, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CHRISTY ALLIGOOD (University of Florida; Disney’s Animal Kingdom) |
Abstract: In recent years, behavior has been recognized as an essential piece in the constellation of components critical to the care of animals housed in zoos and aquariums. The science of learning has many applications in these settings, and behavior analysts have contributed to the advancement of evidence-based practices particularly in the areas of husbandry training, environmental enrichment, and animal welfare. In this presentation, I will describe some examples of the role of behavior in multiple aspects of animal care. Along the way, I will highlight some key questions for the application of behavior analysis in zoological settings, some examples of work that addresses these questions, and some areas in need of further development. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation is appropriate for behavior analysts interested in the application of behavior principles to behavior management across settings, and particularly in zoos and aquariums. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe at least three components of animal care at zoos and aquariums, and explain how behavior interacts with each; (2) identify at least two key questions for the application of behavior analysis in zoological settings; (3) identify at least two important areas for future development in the application of behavior analysis to animal care in zoos and aquariums. |
|
CHRISTY ALLIGOOD (University of Florida; Disney’s Animal Kingdom) |
 Dr. Christy Alligood received an M.A. (2003) from the University of North Carolina at Wilmington and a Ph.D. (2007) from West Virginia University. She is also a doctoral-level Board Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA-D). Dr. Alligood is a Lecturer at the University of Florida, where she teaches undergraduate courses in behavior analysis. In addition, since 2007 she has worked at Disney's Animal Kingdom® in Orlando, Florida. Much of her initial work focused on a multi-faceted conservation program for Key Largo woodrats, which received a Bean Award for Significant Achievement in Captive Breeding from the Association of Zoos and Aquariums (2009) and a Federal Challenge Grant (2010) in collaboration with the Crocodile Lake National Wildlife Refuge for population monitoring work on Key Largo. Dr. Alligood now works with the Science Operations Team, where she focuses on using the science of behavior to enhance animal care. She is the secretary of the Southeastern Association for Behavior Analysis and has recently served as At-Large Representative to the ABAI Executive Council, Coordinator of the ABAI Special Interest Groups Board, and co-coordinator of the ABAI Applied Animal Behavior Program Area. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparing Methods to Maximize Teaching: Equivalence Based Instruction, Progressive and Conventional Discrete Trial Teaching |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College) |
Discussant: Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Justin B. Leaf, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching (DTT) is a commonly used approach to teach a variety of skills for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Two studies will be presented within this symposium that involve comparisons of different approaches to DTT. The first study compared equivalence based instruction (EBI) to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adult participants and children diagnosed with ASD. The second study utilized a group design to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. Both studies will be discussed with respect to their strengths, limitations, and potential future directions by the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): DTT, equivalence, tact |
Target Audience: Any certified or non-certified behavior analysts providing or overseeing interventions for individuals diagnosed with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the workshop, the participants will be able to: (1) identify some conditions under which equivalence-based instruction or discrete trial teaching may be more or less preferred; (2) identify how advances in discrete trial teaching methodology and can be used to enhance instruction; (3) describe methods that can enhance the effectiveness of discrete trial teaching methods. |
|
Toward Efficiency and Effectiveness: Comparing Equivalence-Based Instruction to Discrete Trial Teaching |
JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: Research has continually found equivalence-based instruction (EBI) to be effective and efficient, with recent research extending these findings to individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). EBI has also been compared to more traditional approaches to teaching, such as traditional lectures, reading assignments, and video lectures. However, the authors are unaware of any comparisons of EBI to other similar, behavior analytic approaches such as discrete trial teaching (DTT). The purpose of this study was to compare EBI to DTT using an adapted alternating treatments design with typically developing adults, typically developing children, and children diagnosed with ASD. The two teaching approaches were evaluated with respect to mastery of trained relations, emergence of untrained relations, and participant preferences. The results will be discussed with respect to their implications for practice and research. |
|
Comparing Conventional and Progressive Approaches of Discrete Trial Teaching When Teaching Tact Relations to Children Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership) |
Abstract: There are a variety of recommendations or guidelines for interventionists when implementing discrete trial teaching (DTT) for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). These guidelines typically involve a protocol being the main source of control for the interventionist’s behavior that outlines what instruction to give, reinforcer to use, and when to use and fade prompting strategies. However, recent research has demonstrated strategies in which the main sources of control for the interventionist are relevant to the learner’s behavior and involves in-the-moment assessment, or clinical judgement, when making decisions to modify variables within intervention. The purpose of this study was to compare the effectiveness of conventional and progressive approaches to DTT when teaching tact relations (sometimes referred to as expressive labels) to children diagnosed with ASD. The effectiveness and efficiency of each approach was evaluated across several dependent variables. The results of a randomized clinical trial will be discussed with respect to implications for clinical practice and future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Empirically Evaluating the Organism in Behavior Analysis: Applications to Preference Assessments |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Robert W. Isenhower (Rider University ) |
Discussant: Kenneth W. Jacobs (Ronin Institute) |
CE Instructor: Robert W. Isenhower, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Killeen and Jacobs (2017) suggest determinants of behavior other than what is currently specified in the three-term contingency. Among those determinants are the anatomical and biomechanical properties of the organism (O). The concept of affordance, first proposed by Gibson (1979), may be useful for understanding the relevance of O’s anatomical and biomechanical properties to behavior. When studied empirically, affordances have been quantified in terms of action-scaled ratios. For example, Warren (1984) used this concept to correctly predict whether or not participants would perceive staircases as climbable using the ratio of the riser height of the stairs (environmental property) to the leg length of the participant (organismic property). In order to empirically explore Killeen and Jacobs’ notion of O, we use two variations of multiple stimulus with replacement preference assessments that parametrically manipulate the distance to target stimuli. Both studies find that individuals reach for preferred stimuli at increasingly further distances. The ratio of stimulus distance to O’s arm length appears to interact with O’s preferences. We interpret these results both in terms of action-scaled ratios and traditional behavioral economic principles. We also discuss the potential functional relations between response effort, reachability, and the value of stimuli to reinforce behavior. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): preference assessments, reinforcer assessments, response effort |
Target Audience: Participants should have a basic understanding of preference assessments and reinforcer assessments. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the main types of preference assessments as well as variations on preference assessments
2. Understand how behavioral economics and action-scaled ratios can enhance our understanding of the relationship between preference and reinforcement
3. Understand the importance of incorporating biomechanical and anatomical characteristics of the participants into an experimental analysis of behavior |
|
Evaluating Stimulus Preference Using a Progressive Response Effort Assessment |
(Applied Research) |
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Rider University), Robert W. Isenhower (Rider University), Cynthia Bott-Tomarchio (Eden Autism Services), Rachel Tait (Eden Autism Services) |
Abstract: Stimulus preference assessments are widely used to determine which stimuli are likely to function as reinforcers. In the current study, a procedural variation of the multiple stimulus with replacement (Windsor, Piché, & Locke, 1994) preference assessment was conducted, where the distance to the most preferred item was parametrically manipulated to assess the relationship between preference and response effort. Four children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated. Five stimuli were presented on a line 4 inches in front of the learner. During the first minute all stimuli remained on the line, and each stimulus was immediately replaced when selected. The stimulus selected most often became the target. Target distances were 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, 19, 22, and 25 inches. In the ascending sequence, the target was moved to the next line further from the learner each subsequent minute. In the descending sequence, the target was moved to the furthest line after the initial minute and was then moved closer each subsequent minute. Data were collected on the number of selections to each stimulus at each distance. Participants selected target stimuli at that required more effort. Results are discussed in terms of behavior economic principles. |
|
Examining the Relationship Between Reachability and Preference Using a Progressive Response Effort Assessment |
(Applied Research) |
ROBERT W. ISENHOWER (Rider University), Frances A. Perrin (Rider University), Cynthia Bott-Tomarchio (Eden Autism Services), Rachel Tait (Eden Autism Services) |
Abstract: Formal stimulus preference assessments are widely used to determine which stimuli are likely to function as reinforcers during intervention. However, the relationship between preference and reinforcement needs further examination. This study used a procedural variation of the multiple stimulus with replacement (Windsor, Piché, & Locke, 1994) preference assessment where the distance to each preferred item was parametrically manipulated. Five stimuli identified as preferred using a paired choice assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) were presented on a line about 4 inches in front of the learner. Stimuli were immediately replaced when selected. During the distance manipulation phase, each time a stimulus was selected it was replaced at a line three inches further from the participant until stimuli were almost out of reach. Four children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) participated. Data were collected on the cumulative number of selections of each stimulus as well as the distance from the learner when selected. Results suggest that the effort of the response—measured in terms of stimulus distance from the learner—affected how participants allocated responding to the stimuli. Results are discussed with reference to affordances (Gibson, 1979) and the benefit of incorporating the organism (Killeen & Jacobs, 2017) into behavior analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Providing School-Based Interventions for Autism Spectrum Disorder in Qatar With and Without a Formal Diagnosis: A Service Delivery Model |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Shariffah Azzaam, M.Ed. |
Chair: Shariffah Azzaam (Qatar Foundation; Florida Institute of Technology) |
LAUREN JONES (Qatar Academy Al Khor) |
SAMANTHA CAMPION (Awsaj Academy) |
CHRISTINA LEE ROBERTS (Renad Academy) |
Abstract: There are an estimated 300,000 students attending schools in Qatar. A regional study in Qatar placed the number of people with ASD at 1 in 87. Due to Qatar’s requirement that all schools be inclusive, many of these students attend independent or private schools. Educators often find it difficult to support students who display behaviors similar to students who have been diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder. During this panel we will discuss some of the student service model that allow for the provision of support for students regardless of a formal diagnosis. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Teachers, Practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify at least one service delivery model that is used to provide ABA to students attending schools in Qatar: (2) Review the cultural barriers associated with providing services to students who display behaviors similar to students with a formal diagnosis of Autism. (3) Review the ethical issues that arise when developing a service delivery model in Qatar. |
Keyword(s): Autism Diagnosis, Middle East, Qatar, School Based |
|
|
|
|
|
Tolerating Tough Stuff: How to Teach Getting Through Important but Aversive Situations |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer L. Cook, M.S. |
Abstract: Individuals with ASD and other neurodevelopmental disorders often have difficulty tolerating stimulus events that are important to their medical well-being (e.g., dental exams, blood draws), general health (e.g., wearing eye glasses, hearing aids, and winter mittens), safety (e.g., wearing seatbelts, bike helmets), and daily social routines (e.g., getting a haircut, managing a fear of escalators). These issues have been addressed across various research studies, but the aggregate results of these studies are not well known. The first presentation of this symposium will review the literature in this area, followed by two presentations discussing recent research on teaching children with ASD to tolerate wearing aversive apparatus. One study will describe a DRO procedure to teach two children to tolerate wearing their heart rate monitors, and the other study will demonstrate the use of a DRO plus DNRO procedure to teach four children to tolerate wearing face masks for sustained durations throughout the COVID-19 pandemic. Taken together, these three presentations will highlight an area of research that is commonly overlooked as an evidenced-base compilation of studies for teaching toleration. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): exposure, face masks, medical devices, tolerating |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts who directly work with or supervise others who work with children with ASD or related disorders, or behavior analysts who support their clients in the school, home, or community setting(s). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) Define passive cooperation
(2) Describe some stimulus situations to which passive cooperation procedures have been applied in the literature
(3) Describe intervention options that may be used to teach toleration of aversive
situations
(4) Describe how fading procedures have be used to teach children with ASD to wear a heart rate monitor or a face mask. |
|
Passive Cooperation: A Review of the Literature on Tolerating Aversive Events |
(Theory) |
Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Active and passive cooperation are concepts delineated by the form of behavior, which is conditional on an aversive stimulus change. Active cooperation describes dynamic behavior in response to an instruction. Passive cooperation involves the omission of problem behavior in response to specific stimulus conditions. The antecedent stimulus conditions for either active or passive cooperation are considered aversive because they have a history of evoking uncooperative escape behaviors (Rapp, 2012, 2013; Cook et al., 2015). Despite the importance of passive cooperation interventions for teaching individuals to tolerate stimuli required for medical, health, safety, or daily activities, there are no existing literature reviews on this topic. The purpose of this review is to (a) systematically review the behavior analytic literature on passive cooperation for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and related disabilities, and (b) categorize these studies to guide researchers and practitioners to identify efficacious assessments and interventions. We found that passive cooperation research has been applied to four broad categories of stimulus situations involving (a) medical and dental procedures, (b) hygiene routines, (c) prolonged tactile contact (e.g., clothing, devices), and (d) feared stimuli. |
|
Increasing Compliance With Wearing a Medical Device in Children With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
MARIE-MICHÈLE DUFOUR (Université de Montréal), Marc J. Lanovaz (Université de Montréal) |
Abstract: Health professionals often recommend the use of medical devices to assess the health, monitor the well-being, or improve the quality of life of their patients. Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) may present challenges in these situations as their sensory peculiarities may increase refusals to wear such devices. To address this issue, the current study systematically replicated prior research that implemented interventions to increase compliance with wearing different medical devices (Cook et al., 2015; Richling et al., 2011). More specifically, we examined the effects of differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO) to increase compliance with wearing a heart rate monitor in 2 children with autism. The intervention increased compliance to 100% for both participants when an edible reinforcer was delivered every 90 s. The results indicate that DRO does not require the implementation of extinction to increase compliance with wearing a medical device. More research is needed to examine whether the reinforcement schedule can be further thinned. |
|
Wearing Face Masks: Removing Barriers to Accessing School and the Community for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Applied Research) |
Jennifer L. Cook (University of South Florida), VANESSA MARIE LARSON (Positive Behavior Supports Corporation), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: With the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic, parents and teachers have faced the unique challenge of quickly teaching children with ASD to tolerate face masks, so they may continue therapy, attend school, or otherwise participate in community spaces, such as retail stores. We used a DRO procedure within a changing criterion design consisting of no-mask breaks and tangible reinforcers to teach four children with ASD of varying abilities to cooperate with wearing face masks for up to one hour. Additionally, one participant was taught over telehealth, with the aid of a Spanish-language interpreter. We included video models that were also narrated in Spanish within a behavior skills training procedure for the parent. During baseline, none of the children were able to meet the one-hour criterion. Results demonstrate that systematic fading of latency criteria across trials was successful in teaching all children to cooperate with keeping their masks on for at least one hour. Further, all participants were able to wear masks across consecutive one-hour periods (with brief no-mask breaks), and two participants that attended an inclusive classroom were able to keep their masks on for the full duration of the school day without any programmed no-mask breaks. |
|
|
|
|
|
Increasing Cultural Responsiveness: Empirical and Applied Efforts in the Work With Latinx Caregivers of Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano, M.S. |
Chair: Sebastian Garcia-Zambrano (Southern Illinois University) |
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University) |
LUISA F CANON (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI)) |
I. PATRICIA PATRICIA GUERRERO (Early interventions & Parent Support) |
Abstract: Behavioral parent training is a fundamental aspect during treatment of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) and other developmental disabilities. However, practitioners often find that rule-governed parenting represents a significant challenge to the effectiveness of the intervention. An approach to addressing this challenge and enhancing treatment outcomes is Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT). With vast empirical evidence targeting different variables, ACT is promising for caregivers of individuals with ASD. However, the integration of ACT within behavior-analytic services may be insufficient, as values within the cultural context are seldom considered. In an effort to increase cultural responsiveness, the present panel will inform on the awareness, knowledge, and approaches of behavior analysts that have primarily worked with Latinx caregivers. Specifically, ACT work with Latinx caregivers will be explored from a cultural perspective, as well as the current state of the literature in culturally adapting behavior-analytic approaches for the Latinx community. Panelists will discuss how others who work with Latinx caregivers may overcome barriers that topographically resemble non-adherence but are in fact behaviors that align with Latinx cultural values. Moreover, recommendations for adjusting treatment and methods for increasing success with treatment will be provided. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Students, practitioners, and researchers with knowledge or competency in Acceptance and Commitment Therapy |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the current state of the literature in culturally adapting behavior-analytic approaches for the Latinx community (2) Engage in behaviors to assist in overcoming barriers that topographically resemble non-adherence but are in fact behaviors that align with Latinx cultural values (3) Utilize recommendations that can adjust treatment and methods for increasing success with treatment among Latinx caregivers |
Keyword(s): ACT, behavioral parent-training, cultural responsiveness, Latinx caregivers |
|
|
|
|
|
Programming System-Wide Differential Reinforcement Procedures |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Discussant: Ashley Shayter (Northern Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Ashley Shayter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Differential reinforcement procedures involving behavior contracts and token economies are implemented program wide at a residential treatment facility for students with severe problem behaviors. The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC) serves 138 school-aged students and 143 adults with ages ranging from 9 to 61 years old. Approximately 77% of clients have developmental and intellectual disabilities and the remaining 23% of clients have emotional and behavioral disorder classifications. We serve many individuals with limited verbal behavior, yet all clients have individualized behavior contracts with differential reinforcement of other, alternative, or incompatible behavior. Behavior contracts are set for specific times of day (overnight, transport, school hours, evening hours), settings (school, residence, or community), and include various response criteria (academic or adaptive tasks and withholding dangerous and disruptive problem behavior). The majority of school-age students also utilize token economies using conditioned reinforcers. We describe the programmatic implementation of large scale, yet individualized differential reinforcement procedures, and their impact on academic and adaptive behavioral functioning. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior contracts, contingency contracts, monetary-based rewards, token economy |
Target Audience: Audience should have some working knowledge of behavior contracts and token economies. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) understand the program-wide application of differential reinforcement procedures to a range of behavior topographies across settings and response criteria, (2) the unique application of behavior contracts with non-verbal clients, and the (3) application of a school-wide reward system to shape academic and adaptive behavior repertoires. |
|
System-Wide Use of Behavioral Contracts Across Verbal Populations, Behaviors, and Settings |
SIMMS HISE (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Abstract: Behavioral contracts, interchangeable with contingency contracts, are widely utilized in the field of applied behavior analysis. The use of which has been primarily associated with individuals who have a specific set of verbal and conceptual prerequisite capabilities (Cooper, Heron, & Heward, 2020). The purpose of this discussion is to denote the efficacy of behavioral contracting with individuals regardless of their level of functioning, verbal behavior, or diagnosis. Each of the clients we serve, from non-verbal clients with limited receptive language repertoires to fully verbal clients with emotionally disturbed classifications, benefit from differential reinforcement in the form of behavioral contracts. This is evidenced by the often immediate deceleration of target problem behavior and increase in appropriate replacement behaviors following contract implementation. Clients with limited verbal repertoires may take longer to discriminate the contingency, but repetition and contact with reinforcement generally leads to the desired outcome. The data collected show a direct correlation between the implementation of behavioral contracts with a wide array of individuals and the subsequent decrease in aberrant behavior. System-wide use of behavioral contracting fosters programmatic consistency, ease of implementation, and systematic replication. |
|
Shaping Academic and Adaptive Behavior Repertoires With a System-Wide Token Economy |
JOSEPH TACOSIK (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Dawn O'Neill (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center; Contextual Behavioral Science Institute) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts may assist with the development of academic goals and implementation of programs to improve academic performance and adaptive behaviors. A token economy is one procedure used by many behavior change agents to improve various topographies of behavior. Token economies can be used for a single topography for one client, such as attending behavior during brief sessions (Tarbox, Ghezzi, & Wilson, 2006) or for a large group of individuals and various response criteria, such as 600 mine operators without individual or within group injuries (Fox, Hopkins, & Anger, 1987). A carefully managed token economy can be inexpensive, applied across multiple students in a classroom, and effective. Here we review the system-wide use of a token economy in place at the Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (JRC), a residential treatment facility. Students earn red and blue tickets (tangibles) as well as academic money (digital currency) for the successful completion of academic tasks and for engaging in positive, replacement behaviors. The use of a ticket system provides immediate conditioned tangible reinforcers for target behavior and helps improve academic performance across classrooms. We outline the implementation of the program wide token economy and demonstrate improvement for both academic and behavioral performance. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Interaction Between Development and Instruction |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Kieva Hranchuk, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: KIEVA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College) |
Abstract: The difference between curricula and pedagogy is highlighted best when we consider what we teach versus how we teach it. There exists an interaction between development and instruction such that instruction can only be effective if the educator considers the learner’s level of verbal development. The ways in which we teach must cater to the current verbal developmental cusps found within the learner’s repertoire. While the progression of instructional objectives targeted within a curriculum will change as the learner acquires the necessary prerequisite skills to move forward, attention should be placed on modifying the ways in which we teach those subsequent objectives. Research in the field of verbal behavior development has proven time and time again that the acquisition of skills can be accelerated if the method of teaching is consistent with the capabilities that the learner exhibits, i.e. the presence of verbal developmental cusps within their repertoire. |
Target Audience: Educators, Practitioners, and Researchers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss verbal developmental cusps; (2) identify how verbal development relates to pedagogy; (3) modify instruction to better suit the learner. |
|
KIEVA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College) |
Kieva is both a certified special education teacher and a doctoral-level board certified behavior analyst. She specializes in teacher training as well as in supervision of evidence-based service delivery to students with and without disabilities. Her interests include effective delivery of instruction, analyzing rates of learning in young children, inclusion/integration, kindergarten readiness, verbal behavior development, and the CABAS® model. Her research focuses on how teaching procedures can be effectively modified to accelerate student learning. Kieva received her undergraduate degree in Psychology from Queen’s University in Kingston, Ontario, and a Behavioural Science Technician post-graduate certificate from George Brown College in Toronto, Ontario. She then worked at both Surrey Place Centre in Toronto and at the CHEO Autism Program in Ottawa before making the big move to New York City. There, she earned her M.A. in Teaching as Applied Behavior Analysis and her Ph.D. in Applied Behavior Analysis at Columbia University. She has taught at both Columbia University and Arizona State University as an Adjunct Assistant Professor. Additionally, Kieva helped to pioneer the Scottsdale Children’s Institute, an integrated kindergarten readiness program in Arizona where she then served as the Clinical Director for two years before moving back to Canada to begin her career as a full-time Professor at St. Lawrence College. |
|
|
|
|
|
Have the What Works Clearinghouse Standards for Single Case Designs Influenced Behavior Analysis Research? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University) |
Discussant: Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon) |
CE Instructor: Kristin Griffith, M.A. |
Abstract: The evidence-based practice (EBP) movement in human services has increased interest in the quality research and synthesis of literature bases. In the early days of the EBP movement, there were no standards for evaluating the quality of research using single case designs (SCDs). As a consequence, evidence based on these designs were excluded from systematic reviews and meta-analyses on effective interventions. In 2013, the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) finalized standards for SCDs. In this symposium, we examined the impact of these standards on research involving single case design in Applied Behavior Analysis. We reviewed all articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis to determine if there was a change in the research practices in the five years after the standards relative to the five years prior to their publication. The first paper in this session reports the method and results of this review. The second paper discusses limitations of SCD research in JABA and limitations of the standards. We will also outline suggestions for future research so that it is included in systematic reviews and meta-analyses and can contribute to the knowledge base. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): dissemination, literature syntheses, methodology, single-case design |
Target Audience: basic |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe... 1) the two components of the What Works Clearinghouse Standards (WWC) for Single Case Designs. 2) the implications for behavior analysis research for failing to adhere to the WWC standards for single case designs. 3) the limitations of the WWC single case design standards. |
|
Applying the What Works Clearinghouse Single Case Design Standards to Applied Behavior Analytic Research |
(Applied Research) |
SCOTT PAGE (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Kristin Griffith (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University) |
Abstract: The single case design (SCD) standards developed by the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) have provided a framework to evaluate the quality of SCD research. The standards allow for appraisal and synthesis of the literature that is most often conducted in the field of behavior analysis, creating a bridge to other disciplines that could benefit from our findings. The extent to which these standards have been adopted by the larger behavior analytic community has not been assessed. Therefore, the purpose of this paper was to review the impact these standards have had on the design and reporting of behavior analytic research using SCDs. To investigate this, we reviewed all articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis from five years before and five years after the WWC SCD standards were published. Only studies using withdrawal or multiple baseline designs were included. The findings from our review indicate that there have not been substantial change in the number of behavior analytic articles that met WWC SCD standards since the standards were first published in 2013. Limitations of the review and suggestions for future research will be discussed. |
|
How the What Works Clearinghouse Single Case Design Standards Influence Dissemination of Behavior Analytic Research |
(Applied Research) |
KRISTIN GRIFFITH (Utah State University), Stephanie Mattson (Utah State University), Juliana Aguilar (Utah State University), Scott Page (Utah State University), Ronnie Detrich (Utah State University) |
Abstract: In 2013, the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) formalized and published design and evidence standards to proficiently judge the quality of evidence provided by studies using single case design (SCD) methodology. Reviewing ten years of SCD research a flagship journal in behavior analysis revealed that there has not been a substantial change in the number of articles meeting design and evidence standards following their publication. This paper will briefly discuss how findings from this review may limit the ability of behavior analysts to successfully disseminate their work to other relevant disciplines. We will discuss issues encountered in applying the standards, the applicability of the standards to SCD design variations, and other barriers that may prevent behavior analytic research from being included in systematic reviews and meta-analyses. We conclude by discussing directions to explore to improve the reporting of SCD research, possible refinements for the WWC standards, and ways to promote the dissemination of behavior analytic research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Title: Monetary Incentives and Goals: Recent Research and Application |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Barbara R. Bucklin (The Bucklin Group, Inc.) |
Discussant: Barbara R. Bucklin (The Bucklin Group, Inc.) |
CE Instructor: Dan B. Sundberg, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Monetary incentives and goals, alone and in combination, have been shown to improve performance in a variety of settings. Well controlled research on incentives is difficult to do in applied settings because the systematic manipulation of pay systems affects employee income. Additionally, it is often not feasible or appropriate to implement different pay systems or stagger the implementation for employees within the same organization. The first presentation will describe a laboratory study that examined the relative effects of tiered goals and monetary incentives. Unless goals are set too high, monetary incentives enhance the effectiveness of goals. However, it is difficult to set goals that are appropriate for all employees: Goals may be too high for some, just right for some, and too low for others. Tiered goals, setting multiple goals or sub-goals for performance, may offer a solution to this problem and promote the enhancing effects of the incentives. While laboratory research can inform organizational decisions about incentive systems, it cannot address issues that arise when implementing them. The second presentation will describe case studies that examined the effects of various monetary incentive systems in an applied setting, along with the trials and tribulations (and successes) that accompanied their implementation |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Business Practice, Monetary Incentives, OBM, Performance Pay |
Target Audience: Those responsible for managing the performance of others in the workplace. In particular those in senior leadership or business owner positions.
Also, those generally interested in performance management and Organizational Behavior Management |
Learning Objectives: Understand basic research associated with monetary incentives and it's impact on performance in the workplace
Understand the interaction between goal and monetary incentives
Describe potential applications of monetary incentive systems in the workplace |
|
Pay Systems and Goals-Setting: 'Til Research Do Them Part |
(Basic Research) |
ALEJANDRO RAMOS (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Goals are often touted as a relatively inexpensive and easy way to increase performance. For organizations, goals and incentives often go hand-in-hand and thus it is difficult to know the true impact of the goals on employee performance. This talk will begin by summarizing the different types of goal-setting strategies before delving into the concept of tiered goals and the reasoning behind their potential efficacy. It will then discuss the methodology of a laboratory study that focused on the effects of tiered goals and piece-rate pay, both alone and in combination. The results will then be discussed, the findings from which could change the way that organizations use goals and piece rate pay as a means to improve the performance of their employees. At a minimum, tiered goals could add another tool to the performance improvement toolkit within an organization – one that is an advancement over the common goal-setting methods. |
|
Using Money Effectively: A Case Study in Monetary Incentives |
(Applied Research) |
DAN B. SUNDBERG (Kendrick Realty, Inc.) |
Abstract: Monetary incentive systems are an extremely popular area for research and discussion in both the business and academic world. For good reason, these systems receive an intense amount of interest including the attention of Nobel Prize winning researchers. Salary and wage expenses typically account for 25% - 50% or more of a businesses expenses. Understanding how best to deploy such resources in a business represent tremendous opportunity for cost savings and performance improvement. The present case study will examine the application of various monetary incentive systems in an applied setting, including commission pay, wage pay, and bonus systems. Comparisons will be drawn between experimental studies and the results of these applied studies. Audience members will gain a deeper understanding of monetary incentives through real-world examples, including successes and failures. Applying laboratory research to the real world can be a messy affair, and sharing these attempts with others helps the field advance. |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Training Packages to Increase Fidelity of Core Competencies for Registered Behavior Technicians |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–9:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jennifer Lynn Hilton (Endicott College) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Piazza, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The Registered Behavior TechnicianTM (RBT®) credential has resulted in over 80,000 individuals being certified by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) since its creation in 2014. RBTs provide direct service to individuals receiving Applied Behavior Analysis services, which has resulted in individuals with this credential becoming the face of the field, which many families and clients work with the majority of their treatment time. It is imperative that the training of individuals who hold the credential of RBT receive high quality and effective training. Empirically validated training packages can be used to train a variety of topics essential to the core competencies of the RBT credential. This symposium will present applied research that has investigated effective training focused specifically on individuals who are certified as an RBT. Training topics include the writing of effective session notes, treatment integrity of RBT implementation of preference assessments and discrete trial training, and RBT session feedback delivery to families of clients. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: Learning objective: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify one training technique for training RBTs to write objective session notes (2) treatment fidelity for discrete trial training and preference assessments, (3) provide culturally sensitive session feedback |
|
Treatment Integrity: A Comparison Study |
ROXANNE GAYLE (Trumpet Behavioral Health; Endicott College) |
Abstract: As Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) becomes more prevalent, practitioners within the field of behavior analysis continue to develop therapeutic techniques. With that being said, there is an increasing legal and ethical burden placed on the practitioner working with an ASD population to use evidence-based interventions that have been evaluated in the scientific literature (Detrich 2008). As practitioners sift through the literature, they also have to consider the treatment integrity regarding implementation of procedures that are selected for clients. Treatment integrity refers to the extent to which the intervention was implemented as intended (Vermilyea, Barlow, & O’Brien, 1984; Yeaton & Sechrest, 1981). Treatment integrity, as a construct, factors considerably in the implementation of an intervention and a high level of treatment integrity has been associated with increased probability of changes on treatment outcome measures (Livani et al, 2013; Perepletchikova & Kazdin, 2005). A comparison study was conducted to determine if different types of treatment integrity checklists yield different results. The current study provided similar results as previous studies, when treatment integrity increased, client outcomes increased. Although one checklist did not yield greater results, the participants rated written feedback on a detailed checklist most useful with gaining and retaining accuracy in implementation. |
|
Implementing the Teaching Interaction Procedure to Train Objective Session Notes Via Telehealth |
JESSICA PIAZZA (Endicott College; CARE, LLC) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of using Teaching Interaction Procedure (TIP) in order to remotely train RBT certificants to write objective session notes. Session notes are a required component for each behavior analytic session conducted by an RBT. This requirement is present for acquiring and maintaining the certification as well as necessary for many funders of behavior analytic services. It is imperative that session documentation presents information in an objective format in order to accurately detail client progress. Behavior analysts can utilize proven training techniques in order to increase the fidelity of documentation of services completed by RBTs. A multiple baseline design across participants was employed with 3 RBTs. RBTs’ session notes during in home behavior analytic sessions were used as probes. Each RBT received the training, which implemented the TIP remotely, detailing how to write narrative sections of session notes objectively. Results indicate that all participants met mastery criteria within 3-4 teaching sessions and maintained these results across maintenance probes. |
|
Providing Culturally Sensitive Feedback |
NICHOLAS VINCENT ORLAND (Endicott College; Dubai Autism Center) |
Abstract: Dubai, United Arab Emirates is composed of 90% expats who hail from various parts of the world (such as the United Kingdom, India, and Philippines). As Registered Behavior Technicians (RBT) provide session feedback to these parents from various parts of the world, miscommunications can occur which can potentially cause a variety of challenges (which can range from the therapist being viewed as “rude” by the parent to the parent discontinuing the service due to a miscommunication). A multiple baseline study across participants was employed at the Dubai Autism Center (a state-of-the-art treatment environment located in the heart of Dubai) with 3 RBTs. The RBTs were trained on core competence skills associated with providing culturally sensitive session feedback. Behavior Skills Training (BST) was utilized as the training intervention. This study is currently in progress and results are expected to indicate mastery criteria within 3 to 4 teaching sessions and will maintain over time across maintenance and generalization probes. |
|
|
|
|
|
Everyone Cares About Quality: How Do We Show It? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Discussant: Richard Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Richard Wayne Fuqua, Ph.D. |
Abstract: What patients, their parents/guardians, insurance providers, and the community at large have in common with direct care staff, clinical supervisors, and ABA service organizations is that each stakeholder cares about quality services. To assureall stakeholders that quality services are being provided, a neutral entity must set standards to define what is considered quality. Such standards are typically based on the scientific literature, and where research may fall short, subject matter experts provide guidance based on best practice. Then, to determine if services meet these standards, an objective entity conducts thorough evaluations using reliable assessment methods. In this symposium, we will share how Behavioral Health Center of Excellence (BHCOE) has developed a quality assurance system with a focus on our accumulated data collected over the past five years. The first presenter will discuss the value of quality assurance and best practice recommendations for conducting quality assurance. The second presenter will discuss outcomes assessments and why they are important for determining the value of behavioral interventions for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. The third and fourth presenters will share the results of evaluations with patients and staff. All presenters will discuss the implications of their findings and future steps. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): assessment, patient outcomes, quality assurance, supervision |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a general understanding of assessments such as the VB-MAPP and Vineland Adaptive Behavior Scales as well as concepts such as social validity, treatment fidelity, and organizational systems. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define quality assurance and identify common strategies for measuring, assessing, and reporting on quality assurance; (2) describe the difference between individual and organizational outcomes; and (3) describe how patient and staff surveys can be employed measures of quality assurance. |
|
A Multimodal Approach to Measuring Quality Assurance |
(Applied Research) |
NIKKI WILLIAMS (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
Abstract: Quality assurance in human care services refers to a systematic process that organizational employees conduct to determine if the services that employees provide meet quality standards. Important components of the quality assurance process are the collecting and reporting on data. One way to evaluate quality is through the use of multimodal measures that examine key performance indicators. This presentation describes multimodal assessment strategies for quality assurance in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) organizations. To do this, we discuss the importance and use of different key performance indicators collected from 220 ABA organizations for approximately 14,500 patients throughout the United States. For example, 65% of organizations assess their supervisors for competence. But, when analyzed by the number of patients served, 57% of patients work with supervisors whose competence has been assessed. Assessing supervisor competence is one example of how the type of measurement taken and the analysis of obtained data can influence statements about quality assurance. Throughout our presentation, we will discuss additional examples to highlight the many ways quality assurance can be measured, assessed, and reported. |
|
Organizational Outcome Data: Don't I Already Do That? |
(Applied Research) |
SCOTT PAGE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts commonly use skill-based and adaptive assessments to analyze individual patient outcomes and to customize treatment programs. However, as a whole, such assessments provide limited demonstration of organizational effectiveness and the data that might speak to organizational outcomes do not appear to be widely collected. The growth of applied behavior analysis as an effective treatment option for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder is causing funding sources to be increasingly interested in the accurate measurement, assessment, and reporting of organizational outcomes. In this presentation, we describe the distribution of organizational outcome data submitted during accreditation processes spanning five years and involving 218 organizations and 15 norm-referenced and criterion-referenced assessments. We then discuss examples of the procedures being used to track organizational outcomes. Finally, we review some of the many benefits that result from tracking organizational outcomes. These include: communicating internally with staff and patients about current quality of care; communicating organizational effectiveness to potential clients and funding sources; identification of opportunities for targeted staff training; and the ability to use data to make decisions that drive company progress toward organizational mission and values. |
|
Patient Satisfaction as a Quality Assurance Metric: What it Does and Doesn’t Tell Us |
(Applied Research) |
P. MICAH FRIDDLE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Quality assurance measurements are an important, but under-utilized and under-researched, component of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services. Measuring patient satisfaction is one type of quality assurance measure that ensures the social validity of services offered by ABA providers. In this study, we sought to determine which characteristics of clinical quality and organizational processes have the greatest impact on the overall satisfaction of patients or their caregivers. As part of a comprehensive quality review of ABA service providers, we administered patient satisfaction surveys to the patient or their primary caregivers. Each survey asked questions about the caregivers’ level of agreement with statements about their service provider spanning six domains of clinical quality and organizational processes. These domains were: caregiver involvement, patient progress, navigating funding, scheduling, staff training and abilities, and treatment programs. Regression analyses suggest patient progress was the most important predictor of overall caregiver satisfaction. Additionally, the organizational processes of scheduling, staff training and abilities, and caregiver involvement were predictive of overall patient satisfaction. In total, the data and methods presented here highlight how measuring patient satisfaction may help ABA providers identify barriers to patient satisfaction and to develop targeted, function-based interventions to overcome these barriers. |
|
Staff Satisfaction Surveys: A Multi-Organization Analysis of Quality Assurance Data |
(Applied Research) |
MELISSA COTTENGIM (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Sara Gershfeld Litvak (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), Ellie Kazemi (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Quality assurance (QA) systems are widely adopted practices in healthcare, pharmacy, and laboratory settings. In the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA), quality assurance is equally important but is not a current standard practice. In this study, staff satisfaction surveys were administered to 27,472 employees at 360 ABA organizations through the BHCOE accreditation process. Survey response completion rate was at 65% with 17,855 employee respondents. The survey comprised 67 total questions, measured through a five-point Likert scale, across seven sections including work engagement, career development, compensation, benefits, relationship management, scheduling, and work environment. We examined the relationship between employee satisfaction and overall quality markers reviewing data that had been collected over the past four years. We used a predictive model fit through linear regression to pinpoint the most meaningful sections of our staff satisfaction survey that predict an organization’s overall accreditation score. The results suggest the most important predictor of staff satisfaction was work engagement and the least important predictor was scheduling and work environment. We will discuss considerations for organizations in developing a QA system, the development and utility of staff satisfaction survey, and directions for future research. |
|
|
|
|
|
So You Have a Behavior Analyst Licensure Law: Now what? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Discussant: John Walter Scibak (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Once a state, province, or other governmental jurisdiction has enacted a statute establishing licensure of behavior analysts, can behavior analysts finally breathe a sigh of relief and relax? Statues and experience clearly indicate the answer is an emphatic “NO!” Once a behavior analyst licensure law is enacted, behavior analysts still need to be very vigilant and active with respect to it. The presentations will address some of the crucial tasks in which behavior analyst need to engage once licensure is established. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA Licensure, Maintaining licensure, Public policy |
Target Audience: Intermediate instruction level
Attendees familiar with applied behavior analysis and interested in or familiar with behavior analysis licensure and public policy activities will benefit the most from this symposium. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will:
1. Outline and plan post licensure law passage activities that will enable the law to be carried out as efficiently as possible.
2. Describe how to move to the execution and implementation stage of recently past licensure legislation laws in their states.
3. State an activity involving behavior analyst licensure regulations in which they should be prepared to engage,
4. State an activity involving other professions with which behavior analysts should be prepared to engage, once behavior analyst licensure is established.
5. State the basic components of sunset review.
6. State what can happen to a state’s behavior analyst licensure program as a result of a sunset review. |
|
We Have a Behavior Analyst Licensure Law, Can’t We Relax Now? |
JOHN M. GUERCIO (Benchmark Human Services and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Abstract: The passage of a licensure law is by no means the end of the road for the behavior analysis community in states that have just reached this milestone. The local chapter that supports behavior analysis activities should immediately begin to identify potential members of the licensing board that can be nominated and ultimately will be put in place to serve on the board. This panel will enable those that are on the brink of implementing licensure to be equipped with a step-by-step protocol by which to fully participate in this process. A number of things need to be identified that help to maintain the momentum that led to the passage of the licensure law in the first place. These catalysts will be identified and outlined for interested Behavior Analysts in states that are at this process step in their licensure law. |
|
Licensure Laws and Regulations Are In Place: Now We Can Relax, Right? |
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates and ABAI Licensing Committee), John Walter Scibak (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Abstract: After a behavior analyst licensure law has been enacted and the initial version of the relevant regulations to guide implementation have been established, behavior analysts are wise to remain vigilant regarding and engaged with licensure issues. The initial version of regulations may require updating as new issues germane to behavior analyst licensure arise and as regulations requiring clarification. In addition, licensure opponents may try to have the statute repealed or suggest onerous regulatory changes. Behavior analysts need to monitor carefully any proposed changes and provide comment regarding them. Behavior analysts should monitor meetings of the regulatory bodies involved with licensure to stay informed with decisions and ongoing discussion as well as provide input regarding issues that should be considered by the body. Additionally, behavior analysts should closely monitor possible activities of other governmental entities and other professions that could have an impact on behavior analysts and their licensure and be prepared to address those activities. |
|
Watching the Sunset! |
GRANT GAUTREAUX (Nicholls State University and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Abstract: Many states require state agencies and programs periodically to be reviewed and evaluated by a designated group of people. That group makes recommendations to legislators regarding whether each agency and program should be continued as it is, be revised in some manner, or be eliminated. The legislature then decided what course of action to take. This process is called sunset review. The sunset review process differs across states. The sunset review process has occurred, is occurring, or soon will occur in several states. Given the possible changes that could occur to behavior analyst licensure due to the sunset review process, behavior analysts should be aware of when their licensing program is to be reviewed and actively participating in public input regarding the initial review and regarding the subsequent legislative action. Examples of sunset review activity related to behavior analyst licensure in several states will be discussed. |
|
So, What Should You Do Next? |
JOHN WALTER SCIBAK (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee) |
Abstract: An overview will be provided of the range of activities that behavior analysts should consider for maximizing the likelihood of behavior analyst licensure adequately protecting the public and supporting the profession of behavior analysis. Elaboration of particular strategies and tactics for doing so will be tailored to address questions raised by attendees. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Training: Evaluating Direct Measures of Overt Behaviours Across Populations |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kendra Thomson (Brock University ) |
Discussant: Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids) |
CE Instructor: Kendra Thomson, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment training (ACTraining) is a third wave, empirically supported behavioural intervention that has been demonstrated to improve the quality of life across numerous populations. ACTraining differs from Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT), as ACT focuses on the therapeutic delivery in the psychotherapy realm. Comparatively, ACTraining focuses on providing individuals with the tools to implement ACT in their daily lives. With increasing interest in ACTraining within the field of behaviour analysis, this symposium explores its diverse application across a variety of populations. Presenters will explore the use of direct measures of overt behaviours when training mediators to facilitate ACTraining, the delivery of ACTraining in a group format for caregivers of individuals with neurodevelopmental disabilities, and the implementation of ACTraining in an individual format with caregivers, staff, and individuals with autism spectrum disorder. Discussion also includes the delivery of ACTraining within the scope of behaviour analysis, adapting the delivery of ACTraining to a telecommunication format, gaps in the ACT literature, and potential future directions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACTraining, caregivers, direct measurement, neurodevelopmental disabilities |
Target Audience: Designed for: Students, researchers, and Clinicians |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation participants will be able to: 1. Describe how to use direct measures when implementing ACT 2. Discuss various gaps in the ACT literature 3. Describe how direct measurements of ACT processes can be implemented with a variety of populations 4. Describe how self-monitoring can be incorporated into an ACT intervention 5. Assess & describe the pros and cons of providing an intervention using a telecommunication platform |
|
A Systematic Review of Acceptance and Commitment Training in the Behavioral Intervention of Individuals With Autism and Developmental Disorders |
VICTORIA DANIELA CASTILLO (Endicott College), Emma Isabel Moon (Pepperdine University), Adel C. Najdowski (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) is a contemporary approach to dealing with unhelpful private events and improving psychological flexibility (Hayes et al., 2006) that is often used in psychotherapy (Szabo, 2019). Non-psychotherapeutic uses of ACT have been referred to as Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACTraining; Moran, 2011, 2015; Szabo, 2019), which refers to the use of six processes: present moment attention/mindfulness, values clarification, committed action, self-as-context, defusion, and acceptance (Hayes et al., 2006), implemented in the context of a training method.Recent interest in ACTraining within the behavior analytic community has led behavior analysts to question whether ACTraining is truly useful to the field and whether it’s within their scope of practice. Tarbox et al. (2020) have proposed that the use of ACTraining is within the scope of practice of behavior analysts and aligns with the seven dimensions of ABA as outlined by Baer et al. (1968). Thus, the purpose of this study was to provide a review of single-case research designs measuring the behavioral effects of ACTraining components conducted with individuals with ASD/DD, their parents, and/or their staff and to inform clinicians/researchers about what variables have been evaluated and what gaps still exist. |
|
Implementing and Evaluating Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Context of ABA for Children With Autism |
AMANDA N. CHASTAIN (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Southern California; FirstSteps for Kids), Alexandra Little (University of Southern California), Erica Baron (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Courtney Tarbox (FirstSteps for Kids, Inc.), Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology), Taira Bermudez (FirstSteps for Kids) |
Abstract: While research on the use of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) with individuals with autism has been increasing in recent years, it remains true that there are limited data demonstrating its effectiveness on generating overt behavior change for this population in the applied clinical context. The current presentation reviews a series of treatment evaluations which used multiple baseline designs to analyze the effects of ACT interventions on overt behavior change for children with autism as a part of their clinical ABA treatment. Based on an initial analysis of the participants indirect acting contingencies, multiple exemplar training was used to teach one of the six behavioral repertoires outlined on the ACT Hexaflex (acceptance, present moment, self as context, defusion, values, or committed action). Results of these evaluations suggest that ACT strategies can produce socially significant behavior change in this population with generalization to direct care staff. Maintenance data and social validity data were also collected and will be discussed. |
|
Self-Monitoring Committed Actions During Acceptance and Commitment Training for Caregivers of People With Neurodevelopmental Disabilities |
AMANDA MARCINKIEWICZ (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Lee Steel (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Linda Moroz (Bethesda), Yona Lunsky (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)) |
Abstract: Caregivers of people with neurodevelopmental disabilities often experience greater psychological distress than other caregivers. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has been shown to decrease this psychological distress. Limited research has measured a core component of ACT (committed actions), which could be crucial in understanding how ACT can improve life satisfaction. In two separate studies, we asked caregivers in an in-person ACT-workshop (N=11) and caregivers in a virtual adaptation of the ACT-workshop (N=14) to complete standard psychological measures and self-monitor their frequency of committed actions pre-, post- and 1-month follow-up. Post-ACT, the in-person group average frequency of self-monitoring committed actions increased from 0 in baseline to 3.9 days per-week across four weeks, which returned to baseline levels in follow-up. Statistical analyses indicated therapeutic trends for all psychological measures, with decreases in parenting stress scores approaching statistical significance. Post-ACT, the virtual ACT-workshop results for self-monitoring increased from 0.33 in baseline to 3.56 days per-week across seven weeks. Statistical analyses indicated significant results for decreasing parenting stress, depression, anxiety and stress. Follow-up results are currently being collected. Results may help inform how self-monitoring committed actions may impact or relate to self-reported measures of psychological distress and impact the overall ACT experience for caregivers. |
|
Evaluating Behavioural Skills Training via Telecommunication to Teach Mediators to Facilitate Acceptance and Commitment Training |
CARLY MAGNACCA (Brock University), Amanda Marcinkiewicz (Brock University), Sarah Davis (Brock University), Lee Steel (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Yona Lunsky (The Centre for Addiction and Mental Health (CAMH)), Kenneth Fung (University of Toronto), Tricia Corinne Vause (Brock University), Kendra Thomson (Brock University) |
Abstract: Multiple randomized control trials have demonstrated the effectiveness of acceptance and commitment training (ACT) for improving the quality of life of numerous populations, including caregivers of children with neurodevelopmental disabilities. However, little research has been conducted on effective methods to train facilitators to lead ACT experiential exercises in general, with even less research incorporating caregivers as co-facilitators. To increase potential facilitators’ access to ACT facilitation training and reduce geographical barriers, a telecommunication format may be leveraged. The aim of this research was to examine the effect of providing behavioural skills training via telecommunication to caregiver and clinician facilitators across Canada that had already received a manualized, group-based ACT facilitation training to prepare to facilitate ACT workshops themselves. This study included a total of five caregivers and three clinicians, where quantitative data on fidelity and confidence was collected at baseline, post-training, and at 1-month follow-up using a multiple-baseline design. The results from this study suggest that implementing behavioural skills training to teach facilitators to provide ACT greatly improved the facilitators’ fidelity implementing three ACT exercises. Increasing the number of competently trained facilitators will help build capacity to increase caregivers’ access to ACT, ideally resulting in decreased levels of stress, anxiety, and depression this population has reported experiencing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Diversity in Behavior Analysis: Cultural Competence, Neurodiversity, Ableism, and Practicing What We Should Be Preaching |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Diana J. Walker (Visions, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Discussant: Christine E. Hughes (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Diana J. Walker, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will address diversity issues within the field of behavior analysis, with emphasis on humility, cultural humility, pragmatism, and inclusion. The first talk will present data on the diversity of behavior analysts practicing in Ontario, as well as their self-reports of how culturally competent they believe they are, in comparison with the level of diversity education and training they report. A second presentation will describe the neurodiversity movement, autistic culture, and how traditional Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) contributes to the trauma autistic people experience from others trying to change who they are. A third presentation will describe the cultural bias of research in ABA, specifically, the historical roots of ableism in ABA and examples of ableism in current research. A final presentation will describe the differential treatment and segregation of applied practitioners vs. basic researchers/academicians, and the negative effects on the science and practice of behavior analysis. Presenters will offer suggestions for combating the concerns they highlight, and Dr. Christine Hughes, a distinguished basic and translational researcher and radical behaviorist, will serve as discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ableism, applied pragmatism, cultural humility, neurodiversity |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a basic understanding of ABA treatment, such as for people with autism. They should have heard the term "radical behaviorism" and have a basic understanding of the relations among EAB, ABA, and radical behaviorism. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. define cultural competence and state why it is important in ABA practice. 2. define neurodiversity and state one advantage of that perspective when working with autistic people. 3. define ableism and describe a current or past example of ableism in ABA research or practice. 4. define cultural humility and state one way it is different from cultural competence. 5. explain why collaboration among basic and applied behavior analysts and scientists/practitioners from other fields is pragmatic. |
|
Are Behaviour Analysts Culturally Competent? They Think So! |
(Service Delivery) |
Paige O'Neill (Brock University), Albert Malkin (Western University; Southern Illinois University), KARL GUNNARSSON (West Park Healthcare Centre; University of Iceland), Nazurah Khokhar (Brock University), Carly Magnacca (Brock University), Julie Koudys (Brock University) |
Abstract: Cultural competence has important implications for the delivery of effective and acceptable treatments. Ontario is a culturally diverse province necessitating cultural sensitivity on the part of service providers such as behaviour analysts. Although no data currently exist on the profiles of behaviour analysts in Ontario, previous studies that survey Board Certified Behaviour Analysts® worldwide indicate that behaviour analysts lack diversity, with over 80% identifying as white. Studies report that most behaviour analysts feel comfortable providing services to diverse clients, and that they feel skilled in their ability to do so. Despite this positive perception, most behaviour analysts report little or no education or training in diversity. We surveyed ABA service providers in Ontario about their demographic information, their education and training in working with diverse clients, and their comfort and perceived skill in providing services for diverse clients. Results mirrored those of previous studies and indicated that behaviour analytic service providers in Ontario are mostly white (78%), English speaking (89%), and non-immigrants (86%). Additionally, respondents reported high confidence in their ability to provide services to diverse clients, despite typically having little or no training in doing so. Implications and recommendations regarding education and training in cultural competence will be discussed. |
|
ABA is a Science: So What? |
(Service Delivery) |
JAMINE DETTMERING (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology; National Lewis University) |
Abstract: Autistic advocates have criticized Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) for harmful practices grounded in ableism (Dawson, 2004; Lynch, 2019). A common response to ABA being characterized as abusive or harmful is to make a distinction between the science and practice of ABA. Although there is a topographical distinction between the scientific approach to discovering variables that influence behavior and the technology of behavior change that utilizes those research discoveries, the science of ABA is no exception to concerns voiced by the autistic community. Research goals, procedures, and outcomes are often based on the agenda of the researcher and neurotypical community, rather than the values of autistic participants and the autistic community. This presentation will (a) explore the historical roots of the science of ABA in ableism, (b) discuss contemporary examples of ableism in ABA research, (c) explore the efficacy of the ethics code and research practices as they relate to keeping autistic research participants safe, and (d) offer strategies to ensure the inclusion of autistic voices and the safety of research participants. |
|
The Pragmatism of Cultural Humility in Experimental, Conceptual, and Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
DIANA J. WALKER (Visions, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Categorizing phenomena helps us to respond to our world in effective ways; however, it can also create false dichotomies that limit our experience and hurt people and society. The Association for Behavior Analysis International (ABAI) has recently intensified efforts to promote inclusion and discourage social inequality in behavior analysis and in society in general. Within behavior analysis, though, there are false dichotomies that result in segregation of people and differential treatment, some of which is harmful to individual members, to the field of behavior analysis, and to society as a whole. Potentially harmful dichotomies include basic vs. applied, academician vs. practitioner, behavior analysis vs. other psychological/social sciences, etc. This presentation will describe harmful effects of segregating basic from applied behavior analysts, academicians from practitioners, behavior analysis from other disciplines, etc. and provide suggestions for decreasing such harmful practices. Instead of behaving in accordance with false dichotomies, behavior analysts should embrace cultural humility, a lifelong process of learning about cultural identity through openness, interpersonal relationships, and self-reflection/critique. By embracing cultural humility, experimental, conceptual, and applied behavior analysts will promote dialog and collaboration amongst each other and with other professionals, with pragmatic results. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why Are We Not Acting to Save The World? Contextual Behavior Science Applied to Mainstream Cultural Problems |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Brian Katz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
Discussant: Shannon Ormandy (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
CE Instructor: Shannon Ormandy, M.A. |
Abstract: In a world in which tumultuous events such as political upheaval, police brutality, climate change, and untrustworthy media, occur at accelerating rates, we have a moral obligation to use our science towards nurturing ends. The following presentations present behavior analytic interpretations of propaganda, sustainable behavior, police brutality, and false information in social media environments. The authors in this symposium wish to inspire audience members to use behavior science to shift mainstream cultural problems. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): climate change, police brutality, propoganda, social media |
Target Audience: Audience members should have a growing skill-set in contextual behavior science including relational frame theory. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define propaganda in behavioral terms; (2) identify ways in which the STEPS assessment can be used to assess climate change-related behaviors; (3) identify the potential functions of behaviors associated with reading, believing, and sharing fake news on social media; (4) recite the history of police conduct toward Black Americans and place this history in the contexts of Skinnerian and relational frame theory analyses of human behavior. |
|
“In” or “Out”? An Analysis of the Use of Augmentals in U.S. Presidential Speeches
on The Paris Climate Agreement |
(Theory) |
STEPHANIE CHAN (PlaySmart Child Development Society, the Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago), Brian Katz (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago), Ruth Anne Rehfeldt (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago) |
Abstract: Augmentals, as a type of rule which alter the value of the consequences, have reinforcer establishing effects or punisher establishing effects (Hayes et al., 2002). Augmentals can be used in establishing cultural values that are beneficial for the populace (Leigland, 2005), or in publicizing political points of view to exert control on public opinion through propaganda (Rakos, 1993). Studies have shown the effect of augmentals in altering rates of of behavior in several different contexts including consumer purchasing behavior, smoking behavior among youth, and patients’ behavior in health care settings. The current study conducted a functional content analysis on two presidential speeches debating whether the United States should enter or exit the 2016 Paris Climate Agreement. The purpose of the study was 1) to analyze the use of augmentals and frames in each speech, and 2) to examine their effects on public behavior. Each speech was coded. The number of reinforcer establishing augmentals and punisher establishing augmentals, as well as the number of different frames within augmenals were calculated. The results showed different patterns in the use of augmentals in President Trump’s speech, who attempted to persuade the populace to support exiting the Paris Climate Accord, compared to President Obama’s speech, who attempted to persuade the populace to support entering the agreement. Several implications of the study were discussed. |
|
The Future is Bright: Saving the Earth One Step at a Time |
(Applied Research) |
MEREDITH MATTHEWS (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: We are rapidly approaching a climate point of no return (PNR) where recoverability of earth’s climate will concede expenses above current rates of production both domestic and abroad. Although a multi-level approach to solving the climate crisis is undoubtedly needed, some success may be achieved by increasing pro-environmental behaviors at the level of single subjects. We selected target pro-environmental behaviors using the STEPS assessment (Belisle, Stanley, et al., under review), an itemized list the identifies behavior targets ranging from relatively simple behavior change targets (e.g., recycling) to more complex targets (e.g., lobbying to state officials). Across 3 participants, we targeted multiple behaviors within a multiple experimental probe design. The behavior differed across the participants depending on their scores on the assessment. The intervention represented a synthesis of the Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Matrix (ACT Matrix) and a performance diagnostic assessment to identify barriers to completing the steps. Because each target builds on the last, this approach is also consistent with shaping successively more challenging topographies of pro-environmental behavior. Following the study, post-test climate emission scores were compared to pre-test scores. |
|
Fake News and Social Media |
(Theory) |
KATHRYN M. ROOSE (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: The 2016 U.S. presidential election will hold a place in history not only for the outcome, but for the events leading up to the election including the use of fake news in traditional media, but more specifically in social media. With over three billion people using social media worldwide, the online world has become a supportive environment for the quick, easy, and vast spread of any type of information, true or false. Thus, social media is filled with the distribution of false information spread either on purpose (e.g., knowingly spreading misinformation), or perhaps simply due to the inability to discriminate between the truth and lies, or the lack of effort in determining the veracity of the information. This presentation will examine the behaviors associated with reading, believing, and sharing fake news on social media, including verbal behavior, rule-governed behavior, and a behavioral perspective on cognitive biases. |
|
A Behavioral Analysis of Police Brutality and Recommendations for Social Action |
(Theory) |
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting, Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Cortenee Boulard (Florida Institute of Technology), Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Police brutality against people of color in America has persisted despite remarkable gains resulting from the civil rights movement. B. F. Skinner’s account of human phylogeny, ontogeny, and culture is as profoundly relevant toward understanding this problem as it was during his lifetime. Recent scholarship on derived relational responding adds to the analysis of human practices that persist long after their acceptability has passed. In the current paper, we review the history of police conduct toward Black Americans and place this history in the contexts of Skinnerian and relational frame theory analyses of human behavior. We review the strengths and weaknesses of numerous redresses currently in use or commonly advocated and propose new strategies derived from the experimental analysis of human behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Positive Punishment: Efficacy, Efficiency, and Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Elizabeth A. Fitter (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Discussant: Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
CE Instructor: Elizabeth A. Fitter, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Positive punishment procedures are controversial, misunderstood, and misrepresented inside and outside behavior analysis. We provide a contemporary review of the efficiency, efficacy, and side effects of contingent skin shock to treat the severe problem behaviors of individuals with various diagnoses. Contrary to popular belief, contingent skin shock by way of an electrical stimulation device often results in an increased quality of life by allowing the individual to contact new contingencies of reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): electrical stimulation, positive punishment, problem behavior, skin shock |
Target Audience: Any BCBA interested in positive punishment and/or electrical stimulation devices. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the behavioral dimensions associated with electrical stimulation device treatment; (2) identify the efficiency and efficacy of electrical stimulation device treatment; (3) identify negative side-effects associated with electrical stimulation device treatment; and (4) identify positive side-effects associated with electrical stimulation device treatment. |
|
Sample Characteristics and Topographies Treated With Electrical Stimulation Devices |
(Applied Research) |
ELIZABETH A. FITTER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Electrical stimulation devices have been used to treat severe and treatment refractory problem behavior across a variety of topographies and diagnoses. In 2020, the Food and Drug Administration banned electrical stimulation devices used to treat aggressive and self-injurious behaviors. Treatment has been successfully used for individuals with diagnoses of autism spectrum disorder, conduct disorders, intellectual disability, and mood disorders who exhibit aggressive and self-injurious behaviors of sufficient intensity to cause serious damage to themselves and others. These behaviors include, but are not limited to blows to the head, rectal digging, rumination, eye gouging, body hits to the environment, and violent acts towards others. In addition, in the literature, the treatment of other idiosyncratic topographies that cause harm has been described. It is important to note that these behaviors are repeated overtime and produce bleeding and permanent tissue damage. Findings support the use of contingent skin shock in conjunction with other behavior analytic procedures for severe treatment refractory behaviors. Typically, the treatment is extremely effective in reducing the frequency of targeted behaviors. Types of electrical stimulation devices, client characteristics, and treated topographies will be discussed. |
|
Efficiency and Efficacy of Electrical Stimulation Devices |
(Applied Research) |
JOHN O'NEILL (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Nathan Blenkush (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: In 1965, Lovaas described the first clinical application of an electrical stimulation device for severe problem behaviors. Since then, the effect has been replicated hundreds of times using various single-subject designs by numerous researchers. Here, we review and summarize the efficacy of electrical stimulation devices described in the literature. Across 117 behaviors or groups of behaviors, eighty-three of 117 were reduced by 100%; 110 of 117 by at least 90%; 112 of 117 by 50% or more; and 5 of 117 continued at the same rate or increase. This data is supplemented by recent analyses of contingent skin-shock (i.e., positive punishment) in the treatment of severe problem behaviors in 173 individual cases between 2001 and 2019. Overall, a 97% reduction in the frequency of severe aggressive and health dangerous (e.g., self-injurious) behaviors was observed in the first full month of treatment across participants. Findings provide support for the supplemental use of contingent skin-shock in conjunction with differential reinforcement and other behavioral procedures for severe treatment refractory behaviors. We present findings from the largest clinical sample in the skin-shock literature (describing approximately 350 treatment years), planned versus unplanned fading of treatment, reversal of treatment effects, and follow-up data spanning 15 years. The evidence provides support for the assertion that contingent skin-shock is the least intrusive, most effective, and efficient treatment available for the severe problem behaviors of some individuals. |
|
Negative Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices |
(Applied Research) |
JESSICA LINDSAY (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: The use of electrical stimulation devices to treat severe, dangerous, and potentially life threatening problem behaviors is a controversial topic in the field of behavior analysis. The potential of negative effects such as learned helplessness, aggression, anxiety, among other side effects are often cited as sequelae associated with the use of electrical stimulation devices. However, many of these effects are derived from basic research with animals that do not necessarily comport with the clinical application of electrical stimulation devices. In many cases, specific experimental preparations are required to produce certain effects that are inconsistent with clinical applications. Here, the negative side effects described in the applied and experimental literature are reviewed. Literature regarding the use of electrical stimulation devices in a clinical setting to treat severe problem behaviors reflect relatively infrequent and less prevalent negative side effects than those noted in laboratory studies. This discussion will examine the negative side effects of both non-contingent and contingent skin shock, while clarifying common misconceptions associated with the treatment. |
|
Positive Side Effects of Electrical Stimulation Devices |
(Applied Research) |
LYNDE KAYSER (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center) |
Abstract: Clinically significant decelerations are observed across a variety of topographies of severe, treatment refractory problem behaviors after contingent skin shock treatment. As these once refractory problem behaviors decrease, multiple positive side effects emerge. Some such side effects include reductions in the use of chemical, mechanical, and physical restraint, health related supports, and level of supervision required to maintain safety. Substantial increases in pivotal behaviors are commonly observed as maladaptive behaviors decelerate and availability of reinforcement increases. For example, the elimination of mechanical restraint sets the occasion for increased ambulation, which may act as a pivotal behavior that enables social initiation and access to leisure activities. An increased repertoire of pivotal behaviors often results in the development of behavioral cusps, or behavior change that exposes the individual to novel environments, reinforcers, and contingencies. Individuals who receive the treatment demonstrate improvements in quality of life as measured by increased access to the community, home visits, and employment, social behaviors, academic progress, and independence. This discussion will review positive side effects associated with contingent skin shock, to include both reduced use of restrictive interventions and increased adaptive behavioral repertoires. |
|
|
|
|
|
Establishment and Emergence of Conditional Discriminations: Basic and Applied Research |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Discussant: Karen M. Lionello-DeNolf (Assumption College) |
CE Instructor: Anna I. Petursdottir, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Match-to-sample (MTS) procedures are often used to establish baseline conditional relations for equivalence class formation, both in the context of teaching educationally relevant skills and in the context of answering basic research questions. Equivalence classes are sets of physically dissimilar stimuli in which each member occasions selection of all other members. Only a subset of the relations among the stimuli must be taught directly; other emerge without instruction. We report the results of four studies, spanning the range from basic to applied, on the process and outcomes of establishing conditional discriminations via MTS instruction. Briana Ostrosky presents on the use of group contingencies and individual contingencies in equivalence-based instruction (EBI). Juliana Oliveira presents on the flexibility of equivalence classes established via one-to-many instruction and classes established via direct instruction of all possible relations among the stimuli. Reagan Cox presents on the emergence of new conditional relations as a function of stimulus uniformity and the sequence of baseline instruction. Finally, Alex Brune presents on the effects of different types of selection responses on acquisition in MTS training with children of typical development learning conditional relations among abstract stimuli. Karen Lionello-DeNolf discusses the research and its implications. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): conditional discrimination, equivalence-based instruction, stimulus control, stimulus equivalence |
Target Audience: BCBAs, graduate students, researchers |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe how match-to-sample procedures are used to establish conditional discriminations
2. Describe scenarios in which new conditional discriminations emerge after others are taught
3. Describe the defining features of equivalence-based instruction |
|
Comparing Group-Based and Individualized Equivalence-Based Instruction to a PowerPoint Lecture to Establish Equivalence Classes |
(Applied Research) |
BRIANA OSTROSKY (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Jessica Day-Watkins (Drexel University) |
Abstract: Equivalence-based instruction (EBI) refers to the teaching of socially relevant material (e.g., academic material) with equivalence class formation procedures (Fienup, Covey, & Critchfield, 2010). In the research literature, equivalence training and testing has been almost exclusively conducted on an individual basis, apart from Varelas and Fields (2017) who applied a group contingency using EBI. To extend the literature, the present study compared the effects of using EBI with an interdependent group contingency, individualized computer-based EBI, and a lecture on class formation with college students. The classes consisted of information related to reinforcement and punishment procedures (i.e., name, definition, contingency table, vignettes). For both EBI groups, a cloud-based student response system (SRS) application was used. To compare the effects on responding, three tests were administered before and after each intervention: (a) written open-ended, (b) written multiple-choice, and (c) card sorting. Results showed improvements in class-consistent responding across all groups following training. However, responding was significantly higher in the two EBI training groups for the written multiple-choice tests, and the group-contingency-based EBI was significantly more effective in promoting topography-based responding than was lecture. These results suggest that EBI can be effectively implemented in more naturalistic settings (e.g., classroom) using a group contingency with portable and affordable technology. |
|
Class Reorganization Following One-to-Many and Complete Instruction |
(Basic Research) |
JULIANA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Gregory Tomlinson (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: Previous research has evaluated the extent to which equivalence-based instruction (EBI) is more efficient or produces stimulus classes with different properties than complete instruction (CI) in which all relations between stimuli in a class are taught directly. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate the flexibility of the formed stimulus classes in EBI and CI procedures with a contingency reorganization. Forty undergraduate students received training to establish 3 stimulus classes with 4 members in each class. The students were randomly assigned to two groups: EBI according to a One-to-Many (OTM) training structure and CI. After undergoing training and equivalence test (Phase 1), participants received contingency reorganization training (Phase 2). In the reorganization phase, the relations A1B2, A2B3, A3B1 were established as correct. Class flexibility was evaluated in an immediate class reorganization post-test. Preliminary data suggest the EBI group required fewer training trials to complete ABCD training, and performed similarly to CI in the equivalence test. Additionally, the EBI group required fewer training trials in reorganization training, and performed better in the reorganization test compared to the CI group. |
|
Effects of Stimulus Uniformity and Training Sequence on Emergent Conditional Discriminations |
(Basic Research) |
REAGAN ELAINE COX (Texas Christian University), Cullen Westerfield (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University) |
Abstract: This study explored the interaction between stimulus uniformity and training sequence on emergent stimulus relations. Sixty college students were randomly assigned to six groups. Three groups received match-to-sample (MTS) training to relate abstract visual stimuli to text stimuli before training to relate pairs of text stimuli (standard condition). The other three groups of participants received the opposite training sequence (reverse condition). One group in each condition was assigned each of three sets of abstract stimuli (6 patterns, 6 irregular shapes, or a combination of 3 patterns and 3 shapes). Emergent relations between pairs of abstract stimuli were assessed in an MTS test. Our previous findings suggest the standard condition produces greater accuracy and/or speed at test compared to the reverse condition. Based on the hypothesis that performance in the standard condition may be influenced by operant seeing of the abstract stimuli during training with text stimuli, we expected to see the largest difference between standard and reverse in the shape/pattern group, due to enhanced visualizability. Preliminary data from a partial sample suggest an advantage of standard over reverse training only in the shape/pattern group; reaction time data have not been analyzed. Results will inform stimulus selection for future research. |
|
Comparing Two Selection Response Topographies on Acquisition of Simultaneous Matching-to-Sample Skills in Young Children of Typical Development |
(Basic Research) |
ALEX BRUNE (Caldwell University; Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Adrienne Jennings (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kevin J. Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Matching-to-sample (MTS) is often used to teach the prerequisite skills needed for establishing important complex behaviors. Therefore, using the most effective and efficient procedures when teaching matching-to-sample skills is paramount. One important MTS procedural variable concerns the selection response topographies used during acquisition. Although Green (2001) recommends teaching students to point to the correct comparison stimulus instead of placing the sample on top of the correct comparison, no previous research has directly compared these two topographies. The current study used an alternating treatments design to assess the effects of a pointing selection response and a “placing on top” selection response on the effectiveness and efficiency of acquisition of a visual-visual simultaneous arbitrary matching-to-sample task with three typically developing 4- to 5-year-old children. A trial-and-error with an error correction procedure was used to measure the relative differences in percentage of correct responses and sessions to criterion across the two selection response topographies. The results showed no systematic advantage of placing the sample stimulus on top of the correct comparison stimulus relative to a pointing selection response. Therefore, the results of the current study contrast with the recommendations made by Green (2001) for teaching children to point to the correct comparison stimulus rather than place the sample stimulus on top of the correct comparison stimulus. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Skills Training in Human-Service Settings: Recent Advancements and Future Directions |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Paula Ruppel (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Paula Ruppel, M.S. |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is an effective training procedure (e.g., Fetherston & Sturmey, 2014; Parsons et al., 2012); however, there are barriers to its implementation (e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2013; Erath et al., 2020; Shapiro & Kazemi, 2017). Therefore, it may be important to evaluate other variations of BST that are as effective and more efficient than the complete behavioral skills training package. This symposium attempts to answer this question through several literature reviews and evaluations of modified BST procedures. Advancements in BST and future directions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, Staff training |
Target Audience: Students, researchers, and practitioners who work in human-service settings and use behavioral skills training to teach skills to their staff or caregivers who work directly with individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the common components of behavioral skills training (BST); (3) Discuss recent advancements in the BST used to teach behavioral technician literature; (3) Identify which components of BST are required for effectively training behavioral technicians. |
|
A Systematic Review of Behavioral Skills Training Procedures Used to Train Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching |
SAMANTHA JO ZOHR (Eastern Michigan University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University), Olivia Harvey (West Virginia University) |
Abstract: Behavioral technicians are typically trained on the job to implement DTT by an experienced behavior analyst using an evidence-based approach called behavioral skills training (BST; Miltenberger, 2003). Although BST is a widely used approach, significant practical constraints related to the time and resources required to effectively implement it exist. Over the years, researchers have conducted many studies with the purpose of increasing the efficiency and practicality of BST while maintaining its effectiveness. Unfortunately, the variation in purpose(s) and procedures across these evaluations make it challenging to draw clear conclusions from published outcomes throughout the research literature. Therefore, a summary of the emerging research on training innovations when using BST to train staff to implement DTT procedures is needed. The purpose of this systematic review was to synthesize the literature on BST used for training individuals to implement DTT procedures in order to identify variables relevant for effectively training DTT skills and elucidate implications for using BST to train individuals to implement DTT in practice. |
|
Effectively Training Behavioral Technicians to Implement Discrete-Trial Teaching Efficiently: A Sequential Analysis |
OLIVIA HARVEY (West Virginia University), Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) is an evidence-based training protocol that is most commonly comprised of (a) instructions, (b) modeling, (c) rehearsal, and (d) feedback. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the influence of each BST component in a sequential manner to determine the most effective and efficient method for training behavioral technicians to implement discrete-trial teaching. Preliminary results suggest the feedback component was necessary for all participants to reach the mastery criterion (100% correct across three consecutive sessions). We discuss implications of these results and directions for future research. |
|
A Review of Enhanced Written Instruction Procedures for Staff and Caregiver Training |
BRITTANY MITCHELSON (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training (BST) with feedback (Parsons et al., 2012) is a common intervention for training staff and caregivers to engaged in various important behaviors. However, BST with feedback is labor intensive, costly, and often requires extensive involvement from a supervisor or experienced trainer (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Thus, training models that are more efficient and less resource intensive are necessary. One such group of procedures are self-instruction (self-directed) training procedures, which include video modeling and written instructions. Recently, researchers have evaluated the effects of enhanced written instructions (i.e., step by step instructions, written with minimal technical jargon, and pictures or diagrams; Shapiro et al., 2016) for training staff and caregivers to engage in various important skills (e.g., conduct preference assessments, implement discrete trial teaching, etc.). The purpose of this presentation is to review the literature on enhanced written instructions as self-instruction training procedures with a focus on describing the procedure, overall outcomes of research on the procedure, strengths and potential limitations of the procedure, and areas for future application and research. |
|
The Effects of Remote Instructions, Rehearsal, and Feedback on Stimulus Preference Assessment Performance |
PAULA RUPPEL (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas), Kayt-Lyn Dawn Johnson (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavioral skills training is an effective training procedure (e.g., Fetherston & Sturmey, 2014; Parsons et al., 2012); however, there are barriers to its implementation (e.g., DiGennaro Reed et al., 2013; Erath et al., 2020; Shapiro & Kazemi, 2017), as well as concerns with its frequency of implementation (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015). Therefore, it may be important to evaluate other variations of BST that are as effective and more efficient than the complete behavioral skills training package. We evaluated BST without the use of modeling (i.e., modified BST) to train adults to implement a multiple stimulus without replacement preference assessment using web-based technology. Modified BST was effective for all three participants. Additionally, skills acquired maintained and generalized to a novel confederate and novel stimuli 1-week post-training. |
|
|
|
|
|
Functional Analysis and Effects of Precursor Behavior Intervention of a Student With Profound Autism: A Preliminary Study in Taiwan |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
9:30 AM–9:55 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: Hui-Ting Wang (National Taiwan Normal University) |
CE Instructor: Hui-Ting Wang, Ph.D. |
|
Functional Analysis and Effects of Precursor Behavior Intervention of a Student With Profound Autism: A Preliminary Study in Taiwan |
Domain: Applied Research |
HUI-TING WANG (National Taiwan Normal University), Chen-Ya Juan (Dept. of Early Childhood Education and Care, Minghsin University of Science and Techology) |
|
Abstract: Literature on severe challenging behavior and precursor assessment is unexplored in Taiwan. The authors conducted functional analysis and intervention on precursor behavior in order to improve a series of challenging behaviors (i.e., constant tapping objects, biting or hitting a person, hitting floor with head, and vigorously hopping on chair) of a vocational high school student with profound autism. We selected the tapping objects as the precursor behavior. A single subject multi-element research design with functional analysis and constant reversal design to establish internal validity of the effectiveness of the intervention was used. We found precursor behavior itself served as a function of automatic reinforcement. Sponge and ear plug were selected to investigate the effects. A functional relationship was found between using ear plugs as an alternative sensory input and decreasing precursor behavior. Furthermore, based on anecdotal observation, all other severe challenging behaviors were then eliminated. This study established initial evidence of effectiveness in precursor behavior assessment in Taiwan. Future practitioners as well as researchers can ensure implementation of more proactive education strategies, such as expanding students’ interest and teaching social-communication skills. |
|
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with Iwata's functional analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide an overview on precursor behavior assessment literature; (2) discuss the first preliminary study on precursor in Taiwan and the challenges encountered. |
|
|
|
|
|
How Do Similarly Raised Wolves and Dogs Relate to Their Human Companions? Looking at Dog Domestication From a Behavioural and Hormonal Perspective |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erica N. Feuerbacher (Virginia Tech) |
CE Instructor: Nathaniel Hall, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SARAH MARSHALL-PESCINI (Domestication Lab, Wolf Science Centre, Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology, Veterinary Medicine University of Vienna, Austria) |
Abstract: Basic differences in dogs’ and wolves’ propensity to bond with humans were already detected by early researcher such as Zimen and Klinghammer, especially in relation to the early human exposure needed as puppies to establish stable intraspecific social bonds. Building on this early work, the Wolf Science Centre (Austria) raises wolves and dogs from puppyhood providing intensive human socialization, thereby allowing animals to build strong bonds with their human companions, which last their entire life. Here I will present results investigating wolf-dog similarities and differences in their preferences, contact-seeking behaviours and cooperative inclination with humans. Results will include both behavioural and hormonal aspects, with a particular focus on oxytocin and cortisol, which have been hypothesized to play an important role in the domestication process. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: dog research scientists, dog trainers, educators, general interested public |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the importance of keeping environmental and ontogenetic aspects constant in wolf-dog behavioural comparisons and consider this factor when evaluating scientific studies; (2) discuss the scientific approach of the Wolf Science Centre; (3) expand their view of "dogs" to include free-ranging dogs, as a highly in interesting study population and one worthy of protection. |
|
SARAH MARSHALL-PESCINI (Domestication Lab, Wolf Science Centre, Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology, Veterinary Medicine University of Vienna, Austria) |
 Sarah Marshall-Pescini graduated in Psychology from St. Andrews University and then went on to do her Ph.D. at the same university working with Andy Whiten on social learning in children and chimpanzees. Most of the work was carried out in Uganda, with both sanctuary and wild chimps. After the Ph.D. she returned to Italy, her home country, and worked at Milan University for 8 years, setting up, together with Emanuela Prato-Previde, a small (but lively) dog cognition lab. Since 2013 she has joined the team at Wolf Science Centre and the Konrad Lorenz Institute of Ethology (Veterinary University of Vienna) as a senior scientist. Her research focuses on the social behaviour of wolves and dogs. Since 2016 she co-supervises a fieldsite studying free-ranging dogs in Morocco and another studying wild wolves in the Italian Apennines. She has published over 50 scientific papers in top journals in her field, and co-edited a volume for Elsevier (Kaminski, J, Marshall-Pescini, S. The Social Dog: cognition and behavior). |
|
|
|
|
|
Disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in Spanish-Speaking Countries: Making a Difference in the Lives of Children With Autism and Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Yaniz C. Padilla Dalmau (Seattle Children's Hospital) |
CE Instructor: Mapy Askins, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MAPY CHAVEZ ASKINS (Alcanzando) |
Abstract: Historically, there has been a lack of awareness in Latin America regarding information about the real concept, validity, and benefits of applied behavior analysis not only for children with autism but also in the many facets of our lives. As such, Alcanzando, a not-for-profit organization was founded to address the need to change that reality in this region. For over a decade Dr. Chavez Askins has been successfully disseminating Applied Behavior Analysis in Peru, and other Latin American countries through evidence-based teaching, research, and the work of Alcanzando in general. This presentation will include not just the results regarding the implementation of services with children with autism, their families, and professionals interested in the field, but also in terms of the real and significant changes achieved working with the Peruvian government, and the gains towards awareness in Latin America in regards to Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Chavez Askins will share the progress made over the last 13 years, as well as address the barriers encountered, the solutions that were sought, and her vision for the future of our field in Latin America. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Professionals interested in disseminating awareness, as well as effectiveness of ABA at the international level, particularly in Spanish speaking countries. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the responsibility that behavior analysts have to disseminate the science; (2) list a variety of ways to disseminate the science in Latin America; (3) list barriers that could be encountered as well as possible solutions when disseminating applied behavior analysis in Latin America; (4) describe the current status of behavior analysis in Latin America. |
|
MAPY CHAVEZ ASKINS (Alcanzando) |
 Dr. Mapy Chavez Askins holds a Ph.D. from Teachers College Columbia University (New York) in Applied Behavior Analysis and the Education of Students with Behavioral Disorders. She is currently the Founding Director of Alcanzando, a not for profit organization that works with children with autism and their families in Spanish-speaking countries.
Dr. Chavez Askins is a Peru´s first Qualified Behavior Analyst, a CABAS Board Certified Assistant Research Scientist, and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst at the Doctoral Level. She is also a Board Certified Autism Professional, an Advanced Certified Autism Specialist, and a Board Certified Telepractice Specialist.
Dr. Chavez Askins has spent the last 20 years studying, working and conducting research in the autism field, focusing mainly in the use of applied behavior analysis in the education of children with autism. For over a decade she has been successfully disseminating awareness and knowledge about Applied Behavior Analysis in Latin America through research, teaching, and through Alcanzando, the foundation she started.
Her research studies include the development of vocal language in children with autism, language acquisition, social skills instruction, the development of perspective talking skills, the quality of teacher instruction, and the education of parents and professionals. Results from her research studies have been published in numerous journals, as well as presented at conferences throughout the world, among them: the Annual Convention of the Association for Behavior Analysis, the International Society for Autism Research, and the Mexican Congress of Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Trauma Informed Classrooms: Helping Every Child Succeed |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Robin Codding (Northeastern University) |
CE Instructor: Robin Codding, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANTOINETTE MIRANDA (The Ohio State University) |
Abstract: Increasing attention has been focused on students who have adverse childhood experiences (ACES) and the impact on academic achievement. To address students’ intense emotional and learning needs, trauma informed practices are being implemented in hopes of changing the trajectory of their lives. This presentation will provide an overview of ACES and trauma informed practices that are also culturally responsive that can be implemented in a classroom setting. Special attention will be given to students living in poverty in which ACEs are more prevalent. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Teachers, administrators, school psychologists, school counselors |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss why children exposed to ACEs are more likely to have learning or behavioral challenges; (2) implement trauma informed strategies in a classroom setting; (3) identify how trauma informed practices can positively impact the school environment; (4) incorporate Social and Emotional Learning into their trauma-informed practices. |
|
ANTOINETTE MIRANDA (The Ohio State University) |
Antoinette Miranda is professor of School Psychology in the Department of Educational Studies. She was the first recipient (2014) of the William H. and Laceryjette V. Casto Professorship in Interprofessional Education in honor of Henry and Ruth Leuchter and Van Bogard and Geraldine Dunn. Her research interests include developing effective interventions with at-risk children in urban settings, consultation services in urban settings and the development of racial identity and its relationship to academic achievement. She is a past president of the Ohio School Psychologist Association and Trainers of School Psychologists. She also was the secretary for the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs. She was the 2014 recipient of the TSP Outstanding Trainer of the Year Award. |
|
|
|
|
|
Accreditation and Verified Course Sequences: Recognition of University Training in Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
MICHAEL F. DORSEY (Amego Inc.) |
MICHAEL PERONE (West Virginia University) |
JENNA MRLJAK (Association for Behavior Analysis International) |
Abstract: The discipline of behavior analysis is experiencing rapid growth, which is especially noticeable in recent the increase of university programs offering training in behavior analysis. There are currently two mechanisms for university training programs to be recognized: accreditation of degree-granting programs and verification of course sequences. This panel will present these systems, including their procedures for obtaining and maintaining recognition along with their respective goals. This session is designed for current VCS coordinators, program directors of ABAI-accredited programs, and those interested in applying for either system of recognition |
Instruction Level: Basic |
|
|
|
|
|
Maintaining Socially Meaningful Outcomes During the COVID-19 Pandemic at a Private School for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Discussant: Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
CE Instructor: Sandra R. Gomes, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Meeting the needs of students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) is a daunting task under the best of circumstances. In the current COVID-19 pandemic, typical in-person service delivery can carry a significant risk of severe harm to clients, family and caregivers, staff, and an overburdened healthcare system. As such, our small, private, not-for-profit New Jersey school for children with ASD developed a comprehensive set of procedures designed to mitigate the spread of COVID-19 while returning to in-person instruction following state-mandated school closure. We will discuss technology-based changes implemented during state-mandated school lockdown and physical plant modifications, as well as changes required of administrative, supervisory, and teaching staff. Foundational to our plan is a rotating schedule designed to maximize in-person instructional time, while allowing an interceding duration that exceeds estimated COVID-19 incubation times. In-person, in-building instruction alternates between two student-instructor cohorts; virtual instruction occurs during opposing weeks. Further policies designed to reduce the opportunity for COVID-19 transmission govern our in-person instructional activities. We further discuss our hypothesis regarding the contribution of our ongoing professionalism training model to adherence to these procedures, and contextualize the financial and time costs of developing and implementing them with respect to student outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): autism, behavioral systems, COVID-19, schoolwide policy |
Target Audience: The target audience is behavior analysts providing in-person school- or center-based instruction during the COVID-19 pandemic and those designing and implementing policies for such sites. This could include individuals in administrative or supervisory roles. The target audience also includes those who develop, implement, and monitor the effectiveness of professionalism training procedures, digital data analysis tools for a variety of levels within and organization, and behavioral systems. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) provide examples of digital tools that may help an organization to maintain data-based accountability for desired behavior change at the individual service recipient, classroom, and schoolwide levels; (2) ascertain to what extent a set of infection control policies and procedures is comprehensive in nature, particularly with respect to preventing transmission of COVID-19; (3) describe how to create a professional culture in which individual staff members' and stakeholders' (e.g., parents'/caregivers') behavior reliably align with requests made and expectations described by the organization. |
|
Using Technology to Maintain Performance Outcomes and Promote Health During the COVID-19 Pandemic at a Private School for Children With Autism |
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Debbie Ann Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), E. Dennis Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tara Ferrigno (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), David May (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute) |
Abstract: Like many educational institutions, our organization faced an extremely short runway for transitioning to remote from in-person services due to state-mandated school lockdown orders in early 2020. This presentation describes the policies and procedures put in place to ensure professionalism, transition from paper-based to digital data summary and analysis, appropriate supervision, curriculum modification, and program-level performance analysis during remote instruction. Additional technology supported a smooth return to in-person instruction. Among other tools, this includes COVID-19 daily symptom screening via a smartphone application; rapid saliva test kit shipping, supervision, and results communication; ongoing region-based risk tracking; and service delivery hour monitoring to ensure satisfaction of minimum state-mandated hour requirements and provide a basis for celebrating the provision of additional service hours. We will discuss how policies regarding virtual meetings between staff members contribute to adherence to described expectations, and how the organization approached delivering professional feedback in a virtual setting. |
|
Preventing Transmission of COVID-19 During Return to In-Person Instruction at a Private School for Children With Autism |
Debbie Brothers (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), KEVIN BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Sandra R. Gomes (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), E. Dennis Machado (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Tara Ferrigno (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), David May (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Priya P Patil (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: This presentation will detail the measures taken to reduce the risk of COVID-19 transmission during in-person instruction in the school building. To best safeguard our consumers and staff, we found it was necessary to not only meet, but exceed federal, state, and local guidelines and requirements. Procedures include exclusion based on the results of smartphone-application-based symptom screening and saliva tests; conservative policies about exclusion on the basis of symptoms appearing during the school day while present in the building; mask policies, hand hygiene policies, and physical distancing policies; physically-distanced pickup and dropoff; policies surrounding mask-free activities (e.g., consuming lunch). Special emphasis will be placed on environmental changes implemented to support successful adherence to these policies and expectations, e.g, provision of touch-free timers in restrooms to ensure a sufficient duration of hand-washing, signage detailing physical distancing and mask policies, physical distancing floor markers. The time and financial cost of designing, procuring, and implementing these measures will be discussed in the context of response effort and maximizing instructional hours while in school. |
|
|
|
|
|
Developing a Behavioural Account of Consciousness |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College) |
CE Instructor: David C. Palmer, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University) |
Abstract: In an earlier paper (European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 2015, 16, 147-162), I argued that the grounds on which Watson rejected introspection as the means to understand consciousness were correct, that cognitive psychology rejected behaviourism for other reasons, and that the developments in monitoring brain activity have led to a very unsuccessful search for the neural basis of consciousness. In contrast, there is much evidence that behaviour does not necessarily require conscious awareness, but nevertheless philosophers and cognitivists seek to show that qualia exist and do have a causal role. Behaviour analysis can address some problems of the cognitive approach, beginning with an account of self-awareness. However, the behaviour-analytic account of consciousness requires experimental analysis. Where we have been most successful in applied behaviour analysis, we have learnt three major lessons: (1) Behaviour classes need to be refined and defined; (2) antecedents can be hard to specify, but must be identified for behaviour analysis; (3) Consequences are critical, but may be unexpected. While experimental studies from other areas of behaviour analysis are sparse, researchers in relational frame theory have examined the concept of self conceptually and through experimental studies of perspective taking. Some of their contributions to the behavioural study of consciousness will be reviewed. Finally, the similarities between the behaviour-analytic account of consciousness and those of other non-cognitive ones, including ecological psychology, will be pointed out. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: All behaviour analysts who wish to talk to those outside the field about consciousness, one of the topics that everyone is interested in. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how consciousness featured in the development of behaviorism; (2) conduct an antecedent-behavior- consequence analysis of behavior described as conscious; (3) discuss the developing study of self within the RFT and contextual behavioral science literature. |
|
JULIAN LESLIE (Ulster University) |
 Julian Leslie obtained a doctorate from Oxford University in 1974 and since has been in academic posts in Northern Ireland and a full professor since 1986. He published textbooks on behaviour analysis between 1979 and 2002 and these remain in print. Publications have been in fields including, experimental analysis of behaviour, applied behaviour analysis, psychopharmacology, behavioural neuroscience, experimental psychology, and applied psychology, and he has supervised PhD students in all these areas. Since 2015, he has spoken and published a series of papers on conceptual issues in behaviour analysis including behavioural accounts of consciousness and the metaphysical basis of behaviour analysis. He is a Fellow of the Association for Behavior Analysis International, and in 2020 received the SABA Award for International Dissemination of Behavior Analysis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Epigenetic Learning: The Shape of Plasticity |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Federico Sanabria, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: EVA JABLONKA (Tel-Aviv University; London School of Economics) |
Abstract: The formation of conditional associations among stimuli and actions in neural animals is based on molecular processes within and between neurons, which partially determine which associations can be formed, stored or dissolved. In the last two decades it has been discovered that epigenetic cellular mechanisms are involved in the encoding, storage and retrieval processes that constitute learning, and that these epigenetic mechanisms are sensitive to environmental conditions that induce changes in the epigenetic profile of neurons and affect how learning occurs. Taking a developmental approach to learning, I shall describe these epigenetic mechanisms, discuss their role in neural plasticity and point to the biases and affordances that they uncover, which can contribute to our understanding of learning and memory dynamics at different stages of development. Focusing on studies of long-term ontogenetic and transgenerational epigenetic changes, I will consider the effects of stress on epigenetic memory and explore what the understanding of the epigenetics of learning may mean for the study and treatment of learning and memory pathologies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Psychologists |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe epigenetic mechanisms; (2) discuss the contribution of epigenetic changes in neurons to the encoding, storage, and retrieval of information; (3) describe how changes in environmental conditions can alter epigenetic profiles and affect learning. |
|
EVA JABLONKA (Tel-Aviv University; London School of Economics) |
Eva Jablonka is a professor in the Cohn Institute for the History and Philosophy of Science and Ideas, Tel-Aviv, a member of the Sagol School of Neuroscience, Tel-Aviv, and a Research Associate in the CPNSS (LSE, London University). She has a M.Sc. in Microbiology and a Ph.D in Genetics. Her main interests are the understanding of evolution, especially evolution that is driven by non-genetic hereditary variations, and the evolution of nervous systems and consciousness. Among her book: Epigenetic Inheritance and Evolution (OUP with Marion Lamb), Animal Traditions (CUP with Eytan Avital), Evolution in 4 Dimensions (MIT with Marion Lamb), The evolution of the Sensitive Soul (MIT with Simona Ginsburg), and Inheritance Systems and the Extended Evolutionary Synthesis (CUP, with Marion Lamb). |
|
|
|
|
|
Integrating Telehealth into Behavior Analytic Practice |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Claudia Campos, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The demand for medical and behavioral health services using modalities that minimize physical contact has increased exponentially due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Telehealth is a treatment modality that is efficacious and convenient, however, many practitioners who have been tasked with adopting this modality are underprepared for the task at hand. Presenters will offer recent research on using telehealth to train parents/caregivers to implement behavioral procedures in the home and reduce hospital readmission. Implications of the research projects on informing practice will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): caregiver training, staff training, Telehealth, video modeling |
Target Audience: Intermediate - some knowledge on parent and caregiver training. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn about the use of Telehealth to provide caregiver/parent training
2. Participants will learn about the use of Telehealth to reduce hospital readmissions
3. Participants will learn about recent research on the use of telehealth to train parents/caregivers to implement behavioral procedures |
|
Teaching Parents to Implement Pre-Session Pairing via Telehealth |
LIZAHN ZIMMERMANN (Florida Institute of Technology), Ashley Marie Lugo (Florida Institute of Technology), Claudia Campos (Florida Institute of Technology), Nancy Lajara (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that the generalization of behavioral treatments depends on the extent to which individuals in the natural environment implement the intervention procedures with fidelity. Therefore, parent/caregiver training is an essential component of treatment. Due to the current pandemic, the training of caregivers and parents in the natural environment has become increasingly difficult. The use of telehealth may help reduce the current barriers and help increase the long-lasting effects of effective treatments. To date, there is a paucity of research on the training of caregivers/parents using telehealth. Thus, the purpose of the current study was to teach parents/caregivers to implement pre-session pairing skills via telehealth. Three parent-child dyads participated in this study. All parents learned to implement the procedures with high procedural fidelity. |
|
Reducing Psychiatric Readmissions Using Telehealth to Perform Cross-Site Training |
MYCHAL MACHADO (University of Alaska Anchorage), Felicia Glaser (University of Alaska Anchorage), Makenzie Heatherly (University of Alaska Anchorage), Bethany Munden (University of Alaska Anchorage), Tamara Russell (Providence Medical Group) |
Abstract: The staff and clinicians at acute inpatient facilities provide emergency psychiatric services to support and treat individuals diagnosed with a variety of mental health disorders, developmental disabilities, or some combination of these barriers to adaptive functioning. A critical feature of these facilities is referral to an appropriate level of care following stabilization. Proximally located providers can engage in direct communication and cross-training, which has benefits. However, these in-person trainings become impractical when individuals are discharged to rural locations. In Alaska, many individuals are discharged to rural locations, and, of the 1,200 Alaskans served by acute inpatient facilities, on average, 30% are readmitted within 6 months following discharge. The current study used a multiple-probe design to determine whether cross-training provided via telehealth would improve the probability of three high-utilization patients remaining in the community following discharge from an inpatient facility. Training for community providers was conducted entirely via telehealth. Data on challenging behavior, treatment integrity, and the number of days each individual remained in the community following discharge were obtained. Results suggested training via telehealth was successful, and that two of three individuals had not been readmitted to the hospital 6 months following discharge. |
|
Training Staff to Conduct Caregiver Training Through Telehealth Using Video Modeling With Voiceover Instructions |
REGINA A. CARROLL (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Elizabeth J. Preas (University of Nebraska Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Gabriella Rachal Van Den Elzen (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Megan Marie Harper (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic), Mary Halbur (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute, Autism Care for Toddlers Clinic) |
Abstract: Researchers have demonstrated that incorporating caregivers into the provision of early intensive behavioral interventions can improve outcomes for children with autism. Despite the importance of caregiver training, there are a number of barriers that can prevent frequent face-to-face caregiver training, including the recent coronavirus pandemic. Few studies have evaluated procedures for teaching therapists to conduct caregiver training through telehealth. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate the use of video modeling with voiceover instructions to teach therapists to implement caregiver training via telehealth. We used a multiple-baseline across participants design to evaluate the use of video modeling to train four therapists to teach a confederate caregiver to implement the guided-compliance procedure with a confederate child via telehealth. We assessed therapists’ accuracy with implementing 11 component skills of caregiver training through telehealth during scripted role-plays before and after video modeling. We also assessed the extent to which therapists’ skills generalized to providing caregiver training to a confederate caregiver implementing an activities of daily living skills teaching procedure for hand-washing with a confederate child via telehealth. All therapists learned to implement caregiver training through telehealth and the skills generalized to novel training protocols. The results of the current study suggest that video modeling may be an efficacious and efficient method to train therapists to deliver caregiver training through telehealth. |
|
|
|
|
|
Clinical Applications of Functional Analyses of Verbal Behavior for Children With Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–10:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Janet Sanchez Enriquez (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Verbal operant analyses identify the environmental variables that influence verbal behavior. In addition to their utility in demonstrating which environmental relations compose the speaker’s verbal repertoire, these functional analyses are also able to identify how much control is exerted across different verbal operants. Assessing the relative strength of verbal behavior is critical when evaluating the speaking repertoires of individuals with autism spectrum disorder, who are more likely than typically developing speakers to display stimulus overselectivity (i.e., disproportionate levels of control). Specifically, verbal operant analyses demonstrate how stimulus overselectivity influences verbal behavior by comparing language domains that are related; that is, structurally similar yet functionally independent. Here we present different clinical applications to demonstrate how verbal operant analyses can be used to both document client progress over time and make data-based instructional decisions. In this symposium, we extend the use of functional analysis technology to examine a variety of related language domains that demonstrate how stimulus overselectivity affects the verbal behavior of children with autism, along with implications for intervention focusing on transfer of stimulus control. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, stimulus control, stimulus overselectivity, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Applied behavior analysts who are familiar with incidental teaching procedures. Experience with the VB-MAPP is helpful, but not required. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the conditions in a verbal operant analysis; (2) identify the conditions in a relational operant analysis; (3) explain how pretreatment functional analyses can be used to develop treatment objectives. |
|
Assessing Derivational Stimulus Control Over the Intraverbal Behavior of Speakers With Autism |
(Applied Research) |
KIMBERLY JAMES-KELLY (Child Study Center at Cook Children's) |
Abstract: Assessing stimulus control over intraverbals, the operant class of social behavior, is a primary function of the verbal community. In clinical settings, however, addressing intraverbal deficits poses a challenge to both researchers and practitioners due to the lack of precise measures and the sparse literature on establishing discriminations between similar verbal stimuli. Applying a stimulus equivalence framework to intraverbal interactions, here we describe a series of experiments in which we extend functional analysis technology to assess derivational stimulus control. Our first experiment describes a relational operant analysis consisting of brief affordance narratives to evaluate the relative control of reflexive, symmetrical, and transitive stimuli over the intraverbal repertoire of speakers with autism. We compared responding across intraverbal fill-ins and Wh- questions, but results were difficult to interpret due to confounding variables. In the second experiment, we address the limitations of the first experiment by assessing Who, What, and Where questions across levels of reflexivity, symmetry, and transitivity. Results of the second experiment show no meaningful differences across Wh- questions, while statistically significant differences were found across levels of derivational stimulus control. These findings suggest that relational operant analyses can enhance the assessment of intraverbal responding through experimental manipulation. Implications for teaching Wh- questions are discussed. |
|
Assessment to Intervention Using a Pretreatment Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIA JOSE OTERO (Cook Children's Health Care System) |
Abstract: Here we present a clinical case study to describe the assessment to intervention process centered around a pre-treatment functional analysis of verbal behavior. The use of pretreatment functional analyses to identify the variable(s) maintaining behavioral excesses has been shown to increase both treatment precision and efficacy. Functional analysis technology has been used to identify nuanced environmental determinants undetectable through mere descriptive assessment. More recently, research has suggested that pretreatment verbal operant analyses may be beneficial for guiding the selection of treatment goals and instructional procedures. Here we demonstrate the use of pretreatment functional analyses to examine the verbal behavior of a 5-year-old girl diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and global developmental delay who communicated with a speech-generating device. After 18 months of early intensive behavioral intervention, this child continued to display severely limited tact and echoic control, along with an impaired mand repertoire. In this session we describe how we modified the verbal operant analysis for use with her speech-generating device, and explain how we used the results to create tailored interventions centered around converging control across the verbal operants. Pre-post data on VB-MAPP and SCoRE assessments were used to evaluate the outcome of this methodology. |
|
Cochran’s Q Tests of Disproportionate Stimulus Control Over Verbal Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
LEE L MASON (Cook Children's Health Care System; Texas Christian University), Alonzo Alfredo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio) |
Abstract: Cochran’s Q test is a statistical analysis frequently used to measure the proportionality of different populations. Here we demonstrate the use of Cochran’s Q to evaluate disproportionate levels of stimulus control over the verbal behavior of children with autism spectrum disorder. In contrast to balanced neurotypical stimulus control, disproportionate stimulus control is characteristic of speakers with autism. We reviewed the records of 181 participants whose language profiles met the assumptions for analysis with Cochran’s Q. Specifically, the relative strength of mand, tact, echoic, and sequelic relations were measured for each participant. Our results showed that 86% of participants demonstrated statistically significant disproportionality across these four verbal operants. Additionally, a large correlation was found between Cochran’s Q and the Stimulus Control Ratio Equation. Implications for the use of Cochran’s Q test as a measure of disproportionate stimulus control, and the extent to which statistical significance can be used to determine medical necessity for behavior-analytic language intervention are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Telehealth Treatments of Aberrant Behavior and Virtual Supervision During the COVID-19 Pandemic |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Christina Simmons (Rowan University) |
Discussant: Amanda Zangrillo (University of Nebraska Medical Center, Munroe-Meyer Institute) |
CE Instructor: Amanda Zangrillo, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic necessitated a rapid transition to virtual service delivery for many practitioners. In this symposium, we present three innovative virtual assessment and treatment evaluations for aberrant behavior in children with autism spectrum disorder and an evaluation of virtual supervision. Somervell and colleagues discuss a virtual single-stimulus preference assessment, measuring engagement with on-screen stimuli. Researchers validated relative preference hierarchies by measuring compliance and subsequent aberrant behavior. Moretti and colleagues present a telehealth treatment evaluation for protests maintained by social control. Researchers implemented functional communication training and compared multiple and mixed schedules for reinforcement schedule thinning on aberrant behavior, schedule thinning efficiency, and participant/therapist preference. Bean and colleagues present a demonstration of the transition from clinic-based treatment to parent-implemented intervention via telehealth. Researchers compared differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with synthesized and isolated contingencies on compliance, targeted avoidant movements, and nontargeted dangerous acts. When transferred to the home setting, DRA with synthesized contingencies continued to produce decreases in both target and nontarget aberrant behaviors. Ford and colleagues present results of a national survey on satisfaction and feasibility of virtual behavior analytic supervision. Dr. Amanda Zangrillo will discuss implications, challenges, and recommendations for delivering evidence-based virtual assessment, treatment, and supervision. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): aberrant behavior, telehealth, virtual |
Target Audience: The target audience includes behavior analytic practitioners, particularly those providing telehealth services for aberrant behavior and supervisors. Necessary prerequisite skills include a general understanding of preference assessment methodology, functional communication training and schedule thinning procedures, and differential reinforcement procedures. Presentations will describe these methodologies as well as present advancements in each domain. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe recent research-based extensions to telehealth assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior; (2) describe how to adapt evidence-based assessment and treatment of aberrant behavior to virtual platforms; and (3) describe the acceptability and feasibility of virtual behavior analytic supervision. |
|
Virtual Single-Stimulus Preference Assessment on Engagement During Telehealth Sessions and Reinforcer Efficacy Validation |
(Applied Research) |
SHERAH SOMERVELL (Rowan University), Kimberly Ford (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Courtney Russell (Rowan University) |
Abstract: Practitioners routinely conduct preference assessments to identify reinforcers, with multiple procedural variations. A single-stimulus preference assessment (Pace et al., 1985) is an approach-based procedure, recommended when individuals have difficulty selecting between stimuli or if activities are difficult to present in a selection-based format (Hagopian et al., 2001). In the current study, we conducted a virtual single-stimulus preference assessment (VSSPA) for two participants with autism spectrum disorder during telehealth sessions for challenging behavior. Therapists presented one randomized item or activity, of eight nominated by caregivers, on the screen for 2 min, with three series conducted. Total duration of engagement per stimulus was recorded for each 2-min session, with mean duration of engagement across the three series used to create a relative preference hierarchy. We validated the VSSPA by evaluating compliance with mastered tasks when a high-, moderate-, and low-preferred stimulus was delivered as compared to vocal praise. Results indicated that the VSSPA created a relative preference hierarchy for both participants, stimuli yielded greater on-screen engagement than baseline, and highest ranked stimuli served as reinforcers relative to the lowest ranked stimuli and praise. Participants engaged in the lowest rates of aberrant behavior when higher ranked stimuli were delivered for compliance. |
|
Telehealth Comparison of Multiple and Mixed Schedules During Functional Communication Training Schedule Thinning |
(Applied Research) |
ABIGAIL MORETTI (Rowan University), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), Giovanna Salvatore (Rowan University) |
Abstract: During the COVID-19 pandemic, behavior analysts have increasingly delivered interventions for challenging behavior via telehealth. The efficacy of implementing functional communication training (FCT) via telehealth has been previously established (e.g., Suess et al., 2014; Wacker et al., 2013), with less research investigating remote schedule thinning. The current study compares virtual FCT reinforcement schedule thinning using a multiple and mixed schedule with a 7-year-old participant with autism spectrum disorder. Virtual functional analysis results indicated that protests were maintained by social control. Therapists taught a functional communication response to access to the functional reinforcer (engaging in child-directed high-preferred virtual activities) and evaluated the efficacy of FCT in an A-B-A-B withdrawal design. Multiple (signaled alteration of reinforcement and extinction contingencies via color-correlated stimuli) and mixed (unsignaled contingencies) schedules were alternated during schedule thinning. Therapists conducted terminal-schedule probes (75-s SD/300-s S?) throughout schedule thinning. After reaching the terminal goal in one condition, participant and therapist preference for the mixed/multiple schedule was assessed. Results suggest that telehealth FCT and schedule thinning were effective at decreasing protests, increasing functional communication, and thinning the reinforcement schedule, with the multiple schedule facilitating more rapid schedule thinning. We discuss the practical application of FCT and schedule thinning via telehealth. |
|
An Evaluation of Treatment Utilizing Synthesized Contingencies: Transfer to Parent Implementation via Telehealth |
(Applied Research) |
YVETTE BEAN (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Andrea Zawoyski (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Rose Morlino (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Courtney Mauzy (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Karla Zabala (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia Center for Autism and Behavioral Education Research) |
Abstract: The current case study demonstrated that differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) with a synthesized contingency increased compliance with demands and decreased targeted avoidant movements, as well as nontargeted dangerous acts exhibited by one participant. In comparison, DRA with an isolated contingency had the same effects on targeted behavior, but did not result in reduction of the nontargeted behavior. Schedule thinning with the synthesized DRA began in the clinic setting. Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, treatment shifted to a telehealth format. Therapists conducted behavioral skills training via telehealth to train the participant’s mother to implement the synthesized DRA with schedule thinning. With continued telehealth coaching, the parent implemented the intervention with high levels of procedural fidelity. Therapeutic effects of the synthesized DRA persisted in the home, and schedule thinning continued. The current case study recommends extensions for synthesized contingency research into examining nontargeted behavior and has implications for future telepractice. |
|
Acceptability and Feasibility of Virtual Behavior Analysis Supervision |
(Service Delivery) |
Kimberly Ford (Rowan University
), Christina Simmons (Rowan University), GIOVANNA SALVATORE (Rowan University), Abigail Moretti (Rowan University) |
Abstract: The COVID-19 pandemic necessitated a rapid transition to virtual service delivery and supervision. This study examined the acceptability and feasibility of virtual supervision for 94 BCBA/BCaBA supervisees during COVID-19, including variables that impacted perceived satisfaction, effectiveness, and supervision preference. Results indicate a decrease in accrual of direct client hours during the pandemic, with a third of participants reporting a decrease in individual supervision. Participants were largely satisfied with virtual individual and group supervision as indicated by high satisfaction domain scores and individual item means, with minimal overall change in satisfaction. Participants indicated preference for in-person or hybrid supervision and considered in-person most effective. Participants reported that supervisors used best-practice strategies and that virtual supervision was largely feasible. We discuss variables that impacted satisfaction (length of supervisory relationship), preference (age, services provided), and perceived effectiveness (time supervisor was a BCBA). We provide practical implications and recommendations for virtual behavior analytic supervision. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in Practical Functional Assessment and Treatment Research |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
10:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD) |
Discussant: Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York) |
CE Instructor: John E. Staubitz, M.Ed. |
Abstract: The interview-informed synthesized contingency analysis (IISCA; see Hanley et al., 2014) was developed to provide clinicians with a more practical functional assessment and treatment process by reducing the amount of time clients spend participating in functional analyses. Although the IISCA can often be completed in 25 minutes (Coffey et al., 2020), other barriers to implementing these assessment and treatment procedures remain. This symposium highlights recent methodological adaptations of the IISCA and its resulting skill-based treatment process that advance research towards reducing treatment barriers such as concerns about client safety, the geographical distance between clinicians and their clients, novel therapist skills needed to deliver the treatment, and means of assessing client skill generalization. Presentation topics include: a post-hoc analysis of problem behavior emitted during IISCAs where single or multiple behavior topographies were targeted for reinforcement; a pilot investigation of an assessment for evaluating generalization of clients’ communication and toleration skills; a telehealth application of the IISCA and skill-based treatment process; and an interactive partially-automated training package to teach therapist behaviors to registered behavior technicians. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional assessment, problem behavior, staff training, teleconsultation |
Target Audience: This is an intermediate level symposium appropriate for behavior analysts with experience conducting functional analyses, functional communication training, or skill-based treatment. They should have experience working or researching in applied settings in which behavior analysts face challenges to assessment and intervention including human resources, time, physical space/location, safety, and client acceptability. In other words, they should appreciate that the methods highlighted in these presentations are intended for an audience of practicing behavior analysts or scientists concerned with improving the practice of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Articulate the expected differences in problem behavior rate when they reinforce an open contingency class as an alternative to a closed contingency class within a functional analysis;
2) Describe the extent to which individualized patterns of communication and toleration skills were captured for clients by the Behavioral Skills Assessment;
3) Evaluate the efficacy of a practical functional assessment and treatment process delivered by parents with telehealth support;
4) Provide a summary of the staff training techniques that contributed to registered behavior technicians' acquisition of novel therapist behaviors for delivering skill-based treatment |
|
A Within-Session Examination of Open and Closed Contingency Classes in Functional Analysis |
KARA LACROIX (Western New England University, The Autism Community Therapists, LLC, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Cory Whelan (Western New England University, The Autism Community Therapists, LLC, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Mahshid Ghaemmaghami (FTF Behavioral Consulting
), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Emily Byrne (The Autism Community Therapists) |
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) is a commonly-recommended approach for identifying contingencies maintaining problem behavior because treatments informed by FA lead to greater reductions in problem behavior than treatments informed by indirect or descriptive assessments (Campbell, 2003; also see Heyvaert et al., 2014). Despite the benefits of FA technologies, FAs are not widely used by clinicians due to the lack of resources, acceptability of procedures, and safety for participants and implementers (Oliver et al., 2015; Roscoe et al., 2015). Warner et al. (2019) demonstrated that problem behaviors reported to co-occur were members of the same response class and thus recommended using an open contingency class (OCC) in FAs to mitigate risk. The present study extends this line of research by comparing within-session patterns of responding during three FAs conducted with an OCC and three FAs conducted with a closed contingency classes (CCC). Participants were five children diagnosed with autism enrolled in an ABA program. All participants who experienced an OCC spent a greater percentage of test session in reinforcement, emitted fewer instances of problem behavior, and engaged in less dangerous behavior. This presentation will provide clinicians with implications for selecting an OCC or CCC in an FA and recommendations for practice. |
|
Toward Rapid and Safe Assessment of Communication and Toleration Skills |
JOHANNA STAUBITZ (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William P Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD) |
Abstract: While it is the stated aim of behavior analysts to train to generalize rather than train and hope (Stokes and Baer, 1977), it can be challenging to assess the degree to which treatment produces behavior change under novel circumstances, or changes which are maintained over time. To evaluate generalization of the effects of skill-based treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014), we developed and piloted a variation on the functional analysis which yields information about communicative and toleration responses emitted under multiple conditions, while leveraging synthesized contingencies to promote safety. In this exploratory investigation, we implemented this brief behavioral skills assessment for 6 elementary students with emotional/behavioral disorders who participated in an Enhanced Choice Model of SBT (Rajaraman et al., 2020). We conducted the assessment at various time points, including pre-treatment, mid-treatment, and post-treatment, for overlapping groups of students. Skills and precursor/problem behavior varied by individual and assessment time point, indicating assessment sensitivity. Assessment time ranged from 11 to 36 min, and we observed severe problem behavior in 1 of 6 participants. Results suggest this brief behavioral skills assessment is rapid, safe, sensitive to individual differences, and warrants further investigation as an approach for evaluating generalization of treatment effects. |
|
Distance-Based Collaborations for Assessing and Treating Problem Behavior |
RACHEL METRAS (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Matthew Carbone (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting), Gregory P. Hanley (Western New England University, FTF Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Interview-informed synthesized contingency analyses (IISCAs) and resulting skill-based treatment processes can result in socially valid outcomes for clients exhibiting severe problem behavior when treatment is implemented by a professional and then transferred to caregivers (Hanley, Jin, Vanselow, & Hanratty, 2014; Santiago, Hanley, Moore, & Jin, 2016; Taylor, Phillips, & Gertzog, 2018). However, many families do not have access to professionals trained to implement functional analyses or function-based treatments (Deochand & Fuqua, 2016), which means the assessment and treatment of problem behavior is only possible if caregivers implement their children’s intervention procedures. Parents who implement functional analyses and function-based treatments while receiving remote support from a professional can achieve both differentiated functional analyses and reductions in problem behavior (e.g., Suess et al., 2014), but these results have not been replicated with the IISCA. In the present study, three parents of children with autism were taught to implement an IISCA and skill-based treatment process through distance-based collaborative consulting. All parents achieved differentiated functional analyses for their children and at least a 90% reduction in problem behavior relative to baseline. The extent to which general and socially validated outcomes are possible when parents implement these procedures with telehealth support will be discussed. |
|
Using Technology to Efficiently Train Registered Behavior Technicians to Implement Skill-Based Treatment: A Tiered Approach |
MARNEY SQUIRES POLLACK (Vanderbilt University), Johanna Staubitz (Vanderbilt University), John E. Staubitz (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), William P Martin (Vanderbilt University Medical Center, TRIAD), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: The efficacy of skill-based treatment (SBT; Hanley et al., 2014) has been demonstrated across contexts, client populations, and research groups (e.g., Herman et al., 2018, Rose & Beaulieu, 2019). Published studies involved several hours of treatment on a weekly basis, delivered by board certified behavior analysts. In practice, however, behavior analysts’ time for direct service provision is constrained. For treatment dosage to approach the level investigated in efficacy studies, it is particularly important that other personnel (e.g., Registered Behavior Technicians [RBTs]) are trained as primary interventionists, and procedures used to train these personnel are efficient. We used a multiple baseline design across behaviors to evaluate the effects of a partially-automated, tiered training system on RBT intervention fidelity. Training tiers included an interactive, automated training package, targeted pre-session feedback and modeling with role-play. Three clinic-based RBTs participated in the study. Outcomes suggest, with a high degree of confidence, that an interactive, automated training package plus individualized, pre-session feedback increased RBTs’ fidelity to criterion levels, relative to a baseline condition with rationale and brief written instructions. Differences in fidelity within and across participants across the various tiers of training indicate a need for an individualized training approach. |
|
|
|
|
|
Doing the Wrong Thing for the Right Reason: Ethical Quandaries in Autism Treatment Reimbursement |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: David Bicard, Ph.D. |
Chair: Ashley Marie Lugo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
REBECCA WOMACK (BlueSprig Pediatrics) |
DARREN SUSH (Pepperdine University) |
DAVID BICARD (Great Leaps Learning Center) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts, psychologists, and other behavioral health professionals have an obligation to provide clinically sound, effective, individualized, and appropriate treatment and intervention. For many individuals, access to such services requires review and determination by third-parties and managed care organizations. It is the ethical responsibility of behavior analysts, psychologists, other behavioral health professionals to advocate for the resources necessary to adequately meet their client’s needs, which often means securing authorizations from these funding sources. However, there can easily be a risk of blurring the ethical line between advocacy and integrity. This panel will discuss common pitfalls and challenges toward accurately and effectively advocating for clients, keeping in line with all aspects of the Professional and Ethical Compliance Code for the BACB and the Ethical Principles of Psychologists and Code of Conduct. Guidance in preparing authorization requests will be addressed, as well as aspects that commonly hinder approvals, and suggested approaches toward navigating potential appeals. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Attendees should have a minimum experience of developing behavior intervention plans and submitting them to third party payers for treatment authorization. |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe how medical necessity is determined by payer. (2) Describe threats to adherence to the ethical code when seeking authorization and/or appeals. (3) Draft systems to safeguard against threats to integrity to the ethical code. |
Keyword(s): ethics, insurance |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Parent Training Programs: In-Person, Telehealth, and Self-Directed |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Setareh Moslemi (University of North Texas) |
Discussant: Jennifer M. Gillis (Binghamton University) |
CE Instructor: Setareh Moslemi, M.Ed. |
Abstract: Many parents of children with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) around the world have limited or no access to behavior analytic knowledge or services leaving them without support or guidance. In particular, the parenting challenges imposed by the Covid-19 pandemic have greatly increased parents’ need for support and guidance. Training parents with behavior analytic knowledge or skills can potentially help overcome these challenges. The purpose of this symposium is to present two different parent training programs designed to provide skills and knowledge that parents need to improve the quality of life for their children and families. The first presentation will make a comparison between telehealth versus in-person training for parents residing in India. The second presentation will reveal the results of a qualitative study aimed at identifying some barriers that limit parents’ access to behavior analytic knowledge and will discuss the development and evaluation of a web-based and self-directed parent training program designed to overcome some of these barriers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): ABA, Parent Training, Self-Directed Training, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Board Certified Behavior Analysts, Board Certified Assistant Behavior Analysts, Graduate Behavior Analysis Students |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Learn about a comparative evaluation of an in-person vs. telehealth training program used with parents in India. 2. Learn about some of the barriers that get in the way of parents of children with autism to receive ABA parent training. 3. Learn about the development and evaluation of a web-based and self-directed parent training program. |
|
Development and Evaluation of a Self-Directed Behavioral Training Program for Parents of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
SETAREH MOSLEMI (University of North Texas), Susan Marie Nichols (University of North Texas Kristin Farmer Autism Center), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: Access to behavior analytic knowledge is limited in many parts of the world leaving parents without support. Parent training could be a potential solution to help close some of the gaps. The results of our qualitative study revealed at least five different barriers that limit parents’ access to useful behavior analytic knowledge: time, cost, lack of awareness, waiting list, and lack of support. The purpose of the current project is to develop and evaluate a web-based program to overcome some of these barriers. This parent training program will incorporate non-technical language to present short modules in order to teach parents about the basic behavioral competencies. First, the modules will be brief to help address time constrain as a barrier. Second, the web-based platform will allow self-directed progress and asynchronous access to help address time, waiting list and lack of support barriers. Third, the training will be offered at an affordable and low cost in order to address cost constraint as a barrier. Fourth, the use of non-technical language will ease parents’ understanding and adoption of the material. The presentation will describe the results of an evaluation of the parent-training program. |
|
|
|
|
|
Why Language Matters in a Social Justice Framework: Exploring the Implications of Language on Social Issues and Developing New Verbal Repertoires (A Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series) |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Lauren Schnell, Ph.D. |
Chair: Meredith Andrews (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
ERIN DONOVAN (Beautiful Humans Change; Capella University) |
LAUREN SCHNELL (Hunter College) |
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Seton Hall University) |
Abstract: Our verbal behaviour is an essential skill for navigating our social world and our inability to understand the value of the words we use can contribute to social conflicts, aggression, racial bias, prejudice, discrimination, and many other social issues. In an effort to combat these societal limitations and move towards an inclusive culture in which everyone’s individuality is championed; our language must be explored and compassion, perspective-taking, and empathy must be promoted. In this panel we will discuss a behavior-analytic description of perspective-taking and its role in establishing compassion skills and utility in social justice, overcome the deeply ingrained societal gender binary system in favour of a compassionate, gender expansive society, and how our language establishes and can topple societal prejudice. Behaviour analysis can replace current behaviours around social relations and replace them with compassion. The anticipated result would lead to impactful acquisition of social justice rights for those from marginalized populations. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Target Audience: Intermediate - BCBAs and BCBA-Ds ~ A discussion on verbal behaviour and ways in which our language informs our social world and the need to see the value of the words we use as it relates to social conflicts (e.g., aggression, racial bias, prejudice, discrimination, and many other social issues). |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) learn verbal behavioural strategies to engage in compassion, perspective-taking, and empathy; (2) recognizing the importance of language in societal injustices towards marginalized groups; (3) promoting a workplace culture in which language matters and developing anti-discriminatory practices and policies |
Keyword(s): Compassion, perspective taking, relational frame, verbal behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
Learning to Stop Responding |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University) |
CE Instructor: Erik Arntzen, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont) |
Abstract: This talk will review research from the basic learning laboratory on extinction and other methods that weaken or reduce behavior. When a behavior has been suppressed by extinction, punishment, DRO, or DRA, it can recover or “renew” when the context is changed. Behavioral inhibition is thus generally context-dependent. Importantly, there are also many kinds of “contexts:” In addition to physical background cues, drug state, and time, recent experiments have established a contextual role for hunger and satiety states, stress state, recent reinforcers (as in reinstatement and resurgence), and preceding behaviors in a behavior chain. Recent research has also explored what is learned in operant extinction and how it is actually learned. The findings have implications for understanding and preventing lapse and relapse after behavioral inhibition and behavior change. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Researchers and practitioners that want a deeper understanding of extinction and behavior change |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe evidence that behavior change does not involve erasure of a behavior; (2) describe and apply the role of context, and the many different kinds of context, in extinction and behavioral inhibition; (3) describe what is learned in operant extinction and how it is learned. |
|
MARK BOUTON (University of Vermont) |
 Mark E. Bouton, Ph.D., is a University Distinguished Professor and the Lawson Green and Gold Professor of Psychology at the University of Vermont. He has been doing research on the effects of context on conditioning and learning, with an emphasis on behavior change, for several decades. He has received a number of awards, including the Gantt Medal from the Pavlovian Society and the Quad-L Award from the University of New Mexico, and he is a Fellow of several organizations, including the American Psychological Association, the Association for Psychological Science, the Society of Experimental Psychologists, and the Eastern Psychological Association, of which he is a past president. He is also the author of a well-regarded textbook on learning and behavior theory [Learning and behavior: A contemporary synthesis (2nd ed.)], published in 2016 by Sinauer Associates, an imprint of Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
Interdisciplinary Collaboration to Improve Outcomes for Children With Disabilities in Public Schools |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Marissa A. Novotny (University of Texas at San Antonio) |
CE Instructor: Marissa A. Novotny, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium will describe a federally funded project aimed to improve training for behavior analysts and school psychologists to work collaboratively in the public school system. The focus will be on the interdisciplinary training and implementation of a team-based model for function-based assessments and interventions (the Prevent-Teach-Response; PTR model) within schools. The first paper will describe the overall project goals, framework, and preliminary outcomes. The second paper will describe how behavior analysis students have collaborated with school personnel to implement the PTR model in different classroom settings with successful student outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Interdisciplinary Training, School-Based Intervention, Teacher consultation, Team-Based Intervention |
Target Audience: Basic knowledge on school-based intervention, teacher training, interdisciplinary service provision, and function-based intervention |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the need for interdisciplinary and collaborative service provision for children with disabilities in schools; (2) Describe the innovative interdisciplinary training framework used by Project EBAS in preparing school-based behavior analysts and school psychologists ; (3) Explain the 5-step, team-based process used in implementing the PTR model; and (4) Describe the impact of implementation of collaborative team-based interventions on child outcomes. |
|
Interdisciplinary Training to Prepare School-Based Behavior Analysts and School Psychologists: Project EBAS |
CATIA CIVIDINI-MOTTA CIVIDINI (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health) |
Abstract: Considering that much of the knowledge and many of the skills that behavior analysts and school psychologists possess are not unique to their particular discipline and that the school-based services they provide for students with disabilities overlap to varying degrees, it is important to consider the potentially overlapping roles that they share. However, behavior analysts receive very little to no formal training in interdisciplinary collaboration although they frequently collaborate with other professionals and families. Likewise, most school psychologists underutilize interdisciplinary collaboration and consultation in school settings. This presentation will introduce an interdisciplinary project (Project EBAS) designed to improve training for behavior analysts and school psychologists to work collaboratively in the public school system. Participants of the presentation will learn the benefits of having interdisciplinary pre-service behavior analysts’ and school psychologists’ work with classroom teachers and school-based teams to support children who require intensive behavior interventions. The presentation will describe the aggregated child data from a number of single subject design studies and the moderator effects of interventions on child behavioral outcomes. |
|
Interdisciplinary Collaboration Using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce Model for Children With Disabilities |
KWANG-SUN CHO BLAIR (University of South Florida), Rose Iovannone (University of South Florida/Florida Mental Health), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Diana Ginns (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Consultation models that are responsive to teacher needs and strengths and that provide supportive coaching and specific feedback have been successful in enhancing classroom practices. The presentation will introduce the process and outcomes of school-based behavioral consultation using the Prevent-Teach-Reinforce (PTR) model to support children with high-intensity needs who need individualized function-based interventions in public schools. Behavior interventions for children with severe problem behavior require individualized intervention planning based on functional behavior assessment (FBA) results. However, one issue with providing effective interventions and supports to children with severe problem behavior is the limited training and support provided to teachers and school-based teams on FBA and the design of function-based interventions. This presentation focuses on the impact of function-based interventions on individual child behavior when pre-service behavior analysts used the PTR model to provide behavioral consultation. Participants of the presentation will learn the benefits of having pre-service behavior analysts work with classroom teachers and school-based teams to support children who required intensive behavior interventions. The session will present data on 10 children with or at-risk for disabilities who received the PTR intervention and provide for discussion on how the PTR model can be used to provide behavioral consultation and improve outcomes for children with behavioral challenges in schools. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cultural Behavior Science VCS Practicum: Design and Evaluate Learning Experiences in the Field |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah M. Richling, Ph.D. |
Panelists: MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC), BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas), KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University), SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: This panel discussion examines how the Cultural Behavior Science VCS practicum might be designed to optimize student learning, foster outreach from VCS approved curricula into the community, refine concepts/procedures in community/culture behavior change and assemble resources to orchestrate success. The panel invites discussion with the ABAI community to illuminate pathways ahead, barriers, and solutions as the field seeks to transfer expertise in cultural behavior science towards socially important issues related to sustainability, diversity, social justice, and other “wicked problems." |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Those interested in the Cultural Behavior Science VCS practicum. |
Learning Objectives: pending |
MARK P. ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC) |
BRETT GELINO (University of Kansas) |
KRISTEN BROGAN (Auburn University) |
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas) |
|
|
|
|
|
Analyzing Behavior-Environment Interactions: Why Movement Cycles Matter |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
Abstract: A movement cycle is a repeatable unit of behavior. It specifies a starting position and a series of behavior-environment interactions that continue until the organism is back at the starting point and can begin the movement cycle again. The concept of the movement cycle was developed and refined by Ogden Lindsley, although he attributed the original idea to B. F. Skinner. Movement cycles were fundamental during the early development of precision teaching. They appeared on the Standard Celeration Chart and were used to define units of behavior. Although the concept of the movement cycle is central to the description of behavior, it has largely been forgotten by modern behavior analysts. In this talk, we will trace the historical roots of the concept of the movement cycle. Then, we will explore why movement cycles are still relevant from a theoretical perspective and how they can help you better understand the nature of reinforcement. Thinking in terms of movement cycles will give you a new perspective when defining units of behavior for measurement, planning out your teaching steps, and setting your criteria for reinforcement. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: This presentation will be of interest to basic and applied researchers interested in mechanisms of behavior change and to practitioners who work in a variety of applied settings. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe a movement cycle; (2) identify behavioral definitions containing movement cycles; (3) describe how movement cycles can be used to improve shaping. |
|
JESUS ROSALES-RUIZ (University of North Texas) |
 Jesús Rosales-Ruiz is an associate professor at the University of North Texas in the Department of Behavior Analysis. He obtained his Ph.D. from the University of Kansas in 1995, under the mentorship of two pioneers in the field of behavior analysis, Donald M. Baer and Ogden R. Lindsley. Jesús is one of the few scientists in the world studying animal training from both the theoretical and applied perspectives. He, along with his students, has greatly contributed to the understanding of the science and practice of animal training. Jesús also studies the antecedent control of behavior, generalization, behavioral cusps, fluency-based teaching, treatment of autism, teaching of academic behavior, rule-governed behavior and contingency-shaped behavior. He has served on several editorial boards, including the Journal of Precision Teaching, the European Journal of Behavior Analysis, and the International Journal of Psychology and Psychological Therapy. He has also served as a reviewer for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, the Journal of Neuroscience Methods, Behavioral Processes, and PLOS ONE. Jesús is a fellow of the Eastern Psychological Association, a trustee of the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies and a member of the Association for Behavior Analysis International. |
|
|
|
|
|
Kantor Today: Modern Applications of Interbehavioral Psychology in Educational, ABA, and Clinical Contexts |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Evelyn Rachael Gould, Ph.D. |
Chair: Abbey Warren (University of Louisiana at Lafayette
Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
EVELYN RACHAEL GOULD (New England Center for OCD and Anxiety) |
KAREN KATE KELLUM (University of Mississippi) |
TROY DUFRENE (California School of Professional Psychology: San Francisco) |
Abstract: J.R. Kantor’s work diverges from traditional Skinnerian behaviorism both at philosophical (i.e., Interbehaviorism) and theoretical (i.e., Interbehavioral Psychology) levels. Further, these divergences have implications for the applications of behavior analysis across settings, particularly when complex human behavior (or interbehavior) is the focus. In some cases, it may be that interbehavioral psychology is well-positioned to answer questions or solve problems of great social significance where Skinnerian accounts fall short. This panel is comprised of professionals who use interbehaviorism and interbehavioral psychology in their daily work as behavior analysts in ABA, clinical, and higher education settings. Panelists will highlight how they conceptualize their work from an interbehavioral perspective, expand on the applications of interbehavioral psychology in their mentoring, teaching, training, supervision, and clinical work, and demonstrate the core differences between language-based interventions from an interbehavioral perspective and more dominant approaches in behavior analysis. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Some applied experience with clinical or applied behavior analysis |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) conceptualize the interbehavioral approach to current literature (2) expand on the use and implications of interbehaviorism in clinical practice, and (3) demonstrate the core differences between interbehaviorism and other traditional approaches to the larger field of behavioral psychology. |
Keyword(s): Interbehavioral Psychology, Interbehaviorism, Kantorian |
|
|
|
|
|
Realizing the Potential of Applied Behavior Analysis to Improve Outcomes in Adolescents and Young Adults With Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Peter Gerhardt, Ed.D. |
Chair: Bobby Newman (Proud Moments) |
Presenting Authors: : PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School) |
Abstract: In their seminal article, Baer, Wolf and Risley (1968), stated that behavior analytic intervention is expected to result in strong, socially important, and generalizable behavior change which, in this case, should mean more positive adult outcomes in ASD. Unfortunately, despite a nearly three decade-long emphasis on evidence-based, behavior analytic intervention in ASD, adult outcomes remain poor “for almost any outcome you choose.” (Roux, et al, 2015, p. 8). While there may be several reasons for continued poor outcomes (including the challenge of simply defining “good outcome”), the potential of behavior analytic intervention to develop more positive adult outcomes has yet to be fully realized. Such outcomes, however, are well within the reach of our behavior analytic technology. But to do that, the contingencies governing our behavior will, most likely, need to shift. For example, we will need to shift from contingencies that reinforce the technical precision of our classroom-based interventions to contingencies the reinforce the somewhat less technical precision of community-based intervention (assuming the target has a fair degree of social validity). This tutorial will identify a number areas, both internal and external to the field, where a “contingency shift” may be necessary if the power of behavior analytic intervention to significantly improve outcomes for adults with autism is to be more fully realized. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: PENDING. |
|
PETER GERHARDT (The EPIC School) |
Peter Gerhardt, Ed.D., is the Executive Director of the EPIC School in Paramus, NJ. Dr. Gerhardt has nearly 40 years of experience utilizing the principles of Applied Behavior Analysis in support of adolescents and adults with autism spectrum disorders in educational, employment, residential and community-based settings. He is the author or co-author on a number of articles and book chapters on the needs of adolescents and adults with ASD and has presented nationally and internationally on this topic. Dr. Gerhardt serves as Co-Chairman of the Scientific Council for the Organization for Autism Research and is on numerous professional advisory boards including the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies. He received his doctorate from Rutgers, The State University of New Jersey’s Graduate School of Education. |
|
|
|
|
|
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the Real World by Behavior Analysts: Assessment, Treatment, and Data Collection |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–11:50 AM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Breanna Lee (Missouri State University) |
Discussant: Alyssa N. Wilson (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology--SoCal) |
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) as an approach to intervention of psychological inflexibility has existed in some form for nearly forty years, generating considerable research including correlational studies, single case experimental designs, and hundreds of randomized control trial evaluations. Despite this work, behavior analysts may be hesitant to employ ACT in practice with their clients and the families that they serve. This series of two presentations will explore how ACT is used in the real world by real behavior analysts to solve multiple behavior challenges that involve intricate verbal relations, private events, and experiential avoidance. The first talk will discuss an assessment process that analysts may employ while implementing ACT with parents, as well as multiple case examples of ACT being applied with this population. The second talk will discuss data collection when behavior is private, focusing specifically on the potential of ecological momentary assessment across multiple settings and clients. This symposium is geared towards behavior analysts looking to integrate ACT based approaches within their existing practice with practical ideas for where to start this work. And by so doing, progressing the depth and scope of our applied field. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): ACT, Assessment, Data Collection, Intervention |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe the assessment to intervention process in ACT with parents; (2) Discuss case conceptualization and intervention targets in ACT; (3) Describe ecological momentary assessment as a data collection strategy |
|
Applications of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Parent Training |
TIMOTHY M. WEIL (Tandem Behavioral Health & Wellness) |
Abstract: Experiencing challenges in modifying parent behaviors is common. Many of these challenges are historical and interfere with the parents' ability to engage in effective teaching practices. Parent training that includes an ACT component is often found to further parental effort, interest, and involvement. To date, ACT is the only behavior analytic approach that permits a functional assessment of aversive control due to private events. While there are several studies published on brief intervention strategies, none speak to the long term training and practice needed when engaged in long term consultation with families. This paper will present an overview of a Behavioral Parent Training Program that combines both basics of behavior and a Values Based ACT approach to long term child behavioral intervention. Included in the overview of the parent training package will be a process based account of the ongoing difficulties that may be experienced when working with a family across time where both parent and child are engaged in values based intervention. |
|
Evaluating ACT Intervention Efficacy Using Ecological Momentary Assessment |
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: As research and practice related to Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) has increased in prevalence within the field, so too has the discussion of methodologies for research and intervention that are consistent with the behavior analytic tradition. While it is common to encounter the use of self-report measures as a dependent variable in ACT-related research, concerns related to validity, reliability, and bias of self-report data are often cited by behavior analysts. While direct observation of behavioral targets is preferred for the evaluation of intervention effectiveness, it may not be possible to obtain this data with certain populations or in certain settings. Additionally, both public and private verbal behavior may be of interest to those utilizing an ACT approach. Ecological momentary assessment (EMA) may be one approach to assessment and data collection useful to researchers and practitioners embedding ACT within their work; EMA involves repeated sampling of individuals’ current behaviors and experiences in real time and in the natural environment, and may include the use of technology to enhance this process. An introduction to EMA will be provided and examples of this approach within ACT-focused self-management interventions for young adults will be reviewed. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Glimpse into the Future: The Emerging Science of Language and Cognitive Training in Children With Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Meagan Grasley (Utah Valley University) |
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Technological development in applied behavior analysis is emerging at a rapid pace, evidenced by the proliferation of new assessment and intervention technologies and the integration of computerized technology in data collection and programming. This symposium will put on display several new technological developments related to the PEAK Relational Training System as a standardized assessment and training strategy with children with disabilities. The first two talks will demonstrate two new technologies that can be integrated within existing PEAK programming. The first will explore eye-gaze tracking as a predictor of program mastery and success that may be more sensitive than traditional performance measures with children. The second will explore automated and gamified programming as compared to traditional delivery formats to produce rapid rates of program mastery and to improve acceptability of behavior interventions. The third and fourth talk will evaluate broader assessment and intervention outcomes with children with autism. The third will show data that replicate several prior studies on PEAK with younger children with autism to determine if previous findings hold with children below the age of 10-years. The fourth study will show new normative sample and comparative data from within the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment that can be used to inform assessment and outcome evaluations in research and in practice. Taken together, these talks show how new technologies can be integrated within PEAK. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Assessment, Automation, Normative Data, PEAK |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe how eye gaze response data can predict mastery; (2) Discuss how PEAK programs can be automated and computerized; (3) Describe normative data and age comparisons of the PCA with children with autism |
|
The Relationship Between Ocular Observing Responses and Relational Training Procedures for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
BECKY BARRON (Emergent Learning Academy), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago) |
Abstract: Current research has shown differences in eye gaze, or ocular observing responses amongst individuals with autism spectrum disorder compared with their typically developing counterparts. Eye gaze is currently studied as a predictor for ASD diagnoses or potential level of social deficits for individuals already diagnosed. Deficits in language and communication are also studied as risk factors and are often attributed to social deficits in ASD. Previous research has shown improvements in accurate eye gaze during the development of stimulus equivalence classes for typically developing adults (Hansen & Arntzen, 2018). Relational training procedures that promote derived stimulus relations have also been shown to improve language repertoires for children with ASD. By combining the technology available for understanding complex language processes and eye gaze behaviors, behavior analysts may be able to better understand how to target specific behaviors in treatment that may indirectly improve eye gaze, and in turn also improve behaviors related to social interaction and attention. The current study investigated the relationship between accurate eye gaze towards stimuli during task demands and relational repertoires with children with ASD, as well as the impact that relational training has on accurate eye gaze while being taught and deriving novel, arbitrary relational frames of coordination. Results from the current study suggest a strong relationship between appropriate eye gaze and derived relational abilities, as well as increase accuracy in eye gaze as relational responding improves. These results may have implication for treatment choices for behavior analysts. |
|
Synthesizing Technologies: Comparing Automated and Gamified Discrete Trial Training to Traditional Delivery in Children With Disabilities |
LINDSEY NICOLE HOLTSMAN (Emergent Learning STL Center), Meredith Matthews (Missouri State University), Taylor Marie Lauer (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Raymond burke (Apex Regional Program) |
Abstract: Discrete trial training has been supported across multiple studies as an efficient way to teach new skills consistent with a verbal behavior, stimulus equivalence, and relational frame theory approach to language and cognitive training. On the other hand, social validity and efficiency of instruction may be hindered by traditional discrete trial training systems that can become repetitive and may contain few automated reinforcers embedded within instruction. In the present study, we evaluated the efficacy of automated PEAK programs and gamified PEAK programs in promoting the development of new language and cognitive skills in children with disabilities. In a second study, we compared both delivery formats on a tablet to traditional discrete trial training utilizing physical stimuli (e.g., paper stimuli) within a multielement experimental design across participants. The first study supported the use of automated and gamified PEAK programming in teaching the target skills and achieving the transformations of stimulus function described within the programs. The second study showed that participants achieved program mastery more rapidly when programs were automated and gamified compared to traditional discrete trial training program delivery. Social validity scores were also higher when programs were delivered on a tablet. These results show a synthesis of new technologies embedded within an existing behavior analytic technology (i.e., PEAK) that can be used to teach multiple skills to develop broad performance repertoires. |
|
The Relationship Between PEAK, Intelligence, and Challenging Behavior: A Replication With Young Children With Autism |
TAYLOR MARIE LAUER (Missouri State University
), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Megan Kimzey (Missouri State University), Lindsey Schneider (Missouri State University), Hannah Wallace (Missouri State University), Kaitlin Beason (Missouri State University
) |
Abstract: Research on the PEAK Relational Training System has exceeded that of other widely available assessments and curricular packages that target language and cognition in children with autism. A salient aspect of this research are evaluations of the relationship between PEAK assessments and intelligence test scores, PEAK assessments and the function of challenging behavior, and intervention research to improve derived relational responding and intelligence test scores. The age ranges within this research have been considerable. In this series of studies, we replicate these studies with young children with autism. First, we did obtain a correlation between PEAK comprehensive assessment scores and intelligence test scores, however a weaker correlation may have resulted from overall lower performance across measures. Second, we observed that very few participants demonstrated mastery over mutual entailment items. Those who did were less likely to show a single behavior function – consistent with prior research. Thus, in both studies these relationships may still hold, but fewer children may be capable of derived relational responding as evaluated using PEAK. Finally, we conducted PEAK training over the course of 10-weeks across two children with autism who showed low levels of mutual entailment at the start of the study. Both participants demonstrated mastery of skills and increases in intelligence test scores that were approximately equal to average performance reported in prior research. |
|
Psychometric Prosperities and the Normative Sample of the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA) |
MARK R. DIXON (University of Illinois at Chicago), Zhihui Yi (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Ayla Schmick (Southern Illinois University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis has slowly entered the arena of standardized assessment in recent years. Besides offering benefits such as better procedural integrity, being less time consuming, and providing an age-referenced criterion, the need for such tools was further amplified as more and more behavior analytic services were covered by insurance companies, who had been interacting with mainstream psychology for decades and were familiar with using criterion-referenced tools to evaluate the repertoire of the client in question. The current study presents three overall findings on the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment (PCA). We first demonstrated significant strong correlations between the PCA and its predecessor, the PEAK Pre-assessments (PEAK-PA), while highlighting some of the benefits of adopting the PCA instead of using the PEAK-PA. We then showed convergent validity between the PCA and established measures on adaptive behavior, intelligence, and autism symptom severity. Lastly, we provided findings on the PCA’s psychometric properties, including reliability, internal consistency, and its normative sample. |
|
|
|
|
|
Behavioral Data Science: Novel Questions and Applications for Behavior Analysts |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB/CSS; Domain: Translational |
Chair: David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Discussant: Albert Malkin (Southern Illinois University / Western University) |
CE Instructor: David J. Cox, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Behavioral data science is an emerging interdisciplinary field at the interface of behavioral science and data science. Behavioral science aims to understand why people emit specific behaviors in specific contexts. Data science aims to generate insight from large data sets using mathematical and computational analyses. Behavioral data science aims to gain behaviorally-grounded insights from large-scale data sets to answer questions of basic or applied interest. This symposium provides the attendee with a broad understanding of what behavioral data science is by describing the skills and methods behavioral data scientists use and the types of questions they ask. This is accomplished via example wherein researchers across four presentations demonstrate how: (1) time-series and geographical analyses forecast BACB certificant demand; (2) network analyses identify trends and gaps in published behavior analytic science; (3) computational techniques efficiently compare multiple behavioral models of choice in natural contexts; and (4) machine learning allows us to predict the next response made in dynamic contexts. Behavior analysts who learn the skills of data science can likely ask questions novel to the science of behavior analysis and develop novel applied behavior analytic interventions. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): big data, computational analysis, data science, scaling ABA |
Target Audience: The audience should have a general understanding of operant contingencies and issues of relevance to the field. However, every presentation is aimed at explaining what behavioral data science is and how it can be used. The goal is to be an introduction to this topic so interested audience members can follow-up afterward to learn more. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define behavioral data science; (2) describe the common methods and techniques used by behavioral data scientists; and (3) describe the types of questions that are appropriate for behavioral data science tools. |
|
Identifying the Optimal Temporal Window to Analyze Behavior Measured in Non-Laboratory Contexts |
(Applied Research) |
MA KRISHNA ROSALES (Florida Institute of Technology), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: The generalized matching equation (GME) predicts behavior allocation based on the relative amount of reinforcement contacted by each behavior. Dynamic state variable (DSV) models predict behavior allocation based on variables that change dynamically over time. To use these models in nonlaboratory settings, researchers must identify the temporal window over which to aggregate response and reinforcer rates. This study demonstrates how computational techniques can identify the optimal temporal bin for fitting the GME and DSV models to data collected in the nonlaboratory context of basketball games. For both models, the dependent variable was the logged ratio of three-point and two-point shots taken. For the GME, the independent variable was the logged ratio of three-point and two-point shots made. For DSV models, the independent variable was the difference in points scored between opponents during the previous temporal bin. For each model we: calculated prediction accuracy over temporal bins ranging from 30 s intervals to 2880 s (entire game); identified the optimal temporal window; and determined the conditions under which each model generated the highest predictive accuracy. Overall, the methods used here demonstrate how computational analyses can be used to efficiently describe and predict nonlaboratory human behavior. |
|
An Application of Time Series Forecasting Methods in Behavior Analysis: Predicting Certificant Demand in Texas |
(Applied Research) |
ZACHARY HARRISON MORFORD (Texas Association for Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Forecasting methods for time series data have been used for quite some time in various applications of behavior analysis, and yet are rarely used in our literature. For example, a popular single-subject experimental design textbook (Barlow, Nock, & Hersen, 2009) has a chapter on statistical methods—including forecasting methods—for behavioral data. In this presentation I will review an application of forecasting to BACB certificants in the state of Texas and show how those data are changing both in the aggregate and geographically by region. The field of behavior analysis, as measured by certificant numbers, has been growing exponentially. While these are not behavioral data, the methods discussed are relevant to behavioral interventions. Understanding certificant trends can help behavior analytic organizations plan for the provision of behavior analytic services. In the context of this application, both the advantages and disadvantages of forecasting methods will be discussed. Further resources for learning about these methods will be provided. |
|
Natural Language Processing to Identify Trends and Gaps in the Published Science of Behavior Analysis |
(Applied Research) |
JACOB SOSINE (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College) |
Abstract: Communities survive if the behavioral repertoires of individual members within the population vary enough to withstand selective pressures. For scientists, one way to measure the total population repertoire and the evolutionary dynamics of ideas might be through analysis of peer-reviewed publications. Natural Language Processing (NLP) is one set of tools that allow researchers to analyze textual data at scale. Here, we used NLP to describe the evolution of behavior analysis by identifying the key characteristics of publications over time. To do this, we gathered 1500+ peer-reviewed publications from the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis and the Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior. For each article, we collected data on publication year, title, authors, abstract, keywords, manuscript, and references. Once obtained, we analyzed the differences and similarities in research topics between the two journals and used network analyses to identify citation patterns within the research literature. Future research aimed at understanding the variation, selection, and evolution of topics studied by behavior analysts might be important for three reasons. First, it gives data to conversations about how the field allocates resources to promote understudied topics, variation in studied topics, or high impact topics and that are low-hanging fruits. Second, it may help junior researchers identify gaps and niches upon which to build a career. Lastly, it could highlight gaps in the research literature that, if filled, would benefit applied practitioners. The methods of behavioral data science make these benefits easier to obtain and more robust in their methodology and findings. |
|
Using Machine Learning to Predict the next Response: One Approach to a Dynamic Unified Model of Behavior |
(Basic Research) |
DAVID J. COX (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College), Bryan Klapes (Philadelphia College of Osteopathic Medicine - Georgia), John Falligant (Kennedy Krieger Institute/Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Molecular analyses predict and control behavior through discrete responses strengthened by contiguous reinforcers. Molar analyses predict and control behavior through response-reinforcer relationships aggregated across a temporal window. Unified analyses aim to leverage molecular and molar analyses to describe, predict, and control behavior. Here, we sought to take a unified analytic approach wherein quantitative analyses of behavior and machine learning combined to predict the next response a human made. To do this, we obtained data on every pitch thrown by a pitcher during the 2016-2019 Major League Baseball seasons. The dataset contained information about the game context, the pitch type and characteristics, and the consequences that followed every pitch. Molecular information was included through a weighted decay function placing greater weight on more recent reinforcers and by making response-by-response predictions. Molar information was included through dynamically updating covariance relations between game context, pitch type, and pitch consequence via the generalized matching equation. Machine learning combined raw data, molecular information, and molar information to predict the next pitch. The dynamic unified model of behavior led to higher response-by-response prediction accuracy than the molecular and molar approaches alone. This experiment demonstrates how behavioral data science can describe and predict dynamic human behavior. |
|
|
|
|
|
Cultural Diversity and Professional Skills in Higher Education and Supervision |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
11:00 AM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Discussant: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis to solve socially-significant issues have been implemented worldwide with people from various geographic areas and cultural backgrounds. With such a reach, it is important for future behavior analysts to receive instruction and direct training in skills related to cultural competency and ethical decision making. This symposium will focus on topics related to cultural diversity and professional skills in higher education and supervision. First, Lisa Tereshko will present a literature review of strategies to promote engagement of students from culturally-diverse backgrounds in online higher-education. Next, Mary Jane Weiss will discuss methods to measure, evaluate, and teach important interpersonal and professional skills relevant to future behavior analysts. After, Colleen Suzio will review the importance of training students on cultural competence and cultural humility from the lens of the Ethical Compliance Code. Finally, Marie-Hélène Konrad will conclude with an overview of potential difficulties encountered when serving clients from different backgrounds and relevant skills to focus on during supervision to prepare future behavior analysts for a culturally-diverse environment. Darlene Crone-Todd will serve as the discussant. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Cultural diversity, Ethical Code, Higher Education, Supervision |
Target Audience: The audience should be familiar with BCBA ethical code, behavior assessments, and behavioral skills training technology. |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify strategies to engage culturally-diverse students in online instruction;
2. Describe procedure to assess, design, and implement training procedure related to interpersonal and professional skills;
3. Discuss strategies to teach students how to interpret ethical code items with an emphasis on cultural humility;
4. Implement steps to prepare futures behavior analyst to work with culturally population while complying with the BCBA Compliance Code. |
|
A Systematic Literature Review of Increasing Engagement of Culturally Diverse Students in Online Higher Education |
(Applied Research) |
LISA TERESHKO (Beacon ABA Services), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: The use of online instruction in higher education has increased. This increase in acceptability and in implementation has increased the diversity of students that are being taught in a class. Online classes are more likely to include students from varying geographic regions and countries, as well as students of various races, cultures, and ethnicities. To ensure the success of culturally diverse students, student engagement is critical. Conceptual and empirical peer-reviewed articles were reviewed to review existing strategies and to identify evidence-based strategies to increase the engagement of culturally diverse students in higher education. Variables recommended for implementation are reviewed. |
|
Tackling the Tough Skills in Graduate Coursework: Refining and Measuring Complex Interpersonal and Professionalism Skills |
(Service Delivery) |
Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), VIDESHA MARYA (PENDING) |
Abstract: In recent years, a number of skills that have not historically been emphasized in training have been identified as essential to professional practice in behavior analysis. These include interprofessional collaboration, compassionate care, ethical decision making, and cultural humility. These skills are often addressed in other disciplines, and resources exist within these disciplines that assist in defining the skills. However, the skills are inherently complex and are difficult to operationally define and measure. In this talk, we will review how these skills can be introduced inn graduate coursework in behavior analysis in ways that are conceptually systematic with the science of ABA. Specifically, methods for building specific skills in these areas will be highlighted. Emphasis will be placed on how to define and measure these skills, and how to socialize students into the need for skill development in these areas. Elements of Behavior Skills Training, including the provision of a rationale, modeling, rehearsal, and feedback will be discussed. Options for data collection, determining mastery, assessing generalization, and obtaining social validity data will also be presented. |
|
Considerations and Interpretations in Regardto the Ethical Compliance Code |
(Service Delivery) |
COLLEEN SUZIO (Center for Children with Special Needs (CCSN)), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), Roxanne Gayle (Trumpet Behavioral Health), Noor Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Behavior analysis is a growing field within human service and beyond. Client demographics for behavior analysts are diverse and continue to grow as well. It is imperative that practices behavior analysts implement are culturally humble and that services are conducted in a culturally competent manner. Education and training of behavior analysts should incorporate a strong emphasis on cultural competence and cultural humility at both the organizational and individual level for practicing behavior analysts. In addition, behavior analysts can be trained to utilize broader general guidelines adopted from other, similar human service providers (e.g., psychologists, counselors, medicine, etc.) in order to assist with interpreting code items with an emphasis on cultural humility. The recommendations outlined in this paper are fluid and subject to change as new examples are provided in regard to culturally humble practice. |
|
Ethical Considerations in Cross-Cultural Supervision |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIE-HELENE KONRAD (Autismuszentrum Sonnenschein), Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis) |
Abstract: The presence of cross-cultural communities around the world is ever-growing resulting in many clinicians practicing in a culturally-diverse context with families that have different values, traditions, habits, and spoken language. Despite a growing interest in evidence-based practices for individuals with developmental disabilities, there is still a large discrepancy in the number of training professionals across the globe. In other words, the number of certified behavior analysts is uneven in countries around the world, and professionals wishing to obtain training in applied behavior analysis face the challenge of securing supervision from behavior analysts living in other countries. The geographical distance poses a difficulty in itself, however some other barriers involve the difference in cultural background among the supervisor, supervisee, and clients. To circumvent these barriers, it is important that supervisors are aware of cultural differences while delivering supervision and plan to incorporate cultural competency training into their agenda. During this talk, we will place particular emphasis on ethical considerations relevant to supervision and the importance of preparing future behavior analysts for working with individuals from diverse backgrounds. |
|
|
|
|
|
Management of Bias: Behavior Science Meets Medical Education |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–1:10 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEI; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington) |
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D. |
Panelists: NEDA ETEZADI-AMOLI (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine), RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno), NICOLE JACOBS (University of Nevada School of Medicine), MELISSA PIASECKI (UNR Med) |
Abstract: Alarming epidemics in the medical profession include burnout of highly trained personnel and medical errors that are products of team dynamic related phenomena (stress, implicit biases inhibiting cooperation etc.). Equally alarming is the growing evidence of health outcome disparities resulting from bias in the healthcare settings. Medical schools are developing curricular elements that increase resiliency, self-compassion, cooperation, and empathy towards patients to combat these effects. The panelists will provide an overview of the long term interdisciplinary collaboration between University of Nevada, Reno Medical School (UNR Med) and Performance System Technologies (PST) Lab at the University of Nevada, Reno, that has resulted in the developed assessment and training procedures for identifying and mitigating bias in physicians in training. The discussion will also include ways this interdisciplinary program may serve as an effective model for addressing bias in a variety of organizations. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify negative impacts of bias in health care settings; (2) describe strategies used to mitigate bias in physicians in training; (3) describe strengths of the UNR interdisciplinary model for addressing bias in a variety of organizations. |
NEDA ETEZADI-AMOLI (University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine) |
 Neda Etezadi-Amoli, M.D. is the Chair of the Department of Obstetrics and Gynecology, and Director of Medical Student Career Advising at University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine. She helped develop the OB/GYN Clerkship for the medical school and has served as Clerkship Director. Neda joined the Implicit Bias Research Group in 2016 and has been working with Dr. Houmanfar and her team to develop implicit bias training for the third-year medical students in clinical rotations. Dr. Etezadi-Amoli is a graduate of the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine and completed her residency training at the University of Texas, Southwestern, where she stayed on as faculty for two years, working with residents and medical students. She is board certified in Obstetrics and Gynecology and completed the Association of Professors of Gynecology and Obstetrics Scholars and Leaders program. Her interests include innovating medical education and interprofessional education and teamwork. |
RAMONA HOUMANFAR (University of Nevada, Reno) |
 Ramona Houmanfar is Professor of Psychology and the Director of the Behavior Analysis Program at the University of Nevada, Reno (UNR). Dr. Houmanfar and members of her Performance System Technologies Lab at UNR co-founded the interdisciplinary cross campus partnership with Dr. Piasecki in 2012 to facilitate advancement of leadership objectives at UNR Med and promote graduate training in interdisciplinary science. Dr. Houmanfar’s established record of publication, and expertise in behavioral systems analysis and cultural behavior analysis have guided the interdisciplinary partnership with UNRMed and research associated with implicit bias, cooperation, situational awareness, decision making, and value based governance. |
NICOLE JACOBS (University of Nevada School of Medicine) |
 Negar “Nicole” Jacobs is a Clinical Psychologist and Associate Professor in the Department of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences. She received her PhD from the University of Nevada, Reno in 2003 and completed her internship at the VA Sierra Nevada Health Care System. After internship, she worked in the Addictive Disorders Treatment Program at the VA for 5 years, before leaving to pursue her true passion of teaching at UNR Med in 2007. Dr. Jacobs has served as the Behavioral Science Coordinator for first-year medical students and is currently a Block Director for the Practice of Medicine in Year 1. In 2016, she was promoted to a leadership position in the Dean’s Office, leading the Office of Diversity and Inclusion, and became Associate Dean of Diversity and Inclusion in 2017.
Dr. Jacobs’ research centers around the assessment of implicit bias and the development of practices to mitigate bias in medical students and faculty search and admissions committee members. Dr. Jacobs’ Implicit Bias Research Group employs the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure (IRAP) with students and faculty, and has developed online and in person trainings to mitigate bias using Acceptance and Commitment Training. She is currently collecting data to assess the impact of these trainings on students and faculty. In the role of Associate Dean for Diversity and Inclusion, Dr. Jacobs oversees institutional diversity and inclusion efforts, including working with the Assistant Dean for Admissions, Outreach and Inclusion to increase the diversity of medical students, working with the Associate Dean of GME to increase the diversity of residents and fellows, and spearheading efforts to increase the diversity of faculty at UNR Med. She is also responsible for the diversity curriculum for medical students and works with clerkship and residency directors to develop additional content related to diversity. She partners with all department Chairs and Unit leaders to advance initiatives related to diversity and inclusion in all areas of UNR Med, and has worked with central leadership to make strategic recruitment of faculty one of the main components of UNR Med’s next Strategic Plan. She is also working with the Office of Faculty to develop a leadership training program aimed at URM faculty in order to increase retention and advancement. |
MELISSA PIASECKI (UNR Med) |
 Melissa Piasecki, M.D. is Executive Associate Dean and Professor of Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences at the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine. As a senior member of the medical school leadership team, she co-founded an interdisciplinary cross campus partnership with Dr. Houmanfar in 2012 to advance the missions of the medical school through the application of Behavior Scientific principles. Dr. Piasecki received her M.D. from Washington University School of Medicine in St. Louis, Missouri. She completed psychiatry residency training at the University of Vermont and a Forensic Psychiatry Fellowship at the University of Hawaii. Melissa is board certified in general psychiatry and forensic psychiatry. Her interests include forensic psychiatry, education, neurobiology of substance abuse disorders, and the science of behavior change. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advancements in the Selection of Effective Reinforcers |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Noelle Brooke Neault (Simmons University) |
Discussant: Noelle Brooke Neault (Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Noelle Brooke Neault, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Individualized treatment based on sufficient pre-treatment assessment is a feature of high-quality behavior analytic (BA) service delivery. The identification of effective reinforcers is a fundamental aspect of treatment intended to improve the adaptive behavior of BA service recipients. Evaluation of client choice and preference is a necessary initial step toward designing effective, individualized treatment. Two applied studies are presented that highlight methods for customizing treatment based on the evaluation of client choice and preference for individuals with autism. In the first study, Badger and Huntington (2019) demonstrated a reduction in vocal stereotypy using matched stimulation with high-preference music (e.g. hip-hop). This non-contingent matched stimulation music intervention was designed following the evaluation of participant preference with a competing stimulus assessment for different types of music via an alternating treatment design. The results indicated a reduction of vocal stereotypy during leisure activity time in the participant’s classroom setting. The second study investigated the role that client choice plays in selecting interventions with social validity. Huntington and Schwartz (2018) conducted video preference assessments with three service recipients prior to treatment commencing. Subsequent reversal designs demonstrated a reduction in target behavior levels when treatments were informed by the results of video preference assessments. Practices for optimizing treatment outcomes based on creative assessment of client choice and preference are considered. |
Target Audience: Behavior Analysts |
|
Reducing Vocal Stereotypy With Hip-Hop Music |
MATTHEW BADGER (University of Washington) |
Abstract: This study explores the use of noncontingent access to various samples of music stimuli (from 3 distinct music classes) as a strategy to reduce the immediate engagement of vocal stereotypy for a child with autism spectrum disorder. The use of noncontingent access to high preference music (NCM) as matched stimulation to effectively reduce the occurrence of vocal stereotypy has been demonstrated across multiple studies in behavior analytic research. This study examined the effect of this strategy on the levels of vocal stereotypy during unstructured free time in an attempt to enable greater access to socialization opportunities and reinforcement in the one participant’s natural environment. Results from an alternating treatments design comparing 3 distinct music treatment conditions (two neutral conditions and one high-preference condition) during unstructured leisure time showed a decrease in immediate levels of behavior across all conditions, with high-preference music emerging as the most effective treatment in reducing behavior in experimental and generalized settings. Implications for future research applying noncontingent access to music to skill acquisition and social engagement opportunities are discussed. |
|
Video Preference Assessment to Evaluate Client Treatment Acceptability |
SHELLY HUNTINGTON (University of Hawaii) |
Abstract: Social validity, in applied behavior analysis (ABA) refers to the acceptance and importance that behavioral treatment has for the consumers of the work. Most often, social validity is assessed by examining the opinions and feelings of indirect consumers such as caregivers, teachers, or those implementing intervention services. Typically, the opinions of the direct recipient of ABA services (i.e. individuals with disabilities that have varying degrees of communication, academic, and cognitive skills) are not assessed or considered. Behavioral assessments and interventions that are conducted, designed, and implemented without assessing acceptability on the part of the direct recipient can create both practical and ethical concerns that can hinder the success and long-term effects of intervention services. This study included three direct recipients in the assessment and selection of their own behavior interventions. Recipients were included in the descriptive assessment using the Student directed Functional Assessment Interview (SFAI; O’Neill et al., 2015). A video preference assessment was utilized to demonstrate the intervention options and allow the participants the opportunity to select their preferred procedure. The preferred interventions were then implemented and were successful at decreasing challenging behavior and increasing appropriate behavior for each of the three participants. Implications of these data for practice and future research are then discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Research Methodology to Practice: Examples of Functional Analyses in Practice |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University) |
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Methodological advancements of functional analysis procedures and variations have received significant attention over the last 35+ years; however, the demonstration of the systematic application of these advancements in practice is under served. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a systematic demonstration of the application of two variations of functional analysis methodology. The first paper, will discuss the application of the Low Rate Functional Analysis with one a client to assess and treat their self-injurious behavior. The second paper, will discuss the application of functional analyses within a Telehealth Service Delivery Model for two clients as a mean of assessing and treating their severe challenging behavior. Finally, our discussant will speak to the necessity of systematically demonstrating the practice of functional analysis methodology within real life situations (e.g., non-clinic based application from practitioners and during a pandemic). |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): functional analysis, Telehealth |
Target Audience: Intermediate
Prerequisite: knowledge of functional analysis methodology |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1) Modify and apply the Low Rate Functional Analysis methodology to meet client specific needs to conduct an appropriate assessment and utilize the information to develop a function based intervention.
2) Describe the appropriate steps, strengths, limitations, and provide solutions for barriers related to conducting FA via telehelath.
3) Modify various functional analysis methodology to appropriate meet the needs of their clients while simultaneously systematic evaluating functional analysis methodologies. |
|
Effects of Sequence Variation on Low-Rate Functional Analysis |
RICHARD COLOMBO (CABA), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Low-rate functional analysis (FA) has a wide range of utility in the applied setting. When problem behavior rarely occurs, low-rate FA is useful. In other scenarios, it might be beneficial to use the procedures identified in low-rate FAs if problem behavior already poses a health and safety risk—removing the needed to evoke behavior further. The current presentation poses data on a low-rate FA across two condition sequences. When the participant showed self-injurious behavior, she was exposed to sequence one (control, attention, ignore) for the first and fourth phases of the study and sequence two (ignore, attention, control) for the second and third phases. Sequence one showed no differentiation among conditions while sequence two showed clear divergence from the control condition, indicating an automatic function. The intervention used the sequence identified in the FA to reduce the frequency of the self-injurious episodes. Keywords: low-rate functional analysis, sequence, automatically maintained, self-injury |
|
Functional Analyses Conducted via Telehealth With Caregivers as Implementers |
JESSLYN N. FARROS (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA)), David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Conducting efficient and accurate assessments is important especially given the situation with COVID-19, which has limited access to in-person comprehensive services. Identifying maintaining variables and developing effective treatment is of the utmost importance. Given the constraints, conducting those assessment across varying modalities is sometimes necessary, but accuracy is still important. Telehealth has significantly increased in the last few months and conducting effective Functional Analyses (FA) are critical. However, there are other situations in which telehealth FAs would be beneficial to assessment of problem behaviors. Such as remote locations, time constraints, and other environmental factors that may prevent assessors from entering the home. The following FAs were conducted via telehealth. The first FA was conducted using the parent as therapist, and the second was conducted using in-home staff as the implementors due to COVID-19 and the shelter-in-place. The succeeding discussion section evaluates the outcomes of both FAs, and suggests future directions concerning their implementation during pandemic altered environments. Keywords: functional analyses, telehealth, parent-led, parent training |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations in Systems and Tools to Promote Quality Telehealth Services |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Hanna C. Rue, Ph.D. |
Chair: Hanna C. Rue (LEARN Behavioral) |
ADAM DELINE HAHS (Arizona State University) |
SUMMER ADAMI (Blue Sprig Pediatrics, Inc) |
DENNIS DIXON (Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD)) |
Abstract: Videoconferencing platforms became a common means of delivering applied behavior analytic (ABA) services to individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) in the spring of 2020 as a result of COVID-19 restrictions. As there were limited empirical studies to guide remote ABA practice, behavior analysts sought to meet patient’s needs while adhering to ethical guidelines and funder regulations. Several factors impact the decision to provide ABA via a videoconference platform. For instance, clinicians must evaluate patient goals, caregiver capacity, materials needed, and technological capacity. There are also considerations for how to conduct remote supervision and collect integrity and reliability data. The objective of the current panel is to provide insight into the development of systems and tools that support clinical teams providing remote ABA services within their scope of competence. Each panelist represents a large multistate agency challenged with ensuring quality care across age ranges and service delivery models. Panelists will discuss the role of collaboration and information sharing that impacted clinical decision making. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Audience members should be familiar with provision of supervision to patients and treatment integrity measures, as these practices will be discussed specifically in regards to providing telehealth services. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify components to consider before providing services via telehealth for a patient. (2) Identify at least two strategies for collecting treatment integrity data. (3) Identify at least two considerations in maintaining appropriate scope of competence in the telehealth services provided by BCBAs and their supervisees. |
Keyword(s): competence scope, remote supervision, telehealth, treatment integrity |
|
|
|
|
|
Creating Systemic Change in Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Shawn Capell, M.A. |
Chair: Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC ) |
VICTORYA JEWETT (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence) |
HELLEN A. ADEDIPE (The Reason for HOPE) |
ELIZABETH HUGHES FONG (Pepperdine University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis is no stranger to systematic evaluation and program modification. As behavior analysts, we are responsible for providing equitable, fair, and culturally informed services. However, despite the prevalence of autism existing independent of race, people of color are more likely to be misdiagnosed and experience delayed access to treatment when compared to their white peers. The panelists will address how our field must engage in self-evaluation to promote competent service delivery and equitable access to intervention. In a solutions-focused conversation, the panelists will explore actions individuals, organizational leaders, higher education, and our science can take to recreate systems and ensure accountability for change in the practice of ABA in the United States. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: practitioners, RBT's, technicians, university instructors |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify areas of inequity within autism service delivery and/or ABA
2. Learn how our field must engage in self-evaluation to promote competent service delivery and equitable access to intervention.
3. Learn about actions individuals, organizational leaders, higher education, and our science can take to recreate systems and ensure accountability for change in the practice of ABA in the United States. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Power of Telehealth for Continuing ABA-Based Interventions: An Indian Organization’s Responseto COVID-19 |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India) |
Discussant: Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India) |
CE Instructor: Smita Awasthi, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Over 200 nations around the world have been affected by the coronavirus Covid-19. At the beginning of November 2020, the number of cases was 510 Mn with 1.2 Mn deaths ('Coronavirus update Live: 24,963,515 cases and 842,336 COVID-19 virus pandemic deaths, 2020). There are over 990 million students affected by school closures in over 130 countries at the time of this submission (Https:/plus.google.com/+UNESCO, 2020). India with a population of 1.3 billion is the second most populous nation in the world with approximately 4 Mn children with special needs. The Covid crisis presented a new challenge for service delivery. This two-paper symposium presents an Indian organization’s transition of its interventions for 89 children with autism and learning disabilities. The first paper presents the decision-making model on logistics, equipment determination, service delivery, data collection and adaption of organizational systems. The collaborative effort between therapists behavior supervisors, a clinical director, and parents for efficient and ethical services. The second paper presents quantitative data on the improvements in duration of sessions and the number of skills mastered by the cohort of 89 students, month wise over the 6 months period. The effects of Behavior Skills Training for parents are also presented. The findings on efficacy, social validity, enablers, and barriers to effective implementation of interventions using Telehealth are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCaBA, BCBA, Service providers, International participants from developing countries |
Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: (1) Learn a decision making model for Tele-Health in the absence of high end technology (2) Plan for the provision of Tele-Health on smart phone (3) Conduct outreach programs for services in developing countries while utilizing resources most effectively |
|
Telehealth With Smartphones: A Discussion on the India Experience During COVID-19 Pandemic |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), RAZIA ALI (Behavior Momentum India), Anupama Jagdish (Behavior Momentum India), Bhavana Joshi (Behavior Momentum India), Rajeshwari K (Behavior Momentum India), Sreemon E M (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: The first case of Covid-19 in India was identified on January 30, 2020, the day on which the World Health Organization declared a public health emergency. On March 16, 2020, the government of India ordered closure of all educational institutions in India for a fortnight. On March 24, 2020, the government declared a nationwide lockdown with shelter-in-place orders. The in-clinic services that children with learning disabilities received in special education centers and centers providing ABA based interventions was abruptly halted. This study details how our organization in India collaborated with parents of children with autism and transitioned services from in-clinic to telehealth and scaled up to transition services to more than 80 students within two weeks. This discussion paper details the decision-making model to transition the services, adapted staff training and supervision model, and the actual teaching procedures with video examples of how teaching different skills was accomplished in video meetings using only smartphones in 85% of the sessions. |
|
The Efficacy of Telehealth in Delivering ABA Interventions: A Test-Retest Design Study With 89 Children on the Autism Spectrum |
Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Sridhar Aravamudhan (Behavior Momentum India), SHUSHMITA K.S (Behavior Momentum India), Papiya Mukherjee (Behavior Momentum India) |
Abstract: An organization in India had to transition its services from in-clinic to Telehealth when a lock down was implemented in March 2020 in the face of the Covid-19 pandemic. Eighty-nine students with diagnoses of autism or other learning disabilities participated in this study. Fifty-one therapists, 9 behavior supervisors and a Doctoral level Board Certified Behavior Analyst collaborated with parents. Devices such as smartphones, and in a few cases, iPads and laptops were used by both student and therapist. The modes of instruction included direct therapist training, parent facilitated training and parent implemented training. The efficacy of intervention can be estimated by increased duration of session time and number of trials during six months of study for the cohort of 89 students. Acquisition of targets during and pre-Covid are discussed. Response from 32 parents through an online survey suggested high parent satisfaction, improved understanding of behavior analytic services, importance of data taking, role of supervision by BCBA confirming social validity of the methods and the outcomes. The model can be useful for providing services in rural or remote areas with low concentration of behavioral intervention service providers. |
|
|
|
|
|
Promoting Implementation of Behavioral Strategies in Diverse Contexts Through Contextual Fit |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Natalie Badgett (Supporting Transformative Autism Research Initiative; University of Virginia) |
Discussant: Katherine Bateman (University of Washington) |
CE Instructor: Natalie Badgett, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Despite longstanding research supporting the effectiveness of applied behavior analysis, the field continues to struggle with dissemination of related evidence-based strategies to diverse applied settings. One barrier to widespread implementation of applied behavior analysis in non-clinical settings is the issue of contextual fit. Simply put, sustainable implementation of behavioral strategies is more likely to occur when the interventions are contextually relevant. In this symposium the issue of contextual relevance, or contextual fit, is presented as an essential feature of promoting implementation and dissemination of assessment and intervention strategies based in applied behavior analysis. First, we will present a research-based case for the use of mixed methods behavioral research as a strategy to promote implementation. Then, we will present an analysis of family systems and behavioral systems analysis for supporting the incorporation of client values and context in implementation. Implications for future research and practice will be discussed and connected to existing and ongoing research occurring within applied behavior analysis and related fields. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Contextual Fit, Implementation |
Target Audience: The target audience will have a basic understanding of behavior analysis and experience using single case research designs in research or practice. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how qualitative methods can be used to enhance single case research findings in research and practice; (2) identify factors for sustainable implementation of behavioral strategies related to contextual fit; (3) describe how tools and approaches from family systems, behavioral systems analysis, and applied behavior analysis can be combined to support practitioners in the identification and incorporation of client values and context for intervention. |
|
Using Mixed Methods Research to Promote the Implementation of Behavioral Intervention |
(Service Delivery) |
NATALIE BADGETT (Supporting Transformative Autism Research Initiative; University of Virginia), Rachelle Huntington (University of Hawaii) |
Abstract: Assessment and intervention strategies based in applied behavior analysis have substantial research supporting their effectiveness with diverse populations in applied and clinical contexts. Behavioral strategies are well-represented among established evidence-based practices in related fields such as psychology and education. Additionally, research by behavior analysts and related experts has demonstrated that non-behavioral practitioners can implement many behavioral strategies with fidelity when trained sufficiently. However, despite the wealth of existing literature establishing the utility and effectiveness of these strategies, there remains a critical research to practice gap that is evident in the ongoing dissemination crisis facing behavior analysts. Engaging in mixed methods research, in which single case research findings are enhanced by qualitative methods, presents a possible avenue for promoting the implementation of evidence-based behavior analytic interventions in diverse contexts. This presentation will include a rationale for the inclusion of qualitative methods in behavioral research and practice, case examples of mixed methods behavioral research, and implications of findings of mixed methods research for implementation of behavioral strategies in diverse applied settings. |
|
Developing Evidence-Based Practice: Ways and Means for Raising Client Values and Context |
(Service Delivery) |
BRIAN JAMES FEENEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Bethany P. Contreras Young (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Evidence-based practice (EBP) of applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the combination of (a) the best available evidence with (b) professional judgement and clinical expertise and (c) client values and context (Slocum et al., 2014). EBP of ABA is a flexible decision-making framework that allows practicing behavior analysts to solve virtually any clinical problem. Of the three components of EBP, best available evidence benefits from having a large literature base to guide practitioners, whereas the other two components, professional judgement/clinical expertise and client values and context, are much less understood and warrant further exploration and refinement. This presentation will explore the client values and context component of EBP of ABA. By looking at resources both within the field of ABA and from other helping-professions, we will present a model for assessing and addressing client values and context. Specifically, we will evaluate and combine tools and approaches from Family Systems, Behavioral Systems Analysis and ABA in an effort to better support practitioners in their identification and incorporation of client values and context within the broader framework of EBP. |
|
|
|
|
|
Opportunities and Issues in Practitioner Publication |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/CSS; Domain: Translational |
CE Instructor: Donald A. Hantula, Ph.D. |
Chair: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University) |
DONALD A. HANTULA (Temple University) |
SUSAN WILCZYNSKI (Ball State University) |
PETER R. KILLEEN (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Many ABA practitioners are interested in participating in the publication process but are not sure how to do so. This panel is both a brief review of the ABAI publication process and a listening session with the ABAI publication and practice board to identify practitioner opportunities and needs in publication. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: ABA practitioners who are interested in becoming involved in the publication process as an author, reviewer, or both. Minimally this would be someone at the MA / BCBA level but we also anticipate many in the audience will hold a doctoral degree. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the ethical issues involved with publishing as a practitioner and the ethical issues involved in the peer review process. (2) Identify the most appropriate publication outlet for their practice-based manuscripts. (3) Describe the academic publication process in ABAI journals and in other outlets. |
Keyword(s): authorship, journals, peer review, publication, |
|
|
|
|
|
Applications of Behavior Analysis in Higher Education |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tatiyanna Dunn (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Spencer Gauert (University of Dayton) |
CE Instructor: Spencer Gauert, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Maximizing student learning outcomes is a goal at every level of instruction. For undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis, the stakes may be even higher given the clinical implications and leadership roles BCaBAs and BCBAs take on immediately following graduation. A growing number of behavior analytic training programs are design as fully online or hybrid learning models. Although a plethora of research in higher education has been conducted in traditional settings, online learning is a recent and developing modality of instruction. It is critical to identify evidence-based approaches to instruction in online learning environments. The two studies presented here work towards developing strategies to analyze student behavior and modify behavior associated with academic performance and curriculum evaluations. The first study evaluated the effects of a group contingencies on student engagement with academic content. The second study, a follow-up to 2019’s “an application of discounting on academic procrastination”, reviews further analyses of student behavior related to procrastination. Both studies include social validity measures from the perspectives of students and instructions. Together, these studies expand the scope of effective instructional strategies in online classrooms and provide some examples of analyzing student behavior beyond the grade point average. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Group contingencies, Higher education, Online learning, Procrastination |
Target Audience: Instructors in higher education and/or supervisors of clinicians; especially supervisors conducting group supervisions. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the use of group contingencies in online higher education settings.; (2) explore novel measurement methods that facilitate evaluation of student behavior in online settings ; (3) discuss procrastination from a behavior analytic perspective. |
|
The Effects of Group Contingencies in Online Graduate Courses |
TIANA EVANS (University of South Florida), Anthony Concepcion (University of South Florida), Rachel García (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Enrollment in online courses have increase sharply over the past decade. There are undeniable differences between online and in-person programs, one of them potentially being student participation and engagement. Group contingencies have been found to be effective interventions to increase academic participation with children and adolescents. However, there is limited research on the use of group contingencies in higher education and no research on group contingencies have been conducted with students in online higher education settings. The present study aimed to increase student engagement with course content and peers. Additionally, further analyses were conducted related to academic performance. Lastly, social validity of the intervention was assessed for both students and instructors involved with the intervention. |
|
Further Analysis of Academic Procrastination in Higher Education |
ANTHONY CONCEPCION (University of South Florida), Rachel García (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: An overwhelming majority of students in higher education engage in procrastination related to academic tasks. Academic procrastination has been correlated with a plethora of physical and mental health concerns commonly afflicting college students. Additionally, previous studies have reported as high as 95% of students are adversely affected by academic procrastination. We previously reported findings suggesting these concerns may be evermore relevant to online learning environments and we assessed a delay discounting framework that facilitated assessment of student procrastination. The current study provides additional analyses and insights related to assessment and interventions for academic procrastination and includes social validity measures from students and instructors who participated in our previous and current research. |
|
|
|
|
|
Professional Competency: You May Have It Now, But Can You Keep It? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
BACB CE Offered. CE Instructor: Edward Daly, Ph.D. |
Chair: Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota) |
Presenting Authors: : EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Abstract: This presentation will examine what the sciences of expertise and professional judgment have to teach behavior analysts about cultivating, maintaining, and expanding professional competencies following training. The topic will be presented in the context of the field’s ethical standards with respect to (a) relying on scientific knowledge, (b) respecting the boundaries of competence, and (c) maintaining and continuously improving professional competence in the complex environments in which we work. This complexity makes our work environments highly conducive to judgment errors that compromise our ability to assure that our clients receive the best-possible treatment. But, the greatest potential source of error lies within the professional who assumes that prior training and experience assures competence. Although the research on professional expertise and judgment has largely been carried on outside the field, our very own principles of behavior and professional practice can be useful to us if we apply them to ourselves properly in managing our professional behavior. The implications for practice of the sciences of professional expertise and professional judgment will be examined in terms of how we behavior analysts can self-manage our professional behavior to assure that we are doing everything within our power to address the needs of our clients. |
Target Audience: All behavior analysts. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss what the science of expertise has revealed about how professionals grow and flourish or fail to grow in their competencies over time in their careers; (2) discuss practitioner sources of error in judgment and decision making and how they potentially harm our clients; (3) review how to self-manage their professional behavior to minimize judgment errors and grow in their competencies through the systematic application of principles of behavior. |
|
EDWARD DALY (University of Nebraska-Lincoln) |
Edward J. Daly III, BCBA-D, conducts research on functional assessment methods and school-based consultation. He has co-authored numerous chapters and journal articles on this topic. Dr. Daly is Professor of Educational Psychology at the University of Nebraska-Lincoln, where he teaches course work in Applied Behavior Analysis, school-based interventions, and single-case experimental designs. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Use of Endophenotypes to Further Our Understanding of Psychiatric Genetics |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University) |
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SANDRA SANCHEZ-ROIGE (University of California, San Diego; Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
Abstract: For years, the field of psychiatric genetics has focused on disease diagnoses; however, “our genes don’t seem to have read the DSM.”Instead, we have been encouraged to study basic dimensions of functioning (aka Research Domain Criteria, intermediate phenotypes or endophenotypes) using non-disease phenotypes in large population-based cohorts. Using this approach, we have now piled on hundreds of novel genetic loci associated with multiple complex phenotypes, which have been further utilized to elucidate the genetic basis of psychiatric diseases. The purpose of this talk is to review the use of non-disease phenotypes to elucidate and decompose psychiatric diseases. Impulsivity, which has been defined as “actions which are poorly conceived, prematurely expressed, unduly risky or inappropriate to the situation, and that often result is undesirable consequences” (Daruna and Barnes 1993) is an endophenotype for a constellation of psychiatric diseases, including ADHD and substance use disorders (SUD). Dr. Sanchez-Roigewill present a series of studies to dissect the genetics of several forms of impulsive personality traits. This work will reveal strong genetic correlations between multiple measures of impulsivity and risk tolerance, and both ADHD and smoking and other SUD-related traits. Another examples of success come from the genetics of other non-disease phenotypes, namely the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Test, as proxies for alcohol use disorders. Dr. Sanchez-Roige will present a multivariate genome-wide association study of AUDIT phenotypes. This approach will uncover novel genetic effects which might have been obscured in traditional GWAS. This work will also demonstrate how a non-clinical phenotype, such as AUDIT, which has demonstrated to share a common genetic basis with alcohol use disorders but can be measured in much larger sample sizes, could serve as a complementary alternative to traditional ascertainment strategies for genetic studies. Lastly, Dr. Sanchez-Roige will close the talk by presenting a novel strategy to examine the multivariate genetic architecture of complex traits and diseases from the Externalizing Consortium – a collaborative effort that capitalizes on several large-scale GWAS with the goals of (a) estimating genetic correlations across externalizing phenotypes, which are associated with a constellation of co-morbid disorders and behaviors that are characterized by deficits in impulsive action, (b) identifying genes involved in a shared underlying liability to externalizing psychopathology versus genes that are unique to specific outcomes, and (c) increasing the predictive ability of polygenic scores for externalizing phenotypes and psychiatric, health and social outcomes. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Members interested in the biology (genetics, neuroscience, behavior) of psychiatric disorders, particularly substance use disorders, and related phenotypes, such as impulsivity. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how population-based cohorts like 23andMe and UKB have revolutionized our understanding of complex traits; (2) describe how the use of sophisticated phenotypes like the Alcohol Use Disorder Identification Test can dissect aspects of drug use and misuse and can be inexpensively measured in large cohorts; (3) describe the use of intermediate phenotypes to enable translational research. |
|
SANDRA SANCHEZ-ROIGE (University of California, San Diego; Vanderbilt University Medical Center) |
My work is focused on understanding causal factors contributing to drug addiction and diseases characterized by high levels of impulsivity. In the past, I used behavioral and pharmacological experiments and molecular analysis to address this question, with special emphasis on translational validity to human studies. I identified that high impulsivity was both a cause and a consequence of human and mouse alcohol binge drinking. My current research focuses on the quantitative analysis of complex traits in humans, and translating some of our research findings in mouse and rat models. In particular, I have identified genes in humans that are associated with impulsivity and I am now producing mutant mice to dissect the molecular events associated with high impulsivity. In parallel, my newly formed laboratory uses genetic tools to unravel the biology of substance use disorders and comorbid psychopathology. I use big data and high-throughput phenotyping to identify individuals with substance use disorders phenotyped by using electronic health records, leveraging access to one of the largest biobanks in the US, BioVU. The ultimate goal of future work is to study the etiology of a range of psychiatric disorders characterized to varying degrees by excessive impulsive behavior, including drug addiction and ADHD. |
|
|
|
|
|
Teaching Graphing: A Discussion of the Past and Present With Suggestions for the Future |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Kelsey Dachman (University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Kelsey Dachman, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Graphing and visual analysis are essential to research and practice within applied behavioral science. Research investigating behavioral approaches to teaching graphing were first initiated in the late 1990s, however more recently there has been increased interest in and publication of such work. The presentations comprising this symposium will (a) provide a systematic review of the behavioral literature examining methods of, as well as tutorials for, teaching graphing across various platforms, (b) put forth data documenting the effectiveness and efficiency of enhanced written instructions for teaching graphing, and (c) show further data supporting the use of enhanced written instructions for teaching graphing, as well as advocating for the integration of choice methodology within research on and tutorials for teaching graphing. Suggested future directions for advancing research and practice related to teaching graphing will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and single-case research design methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the literature on teaching graphing of single-case research designs; (2) describe methods for using enhanced written instructions to teach graphing; and (3) discuss future directions for research on teaching graphing. |
|
A Systematic Review of the Literature on Teaching Graphing: Trends and Their Implications |
(Theory) |
MARCELLA HANGEN (Drake University), REBECCA WOOLBERT (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Since the start of behavior analysis, graphing has been a core feature of the field. While data ultimately guide research and treatment interventions, a subsequent graphical display allows for easy interpretation of data. Analysis of graphical display is imperative for determining functional relations and understanding behavioral processes. The purpose of this systematic review was to identify literature within the field of behavior analysis pertaining to teaching graphing, including both training materials and experimental research. The review documented important trends across publications and years, such as (a) the recent increasing trend in the publication of studies on teaching graphing, (b) the observation that graphing is successfully taught using a variety of procedures across various graphing platforms, and (c) to date, emphasis has been placed on teaching publication-quality graphs to individuals within academia. A summary and synthesis of published teaching materials and experimental studies on teaching individuals to graph will be presented in graphical form and discussed in the context of future directions for research and practice. |
|
Real-Time Data to Evaluate Enhanced Written Instructions for Creating Publication-Quality Single-Case Design Graphs in Excel |
(Applied Research) |
KELSEY DACHMAN (University of Kansas), ALEC M BERNSTEIN (Marcus Autism Center, Children’s Healthcare of Atlanta; Department of Pediatrics, Emory University School of Medicine), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Graphically depicting single-subject data is foundational in the science of behavior. Although there are several tutorials for graphing, especially in the ubiquitous Microsoft Excel, few have been empirically validated. Studies providing data supporting the effects of graphing tutorials often measure graphing accuracy as a permanent product. With several ways to create graphs in Excel, permanent product recording is limited in that one cannot identify if the participant followed the tutorial steps as written, and, thus, the true validity of the tutorial is still in question. Furthermore, few studies have reported assessment of maintenance and generalization. We first sought to consolidate the existing literature on graphing in Excel by creating enhanced written instructions (EWI). We then compared graphing accuracy as a permanent product and in real-time for seven participants within a multiple baseline design to validate the EWI directly. Additionally, due to COVID-19, we were able to assess the effects of the EWI presented in-vivo and virtually. Overall, EWI resulted in immediate, robust effects, which maintained and generalized across presentation formats. We discuss results relative to measurement procedures for validating staff trainings and the effectiveness of EWI for training graphing in-vivo and virtually. |
|
Teaching Graphing Using Enhanced Written Instructions: Does Chunk Size Matter? |
(Applied Research) |
ASHLEY ROMERO (University of Kansas), REBECCA WOOLBERT (University of Kansas), Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Graphing is an important feature of the field of applied behavior analysis, not only as a job responsibility of behavioral professionals, but as a visual analysis tool as well. While graphing can be taught using various methods, perhaps self-training methods could prove both effective and efficient due to the self-guided nature of the methods. One effective self-training method for graphing is enhanced written instruction (EWI). While the literature has demonstrated EWI’s effectiveness when training graphing, specific presentations of EWI have not been evaluated. To address this gap in the literature, we compared accuracy of and duration to graph completion of chunked presentations of EWI, and evaluated preference for the two different chunked presentations, using concurrent chains schedules embedded within a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design across five students with various degrees of graphing history. Both chunked presentations were found to be effective, with most participants clearly preferring one presentation over the other. These results will be discussed in the context of next steps for research and practice related to teaching graphing. |
|
|
|
|
|
Efficient Training in Human Service Settings: Online Hybrid, Telehealth, and Workshop Training |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
12:00 PM–12:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kendra Guinness (Regis College) |
CE Instructor: Kendra Guinness, M.S. |
Abstract: The practice of behavior analysis involves many complex skills at every level of service delivery, from assessing client behavior, to training direct care staff, to mentoring graduate students. Behavioral instruction strategies such as mastery learning, feedback, and behavioral skills training (BST) are well established methods for teaching complex skills to adult learners. However, constraints on time, cost, and location are common barriers to effective training, which may ultimately result in limited access to services for clients. This symposium presents three studies evaluating the effects of training programs with an emphasis on efficient delivery. First, Samantha LaPointe presents on an online hybrid training program for teaching FA skills to behavior therapists not pursuing certification as board certified behavior analysts (BCBAs), including an analysis of the time and cost of implementation. Next, Ryan Atkinson presents an evaluation of different types of feedback through a telehealth model, where feedback timing and content were compared to determine the fewest sessions to mastery. Lastly, Allison Bowhers presents on a workshop BST program for increasing mentoring skills with BCBA supervisors. Interobserver agreement, procedural integrity, and social validity are discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): BST, feedback, online training |
Target Audience: BCaBAs, BCBAs, BCBA-Ds |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, attendees will be able to (1) describe the utility of an online hybrid training for teaching FA skills, (2) identify the effects of temporal placement and content of feedback on skill acquisition via a telehealth model, and (3) describe the effects of workshop BST on the mentoring skills of BCBA supervisors. |
|
An Evaluation of an Online Hybrid Training Program: Functional Analysis Skills |
SAMANTHA R LAPOINTE (Aspire Learning Center & Simmons College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University) |
Abstract: The current study examined the effectiveness of a hybrid training program to teach functional analysis skills related to single-function test analyses (Iwata & Dozier, 2008). Skills taught included speaking about the analysis in non-technical and technical terms and conducting the analysis. Participants were three behavior therapists who were not pursuing certification by the Behavior Analyst Certification Board and worked in a human service setting with children diagnosed with autism. Performance of therapists was examined within a multiple probe across behaviors experimental design. Training was conducted for a functional analysis that tested for an attention contingency and extension probes were conducted for a tangible contingency. Results showed that measurement probes of target skills did not meet a 90% criterion on the attention contingency until after training was received. All three participants were able to conduct the functional analysis when extended to a tangible contingency and from a simulated session to an in-vivo session with a client. Extension and maintenance of speaking skills was variable across participants. All participants met mastery of speaking skills following initial training, however, some participants required feedback sessions to maintain skills during repeated post-training probes. |
|
Behavioral Mechanisms of Feedback: Effects on Temporal Placement and Content on Implementing Functional Analyses |
Kendra Guinness (Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College), RYAN ATKINSON (Regis College) |
Abstract: Implementing a functional analysis is a critical but complex skill involved in the practice of behavior analysis, and feedback is a commonly used strategy for teaching complex skills. Aspects of feedback can vary along several dimensions that may impact its effectiveness, including whether the feedback is positive, corrective, specific or general, and whether the feedback is provided immediately or delayed (Alvero et al., 2001). In addition, given the increased need for remote training, further examining the effectiveness of feedback via a telehealth modality may be useful for the field. The current study evaluated the effects of varying elements of feedback delivery in a telehealth model on the acquisition of functional analysis implementation skills with future board-certified behavior analysts (BCBAs) via an adapted alternating treatments design. For one participant, delivering positive feedback after responding and corrective feedback before the next opportunity to respond resulted in the most rapid acquisition, closely followed by all feedback provided before the next opportunity to respond. The mechanisms responsible for behavior change and implications for training are discussed. |
|
Toward an Evidence-Based Supervision Model of Independent Fieldwork |
ALLISON BOWHERS (Simmons College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Gretchen A. Dittrich (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Two supervisor training conditions were compared to improve setting goals, providing feedback, prompting, and adhering to supervision policies with trainees. Baseline combined a lecture that reviewed each skill and a purported contingency of reinforcement. Only adherence to supervision policies improved during baseline in Experiment 1. Three workshops using behavioral skills training (BST) were provided. Each targeted skill improved, but booster sessions were required to meet mastery criteria. During maintenance probes, supervisors demonstrated variable levels of skills, but maintained adherence to supervision policies. In Experiment 2, the baseline condition resulted in adherence to supervision policies. The feedback workshop was modified and all skills improved without booster sessions. The one supervisor tested for maintenance completed all skills at 100% accuracy. Both experiments demonstrated a moderate positive correlation between improvement in supervisor and trainee performance. In social validity questionnaires, supervisors and trainees reported positive experiences in the supervision system and trainings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Language and Culture Matter: Considerations for Service Delivery and Treatment Planning for the Spanish-Speaking Community |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Mariela Hostetler (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Discussant: Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific) |
CE Instructor: Mariela Hostetler, M.S. |
Abstract: First, Karla Zabala will present on research related to assessing language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other developmental disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consisted of two parts: Study 1 evaluated language preference during play contexts and Study 2 evaluated language preference within instructional contexts. Next, Mariela Hostetler will provide a description of challenges faced by Latinx communities in need of behavioral health services. In particular, two general types of barriers faced by Latinx consumers of behavioral health services are discussed: those related to language and those related to cultural issues. Then, Marlesha Bell will provide a discussion on future research in areas to consider when providing services and treatment to Spanish speaking communities. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Diversity, Language Preference, Service Delivery, Spanish |
Target Audience: Behavior analysts |
Learning Objectives: 1: Ability to identify language preferences using concurrent operant and concurrent chains assessments 2: Consider strategies for promoting diversity in an organizational setting 3: Ability to identify the ethical responsibilities behavior analysts have to provide services to Latinx consumers |
|
The Importance of Diversity and Cultural Competency of Behavior Analysts in Service Delivery to the Latinx Population |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIELA HOSTETLER (University of Nevada, Reno), Ashley Eden Greenwald (University of Nevada, Reno), Matthew Lewon (University of Nevada, Reno) |
Abstract: Latinxs constitute the largest minority group in the United States, currently making up approximately 18% of the total US population (US Census Bureau, 2018). While there is a critical need for the behavioral healthcare system, including behavior analysts, to be prepared and organized to support the Latinx community, research indicates that the quality of and access to behavioral and mental health services are often lacking for Latinxs and other minorities (Cabassa, Molina, & Baron, 2012; Dahne et al., 2019). This presentation provides a description of challenges faced by Latinx communities in need of behavioral health services. In particular, two general types of barriers faced by Latinx consumers of behavioral health services are examined: those related to language and those related to cultural issues. They also represent substantial challenges to behavior analytic providers who have a responsibility to make behavior analytic services accessible to all. Specific recommendations such as behavioral organizations and universities contributing to increase diversity among behavior analysts are discussed. Future research and the development of culturally sensitive treatments are further discussed. |
|
The Effects of Language Preference Among Bilingual Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder or Other Developmental Disorders |
(Applied Research) |
KARLA ZABALA (University of Georgia), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College), Lauren Best (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: Previous research has demonstrated that individuals with ASD who have been exposed to more than one language do not experience any additional language delays compared to their monolingual peers (Hambly and Fombonne, 2011). In addition, research has not noted any indication of negative outcomes associated with language abilities among bilingual/multilingual children with ASD (Drysdale et al., 2015). The majority of the research surrounding bilingual or multilingual individuals diagnosed with autism or other developmental disabilities has focused on conducting communication assessments to assess participants’ psychometric performance. Research related to language preferences exhibited by these individuals is scarce. The purpose of the current study was to assess language preference among individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) or other developmental disorders who have been exposed to more than one language. The research study consisted of two parts: Study 1 evaluated language preference during play contexts and Study 2 evaluated language preference within instructional contexts. |
|
|
|
|
|
Building Rapport From a Behavior Analytic Perspective |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Sarah Conklin (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Discussant: Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University) |
CE Instructor: Sarah Conklin, M.S. |
Abstract: Building rapport both with clients and caregivers is cogent to effective service delivery in applied behavior analysis. Although most would identify that building rapport is important, what rapport is and how it is established has not received a lot of focus in behavior analytic training. The purpose of this symposium is to provide a conceptual analysis of specific active listening skills that when applied help build rapport with both clients and caregivers. More specifically, a model based upon Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior that demonstrates the use of active listening skills in building rapport will be provided. For some clients, there are pre-requisites that must be systematically addressed prior to being able to build rapport. One such study will be presented where in escape extinction and desensitization was utilized prior to building rapport with a client. Finally, our discussant will provide insightful comments related to building rapport from a behavior analytic perspective and comment on the two aforementioned papers. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): building rapport, desensitization, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Intermediate |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Discuss Skinner's verbal operants as they pertain to building rapport utilizing active listening skills 2) Discuss the importance of rapport building from a behavior analytic perspective 3) Discuss how to utilize escape extinction and desensitization prior to developing rapport with clients |
|
Implications of Counseling Skills in the Practice of Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
SARAH CONKLIN (California State University, Los Angeles), Lusineh Gharapetian (Pepperdine University), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles) |
Abstract: Building and maintaining rapport throughout service delivery is vital to the client and consultant relationship. However, most behavior analysts are not trained in specific skills geared towards doing this. An active listening model utilizing both verbal and non-verbal behavior is outlined; comprising of encouragers, paraphrasing, and summarizing. Specifically, a model is presented on how to incorporate these active listening skills in the practice of service delivery. Moreover, special emphasis on using the model in a telehealth service delivery modality is discussed. In addition, a conceptual analysis of the active listening skills based upon Skinner’s analysis of verbal behavior is provided. Finally, cultural implications are discussed, as well as, avenues for future research. |
|
Becoming the Piano: Escape Extinction and Desensitization Before Building Rapport |
(Applied Research) |
DAVID LEGASPI (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis), Jesslyn N. Farros (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis (CABA)), Patricia Fonseca (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Rachel Taylor (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles and Center for Applied Behavior Analysis) |
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with autism may engage in severe target behavior to gain access to a form of escape (Harper, Iwata, & Camp 2013). Often, building rapport with these individuals may include an initial phase of desensitization to the clinical team before building in other programming (Szalwinski, Thomason-Sassi, Moore, & McConnell, 2019). The following experiment included four phases that ultimately resulted in increased exposure to a clinical team for an adult diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). This method included 4 steps, increasing the time at which a clinical team member observed the individual, decreasing break time in between observation periods, increasing observation interval from 5 to 40 minutes, and closing the proximity between a clinical member and individual. Data collected was collected across observation periods and followed a changing criterion design per each phase. Data suggests that as exposure increased, target behavior decelerated across method parameters thus far. The following paper’s purpose was to test a four-phase method of introducing escaped extinction and desensitization before building rapport. The results and potential impact will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Addressing Specific Skill Deficits Using Elements of the PEAK Transformation Module |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University ) |
Discussant: Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
CE Instructor: Autumn N. McKeel, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The PEAK Relational Training System provides a standardized approach to assessment and intervention of language and cognitive skills in children. Research on the whole curriculum has supported its use in increasing verbal operant performance (Dixon et al., 2015), derived relational responding (Dixon et al., in press), and intelligence test scores (Dixon et al., 2019). Although these broader outcomes are important, PEAK is also designed to target specific areas of skill deficit that are important academically and socially. The first presentation will evaluate a first application of the PEAK Transformation module to teach generalized mathematics concepts in young children. Results show that children were able to interact with mathematics concepts in multiple ways, established through direct training, derived responding, and transformations of stimulus function. The second presentation extends this approach to improve perspective taking by targeting deictic relational frames within the intervention. Results show an improvement in deictic relational responding and transformation of stimulus function. These results support the use of PEAK when addressing specific skills within a broader curricular context to improve language and intellectual functioning in children. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Math Concepts, PEAK, Perspective Taking, Relational Frames |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Identify the difference between specific and broad language learning targets; (2) Describe a strategy for teaching generalized math concepts; (3) Describe a strategy for teaching early perspective taking skills |
|
Using PEAK-T to Promote Relational Responding as a Generalized Operant and Teach Math Concepts in Young Children |
RYAN C. SPEELMAN (Pittsburg State University) |
Abstract: This talk explores the Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge (PEAK) curriculum’s capability in establishing derived relational responding as a generalized operant in young children. Training established frames of coordination, comparison, and distinction using non – arbitrary and arbitrary stimuli while emergent untrained mutual and combinatorial mutually entailed responses were observed within and across stimulus sets. Stimuli varied along both non-arbitrary (identity matching number of items/written numbers, identifying non-matching numbers of items/written numbers, sequencing amounts, identifying more/less given visual frequencies) and arbitrary (tacting written numbers/quantities, identifying non-matching written/spoken number combinations, matching quantities to written/spoken numbers, identifying more/less written/spoken numbers, sequencing written/spoken numbers) numerical quantitative dimensions. Preliminary results reveal acquisition of coordinated framing within a stimulus set facilitates coordinated framing in other unrelated arbitrary stimulus sets. Mastery of coordinated framing appeared to promote the emergence of more complex frames including distinction and comparison suggesting a commonality among relational frame families. The findings highlight the ubiquity of relational responding and broad potential application to math concepts and other general curriculum. |
|
Evaluating the Effectiveness of the PEAK-T Curriculum on Increasing Deictic Relational Responding Skills |
AUTUMN N. MCKEEL (Emergent Learning Academy), Karen Werkema (Aurora University) |
Abstract: Training perspective taking skills has become a commonly investigated topic in behavioral literature. This is commonly done by training deictic relational responding which includes here-there, I-you, and now-then relations. A variety of methods have been used to teach these relations in recent years. This study evaluated the PEAK-T curriculum for training perspective taking skills to children with autism. Specifically, this study taught single-reversal there relations to three children ages four to sixteen. During pre-assessment, none of the participants displayed the ability to respond accurately to any reversed relations. Participants were trained, using the PEAK-T methods, to respond to single-reversal there relations and responding to single-reversal here relations was probed throughout. Following mastery of single-reversal there relations on the training set of stimuli, participants were tested for the transfer of stimulus functions to a novel set of stimuli. Participants demonstrated an immediate increase in percentage of correct responding on “there” relations and probes of “here” relations following implementation of training. Two participants were unable to demonstrate transfer of deictic relational responding skills during the transfer phase and a mixed training phase was implemented. |
|
|
|
|
|
Maintaining Quality ABA Services During the Pandemic |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Francesca Degli Espinosa, Ph.D. |
Chair: Kelle Wood Rich (Central Texas Autism Center) |
TAMARA S. KASPER (The Center for Autism Treatment) |
FRANCESCA DEGLI ESPINOSA (ABA Clinic) |
MORGAN WELDON STOCKDALE (CTAC) |
Abstract: 2020 has changed the way people live across the globe. The rapid spike in COVID-19 cases started to spread panic around the world. The effects cost the lives of people and spurred a major economic crisis. The unknown nature of the pandemic resulted in global stress. Lockdowns seemed the only way to keep people safe and forced families to face new challenges of working from home with the added responsibility of educating their children. For families with special needs, this proved even more challenging. The research is robust in the medical necessity of ABA therapy for individuals with Autism and other Developmental Disabilities. Therefore, Behavior Analysts had to quickly adapt to find ways to maintain quality ABA services safely. Clinics, families and therapists had to pivot quickly to telehealth, and restructuring their service delivery models to follow new safety protocols from the CDC and local/Federal government mandates. The aim of this panel is to discuss 1) The challenges faced during the lockdown, 2) The struggles Behavior Analysts and families with special needs faced, and 3) Share lessons learned from different parts of the US and Europe on how we successfully navigated through maintaining quality ABA services in a pandemic. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: This presentation will require audience to have some knowledge of Telehealth ABA, BACB ethical guidelines, and disseminating quality ABA services to the individuals with special needs. |
Learning Objectives: 1) The challenges faced during the lockdown, 2) The struggles Behavior Analysts and families with special needs faced, and 3) Share lessons learned from different parts of the US and Europe on how we successfully navigated through maintaining quality ABA services in a pandemic. |
Keyword(s): ABA therapy, Pandemic, Safety protocol, Telehealth |
|
|
|
|
|
Exploring the Health Consequences of Cannabis in Animal Models |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: BPN; Domain: Basic Research |
Chair: Sally L. Huskinson (University of Mississippi Medical Center) |
CE Instructor: Sally L. Huskinson, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MICHAEL TAFFE (UC San Diego Health) |
Abstract: The use of cannabis for medicinal and recreational purposes continues to expand as legal barriers are dismantled. This leads to a growing need to assess possible health consequences, including with a focus on specific cannabinoid compounds such as Δ9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and cannabidiol (CBD). Understanding of the effects of CBD by itself, and in combination with THC, are only recently being explored in well-controlled studies. This talk will discuss the effects of CBD and THC along, and in combination, in animal models. Most pre-clinical models of cannabinoid effects use parenteral injections of cannabinoids, while human use continues to be by inhalation via combusted plant material and, now, e-cigarette devices. Models of vapor inhalation in rats will be discussed with a focus on the differences compared with traditional injection routes of administration. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the scope of cannabis use; (2) explain the spectrum of health concerns resulting from cannabis; (3) compare the utility of several animal models of cannabis use; (4) analyze cannabis policy discussions in terms of scientific knowledge. |
|
MICHAEL TAFFE (UC San Diego Health) |
Dr. Michael A. Taffe obtained his bachelor’s degree from The Colorado College in 1990 and went on to complete doctoral studies in Experimental Psychology at the University of California, San Diego in 1995. Following a brief postdoctoral stint in the Department of Psychiatry at UCSD, he joined The Scripps Research Institute as a post-doc and was eventually appointed to the faculty of TSRI in 2000. Dr. Taffe was recruited to join the faculty of the Department of Psychiatry at UCSD in 2019. The work of Dr. Taffe’s laboratory has been focused on the potential harms and health risks that attend both acute and chronic exposure to recreational drugs, including MDMA (“Ecstasy”), alcohol, ?9-tetrahydrocannabinol (THC) and the designer cathinone psychostimulants (“bath salts”). The laboratory also investigates neurobiological alterations associated with prescription opioid abuse and potential new treatment strategies for Oxycontin dependence. The therapeutic development work in the laboratory extends to evaluating anti-drug vaccines for potential use against methamphetamine, oxycodone and “bath salts” abuse and dependence. Investigations with cannabidiol focus primarily on the way it modulates the behavioral effects of THC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Not Quite Human: Black Folks, Racialization, and Social Context |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Tom G. Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Tom G. Szabo, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis) |
Abstract: Our actions often seem spontaneous. Motivation for action seems to come mysteriously from within. But B.F. Skinner argued that social behavior is in fact not spontaneous (Skinner, 1938). We are in reality products of our lived experiences. But what happens when we derive fixed rules about other people in the present based on experiences in the past? Skinner was committed to understanding the relationship between the learned categories we deploy in social interactions and the different social contexts that produce meaning (contingencies of reinforcement). Sociologists have detailed how social encounters are taking place within racialized spaces (Lewis 2003; Haynes 2006; Anderson) that marginalize (Eberhardt 2019) and stigmatize (Hughes 1963; Wacquant 2008; Anderson 2011) Black Americans who are widely perceived to be associated with poverty (Duneier 2016)), crime and criminalization (Muhammad 2019), and cultural and social dysfunction (Moynihan 1965). Stigmatization and marginalization leads to a “deficit of credibility” that devalues black voices (Anderson 2011). In this talk, I will link a functional contextual approach (Hayes 1993) to a fuller understanding of the historical context of racial classification and scripted racial differences, and offer behavioral psychologists new ways to better identify contingencies of reinforcement in a social context. This approach is parsimonious and consistent with a radical behavioral world view. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Behavioral Analysis, Psychologists, Social Workers, Clinical Psychologists, School Counselors, Teachers |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) critique the cultural and social context of the American system of racial categorization; (2) analyze the significance of segregation in maintaining the context for the reproducing "systemic racism;" (3) analyze the significance of segregation in maintaining the context for micro aggression and implicit bias. |
|
BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. Haynes was born in Harlem, New York. After receiving his BA in sociology from Manhattanville College, he conducted applied research under sociologist and jury expert Jay Schulman, selecting juries for trials throughout New York State. From there he went on to earn a doctorate in sociology from the City University of New York (1995) and was appointed Assistant Professor of Sociology and African-American Studies at Yale University in 1995. In 2001, he joined the faculty at the University of California, Davis, where he now serves as Professor of Sociology. In addition, he is a Senior Fellow in the Urban Ethnography Project at Yale University. His research interests include ethnographic projects with an eye toward linking everyday social life to the historical contexts in which life unfolds. His work crosses disciplinary boundaries of American Studies, Community and Urban Sociology, Race and Ethnic Relations, Religion, and Jewish Studies while it remains embedded squarely in traditional historical and qualitative methodologies of Sociology. |
|
|
|
|
|
Changing Culture Within the Field of ABA: Addressing the Need for Cultural Shifts Across the Field (A Scientific Framework for Compassion and Social Justice: Contributor Series) |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/TBA; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: R. Nicolle Nicolle Carr, Ph.D. |
Chair: Shaneeria K Persaud (United Behavior Analysis, Inc.) |
R. NICOLLE NICOLLE CARR (University of Oklahoma) |
WAFA A. ALJOHANI (Endicott College) |
CHERELLE MASCHE WILLIAMS (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Abstract: Neither behavior nor culture are static and as a field, we have an ethical obligation to promote an ethical culture in work environments for staff and clients (7.01) and to not engage in discriminatory practices (1.05d). As behavior analysts, are responsible for promoting culturally sensitive programming and to build the capacity for cultural responsiveness through training, supervision, and workplace values. As we broaden our consumer base, work with more diverse populations and practitioners, and with the rise of telehealth consultations, it is important to understand the many variables that should be taken into consideration when working across settings and populations. This panel will discuss frameworks for building cultural responsiveness, the implications of microaggressions, the dissemination of the services across rural settings, the ethics of culture, and breaking down professional stigmas in the field. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Intermediate ~ for BCBAs, BCaBAs, supervisors and those getting supervision. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Learn how to promote an ethical culture and recognize and address discrimination in one's workplace including microagressions; (2) Building cultural responsiveness skills to improve client outcomes (3) Learn best practices for dissemination in rural settings. |
Keyword(s): Cultural Responsiveness, Culture, Diversity, Ethics |
|
|
|
|
|
Ethics, Interventions, and Consultation in the Area of Sexuality |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Barbara Gross, M.Ed. |
Chair: Robin Moyher (George Mason University) |
FRANK R. CICERO (Seton Hall University) |
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Special School District of St Louis County) |
ARIN DONOVAN (Capella University) |
Abstract: The field of behavior analysis acknowledges our responsibility to ethically provide services that support the autonomy of and maximize reinforcement for our clients, while also maximizing benefit to the community at large. Perhaps in no arena is this responsibility more pertinent than in that of sexual behavior. Cognizance around ethical issues as well as potential legal implications is of highest importance, especially in situations in which our clients have developmental disabilities. This panel will serve as a sounding board for common issues faced in the field as behavior analysts who address potential behavior change surrounding sexual behavior. Panelists will provide anecdotal information to inform best practices, surrounding the ethics of consultation and intervention, and the ethical considerations of each. Pastpanels will serve as a brief touchpoint for this panel, as our panelists continue to bring us new and relevant information in the realm of sexual behavior. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs and BCaBAs |
Learning Objectives: 1. Identify appropriate scope of competence for assessment and treatment of sexual behavior 2. Identify ethically appropriate goals for addressing sexual behavior 3. Identify the ways that relevant ethical code sections apply to sexual behavior |
Keyword(s): developmental disabilities, ethics, sexual behavior |
|
|
|
|
|
A Critical Appraisal of Behavioral Cusps: Empirical Investigations, Theoretical Extensions, and Future Directions |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV/PCH; Domain: Theory |
CE Instructor: Sarah E. Pinkelman, Ph.D. |
Chair: Sarah E. Pinkelman (Utah State University) |
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University) |
JANET S. TWYMAN (blast) |
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Personalized Accelerated Learning Systems (PALS)) |
Abstract: Since the behavioral cusp was first described (Rosales-Ruiz & Baer, 1996), the term has gained traction, as has extension of the concept (e.g., ecological cusps, verbal behavioral cusps, social cusps, etc.). The cusp concept holds particular importance for the theoretical understanding of behavioral development, an understudied conceptual area within Behavior Analysis. The cusp is also an important component to a wider understanding of cross-contingency interrelationships within a repertoire: also, an understudied conceptual area within Behavior Analysis. Refinement and integration of these kinds of concepts holds great potential for cohesive and broadly applicable behavior analytic theory. There remains potential for further theoretical, experimental verification and development as well as integration within practice. In this panel discussion, panelists will reflect on current empirical work, existing theoretical extensions, their practical utility, and future directions informed by the preceding cusp symposium. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and concepts as well as single-case research design methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
(1) place the concept of the behavioral cups within a historical context;
(2) discuss contemporary issues surrounding behavioral cusps; and
(3) specify future directions for research and practice to evolve the concept of the behavioral cusp. |
|
|
|
|
|
Engineering Schools for Student Success |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Discussant: Sigrid S. Glenn (University of North Texas) |
CE Instructor: Guy S. Bruce, Ed.D. |
Abstract: We can design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process to change how people work together so that every recipient of resources (student or client), makes efficient progress. The EARS process has the following steps: Evaluate recipient progress; Analyze causes of provider performance; Recommend changes in provider resources, training, and management; and Solve provider performance problems by designing and implementing recommended changes in resources, training, and management. EARS is a pragmatic change process that uses a more sensitive measure of progress, “celeration efficiency,” to evaluate recipient progress, thus reducing the time required to identify that a recipient is not making desired progress. When a recipient is not meeting a progress goal, EARS analyzes causes of provider performance problems, using data to identify 1) Can-do problems due to inadequate recipient resources, 2) Know-How problems due to inadequate provider training, and 3) Want-to problems due to inadequate provider management. This symposium will provide an overview of the organizational performance engineering process with examples of how it can be designed and implemented so that every student or client will make efficient progress. |
Target Audience: Supervisors, staff trainers, program designers and directors of schools and clinics that provider behavior analysis services to students and clients. |
Learning Objectives: Participants will 1) Describe the Pragmatic Performance Engineering Process 2) Describe how it can be applied to evaluate client progress. 3) Describe how it can be applied to identify causes of staff performance problems 4) Describe how it can applied to design and implement changes in staff resources, training, and management |
|
ProgressCharter and the Organizational Performance Engineering Process: An Overview |
GUY S. BRUCE (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: ProgressCharter is a software application that will make it easy to design and implement a pragmatic, organizational performance engineering process, “EARS.” “EARS” is an acronym for a pragmatic change process with the following steps: 1) Evaluate student or client progress, 2) Analyze causes of inadequate staff performance, 3) Recommend changes in staff resources, training, and management, and 4) Solve staff performance problems by designing and implementing changes in resources, training, and management. The process is an application of behavior analysis to improve provider performance so that recipients can make efficient progress towards their goals. ProgressCharter uses sensitive measures of client progress to identify quickly when a client is not making efficient progress. It uses data to identify the causes of the three types of provider performance problems, "can-do," "know-how" and "want-to” and recommend changes in provider resources, training and management. This talk will provide an overview of the organizational performance engineering process with examples on how ProgressCharter can be used to facilitate the design and implementation of that process so that clients can meet and exceed their progress goals. |
|
Engineering Home Schools for Student Success |
JORDAN BOUDREAU (HedgeHog Health Inc.), Guy S. Bruce (Appealing Solutions, LLC) |
Abstract: BCBAs supervised by the first author trained and supervised parents to use ProgressCharter to provide evaluation, learning, and management resources to help their children make efficient progress towards the mastery of their educational goals. The BCBAs also used ProgressCharter to provide evaluation, learning, and management resources to the parents, to support the parents’ implementation of evaluation, learning, and management resources with their children. When the students were not making efficient progress, BCBAs and the parents used ProgressCharter to analyze causes of inefficient progress, recommend solutions, and solve parent performance problems by designing and implementing provider resources, training, and management. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Nitty Gritty of ABA Research: Special Topics in Single Subject Design |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
CE Instructor: Judah B. Axe, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Although textbooks on applied behavior analysis and single subject design contain clear guidelines for graphing data and designing studies, there are nuances of these enterprises that deserve further exploration. The first paper addresses a question that researchers, practitioners, and instructors face when graphing: Which graphing conventions are most important? The authors report and discuss survey data on behavior analysts’ ratings of the importance of different graphing conventions and correlations with demographic variables. The parallel treatments design is uncommon, not found in many textbooks, and not on the task list of the Behavior Analyst Certification Board. Therefore, the second paper is a review of studies that used this design, along with recommendations for future use. Finally, researchers often combine single subject designs, yet there are few guidelines for combining designs in the literature. Therefore, the third paper is a review of studies that combined experimental designs, along with analyses and recommendations. The purpose of these papers is to help guide behavior analysts in graphing data and designing studies. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): combining designs, experimental designs, graphing, parallel treatments |
Target Audience: behavior analysis students, researchers, practitioners |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to:
1. Describe single subject design graphing conventions, which were rated most important, and what demographic variables correlated with those ratings.
2. Define the parallel treatments design, explain the extent to which researchers adhered to its defining features, and describe recommendations for future directions.
3. Describe how and why researchers combine single subject designs. |
|
Graphing Conventions for Behavior Analysts: Demographic Variables Associated With Ratings of Importance |
(Applied Research) |
KENDRA GUINNESS (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts should graph according to behavior analytic conventions, but the extent to which there is agreement on conventions is unclear. Graphing conventions include aesthetic features of individual graph elements as well as the positioning of graph elements in relation to one another. The current study examined which graphing conventions behavior analysts report are most important, and if there were demographic variables associated with ratings of importance. A web-based survey was completed by 631 Board Certified Behavior Analysts. Five graphing conventions were rated as very important by 80% or more of participants. Ratings of importance varied considerably for the remaining 32 conventions. Further analyses revealed that differences in ratings were associated with several demographic variables including credential, primary work setting, and education level. These results suggest that graphing conventions are used inconsistently across the field of behavior analysis, and implications for future research and training new behavior analysts are discussed. |
|
A Systematic Review of Adherence to the Defining Features of the Parallel Treatments Design: Is it Still a Thing? |
(Theory) |
SARAH FRAMPTON (Simmons University; May Institute, Inc.), Kendra Guinness (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: The identification of interventions that are both effective and efficient is an ongoing need in the practice of applied behavior analysis. The parallel treatments design (PTD) has been described as a powerful and useful tool for comparing interventions in applied settings. The PTD includes elements of the multiple probe design (MPD) and the adapted alternating treatments design (AATD). Execution of a PTD requires adherence to experimental tactics related to both designs, as well as adherence to particular features outlined by the originating authors (Gast & Wolery, 1988). The purpose of this systematic literature review was to evaluate (1) publication trends with the PTD; (2) applications of the PTD across behaviors and interventions; and (3) the extent to which researchers using the PTD adhered to its defining features. Outcomes are discussed with respect to the utility of the PTD and relative contributions to single-subject design research. |
|
A Review of Combining Single–Case Experimental Designs in Applied Behavior Analysis |
(Theory) |
OLGA MELESHKEVICH (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University) |
Abstract: Many researchers using single single–case experimental designs (SCED) combine two or more experimental designs when examining a research question, such as embedding a multielement design within a reversal design. Combining SCEDs allows researchers to study complex behavioral processes; demonstrate strong experimental control; and allow a demonstrative analysis when within-experiment comparative, parametric, and component analyses produce limited results. As a means of commenting on the use of combined SCEDs, and because we found no prior review papers on combining SCEDs, we examined the extent to which researchers combined SCEDs in Volume 52 (2019) of the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Results suggest that 18 out of 71 (25%) articles contained combined SCEDs. The most prevalent combination was a multielement design within a multiple baseline design across subjects, and the most frequent type of research question was comparative. We provide recommendations on combining SCEDs in terms of controlling extraneous variables, assessing stimulus generalization, and providing both demonstrative and comparative analyses. |
|
|
|
|
|
Further Evaluation of Critical Aspects of Augmentative and Alternative Communication for Individuals With Developmental Disabilities |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–3:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia) |
CE Instructor: Rachel Cagliani, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium is comprised of three data-based presentations evaluating the implementation of augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) with individuals with various developmental disabilities (i.e. Rett syndrome, autism spectrum disorder, and Down syndrome) and verbal operants in the context of home and school. The three applied studies sought to evaluate critical aspects of high- and low-tech AAC including accurate and independent responding, navigation, comprehension, and vocal development. First, Shawn Girtler will present findings from a study evaluating the effects of behavior chaining, prompt delay, and prompt fading on AAC navigation with individuals with Rett syndrome. Next, Emily Unholz-Bowden will present on the effect of device type (low-tech vs. high-tech) on accurate and independent responding with similar participants. Following, Kavya Kandarpa will present findings from a study evaluating the effects of magnitude on AAC and vocalizations. Finally, Rachel Cagliani will discuss the presentations in terms of implications for practice and future research. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): AAC, developmental disabilities, Rett syndrome |
Target Audience: Audience participants should have a basic understanding of augmentative and alternative communication, intellectual and developmental disabilities, and principles of reinforcement. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. apply prompt fading and behavior chaining strategies to AAC instruction. 2. describe the effects of device type on accurate and independent responding. 3. describe the effects of reinforcement parameters on response allocation of mand modality. |
|
Evaluating the Impact of Reinforcer Magnitude on Response Allocation Across Two Communication Modalities Under a Concurrent Schedule Arrangement |
(Applied Research) |
KAVYA KANDARPA (University of Cincinnati), Rachel Cagliani (University of Georgia), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Georgia) |
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of reinforcer magnitude on response allocation across two different communication modalities (vocalizations and picture exchange). A single-subject reversal design was used to evaluate the effects of altering the magnitude of requested items with one male participant in a classroom setting who engaged in limited and inconsistent vocalizations. This study took place in a classroom that served students with intellectual disabilities and autism spectrum disorder for kindergarten to second grade students, as well as in a teachers’ workroom. In the first intervention, the participant received the larger magnitude reinforcement for vocalizations and small magnitude reinforcement for picture exchange. In the second intervention, the participant received small magnitude reinforcement for vocalizations and the large magnitude reinforcement for picture exchange. The results showed that the participant allocated responding to the communication modality that received the larger magnitude of the requested item. |
|
A Comparison of Procedures to Promote Page-Linking With Alternative and Augmentative Communication Devices for Three Girls With Rett Syndrome |
(Applied Research) |
SHAWN NICOLE GIRTLER (University of Minnesota), Emily Katrina Unholz-Bowden (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Alefyah Shipchandler (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: There is emerging evidence that individuals with Rett syndrome (RTT) can learn to use alternative and augmentative communication (AAC) devices. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the use of behavior chaining with a prompt delay and prompt fading on acquisition of software navigation, specifically page-linking, skills with three individuals with RTT using both low-tech and high-tech AAC devices. For one participant, page-linking was taught utilizing a high-tech AAC device. For the other two participants, page-linking was taught utilizing both a high-tech and low-tech AAC devices. We used both multi-element and multiple probe designs across contexts to evaluate independent and accurate responding. All sessions were conducted in the participant’s home by their parents with remote coaching from a research assistant via telecommunication. Results indicated that for two participants, prompt delay was an effective procedure to teach page-linking using both a high-tech and a low-tech AAC device. For the other participant, behavior chaining with a prompt delay was an effective procedure to teach page-linking using a high-tech AAC device. Future research should utilize experimental methods to expand on navigation to include page-linking for multiple word phrases. |
|
Analysis of Communication Using Low- and High-Tech Devices With Individuals With Rett Syndrome |
(Applied Research) |
EMILY KATRINA UNHOLZ-BOWDEN (University of Minnesota), Shawn Nicole Girtler (University of Minnesota), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Rebecca Kolb (University of Minnesota), Alefyah Shipchandler (University of Minnesota) |
Abstract: The vast majority of individuals with Rett syndrome (RTT) do not have vocal, expressive language and therefore require alternative and augmentative communication (AAC). The purpose of the current study was to investigate the effects of instruction on the independent and accurate use of communication modalities emitted by two individuals with RTT using a low-tech and high-tech communication device. We used a multiple probe design across categories with the one participant and a multielement design with the other participant in teaching use of both high-tech and low-tech AAC devices. Parents conducted all sessions with remote coaching from a research assistant via telecommunication. For one participant, following exposure to either contingent reinforcement or behavior chaining on her high-tech device, fewer sessions were required to meet performance criteria for requesting on her low-tech device and subsequently following reintroduction of the high-tech device with new requesting criteria. For the second participant, some differences in acquisition were observed between the high-tech and low-tech communication devices. Future research should use experimental methods to measure relative preference for communication modalities. |
|
|
|
|
|
Innovations in ABA Programming Delivered via Telehealth |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University) |
Discussant: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa) |
CE Instructor: Stephanie Gerow, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Many families of children with developmental disabilities are unable to access evidence-based practices due to a shortage of Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs). Telehealth technology can increase children's access to effective intervention from BCBAs. This symposium includes four presentations related to the use of telehealth technology to support families of children with developmental disabilities. One study evaluated the effect of telehealth training on BCBA's delivery of telehealth sessions. In two studies, parents were taught specific interventions to improve outcomes for their children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Finally, the fourth study consisted of an evaluation of a 2-month caregiver training program. Implications for practice and directions for future research will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): parent-implemented interventions, telehealth |
Target Audience: The participants should be familiar with behavior analytic interventions for children with ASD. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the participants will be able to: (1) describe the components of telehealth coaching for parents of children with ASD (2) describe the use of behavioral skills training within telehealth (3) plan and deliver interventions via telehealth |
|
Training BCBAs in Telehealth Modality via Telehealth |
LESLIE NEELY (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Jessica Emily Graber (Action Behavior Centers) |
Abstract: A recent focus on the use of telehealth to disseminate behavioral interventions has demonstrated the utility of technology in preparing parents and educators as interventionists for their children. However, to date, there has not been an investigation into how to train practitioners (e.g., Board Certified Behavior Analysts [BCBA]) to conduct telehealth sessions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of a training package, delivered via telehealth, on BCBA implementation of telehealth coaching sessions. Researchers taught three BCBAs to conduct a telehealth session using behavioral skills training. Researchers used a non-concurrent multiple baseline across participants design to evaluate the effects of the training package on BCBA implementation fidelity, as measured by the percentage of accurately completed items within a procedural fidelity checklist. All training sessions were conducted with a volunteer family simulating real telehealth scenarios as discussed in Lerman et al. (2020). After training, the BCBAs implemented the telehealth sessions with 100% fidelity and demonstrated improved fidelity during their post-training observation with their client. The presenter will discuss implications for practice as well as future research. |
|
Coaching Caregivers via Telehealth to Implement Toilet Training in Africa, Asia, and Europe |
MARISSA MATTEUCCI (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Loukia Tsami (University of Houston, Clear Lake), Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake) |
Abstract: Parents with children diagnosed with autism may have more difficulties in toilet training their children. Previous research in this area has been conducted within the United States and included the in-vivo presence of a specialist (e.g., BCBA) to assist with training. In this study, telehealth services were utilized to coach three caregivers residing on three different continents to implement intensive toilet training using procedures modified from LeBlanc, Carr, Crossett, Bennett, and Detweiler (2005). The caregivers implemented a toileting protocol that included scheduled sittings, increased fluid intake, wearing underwear during awake hours, and contingent reinforcement. Treatment effects were evaluated across participants using a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design. The results indicate that the treatment was successful for all three participants. Two participants met the mastery criteria for successful eliminations in the toilet and were independently requesting to use the bathroom. For the third participant, the caregiver implemented positive practice to reduce accidents and the mastery criteria were altered based on possible underlining health conditions. This participant also never independently requested to use the bathroom. These findings suggest that telehealth may be an effective modality for teaching caregiver to increase their child’s successful eliminations during toilet training. |
|
Evaluation of Telehealth Parent Training to Teach Adaptive Behavior Skills in Home |
TONYA NICHOLE DAVIS (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Supriya Radhakrishnan (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display deficits in the area of adaptive behavior, including daily living skills such as tooth brushing and washing laundry. It is widely agreed that teaching adaptive behavior should occur in the individual’s natural environment and with natural change agents; however, doing so poses obstacles such as the natural occurring time of adaptive behavior routines and availability of parent trainers to come to the home. Telehealth consultation is a service delivery method that may address these obstacles. The purpose of the current study is to evaluate the extent to which a caregiver-implemented chaining procedure, facilitated via telehealth, would lead to an increase in independent completion of adaptive skills among children with ASD. Four children with ASD and their caregivers participated in this study. Results indicated that, with coaching via telehealth, caregivers successfully implement intervention that resulted in their child’s increased independence across a variety of adaptive living skills. Implications of these findings will be discussed. |
|
Telehealth Caregiver Training Program for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
MARIE KIRKPATRICK (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University) |
Abstract: Research has demonstrated that interventions based on applied behavior analysis (ABA) can improve the quality of life for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). However, a lack of Board Certified Behavior Analysts has left many families of children with ASD unable to access evidence-based practices. This presentation will describe a program that serves families of children with ASD, ages birth to 17 years old. Caregivers implement interventions to address goals in the areas of communication, pre-academic skills, social skills, adaptive or daily living skills, and challenging behavior, with coaching delivered via telehealth. The program lasts for approximately 6 to 8 weeks. Data collection is ongoing, and we plan to present data from 30 families who participated in the program. We will present data related to (a) demographic information, (b) duration of services, (c) types of goals, and (d) improvement on individualized goals. Based on our current data, most of our coaching is being provided to mothers between 30-39 years of age. The children benefiting from the coaching program are predominately males between 3-5 years of age. Caregivers primarily chose goals focused on pre-academic or adaptive skills. Directions for future research and implications for practice will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Nurturing Neurodivergence: A Glance Toward a Humbler and More Inclusive Field of Applied Behavior Analysis |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Julie A Angstadt (Hummingbird ABA Therapy; Strawberry Fields Inc.) |
Discussant: Amy Bodkin (A Charlotte Mason Plenary) |
CE Instructor: Kayla Comerford, M.S. |
Abstract: Neurodiversity is an approach to learning and disability that argues neurological conditions such as Autism, ADHD, and Dyslexia are the result of normal variations in the human genome. This term was coined to shift the focus of discourse from deficits, disorders, and impairments to recognition and respect as any other human variation (Disabled World, 2020). Although the number of neurodiversity advocates is increasing and conversations around neurodiversity are more frequent, systemic oppression is evident in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. Neurodivergent clients, parents, and practitioners are expected to adopt and conform to ideas of normality. In this symposium, a group of neurodivergent ABA practitioners will create a vision for a more humble and inclusive field that embraces neurodiversity. The speakers will a) discuss the importance of presuming competence and explore ways to foster autonomy of autisitc clients, b) articulate the importance of autistic clients having access to a neurodivergent community, c) identify strategies to assess and meet the needs of families in ABA therapy, and d) examine challenges associated with invisible disabilities in workplace and offer recommendations to create a supportive environment. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): Inclusion, Neurodiversity |
Target Audience: Prerequisite skills and competencies: can state ethical guidelines governing behavior analytic practice; evaluate scenarios and identify ethical violations; problem-solve strategies to resolve ethical violations. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define neurodiversity and identify systemic oppression in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis; (2) State the importance of presuming competence and identify teaching strategies to foster autonomy; (3) State the social significance of autistic folks connecting with the autistic community and BCBAs role in supporting client’s to do so; (4) Identify strategies to assess and meet needs of neurodivergent family members; (5) Identify challenges associated with invisible disabilities and functional approaches to address those challenges. |
|
The Road to Autonomy Begins With Presuming Competence |
KIRSTIE RUHLAND (Los Angeles Unified School District) |
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional and Ethical Compliance Code states that behavior analysts are to involve their clients in the planning of and consent for behavior-change programs (BACB, 4.02). In order to be involved and give consent one must be afforded an effective communication method. An estimated 25-35% of autistic children are considered minimally verbal and will need to learn communication methods other than speech (Rose, Trembath, Keen & Payntor, 2016). A functional mode of communication is a prerequisite to achieving autonomy; the ability to direct our own lives. The foundation of an effective communication method begins with presumed competence; believing that all individuals have something to say and possess the capacity to learn. This presentation will a) describe and give applicable examples of how communication partners can presume competence b) describe autonomy and how choices can be proactively presented c) describe the effect emotional state has on language output and how to prepare for that. |
|
Assessing and Responding to the Needs of Caregivers: A Family-Based Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis |
JULIE A ANGSTADT (Hummingbird ABA Therapy; Strawberry Fields Inc.) |
Abstract: All parents experience a large range of emotions as their children grow up, from joyful, happy, proud, and excited, to anxious, annoyed, upset, and tired, but how often do BCBAs take the emotional needs of the parents into account while they are assessing their child? Data shows that at least 18.2% of parents have a mental illness in the United States (Stambaugh, Forman-Hoffman, Williams, et al., 2017), yet many BCBAs are unaware of the resources that may benefit these parents. While the BCBA is likely being paid to work with the child, there should always be a transfer of skills to the caregivers; if the caregivers are having difficulty with their own emotional or physical needs, this could create a barrier for effective treatment. During this presentation, we will discuss how BCBAs can (a) assess the parents’ needs as a part of treatment planning, (b) become more aware of the resources existing for parents with mental illness and/or experiencing emotional difficulties, and (c) use strategies to routinely address barriers in treatment planning. |
|
Still Hiding: Interventions to Promote Safety for Individuals With Invisible Disabilities in Professional Settings |
KAYLA COMERFORD (Autonomy Projects, LLC; The Chicago School of Professional Psychology) |
Abstract: Disabilities may be present in some environments and absent in others. In some contexts, disabilities may be both present and “invisible” (i.e., not observed). The Behavior Analyst Certification Board (BACB) Professional Compliance Code for Behavior Analysts requires that behavior analysts refrain from providing services when their personal circumstances may compromise their delivery (1.07), but what happens when the personal circumstance results from a professional environment with inadequate arrangements to support disabilities that are unsafe to disclose? To minimize risk of harm and ensure that behavior analysts have the opportunity to practice to the best of their abilities, we must recognize the potential dangers of disclosure and consider the possibility that each one of us may be living with an invisible disability. This presentation will (1) define disability and provide examples of highly-stigmatized invisible disabilities, (2) discuss misconceptions, unique challenges, and overlooked exceptional characteristics of people with invisible disabilities, and (3) provide recommendations for empirically-supported interventions to promote the safety and wellbeing of individuals with invisible disabilities, for application in professional settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Interventions for Teaching Safety Skills |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Adam M. Briggs (Eastern Michigan University) |
Discussant: Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida) |
CE Instructor: Raymond G. Miltenberger, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Children and individuals diagnosed with intellectual and developmental disabilities are at a greater risk of experiencing accidents or victimization scenarios and must be taught skills to avoid or successfully navigate these situations. The presentations within this symposium describe advances in interventions for teaching safety skills to these individuals or to the caregivers responsible for training their children. Specifically, this symposium will address teaching individuals to safely cross the street, how to recognize and respond to victimization scenarios, and discuss a web-based program for training parents to teach safety skills to their children. A discussant will summarize these studies and discuss these advances and future directions for research. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): BST, Safety skills |
Target Audience: Students, researchers, and practitioners who work with individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities or caregivers of children and use behavioral skills training to teach safety skills to these individuals or their caregivers. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, attendees will be able to: (1) Describe the common components of behavioral skills training (BST); (3) Discuss recent advancements in teaching safety skills; (3) Identify evidence-based approaches for teaching specific safety skills. |
|
Teaching Individuals With Developmental Disabilities to Cross the Street: A Review of the Literature |
Renata Ribeiro (Caldwell University), PRIYA PATIL (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University) |
Abstract: Pedestrian skills are critical for individuals and caregivers to ensure safety when crossing the street. Although all individuals are vulnerable to crash-related injuries, children diagnosed with disabilities are two to three times more likely than typically developing children to be killed in pedestrian accidents (Brown & Gillard, 2009). Therefore, given the importance of effective instruction for individuals of developmental disabilities, we conducted a systematic quantitative analysis of published studies that evaluated interventions to teach individuals with developmental disabilities to cross the street. Eighteen evaluations met the inclusion criteria and were evaluated across participant and methodological characteristics and effectiveness. Based on the results, recommendations are made about best clinical practice (e.g., methods for measurement, teaching street crossing in a variety of contexts) and future areas for research. |
|
Efficiently Teaching Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder in a Virtual Reality Environment to Safely Navigate Pedestrian Street Crossing |
CHRISTEEN SCARPA (Rutgers University), Cecilia Feely (Rutgers University), Dillon Reitmeyer (Rutgers University), Christopher Manente (Rutgers University), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University), SungWoo Kahng (Rutgers University) |
Abstract: One of the most important and influential activities of daily living for assimilating into the community is the ability to safely navigate unfamiliar settings. Individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) typically have difficulty with this (Goldsmith, 2009), and in particular street safety is a major concern and may have severe consequences such as injury and possible death. Pedestrian street crossing training is recognized as an integral life skill and is a fundamental step in the development of independence, increasing safety awareness, mobility, and safely integrating into society. The current evaluation utilizes a virtual reality (VR) procedure to facilitate training in a safe, controlled environment to acquire the necessary skills to independently cross the street. Along with VR, behavior skills training was used to examine whether skills would generalize in a natural setting. Results showed four of five participants mastered VR conditions and generalized skills in a natural setting. This study provides a model for efficiently and safely teaching pedestrian street crossing to adults with ASD. |
|
Teaching Young Adults With Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities How to Recognize and Respond to Coworker Victimization Scenarios |
ANDREA PETERSON (Eastern Michigan University), Marisa H Fisher (Michigan State University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University) |
Abstract: Adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) are at risk of experiencing social victimization and should be taught to respond to deceptive statements and victimization scenarios they are likely to encounter as they transition from school to work. Using a multiple probe across participants design, the current study evaluated the effectiveness of behavioral skills with multiple exemplar training (BS+MET) to teach four young adults with IDD a response to victimization protocol. Participants were taught to 1) abstain from retaliation, 2) decline the request, 3) respond with an acknowledgment that the person is attempting to victimize them, and 4) walk or turn away. Two participants demonstrated mastery of this response after only BS+MET, while the other two participants demonstrated mastery of the response after BS+MET and additional in situ training (IST). Additionally, three of the four participants demonstrated generalization across settings, across exemplars, and with coworkers, and they maintained the response up to two-months after the completion of training. This study expands research of BS+MET and IST to teach safety skills to adults with IDD and provides insights into improving generalization of safety skills taught through behavioral skills training. |
|
Evaluating a web-based program for training parents to teach safety skills to their children |
MARISSA A. NOVOTNY (University of Texas at San Antonio), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida), Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida), Trevor Maxfield (University of South Florida), Vanessa Marie Larson (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Recent research has shown that a web-based manual can be effective at giving parents the skills necessary to use behavioral skills training (BST) to teach firearm safety skills to their children. However, this manual has only been used with seven parents and results have been mixed. In order to assess the effectiveness of this web-based manual we conducted a post-test only group design. Thus far results have indicated that the manual-based training is effective with the group receiving training having an average score of 3 and the control group having an average score of .25. These results indicate that the group receiving training do not touch the gun, run away, and tell their parents; while the control group have all touched the firearm or stayed in the same room as the firearm during in-situ assessments. |
|
|
|
|
|
Multiple Applications of Relational Responding: Under Which Conditions Take Place Humor, Memory Distortions, Rumination, and Time Perception? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Carmen Luciano (University AlmerÃa, Spain) |
Discussant: Francisco Ruiz (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz) |
CE Instructor: Francisco Ruiz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Relational frame theory (RFT) is a behavioral approach to human language and cognition that accounts for a variety of complex human behavior, such as humor, memory distortions, rumination or time perception. This symposium highlights recent empirical innovations in these four human behaviors. The first paper aims to isolate the impact of different contextual variables for altering or producing the humor behavior. The second paper analyses the conditions under which derived aversive false memories emerge and acquire control over subsequent avoidance intentions. The third paper analyzed the impact of promoting rumination and their alteration through two defusion protocols on a memory task. Finally, the fourth paper analyzes higher-order appetitive motivation, such as personal meaning, over appetitive and aversive functions, to transform time perception. The four papers will be discussed according to derived relational responding as the context for altering contingencies. As well, limitations, future research, and applied dimensions will be discussed. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): false memories, Humor behavior, Rumination, time perception |
Target Audience: Basic knowledge of relational behavior |
Learning Objectives: (1) At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) understand how memory distortions emerge; (2) the impact of values for transforming the time perception; (3) under what conditions rumination emerge and could be altered; (4) how relational behavior could account such a fenomena. |
|
Altering the Emergence of Humor Functions: A Relational Frame Analysis |
(Basic Research) |
MATHEUS BEBBER (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano (University AlmerÃa, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería) |
Abstract: Relational frame theory (RFT) is a modern behavioral approach to human language and cognition that accounts for complex human behavior, such as humor, in terms of derived relational responding. Usually, jokes are a common way of producing humor. According to RFT, jokes are a kind of storytelling in which the functions of a complete, coherent relational network becomes suddenly and unexpectedly transformed. Despite numerous studies showing that humor responses have substantial benefits for mood and health, little is known about the processes that might be involved in the emergence of humor behavior. This study aims to isolate part of the processes that might hinder the emergence of humor. Three contexts were promoted and manipulated: (1) the reality of the event, (2) the identification of the participants with the joke characters, and (3) aversive functions to the content of the joke. Until now, six participants were exposed to four different jokes, three where each of the above-mentioned elements was manipulated, and one as a context of control. Results suggest that the three contexts manipulated in the present study seem to alter the emergence of humor functions. These results are discussed in terms of each element's impact in the emergence of humor. |
|
The Emergence of Aversive False Memories and Their Impact on Avoidance |
(Basic Research) |
L. JORGE RUIZ-SANCHEZ (University of Almería), Carmen Luciano (University AlmerÃa, Spain) |
Abstract: The emergence of false memories with aversive and avoidance functions is very common after a traumatic experience. This study aimed to advance in previous experimental analogues of false memories based on derived relational responding (Dougher & Guinther, 2010; Ruiz-Sánchez, Luciano & Guinther, 2019). To this aim, we have produced derived memories with aversive and avoidance functions. Two equivalence classes were trained, each one consisting of one shape and seven words (i.e., Class 1 and Class 2), followed by a test for the trained relations. Then, participants underwent differential conditioning using four elements of each class: four words from Class 1 were paired with aversive images, whereas four words from Class 2 were paired with appetitive images. Thereafter, a recognition and avoidance test was conducted with all the words. False recognitions were more frequent for non-directly conditioned aversive words (Class 1) than for non-directly conditioned appetitive words (Class 2), and avoidance intentions occurred with higher frequency for those words falsely recognized relative to those not recognized. |
|
Promoting Rumination and Analyzing the Differential Effect of Defusion Protocols on a Memory Task |
(Basic Research) |
BARBARA GIL-LUCIANO (Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology & University of Almería), Tatiana Calderón (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz), Daniel Tovar (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz), Beatriz Sebastian (Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology), Francisco Ruiz (Fundación Universitaria Konrad-Lorenz) |
Abstract: Worry and rumination (RNT) are strategies that seem to be common denominators in many psychological disorders. Cutting-edge research from a RFT approach suggests that both strategies are triggered by framing thoughts in hierarchical relations. This study had two parts. Firstly, we explored such a hierarchical organization of thoughts with two ruminative induction procedures, analyzing their impact on a memory task. Secondly, we examined the differential effect of two defusion protocols to alter the discriminative avoidant functions of triggers for RNT and a control condition. Results suggests that inducting RNT with stronger triggers (thoughts at the top of the hierarchy, that contain weaker triggers) showed a more negative effect in the task performance than inducting RNT with less stronger triggers. Results also indicate that participants that were intervened with the defusion protocol that contained hierarchical cues showed a better performance at post-test, in comparison with participants that received a defusion protocol that only contained deictic cues, and with a control condition. Besides, when promoting a hierarchical relation between the individual and his or her stronger trigger for RNT, the level of concentration was higher at post-test than when targeting an individual’s less stronger trigger – all triggers being related. |
|
The Role of Motivational Functions in Time Perception: An Experimental Analysis |
(Basic Research) |
BEATRIZ HARANA (Universidad de Almería), Carmen Luciano (University Almería, Spain), L. Jorge Ruiz-Sanchez (University of Almería) |
Abstract: It is common to hear "time flew by," or "days went by too heavy". Listening to these phrases seems to give clues about the level of discomfort and joy of our life. Time perception has been mostly investigated from a cognitive standpoint but has not been rendered in the behavioral processes responsible for such perceptions. This study aims to isolate the impact of aversive, appetitive, as well as higher-order or overarching functions that might be involved in time perception. For that, time perception was measured in 12 intervals with different and same intervals in two conditions (seven participants each). Condition 1, participants went through the time interval task with the manipulation of immediate neutral, appetitive, or aversive functions. Condition 2 was the same except that higher-order motivational functions (e.g., something significant for the participant) were connected hierarchically to the immediate function indicated in condition 1. The results show differential impact in time estimation according to the type of functions, and the most impacting results were that "time flies" when behavior is under the control of appetitive functions and higher-order motivational functions. |
|
|
|
|
|
Using Behavior Analysis to Teach Behavior Analysis: Projects from Virtual Research Labs |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
3:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University) |
Discussant: Brittney Farley (Capella University) |
CE Instructor: Brittney Farley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Educational programming in applied behavior analysis benefits from using behavior analysis strategies in teaching, for an effective and efficient educational process and best outcomes. Additionally, learners are provided with a model and in-depth experience of behavior analysis strategies that they may eventually use in their own teaching and practice. This symposium presents original research conducted by doctoral learners and faculty in a completely online department of Applied Behavior Analysis, via virtual laboratory settings. Behavior analysis strategies used in each research project are based on literature in areas including online learning, behavioral skills training, and equivalence based instruction. Targeted outcomes include dependent variables associated with quality and quantity of academic performance, skill mastery, and demonstration of understanding of higher-level principles. All projects examined strategies that make use of readily-available, user-friendly technology. Participants for each project include Masters-level learners. Completed and preliminary data indicate strong support for the use of each behavior analysis strategy in the teaching of behavior analysis content in the virtual environment. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): equivalence instruction, online learning, skills training, technology |
Target Audience: Target audience is faculty teaching undergraduate and graduate students in behavior analysis courses. Target audience is familiar with various educational approaches for post-secondary teaching and learning, and is interested and familiar with online learning and technology applications for teaching. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Describe various strategies for teaching behavior analysis concepts at the post-secondary level, including equivalence-based instruction, behavioral skills training, and online teaching strategies. 2. Describe ways of experimentally assessing the effectiveness of teaching strategies based on behavior analysis using valid designs within the context of action research in active courses. 3. Discuss ways to measure learner preference for various teaching strategies. 4. Discuss ways to deliver behavior analysis instruction using readily-available consumer technology. 5. Discuss ways to embed training in cultural competence into online behavior analysis coursework. |
|
Discussion Boards for Learning, Socializing, and Enjoyment in Online CourseRooms |
CHARISSA KNIHTILA (Capella), Danielle Bratton (Capella), Celia Heyman (New Jersey ABA), Kaori G. Nepo (NeurAbilities) |
Abstract: Distance education includes different methods of studying and learning which are not in the context of the continuous and immediate attention of an instructor. A critical component of many distance education programs is the asynchronous online discussion forum, but objective measures of learner performance under different conditions in discussion boards are lacking in the literature. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the impact of discussion group size in online graduate BCBA courses on (a) the quality of learners’ posts and (b) the level of peer engagement in discussion forums. A single-subject alternating-treatments design was used to compare the effects of the size of the group in which participants responded to discussion board prompts. Discussion board group sizes were varied across the 10 units of certain classes in a university ABA Masters program. In some units, groups were small (5-6 learners), and in some units the groups were full class (25-30 learners). At the end of unit eight, students were given the opportunity to vote for their preferred condition. Results found small groups produced slightly higher scores than large groups, but students preferred the large group discussion. |
|
Effects of Equivalence-Based Instruction on Teaching Relational Frame Theory Concepts to Distance Education Learners Using Google Forms™ |
CELIA HEYMAN (New Jersey ABA), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University) |
Abstract: This study evaluated the utility of equivalence-based instruction to teach basic relational frame theory concepts via Google Forms™ to an audience recruited from social media pages for students of behavior analysis. A multiple-probe across behaviors design was used to evaluate the effectiveness of the equivalence-based training. Pretesting selected participants who did not demonstrate knowledge of the concepts that were programmed for training. Generalization probes after training showed that all participants demonstrated identified the relational frame when presented with a novel example. Findings that equivalence based instruction was effective in this context contributed to the existing research by demonstrating the utility of equivalence based instruction for teaching novel subject matter. Additionally, the study departed from much of the previous equivalence based instruction research (Brodsky & Fienup, 2018; Rehfeldt, 2011) in that it employed a single-subject design to answer the experimental questions. Lastly, the study helped instructors disseminate and implement equivalence based instruction using readily-available consumer technology. This contributes to a larger scale dissemination efforts aimed at reducing the disconnect between equivalence based instruction research and practice (Blair & Shawler, 2019; Fienup, 2020; Fienup & Critchfield, 2011). Social validity measures showed that all participants found their experience to be satisfactory and would recommend this type of instructional method to learn other concepts. Participants also found the time commitment to complete the training to be appropriate. |
|
Effectiveness of Online Asynchronous Behavioral Skills Training for Teaching APA Skills to Graduate Students |
DANIELLE BRATTON (Capella), Dana R. Reinecke (Capella University) |
Abstract: Faculty in online graduate behavior analysis programs are tasked with teaching complex content to adult learners in a predominately asynchronous instructional model and often, instructors must choose to allocate their time to developing student synthesis of content with the expectation of graduate level writing skills which may not be present. When writing is a significant factor in career outcomes within the field, it cannot be dismissed. The use of an evidence-based instructional system such as behavioral skills training to teach specific writing targets could minimize time spent on repeatedly correcting writing errors and allow faculty to develop the evaluative and analytical skills of students. Participants included Master’s-level learners completing a certification program in behavior analysis. Behavioral skills training was used to systematically teach APA formatting skills and in-situ assessment data was gathered on written assignments to analyze generalization. Preliminary data indicate strong support that participants more readily acquired skills explicitly taught through behavioral skills training in comparison to written feedback, and generalized these skills on written assignments. |
|
Addressing Diversity through Cultural Humility Reflections in Behavior Analysis Graduate Education |
JULIANNE LASLEY (Capella University), Jacob Papazian (Chitter Chatter PC), Andrea Murray (BCBA-D), Renee Wozniak (Capella University), Shawn Capell (Covenant 15:16 LLC), Rachel Cooper (Capella University) |
Abstract: Research is limited with respect to techniques used in behavior-analytic graduate programs to teach graduate students of behavior analysis how to recognize one’s own cultural bias when working with clients. This study is evaluating a strategy for formally incorporating diversity training into graduate education in behavior analysis. Specifically, this study will evaluate the effectiveness of a packaged intervention which includes a self-reflective cultural humility questionnaire in combination with identifying examples and non-examples of culturally responsive practice scenarios in behavior analysis on one’s cultural competence. Participants include groups of students enrolled in a behavior-analytic ethics graduate course. A multiple-probe baseline design across groups is being used in this study and one pre-probe data point has been gathered. It should be noted that the dependent measure in the study includes a self-report on a survey. At this point only one pre-probe data point has been gathered and therefore any conclusions regarding the effectiveness of the procedures cannot be drawn at this time. This data point represents the average score on the cultural competence of program evaluators survey for over 29 participants. Results may have implications for graduate training programs on how to increase competence in cultural diversity. |
|
|
|
|
|
Disseminating Behavioral Intervention for Drug Abuse Across the USA: A Behavior Analysis Story |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: BPN; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: August F. Holtyn (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
CE Instructor: Anthony DeFulio, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: ANTHONY DEFULIO (Western Michigan University) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been conducting research at the crossroads of drugs and behavior for over 70 years. They pioneered the idea that drug taking is behavior that is sensitive to its consequences. Their work has had an indelible influence on the substance abuse treatment research community, and has had a profound effect on US drug policy. Their work to develop interventions to promote drug abstinence began in the 1960s, and featured many exquisite demonstrations of precise control of drug taking by contingencies of reinforcement. In the 1990s Higgins and colleagues published a series of studies on voucher-based reinforcement therapy for cocaine use that sparked an explosion of research activity in contingency management as a substance abuse intervention. Since then, many contingency management researchers have dedicated substantial parts of their careers to the transfer of this behavioral technology to real-world practice. This work has been slow and difficult. The preponderance of these efforts have led to meetings in which administrators of one sort or another explain to the behavioral scientists all the many reasons why the most effective psychosocial treatment for substance use disorders ever devised just isn’t practical, and how they won’t be going forward with implementing any such intervention. But things are starting to change. The last decade has been filled with a host of great successes and promising developments. Barriers still remain, and access is still limited, but real contingency management services are finally available everywhere in the USA. This presentation will include an overview of the history of the development of contingency management intervention, discuss barriers to implementation, highlight recent successes, and ultimately focus on how mobile technology has been (and will continue to be) a crucial element in the dissemination of a life-saving intervention developed by behavior analysts. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Academics and practitioners with an interest in substance abuse treatment, remote/telehealth behavior intervention, or novel applications of behavior analysis. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the standard contingencies used in contingency management for the treatment of substance use disorders; (2) describe the evidence in support of the use of contingency management as an intervention for promoting recovery-related behaviors in people with substance use disorders; (3) describe the barriers to dissemination for contingency management as an intervention for promoting recovery-related behaviors in people with substance use disorders; (4) describe how technology can be used to facilitate dissemination of contingency management for the treatment of substance use disorders. |
|
ANTHONY DEFULIO (Western Michigan University) |
 Dr. DeFulio’s experiences in behavior analysis include provision of in-home services to children with autism, translational research on the development of reading skills in developmentally disabled adults, and conducting basic research on conditioned reinforcement in pigeons. Over the last 14 years, Dr. DeFulio’s research has principally focused on behavioral interventions for promoting drug abstinence and medication adherence. His most recent work involves delivering these interventions remotely, and includes collaboration with DynamiCare Health, Inc., a Boston startup that is dedicated to provision of contingency management services on a national scale. Dr. DeFulio has been the principal investigator on four NIH research grants and a co-investigator on many others. His most recent NIH grant project involves a smartphone-based approach to promoting entry into medication-assistant treatment in out-of-treatment opioid users. He was the 2014 recipient of the APA’s B.F. Skinner Young Researcher Award, and has served on the board of editors for JABA, JEAB and Perspectives on Behavior Science. He is also a former president of the Four Corners Association for Behavior Analysis. In June of 2015 he joined the faculty of the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University, an internationally recognized institution for training and research related to Behavior Analysis, where he teaches a variety of behavior analysis graduate classes and mentors undergraduate, master’s, and doctoral students. |
|
|
|
|
|
Yes Means Yes: A Behavioral Conceptualization of Sexual Consent |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Rebecca Copell (University of Louisiana at Lafayette) |
Discussant: Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group ) |
CE Instructor: Janani Vaidya, M.S. |
Abstract: Research about sexual consent is sparse compared to research about situations where consent is expressly not given, like rape and sexual assault (Beres, 2007). The language and communication around consent has been examined, as are how these negotiations of sexual consent occur. Not only is sexual consent communicated through verbal behavior, but consent is often negotiated through body language, facial expressions, and other non-verbal behaviors. The assumption around sexual consent is often that consent is given unless it is revoked, as conveyed in the saying “no means no”. Instead, this symposium will examine the complexities around behaviors involved in giving and receiving consent. With the nuances of communicating sexual consent, interpreting the contingencies in play, and understanding learning histories surrounding consent, the authors propose that consent, as a response class, is both more complicated, and potentially more impactful than many other behaviors. We will address the current body of work around sexual consent and its background in psychological research, as well as the contexts in which sexual consent is examined. The authors will also take steps to describe sexual consent in behavioral terms, outline the ethical considerations for behavior analysts with respect to promoting self-advocacy and harm reduction, and make recommendations for future research on consent from a behavior analytic perspective. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Conceptualization, Inclusivity, Sexual behavior, Sexual consent |
Target Audience: Practitioners working with a variety of folks |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Define consent, 2. Identify consent within multiple demographics, 3. Describe at least one target behavior in training consent |
|
Giving and Receiving: Sexual Consent Through a Behavior Analytic Lens |
EVA LIEBERMAN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Data indicate that 1 in 6 American cis women and 1 in 33 cis men experience being raped in their lifetimes (RAINN, 2020). In these instances, evidence of the absence of consent is crucial to how these crimes are prosecuted by the criminal justice system, and perceived by the general public. A traditional analysis of sexual consent across a variety of domains like law, psychology, and sociology relies on the assumption that consent is given unless it is revoked overtly. Sexual consent is often studied in social psychology, and investigated in ways that look at the communication between two parties as they navigate a sexual situation. This paper will not only propose that consent is a vastly complex behavior, but that both giving and receiving consent are behaviors in and of themselves. The authors will map out the behavior of sexual consent using a behavior analytic framework, and discuss the importance of shifting the lens through which psychologists and behavior analysts alike study this phenomenon. |
|
Inclusive Narratives of Sexual Consent: Behavior, Limitations, and Practical Implications |
PATRICK WADE RICHARDSON (University of Louisiana Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette) |
Abstract: Conceptualizing sexual consent from a behavior analytic perspective is a complex task. Capturing the nuances and intricacies around consent as a behavior requires an understanding of how consent is traditionally negotiated, and under what contexts sexual consent is discussed, or not discussed. Not only does decades of research on sexual violence primarily focus on heterosexual cisgender female victims, but the “traditional” ways in which non-consent is discussed is exclusionary. This paper will review our colleagues’ conceptualization and refine the behavioral conceptualization. It will discuss limitations of examining consent from a cisgender, heterosexual narrative and the scripts that are associated with, and expected in those specific situations. Further, it will demonstrate the limitations of existing psychological literature, such as how sexual consent research often excludes the experiences of LGBTQIAP+, BIPOC, and disabled/neurodivergent communities, and their intersections. This group of authors hopes to encourage peers and colleagues to continue to investigate the phenomena of interest with inclusivity and compassion. |
|
|
|
|
|
The Social Context: How Sociologists Can Help Behaviorists and How Behaviorists Can Help Sociologists Address Inequality |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery |
Chair: Thomas Szabo (Florida Institute of Technology) |
CE Instructor: Thomas Szabo, Ph.D. |
Panelists: BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis), JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU HORR (Florida Institute of Technology), CORTENEE BOULARD (Florida Institute of Technology), VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting) |
Abstract: Sociologists describe the racialization of social contexts (Du Bois, 1903) as a process by which human relationships to self and others, geographic locations, and social institutions are rigidly organized such that they produce and reproduce unjust social hierarchies. Skinner (1956) proposed a way of assisting social scientists to break “social contexts” into manipulable events, such as conditions of deprivation and aversive stimulation, reinforcers, and stimuli that evoke behavior that has produced reinforcers in the past. Haynes (2016) has similarly criticized the use of reified terms like “social context” and suggested a more complex analysis of verbal categorizations that reproduce social stratification. To date, few social scientists have made use of Skinner’s pragmatic toolset. Likewise, remarkably few behavior analysts produce scholarly, empirical, or social service outcomes in the area of social justice. In this panel, scholars from the perspectives of behavior analysis and sociology will discuss tools they might lend one another and potentials for future pragmatic and academic collaboration. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) compare sociological and behavioral claims regarding the production and reproduction of social hierarchies; (2) apply Skinner’s (1956) and Haynes (2021) critiques of reified terms such as “social context” to operations that produce social stratification and racial injustice; (3) discuss social justice in terms of Haynes’, Skinner’s, and RFT’s analysis of verbal categorization. |
BRUCE HAYNES (University of California, Davis) |
Dr. Haynes was born in Harlem, New York. After receiving his BA in sociology from Manhattanville College, he conducted applied research under sociologist and jury expert Jay Schulman, selecting juries for trials throughout New York State. From there he went on to earn a doctorate in sociology from the City University of New York (1995) and was appointed Assistant Professor of Sociology and African-American Studies at Yale University in 1995. In 2001, he joined the faculty at the University of California, Davis, where he now serves as Professor of Sociology. In addition, he is a Senior Fellow in the Urban Ethnography Project at Yale University. His research interests include ethnographic projects with an eye toward linking everyday social life to the historical contexts in which life unfolds. His work crosses disciplinary boundaries of American Studies, Community and Urban Sociology, Race and Ethnic Relations, Religion, and Jewish Studies while it remains embedded squarely in traditional historical and qualitative methodologies of Sociology. |
JULYSE MIGAN-GANDONOU HORR (Florida Institute of Technology) |
Dr. Horr is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst- Doctoral Level (BCBA-D), a Texas-Licensed Behavior Analyst (LBA), and the owner and founder of ABA Clinical & Training Solutions, LLC (a consulting agency which aims to help ABA organizations with their training and clinical needs). She is a Clinical Assistant Professor and the ABA Practicum & Fieldwork Coordinator at the University of North Dakota’s M.S. in Special Education and ABA program. She is also a Visiting Assistant Professor at Florida Institute of Technology’s and Ouachita Baptist University’s M.A. and M.S. in ABA programs, respectively.
Dr. Horr’s primary research interests involve behavioral economics, specifically delay discounting, effort discounting, and choice behavior. She has presented on those topics (and others) at local and national behavior analytic conferences. She has published two studies and currently has one manuscript in press and two in preparation. |
CORTENEE BOULARD (Florida Institute of Technology) |
 Corteneé Boulard is a behavior technician who is pursuing her Master of Arts degree in Professional Behavior Analysis from Florida Institute of Technology. Following the completion of this degree, she plans to obtain her certification as a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. She currently holds a Bachelor of Science in Psychology from Missouri State University. Corteneé has been in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) for four years, and has loved every bit of it. She has worked with children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder in both the home and clinic-based settings and volunteered in Cape Coast as well as Accra, Ghana to apply ABA internationally. What she has gathered from her international experience is that the need for dissemination of ABA is great. Not only is she passionate about dissemination of ABA internationally, but she has a growing desire to disseminate ABA to at-risk youth within her community. Corteneé currently serves as a mentor (and “big sister”) to many youth in her community and has a passion for utilizing the science of behavior towards helping them reach successful outcomes. |
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting) |
 Vanessa Bethea-Miller is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and PA Licensed Behavior Specialist. Vanessa is the founder of Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting and Shaping Tomorrow Child Care Services, an ABA-based daycare and preschool, and the co-founder of the ABA Task Force. She is also the author of “I Know What I Want to Be,” a sweet children's book about a young girl exploring different careers in science before deciding she wants to be a Behavior Analyst. Vanessa is pursuing her doctorate of philosophy in Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) and currently holds a Master of Arts in Applied Psychology with a concentration in ABA, a Bachelor of Arts in Criminal Justice, and an Associate's degree in Business Administration. Vanessa has dedicated her time to working with children and adults with Autism and/or Developmental Disabilities, with or without a co-occurring mental illness. She is passionate about providing quality and effective ABA services to this population as well as children in need of behavior supports. In addition to this, Vanessa provides coaching and mentoring to other individuals starting their own ABA practices. Vanessa also teaches courses in behavior analysis at the college level. She has presented internationally on various topics such as the application of ABA to the juvenile justice population, implicit racial bias, etc. Lastly, Vanessa has utilized components of school-wide positive behavior support with an emphasis on behavior analysis and applied them to a juvenile detention center during a practicum experience. |
|
|
|
|
|
Understanding Intrusive and Restrictive Procedures and Their Alternatives |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–4:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Carolyn Trump (University of Northern Colorado) |
CE Instructor: Jennifer Ledford, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The use of intrusive and restrictive interventions, especially for the treatment of intense and persistent challenging behavior, is sometimes warranted. Translational research and contemporary research synthesis practices may help researchers and practitioners identify the extent to which the use of restrictive or intrusive interventions is advisable under certain conditions. In this symposium, two systematic reviews of applied research conducted in relation to escape-maintained challenging behaviors (Presentation 1) and response interruption and redirection (Presentation 2) and one translational study assessing extinction bursts in low-stakes contexts (Presentation 3) are discussed in relation to the provision of supports for individuals who engage in challenging behavior or stereotypy. These studies have the potential to provide information to the field about the contexts under which certain interventions should be used and/or are most likely to be effective. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): challenging behavior, escape extinction, extinction burst, RIRD |
Target Audience: Advanced |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) characterize the evidence base for interventions for escape-maintained behavior that do not include escape extinction (EE) and describe the ethical considerations for choosing EE and non-EE interventions, (2) describe the evidence base for RIRD and ethical considerations for choosing to use RIRD for vocal stereotypy, and (3) explain the value of parametric analysis of extinction bursts in relation to escape-maintained challenging behavior. |
|
Interventions Without Escape Extinction to Reduce Escape-Maintained Challenging Behaviors: A Meta-Analysis |
KATE TYGIELSKI CHAZIN (Vanderbilt University), Marina Velez (Vanderbilt University), Jennifer Ledford (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Individuals sometimes engage in challenging behavior to escape aversive stimuli. Interventions to reduce escape-maintained behaviors often use escape extinction (EE; e.g., physically prompting a student to complete an academic task, even if aggression occurs). Use of EE can increase risk of injury, escalate challenging behavior, restrict autonomy, and impact relationships between clients and implementers. To mitigate collateral effects, we can employ interventions without EE (i.e., non-EE)—that is, implementers can provide escape contingent on challenging behavior during intervention, in conjunction with other intervention components. No comprehensive syntheses of non-EE interventions have been conducted. In this systematic review, we identified 39 manuscripts that included non-EE interventions, with 273 separate single case designs. Non-EE interventions were associated with lower levels of challenging behavior and higher levels of alternative behavior than baseline conditions. Interventions that were effective included (a) antecedent modifications to decrease the value of escape as a reinforcer and (b) concurrent reinforcement schedules with more favorable reinforcement for alternative behavior relative to challenging behavior. Most comparisons between non-EE and EE interventions showed no functional relation, indicating that EE may not add substantial benefit to intervention efficacy in some situations. |
|
Systematic Literature Review for Response Interruption and Redirection: Outcomes and Limitations |
JENNIFER LEDFORD (Vanderbilt University), Carolyn Trump (University of Northern Colorado), Kate Tygielski Chazin (Vanderbilt University), Kara L. Wunderlich (Rollins College) |
Abstract: Response interruption and redirection (RIRD) has been evaluated in a number of single case intervention studies, especially for treatment of stereotypy for individuals with autism. In some reviews, RIRD was evaluated alongside response blocking (cf., Steinbrenner et al., 2020); indeed, RIRD sometimes includes similar components included in other interventions (e.g., physical prompting of completion of a competing task). RIRD is intrusive and may capitalize on punishment contingencies, and thus a review of its use and effectiveness is especially important. In this systematic review, we evaluate outcomes from RIRD studies using the Single Case Analysis and Review Framework (SCARF). We evaluate outcomes, using visual analysis, in relation to study quality and measurement practices. We also evaluate the extent to which authors report that reinforcement-based procedures were previously attempted; the extent to which authors report that the behavior was serious enough to warrant an intrusive intervention; and whether maintenance, generalization, or social validity data were reported. |
|
Parametric Analysis of Extinction Bursts |
BAILEY COPELAND (Vanderbilt University), Joseph Michael Lambert (Vanderbilt University), Jessica Lee Paranczak (Vanderbilt University) |
Abstract: Extinction involves discontinuing delivery of reinforcement and results in a decrease in some measurable dimension of target behavior (e.g., rate, duration). Treatments of challenging behavior are less effective when they do not include extinction. However, when problem behavior is dangerous, practitioners may avoid using extinction. Using extinction temporarily increases the rate or intensity of the target behavior relative to baseline (i.e., extinction burst). Although the prevalence of extinction bursts has been estimated through post-hoc analysis, no method exists to control their occurrence. Thus, extinction is often omitted in the service of safety (and at the cost of efficacy). If we understood why bursts occurred, we could proactively work to mitigate their occurrence; thereby making extinction a viable treatment option in more settings. Available evidence suggests baseline reinforcement parameters influence responding during extinction. This study examined the relationship between participant specific baseline schedules of reinforcement and the presence or absence of extinction bursts. |
|
|
|
|
|
From Dog Bites to Dental Caries: Applied Behavior Analysis Techniques Focusing on Prevention |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas) |
Discussant: Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas) |
CE Instructor: Kelley L. Harrison, Ph.D. |
Abstract: As applied behavioral science continues to extend beyond description to reliable prediction and control, as behavioral technology advances, and as intersection between implementation science and behavior analysis increases, focus in some areas of behavioral research and practice may shift from intervention to prevention (Alai-Rosales et al., 2015). Such refocus is already evident in some diverse applications of behavioral science (Biglan, 2003), including problem behavior (e.g., Fahmie et al., 2016), organizational safety (e.g., Hyten et al., 2017), and community-participatory research (e.g., Watson-Thompson et al., 2017), to name a few. The presentations comprising this symposium will address preventative and response strategies within the area of behavioral health and safety, including reviews pertaining to dental health and emergencies, and data-based presentations about safe dog interactions and pedestrian safety. The presentations will be discussed in relation to prevention efforts within the field of applied behavioral science, and suggested directions for future research will be provided. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Prerequisites include familiarity with behavior analytic terminology and single-case research design methodology. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) summarize the literature describing behavioral approaches to compliance with dental routines among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities; (2) summarize the literature describing behavioral approaches to emergency preparedness and responding among individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilties; (3) describe one behavioral method for teaching dog safety skills to children; and (4) describe one behavioral method aimed to increase pedestrian safety. |
|
Pediatric Behavioral Dentistry: A Scoping Review |
(Theory) |
BRITTNEY MATHURA SURESHKUMAR (Brock University), Nicole Bajcar (Brock University), Kimberley L. M. Zonneveld (Brock University), Kelley L. Harrison (The University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Dental caries, commonly known as tooth decay, is a leading cause of decreased quality of life among children in both the United States and Canada (Jackson et al., 2011). Globally, dental caries are responsible for approximately 60% to 90% of cavities among children, and up to 100% of cavities in adulthood (Canadian Dental Association, 2017). Given this widespread prevalence across the lifespan, the American Dental Association (2013) recommends regular dental visits to increase or maintain oral health. However, noncompliance during dental routines is a commonly reported problem, especially for children with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD; Kupzyk & Allen, 2019). This is particularly concerning because children with IDD are also at a greater risk of developing dental disease and having unmet dental needs relative their typically developing counterparts (Abraham et al., 2018). The purpose of this presentation is to present the results of a scoping review of behavior management strategies to treat the dental anxiety and noncompliance of children with IDD during dental routines. Results will be discussed within the context of practical implications and suggestions for future research. |
|
Systematic Review of Emergency Training for First Responders and Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
(Theory) |
KIANNA CSOLLE (University of Kansas), Scott McEathron (University of Kansas), Jorey Hart (University of Kansas), William Bauer (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Emergencies, or situations involving individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) requiring immediate assistance from first responders, may be managed most efficiently or prevented entirely when all parties involved have prior training. A literature review was conducted to identify interventions for teaching individuals with ASD emergency prevention and response skills as well as to identify trainings for teaching first responders how to interact with the ASD population during emergencies. Results of the literature review identified an abundance of safety skill interventions yet a relative dearth of research explicitly targeting emergency prevention and response skills for individuals diagnosed with ASD. Although many ASD-specific resources were identified for first responders, there were few empirical studies supporting behavioral training techniques. Even fewer works identified included training for both the ASD population and first responders together. The implications of these results are discussed within the broader context of emergency response and prevention for the ASD population, and suggestions for future research are provided. |
|
The Effect of Pedestrian Gestures on Driver Yielding |
(Applied Research) |
CASSIDY MYERS (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Although there are many attempted safeguards (e.g., crosswalks, signs, lights) to keep pedestrians safe, in 2018 there were 6,283 pedestrian fatalities accounting for nearly 20% of all traffic deaths (National Safety Council, 2019). Although there is a plethora of research confirming the effectiveness of environmental variables (e.g., markings on pavement and verbal warnings from police) to increase motorist yielding, rarely has research studied how pedestrian behavior can increase driver yielding. The researcher in this study focused on the effects of different pedestrian gestures (i.e., extended arm and raised hand) as seen in Crowley-Koch et al. (2011) on motorist’s yielding behavior. Research assistants serving as pedestrians would approach the crosswalk as a vehicle approached and stepped into the crosswalk, giving the car ample time to yield, while implementing a gesture. When implemented by a research assistant serving as a pedestrian, both the extended arm and raised hand prompts resulted in higher levels of vehicles yielding when compared to baseline (i.e., no gesture). Future research could study the effectiveness of signs at crosswalks prompting pedestrians to implement gestures to cross the street. |
|
Teaching Dog Safety Skills to Children via Remote Technology |
(Applied Research) |
KAITLIN ROSE SCANLON (University of Kansas), Jessica Foster Juanico (University of Kansas) |
Abstract: Behavior analysts have been effective in teaching various safety skills (e.g., Dancho et al., 2008; Himle et al., 2004; Miltenberger et al., 2009); however, few studies have evaluated dog safety skills. Over 4.5 million people are bitten by dogs each year and more than half are children (American Humane, 2019). Additionally, children often engage in behaviors that may increase the likelihood of dog bites and injuries (Patronek et al., 2013). Therefore, it is important to develop effective dog safety skills trainings. In Study 1, we conducted a survey to identify the prevalence of dog bites, common behavior of children around known and unknown dogs, and the importance of teaching dog safety skills to children as reported by their caregivers. Results of the survey suggest that children are more likely to sustain bites and injuries from known dogs, engage in behaviors that increase the likelihood of bites and injuries, and caregivers find dog safety skills important. In Study 2, we evaluated the effects of remote behavioral skills training in teaching three children to engage in safe behavior in the presence of unknown, off-leash dog videos. Remote behavioral skills training was effective for all three participants, and generalization occurred for two of the three participants to novel videos of unknown, off-leash dog videos. |
|
|
|
|
|
Beyond the Typical Functional Analysis: Individualized Evaluation and Treatment of Problem Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Lesley A. Shawler (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Discussant: Jessica L Becraft (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine ) |
CE Instructor: Lesley A. Shawler, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional analysis of problem behavior (Iwata et al., 1982/1994) sometimes yields inconclusive results. Inconclusive results may be attributed to antecedent or consequence variables that are absent from the typical test condition(s) (Schlichenmeyer et al., 2013). Identification of these variables is essential for effective treatment; therefore, additional analyses are warranted to clarify relevant variables. This symposium describes assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior related to idiosyncratic variables (i.e. antecedents and consequences that differ from those within typical attention, demand, and alone test conditions). For example, in addition to maintenance by access to attention, escape from demands, and automatic reinforcement; problem behavior may also be maintained by multiple and combined functional reinforcers, adult compliance with mands, escape from prompts, or escape from attention. The four papers describe a process that involves: a) description of inconclusive multi-element functional analyses with typical test conditions, b) subsequent analyses to determine variables that evoked problem behavior, c) function-based treatment, and d) demonstrations of parent-conducted treatment and generalization. General considerations for scientist-practitioners will also be highlighted. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): combined functions, escape-maintained behaviors, idiosyncratic functions, mand compliance |
Target Audience: Participants should have some basic knowledge or familiarity with functional analysis methodology and research. Participants should have knowledge of typical function(s) of problem behaviors. Participants should have a basic understanding of how function-based treatments are derived from functional analysis results |
Learning Objectives: 1. Describe the possible methods for proceeding from undifferentiated multielement outcomes to more individualized analyses. 2. Identify some possible alternatives to the typical functional analysis test conditions following inconclusive results. 3. Describe how functional analysis results inform individualized function-based treatments and discuss the importance of accurate behavior function identification to produce effective treatments. 4. Understand the importance and relevance of the controlled consecutive case series design as it relates to research and practice. |
|
Functional Analysis and Treatment of Combined and Co-Occurring Mands Functions |
BENJAMIN R. THOMAS (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: Caregiver’s compliance with a child mands can be an idiosyncratic maintaining consequence for problem behavior (Bowman, Fisher, Thompson, & Piazza, 1997). Traditional functional analysis (FA) approaches, however, do not always include a mands condition, and as such, this function can be overlooked. This may lead to inconclusive assessment results or treatment failures. This study presents the functional analysis and treatment evaluation of problem behavior maintained, in part, by caregiver’s compliance with the child’s mands. Participants included Maggie, a 14-yr-old girl with Autism Spectrum Disorder, and Jane, a 12-yr-old girl with 22Q11.2 Deletion syndrome. Maggie’s initial FA results were undifferentiated, whereas Jane’s indicated escape and tangible functions. In both cases, this led to minimal treatment gains. Subsequent analyses revealed a combined escape + mands function for Maggie, and a mands function within co-occurring tangible and escape functions for Jane. Following the mands analyses, function-based interventions consisting of functional communication training, extinction, signaled availability, and schedule thinning resulted in more than an 80% reduction in problem behavior that maintained in generalization contexts. Discussion will focus on identifying combined and co-occurring mands functions within assessment and treatment data, as well as potential modifications to the mands analysis procedures. |
|
Toward an Efficient Technology of Explicit Generalization for Compliance With Mands Treatment |
LESLEY A. SHAWLER (Kennedy Krieger Institute Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Laura Senn (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kerri McCorkell (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Craig Strohmeier (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine) |
Abstract: When the traditional functional analysis produces inconclusive findings, this may warrant the need for additional analysis. One such analysis includes a test to determine whether an individual’s problem behavior may be maintained by adult compliance with mands (Bowman et al., 1997). The current study included a mands analysis and subsequent function-based treatment to reduce problem behavior exhibited by an adolescent with Down syndrome. Uniquely, his caregiver implemented all procedures, in the family’s home, with coaching by trained therapists using a telehealth model. Telehealth allowed access to relevant stimuli and naturally occurring contingencies, in which we could systematically train his caregiver to implement the treatment package. Results demonstrated that problem behavior decreased to low rates, functional communication increased, and his caregiver implemented the treatment with high fidelity across trained contexts. We conducted systematic probes across various contexts with some limited treatment generalization by his caregiver, initially. Following additional training with his caregiver to relevant stimuli and contexts, she demonstrated generalization of the treatment package, overall, which maintained for up to 4 months post-treatment. This case study provides preliminary findings on a systematic method to use telehealth to train caregivers to generalize a function-based treatment to relevant contexts. |
|
Identification and Evaluation of a Dependent Variable in the Same Response Class as Target Behavior |
LAURA SENN (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Kerri McCorkell (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Past research has outlined potential methods for identifying and evaluating potential idiosyncratic functions of behavior beyond those tested during a traditional functional analysis (access to attention, escape from demands, or access to tangibles). The current study not only required this adjustment, but also presented the issue of evaluating severe problem behavior that occurred infrequently. Despite occurring infrequently, these behaviors posed a significant threat to the client and property, set the potential for serious negative social consequences, and created a barrier to the client’s long-term goals for himself. To address this, therapists identified other behaviors that appeared to occur in the same response class based on their correlation with occurrence of severe behavior. This allowed for the identification of escape from rapid demands as a function for behavior and evaluation of a function-based treatment. Treatment included DRA (functional communication response), signaled availability, and extinction of inappropriate behaviors within the functional response class targeted. Treatment concluded with generalization to the participant’s caregivers and home environment. |
|
Assessment and Treatment of Problem Behavior Maintained by Escape from Attention: A Summary of 29 Cases |
MIRELA CENGHER (UMBC), Michelle D. Chin (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute and Johns Hopkins School of Medicine) |
Abstract: The purpose of this controlled consecutive case series analysis was to evaluate outcomes of functional analysis (FA) and treatment procedures for problem behavior maintained by escape from attention (EA). Twenty nine individuals who had received inpatient or outpatient services for severe problem behavior and whose FAs included an EA test condition participated. An EA function was identified for 24 of the 29 participants. Aggression, followed by SIB, were the most prevalent forms of problem behavior demonstrated by participants with an EA function. We analyzed the initial multielement FAs that did not include an EA condition in participants for whom this function was subsequently identified, in order to establish predictive markers for EA. The following predictive markers were identified: high rates of problem behavior in the escape from demands condition and low rates of problem behavior in the attention condition. Finally, function-based treatments were implemented for 13 participants with an EA function; 84% of cases demonstrated a reduction of problem behavior of 80% or more relative to baseline. The most effective interventions included extinction and reinforcement-based procedures. Implications for research and clinical practice are discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Advances in Functional Communication Training |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University) |
Discussant: Wayne W. Fisher (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Wayne W. Fisher, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Functional communication training is the most empirically supported intervention for the severe problem behavior exhibited by individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities. Despite this strong research base, the translation from the highly controlled clinical settings in which the process has been described to more normative environments has been imperfect. This group of researchers presents work addressing the challenges of this transition including the use of antecedent strategies, the programming of procedures to support delay tolerance, and in the transition from motor to vocal alternative responses. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): FCT, Function-based intervention, Functional assessment |
Target Audience: Practicing BCBAs who work with individuals displaying severe problem behavior. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) identify antecedent strategies to reduce problem behavior during FCT; (2) describe fading steps to transition from motor to vocal functional communication responses; an 3) manipulate reinforcement schedule and delay characteristics to promote resilience to errors of omission in the normative environment. |
|
Sustaining Behavior Reduction by Transitioning the Topography of the Functional Communication Response During Functional Communication Training |
KAYLA RECHELLE RANDALL (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Brian D. Greer (Rutgers Robert Wood Johnson Medical School), Ryan Kimball (University of Saint Joseph), Sean Smith (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Research on functional communication training (FCT) has shown that when behavior analysts select a functional communication response (FCR) they can physically guide (e.g., card touch), rates of destructive behavior are generally lower than had they selected a vocal FCR because the former approach minimizes exposure to the establishing operation for destructive behavior (DeRosa, Fisher, & Steege, 2015; Fisher et al., 2018). However, interventions that include alternative response materials require the continued availability of those materials for the FCR. When intervention materials go missing, destructive behavior may recur more quickly or at higher rates than had those materials remained in place, yet become inoperative (e.g., Kimball, Kelley, Podlesnik, Forton, & Hinkle, 2018). Therefore, it may be ideal to initially train individuals to use an FCR that can be physically guided but later transition that communication response to a topography (e.g., vocal FCR) that cannot be lost. We evaluated this possibility in a translational study. In Experiment 1, we compared rates of target behavior during FCT when the card-based FCR was removed to rates during FCT when the vocal FCR was placed on extinction. In Experiment 2, we evaluated a potential solution by systematically transitioning a card-based FCR to a vocal FCR. |
|
Incorporating Antecedent Strategies in Functional Communication Training for Problem Behavior Maintained by Social Avoidance |
SARAH SLOCUM (Marcus Autism Center and Emory School of Medicine), Mindy Christine Scheithauer (Marcus Autism Center) |
Abstract: We initially implemented standard functional communication training (FCT) to treat problem behavior maintained by social avoidance. After a reversal, we embedded a multiple schedule in which the subject had to tolerate periods of time in which requests to be left alone would not be reinforced. As we increased the s-delta interval in the multiple schedule, the intervention fell apart. We were not even able to re-capture therapeutic treatment effects under a fixed-ratio 1 schedule of reinforcement. Subsequently, we conducted the same intervention first evaluating FCT followed by an embedded multiple schedule; however, we also included some antecedent strategies such as pairing and fading the averseness of social intervention from the beginning of our treatment evaluation to increase tolerance. The implications of embedding additional antecedent strategies in the treatment of social-negative functions for problem behavior will be discussed. |
|
Providing Noncontingent, Alternative, Functional Reinforcers During Delays Following Functional Communication Training |
MARGARET RACHEL GIFFORD (Marquette University), Meagan E Sumter (BlueSprig Pediatrics), Jeffrey H. Tiger (Marquette University), Hannah Effertz (Marquette University), Caitlin Fulton (University of Nebraska Medical Center) |
Abstract: Functional Communication Training (FCT) involves arranging extinction for problem behavior and reinforcement for a more desirable, functionally equivalent, communicative response (FCR). Although effective under ideal arrangements, the introduction of delays to reinforcement following the FCR can result in increased problem behavior. Austin and Tiger (2015) showed that for individuals whose problem behavior was sensitive to multiple sources of reinforcement, providing access to alternative, functional reinforcers during delays mitigated this increase in problem behavior during delay fading. The current study replicated the procedures of Austin and Tiger with two individuals displaying multiply controlled problem behavior. Providing alternative functional reinforcers reduced problem behavior during 10- min delays for both participants without requiring delay fading. |
|
Using Progressive Ratio Schedules to Inoculate Against Commission Errors: A Proof of Concept |
MICHAEL P. KRANAK (Oakland University), ALEXANDER Rodolfo AREVALO (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Théo Paul Robinson (Florida Institute of Technology), Griffin Rooker (Kennedy Krieger Institute) |
Abstract: Functional communication training (FCT) is an effective behavioral intervention for problem behavior that involves identifying the reinforcers maintaining problem behavior and rearranging behavioral contingencies such that reinforcement is delivered following a new communicative response (the FCR) instead of following problem behavior. Over the course of implementation, it is likely that FCT will experience treatment challenges. Those challenges can result in degraded treatment integrity, potential relapse of problem behavior, and subsequent treatment collapse. Some strategies have been designed to inoculate against several treatment challenges. However, no strategies have been designed to inoculate FCT specifically against commission errors (i.e., reinforcing problem behavior rather than the FCR). Using a human-operant arrangement, we evaluated a novel FCT modification that paired a distinct stimulus with a progressive ratio schedule of reinforcement for the proxy problem behavior prior to exposing individuals to commission error challenges. Results indicated that proxy problem behavior was less likely to reemerge in the presence of the progressive ratio stimulus when exposed to commission errors compared to its absence. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Delivery in ABA: Are We Following Our Values and Our Heart? |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA/TBA; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice) |
Discussant: Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental) |
CE Instructor: Ana Carolina Carolina Sella, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The purpose of this symposium is to discuss issues in behavior analysts training and practice. In the first presentation, authors discuss how empirically supported interventions are sometimes viewed as more important than client context and values. Authors discuss that contingencies must be analyzed, including those that generated the systematic reviews and meta-analysis, and a solid behavior analytic training should be the focus, instead of replicating different packaged interventions. In the second presentation, authors will discuss possible problems that the indiscriminate and non-analytical use of manualized interventions might bring to our field, such as the decreased probability of new problem-solving responses when it comes to clinical practice. In the third presentation, authors will discuss if the problem posed by Michael in 1980, the shift in?emphasis, away from the general concepts and methods of the science of behavior, is still a current problem in behavior analytic training and practice. In the fourth presentation the authors will discuss the selection and definition of behavioral goals as part of a process that should value family culture and what they consider important for themselves and their child/adolescent/adult with developmental disabilities. Questions raised by all presentations bring forward the need for reflections about practices that would allow us to provide culturally competent and socially valid services, within a radical behaviorist perspective. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): behavior analysis, radical behaviorism, service delivery, social validity |
Target Audience: Audience should have at least basic knowledge of Skinner`s articles and books on Radical behaviorism. They should also be updated on evidence-based practices for autism spectrum disorder. They should be service providers for developmental disabilities and be in a graduate program in Behavior Analysis, Psychology or Education. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the differences between empirically supported interventions and evidence-based practices (2) discuss how a superficial education, not focused on analytical skills, might increase the probability of using evidence-based and manualized interventions in a harmful or unethical way (3) describe why the indiscriminate use of manualized interventions can lead to the decrease in response variability in the practitioners repertoire (4) discuss how complicated procedures and explanations can harm our field of behavior analysis (5) describe how cultural competencies and social validity can be part of an ethical practice |
|
Highly Complicated Explanations and Procedures: Where is Parsimony? |
(Service Delivery) |
CINTIA GUILHARDI (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental) |
Abstract: Parsimony is a concept that must guide the behavior of all scientists, not only behavior analysts. This concept means that we should select the simplest and most logical explanation for the phenomenon under study, instead of competing views or interpretations. It does not mean that we investigate simple things or explain it simple, but that we should use the simplest account of the phenomena before moving on to more complex interpretations. In 1980, Jack Michael made a “state of union” message, alerting our community about clinicians or eclectic professionals adding behavior analysis to their techniques. These new professionals learned and practiced Behavior Analysis without knowledge of basic research methodology and without commitment to behaviorism as a world view. In Michael’s opinion, this fact resulted “… in ‘packaged’ independent variables of such complexity that they simply can’t be analyzed into behavior components, especially when they involve highly verbal subjects.” (p.9). In this presentation the authors aim to discuss if the problem posed by Michael in 1980 (the shift in emphasis, away from the general concepts and methods of the science of behavior), is still a problem in ABA research and practices for autism. |
|
On Evidence, Standards, Authority, andFaith |
(Service Delivery) |
CÁSSIA LEAL DA HORA (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental) |
Abstract: Professional providers and consumers of services for autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are often warned about the need to base decisions regarding the choice of intervention on evidence-based practices (EBPs). These interventions can be labeled “evidence-based”, “best practices”, etc., when they meet criteria specified by certain individuals. This type of intervention has a authority impact on people’s behavior. Thereby, implementing EBPs in addition to trying to fulfill the seven dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), seems to be acquiring more importance in the decision-making process than context and values of the client, especially when these practices and dimensions are implemented superficially. There should not be a set of rules that, dogmatically guides the decision-making process of a practitioner (or scientist), mainly because there is not one single set of rules that is impartial. Trustable guidelines that favor good professional practices should not function as “objects of faith”. Education and training in behavior analysis that favors solid analytical skills and that take into consideration both clients context peculiarities and the available evidence, could increase the probability of professional providing socially valid services that are compatible with the behavior analytic philosophy. |
|
Manualization of Procedures: Where Did the Analysis Go? |
(Service Delivery) |
HELENA FURAN DURAN MELETTI (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo), Thais Martins Sales (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental) |
Abstract: Behavior analytic services have seen an increase in demand, especially in the last two to three decades. Most of this increase is due to service delivery for people with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD). One of the issues with this increase has been training and education for new professionals. In an attempt to regulate the profession, ensure the quality of intervention and avoid harmful mistakes, different certifications, standards, training packages and manualization of procedures have been set forth. This manualization can be advantageous to some degree, as it increases the probability that the behavior analyst will perform all the necessary steps when implementing a procedure. However, this standardization may also lead to narrow education and training of professionals in our field. In this presentation we will discuss these issues that might result from standardization and manualization, such as a lower probability of practitioners' response variability and of new responses when problem solving is needed. Additionally, we will discuss how standardization and manualization may result in less focus on the analytical skills. |
|
Applied Behavior Analysis Service Delivery Models for Autism Spectrum Disorders: The Role of Parents and Caregivers |
(Service Delivery) |
THAIS MARTINS SALES (ABA Braços Saúde Comportamental), Glauce Carolina Vieira dos Santos (ABA fora da mesinha Clínica de Psicologia Comportamental), Cássia Leal Da Hora (Paradigma - Behavioral Science and Technology Center), Ana Carolina Carolina Sella (Private practice), Ariene Coelho Souza (Universidade de São Paulo - Brasil), Cintia Guilhardi (Cintia Guilhardi Serviços de Psicologia Comportamental), Helena Furan Duran Meletti (Pontifícia Universidade Católica de São Paulo) |
Abstract: One of the important dimensions of an Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) Service for children/adolescents/adults with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) is parent or caregiver participation. Parents/caregivers are often trained on problem behavior management procedures, self-help skills teaching procedures, procedures to promote positive relationships between the client and other family members, such as siblings, and on procedures that favors generalization of skills to out of session contexts (CASP, 2020). However, the participation of parents/caregivers in selecting intervention goals and procedures may vary. Brookman-Frazee (2004) distinguishes between two models of relationship that might be established in service provision: the expert model, in which the professional defines goals and solutions to the demands of the family, and the partnership model, in which goals and procedures are defined collaboratively between family and professionals. In this presentation, the authors will discuss these two models of caregiver participation. The discussion about caregiver participation in the selection of goals and procedures seems important if we aim to provide culturally competent and socially valid services. |
|
|
|
|
|
School-Based Interventions to Improve Student Behavioral Outcomes and Treatment Integrity |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
4:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Discussant: Rocky Haynes (University of South Florida - Tampa) |
CE Instructor: Kwang-Sun Cho Blair, Ph.D. |
Abstract: This symposium presents three papers that evaluated student behavioral outcomes of interventions implemented by teachers in pre-kindergarten or elementary school classrooms within public schools and a meta-analytic review of studies that utilized behavioral procedures to train educators in implementing behavioral interventions. The behavioral interventions examined in the first three studies include Class Pass Intervention, high-p instructional sequences with and without differential reinforcement, and antecedent-based intervention of seating arrangement using stability stools and scoop rocker chairs. The studies report increased academic engagement and decreased problem behavior, initiation and compliance to low-probability instructions, or increased on-task behavior in students with varying disabilities. The last paper examined the characteristics of 20 studies and the variables that moderate the effectiveness of teacher training interventions. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): problem behavior, school-based, teacher training, treatment integrity |
Target Audience: Basic understanding of school-based interventions, evidence-based behavioral interventions, treatment integrity, and approaches to teacher training |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how behavior analysts can support classroom teachers to implement evidence-based interventions to improve behavioral outcomes for children with disabilities; (2) explain antecedent-based interventions used in the presented studies to improve student behavior during problematic pre-academic and academic time periods; and (3) describe effective teacher training and consultation procedures designed to improve treatment integrity. |
|
Implementing the Class Pass Intervention Within Schoolwide Positive Behavior Interventions and Supports |
NICOLE HARRIS (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Disruptive behavior is a challenge to classroom management for many teachers. Behavior such as calling out, getting out of seat, and off-task during instructions interfere with instructional time and have negative impacts on student learning. The Class Pass Intervention (CPI) is an antecedent-based intervention that has proven effective in decreasing disruptive behavior and increasing academic engagement for students of various ages and skill levels. This presentation introduces the results of a study on the use of CPI, which targeted three elementary school students with varying disabilities and assessed its impact on student behavior during academic time periods. Using a multiple-baseline across participants design, this study evaluated the impact of CPI on the students’ academic engagement and disruptive behavior, specifically when reinforcement was systematically faded across sessions. Results indicated that the CPI successfully decreased disruptive behavior and increased academic engagement of two of the participating students. Further, the intervention remained effective when reinforcement was thinned systematically for one student, and the effects generalized to nontargeted academic time periods for all three students. |
|
Use of High-Probability Instructional Sequences During Pre-Academic Activities for Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
DANIELLE ANN RUSSO (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: The antecedent-based strategy, known as the high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence has been one effective way to facilitate teachers to prevent noncompliant behavior and increase acquisition of functional and adaptive behaviors for children with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, the outcomes of using the high-p instructional sequence as an intervention in school settings remain inconsistent. This presentation outlines the outcomes of using the high-p instructional sequence intervention during pre-academic and academic activities for three young children ASD served in a pre-kindergarten or elementary classroom. The outcomes of the intervention were examined using a multiple-baseline across participants design. The results indicated that for one of three participants, higher rates of compliance with low-p activity instructions were displayed during the high-p intervention alone phase and maintained above criterion level during high-p fading. For two children, adding a differential reinforcement of alternative behavior (DRA) to high-p was necessary to increase initiation and compliance to criterion levels. |
|
Evaluating the use of Alternative Seating in Classrooms of Children With Emotional and Behavioral Disabilities |
CORINNE BLOOM WILLIAMS (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida), Jennifer M. Hodnett (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Characteristics of emotional and behavioral disabilities (EBD) include learning difficulties that cannot be explained by intellectual, sensory, or health factors and an inability to build or maintain satisfactory interpersonal relationships with peers and teachers. Often, children with EBD have a tendency to have negative experiences in school and engage in challenging behavior in the classroom. This could stem from their lack of desire or motivation to succeed, which is often found in individuals with EBD. One possible antecedent manipulation, alternative seating, may reduce problem behavior and involves exchanging the typical seating and tables in classrooms for different types of seating options with various sizes and functions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the use of stability stools and scoop rocker chairs on in-seat behavior and on-task behavior in classrooms with children with EBD. All three participants demonstrated improvements in in-seat behavior using both types of alternative seating compared to a standard classroom chair. On-task behavior improved for all students but was variable for two students. Teachers preferred the stability stool while results were mixed between the stool and the rockers on preference by students. |
|
A Meta-Analysis of High-Quality Studies on Training Educators to Implement Behavioral Interventions |
Daniel Kwak (University of South Florida), Kwang-Sun Cho Blair (University of South Florida), TREVOR MAXFIELD (University of South Florida) |
Abstract: Although the use of evidence-based interventions has shown to yield positive outcomes for the students being served, many educators do not incorporate evidence-based interventions in their instructional practice. Even when they are incorporated, educators may not always maintain sufficient levels of treatment fidelity during and following training. Treatment fidelity is important because it has been associated with improvement in student outcomes. Generally, implementing interventions with fidelity should be a prerequisite before expecting favorable student outcomes. The current study identified and evaluated peer-reviewed studies that utilized behavioral procedures to train educators in implementing behavioral interventions. All studies included in the analysis met the What Works Clearinghouse (WWC) standards with or without reservations. Characteristics of the participants, behaviors targeted for educators and students, and educators’ involvement in the training process will be described. Effectiveness of key components of training, effects of training on student outcomes, and effects of training on generalization and maintenance of skills will be reported. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Expanding Our Scope of Competence: What We Can Learn From Other Fields |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:25 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Chair: Daniel Almeida (Beacon Services) |
CE Instructor: Daniel Almeida, Ph.D. |
|
Expanding Our Scope of Competence: What We Can Learn From Other Fields |
Domain: Service Delivery |
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services) |
|
Abstract: The Behavior Analyst Certification Board’s Professional and Ethical Compliance Code provides limited guidance on how behavior analysts achieve competence in new areas of practice. The Code says that we need to engage in appropriate study, training, supervision, and consultation from competent practitioners before practicing in a new area. However, our field lacks specific guidance on how to train practitioners to achieve competency. This paper will examine how competent practitioners are trained in the fields of medicine and psychology and how their training protocols may have relevance to the field of Applied Behavior Analysis. In those fields, the definitions of competence will be reviewed. In addition, non-technical skill repertoires that are components of competent practice and the methods for teaching them will be examined. They include repertoires that are critical for successful practice such as clinical decision-making, problem solving, rapport building, and culturally responsive practice. Suggestions for how these practices can be adapted to Applied Behavior Analysis will be offered. Implications for graduate training will be discussed. |
|
Target Audience: Participants should be acquainted with the literature on scope of competence. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) state two definitions of competence from fields outside of ABA; (2) state two non-technical skill repertoires that are components of competent practice. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Behavioral-Developmental Approach to Autism Assessment, Data Collection, Intervention, and Curriculum |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/DEV; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Michael Lamport Commons (Harvard Medical School) |
CE Instructor: Michael Lamport Commons, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Autism spectrum disorder (ASD) is a developmental disability that can cause significant social, nonverbal communication, and behavioral challenges. An individual diagnosed with ASD may not look different from others, but they may communicate, interact, behave, and learn in ways that are different from most other people. Because there is no definitive medical test, diagnosing ASD can be difficult. Research has shown that intervention can improve a child’s overall development and the earlier it occurs, the more effective it may be. In this symposium, we introduce a diagnostic tool designed to improve a very early diagnosis of autism. The tool is informed by extensive research on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a behavioral developmental model of tasks. The Model allows for the scaling of behaviors, tasks, reinforcers, stimuli, etc. in terms of their Hierarchical Complexity, a form of difficulty. This kind of scaling explains developmental sequences. The symposium first describes the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument, including how it was devised, how the data is being collected, and comparison to other assessments. The second paper illustrates how the Model of Hierarchical Complexity can be used to generate a developmental sequence of reinforcers. The third paper applies the model to curriculum development. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Behavioral Development, Developmental Disability, Early Intervention, Hierarchical Complexity |
Target Audience: People who are interested in learning more about early warning signs in infants and know where to intervene. Those who want to learn more about what behavioral stage of development to intervene at, and at what behavioral developmental stage ASD people are functioning at. |
Learning Objectives: They are to learn about at what level of difficulty to do the interventions and at what level the interventions are appropriate. |
|
The Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument |
PATRICE MARIE MILLER (Salem State University) |
Abstract: The purpose of the study to be presented was to test a new behavioral-developmental instrument to see how well it predicted performance in participants diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorders. The items in the instrument are ordered based on the Model of Hierarchical Complexity, a developmental model. Each item consists of a task that the child is asked to perform. Some items were created from our experience with children with an ASD diagnosis, some based on experience or existing scales used with typically developing children. The assessment starts with behaviors that occur in very early infancy. If a child is shown to successfully perform the earliest items, the instrument moves on to more complex items. Multiple domains of behavior are assessed. The aim is to allow for a possible earlier diagnosis of autism and also to provide a basis for interventions. Because it assesses specific behaviors it has been shown to be easier to use, providing face valid results. Results from multiple sites on the use of this instrument will be presented. |
|
Testing of an Instrument Measuring Reinforcer Preferences in Children |
Mansi Shah (Dare Institute), SHUTONG WEI (Dare Association, Inc.) |
Abstract: Operant conditioning procedures are used to investigate various developmental emotional and socialization processes (e.g., Gewirtz & Pelaez-Nogueras, 1992). The choice of what reinforcers to use has been conducted in somewhat of an ad hoc manner. This presentation introduces a way to scale reinforcers in terms of their likely effectiveness for children at different behavioral stages of development. Reinforcers are scaled in terms of their complexity using the Model of Hierarchical Complexity. This model applies a mathematically based scale to different tasks and behaviors (including reinforcing events). A brief example would be that for some children perhaps only a food-based reinforcer would work. For another saying “Good job” would work. Based pm this model, we have generated an ordered list of reinforcers. This can be used to ascertain which specific reinforcers are effective for each particular child. This presentation will show preliminary results on whether or not the sequences are as predicted. Ultimately it will provide a list of a large number of reinforcing events that may be effective when working with a wide range of children. |
|
Mapping a Teaching Curriculum Based on the Autism Developmental Instrument |
Patrice Miller (Salem State University), MICHAEL LAMPORT COMMONS (Harvard Medical School) |
Abstract: Previously, this research group has proposed that a teaching curriculum based on the Behavioral Developmental Autism Instrument should be more effective. Each item in the instrument is both a behavior that is assessed and behavior that can then be trained if the child does not pass the item. Children with developmental delays or with Autism Spectrum disorders are trained bottom up, starting with items of less difficulty and moving to those with higher difficulty. Currently, there are 121 items in the curriculum. The current presentation will select a few key domains and illustrate possible sequences of behaviors that could be used in teaching and training. Creating teaching curricula from the instrument will facilitate interventions since the child will be placed at the right level of difficulty to learn. That is, the item will not be too easy and will also not be too difficult. Using the sequences as guides will also be effective so that steps in learning certain behaviors will not be skipped. This curriculum can be beneficial for both typically developing children and children with developmental disabilities across a variety of cultural settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Parent Barrier Behaviors and Recommended Treatment Indications 2.0 |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery |
CE Instructor: Cailin M Ockert, M.S. |
Chair: Diana Davis Wilson (Aspen Behavioral Consulting; Arizona Association for Behavior Analysis) |
DONALD M. STENHOFF (Arizona State University) |
EMILY NUNO (The BISTA Center) |
CAILIN M OCKERT (The BISTÅ Center) |
Abstract: This discussion panel intends to further the discussion of our parent barrier checklist that aims to identify parent barrier behaviors and develop a treatment plan to improve behaviors and general ABA knowledge. Our 2019 ABAI panel was highly attended and we were contacted by so many attendees that we decided to improve our checklist and discuss some treatment outcomes that we have generated. In 2019, we developed a user-friendly checklist of parent barrier behaviors observed in an ABA clinic in Phoenix, Arizona. Since then, we have implemented use of the checklist across incoming families in order to screen for barrier behaviors that may need to be addressed using parent training as ABA services begin. These identified parent barrier behaviors have been hypothesized to impact treatment duration and ultimately impact the child’s long-term access to effective ABA intervention. This checklist was designed to identify what barrier behaviors may be exhibited by parents or caregivers, establish a threshold score to indicate a specific treatment focus, and a suggestion for high intensity parent training at the onset of ABA therapy and other treatment indications should be discussed. The goal is to focus on parent barrier behaviors and address them behavior analytically in order to increase duration of effective ABA services for the child. We aim to share and discuss the improved checklist and the outcomes of our parent training efforts when barrier behaviors are identified in families that are looking to begin ABA services. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: BCBAs in clinical practice |
Learning Objectives: (1) Use/apply the reviewed checklist (2) Make treatment recommendations for Parent Training based off of the checklist results (3) Gauge improvement in parent behaviors through parent training and evaluate impact on direct ABA services |
Keyword(s): Parent Behavior, Parent Training |
|
|
|
|
|
Scaling Up Intervention Through Training and Automation of Language and Cognitive Assessment and Training |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: Brian Grace (Arizona State University) |
Discussant: Caleb Stanley (Utah Valley University) |
CE Instructor: Caleb Stanley, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The development of assessment and intervention protocols such as the PEAK Relational Training System may improve the ability for agencies or groups of agencies to implement structured interventions across multiple clients and multiple contexts. Structured interventions may also allow for behavior analysts to adjust programming to new formats, such as remote training, when contextual situations such as COVID-19 necessitate rapid adaptation of services. The first presentation will explore how behavioral skills training can be used to improve staff implementation fidelity of PEAK programming when delivered through a remote interface with clients. Adapting programming in this way can produce a multitude of barriers that necessitate accurate and consistent delivery of structured programming. The second presentation will evaluate two strategies that can improve the efficiency of PEAK program selection and development. By automating several processes at a systems level, program selection and material development may occur more rapidly, and programs can be developed in such a way so as to allow for remote delivery as described in the first presentation. Taken together, these talks speak to the role that new technologies can have in automating decision making and allowing for remote delivery. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): Automation, BST, PEAK, Technology |
Target Audience: BCBAs |
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe behavioral skills training to teach remote delivery; (2) Discuss the automation of PEAK program selection; (3) Describe behavioral skills training in the development of novel programming |
|
The Use of Virtual Behavioral Skills Training for Staff Implementing PEAK-Equivalence Modules to Increase Treatment Fidelity |
TIFFANY SEPPALA (Arizona State University), Adam DeLine Hahs (Arizona State University) |
Abstract: Our world is rapidly changing since COVID-19, and the need to work in a virtual capacity has become increasingly relevant. To that end, new ways to train staff on protocols such as Promoting the Emergence of Advanced Knowledge Relational Training System (PEAK; Dixon, 2014a, 2014b, 2015, 2016) needs to be investigated. Thus, we investigated the extent to which behavioral skills training of a virtual modality improved five staff’s treatment fidelity in implementing PEAK-Equivalence programs across four relations. Additionally, we chose participants with different education levels and skills to determine if any population can interpret PEAK. Each participant had high levels of fidelity implementing PEAK-Direct Training but had no experience with the equivalence module. In PEAK-Equivalence, four relations are trained, reflexivity, symmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. Each relation had its virtual training that consisted of a written description with voiceover instructions, video models, knowledge check questions, and feedback dependent on their responses. Correct responses were rewarded with praise of a written modality and sound that elicited cheers. Incorrect answers issued written feedback and returned to the original slide with the information. During baseline, participants received a score of 50% or higher fidelity during the train blocks but received 0% fidelity for the test blocks. |
|
Training and Automating Discrete Trial Programming to Improve Performance and Efficiency |
BRITTANY A SELLERS (Missouri State University), Lindsey Audrey Marie Dennis (Missouri State University), Jessica M Venegoni (Missouri State University), Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University) |
Abstract: The expansion of language and cognitive training for children with autism has coincided with the development of manualized training systems guided by assessments such as the VB-MAPP, ABLLS-R, and the PEAK Relational Training System. These strategies allow for a standardized and consistent approach to intervention; however, marked differences are present in the time required to select appropriate programming and to develop materials needed for instruction. Automating components of this process may allow behavior analysts to select and develop programs more rapidly with time and financial benefits at scale for agencies providing services for multiple clients. In a first study, we developed an automated program selection tool using Microsoft Excel that is compatible with the PEAK Comprehensive Assessment and indirect assessments that can accelerate program selection. Comparison of this tool to traditional manualized selection suggest that identical programming was identified in most cases in considerably less time for the analyst. In the second study, we evaluated an online behavioral skills training program to promote efficient program material development using Microsoft PowerPoint across four novice PEAK implementers. Results suggest that this strategy, combined with independent practice, can lead to rapid development of automated PEAK programs that can be delivered in person or online with clients and generalization of this skill to novel programs. These results have several implications for improving efficiency of program selection and development at a systems level. |
|
|
|
|
|
Contextualizing, Checking, and Challenging Privilege: Exploring Traditional and Behavioral Conceptualizations of Privilege |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi) |
CE Instructor: Emily Kennison Sandoz, Ph.D. |
Abstract: The concept of privilege has become increasingly controversial recently as police brutality against the Black community has received more attention. However, despite its long history, the concept of privilege has not been subjected to a behavioral analysis focusing on the contextual conditions involved therein. In this symposium, we will discuss such an analysis, focusing on privilege as a manipulable aspect of context and its relationship to behavioral repertoires of both the privileged and the underprivileged. This analysis will focus on how divergent proportions of appetitive to aversive stimulation in the learning environment impact the sensitivity of the repertoire to appetitive and aversive learning opportunities. In the first paper, traditional conceptualizations of privilege will be discussed, along with what a behavioral conceptualization adds, and why it is pertinent today. In the second paper, the implications of a behavioral conceptualization and specific recommendations for self-evaluation for those committed to equity are discussed. These papers are intended to contribute to a discussion of larger societal issues from a behavior analytic framework, with the ultimate goal of the innovative intervention strategies supporting larger-scale behavior change. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Keyword(s): appetitive control, aversive control, equity, privilege |
Target Audience: Service providers, behavior analysts, clinicians, higher education instructors, school professionals, teachers, graduate students, undergraduates |
Learning Objectives: (1) Discuss historical conceptualizations of privilege as well as current uses of the term; (2) Operationalize privilege from a behavior analytic perspective; (3) Identify implications this conceptualization has for the field at large; (4) Describe recommendations to address and self-evaluate context and experienced privileges; (5) Describe ways in which behavior analysts can go beyond “checking” privilege in our attempts to have socially significant influence. |
|
Why Now?: Traditional Conceptualizations of Privilege and Why a Behavior Analytic Approach is Pertinent |
(Theory) |
MAKENSEY SANDERS (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Morgan E Maples (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: Historically, the term “privilege” has been used to refer to and describe basic rights withheld from people of color and the lack of equity between groups. While privilege is not a new concept, inequities in privilege have received increased attention due to the alarming rates of police brutality directed towards the Black community. “Checking” privilege has become a mainstream activity in an effort to call attention to the inequities in privilege, presumably to motivate actions toward equity. Operationally defined, privilege from a behavioral perspective consists of the conditions under which the term is employed. The historical conditions under which the term, privilege, emerged will be discussed as well as current uses of the term. Privilege will be discussed, from a behavioral perspective, as the contextually-bound resources to which a person has access due to their specific characteristics which afford membership to a particular social group. A lack of privilege, then, is denial or decreased access to resources which could serve as appetitives, thus resulting in inequity between groups of privileged and underprivileged. |
|
Implications of a Behavioral Conceptualization of Privilege and Self-Evaluative Recommendations |
(Theory) |
MORGAN E MAPLES (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), MaKensey Sanders (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana at Lafayette, Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group) |
Abstract: Inequities of the privileged and the underprivileged may be addressed by approaching privilege as an aspect of context. This has implications for behavioral analyses and interventions that might address behavioral excesses and deficits related to both responses to and maintenance of inequities in privilege. Specifically, it is proposed that the degree of privilege involves the ratio of appetitive to aversive control apparent in the learning history and the repertoire. This analysis will be explored in terms of (1) its implications for explaining and intervening on behavioral excesses of the privileged that maintain inequity, (2) its implications for explaining and intervening on behavioral deficits of the privileged that maintain inequity, and (3) its implications for creating increased opportunities for appetitive learning for the underprivileged. The implications of this conceptualization for self-evaluation will be described for the audience, along with examples for how this practice might bring behavior analysts beyond “checking” privilege in our attempts to have socially significant influence. |
|
|
|
|
|
Individualized Functional Analysis Conditions and Function-Based Treatment for High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Disruptive Behavior |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research |
Chair: David W. Sidener (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center) |
Discussant: Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University) |
CE Instructor: David W. Sidener, Ph.D. |
Abstract: High-Intensity / Low-Frequency behavior poses specific challenges to assess and treat because there are fewer opportunities to observe the behavior including that the behavior may not occur at all during Functional Analysis sessions. We conducted two functional analyses in our clinic. Originally, both standard Functional Analyses were inconclusive. Upon more detailed observation of clients’ behavior, experimenters were able to alter functional analysis conditions such that both resulted in clearly differentiated responding. These individualized functional analysis findings were then used to develop treatment packages. Individualized, function-based treatment of High-Intensity, Low-Frequency behavior for two young adults resulted in substantial reductions in sometimes dangerous levels of disruptive behavior. We developed individualized treatment packages to treat aggressive and self-injurious behavior. Both treatment packages utilized Functional Communication Training for Escape-maintained behavior. Both also included Demand-Fading, Schedule-Thinning and chain schedules via token boards. A noteworthy component used to manage Demand Fading was a Progressive VR token board that allowed small but systematic shifts in response requirements in order to move from very rich schedules of reinforcement to more natural and manageable demand to reinforcement ratios. |
Instruction Level: Advanced |
Keyword(s): High-intensity, low-frequency, |
Target Audience: Functional Analysis of Disruptive Behavior |
Learning Objectives: Better analyze functional analysis data Discuss individualizing functional analysis conditions Discuss individualizing function-based treatment |
|
High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Behavior I: Individualizing Functional Analysis Conditions |
DAVID W. SIDENER (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), Michael DeFilippo (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center) |
Abstract: High-Intensity / Low-Frequency behavior poses specific challenges to assess and treat because there are fewer opportunities to observe the behavior including that the behavior may not occur at all during Functional Analysis sessions. Additionally, because the behavior is Low Frequency, there may be a partial tolerance or insensitivity to EOs or it may be only sensitive to combined EOs. The “High-Intensity” part of this category increases the importance of developing an effective treatment. We conducted the following analyses in our clinic. The following two studies represent two cases in which we were contracted to analyze and treat severe, disruptive behavior that had been highly resistant to previous, multi-year treatment efforts. Originally, both standard Functional Analyses were inconclusive. Upon careful observation of clients’ behavior both in-session and out-of-session, experimenters were able to alter functional analysis conditions such that both effective EOs as well as effective consequences resulted in clearly differentiated responding. |
|
High-Intensity, Low-Frequency Behavior II: Developing Individualized Function-Based Treatment for Treatment-Resistant Behavior |
David W. Sidener (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), CYBIL DONNELLY (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center), Michael DeFilippo (ROOTS Applied Behavior Analysis Autism Treatment Center) |
Abstract: Individualized, function-based treatment of High-Intensity, Low-Frequency behavior for two young adults resulted in substantial reductions in sometimes dangerous levels of disruptive behavior. We developed individualized treatment packages to treat aggressive and self-injurious behavior. Both treatment packages utilized Functional Communication Training for Escape-maintained behavior. Both also included Demand-Fading, Schedule-Thinning and chain schedules via token boards. A noteworthy component used to manage Demand Fading was a Progressive VR token board that allowed small but systematic shifts in response requirements in order to move from very rich schedules of reinforcement to more natural and manageable demand to reinforcement ratios. |
|
|
|
|
|
Improving Observed Parenting and Enhancing Well-Being in Parents of Young Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: DEV |
Chair: Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
CE Instructor: Jessica Singer-Dudek, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Abstract: Research has shown that parents of children with ASD are among the most stressed as compared to all other parents, including those who have children with other psychiatric conditions and developmental disabilities (Hayes & Watson, 2013). Parents of children with ASD are chronically stressed because the demands of the family environment often exceed the parent’s ability to cope. There are few evidence-based interventions available for professionals to use with parents of a child with ASD: some use cognitive therapies, such as meditation, some use social support to reduce stress and mental health problems, and others use implement parent training to improve child behavior. Few if any combine both mental health and behavioral approaches, and none of these are designed for implementation by school personnel. This presentation describes findings from a multi-year transdisciplinary investigation into the most common stressors for parents of preschool children with ASD attending a CABAS® model school. Specifically, in two studies we surveyed parents to determine their reported levels of stress and common stressors, as well as parents’ mental and physical wellbeing, self-care, and self-efficacy skills. In the first study we also examined mother-child interactions during free-play and demand situations in order to determine possible target behaviors for intervention. Implications of the findings and suggestions for interventions will be discussed. |
Target Audience: Those interested in parent education and interventions to help parents cope with the stresses of parenting a child with ASD. These may include practitioners, educators, researchers, or parents themselves. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the evidence as to whether a child’s negative behaviors are manipulative (and thus should be ignored) OR important signals of a child’s needs (and thus should be attended to); (2) describe how child characteristics (e.g., temperament, verbal behavior developmental level, rate of learning in the ABA school, co-morbid diagnoses, severity of ASD) relate to the quality of observed parenting and the implications of these findings for interventions; (3) describe the stressors and mental health of mothers and fathers and the implications for intervention; (4) list the self-care practices that are related to lower stress and better observed quality of parenting. |
|
MARLA BRASSARD (Teachers College, Columbia University) |
Marla R. Brassard, Ph.D., is a Professor in the School Psychology Program at Teachers College, Columbia University. For 37 years her research has focused on parenting, especially psychological maltreatment (PM) of children by parents, a non-physical form of abuse and neglect, that research shows is the equivalent in adverse causal impact to other forms of maltreatment and the most related to depression and suicidal behavior. Recently her work has expanded to include parenting in other high stress contexts, specifically parenting a young child with autistic spectrum disorder, with a focus on interventions that enhance parental wellbeing and increase quality of parenting. She is a fellow of the American Psychological Association and past president of the Council of Directors of School Psychology Programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Comparing Instructional Strategies for Discrete Trial Teaching via Telehealth |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Rebekah Lee (Endicott College) |
Discussant: Christine Milne (Autism Partnership Foundation) |
CE Instructor: Wafa A. Aljohani, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Amidst a global pandemic, service-delivery and education models must adapt to incorporate various instructional modalities and strategies. One increasingly common format of instruction is telehealth. This symposium features two different studies that were conducted via telehealth to teach learners with and without disabilities. The first presentation compared two different types of discriminative stimuli (i.e., single vs. varied) used within discrete trial teaching for individuals with autism. The second presentation compared a prompting and error-correction strategy (i.e., progressive time delay vs. response repetition) within discrete trial teaching for typically developing children. The symposium will conclude with a discussion on the strengths, limitations, and areas of future research for each study. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Target Audience: Those who provide supervision to staff implementing ABA-based interventions will benefit from this symposium, as well as staff who provide direct intervention. Information from this symposium will also be relevant to anyone involved in telehealth sessions for individuals with and without disabilities. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) recognize some of the strengths and limitations of providing instruction via telehealth; 2) identify some of the conditions under which each instructional strategy may be appropriate; 3) describe how to carry out each instructional procedure. |
|
A Comparison of Progressive Time Delay to Response Repetition to Teach Textual Relations via Telehealth |
(Service Delivery) |
ASIM JAVED (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Many different instructional strategies have been used to teach sight words to students with and without disabilities. These instructional approaches often involve some form or prompting and/or error-correction procedure (Spector, 2011).Two particular strategies that have not been directly compared within the literature include progressive time delay (PTD) and response repetition (RR). This study compared progressive time delay to response repetition using an adapted alternating treatment design, replicated across sets for each participant. As part of the study, social validity was obtained from caregivers as well as child participants. Results will be reviewed with regards to participant responding, sessions to mastery, and efficiency of each instructional approach. Furthermore, limitations of the study as well as areas for future research will be discussed. |
|
Comparison of Single Instruction and Varied Instructions to Teach Tact Relations via Telehealth |
(Service Delivery) |
Wafa A. Aljohani (Endicott College), VICTORIA BOONE (Endicott College) |
Abstract: Various recommendations have been outlined for teaching individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder within a discrete trial format (Green, 2001; Grow & LeBlanc, 2013). One recommendation relates to how instructions are delivered at the beginning of a trial. This study aimed to closely examine some of these recommendations by comparing the use of a single instruction versus varied instructions when teaching three children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) tact relations. The present investigation utilized an adapted alternating treatment design nested into a multiple probe design, to teach participants to label pictures of cartoon characters using either a single instruction or varied instructions. The goal of this study was to evaluate the acquisition, effectiveness, and efficiency of the two different procedures for each participant. Results of the study will be discussed as it relates to participant responding, sessions to mastery, and efficiency measures (e.g., number of teaching trials and duration of teaching). Future directions related to this topic will also be discussed. |
|
|
|
|
|
Experimental and Behavioral Psychology at Harvard From William James to B. F. Skinner |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PCH |
Chair: Darlene E. Crone-Todd (Salem State University) |
CE Instructor: Darlene E. Crone-Todd, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University) |
Abstract: In 1892, William James brought Hugo Münsterberg from Freiburg to direct the new, Harvard Psychological Laboratory that James had created in the Philosophy Department. Münsterberg had trained under William Wundt in Leipzig, who had pioneered an experimental method to explore the relationship between mental events and physical experience. The New Psychology banished the old method of introspection. Instead, it relied on highly controlled experiments with equipment borrowed from the domains of physics and physiology. Researchers studied the psychology of the senses, the timing of mental acts, judgement, memory, and attention. Starting with these “prism, pendulum, and chronograph philosophers,” as James called them, this talk will conclude with B. F. Skinner and his experiments on operant conditioning, reinforcement, and learning. Special attention will be paid to early apparatus such as reaction keys, prototype operant chambers, cumulative recorders, and teaching machines. The apparatus, laboratory records, memoranda, and correspondence of James, Munsterberg, and Skinner survive at Harvard University and can be accessed by scholars interested in the development of their thought. |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the history of experimental psychology at Harvard University between 1875 and 1965; (2) list the types of research and teaching apparatus used by experimental psychologists William James, Hugo Munsterberg; BF Skinner, and others; (3) state how to gain access to historical scientific instruments and documents in the Harvard Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments and Harvard University Archives. |
|
SARA SCHECHNER (Harvard University) |
Sara Schechner, Ph.D. is the David P. Wheatland Curator of the Collection of Historical Scientific Instruments at Harvard University, where she is also on the faculty of the History of Science Department. She has served as Secretary of the Scientific Instrument Commission of the International Union of History and Philosophy of Science and Technology. She has published widely on the history of astronomy, scientific instruments, and material culture and has curated numerous exhibitions, including several on the history of psychology.
Schechner earned degrees in physics and the history and philosophy of science from Harvard and Cambridge. Before returning to Harvard, she was chief curator at the Adler Planetarium in Chicago, and curated exhibits for the Smithsonian Institution, the American Astronomical Society, and the American Physical Society. Schechner’s research, teaching, and exhibition work has earned her many awards. She is the 2019 recipient of the Paul Bunge Prize from the German Chemical Society and the German Bunsen Society for Physical Chemistry, which is regarded worldwide as the most important honor in the history of scientific instruments. She has also received the prestigious LeRoy E. Doggett Prize for Historical Astronomy from the American Astronomical Society, the Joseph H. Hazen Education Prize of the History of Science Society, and the Great Exhibitions Award of the British Society for the History of Science. |
|
|
|
|
|
A Parent Perspective: The Art and Science of Creating a Resilient Partnership With Parents |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: PRA; Domain: Theory |
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University) |
CE Instructor: Susan Wilczynski, Ph.D. |
Presenting Author: CHRISSY MCNAIR (PHAME) |
Abstract: The developmental skills gained from a behavior therapy program are greatly improved if the child has a nurturing environment in which family members are equipped to continue therapeutic techniques outside the formal sessions. When a parent sees themselves as a valued extension of the therapy team, they are better able to engage in the process and contribute to a child's success. The relationship between therapist and parent is a complex one, and a strong, collaborative partnership is fundamental to the success of any therapy program. This presentation will examine the parent/therapist dynamic and discuss concrete strategies for building a solid, resilient relationship benefitting the child, family and therapy team. |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the key building blocks foundational to a strong, collaborative therapist/parent relationship; (2) describe strategies for building initial and on-going trusting partnerships; (3) utilize tools for improving parental engagement. |
|
CHRISSY MCNAIR (PHAME) |
Chrissy McNair has been a parent advocate and community leader for those on the Autism Spectrum for over 18 years. She has served on numerous Board of Directors including the Autism Society of Nebraska, Families for Effective Autism Treatment, Autism Living, Inc, and is currently on the board for PHAME, a performing arts academy for adults with Developmental Disabilities. Chrissy spearheaded state and community efforts for policy changes benefitting people with autism, and has been a strategic advisor for organizations including The Munroe Meyer Institute’s Center for Autism, The Autism Action Partnership, and a former member of the Nebraska Act Early State Team. Chrissy and her family were featured in Kennedy Krieger Institute’s magazine Potential, and she has mentored numerous families navigating the challenges of receiving an autism diagnosis. Chrissy’s passion is supporting other parents of children on the autism spectrum, and is the author of the book, “Special, Too: Meeting the Unique Needs of the Caregiver.” Chrissy and her husband have three sons, and live in Portland, Oregon. |
|
|
|
|
|
Three Examples of Referent-Based Verbal Behavior Instruction for Early Speakers With Autism |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:00 PM–5:50 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: VBC; Domain: Translational |
Chair: Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System) |
CE Instructor: Lee L Mason, Ph.D. |
Abstract: Language deficits are characteristic of individuals diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder according to both the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, 5th Edition, and the International Classification of Diseases, Tenth Revision. In particular, the language of individuals with autism shows “stimulus overselectivity”, or disproportionate levels of strength across the environmental relations that control their verbal behavior. For educational and clinical service providers, the provision of services is contingent upon demonstrating an educational or medical necessity for intervention. Incidental teaching has been shown to be effective for expanding the language skills of children with autism spectrum disorder. Referent-based instruction is a particular type of natural environment training that aims to balance the strength of the verbal repertoire across mand, echoic, tact, and sequelic control. Referent-based instruction emphasizes transfer of stimulus control through continuous, systematic prompting (i.e., convergent multiple control) and fading (i.e., divergent multiple control) across operants. Elements of precision teaching may be embedded to monitor language development and enable data-based instructional decisions. Here we present three implementations of referent-based instruction across different settings: clinic, school, and home. |
Instruction Level: Intermediate |
Keyword(s): incidental teaching, precision teaching, telehealth, verbal behavior |
Target Audience: Practicing applied behavior analysts who work with children and adolescents with autism and other language orders. |
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify examples of stimulus overselectivity in the language of speakers with autism; (2) explain the importance of developing proportionate levels of stimulus control over verbal behavior; (3) explain how referent-based instruction differs from other forms of incidental teaching. |
|
Clinical Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction |
(Service Delivery) |
Alonzo Andrews (The University of Texas at San Antonio), Lee L Mason (Cook Children's Health Care System), JANET SANCHEZ ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: The current study evaluates the use of precision teaching to address the verbal behavior deficits of children with autism and other language disorders through a free, university-based ABA clinic. Across six years, Forty-nine participants received 13 weeks of intervention for 90 min a day, four days a week. Referent-based instruction is a treatment package that combines both natural environment training and frequency building to strengthen verbal behavior. Referent-based instruction emphasizes transferring of stimulus control across the verbal operants within the context of shaping novel responses. The overarching goal of referent-based instruction is that for every item of interest, the child should be able to request it, label it, name it, and identify it by its primary feature(s). Results of pretest and posttest comparisons show that a large effect size was found within the verbal behavior gains of participants who received precision teaching. Implications for implementing referent-based instruction as well as future areas of research will be discussed. |
|
Classroom Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction |
JANET ENRIQUEZ (The University of North Carolina at Charlotte) |
Abstract: Across two academic years, nine San Antonio area school districts were funded by the Texas Education Agency to provide verbal behavior training to preschool and kindergarten students with autism. At the start of the year we assessed participants using the verbal behavior SCoRE to determine the extent to which mands, echoics, tacts, and sequelics exerted disproportionate levels of control over each participant’s verbal behavior. The results of the SCoRE were then used to develop individualized verbal behavior treatment plans for each student to be carried out in his/her home classroom. We subsequently trained more than 100 teachers and paraprofessionals to implement referent-based verbal behavior instruction, with a goal of balancing out the relative strength of these four primary verbal operants. In addition to providing direct classroom-based services for students with autism, the project included ongoing parent training conducted by district behavior analysts throughout the academic year. At the end of the year, students were reassessed with the verbal behavior SCoRE to analyze language gains. Here we present an overview of the project, implications for its application in public school settings, and the results of our grant activities. |
|
Telehealth Home-Based Implementations of Referent-Based Instruction |
(Service Delivery) |
MARIANA DE LOS SANTOS (Bloom Children's Center), Tania Catalina Catalina Pasillas Salazar (Bloom Children's Center) |
Abstract: This session presents a case study in which a young girl with autism spectrum disorder in Monterrey, Mexico received referent-based verbal behavior instruction via synchronous distance delivery. Over the course of six months, the child received 30-60 minutes per week of language instruction that combined natural environment training with discrete trial training. Each session was video recorded. For this presentation, we aim to describe the intervention used in replicable detail, and show the child's development overtime through a series of video clips across the six months of intervention. Here we describe the modifications that were necessary to make referent-based instruction effective for telehealth delivery, along with the outcomes of the child who participated in this case study. Participants of this session will be able to identify elements of successful web-based verbal behavior instruction, participant characteristics, prerequisite skills, and what we learned from this pilot study. Our discussion will focus on implementation in rural settings. |
|
|
|
|
|
Becoming a Behavior Analyst: Understanding Professionals’ Introduction to the Field and Why They Pursue Certification |
Monday, May 31, 2021 |
5:30 PM–5:55 PM EDT |
Online |
Area: TBA |
Instruction Level: Basic |
Chair: JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh) |
CE Instructor: JUSTIN N COY, Ph.D. |
|
Becoming a Behavior Analyst: Understanding Professionals’ Introduction to the Field and Why They Pursue Certification |
Domain: Service Delivery |
JUSTIN N COY (University of Pitts |